99-5754. Assistance to States for the Education of Children With Disabilities and the Early Intervention Program for Infants and Toddlers With Disabilities  

  • [Federal Register Volume 64, Number 48 (Friday, March 12, 1999)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 12406-12672]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 99-5754]
    
    
    
    [[Page 12405]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Education
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    34 CFR Parts 300 and 303
    
    
    
    Assistance to States for the Education of Children With Disabilities 
    and the Early Intervention Program for Infants and Toddlers With 
    Disabilities; Final Regulations
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 64, No. 48 / Friday, March 12, 1999 / Rules 
    and Regulations
    
    [[Page 12406]]
    
    
    
    DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
    
    34 CFR Parts 300 and 303
    
    RIN 1820-AB40
    
    
    Assistance to States for the Education of Children With 
    Disabilities and the Early Intervention Program for Infants and 
    Toddlers With Disabilities
    
    AGENCY: Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, 
    Department of Education.
    
    ACTION: Final regulations.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Secretary issues final regulations for the Assistance to 
    States for Education of Children with Disabilities program under Part B 
    of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; Part B) and 
    the Early Intervention Program for Infants and Toddlers with 
    Disabilities under Part C of the Act (Part C). These regulations are 
    needed to implement changes made to Part B by the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997; make other changes to the part B regulations based on relevant, 
    longstanding policy guidance; and revise the requirements on State 
    complaint procedures under both the Part B and Part C programs.
    
    DATES: These regulations take effect on May 11, 1999. However, 
    compliance with these regulations will not be required until the date 
    the State receives FY 1999 funding (expected to be available for 
    obligation to States on July 1, 1999) under the program or October 1, 
    1999, whichever is earlier. Affected parties do not have to comply with 
    the information collection requirements contained in the regulations 
    listed under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 section of this 
    preamble until the Department publishes in the Federal Register the 
    control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to 
    these information collection requirements. Publication of the control 
    numbers notifies the public that OMB has approved these information 
    collection requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Thomas Irvin or JoLeta Reynolds (202) 
    205-5507. Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf 
    (TDD) may call (202) 205-5465.
        Individuals with disabilities may obtain this document in an 
    alternate format (e.g., Braille, large print, audiotape, or computer 
    diskette) on request to Katie Mincey, Director of the Alternate Formats 
    Center. Telephone: (202) 205-8113.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On October 22, 1997, the Secretary published 
    a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the Federal Register (62 FR 
    55026) to amend the regulations governing the Assistance to States for 
    Education of Children with Disabilities program (part 300), the 
    Preschool Grants for Children with Disabilities program (part 301), and 
    the Early Intervention Program for Infants and Toddlers with 
    Disabilities (part 303). A key purpose of the NPRM was to implement 
    changes made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997 (Pub. L. 105-17).
        Since that time, the Department has published final regulations for 
    both the Preschool Grants program (63 FR 29928, June 1, 1998) and the 
    Early Intervention program for Infants and Toddlers with Disabilities 
    (63 FR 18297, April 14, 1998), to incorporate the requirements added to 
    those programs by Pub. L. 105-17. On April 14, 1998, a document was 
    published in the Federal Register inviting comment on whether the 
    regulations for the Early Intervention program for Infants and Toddlers 
    with Disabilities should be further amended (63 FR 18297). (A 
    subsequent document reopening the comment period was published on 
    August 14, 1998 (63 FR 43866)).
        The final regulations in this publication are needed to conform the 
    existing regulations under Part B of the Act to the new statutory 
    requirements added by Pub. L. 105-17, including (1) amending 
    requirements under prior law related to areas such as State and local 
    eligibility, evaluation, and individualized education programs (IEPs), 
    and (2) incorporating new requirements in the Act (e.g., those relating 
    to discipline, performance goals and indicators, participation of 
    children with disabilities in State and district-wide assessments, 
    procedural safeguards notice, and mediation).
        The regulations have also been amended to incorporate relevant 
    longstanding interpretations of the Act that have been addressed in 
    nonregulatory guidance in the past and are needed to ensure a more 
    meaningful implementation of the Act and its regulations for children 
    with disabilities, parents, and public agencies. These interpretations 
    are based on the statutory provisions of the IDEA that were in effect 
    prior to the IDEA Amendments of 1997 and that were not changed by those 
    Amendments. Examples of provisions of the regulations that incorporate 
    prior Department interpretations of the statute include:
        Section 300.7(c)(9)--recognizing that some children with attention 
    deficit disorder (ADD) may be identified under the category of other 
    health impairment;
        Section 300.19--recognizing that foster parents may, under certain 
    circumstances and if permitted under State law, qualify as a ``parent';
        Section 300.121(c)--recognizing that if a child's third birthday is 
    in the summer, the child's IEP team determines the date when services 
    begin under the child's IEP or IFSP. (The team must develop the IEP or 
    IFSP by the child's third birthday.);
        Section 300.122(a)(3)--recognizing that graduation with a regular 
    high school diploma ends the child's eligibility under Part B;
        Section 300.309--recognizing that extended school year services 
    must be provided if necessary for the provision of a free appropriate 
    public education to the child; and
        Section 300.519--identifying what constitutes a change of placement 
    for disciplinary purposes under these regulations.
        In addition, changes have been made to the requirements on State 
    complaint procedures in the regulations for Part B (Secs. 300.660-
    300.662), and conforming changes have been made in the Part C 
    regulations (Secs. 303.510-303.512).
    
    Analysis of Comments and Changes
    
        In response to the Secretary's invitation to comment on the NPRM 
    published in the Federal Register on October 22, 1997 (62 FR 55026), 
    about 6,000 individuals, public agencies, and organizations submitted 
    written or oral comments. An analysis of the public comments received, 
    including a description of the changes made in the proposed regulations 
    since publication of the NPRM, is published as Attachment 1 to these 
    final regulations. The perspectives of individuals and groups of 
    parents, teachers, related service providers, State and local 
    officials, individuals with disabilities and members of Congress were 
    very important in helping to identify where changes were necessary in 
    the proposed regulations, and in formulating many of those changes. The 
    detailed, thoughtful comments of so many individuals and organizations 
    clearly demonstrated a high level of commitment to making sure that the 
    IDEA and its regulations make a real difference in the day-to-day 
    education of our children. In light of the comments received, a number 
    of significant changes are reflected in these final regulations.
    
    Effective Date of These Regulations
    
        These regulations take effect on May 11, 1999. As these regulations 
    were not in effect at the time Federal fiscal year
    
    [[Page 12407]]
    
    (FY) 1998 funds (funds for use during school year 1998-99) became 
    available for obligation to States, compliance with the requirements of 
    these regulations, that are not statutory requirements or provisions of 
    pre-existing regulations, will not be mandatory for this grant year. 
    When either the FY 1998 funds that are unobligated by States and school 
    districts become carryover funds (October 1, 1999) or, if earlier, the 
    State receives FY 1999 funding (expected to be available for obligation 
    to States July 1, 1999) compliance with these final regulations is 
    required. This will enable all parties to become familiar with the new 
    regulations without requiring changes that could interrupt school or 
    program operations in the middle of a grant year. However, States and 
    school districts may adopt and use these regulations when they are 
    effective, and are encouraged, to the greatest extent possible, to 
    start to implement them as soon as possible during this school year. In 
    any case, the statutory requirements of the Individuals with 
    Disabilities Education Act Amendments of 1997 (IDEA Amendments of 1997) 
    are in effect and must be complied with throughout the 1998-99 school 
    year. In addition, States and school districts must comply with all 
    requirements of the Part 300 regulations that were in effect at the 
    beginning of this school year unless inconsistent with the IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997 or these final regulations. Applications for grants 
    for FY 1999 funds must be consistent with the requirements of these 
    final regulations.
        Most of the provisions of the IDEA Amendments of 1997 relating to 
    Parts B and C of the Act have been in effect since enactment, June 4, 
    1997, with a few provisions, such as the new Part B provisions 
    concerning individualized education programs and the comprehensive 
    system of personnel development, taking effect on July 1, 1998. 
    Therefore, States and school districts already are familiar with the 
    statutory provisions of the IDEA Amendments of 1997 to which they must 
    comply.
    
    Major Changes in the Regulations
    
        The following is a summary of the major substantive changes from 
    the NPRM in these final regulations:
    
    1. General Changes
    
         All notes in the NPRM related to the sections or subparts 
    covered in these final regulations have been removed. The substance of 
    any note that should be required for proper implementation of the Act 
    has been added to the text of these final regulations. Information in 
    notes considered to be directly relevant to the ``Notice of 
    Interpretation'' on IEP requirements has been added to the text of that 
    notice in Appendix A to these final regulations. The substance of any 
    note considered to provide clarifying information or useful guidance 
    has been incorporated into the discussion of the applicable comments in 
    the ``Analysis of Comments and Changes'' (see Attachment 1 to these 
    final regulations). All other notes have been deleted.
         Appendix C in the NPRM (``Notice of Interpretation on 
    IEPs) has been redesignated as ``Appendix A'' in these final 
    regulations; and a new Appendix B--Index to IDEA Part B Regulations has 
    been added.
         Three attachments have also been added: Attachment 1--
    Analysis of Comments and Changes; Attachment 2--Final Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis; and Attachment 3--Table showing ``Disposition of 
    NPRM Notes in Final Part 300 and 303 Regulations.'' However, these 
    attachments will not be codified in the Code of Federal Regulations.
    
    2. Changes in Subpart A--General
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.2 (Applicability of this part to State, 
    local, and private agencies) has been revised to include ``public 
    charter schools that are not otherwise included as local educational 
    agencies (LEAs) or educational service agencies (ESAs) and are not a 
    school of an LEA or ESA'' and to specify that the rules of Part 300 
    apply to all public agencies in the State providing special education 
    and related services.
         Consistent with the general decision to not use notes in 
    these final regulations, proposed Note 1 immediately preceding 
    Sec. 300.4 in the NPRM, (which included a list of terms defined in 
    specific subparts and sections of the regulations) has been deleted and 
    the terms included as part of an index to these regulations (see 
    Appendix B).
         The proposed definition of ``child with a disability'' 
    (Sec. 300.7(a)) has been revised to clarify that if a child with a 
    disability needs only a related service and not special education, the 
    child is not eligible under this part; but if the related service is 
    considered to be special education under State standards, the child 
    would be eligible.
         The proposed definition of ``other health impairment'' 
    (``OHI''), at Sec. 300.7(c)(9), has been amended to (1) add ``attention 
    deficit disorder'' (ADD) and ``attention deficit hyperactivity 
    disorder'' (ADHD) to the list of conditions that could render a child 
    eligible under OHI, and (2) clarify that, with respect to children with 
    ADD/ADHD, the phrase ``limited strength, vitality, or alertness'' 
    includes ``a child's heightened alertness to environmental stimuli that 
    results in limited alertness with respect to the educational 
    environment.''
         The proposed definition of ``Day'' (Sec. 300.9) has been 
    retitled ``Day; business day; school day,'' and definitions of 
    ``business day'' and ``school day'' have been added.
         The proposed definition of ``educational service agency'' 
    (Sec. 300.10) has been revised to clarify that the term ``[i]ncludes 
    entities that meet the definition of ``intermediate educational unit'' 
    in section 602(23) of IDEA as in effect prior to June 4, 1997.''
         The proposed definition of ``general curriculum'' in 
    Sec. 300.12 of the NPRM and the explanatory note following that section 
    have been deleted. The term is explained where it is used in 
    Sec. 300.347 and in Appendix A regarding IEP requirements.
         The proposed definition of ``local educational agency'' 
    (Sec. 300.18) has been amended to clarify, consistent with new 
    statutory language concerning public charter schools, that the term 
    includes public charter schools that are established as an LEA under 
    State law.
         The proposed definition of ``native language'' 
    (Sec. 300.19) has been amended to specify that (1) in all direct 
    contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the native 
    language is the language normally used by the child in the home or 
    learning environment, and (2) for an individual with deafness or 
    blindness, or with no written language, the mode of communication is 
    that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, 
    or oral communication).
         The proposed definition of ``parent'' has been amended to 
    (1) add language clarifying that the term means a natural or adoptive 
    parent of a child and a person acting in the place of a parent (such as 
    a grandparent or stepparent with whom the child lives, or a person who 
    is legally responsible for the child's welfare), and (2) permit States 
    in certain circumstances to use foster parents as parents under the Act 
    unless prohibited by State law.
         The proposed definition of ``public agency'' (Sec. 300.22) 
    has been amended to add to the list of examples of a public agency 
    ``public charter schools that are not otherwise included as LEAs or 
    ESAs and are not a school of an LEA or ESA'', consistent with new 
    statutory language concerning public charter schools.
         The proposed definition of ``parent counseling and 
    training,'' under the definition of ``related services,'' 
    (Sec. 300.24(b)(7)) has been amended to
    
    [[Page 12408]]
    
    add that the term also means ``helping parents to acquire the necessary 
    skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their 
    child's IEP or IFSP.''
         The proposed definition of ``special education'' 
    (Sec. 300.26) has been amended to add ``travel training'' as a special 
    education service and to include a definition of the term.
    
    3. Changes in Subpart B--State and Local Eligibility
    
    State Eligibility
         Proposed Sec. 300.110 (Condition of assistance) has been 
    amended to more explicitly state what is required for compliance with 
    the State eligibility requirements.
         Proposed Sec. 300.121 (FAPE) has been amended to specify 
    (1) requirements for providing FAPE for children with disabilities 
    beginning at age 3; (2) that services need not be provided during 
    periods of removal under Sec. 300.520(a)(1) to a child with a 
    disability who has been removed from his or her current placement for 
    10 school days or less in that school year, if services are not 
    provided to a child without disabiliities who has been similarly 
    removed; (3) the standards that are used to determine appropriate 
    services for children with disabilities who have been removed from 
    their current placement for more than 10 school days in a school year; 
    (4) that LEAs must ensure that FAPE is available to any child with a 
    disability who needs special education and related services, even 
    though the child is advancing from grade to grade; and (5) that the 
    determination that a child who is advancing from grade to grade is 
    eligible under this part must be made on an individual basis by the 
    group within the LEA responsible for making eligibility determinations.
         Proposed Sec. 300.122 (Exception to FAPE for certain ages) 
    has been amended to (1) specify situations in which the exception to 
    FAPE for students with disabilities in adult prisons does not apply, 
    and (2) make clear that graduation from high school with a regular 
    diploma is a change in placement requiring notice in accordance with 
    Sec. 300.503. (A related change to Sec. 300.534(c) makes clear that a 
    reevaluation is not required for graduation with a regular high school 
    diploma or termination of eligibility for exceeding the age eligibility 
    for FAPE under State law.)
         Proposed Sec. 300.125 (Child find) has been revised to (1) 
    clarify that the child find requirements apply to highly mobile 
    children (e.g., migrant and homeless children), and to children who are 
    suspected of being a child with a disability under this part, even 
    though they are advancing from grade to grade, and (2) add needed 
    clarifications of requirements relating to child find for children from 
    birth through age 2 when the SEA and lead agency for the Part C program 
    are different.
         Proposed Sec. 300.136 (Personnel standards) has been 
    amended as follows:
        (1) The proposed definition of ``profession or discipline'' in 
    Sec. 300.136(a)(3) has been revised to clarify that the term ``specific 
    occupational category'' is not limited to traditional categories.
        (2) The policies and procedures in proposed Sec. 300.136(b) have 
    been expanded to provide that (A) each State may determine the specific 
    occupational categories required in the State and revise or expand them 
    as needed; (B) nothing in these regulations requires a State to 
    establish a specific training standard (e.g., a masters degree); and 
    (C) a State with only one entry-level academic degree for employment of 
    personnel in a specific profession or discipline may modify that 
    standard, as necessary, to ensure the provision of FAPE to all eligible 
    children.
        (3) Proposed Sec. 300.136(g) (State policy to address shortage of 
    personnel) has been amended by adding provisions that (A) if a State 
    has reached its established date for a specific profession or 
    discipline, it may still exercise the option in redesignated 
    Sec. 300.136(g)(1); and (B) each State must have a mechanism for 
    serving children with disabilities if instructional needs exceed 
    available (qualified) personnel, including addressing those shortages 
    in its comprehensive system of personnel development if the shortages 
    continue.
          Proposed Sec. 300.138 (Participation in assessments) has 
    been amended to require appropriate modifications in the administration 
    of the assessments, if necessary.
          Proposed Sec. 300.142 (Methods of ensuring services) has 
    been amended as follows:
        (1) Proposed Sec. 300.142(b) (Obligation of noneducational public 
    agencies) has been revised to specify that those agencies may not 
    disqualify an eligible service for Medicaid reimbursement because the 
    service is provided in an educational context.
        (2) Proposed Sec. 300.142(b)(2) (Reimbursement for services by 
    noneducational public agency) has been revised to require that an LEA 
    must provide services in a timely manner if a public noneducational 
    agency fails to provide or pay for the services.
        (3) Proposed Sec. 300.142(e) has been added to make clear that a 
    public agency may use a child's public insurance to provide or pay for 
    services required under Part B, with certain limitations. The public 
    agency (A) may not require parents to sign up for public insurance in 
    order for the child to receive FAPE, (B) may not require parents to 
    incur out-of-pocket expenses in order to file the claim for services 
    under Part B, and (C) may not use the child's benefits under a public 
    insurance program if that use would decrease available lifetime 
    coverage or any other insured benefit, result in the family paying for 
    services that would have been covered by the public insurance and are 
    required for the child outside of the time the child is in school, 
    increase premiums or lead to discontinuation of services or risk loss 
    of eligibility for home and community-based waivers due to aggregate 
    health-related expenditures.
        (4) The proposed provisions on children covered by private 
    insurance have been redesignated as Sec. 300.142(f), and revised to 
    provide that a public agency (A) may access a parent's private 
    insurance proceeds only if the parent provides informed consent, and 
    (B) must obtain consent each time it proposes to access those proceeds, 
    and inform the parents that their refusal to permit such access does 
    not relieve the public agency of its responsibility to provide all 
    required services at no cost to the parents.
        (5) A new Sec. 300.142(g) has been added to permit the use of part 
    B funds to ensure FAPE for (A) the cost of required services under 
    these regulations if the parents refuse consent to use public or 
    private insurance, and (B) the costs of using the parents' insurance, 
    such as paying deductible or co-pay amounts.
        (6) Proposed Sec. 300.142(f) (Proceeds from public or private 
    insurance) has been redesignated as paragraph (h), and revised to 
    clarify that (A) the insurance proceeds received by a public agency do 
    not have to be returned to the Department or dedicated to the part B 
    program; and (B) funds expended by a public agency from reimbursements 
    of Federal funds will not be considered State or local funds for 
    purposes of State or local maintenance of effort.
        (7) A new Sec. 300.142(i) has been added to specify that nothing in 
    Part B should be construed to alter the requirements imposed on a State 
    medicaid agency, or any other agency administering a public insurance 
    program by Federal statute, regulations or policy under Title XIX or 
    Title XXI of the Social Security Act, or any other public insurance 
    program.
    
    [[Page 12409]]
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.148 (Public participation) has been 
    amended to clarify that a State will be considered to be in compliance 
    with this section if the State has subjected the policy or procedure to 
    a public participation process that is required by the State for other 
    purposes and is comparable to and consistent with the requirements of 
    Secs. 300.280-300.284.
         Proposed Sec. 300.154 (Maintenance of State financial 
    support) has been amended to clarify that maintenance of State 
    financial support can be demonstrated on either a total or per-capita 
    basis.
    
    LEA Eligibility--Specific Conditions
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.231 (Maintenance of effort) has been 
    amended to set out the standard for meeting the maintenance of effort 
    requirement.
         Proposed Sec. 300.232 (Exception to maintenance of effort) 
    has been amended to specify that the exception related to voluntary 
    retirement or resignation of personnel must be in full conformity with 
    existing school board policies, any applicable collective bargaining 
    agreement, and applicable State statutes.
         Proposed Sec. 300.234 (Schoolwide programs under title I 
    of the ESEA) has been amended to make clear that an LEA that uses Part 
    B funds in schoolwide program schools must ensure that children with 
    disabilities in those schools receive services in accordance with a 
    properly developed IEP and are afforded all applicable rights and 
    services guaranteed under the IDEA.
    
    4. Changes in Subpart C--Services
    
    Free Appropriate Public Education
         Proposed Sec. 300.300 (Provision of FAPE) has been amended 
    to specify that the State must ensure that the child find requirements 
    of Sec. 300.125 are implemented by public agencies throughout the 
    State. Proposed Sec. 300.300 also has been amended to specify that (1) 
    the services provided to the child under this part address all of the 
    child's identified special education and related services needs, and 
    (2) are based on the child's identified needs and not the child's 
    disability category.
         Proposed Sec. 300.301 (FAPE--methods and payments) has 
    been amended to add a provision requiring that the State must ensure 
    that there is no delay in implementing a child's IEP, including any 
    case in which the payment source for providing or paying for the 
    special education and related services to the child is being 
    determined.
         Proposed Sec. 300.308 (Assistive technology) has been 
    amended to clarify that, on a case-by-case basis, the use of school-
    purchased assistive technology devices in a child's home or in other 
    settings is required if the child's IEP team determines that the child 
    needs access to those devices in order to receive FAPE.
         Proposed Sec. 300.309 (Extended school year (ESY) 
    services) has been amended to specify that (1) ESY services must be 
    provided only if a child's IEP team determines, on an individual basis, 
    that the services are necessary for the provision of FAPE to the child, 
    and (2) an LEA may not limit ESY services to particular categories of 
    disability, or unilaterally limit the type, amount, or duration of 
    those services.
         A new Sec. 300.312 (Children with disabilities in public 
    charter schools) has been added to (1) specify that these children and 
    their parents retain all rights under these regulations, and that 
    compliance with part B is required regardless of whether a public 
    charter school receives Part B funds; and (2) address the 
    responsibilities of the following: public charter schools that are 
    LEAs; LEAs if the charter school is a school in the LEA; and the SEA if 
    the charter school is not an LEA or a school of an LEA.
         A new Sec. 300.313 (Children experiencing developmental 
    delays) has been added to (1) clarify the circumstances under which the 
    designation ``developmental delay'' may be used by a State or an LEA in 
    the State; (2) permit a State or LEA that elects to use that term to 
    also use one or more of the disability categories described in 
    Sec. 300.7 for any child aged 3 through 9 who has been determined to 
    have a disability and who, by reason thereof, needs special education; 
    and (3) permit a State to adopt a common definition of developmental 
    delay under Parts B and C of the Act.
    
    Individualized Education Programs (IEPs)
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.341 (retitled ``Responsibility of SEA 
    and other public agencies for IEPs) has been revised to (1) consistent 
    with provisions regarding parentally-placed children with disabilities 
    in religious or other private schools (see changes to Subpart D), and 
    (2) to clarify that the section also applies to the SEA if it provides 
    direct services to children with disabilities as well as other public 
    agencies that provide special education either directly, by contract, 
    or through other means.
         Proposed Sec. 300.342(b) has been revised to provide that 
    the child's IEP must be accessible to each of the child's teachers and 
    service providers and that teacher and service provider with 
    responsibility for its implementation be informed of his or her 
    specific responsibilities under the IEP and of the specific 
    accommodations, modifications, and supports that must be provided for 
    the child under that IEP.
         Proposed Sec. 300.342(d) has been revised to state that 
    all IEPs developed, reviewed, or revised on or after July 1, 1998 must 
    meet the requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
         Proposed Sec. 300.343 (IEP meetings) has been revised to 
    clarify that special education and related services must be available 
    to the child within a reasonable period of time following receipt of 
    parent consent to an initial evaluation.
         Proposed Sec. 300.344 (IEP Team) has been amended to (1) 
    clarify that the determination of knowledge or special expertise of 
    ``other individuals'' under Sec. 300.344(a)(6) is made by the party who 
    has invited the individual to be a member of the IEP team; and (2) 
    permit a public agency to designate another public agency member of the 
    IEP team to also serve as the agency representative, if the criteria in 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(4) are satisfied.
         Proposed Sec. 300.345 (Parent participation) has been 
    revised to clarify that (1) the public agency's notice to parents about 
    the IEP meeting must inform them about the ability of either party to 
    invite individuals with knowledge or special expertise to the meeting, 
    consistent with Sec. 300.344(a)(6) and (c); and (2) the agency must 
    give the parents a copy of their child's IEP.
         Proposed Sec. 300.346 (Development, review, and revision 
    of IEP) has been revised to clarify that, in developing each child's 
    IEP, the IEP team also must consider ``as appropriate, the results of 
    the child's performance on any general State or district-wide 
    assessment programs.
         Proposed Sec. 300.347 (Content of IEP) has been amended to 
    (1) clarify that ``general curriculum'' is the same curriculum as for 
    nondisabled children, and (2) delete the requirement that, if the IEP 
    team determines that services are not needed in one or more of the 
    areas specified in the definition of transition services (Sec. 300.29), 
    the IEP must include a statement to that effect and the basis upon 
    which the determination was made.
         Proposed Sec. 300.350 (Children with disabilities in 
    religiously-affiliated or other private schools) has been deleted. A 
    new Sec. 300.455(c) has been added to specify LEA responsibilities 
    regarding the development of ``services plans'' for private school 
    children.
    
    [[Page 12410]]
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.351 (IEP--accountability) has been 
    redesignated as Sec. 300.350, and revised to provide that (1) each 
    public agency must make a good faith effort to assist the child to 
    achieve the goals and objectives or benchmarks listed in the IEP; (2) a 
    State or public agency is not prohibited from establishing its own 
    accountability systems regarding teacher, school, or agency 
    performance; and (3) ``[n]othing in this section limits a parent's 
    right to ask for revisions of the child's IEP or to invoke due process 
    procedures if the parent feels that efforts required in paragraph (a) 
    of this section are not being met.''
    
    Direct Services by SEA
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.360 (Use of LEA allocation for direct 
    services) has been amended to clarify that (1) if an LEA does not elect 
    to apply for its Part B funds, the SEA must use those funds to ensure 
    that FAPE is available to all eligible children residing in the 
    jurisdiction of the LEA; (2) if the local allotment is not sufficient 
    to ensure FAPE to all eligible children within the LEA, the SEA must 
    ensure that FAPE is available to those children; and (3) the SEA may 
    use whatever funding sources are available in the State to ensure that 
    all eligible children within each LEA receive FAPE (see Sec. 300.301).
         Proposed Sec. 300.370 (Use of SEA allocations) has been 
    amended to clarify that, of the Part B funds it retains for other than 
    administration, the SEA may use the funds either directly, or 
    distribute them to LEAs on a competitive, targeted, or formula basis.
    
    5. Changes in Subpart D--Children in Private Schools
    
    Children With Disabilities in Private Schools Placed or Referred by 
    Public Agencies
         Proposed Sec. 300.401 (``Responsibility of SEA'') has been 
    revised to provide that a child with a disability placed by a public 
    agency as the means of providing FAPE to the child must receive an 
    education that meets the standards that apply to the SEA and LEA.
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools 
    When FAPE Is at Issue
         Proposed Sec. 300.403 (``Placement of children by parent 
    if FAPE is at issue'') has been revised to clarify that (1) the 
    provisions of Secs. 300.450-300.462 apply to children with disabilities 
    placed voluntarily in private schools, even though the public agency 
    made FAPE available to those children; (2) private school placement by 
    the parents must be appropriate (as determined by a court or hearing 
    officer) in order to be eligible for reimbursement, (3) a parental 
    placement does not need to meet State standards that apply to education 
    provided by the SEA and LEAs in order to be appropriate; and (4) the 
    reimbursement provisions of Sec. 300.403 also apply if parents of a 
    child with a disability who previously received special education and 
    related services under the authority of a public agency enroll the 
    child in a private preschool program.
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools
         Proposed Sec. 300.451 (``Child find for private school 
    children with disabilities'') has been revised to specify that (1) 
    child find activities for those children must be comparable to child 
    find activities for children with disabilities in public schools, and 
    (2) LEAs must consult with representatives of parentally-placed private 
    school students with disabilities on how to conduct child find 
    activities for that population in a manner that is comparable to those 
    activities for public school children.
         Proposed Sec. 300.452 (retitled ``Provision of services--
    basic requirement'') has been amended to add a new provision related to 
    the SEA's responsibility for ensuring that a services plan is developed 
    for each private school child with a disability who has been designated 
    to receive services under these regulations.
         Proposed Sec. 300.453 (``Expenditures'') has been revised 
    to specify that (1) each LEA must consult with representatives of 
    private school children with disabilities to decide how to conduct the 
    annual count of the number of those children; (2) the LEA must ensure 
    that the count is conducted by specified dates, and that the data are 
    used to determine the amount of Part B funds to be earmarked for 
    private school children in the next fiscal year; (3) the costs of child 
    find activities for private school children with disabilities may not 
    be considered in determining whether the LEA met the expenditures 
    requirement of this section; and (4) SEAs and LEAs are not prohibited 
    from providing services to private school children with disabilities 
    beyond those required by this part, consistent with State law or local 
    policy.
         Proposed Sec. 300.454 (Services determined) has been 
    revised to specify that each LEA must (1) consult with private school 
    representatives on where services will be provided; (2) conduct 
    meetings to develop, review, and revise a ``services plan,'' in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.455, for each private school child with a 
    disability who has been designated to receive services under this part; 
    and (3) ensure that a representative of the private school participates 
    in the meetings.
         Proposed Sec. 300.455 (Services provided) has been revised 
    to specify that (1) each private school child with a disability who has 
    been designated to receive Part B services must have a services plan, 
    and (2) the plan must, to the extent appropriate, meet the requirements 
    of Sec. 300.347 with respect to the services provided, and be 
    developed, reviewed and revised consistent with Secs. 300.342-300.346.
         Proposed Sec. 300.456 (Location of services) has been 
    revised to make clear that, while transportation might be provided 
    between a child's home or private school and a service site if 
    necessary for the child to benefit from or participate in the services 
    offered, LEAs are not required to provide transportation between the 
    child's home and private school.
         Proposed Sec. 300.457 (Complaints) has been revised to 
    specify that the due process procedures under this part apply to child 
    find activities for private school children with disabilities, 
    including evaluations.
    
    6. Changes in Subpart E--Procedural Safeguards
    
    Due Process Procedures for Parents and Children
         Proposed Sec. 300.500 (General responsibility of public 
    agencies; definitions) has been amended as follows:
        (1) The proposed definition of ``consent'' (300.500(b)(1)) has been 
    revised to clarify that a revocation of consent does not have a 
    retroactive effect if the action consented to has already occurred.
        (2) The proposed definition of ``evaluation'' (Sec. 300.500(b)(2)) 
    has been revised by deleting the last sentence of the definition, to 
    ensure that evaluations may include a review of a child's performance 
    on a test or procedures used for all children in a school, grade, or 
    class.
         Proposed Sec. 300.501 (Opportunity to examine records; 
    parent participation in meetings) has been amended to (1) delete the 
    word ``all'' from Sec. 300.501(a)(2); (2) delete the definition of 
    ``meetings'' but provide that the term does not include certain 
    conversations or preparation for a meeting and (3) clarify that each 
    public agency must ``make reasonable efforts'' related to parental 
    participation in group
    
    [[Page 12411]]
    
    discussions relating to the educational placements of their child.
         Proposed Sec. 300.502 (Independent educational evaluation 
    (IEE)) has been amended to (1) add that, upon request for an IEE, 
    parents must be given information about agency criteria applicable for 
    IEEs; (2) clarify, in Sec. 300.502(e)(1), that the criteria under which 
    an IEE is obtained must be the same as that of the public agency ``to 
    the extent such criteria are consistent with the parent's right to an 
    IEE,'' and (3) explain that an explanation of parent disagreement with 
    an agency evaluation may not be required and the public agency may not 
    delay either providing the IEE at public expense or, alternatively, 
    initiating a due process hearing.
         Proposed Sec. 300.503 (Prior notice by the public agency; 
    content of notice) has been amended to delete the provision in 
    Sec. 300.503(b)(8) (related to informing parents about the State 
    complaint procedures). (See Sec. 300.504(b).)
         Proposed Sec. 300.504 (Procedural safeguards notice) has 
    been amended to add State complaint procedures under Secs. 300.660-
    300.662 to the items included in the notice.
         Proposed Sec. 300.505 (Parental consent) has been amended 
    to (1) refer to ``informed parent consent;'' (2) add ``all 
    reevaluations'' to the list of actions requiring consent (see 
    Sec. 300.505(a)(1)(i)); (3) delete paragraph (a)(1)(iii), and add a new 
    paragraph (a)(3) to specify that parental consent is not required 
    before reviewing existing evaluation data as a part of an evaluation or 
    reevaluation or for administering a test used with all children unless 
    consent is required of all parents; and (4) specify, in paragraph (e), 
    that a public agency may not use a parental refusal to consent to one 
    service or benefit under paragraphs (a) and (d) to deny the parent or 
    child another service or benefit.
         Proposed Sec. 300.506 (Mediation) has been revised to (1) 
    add a new Sec. 300.506(b)(2) to specify that the mediator must be 
    selected from a list of mediators on a random basis (e.g., a rotation), 
    or that both parties are involved in selecting the mediator and agree 
    with the selection of the individual who will mediate; and (2) add a 
    new Sec. 300.506(c)(2) to clarify that payment for mediation services 
    by the State does not make the mediator an employee of the State agency 
    for purposes of impartiality.
         Proposed Sec. 300.507 (Impartial due process hearing; 
    parent notice) has been amended to clarify that, in the content of the 
    parent notice, the description of the nature of the problem applies to 
    the action ``refused'' as well as that proposed by the public agency.
         Proposed Sec. 300.509 (Hearing rights) has been revised to 
    clarify that, in paragraph (a)(3), the disclosure is required at least 
    5 ``business'' days before the hearing.
         Proposed Sec. 300.510 (Finality of decision; impartiality 
    of review) has been amended to (1) make the reference to written 
    findings and decision in Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(vi) consistent with 
    Sec. 300.509(a)(5), and (2) allow the choice of ``electronic or written 
    findings of fact and decision.''
         Proposed Sec. 300.513 (Attorneys' fees) has been amended 
    to include all of the provisions of section 615(i)(3)(C)-(G) of the 
    Act.
         Proposed Sec. 300.514(c) has been amended to provide that 
    a decision by a State hearing or review officer that is in agreement 
    with the parents constitutes an agreement for purposes of pendency.
         Proposed Sec. 300.515 (Surrogate parents) has been revised 
    to permit employees of nonpublic agencies that have no role in 
    educating a child to serve as surrogate parents.
        Discipline Procedures
         A new Sec. 300.519 (Change of placement for disciplinary 
    removals) has been added regarding change of placement in the context 
    of removals under Secs. 300.520-300.529.
         Proposed Sec. 300.520 (Authority of school personnel) has 
    been amended as follows:
        (1) Proposed Sec. 300.520(a)(1) has been revised to specify that to 
    the extent removal would be applied to children without disabilities, 
    school personnel may order the removal of a child with a disability 
    from the child's current placement for not more than 10 consecutive 
    school days and additional removals of not more than 10 consecutive 
    school days in that same school year for separate incidents of 
    misconduct as long as they do not constitute a change in placement 
    under Sec. 300.519, and to make clear that after a child with a 
    disability has been removed from his or her current placement for more 
    than 10 school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days 
    of removal the public agency must provide services to the extent 
    necessary under Sec. 300.121(d).
        (2) Proposed Sec. 300.520(b) has been revised to replace 
    ``suspension'' with ``removal,'' and to specify that when first 
    removing a child for more than 10 school days in a school year, or 
    commencing a removal that constitutes a change of placement, the LEA 
    must within 10 business days, convene an IEP meeting. If the agency had 
    not already conducted a functional behavioral assessment and 
    implemented a behavioral intervention plan for the child the purpose of 
    the IEP meeting is to develop an assessment plan. As soon as 
    practicable after completion of the plan, the LEA must then convene an 
    IEP meeting to develop appropriate behavioral interventions to address 
    the child's behavior. If a child already has a behavioral intervention 
    plan, the purpose of the IEP meeting is to review the plan and its 
    implementation.
        (3) Proposed Sec. 300.520(c) has been deleted and replaced with a 
    provision that requires that if a child with a disability who has a 
    behavioral intervention plan and has been removed for more than 10 
    school days in a school year subsequently is subjected to a removal 
    that is not a change of placement, the child's IEP team members shall 
    review the behavioral intervention plan, and meet to modify it or its 
    implementation if one or more team members think modifications are 
    needed.
         Proposed Sec. 300.521(d) has been modified to make clear 
    that the hearing officer determines the appropriateness of the interim 
    alternative educational setting proposed by school personnel who have 
    consulted with the child's special education teacher.
         Proposed Sec. 300.522 (Determination of setting) has been 
    amended to (1) specify that the interim alternative educational setting 
    referred to in Sec. 300.520(a)(2) must be determined by the IEP team; 
    and (2) clarify that the services and modifications to address the 
    child's behavior are designed to prevent the behavior from recurring.
         Proposed Sec. 300.523 (Manifestation determination review) 
    has been amended as follows:
        (1) Proposed Sec. 300.523(a) has been revised to (1) specify that 
    the manifestation determination review is done regarding behavior 
    described in Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521, or if a removal is 
    contemplated that constitutes a change of placement under Sec. 300.519; 
    and (2) require that parents be provided notice of procedural 
    safeguards consistent with Sec. 300.504.
        (2) Proposed Sec. 300.523(b) (exception to conducting a 
    manifestation determination review) has been removed.
        (3) Proposed Sec. 300.523(c) has been redesignated as 
    Sec. 300.523(b) and revised to specify that the manifestation 
    determination review is conducted at a meeting.
        (4) Proposed Sec. 300.523(d) and (e) have been redesignated as 
    Sec. 300.523(c) and (d) and revised by adding ``and other
    
    [[Page 12412]]
    
    qualified personnel'' after ``IEP team'' each time it is used.
        (5) Proposed paragraph (f) has been redesignated as paragraph (e) 
    and a new paragraph (f) has been added to clarify that if in the 
    manifestation review deficiencies are identified in the child's IEP or 
    placement or in their implementation, the public agency must act to 
    correct those deficiencies.
         Proposed Sec. 300.524 (Determination that behavior was not 
    a manifestation of disability) has been amended to (1) replace, in 
    paragraph (a), the reference to ``section 612 of the Act'' with 
    ``Sec. 300.121(c);'' and (2) refer, in paragraph (c), to the placement 
    rules of Sec. 300.526.
         Proposed Sec. 300.525 (Parent appeal) has been revised to 
    refer to any decision regarding placement under Secs. 300.520-300.528.
         Proposed Sec. 300.526(c)(3) has been revised to clarify 
    that extensions of 45 day removals by a hearing officer because 
    returning the child to the child's current placement would be 
    dangerous, may be repeated, if necessary.
         Proposed Sec. 300.527 (Protections for children not yet 
    eligible for special education and related services) has been amended 
    as follows:
        (1) Proposed Sec. 300.527(b)(1) has been revised to refer to not 
    knowing how to write rather than illiteracy in English.
        (2) Proposed Sec. 300.527(b)(2) has been revised to clarify that 
    the behavior or performance is in relation to the categories of 
    disability identified in Sec. 300.7.
        (3) Proposed Sec. 300.527(b)(4) has been revised to refer to other 
    personnel who have responsibilities for child find or special education 
    referrals in the agency.
        (4) Proposed Sec. 300.527(c) has been redesignated as paragraph 
    (d), and a new paragraph (c) has been added to provide that if an 
    agency acts on one of the bases identified in paragraph (b), determines 
    that the child is not eligible, and provides proper notice to the 
    parents, and there are no additional bases of knowledge under paragraph 
    (b) that were not considered, the agency would not be held to have a 
    basis of knowledge under Sec. 300.527(b).
        (5) Proposed Sec. 300.527(d)(2)(ii) has been revised to clarify 
    that an educational placement under that provision can include 
    suspension or expulsion without educational services.
         Proposed Sec. 300.528 (Expedited due process hearings) has 
    been amended as follows:
        (1) Proposed Sec. 300.528(a)(1) (requiring a decision within 10 
    business days) has been deleted. (Paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) are 
    redesignated as (a)(1) and (a)(2) and paragraphs (b) and (c) are 
    redesignated as (c) and (d).)
        (2) A new Sec. 300.528(b) has been added to require that (A) each 
    State establish a timeline for expedited due process hearings that 
    results in a written decision being mailed to the parties within 45 
    days, with no extensions permitted that result in decisions being 
    issued more than 45 days after the hearing request is received by the 
    public agency; and (B) decisions be issued in the same period of time, 
    whether the hearing is requested by a parent or an agency.
        (3) Redesignated Sec. 300.528(d) has been revised to specify that 
    expedited due process hearings are appealable consistent with the 
    Sec. 300.510.
         Proposed Sec. 300.529 (Referral to and action by law 
    enforcement and judicial authorities) has been amended to make clear 
    that copies of a child's special education and disciplinary records may 
    be transmitted only to the extent that such transmission is permitted 
    under FERPA. (Section 300.571 has been amended to note the relationship 
    of this section.)
    Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility
         Proposed Sec. 300.532 (Evaluation procedures) has been 
    amended to (1) require that assessments of children with limited 
    English proficiency must be selected and administered to ensure that 
    they measure the extent to which a child has a disability and needs 
    special education, and do not, instead, measure the child's English 
    language skills (Sec. 300.532(a)2); (2) provide that the information 
    gathered include information related to enabling the child to be 
    involved and progress in the general curriculum or appropriate 
    activities if the child is a preschool child (Sec. 300.532(b)); (3) 
    provide that if an assessment is not conducted under standard 
    conditions, information about the extent to which the assessment varied 
    from standard conditions, such as the qualifications of the person 
    administering the test or the method of test administration, must be 
    included in the evaluation report (Sec. 300.532(c)(2)); and (4) provide 
    that each public agency ensure that the evaluation of each child with a 
    disability under Secs. 300.531-300.536 is sufficiently comprehensive to 
    identify all of the child's special education and related services 
    needs, whether or not commonly linked to the disability category in 
    which the child has been classified.
         Proposed Sec. 300.533 (Determination of needed evaluation 
    data) has been revised to clarify that the group reviewing existing 
    data may conduct that review without a meeting (Sec. 300.533(b)).
         Proposed Sec. 300.534 (Determination of eligibility) has 
    been amended to clarify that (1) children are not eligible if they need 
    specialized instruction because of limited English proficiency or lack 
    of instruction in reading or math, but do not need such instruction 
    because of a disability, as defined in Sec. 300.7; and (2) the 
    evaluation required in Sec. 300.534(c)(1) is not required before 
    termination of a child's eligibility under Part B of the Act due to 
    graduation with a regular high school diploma, or ceasing to meet the 
    age requirement for FAPE under State law.
         Proposed Sec. 300.535 (Procedures for determining 
    eligibility and placement) has been revised to add ``parent input'' to 
    the variety of sources from which the public agency will draw in 
    interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining a child's 
    eligibility under this part.
    Least Restrictive Environment (LRE)
         Proposed Sec. 300.550 (General LRE requirements) has been 
    amended to add a cross reference to Sec. 300.311(b) and (c), to clarify 
    that the LRE provisions do not apply to students with disabilities who 
    are convicted as adults under State law and incarcerated in adult 
    prisons.
         Proposed Sec. 300.552 (Placements) has been amended to (1) 
    include a reference to preschool children with disabilities in the 
    introductory paragraph of this section, and (2) to add a new 
    Sec. 300.552(e) prohibiting the removal of child with a disability from 
    an age-appropriate regular classroom solely because of needed 
    modifications in the general curriculum.
    Confidentiality of Information
         Proposed Sec. 300.562 (Access rights) has been revised to 
    make it clear that expedited due process hearing procedures under 
    Secs. 300.521-300.529 are also covered under this section.
         Proposed Sec. 300.571 (Consent) has been amended to permit 
    disclosures without parental consent to the agencies identified in 
    Sec. 300.529, to the extent permitted under the Family Educational 
    Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
         Proposed Sec. 300.574 (Children's rights) has been revised 
    by incorporating into the regulations the substance of the two notes 
    following the section (relating to transfer of educational records to 
    the student at age 18).
    Department Procedures
         Proposed Sec. 300.589 (Waiver of requirement regarding 
    supplementing
    
    [[Page 12413]]
    
    and not supplanting with Part B funds) has been revised to conform to 
    the statutory provision that the Secretary provides a waiver ``in whole 
    or in part.''
    
    7. Changes in Subpart F--State Administration
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.652 (Advisory panel functions) has been 
    revised to clarify that one of the duties of the advisory panel is 
    advising the State agency that has general responsibility for students 
    who have been convicted as adults and incarcerated in adult prisons.
         Proposed Sec. 300.653 (Advisory panel procedures) has been 
    amended to specify that all advisory panel meetings and agenda items 
    must be ``announced enough in advance of the meeting to afford 
    interested parties a reasonable opportunity to attend.''
         Proposed Sec. 300.660 (Adoption of State complaint 
    procedures) has been revised to clarify that if an SEA, in resolving a 
    complaint, finds a failure to provide appropriate services to a child 
    with a disability, the SEA must address (1) how to remediate the denial 
    of those services, including, as appropriate, the awarding of monetary 
    reimbursement or other corrective action appropriate to the needs of 
    the child; and (2) appropriate future provision of services for all 
    children with disabilities.
         Proposed Sec. 300.661 (Minimum State complaint procedures) 
    has been revised to clarify that (1) if an issue in a complaint is the 
    subject of a due process hearing, that issue (but not any issue outside 
    of the hearing) would be set aside until the conclusion of the hearing, 
    (2) the decision on an issue in a due process hearing would be binding 
    in a State complaint resolution, and (3) a public agency's failure to 
    implement a due process decision would have to be resolved by the SEA.
    
    8. Changes in Subpart G--Allocation of Funds; Reports
    
         Proposed Sec. 300.712 (Allocations to LEAs) has been 
    revised to clarify that, if LEAs are created, combined, or otherwise 
    reconfigured subsequent to the base year (i.e. the year prior to the 
    year in which the appropriation under section 611(j) of the Act exceeds 
    $4,924,672,200), the State is required to provide the LEAs involved 
    with revised base allocations calculated on the basis of the relative 
    numbers of children with disabilities aged 3 through 21, or 6 through 
    21, depending on whether the State serves all children with 
    disabilities aged 3 through 5 currently provided special education by 
    each of the affected LEAs. The section also has been expanded to state 
    that, for the purpose of making grants under this section, States must 
    apply, on a uniform basis across all LEAs, the best data that are 
    available to them on the numbers of children enrolled in public and 
    private elementary and secondary schools and the numbers of children 
    living in poverty.
         Proposed Sec. 300.713 (Former Chapter 1 State agencies) 
    has been revised to clarify that the amount each former Chapter 1 State 
    agency must receive is the minimum amount.
         Proposed Sec. 300.751 (Annual report of children served) 
    has been revised to clarify that the Secretary may permit States to 
    collect certain data through sampling.
    
    9. Changes to Part 303
    
         Proposed Sec. 303.510 (Adopting State complaint 
    procedures) has been revised to clarify that if a lead agency, in 
    resolving a complaint, finds a failure to provide appropriate services, 
    it must address (1) how to remediate the denial of those services, 
    including, as appropriate, the awarding of monetary reimbursement or 
    other corrective action appropriate to the needs of the child and the 
    child's family, as well as (2) appropriate future provision of services 
    for all infants and toddlers with disabilities and their families.
         Proposed Sec. 303.512 (Minimum State complaint procedures) 
    has been revised to clarify that (1) if an issue in a complaint is the 
    subject of a due process hearing, that issue (but not any issue outside 
    of the hearing) would be set aside until the conclusion of the hearing, 
    (2) the decision on an issue in a due process hearing would be binding 
    in a State complaint resolution, and (3) a public agency's or private 
    service provider's failure to implement a due process decision must be 
    resolved by the lead agency.
    Role of the Regular Education Teacher on the IEP Team
        The regulations at Secs. 300.344(a)(2) and 300.346(d) repeat the 
    statutory provisions regarding the role of the regular education 
    teacher in developing, reviewing, and revising IEPs. The extent of the 
    regular education teacher's involvement in the IEP process would be 
    determined on a case by case basis and is addressed in question 24 in 
    Appendix A.
    
    Discipline for Children With Disabilities
    
    Some Key Changes in the Regulations Regarding Discipline for Children 
    With Disabilities
    
        One of the major areas of concern in public comment on the NPRM was 
    the issue of discipline for children with disabilities under the Act. 
    The previous list of major changes briefly describes the major changes 
    from the NPRM that are reflected in these final regulations regarding 
    discipline under Secs. 300.121(d), and 300.519-529. These changes 
    reflect very serious consideration of the concerns of school 
    administrators and teachers regarding preserving school safety and 
    order without unduly burdensome requirements, while helping schools 
    respond appropriately to a child's behavior, promoting the use of 
    appropriate behavioral interventions, and increasing the likelihood of 
    success in school and school completion for some of our most at-risk 
    students.
        The comments also revealed some confusion about several of the 
    provisions of the Act and the NPRM regarding discipline. Limitations in 
    the statute and regulations about the amount of time that a child can 
    be removed from his or her current placement only come into play when 
    schools are not able to work out an appropriate placement with the 
    parents of a child who has violated a school code of conduct. In many, 
    many cases involving discipline for children with disabilities, schools 
    and parents are able to reach an agreement about how to respond to the 
    child's behavior. In addition, neither the statute or the proposed or 
    final regulations impose absolute limits on the number of days that a 
    child can be removed from his or her current placement in a school 
    year. As was the case in the past, school personnel have the ability to 
    remove a child for short periods of time as long as the removal does 
    not constitute a change of placement. To help make this point, the 
    regulations include a new provision (Sec. 300.519) that reflects the 
    Department's longstanding definition of what constitutes a ``change of 
    placement'' in the disciplinary context. In this regulation, a 
    disciplinary ``change of placement'' occurs when a child is removed for 
    more than 10 consecutive school days or when the child is subjected to 
    a series of removals that constitute a pattern because they cumulate to 
    more than 10 school days in a school year, and because of factors such 
    as the length of the removal, the total amount of time the child is 
    removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another. 
    (Sec. 300.519). Changes also have been made to Sec. 300.520(a)(1) to 
    make clear that multiple short-term removals (i.e., 10 consecutive days 
    or less) for separate incidents of misconduct are permitted, to the 
    extent removals would be applied
    
    [[Page 12414]]
    
    to children without disabilities as long as those removals do not 
    constitute a change of placement, as defined in Sec. 300.519.
        Instead of requiring that services begin on the eleventh day in a 
    school year that a child is removed from his or her current educational 
    placement, as was proposed in the NPRM, the regulations take a more 
    flexible approach. If the removal is pursuant to school personnel's 
    authority to remove for not more than 10 consecutive days 
    (Sec. 300.520(a)(1)) or for behavior that is not a manifestation of the 
    child's disability, consistent with Sec. 300.524 services must be 
    provided to the extent necessary to enable the child to continue to 
    appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately 
    advance toward the goals in his or her IEP. (Sec. 300.121(d)).
        If the removal is by school personnel under their authority to 
    remove for not more than 10 school days at a time (Sec. 300.520(a)(1)), 
    school personnel, in consultation with the child's special education 
    teacher, make the determination regarding the extent to which services 
    are necessary to meet this standard. (Sec. 300.121(d)(3)(i)). On the 
    other hand, if the removal constitutes a change in placement, the 
    child's IEP team must be involved. If the removal is pursuant to the 
    authority to discipline a child with a disability to the same extent as 
    a nondisabled child for behavior that has been determined to not be a 
    manifestation of the child's disability (Sec. 300.524), the child's IEP 
    team makes the determination regarding the extent to which services are 
    necessary to meet this standard. (Sec. 300.121(d)(3)(ii)). If the child 
    is being placed in an interim alternative educational setting for up to 
    45 days because of certain weapon or drug offenses (Sec. 300.520(a)(2)) 
    or because a hearing officer has determined that there is a substantial 
    likelihood of injury to the child or others if the child remains in his 
    or her current placement (Sec. 300.521), the services to be provided to 
    the child are determined based on Sec. 300.522. In these cases, the 
    interim alternative educational setting must be selected so as to 
    enable the child to continue to progress in the general curriculum, 
    although in another setting, and to continue to receive those services 
    and modifications, including those described in the child's current 
    IEP, that will enable the child to meet the goals set out in that IEP 
    and include services and modifications to address the behavior. 
    (Secs. 300.121(d)(2)(ii) and 300.522).
        Under these regulations, IEP team meetings regarding functional 
    behavioral assessments and behavioral intervention plans will only be 
    required within 10 business days of (1) when the child is first removed 
    for more than 10 school days in a school year, and (2) whenever the 
    child is subjected to a disciplinary change of placement. 
    (Sec. 300.520(b)(1)). In other subsequent removals in a school year of 
    a child who already has a functional behavioral assessment and 
    behavioral intervention plan, the IEP team members can review the 
    behavioral intervention plan and its implementation in light of the 
    child's behavior, without a meeting, and only meet if one or more of 
    the team members believe that the plan or its implementation need 
    modification. (Sec. 300.520(c)).
        These final regulations also provide that manifestation 
    determinations, and the IEP team meetings to make these determinations, 
    are only required when a child is subjected to a disciplinary change of 
    placement. (Sec. 300.523(a)). These changes should eliminate the need 
    for unnecessary, repetitive IEP team meetings. The discussion of 
    comments regarding the disciplinary sections of the regulations in 
    Attachment 1 provides a fuller explanation of the regulatory provisions 
    regarding discipline.
    
    Answers to Some Commonly Asked Questions About Discipline Under IDEA
    
        Prior to the amendments to the Education of the Handicapped Act 
    (EHA) in 1975, (the EHA is today known as IDEA), the special 
    educational needs of children with disabilities were not being met. 
    More than half of the children with disabilities in the United States 
    did not receive appropriate educational services, and a million 
    children with disabilities were excluded entirely from the public 
    school system. All too often, school officials used disciplinary 
    measures to exclude children with disabilities from education simply 
    because they were different or more difficult to educate than 
    nondisabled children.
        It is against that backdrop that Pub. L. 94-142 was developed, with 
    one of its primary goals being the elimination of any exclusion of 
    children with disabilities from education. In the IDEA reauthorization 
    of 1997, Congress recognized that in certain instances school districts 
    needed increased flexibility to deal with safety issues while 
    maintaining needed due process protections in the IDEA. The following 
    questions and answers address: (1) the proactive requirements of the 
    IDEA designed to ensure that children with disabilities will be able to 
    adhere to school rules; (2) IDEA provisions regarding removal of 
    students from their current placement when their behavior significantly 
    violates school discipline codes; and (3) the requirement of the IDEA 
    for the continuation of services for children with disabilities who are 
    disciplined.
    1. Why are there special rules about discipline for children with 
    disabilities?
        The protections in the IDEA regarding discipline are designed to 
    prevent the type of often speculative and subjective decision making by 
    school officials that led to widespread abuses of the rights of 
    children with disabilities to an appropriate education in the past. For 
    example, in Mills v. Board of Education of the District of Columbia 
    (1972) the court recognized that many children were being excluded 
    entirely from education merely because they had been identified as 
    having a behavior disorder. It is important to keep in mind, however, 
    that these protections do not prevent school officials from maintaining 
    a learning environment that is safe and conducive to learning for all 
    children. Well run schools that have good leadership, well-trained 
    teachers and high standards for all students have fewer discipline 
    problems than schools that do not.
        It is also extremely important to keep in mind that the provisions 
    of the statute and regulation concerning the amount of time a child 
    with a disability can be removed from his or her regular placement for 
    disciplinary reasons are only called into play if the removal 
    constitutes a change of placement and the parent objects to proposed 
    action by school officials (or objects to a refusal by school officials 
    to take an action) and requests a due process hearing. The discipline 
    rules concerning the amount of time a child can be removed from his or 
    her current placement essentially are exceptions to the generally 
    applicable requirement that a child remains in his or her current 
    placement during the pendency of due process, and subsequent judicial, 
    proceedings. (See, section 615(j) of the Act and Sec. 300.514.) If 
    school officials believe that a child's placement is inappropriate they 
    can work with the child's parent through the IEP and placement 
    processes to come up with an appropriate placement for the child that 
    will meet the needs of the child and result in his or her improved 
    learning and the learning of others and ensure a safe environment. In 
    addition to the other measures discussed in the following questions, 
    the discipline provisions of the IDEA allow responsible and appropriate 
    changes in placement of children with disabilities when their parents 
    do not object.
    
    [[Page 12415]]
    
    2. Does IDEA contain provisions that promote proactive up-front 
    measures that will help prevent discipline problems?
        Yes. Research has shown that if teachers and other school personnel 
    have the knowledge and expertise to provide appropriate behavioral 
    interventions, future behavior problems can be greatly diminished if 
    not totally avoided. Appropriate staff development activities and 
    improved pre-service training programs at the university level with 
    emphasis in the area of early identification of reading and behavior 
    problems and appropriate interventions can help to ensure that regular 
    and special education teachers and other school personnel have the 
    needed knowledge and skills. Changes in the IDEA emphasize the need of 
    State and local educational agencies to work to ensure that 
    superintendents, principals, teachers and other school personnel are 
    equipped with the knowledge and skills that will enable them to 
    appropriately address behavior problems when they occur.
        In addition, the IDEA includes provisions that focus on individual 
    children. If a child has behavior problems that interfere with his or 
    her learning or the learning of others, the IEP team must consider 
    whether strategies, including positive behavioral interventions, 
    strategies, and supports are needed to address the behavior. If the IEP 
    team determines that such services are needed, they must be added to 
    the IEP and must be provided. The Department has supported a number of 
    activities such as training institutes, conferences, clearinghouses and 
    other technical assistance and research activities on this topic to 
    help school personnel appropriately address behavioral concerns for 
    children with disabilities.
    3. Can a child with a disability who is experiencing significant 
    disciplinary problems be removed to another placement?
        Yes. Even when school personnel are appropriately trained and are 
    proactively addressing children's behavior issues through positive 
    behavioral intervention supports, interventions, and strategies, there 
    may be instances when a child must be removed from his or her current 
    placement. When there is agreement between school personnel and the 
    child's parents regarding a change in placement (as there frequently 
    is), there will be no need to bring into play the discipline provisions 
    of the law. Even if agreement is not possible, in general, school 
    officials can remove any child with a disability from his or her 
    regular school placement for up to 10 school days at a time, even over 
    the parents' objections, whenever discipline is appropriate and is 
    administered consistent with the treatment of nondisabled children. 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1). However, school officials cannot use this authority 
    to repeatedly remove a child from his or her current placement if that 
    series of removals means the child is removed for more than 10 school 
    days in a school year and factors such as the length of each removal, 
    the total amount of time that the child is removed, and the proximity 
    of the removals to one another lead to the conclusion that there has 
    been a change in placement. Secs. 300.519-300.520(a)(1). There is no 
    specific limit on the number of days in a school year that a child with 
    a disability can be removed from his or her current placement. After a 
    child is removed from his or her current placement for more than 10 
    cumulative school days in a school year, services must be provided to 
    the extent required under Sec. 300.121(d), which concerns the provision 
    of FAPE for children suspended or expelled from school.
        If the child's parents do not agree to a change of placement, 
    school authorities can unilaterally remove a child with a disability 
    from the child's regular placement for up to 45 days at a time if the 
    child has brought a weapon to school or to a school function, or 
    knowingly possessed or used illegal drugs or sold or solicited the sale 
    of controlled substances while at school or a school function. 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(2). In addition, if school officials believe that a 
    child with a disability is substantially likely to injure self or 
    others in the child's regular placement, they can ask an impartial 
    hearing officer to order that the child be removed to an interim 
    alternative educational setting for a period of up to 45 days. 
    Sec. 300.521. If at the end of an interim alternative educational 
    placement of up to 45 days, school officials believe that it would be 
    dangerous to return the child to the regular placement because the 
    child would be substantially likely to injure self or others in that 
    placement, they can ask an impartial hearing officer to order that the 
    child remain in an interim alternative educational setting for an 
    additional 45 days. Sec. 300.526(c). If necessary, school officials can 
    also request subsequent extensions of these interim alternative 
    educational settings for up to 45 days at a time if school officials 
    continue to believe that the child would be substantially likely to 
    injure self or others if returned to his or her regular placement. 
    Sec. 300.526(c)(4).
        Additionally, at any time, school officials may seek to obtain a 
    court order to remove a child with a disability from school or to 
    change a child's current educational placement if they believe that 
    maintaining the child in the current educational placement is 
    substantially likely to result in injury to the child or others.
        Finally, school officials can report crimes committed by children 
    with disabilities to appropriate law enforcement authorities to the 
    same extent as they do for crimes committed by nondisabled students. 
    Sec. 300.529.
    4. Do the IDEA regulations mean that a child with a disability cannot 
    be removed from his or her current placement for more than ten school 
    days in a school year?
        No. School authorities may unilaterally suspend a child with a 
    disability from the child's regular placement for not more than 10 
    school days at a time for any violation of school rules if nondisabled 
    children would be subjected to removal for the same offense. They also 
    may implement additional suspensions of up to ten school days at a time 
    in that same school year for separate incidents of misconduct if 
    educational services are provided for the remainder of the removals, to 
    the extent required under Sec. 300.121(d). (See the next question 
    regarding the provision of educational services during periods of 
    removal.) However, school authorities may not remove a child in a 
    series of short-term suspensions (up to 10 school days at a time), if 
    these suspensions constitute a pattern that is a change of placement 
    because the removals cumulate to more than 10 school days in a school 
    year and because of factors such as the length of each removal, the 
    total amount of time the child is removed, and the proximity of the 
    removals to one another. But not all series of removals that cumulate 
    to more than 10 school days in a school year would constitute a pattern 
    under Sec. 300.519(b).
        Of course, in the case of less serious infractions, schools can 
    address the misconduct through appropriate instructional and/or related 
    services, including conflict management, behavior management 
    strategies, and measures such as study carrels, time-outs, and 
    restrictions in privileges, so long as they are not inconsistent with 
    the child's IEP. If a child's IEP or behavior intervention plan 
    addresses a particular behavior, it generally would be inappropriate to 
    utilize some other
    
    [[Page 12416]]
    
    response, such as suspension, to that behavior.
    5. What must a school district do when removing a child with a 
    disability from his or her current placement for the eleventh 
    cumulative day in a school year?
        Beginning on the eleventh cumulative day in a school year that a 
    child with a disability is removed from his or her current placement, 
    the school district must provide those services that school personnel 
    (for example, the school administrator or other appropriate school 
    personnel) in consultation with the child's special education teacher 
    determine to be necessary to enable the child to appropriately progress 
    in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving 
    the goals set out in the child's IEP. School personnel would determine 
    where those services would be provided. This means that for the 
    remainder of the removal that includes the eleventh day, and for any 
    subsequent removals, services must be provided to the extent determined 
    necessary, while the removal continues. Sec. 300.121(d)(2) and (3).
        Not later than 10 business days after removing a child with a 
    disability for more than 10 school days in a school year, the school 
    district must convene an IEP team meeting to develop a behavioral 
    assessment plan if the district has not already conducted a functional 
    behavioral assessment and implemented a behavioral intervention plan 
    for the child. If a child with a disability who is being removed for 
    the eleventh cumulative school day in a school year already has a 
    behavioral intervention plan, the school district must convene the IEP 
    team (either before or not later than 10 business days after first 
    removing the child for more than 10 school days in a school year) to 
    review the plan and its implementation, and modify the plan and its 
    implementation as necessary to address the behavior. Sec. 300.520(b).
        A manifestation determination would not be required unless the 
    removal that includes the eleventh cumulative school day of removal in 
    a school year is a change of placement. Sec. 300.523(a).
    6. Does the IDEA or its regulations mean that a child with a disability 
    can never be suspended for more than 10 school days at a time or 
    expelled for behavior that is not a manifestation of his or her 
    disability?
        No. If the IEP team concludes that the child's behavior was not a 
    manifestation of the child's disability, the child can be disciplined 
    in the same manner as nondisabled children, except that appropriate 
    educational services must be provided. Sec. 300.524(a). This means that 
    if nondisabled children are long-term suspended or expelled for a 
    particular violation of school rules, the child with disabilities may 
    also be long-term suspended or expelled. Educational services must be 
    provided to the extent the child's IEP team determines necessary to 
    enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum 
    and appropriately advance toward the goals set out in the child's IEP. 
    Sec. 300.121(d)(2).
    7. Does the statutory language ``carries a weapon to school or to a 
    school function'' cover instances in which the child acquires a weapon 
    at school?
        Yes. Although the statutory language ``carries a weapon to school 
    or to a school function'' could be viewed as ambiguous on this point, 
    in light of the clear intent of Congress in the Act to expand the 
    authority of school personnel to immediately address school weapons 
    offenses, the Department's opinion is that this language also covers 
    instances in which the child is found to have a weapon that he or she 
    obtained while at school.
    
    Goals 2000: Educate America Act
    
        The Goals 2000: Educate America Act (Goals 2000) focuses the 
    Nation's education reform efforts on the eight National Education Goals 
    and provides a framework for meeting them. Goals 2000 promotes new 
    partnerships to strengthen schools and expands the Department's 
    capacities for helping communities to exchange ideas and obtain 
    information needed to achieve the goals.
        These final regulations address the following National Education 
    Goals:
         All children in America will start school ready to learn.
         The high school graduation rate will increase to at least 
    90 percent.
         All students will leave grades 4, 8, and 12 having 
    demonstrated competency in challenging subject matter, including 
    English, mathematics, science, foreign languages, civics and 
    government, economics, arts, history, and geography; and every school 
    in America will ensure that all students learn to use their minds well, 
    so they may be prepared for responsible citizenship, further learning, 
    and productive employment in our Nation's modern economy.
         United States students will be first in the world in 
    mathematics and science achievement.
         Every adult American will be literate and will possess the 
    knowledge and skills necessary to compete in a global economy and 
    exercise the rights and responsibilities of citizenship.
         Every school in the United States will be free of drugs, 
    violence, and the unauthorized presence of firearms and alcohol and 
    will offer a disciplined environment conducive to learning.
         The Nation's teaching force will have access to programs 
    for the continued improvement of their professional skills and the 
    opportunity to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to instruct and 
    prepare all American students for the next century.
         Every school will promote partnerships that will increase 
    parental involvement and participation in promoting the social, 
    emotional, and academic growth of children.
    
    Executive Order 12866
    
        This is a significant regulatory action under section 3(f)(1) of 
    Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, these final regulations have been 
    reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with that 
    order. Because it has been determined that these regulations are 
    economically significant under the order, the Department has conducted 
    an economic analysis, which is provided in Attachment 2. This 
    regulation has also been determined to be a major rule under the Small 
    Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996.
        These final regulations implement changes made to the Individuals 
    with Disabilities Education Act by the IDEA Amendments of 1997 and make 
    other changes determined by the Secretary as necessary for 
    administering this program effectively and efficiently.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 made a number of significant changes to 
    the law. While retaining the basic rights and protections that have 
    been in the law since 1975, the amendments strengthened the focus of 
    the law on improving results for children with disabilities. The 
    amendments accomplished this through changes that promote the early 
    identification of, and provision of services to, children with 
    disabilities, the development of individualized education programs that 
    enhance the participation of children with disabilities in the general 
    curriculum, the education of children with disabilities with 
    nondisabled children, higher expectations for children with 
    disabilities and accountability for their educational results, the 
    involvement of parents in their children's education, and reducing 
    unnecessary paperwork and other burdens to better direct resources to 
    improved teaching and learning.
    
    [[Page 12417]]
    
        All of these objectives are reflected in these final regulations, 
    which largely reflect the changes to the statute made by IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997.
        In assessing the potential costs and benefits--both quantitative 
    and qualitative--of these final regulations, the Secretary has 
    determined that the benefits of these final regulations justify the 
    costs.
        The Secretary has also determined that this regulatory action does 
    not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the 
    exercise of their governmental functions.
    
    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
    
        Sections 300.110, 300.121, 300.123-300.130, 300.133, 300.135-
    300.137, 300.141-300.145, 300.155-300.156, 300.180, 300.192, 300.220-
    300.221, 300.240, 300.280-300.281, 300.284, 300.341, 300.343, 300.345, 
    300.347, 300.380-300.382, 300.402, 300.482-300.483, 300.503-300.504, 
    300.506, 300.508, 300.510-300.511, 300.532, 300.535, 300.543, 300.561-
    300.563, 300.565, 300.569, 300.571-300.572, 300.574-300.575, 300.589, 
    300.600, 300.653, 300.660-300.662, 300.750-300.751, 300.754, 303.403, 
    303.510-303.512, and 303.520 contain information collection 
    requirements. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 
    U.S.C. 3507(d)), the Department of Education has submitted a copy of 
    these sections to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for its 
    review.
        Collection of Information: Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities: Complaint Procedures, Secs. 300.600-300.662 and 
    303.510-303.512. Each SEA is required to adopt written procedures for 
    resolving any complaint that meets the requirements in these proposed 
    regulations.
        Annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of 
    information is estimated to average 10 hours to issue a written 
    decision to a complaint. There is an estimated average annual total of 
    1079 complaints submitted for processing. Thus, the total annual 
    reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection is estimated to 
    be 10,790 hours.
        Collection of Information: Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities: State Eligibility, Secs. 300.110, 300.121, 300.123-
    300.130, 300.133, 300.135-300.137, 300.141-300.145, 300.155-300.156, 
    300.280-300.281, 300.284, 300.380-300.382, 300.402, 300.482-300.483, 
    300.510-300.511, 300.589, 300.600, 300.653, 303.403, and 303.520. Each 
    State must have on file with the Secretary policies and procedures to 
    demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the State meets 
    the specified conditions for assistance under this part. In the past, 
    States were required to submit State plans every three years with one-
    third of the entities submitting plans to the Secretary each year. With 
    the new statute, States will no longer be required to submit State 
    plans. Rather, the policies and procedures currently approved by, and 
    on file with, the Secretary that are not inconsistent with the IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997 will remain in effect unless amended.
        Annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of 
    information is estimated to average 30 hours for each response for 58 
    respondents, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching 
    existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and 
    completing and reviewing the collection of information. Thus, the total 
    annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection is 
    estimated to be 1740 hours.
        Collection of Information: Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities: LEA Eligibility, Secs. 300.180, 300.192, 300.220-
    300.221, 300.240, 300.341, 300.343, 300.345, 300.347, 500.503-300.504, 
    300.532, 300.535, 300.543, 300.561-300.563, 300.565, 300.569, 300.571-
    300.572, and 300.574-300.575. Each local educational agency (LEA) and 
    each State agency must have on file with the State educational agency 
    (SEA) information to demonstrate that the agency meets the specified 
    requirements for assistance under this part. In the past, each LEA was 
    required to submit a periodic application to the SEA in order to 
    establish its eligibility for assistance under this part. Under the new 
    statutory changes, LEAs are no longer required to submit such 
    applications. Rather, the policies and procedures currently approved 
    by, and on file with, the SEA that are not inconsistent with the IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997 will remain in effect unless amended.
        Annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of 
    information is estimated to average 2 hours for each response for 
    15,376 respondents, including the time for reviewing instructions, 
    searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data 
    needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. 
    Thus, the total annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this 
    collection is estimated to be 30,752 hours. The Secretary invites 
    comment on the estimated time it will take for LEAs to meet this 
    reporting and recordkeeping requirement.
        Collection of Information: Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities: List of Hearing Officers and Mediators, 
    Secs. 300.506 and 300.508. Each State must maintain a list of 
    individuals who are qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws and 
    regulations relating to the provision of special education and related 
    services. Each public agency must, also, keep a list of the persons who 
    serve as hearing officers.
        Annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of 
    information is estimated to average 25 hours for each response for 58 
    respondents, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching 
    existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and 
    completing and reviewing the collection of information. Thus, the total 
    annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection is 
    estimated to be 3050 hours.
        Collection of Information: Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities: Report of Children and Youth with Disabilities 
    Receiving Special Education, Secs. 300.750-300.751, and 300.754. Each 
    SEA must submit an annual report of children served.
        Annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of 
    information is estimated to average 262 hours for each response for 58 
    respondents, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching 
    existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and 
    completing and reviewing the collection of information. Thus, the total 
    annual reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection is 
    estimated to be 15,196 hours.
        Organizations and individuals desiring to submit comments on the 
    information collection requirements should direct them to the Office of 
    Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, room 10235, New Executive 
    Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; Attention: Desk Officer for U.S. 
    Department of Education.
        The Department considers comments by the public on these proposed 
    collections of information in--
         Evaluating whether the proposed collections of information 
    are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the 
    Department, including whether the information will have practical 
    utility;
         Evaluating the accuracy of the Department's estimate of 
    the burden of the proposed collections of information, including the 
    validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
         Enhancing the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the 
    information to be collected; and
    
    [[Page 12418]]
    
         Minimizing the burden of the collection of information on 
    those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate 
    automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection 
    techniques or other forms of information technology; e.g., permitting 
    electronic submission of responses.
        OMB is required to make a decision concerning the collections of 
    information contained in these proposed regulations between 30 and 60 
    days after publication of this document in the Federal Register. 
    Therefore, a comment to OMB is best assured of having its full effect 
    if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication. This does not affect 
    the deadline for the public to comment to the Department on the 
    proposed regulations.
    
    Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification
    
        The Secretary certifies that these final regulations will not have 
    a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
    entities. The small entities that would be affected by these 
    regulations are small local educational agencies receiving Federal 
    funds under this program. These regulations would not have a 
    significant economic impact on the small LEAs affected because these 
    regulations impose minimal requirements beyond those that would 
    otherwise be required by the statute. In addition, increased costs 
    imposed by these regulations on LEAs are expected to be offset by 
    savings to be realized by LEAs.
    
    Intergovernmental Review
    
        This program is subject to the requirements of Executive Order 
    12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. The objective of the 
    Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a 
    strengthened federalism by relying on processes developed by State and 
    local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal 
    financial assistance.
        In accordance with the order, this document is intended to provide 
    early notification of the Department's specific plans and actions for 
    this program.
    
    Assessment of Educational Impact
    
        In the NPRM published on October 22, 1997, the Secretary requested 
    comments on whether the proposed regulations would require transmission 
    of information that is being gathered by or is available from any other 
    agency or authority of the United States.
        Based on the response to the NPRM and on its own review, the 
    Department has determined that the regulations in this document do not 
    require transmission of information that is being gathered by or is 
    available from any other agency or authority of the United States.
    
    Electronic Access to This Document
    
        Anyone may also view this document, as well as all other Department 
    of Education documents published in the Federal Register, in text or 
    portable document format (pdf) on the World Wide Web at either of the 
    following sites:
    http://gcs.ed.gov/fedreg.htm
    
    http://www.ed.gov/news.html
    
        To use the pdf you must have the Adobe Acrobat Reader Program with 
    Search, which is available free at either of the previous sites. If you 
    have questions about using the pdf, call the U.S. Government Printing 
    Office toll free at 1-888-293-6498.
        Anyone may also view these documents in text copy only on an 
    electronic bulletin board of the Department. Telephone: (202) 219-1511 
    or, toll free, 1-800-222-4922. The documents are located under Option 
    G--Files/Announcements, Bulletins and Press Releases.
    
        Note: The official version of this document is the document 
    published in the Federal Register.
    
    List of Subjects
    
    34 CFR Part 300
    
        Administrative practice and procedure, Education of individuals 
    with disabilities, Elementary and secondary education, Equal 
    educational opportunity, Grant programs-- education, Privacy, Private 
    schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    
    34 CFR Part 303
    
        Education of individuals with disabilities, Grant programs-- 
    education, Infants and children, Reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements.
    
        Dated: March 4, 1999.
    Richard W. Riley,
    Secretary of Education.
    
    (Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number: 84.027 Assistance to 
    States for the Education of Children with Disabilities, and 84.181 
    Early Intervention Program for Infants and Toddlers with 
    Disabilities)
    
        The Secretary amends Title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations by 
    revising part 300 and amending part 303 as follows:
        1. Part 300 is revised to read as follows:
    
    PART 300--ASSISTANCE TO STATES FOR THE EDUCATION OF CHILDREN WITH 
    DISABILITIES
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    Purposes, Applicability, and Regulations That Apply to This Program
    
    Sec.
    300.1 Purposes.
    300.2 Applicability of this part to State, local, and private 
    agencies.
    
    Definitions Used in This Part
    
    300.3  Regulations that apply.
    300.4  Act.
    300.5  Assistive technology device.
    300.6  Assistive technology service.
    300.7  Child with a disability.
    300.8  Consent.
    300.9  Day; business day; school day.
    300.10  Educational service agency.
    300.11  Equipment.
    300.12  Evaluation.
    300.13  Free appropriate public education.
    300.14  Include.
    300.15  Individualized education program.
    300.16  Individualized education program team.
    300.17  Individualized family service plan.
    300.18  Local educational agency.
    300.19  Native language.
    300.20  Parent.
    300.21  Personally identifiable.
    300.22  Public agency.
    300.23  Qualified personnel.
    300.24  Related services.
    300.25  Secondary school.
    300.26  Special education.
    300.27  State.
    300.28  Supplementary aids and services.
    300.29  Transition services.
    300.30  Definitions in EDGAR.
    
    Subpart B--State and Local Eligibility
    
    State Eligibility--General
    
    300.110  Condition of assistance.
    300.111  Exception for prior State policies and procedures on file 
    with the Secretary.
    300.112  Amendments to State policies and procedures.
    300.113  Approval by the Secretary.
    300.114--300.120  [Reserved]
    
    State Eligibility--Specific Conditions
    
    300.121  Free appropriate public education (FAPE).
    300.122  Exception to FAPE for certain ages.
    300.123  Full educational opportunity goal (FEOG).
    300.124  FEOG--timetable.
    300.125  Child find.
    300.126  Procedures for evaluation and determination of eligibility.
    300.127  Confidentiality of personally identifiable information.
    300.128  Individualized education programs.
    300.129  Procedural safeguards.
    300.130  Least restrictive environment.
    300.131  [Reserved]
    300.132  Transition of children from Part C to preschool programs.
    300.133  Children in private schools.
    300.134  [Reserved]
    
    [[Page 12419]]
    
    300.135  Comprehensive system of personnel development.
    300.136  Personnel standards.
    300.137  Performance goals and indicators.
    300.138  Participation in assessments.
    300.139  Reports relating to assessments.
    300.140  [Reserved]
    300.141  SEA responsibility for general supervision.
    300.142  Methods of ensuring services.
    300.143  SEA implementation of procedural safeguards.
    300.144  Hearings relating to LEA eligibility.
    300.145  Recovery of funds for misclassified children.
    300.146  Suspension and expulsion rates.
    300.147  Additional information if SEA provides direct services.
    300.148  Public participation.
    300.149  [Reserved]
    300.150  State advisory panel.
    300.151  [Reserved]
    300.152  Prohibition against commingling.
    300.153  State-level nonsupplanting.
    300.154  Maintenance of State financial support.
    300.155  Policies and procedures for use of Part B funds.
    300.156  Annual description of use of Part B funds.
    
    LEA and State Agency Eligibility--General
    
    300.180  Condition of assistance.
    300.181  Exception for prior LEA or State agency policies and 
    procedures on file with the SEA.
    300.182  Amendments to LEA policies and procedures.
    300.183  [Reserved]
    300.184  Excess cost requirement.
    300.185  Meeting the excess cost requirement.
    300.186--300.189  [Reserved]
    300.190  Joint establishment of eligibility.
    300.191  [Reserved]
    300.192  Requirements for establishing eligibility.
    300.193  [Reserved]
    300.194  State agency eligibility.
    300.195  [Reserved]
    300.196   Notification of LEA or State agency in case of 
    ineligibility.
    300.197  LEA and State agency compliance.
    
    LEA and State Agency Eligibility--Specific Conditions
    
    300.220  Consistency with State policies.
    300.221  Implementation of CSPD.
    300.222--300.229  [Reserved]
    300.230  Use of amounts.
    300.231  Maintenance of effort.
    300.232  Exception to maintenance of effort.
    300.233  Treatment of federal funds in certain fiscal years.
    300.234  Schoolwide programs under title I of the ESEA.
    300.235  Permissive use of funds.
    300.236--300.239  [Reserved]
    300.240  Information for SEA.
    300.241  Treatment of charter schools and their students.
    300.242  Public information.
    300.243  [Reserved]
    300.244  Coordinated services system.
    
    School-Based Improvement Plan
    
    300.245  School-based improvement plan.
    300.246  Plan requirements.
    300.247  Responsibilities of the LEA.
    300.248  Limitation.
    300.249  Additional requirements.
    300.250  Extension of plan.
    
    Secretary of the Interior--Eligibility
    
    300.260  Submission of information.
    300.261  Public participation.
    300.262  Use of Part B funds.
    300.263  Plan for coordination of services.
    300.264  Definitions.
    300.265  Establishment of advisory board.
    300.266  Annual report by advisory board.
    300.267  Applicable regulations.
    
    Public Participation
    
    300.280  Public hearings before adopting State policies and 
    procedures.
    300.281  Notice.
    300.282  Opportunity to participate; comment period.
    300.283  Review of public comments before adopting policies and 
    procedures.
    300.284  Publication and availability of approved policies and 
    procedures.
    
    Subpart C--Services
    
    Free Appropriate Public Education
    
    300.300  Provision of FAPE.
    300.301  FAPE--methods and payments.
    300.302  Residential placement.
    300.303  Proper functioning of hearing aids.
    300.304  Full educational opportunity goal.
    300.305  Program options.
    300.306  Nonacademic services.
    300.307  Physical education.
    300.308  Assistive technology.
    300.309  Extended school year services.
    300.310  [Reserved]
    300.311  FAPE requirements for students with disabilities in adult 
    prisons.
    300.312  Children with disabilities in public charter schools.
    300.313  Children experiencing developmental delays.
    
    Evaluations and Reevaluations
    
    300.320  Initial evaluations.
    300.321   Reevaluations.
    300.322--300.324  [Reserved]
    
    Individualized Education Programs
    
    300.340  Definitions related to IEPs.
    300.341  Responsibility of SEA and other public agencies for IEPs.
    300.342  When IEPs must be in effect.
    300.343  IEP Meetings.
    300.344  IEP team.
    300.345  Parent participation.
    300.346  Development, review, and revision of IEP.
    300.347  Content of IEP.
    300.348  Agency responsibilities for transition services.
    300.349  Private school placements by public agencies.
    300.350  IEPs--accountability.
    
    Direct Services by the Sea
    
    300.360  Use of LEA allocation for direct services.
    300.361  Nature and location of services.
    300.362--300.369  [Reserved]
    300.370  Use of SEA allocations.
    300.371  [Reserved]
    300.372  Nonapplicability of requirements that prohibit commingling 
    and supplanting of funds.
    
    Comprehensive System of Personnel Development (CSPD)
    
    300.380  General CSPD requirements.
    300.381  Adequate supply of qualified personnel.
    300.382  Improvement strategies.
    300.383--300.387  [Reserved]
    
    Subpart D--Children in Private Schools
    
    Children With Disabilities in Private Schools Placed or Referred by 
    Public Agencies
    
    300.400  Applicability of Secs. 300.400-300.402.
    300.401  Responsibility of State educational agency.
    300.402  Implementation by State educational agency.
    
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools 
    When FAPE is at Issue
    
    300.403  Placement of children by parents if FAPE is at issue.
    
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools
    
    300.450  Definition of ``private school children with 
    disabilities.''
    300.451  Child find for private school children with disabilities.
    300.452  Provision of services--basic requirement.
    300.453  Expenditures.
    300.454  Services determined.
    300.455  Services provided.
    300.456  Location of services; transportation.
    300.457  Complaints.
    300.458  Separate classes prohibited.
    300.459  Requirement that funds not benefit a private school.
    300.460  Use of public school personnel.
    300.461  Use of private school personnel.
    300.462  Requirements concerning property, equipment, and supplies 
    for the benefit of private school children with disabilities.
    
    Procedures for By-Pass
    
    300.480  By-pass--general.
    300.481  Provisions for services under a by-pass.
    300.482  Notice of intent to implement a by-pass.
    300.483  Request to show cause.
    300.484  Show cause hearing.
    300.485  Decision.
    300.486  Filing requirements.
    300.487  Judicial review.
    
    Subpart E--Procedural Safeguards
    
    Due Process Procedures for Parents and Children
    
    300.500  General responsibility of public agencies; definitions.
    300.501  Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in 
    meetings.
    300.502  Independent educational evaluation.
    
    [[Page 12420]]
    
    300.503  Prior notice by the public agency; content of notice.
    300.504  Procedural safeguards notice.
    300.505  Parental consent.
    300.506  Mediation.
    300.507  Impartial due process hearing; parent notice.
    300.508  Impartial hearing officer.
    300.509  Hearing rights.
    300.510  Finality of decision; appeal; impartial review.
    300.511  Timelines and convenience of hearings and reviews.
    300.512  Civil action.
    300.513  Attorneys' fees.
    300.514  Child's status during proceedings.
    300.515  Surrogate parents.
    300.516  [Reserved]
    300.517  Transfer of parental rights at age of majority.
    
    Discipline Procedures
    
    300.519  Change of placement for disciplinary removals.
    300.520  Authority of school personnel.
    300.521  Authority of hearing officer.
    300.522  Determination of setting.
    300.523  Manifestation determination review.
    300.524  Determination that behavior was not manifestation of 
    disability.
    300.525  Parent appeal.
    300.526  Placement during appeals.
    300.527  Protections for children not yet eligible for special 
    education and related services.
    300.528  Expedited due process hearings.
    300.529  Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial 
    authorities.
    
    Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility
    
    300.530  General.
    300.531  Initial evaluation.
    300.532  Evaluation procedures.
    300.533  Determination of needed evaluation data.
    300.534  Determination of eligibility.
    300.535  Procedures for determining eligibility and placement.
    300.536  Reevaluation.
    
    Additional Procedures for Evaluating Children With Specific Learning 
    Disabilities
    
    300.540  Additional team members.
    300.541  Criteria for determining the existence of a specific 
    learning disability.
    300.542  Observation.
    300.543  Written report.
    
    Least Restrictive Environment (LRE)
    
    300.550  General LRE requirements.
    300.551  Continuum of alternative placements.
    300.552  Placements.
    300.553  Nonacademic settings.
    300.554  Children in public or private institutions.
    300.555  Technical assistance and training activities.
    300.556  Monitoring activities.
    
    Confidentiality of Information
    
    300.560  Definitions.
    300.561  Notice to parents.
    300.562  Access rights.
    300.563  Record of access.
    300.564  Records on more than one child.
    300.565  List of types and locations of information.
    300.566  Fees.
    300.567  Amendment of records at parent's request.
    300.568  Opportunity for a hearing.
    300.569  Result of hearing.
    300.570  Hearing procedures.
    300.571  Consent.
    300.572  Safeguards.
    300.573  Destruction of information.
    300.574  Children's rights.
    300.575  Enforcement.
    300.576  Disciplinary information.
    300.577  Department use of personally identifiable information.
    
    Department Procedures
    
    300.580  Determination by the Secretary that a State is eligible.
    300.581  Notice and hearing before determining that a State is not 
    eligible.
    300.582  Hearing official or panel.
    300.583  Hearing procedures.
    300.584  Initial decision; final decision.
    300.585  Filing requirements.
    300.586  Judicial review.
    300.587  Enforcement.
    300.588  [Reserved]
    300.589  Waiver of requirement regarding supplementing and not 
    supplanting with Part B funds.
    
    Subpart F--State Administration
    
    General
    
    300.600  Responsibility for all educational programs.
    300.601  Relation of Part B to other Federal programs.
    300.602  State-level activities.
    
    Use of Funds
    
    300.620  Use of funds for State administration.
    300.621  Allowable costs.
    300.622  Subgrants to LEAs for capacity-building and improvement.
    300.623  Amount required for subgrants to LEAs.
    300.624  State discretion in awarding subgrants.
    
    State Advisory Panel
    
    300.650  Establishment of advisory panels.
    300.651  Membership.
    300.652  Advisory panel functions.
    300.653  Advisory panel procedures.
    
    State Complaint Procedures
    
    300.660  Adoption of State complaint procedures.
    300.661  Minimum State complaint procedures.
    300.662  Filing a complaint.
    
    Subpart G--Allocation of Funds; Reports
    
    Allocations
    
    300.700  Special definition of the term ``State.''
    300.701  Grants to States.
    300.702  Definition.
    300.703  Allocations to States.
    300.704-300.705  [Reserved]
    300.706  Permanent formula.
    300.707  Increase in funds.
    300.708  Limitation.
    300.709  Decrease in funds.
    300.710  Allocation for State in which by-pass is implemented for 
    private school children with disabilities.
    300.711  Subgrants to LEAs.
    300.712  Allocations to LEAs.
    300.713  Former Chapter 1 State agencies.
    300.714  Reallocation of LEA funds.
    300.715  Payments to the Secretary of the Interior for the education 
    of Indian children.
    300.716  Payments for education and services for Indian children 
    with disabilities aged 3 through 5.
    300.717  Outlying areas and freely associated States.
    300.718  Outlying area--definition.
    300.719  Limitation for freely associated States.
    300.720  Special rule.
    300.721  [Reserved]
    300.722  Definition.
    
    Reports
    
    300.750  Annual report of children served--report requirement.
    300.751  Annual report of children served--information required in 
    the report.
    300.752  Annual report of children served--certification.
    300.753  Annual report of children served--criteria for counting 
    children.
    300.754  Annual report of children served--other responsibilities of 
    the SEA.
    300.755  Disproportionality.
    300.756  Acquisition of equipment; construction or alteration of 
    facilities.
    Appendix A to Part 300--Notice of Interpretation
    Appendix B to Part 300--Index for IDEA--Part B Regulations
    
        Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411-1420, unless otherwise noted.
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    Purposes, Applicability, and Regulations That Apply to This Program
    
    
    Sec. 300.1  Purposes.
    
        The purposes of this part are--
        (a) To ensure that all children with disabilities have available to 
    them a free appropriate public education that emphasizes special 
    education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and 
    prepare them for employment and independent living;
        (b) To ensure that the rights of children with disabilities and 
    their parents are protected;
        (c) To assist States, localities, educational service agencies, and 
    Federal agencies to provide for the education of all children with 
    disabilities; and
        (d) To assess and ensure the effectiveness of efforts to educate 
    children with disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1400 note)
    
    [[Page 12421]]
    
    Sec. 300.2  Applicability of this part to State, local, and private 
    agencies.
    
        (a) States. This part applies to each State that receives payments 
    under Part B of the Act.
        (b) Public agencies within the State. The provisions of this part--
        (1) Apply to all political subdivisions of the State that are 
    involved in the education of children with disabilities, including--
        (i) The State educational agency (SEA);
        (ii) Local educational agencies (LEAs), educational service 
    agencies (ESAs), and public charter schools that are not otherwise 
    included as LEAs or ESAs and are not a school of an LEA or ESA;
        (iii) Other State agencies and schools (such as Departments of 
    Mental Health and Welfare and State schools for children with deafness 
    or children with blindness); and
        (iv) State and local juvenile and adult correctional facilities; 
    and
        (2) Are binding on each public agency in the State that provides 
    special education and related services to children with disabilities, 
    regardless of whether that agency is receiving funds under Part B.
        (c) Private schools and facilities. Each public agency in the State 
    is responsible for ensuring that the rights and protections under Part 
    B of the Act are given to children with disabilities--
        (1) Referred to or placed in private schools and facilities by that 
    public agency; or
        (2) Placed in private schools by their parents under the provisions 
    of Sec. 300.403(c).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412)
    
    
    Sec. 300.3  Regulations that apply.
    
        The following regulations apply to this program:
        (a) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs) except for 
    Secs. 76.125-76.137 and 76.650-76.662.
        (b) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions).
        (c) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of 
    Education Programs and Activities).
        (d) 34 CFR part 80 (Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants 
    and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments).
        (e) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act--Enforcement).
        (f) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
        (g) 34 CFR part 85 (Government-wide Debarment and Suspension 
    (Nonprocurement) and Government-wide Requirements for Drug-Free 
    Workplace (Grants)).
        (h) The regulations in this part--34 CFR part 300 (Assistance for 
    Education of Children with Disabilities).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))
    
    Definitions Used in This Part
    
    
    Sec. 300.4  Act.
    
        As used in this part, Act means the Individuals with Disabilities 
    Education Act (IDEA), as amended.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1400(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.5  Assistive technology device.
    
        As used in this part, Assistive technology device means any item, 
    piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially 
    off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, 
    maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a 
    disability.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.6  Assistive technology service.
    
        As used in this part, Assistive technology service means any 
    service that directly assists a child with a disability in the 
    selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device.
        The term includes--
        (a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, 
    including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary 
    environment;
        (b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition 
    of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
        (c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, 
    maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
        (d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or 
    services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated 
    with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
        (e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability 
    or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
        (f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including 
    individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, 
    or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise 
    substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.7  Child with a disability.
    
        (a) General. (1) As used in this part, the term child with a 
    disability means a child evaluated in accordance with Secs. 300.530-
    300.536 as having mental retardation, a hearing impairment including 
    deafness, a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment 
    including blindness, serious emotional disturbance (hereafter referred 
    to as emotional disturbance), an orthopedic impairment, autism, 
    traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning 
    disability, deaf-blindness, or multiple disabilities, and who, by 
    reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
        (2)(i) Subject to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, if it is 
    determined, through an appropriate evaluation under Secs. 300.530-
    300.536, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in 
    paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but only needs a related service and 
    not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under 
    this part.
        (ii) If, consistent with Sec. 300.26(a)(2), the related service 
    required by the child is considered special education rather than a 
    related service under State standards, the child would be determined to 
    be a child with a disability under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
        (b) Children aged 3 through 9 experiencing developmental delays. 
    The term child with a disability for children aged 3 through 9 may, at 
    the discretion of the State and LEA and in accordance with 
    Sec. 300.313, include a child--
        (1) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by the 
    State and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and 
    procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical 
    development, cognitive development, communication development, social 
    or emotional development, or adaptive development; and
        (2) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related 
    services.
        (c) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this 
    definition are defined as follows:
        (1)(i) Autism means a developmental disability significantly 
    affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, 
    generally evident before age 3, that adversely affects a child's 
    educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with 
    autism are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped 
    movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily 
    routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences. The term does 
    not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected 
    primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in 
    paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
        (ii) A child who manifests the characteristics of ``autism'' after 
    age 3 could be diagnosed as having ``autism'' if the criteria in 
    paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section are satisfied.
    
    [[Page 12422]]
    
        (2) Deaf-blindness means concomitant hearing and visual 
    impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication 
    and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be 
    accommodated in special education programs solely for children with 
    deafness or children with blindness.
        (3) Deafness means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the 
    child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, 
    with or without amplification, that adversely affects a child's 
    educational performance.
        (4) Emotional disturbance is defined as follows:
        (i) The term means a condition exhibiting one or more of the 
    following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked 
    degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
        (A) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, 
    sensory, or health factors.
        (B) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal 
    relationships with peers and teachers.
        (C) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal 
    circumstances.
        (D) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
        (E) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated 
    with personal or school problems.
        (ii) The term includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to 
    children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that 
    they have an emotional disturbance.
        (5) Hearing impairment means an impairment in hearing, whether 
    permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational 
    performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness 
    in this section.
        (6) Mental retardation means significantly subaverage general 
    intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in 
    adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that 
    adversely affects a child's educational performance.
        (7) Multiple disabilities means concomitant impairments (such as 
    mental retardation-blindness, mental retardation-orthopedic impairment, 
    etc.), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs 
    that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely 
    for one of the impairments. The term does not include deaf-blindness.
        (8) Orthopedic impairment means a severe orthopedic impairment that 
    adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes 
    impairments caused by congenital anomaly (e.g., clubfoot, absence of 
    some member, etc.), impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, 
    bone tuberculosis, etc.), and impairments from other causes (e.g., 
    cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause 
    contractures).
        (9) Other health impairment means having limited strength, vitality 
    or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental 
    stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the 
    educational environment, that--
        (i) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, 
    attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, 
    diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, 
    leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, and sickle cell anemia; and
        (ii) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
        (10) Specific learning disability is defined as follows:
        (i) General. The term means a disorder in one or more of the basic 
    psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, 
    spoken or written, that may manifest itself in an imperfect ability to 
    listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical 
    calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, 
    brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental 
    aphasia.
        (ii) Disorders not included. The term does not include learning 
    problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor 
    disabilities, of mental retardation, of emotional disturbance, or of 
    environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
        (11) Speech or language impairment means a communication disorder, 
    such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a 
    voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational 
    performance.
        (12) Traumatic brain injury means an acquired injury to the brain 
    caused by an external physical force, resulting in total or partial 
    functional disability or psychosocial impairment, or both, that 
    adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies 
    to open or closed head injuries resulting in impairments in one or more 
    areas, such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; 
    abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and 
    motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information 
    processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that 
    are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth 
    trauma.
        (13) Visual impairment including blindness means an impairment in 
    vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's 
    educational performance. The term includes both partial sight and 
    blindness.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(3)(A) and (B); 1401(26))
    
    
    Sec. 300.8  Consent.
    
        As used in this part, the term consent has the meaning given that 
    term in Sec. 300.500(b)(1).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.9  Day; business day; school day.
    
        As used in this part, the term--
        (a) Day means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business 
    day or school day;
        (b) Business day means Monday through Friday, except for Federal 
    and State holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the 
    designation of business day, as in Sec. 300.403(d)(1)(ii)); and
        (c)(1) School day means any day, including a partial day, that 
    children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes.
        (2) The term school day has the same meaning for all children in 
    school, including children with and without disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.10  Educational service agency.
    
        As used in this part, the term educational service agency--
        (a) Means a regional public multiservice agency--
        (1) Authorized by State law to develop, manage, and provide 
    services or programs to LEAs; and
        (2) Recognized as an administrative agency for purposes of the 
    provision of special education and related services provided within 
    public elementary and secondary schools of the State;
        (b) Includes any other public institution or agency having 
    administrative control and direction over a public elementary or 
    secondary school; and
        (c) Includes entities that meet the definition of intermediate 
    educational unit in section 602(23) of IDEA as in effect prior to June 
    4, 1997.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.11  Equipment.
    
        As used in this part, the term equipment means--
        (a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment and any necessary
    
    [[Page 12423]]
    
    enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or 
    equipment; and
        (b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular 
    facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, 
    including items such as instructional equipment and necessary 
    furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; 
    telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; 
    and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(6))
    
    
    Sec. 300.12  Evaluation.
    
        As used in this part, the term evaluation has the meaning given 
    that term in Sec. 300.500(b)(2).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.13  Free appropriate public education.
    
        As used in this part, the term free appropriate public education or 
    FAPE means special education and related services that--
        (a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and 
    direction, and without charge;
        (b) Meet the standards of the SEA, including the requirements of 
    this part;
        (c) Include preschool, elementary school, or secondary school 
    education in the State; and
        (d) Are provided in conformity with an individualized education 
    program (IEP) that meets the requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(8))
    
    
    Sec. 300.14  Include.
    
        As used in this part, the term include means that the items named 
    are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or 
    unlike the ones named.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.15  Individualized education program.
    
        As used in this part, the term individualized education program or 
    IEP has the meaning given the term in Sec. 300.340(a).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(11))
    
    
    Sec. 300.16  Individualized education program team.
    
        As used in this part, the term individualized education program 
    team or IEP team means a group of individuals described in Sec. 300.344 
    that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a 
    child with a disability.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.17  Individualized family service plan.
    
        As used in this part, the term individualized family service plan 
    or IFSP has the meaning given the term in 34 CFR 303.340(b).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(12))
    
    
    Sec. 300.18  Local educational agency.
    
        (a) As used in this part, the term local educational agency means a 
    public board of education or other public authority legally constituted 
    within a State for either administrative control or direction of, or to 
    perform a service function for, public elementary or secondary schools 
    in a city, county, township, school district, or other political 
    subdivision of a State, or for a combination of school districts or 
    counties as are recognized in a State as an administrative agency for 
    its public elementary or secondary schools.
        (b) The term includes--
        (1) An educational service agency, as defined in Sec. 300.10;
        (2) Any other public institution or agency having administrative 
    control and direction of a public elementary or secondary school, 
    including a public charter school that is established as an LEA under 
    State law; and
        (3) An elementary or secondary school funded by the Bureau of 
    Indian Affairs, and not subject to the jurisdiction of any SEA other 
    than the Bureau of Indian Affairs, but only to the extent that the 
    inclusion makes the school eligible for programs for which specific 
    eligibility is not provided to the school in another provision of law 
    and the school does not have a student population that is smaller than 
    the student population of the LEA receiving assistance under this Act 
    with the smallest student population.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(15))
    
    
    Sec. 300.19  Native language.
    
        (a) As used in this part, the term native language, if used with 
    reference to an individual of limited English proficiency, means the 
    following:
        (1) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case 
    of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, 
    except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
        (2) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the 
    child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning 
    environment.
        (b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an 
    individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that 
    normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or 
    oral communication).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(16))
    
    
    Sec. 300.20  Parent.
    
        (a) General. As used in this part, the term parent means--
        (1) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
        (2) A guardian but not the State if the child is a ward of the 
    State;
        (3) A person acting in the place of a parent (such as a grandparent 
    or stepparent with whom the child lives, or a person who is legally 
    responsible for the child's welfare); or
        (4) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with 
    Sec. 300.515.
        (b) Foster parent. Unless State law prohibits a foster parent from 
    acting as a parent, a State may allow a foster parent to act as a 
    parent under Part B of the Act if--
        (1) The natural parents' authority to make educational decisions on 
    the child's behalf has been extinguished under State law; and
        (2) The foster parent--
        (i) Has an ongoing, long-term parental relationship with the child;
        (ii) Is willing to make the educational decisions required of 
    parents under the Act; and
        (iii) Has no interest that would conflict with the interests of the 
    child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(19))
    
    
    Sec. 300.21  Personally identifiable
    
        As used in this part, the term personally identifiable has the 
    meaning given that term in Sec. 300.500(b)(3).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.22  Public agency.
    
        As used in this part, the term public agency includes the SEA, 
    LEAs, ESAs, public charter schools that are not otherwise included as 
    LEAs or ESAs and are not a school of an LEA or ESA, and any other 
    political subdivisions of the State that are responsible for providing 
    education to children with disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1)(A), (a)(11))
    
    
    Sec. 300.23  Qualified personnel.
    
        As used in this part, the term qualified personnel means personnel 
    who have met SEA-approved or SEA-recognized certification, licensing, 
    registration, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area 
    in which the individuals are providing special education or related 
    services.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.24  Related services.
    
        (a) General. As used in this part, the term related services means 
    transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive 
    services as are required to assist a child with a
    
    [[Page 12424]]
    
    disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-
    language pathology and audiology services, psychological services, 
    physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic 
    recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in 
    children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, 
    orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic 
    or evaluation purposes. The term also includes school health services, 
    social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
        (b) Individual terms defined. The terms used in this definition are 
    defined as follows:
        (1) Audiology includes--
        (i) Identification of children with hearing loss;
        (ii) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing 
    loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention 
    for the habilitation of hearing;
        (iii) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language 
    habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing 
    evaluation, and speech conservation;
        (iv) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of 
    hearing loss;
        (v) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers 
    regarding hearing loss; and
        (vi) Determination of children's needs for group and individual 
    amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating 
    the effectiveness of amplification.
        (2) Counseling services means services provided by qualified social 
    workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified 
    personnel.
        (3) Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children 
    means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability 
    as early as possible in a child's life.
        (4) Medical services means services provided by a licensed 
    physician to determine a child's medically related disability that 
    results in the child's need for special education and related services.
        (5) Occupational therapy--
        (i) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist; 
    and
        (ii) Includes--
        (A) Improving, developing or restoring functions impaired or lost 
    through illness, injury, or deprivation;
        (B) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning 
    if functions are impaired or lost; and
        (C) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further 
    impairment or loss of function.
        (6) Orientation and mobility services--
        (i) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired students 
    by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic 
    orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, 
    home, and community; and
        (ii) Includes teaching students the following, as appropriate:
        (A) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information 
    received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to 
    establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., 
    using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
        (B) To use the long cane to supplement visual travel skills or as a 
    tool for safely negotiating the environment for students with no 
    available travel vision;
        (C) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision 
    aids; and
        (D) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
        (7) Parent counseling and training means--
        (i) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their 
    child;
        (ii) Providing parents with information about child development; 
    and
        (iii) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will 
    allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP or IFSP.
        (8) Physical therapy means services provided by a qualified 
    physical therapist.
        (9) Psychological services includes--
        (i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other 
    assessment procedures;
        (ii) Interpreting assessment results;
        (iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about 
    child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
        (iv) Consulting with other staff members in planning school 
    programs to meet the special needs of children as indicated by 
    psychological tests, interviews, and behavioral evaluations;
        (v) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, 
    including psychological counseling for children and parents; and
        (vi) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention 
    strategies.
        (10) Recreation includes--
        (i) Assessment of leisure function;
        (ii) Therapeutic recreation services;
        (iii) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
        (iv) Leisure education.
        (11) Rehabilitation counseling services means services provided by 
    qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus 
    specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving 
    independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a 
    student with a disability. The term also includes vocational 
    rehabilitation services provided to a student with disabilities by 
    vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act 
    of 1973, as amended.
        (12) School health services means services provided by a qualified 
    school nurse or other qualified person.
        (13) Social work services in schools includes--
        (i) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a 
    disability;
        (ii) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
        (iii) Working in partnership with parents and others on those 
    problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) 
    that affect the child's adjustment in school;
        (iv) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child 
    to learn as effectively as possible in his or her educational program; 
    and
        (v) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention 
    strategies.
        (14) Speech-language pathology services includes--
        (i) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
        (ii) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language 
    impairments;
        (iii) Referral for medical or other professional attention 
    necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
        (iv) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation 
    or prevention of communicative impairments; and
        (v) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers 
    regarding speech and language impairments.
        (15) Transportation includes--
        (i) Travel to and from school and between schools;
        (ii) Travel in and around school buildings; and
        (iii) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, 
    lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a 
    child with a disability.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(22))
    
    
    Sec. 300.25  Secondary school.
    
        As used in this part, the term secondary school means a nonprofit 
    institutional day or residential school that provides secondary 
    education, as determined under State law, except that
    
    [[Page 12425]]
    
    it does not include any education beyond grade 12.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(23))
    
    
    Sec. 300.26  Special education.
    
        (a) General. (1) As used in this part, the term special education 
    means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to 
    meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including--
        (i) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in 
    hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
        (ii) Instruction in physical education.
        (2) The term includes each of the following, if it meets the 
    requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
        (i) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related 
    service, if the service is considered special education rather than a 
    related service under State standards;
        (ii) Travel training; and
        (iii) Vocational education.
        (b) Individual terms defined. The terms in this definition are 
    defined as follows:
        (1) At no cost means that all specially-designed instruction is 
    provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are 
    normally charged to nondisabled students or their parents as a part of 
    the regular education program.
        (2) Physical education--
        (i) Means the development of--
        (A) Physical and motor fitness;
        (B) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
        (C) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and 
    sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
        (ii) Includes special physical education, adapted physical 
    education, movement education, and motor development.
        (3) Specially-designed instruction means adapting, as appropriate 
    to the needs of an eligible child under this part, the content, 
    methodology, or delivery of instruction--
        (i) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the 
    child's disability; and
        (ii) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so 
    that he or she can meet the educational standards within the 
    jurisdiction of the public agency that apply to all children.
        (4) Travel training means providing instruction, as appropriate, to 
    children with significant cognitive disabilities, and any other 
    children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them 
    to--
        (i) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
        (ii) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from 
    place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, 
    at work, and in the community).
        (5) Vocational education means organized educational programs that 
    are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or 
    unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career requiring 
    other than a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(25))
    
    
    Sec. 300.27  State.
    
        As used in this part, the term State means each of the 50 States, 
    the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and each of 
    the outlying areas.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(27))
    
    
    Sec. 300.28  Supplementary aids and services.
    
        As used in this part, the term supplementary aids and services 
    means, aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular 
    education classes or other education-related settings to enable 
    children with disabilities to be educated with nondisabled children to 
    the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with Secs. 300.550-
    300.556.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(29))
    
    
    Sec. 300.29  Transition services.
    
        (a) As used in this part, transition services means a coordinated 
    set of activities for a student with a disability that--
        (1) Is designed within an outcome-oriented process, that promotes 
    movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary 
    education, vocational training, integrated employment (including 
    supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, 
    independent living, or community participation;
        (2) Is based on the individual student's needs, taking into account 
    the student's preferences and interests; and
        (3) Includes--
        (i) Instruction;
        (ii) Related services;
        (iii) Community experiences;
        (iv) The development of employment and other post-school adult 
    living objectives; and
        (v) If appropriate, acquisition of daily living skills and 
    functional vocational evaluation.
        (b) Transition services for students with disabilities may be 
    special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or 
    related services, if required to assist a student with a disability to 
    benefit from special education.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(30))
    
    
    Sec. 300.30  Definitions in EDGAR.
    
        The following terms used in this part are defined in 34 CFR 77.1:
    
    Application
    Award
    Contract
    Department
    EDGAR
    Elementary school
    Fiscal year
    Grant
    Nonprofit
    Project
    Secretary
    Subgrant
    State educational agency
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))
    
    Subpart B--State and Local Eligibility
    
    State Eligibility--General
    
    
    Sec. 300.110  Condition of assistance.
    
        (a) A State is eligible for assistance under Part B of the Act for 
    a fiscal year if the State demonstrates to the satisfaction of the 
    Secretary that the State has in effect policies and procedures to 
    ensure that it meets the conditions in Secs. 300.121-300.156.
        (b) To meet the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, the 
    State must have on file with the Secretary--
        (1) The information specified in Secs. 300.121-300.156 that the 
    State uses to implement the requirements of this part; and
        (2) Copies of all applicable State statutes, regulations, and other 
    State documents that show the basis of that information.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.111  Exception for prior State policies and procedures on file 
    with the Secretary.
    
        If a State has on file with the Secretary policies and procedures 
    approved by the Secretary that demonstrate that the State meets any 
    requirement of Sec. 300.110, including any policies and procedures 
    filed under Part B of the Act as in effect before June 4, 1997, the 
    Secretary considers the State to have met the requirement for purposes 
    of receiving a grant under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(c)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.112  Amendments to State policies and procedures.
    
        (a) Modifications made by a State. (1) Subject to paragraph (b) of 
    this section, policies and procedures submitted by a State in 
    accordance with this subpart
    
    [[Page 12426]]
    
    remain in effect until the State submits to the Secretary the 
    modifications that the State decides are necessary.
        (2) The provisions of this subpart apply to a modification to a 
    State's policies and procedures in the same manner and to the same 
    extent that they apply to the State's original policies and procedures.
        (b) Modifications required by the Secretary. The Secretary may 
    require a State to modify its policies and procedures, but only to the 
    extent necessary to ensure the State's compliance with this part, if--
        (1) After June 4, 1997, the provisions of the Act or the 
    regulations in this part are amended;
        (2) There is a new interpretation of this Act or regulations by a 
    Federal court or a State's highest court; or
        (3) There is an official finding of noncompliance with Federal law 
    or regulations.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(c)(2) and (3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.113  Approval by the Secretary.
    
        (a) General. If the Secretary determines that a State is eligible 
    to receive a grant under Part B of the Act, the Secretary notifies the 
    State of that determination.
        (b) Notice and hearing before determining a State is not eligible. 
    The Secretary does not make a final determination that a State is not 
    eligible to receive a grant under Part B of the Act until after 
    providing the State reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing 
    in accordance with the procedures in Secs. 300.581-300.586.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d))
    
    
    Secs. 300.114--300.120  [Reserved]
    
    State Eligibility--Specific Conditions
    
    
    Sec. 300.121  Free appropriate public education (FAPE).
    
        (a) General. Each State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information that shows that, subject to Sec. 300.122, the State has in 
    effect a policy that ensures that all children with disabilities aged 3 
    through 21 residing in the State have the right to FAPE, including 
    children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from 
    school.
        (b) Required information. The information described in paragraph 
    (a) of this section must--
        (1) Include a copy of each State statute, court order, State 
    Attorney General opinion, and other State documents that show the 
    source of the State's policy relating to FAPE; and
        (2) Show that the policy--
        (i)(A) Applies to all public agencies in the State; and
        (B) Is consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.300-300.313; 
    and
        (ii) Applies to all children with disabilities, including children 
    who have been suspended or expelled from school.
        (c) FAPE for children beginning at age 3. (1) Each State shall 
    ensure that--
        (i) The obligation to make FAPE available to each eligible child 
    residing in the State begins no later than the child's third birthday; 
    and
        (ii) An IEP or an IFSP is in effect for the child by that date, in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.342(c).
        (2) If a child's third birthday occurs during the summer, the 
    child's IEP team shall determine the date when services under the IEP 
    or IFSP will begin.
        (d) FAPE for children suspended or expelled from school. (1) A 
    public agency need not provide services during periods of removal under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1) to a child with a disability who has been removed 
    from his or her current placement for 10 school days or less in that 
    school year, if services are not provided to a child without 
    disabilities who has been similarly removed.
        (2) In the case of a child with a disability who has been removed 
    from his or her current placement for more than 10 school days in that 
    school year, the public agency, for the remainder of the removals, 
    must--
        (i) Provide services to the extent necessary to enable the child to 
    appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately 
    advance toward achieving the goals set out in the child's IEP, if the 
    removal is--
        (A) Under the school personnel's authority to remove for not more 
    than 10 consecutive school days as long as that removal does not 
    constitute a change of placement under Sec. 300.519(b) 
    (Sec. 300.520((a)(1)); or
        (B) For behavior that is not a manifestation of the child's 
    disability, consistent with Sec. 300.524; and
        (ii) Provide services consistent with Sec. 300.522, regarding 
    determination of the appropriate interim alternative educational 
    setting, if the removal is--
        (A) For drug or weapons offenses under Sec. 300.520(a)(2); or
        (B) Based on a hearing officer determination that maintaining the 
    current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in 
    injury to the child or to others if he or she remains in the current 
    placement, consistent with Sec. 300.521.
        (3)(i) School personnel, in consultation with the child's special 
    education teacher, determine the extent to which services are necessary 
    to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum 
    and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals set out in the 
    child's IEP if the child is removed under the authority of school 
    personnel to remove for not more than 10 consecutive school days as 
    long as that removal does not constitute a change of placement under 
    Sec. 300.519 (Sec. 300.520(a)(1)).
        (ii) The child's IEP team determines the extent to which services 
    are necessary to enable the child to appropriately progress in the 
    general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals 
    set out in the child's IEP if the child is removed because of behavior 
    that has been determined not to be a manifestation of the child's 
    disability, consistent with Sec. 300.524.
        (e) Children advancing from grade to grade. (1) Each State shall 
    ensure that FAPE is available to any individual child with a disability 
    who needs special education and related services, even though the child 
    is advancing from grade to grade.
        (2) The determination that a child described in paragraph (a)(1) of 
    this section is eligible under this part, must be made on an individual 
    basis by the group responsible within the child's LEA for making those 
    determinations.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.122  Exception to FAPE for certain ages.
    
        (a) General. The obligation to make FAPE available to all children 
    with disabilities does not apply with respect to the following:
        (1) Children aged 3, 4, 5, 18, 19, 20, or 21 in a State to the 
    extent that its application to those children would be inconsistent 
    with State law or practice, or the order of any court, respecting the 
    provision of public education to children in one or more of those age 
    groups.
        (2)(i) Students aged 18 through 21 to the extent that State law 
    does not require that special education and related services under Part 
    B of the Act be provided to students with disabilities who, in the last 
    educational placement prior to their incarceration in an adult 
    correctional facility--
        (A) Were not actually identified as being a child with a disability 
    under Sec. 300.7; and
        (B) Did not have an IEP under Part B of the Act.
        (ii) The exception in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section does not 
    apply to students with disabilities, aged 18 through 21, who--
        (A) Had been identified as a child with disability and had received 
    services in accordance with an IEP, but
    
    [[Page 12427]]
    
    who left school prior to their incarceration; or
        (B) Did not have an IEP in their last educational setting, but who 
    had actually been identified as a ``child with a disability'' under 
    Sec. 300.7.
        (3)(i) Students with disabilities who have graduated from high 
    school with a regular high school diploma.
        (ii) The exception in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section does not 
    apply to students who have graduated but have not been awarded a 
    regular high school diploma.
        (iii) Graduation from high school with a regular diploma 
    constitutes a change in placement, requiring written prior notice in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.503.
        (b) Documents relating to exceptions. The State must have on file 
    with the Secretary--
        (1)(i) Information that describes in detail the extent to which the 
    exception in paragraph (a)(1) of this section applies to the State; and
        (ii) A copy of each State law, court order, and other documents 
    that provide a basis for the exception; and
        (2) With respect to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a copy of the 
    State law that excludes from services under Part B of the Act certain 
    students who are incarcerated in an adult correctional facility.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.123  Full educational opportunity goal (FEOG).
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary detailed policies 
    and procedures through which the State has established a goal of 
    providing full educational opportunity to all children with 
    disabilities aged birth through 21.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.124  FEOG--timetable.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary a detailed timetable 
    for accomplishing the goal of providing full educational opportunity 
    for all children with disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.125  Child find.
    
        (a) General requirement. (1) The State must have in effect policies 
    and procedures to ensure that--
        (i) All children with disabilities residing in the State, including 
    children with disabilities attending private schools, regardless of the 
    severity of their disability, and who are in need of special education 
    and related services, are identified, located, and evaluated; and
        (ii) A practical method is developed and implemented to determine 
    which children are currently receiving needed special education and 
    related services.
        (2) The requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section apply to--
        (i) Highly mobile children with disabilities (such as migrant and 
    homeless children); and
        (ii) Children who are suspected of being a child with a disability 
    under Sec. 300.7 and in need of special education, even though they are 
    advancing from grade to grade.
        (b) Documents relating to child find. The State must have on file 
    with the Secretary the policies and procedures described in paragraph 
    (a) of this section, including--
        (1) The name of the State agency (if other than the SEA) 
    responsible for coordinating the planning and implementation of the 
    policies and procedures under paragraph (a) of this section;
        (2) The name of each agency that participates in the planning and 
    implementation of the child find activities and a description of the 
    nature and extent of its participation;
        (3) A description of how the policies and procedures under 
    paragraph (a) of this section will be monitored to ensure that the SEA 
    obtains--
        (i) The number of children with disabilities within each disability 
    category that have been identified, located, and evaluated; and
        (ii) Information adequate to evaluate the effectiveness of those 
    policies and procedures; and
        (4) A description of the method the State uses to determine which 
    children are currently receiving special education and related 
    services.
        (c) Child find for children from birth through age 2 when the SEA 
    and lead agency for the Part C program are different. (1) In States 
    where the SEA and the State's lead agency for the Part C program are 
    different and the Part C lead agency will be participating in the child 
    find activities described in paragraph (a) of this section, a 
    description of the nature and extent of the Part C lead agency's 
    participation must be included under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
        (2) With the SEA's agreement, the Part C lead agency's 
    participation may include the actual implementation of child find 
    activities for infants and toddlers with disabilities.
        (3) The use of an interagency agreement or other mechanism for 
    providing for the Part C lead agency's participation does not alter or 
    diminish the responsibility of the SEA to ensure compliance with the 
    requirements of this section.
        (d) Construction. Nothing in the Act requires that children be 
    classified by their disability so long as each child who has a 
    disability listed in Sec. 300.7 and who, by reason of that disability, 
    needs special education and related services is regarded as a child 
    with a disability under Part B of the Act.
        (e) Confidentiality of child find data. The collection and use of 
    data to meet the requirements of this section are subject to the 
    confidentiality requirements of Secs. 300.560-300.577.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412 (a)(3)(A) and (B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.126  Procedures for evaluation and determination of 
    eligibility.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary policies and 
    procedures that ensure that the requirements of Secs. 300.530-300.536 
    are met.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(6)(B), (7))
    
    
    Sec. 300.127  Confidentiality of personally identifiable information.
    
        (a) The State must have on file in detail the policies and 
    procedures that the State has undertaken to ensure protection of the 
    confidentiality of any personally identifiable information, collected, 
    used, or maintained under Part B of the Act.
        (b) The Secretary uses the criteria in Secs. 300.560-300.576 to 
    evaluate the policies and procedures of the State under paragraph (a) 
    of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8))
    
    
    Sec. 300.128  Individualized education programs.
    
        (a) General. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information that shows that an IEP, or an IFSP that meets the 
    requirements of section 636(d) of the Act, is developed, reviewed, and 
    revised for each child with a disability in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.340-300.350.
        (b) Required information. The information described in paragraph 
    (a) of this section must include--
        (1) A copy of each State statute, policy, and standard that 
    regulates the manner in which IEPs are developed, implemented, 
    reviewed, and revised; and
        (2) The procedures that the SEA follows in monitoring and 
    evaluating those IEPs or IFSPs.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.129  Procedural safeguards.
    
        (a) The State must have on file with the Secretary procedural 
    safeguards that ensure that the requirements of Secs. 300.500-300.529 
    are met.
        (b) Children with disabilities and their parents must be afforded 
    the procedural safeguards identified in paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    
    [[Page 12428]]
    
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(6)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.130  Least restrictive environment.
    
        (a) General. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    procedures that ensure that the requirements of Secs. 300.550-300.556 
    are met, including the provision in Sec. 300.551 requiring a continuum 
    of alternative placements to meet the unique needs of each child with a 
    disability.
        (b) Additional requirement. (1) If the State uses a funding 
    mechanism by which the State distributes State funds on the basis of 
    the type of setting where a child is served, the funding mechanism may 
    not result in placements that violate the requirements of paragraph (a) 
    of this section.
        (2) If the State does not have policies and procedures to ensure 
    compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the State must 
    provide the Secretary an assurance that the State will revise the 
    funding mechanism as soon as feasible to ensure that the mechanism does 
    not result in placements that violate that paragraph.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.131  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.132  Transition of children from Part C to preschool programs.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary policies and 
    procedures to ensure that--
        (a) Children participating in early-intervention programs assisted 
    under Part C of the Act, and who will participate in preschool programs 
    assisted under Part B of the Act, experience a smooth and effective 
    transition to those preschool programs in a manner consistent with 
    section 637(a)(8) of the Act;
        (b) By the third birthday of a child described in paragraph (a) of 
    this section, an IEP or, if consistent with Sec. 300.342(c) and section 
    636(d) of the Act, an IFSP, has been developed and is being implemented 
    for the child consistent with Sec. 300.121(c); and
        (c) Each LEA will participate in transition planning conferences 
    arranged by the designated lead agency under section 637(a)(8) of the 
    Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(9))
    
    
    Sec. 300.133  Children in private schools.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary policies and 
    procedures that ensure that the requirements of Secs. 300.400-300.403 
    and Secs. 300.450-300.462 are met.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.134  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.135  Comprehensive system of personnel development.
    
        (a) General. The State must have in effect, consistent with the 
    purposes of this part and with section 635(a)(8) of the Act, a 
    comprehensive system of personnel development that--
        (1) Is designed to ensure an adequate supply of qualified special 
    education, regular education, and related services personnel; and
        (2) Meets the requirements for a State improvement plan relating to 
    personnel development in section 653(b)(2)(B) and (c)(3)(D) of the Act.
        (b) Information. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information that shows that the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
    section are met.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14))
    
    
    Sec. 300.136  Personnel standards.
    
        (a) Definitions. As used in this part--
        (1) Appropriate professional requirements in the State means entry 
    level requirements that--
        (i) Are based on the highest requirements in the State applicable 
    to the profession or discipline in which a person is providing special 
    education or related services; and
        (ii) Establish suitable qualifications for personnel providing 
    special education and related services under Part B of the Act to 
    children with disabilities who are served by State, local, and private 
    agencies (see Sec. 300.2);
        (2) Highest requirements in the State applicable to a specific 
    profession or discipline means the highest entry-level academic degree 
    needed for any State-approved or -recognized certification, licensing, 
    registration, or other comparable requirements that apply to that 
    profession or discipline;
        (3) Profession or discipline means a specific occupational category 
    that--
        (i) Provides special education and related services to children 
    with disabilities under Part B of the Act;
        (ii) Has been established or designated by the State;
        (iii) Has a required scope of responsibility and degree of 
    supervision; and
        (iv) Is not limited to traditional occupational categories; and
        (4) State-approved or -recognized certification, licensing, 
    registration, or other comparable requirements means the requirements 
    that a State legislature either has enacted or has authorized a State 
    agency to promulgate through rules to establish the entry-level 
    standards for employment in a specific profession or discipline in that 
    State.
        (b) Policies and procedures. (1)(i) The State must have on file 
    with the Secretary policies and procedures relating to the 
    establishment and maintenance of standards to ensure that personnel 
    necessary to carry out the purposes of this part are appropriately and 
    adequately prepared and trained.
        (ii) The policies and procedures required in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of 
    this section must provide for the establishment and maintenance of 
    standards that are consistent with any State-approved or -recognized 
    certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable 
    requirements that apply to the profession or discipline in which a 
    person is providing special education or related services.
        (2) Each State may--
        (i) Determine the specific occupational categories required to 
    provide special education and related services within the State; and
        (ii) Revise or expand those categories as needed.
        (3) Nothing in this part requires a State to establish a specified 
    training standard (e.g., a masters degree) for personnel who provide 
    special education and related services under Part B of the Act.
        (4) A State with only one entry-level academic degree for 
    employment of personnel in a specific profession or discipline may 
    modify that standard as necessary to ensure the provision of FAPE to 
    all children with disabilities in the State without violating the 
    requirements of this section.
        (c) Steps for retraining or hiring personnel. To the extent that a 
    State's standards for a profession or discipline, including standards 
    for temporary or emergency certification, are not based on the highest 
    requirements in the State applicable to a specific profession or 
    discipline, the State must provide the steps the State is taking and 
    the procedures for notifying public agencies and personnel of those 
    steps and the timelines it has established for the retraining or hiring 
    of personnel to meet appropriate professional requirements in the 
    State.
        (d) Status of personnel standards in the State. (1) In meeting the 
    requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a determination 
    must be made about the status of personnel standards in the State. That 
    determination must be based on current information that accurately 
    describes, for each profession or discipline in which personnel are 
    providing special education or related services, whether the applicable 
    standards are consistent with the highest requirements in the State for 
    that profession or discipline.
        (2) The information required in paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
    must be
    
    [[Page 12429]]
    
    on file in the SEA and available to the public.
        (e) Applicability of State statutes and agency rules. In 
    identifying the highest requirements in the State for purposes of this 
    section, the requirements of all State statutes and the rules of all 
    State agencies applicable to serving children with disabilities must be 
    considered.
        (f) Use of paraprofessionals and assistants. A State may allow 
    paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained and 
    supervised, in accordance with State law, regulations, or written 
    policy, in meeting the requirements of this part to be used to assist 
    in the provision of special education and related services to children 
    with disabilities under Part B of the Act.
        (g) Policy to address shortage of personnel. (1) In implementing 
    this section, a State may adopt a policy that includes a requirement 
    that LEAs in the State make an ongoing good faith effort to recruit and 
    hire appropriately and adequately trained personnel to provide special 
    education and related services to children with disabilities, 
    including, in a geographic area of the State where there is a shortage 
    of personnel that meet these qualifications, the most qualified 
    individuals available who are making satisfactory progress toward 
    completing applicable course work necessary to meet the standards 
    described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, consistent with State 
    law and the steps described in paragraph (c) of this section, within 
    three years.
        (2) If a State has reached its established date under paragraph (c) 
    of this section, the State may still exercise the option under 
    paragraph (g)(1) of this section for training or hiring all personnel 
    in a specific profession or discipline to meet appropriate professional 
    requirements in the State.
        (3)(i) Each State must have a mechanism for serving children with 
    disabilities if instructional needs exceed available personnel who meet 
    appropriate professional requirements in the State for a specific 
    profession or discipline.
        (ii) A State that continues to experience shortages of qualified 
    personnel must address those shortages in its comprehensive system of 
    personnel development under Sec. 300.135.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(15))
    
    
    Sec. 300.137  Performance goals and indicators.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate that the State--
        (a) Has established goals for the performance of children with 
    disabilities in the State that--
        (1) Will promote the purposes of this part, as stated in 
    Sec. 300.1; and
        (2) Are consistent, to the maximum extent appropriate, with other 
    goals and standards for all children established by the State;
        (b) Has established performance indicators that the State will use 
    to assess progress toward achieving those goals that, at a minimum, 
    address the performance of children with disabilities on assessments, 
    drop-out rates, and graduation rates;
        (c) Every two years, will report to the Secretary and the public on 
    the progress of the State, and of children with disabilities in the 
    State, toward meeting the goals established under paragraph (a) of this 
    section; and
        (d) Based on its assessment of that progress, will revise its State 
    improvement plan under subpart 1 of Part D of the Act as may be needed 
    to improve its performance, if the State receives assistance under that 
    subpart.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(16))
    
    
    Sec. 300.138  Participation in assessments.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate that--
        (a) Children with disabilities are included in general State and 
    district-wide assessment programs, with appropriate accommodations and 
    modifications in administration, if necessary;
        (b) As appropriate, the State or LEA--
        (1) Develops guidelines for the participation of children with 
    disabilities in alternate assessments for those children who cannot 
    participate in State and district-wide assessment programs;
        (2) Develops alternate assessments in accordance with paragraph 
    (b)(1) of this section; and
        (3) Beginning not later than, July 1, 2000, conducts the alternate 
    assessments described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(17)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.139  Reports relating to assessments.
    
        (a) General. In implementing the requirements of Sec. 300.138, the 
    SEA shall make available to the public, and report to the public with 
    the same frequency and in the same detail as it reports on the 
    assessment of nondisabled children, the following information:
        (1) The number of children with disabilities participating--
        (i) In regular assessments; and
        (ii) In alternate assessments.
        (2) The performance results of the children described in paragraph 
    (a)(1) of this section if doing so would be statistically sound and 
    would not result in the disclosure of performance results identifiable 
    to individual children--
        (i) On regular assessments (beginning not later than July 1, 1998); 
    and
        (ii) On alternate assessments (not later than July 1, 2000).
        (b) Combined reports. Reports to the public under paragraph (a) of 
    this section must include--
        (1) Aggregated data that include the performance of children with 
    disabilities together with all other children; and
        (2) Disaggregated data on the performance of children with 
    disabilities.
        (c) Timeline for disaggregation of data. Data relating to the 
    performance of children described under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
    section must be disaggregated--
        (1) For assessments conducted after July 1, 1998; and
        (2) For assessments conducted before July 1, 1998, if the State is 
    required to disaggregate the data prior to July 1, 1998.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 612(a)(17)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.140  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.141  SEA responsibility for general supervision.
    
        (a) The State must have on file with the Secretary information that 
    shows that the requirements of Sec. 300.600 are met.
        (b) The information described under paragraph (a) of this section 
    must include a copy of each State statute, State regulation, signed 
    agreement between respective agency officials, and any other documents 
    that show compliance with that paragraph.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11))
    
    
    Sec. 300.142  Methods of ensuring services.
    
        (a) Establishing responsibility for services. The Chief Executive 
    Officer or designee of that officer shall ensure that an interagency 
    agreement or other mechanism for interagency coordination is in effect 
    between each noneducational public agency described in paragraph (b) of 
    this section and the SEA, in order to ensure that all services 
    described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that are needed to ensure 
    FAPE are provided, including the provision of these services during the 
    pendency of any dispute under paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The 
    agreement or mechanism must include the following:
        (1) Agency financial responsibility. An identification of, or a 
    method for
    
    [[Page 12430]]
    
    defining, the financial responsibility of each agency for providing 
    services described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to ensure FAPE 
    to children with disabilities. The financial responsibility of each 
    noneducational public agency described in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, including the State Medicaid agency and other public insurers 
    of children with disabilities, must precede the financial 
    responsibility of the LEA (or the State agency responsible for 
    developing the child's IEP).
        (2) Conditions and terms of reimbursement. The conditions, terms, 
    and procedures under which an LEA must be reimbursed by other agencies.
        (3) Interagency disputes. Procedures for resolving interagency 
    disputes (including procedures under which LEAs may initiate 
    proceedings) under the agreement or other mechanism to secure 
    reimbursement from other agencies or otherwise implement the provisions 
    of the agreement or mechanism.
        (4) Coordination of services procedures. Policies and procedures 
    for agencies to determine and identify the interagency coordination 
    responsibilities of each agency to promote the coordination and timely 
    and appropriate delivery of services described in paragraph (b)(1) of 
    this section.
        (b) Obligation of noneducational public agencies. (1) General. (i) 
    If any public agency other than an educational agency is otherwise 
    obligated under Federal or State law, or assigned responsibility under 
    State policy or pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, to provide 
    or pay for any services that are also considered special education or 
    related services (such as, but not limited to, services described in 
    Sec. 300.5 relating to assistive technology devices, Sec. 300.6 
    relating to assistive technology services, Sec. 300.24 relating to 
    related services, Sec. 300.28 relating to supplementary aids and 
    services, and Sec. 300.29 relating to transition services) that are 
    necessary for ensuring FAPE to children with disabilities within the 
    State, the public agency shall fulfill that obligation or 
    responsibility, either directly or through contract or other 
    arrangement.
        (ii) A noneducational public agency described in paragraph 
    (b)(1)(i) of this section may not disqualify an eligible service for 
    Medicaid reimbursement because that service is provided in a school 
    context.
        (2) Reimbursement for services by noneducational public agency. If 
    a public agency other than an educational agency fails to provide or 
    pay for the special education and related services described in 
    paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the LEA (or State agency responsible 
    for developing the child's IEP) shall provide or pay for these services 
    to the child in a timely manner. The LEA or State agency may then claim 
    reimbursement for the services from the noneducational public agency 
    that failed to provide or pay for these services and that agency shall 
    reimburse the LEA or State agency in accordance with the terms of the 
    interagency agreement or other mechanism described in paragraph (a)(1) 
    of this section, and the agreement described in paragraph (a)(2) of 
    this section.
        (c) Special rule. The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
    may be met through--
        (1) State statute or regulation;
        (2) Signed agreements between respective agency officials that 
    clearly identify the responsibilities of each agency relating to the 
    provision of services; or
        (3) Other appropriate written methods as determined by the Chief 
    Executive Officer of the State or designee of that officer.
        (d) Information. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information to demonstrate that the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
    through (c) of this section are met.
        (e) Children with disabilities who are covered by public insurance. 
    (1) A public agency may use the Medicaid or other public insurance 
    benefits programs in which a child participates to provide or pay for 
    services required under this part, as permitted under the public 
    insurance program, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this 
    section.
        (2) With regard to services required to provide FAPE to an eligible 
    child under this part, the public agency--
        (i) May not require parents to sign up for or enroll in public 
    insurance programs in order for their child to receive FAPE under Part 
    B of the Act;
        (ii) May not require parents to incur an out-of-pocket expense such 
    as the payment of a deductible or co-pay amount incurred in filing a 
    claim for services provided pursuant to this part, but pursuant to 
    paragraph (g)(2) of this section, may pay the cost that the parent 
    otherwise would be required to pay; and
        (iii) May not use a child's benefits under a public insurance 
    program if that use would--
        (A) Decrease available lifetime coverage or any other insured 
    benefit;
        (B) Result in the family paying for services that would otherwise 
    be covered by the public insurance program and that are required for 
    the child outside of the time the child is in school;
        (C) Increase premiums or lead to the discontinuation of insurance; 
    or
        (D) Risk loss of eligibility for home and community-based waivers, 
    based on aggregate health-related expenditures.
        (f) Children with disabilities who are covered by private 
    insurance. (1) With regard to services required to provide FAPE to an 
    eligible child under this part, a public agency may access a parent's 
    private insurance proceeds only if the parent provides informed consent 
    consistent with Sec. 300.500(b)(1).
        (2) Each time the public agency proposes to access the parent's 
    private insurance proceeds, it must--
        (i) Obtain parent consent in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of 
    this section; and
        (ii) Inform the parents that their refusal to permit the public 
    agency to access their private insurance does not relieve the public 
    agency of its responsibility to ensure that all required services are 
    provided at no cost to the parents.
        (g) Use of Part B funds. (1) If a public agency is unable to obtain 
    parental consent to use the parent's private insurance, or public 
    insurance when the parent would incur a cost for a specified service 
    required under this part, to ensure FAPE the public agency may use its 
    Part B funds to pay for the service.
        (2) To avoid financial cost to parents who otherwise would consent 
    to use private insurance, or public insurance if the parent would incur 
    a cost, the public agency may use its Part B funds to pay the cost the 
    parents otherwise would have to pay to use the parent's insurance 
    (e.g., the deductible or co-pay amounts).
        (h) Proceeds from public or private insurance. (1) Proceeds from 
    public or private insurance will not be treated as program income for 
    purposes of 34 CFR 80.25.
        (2) If a public agency spends reimbursements from Federal funds 
    (e.g., Medicaid) for services under this part, those funds will not be 
    considered ``State or local'' funds for purposes of the maintenance of 
    effort provisions in Secs. 300.154 and 300.231.
        (i) Construction. Nothing in this part should be construed to alter 
    the requirements imposed on a State Medicaid agency, or any other 
    agency administering a public insurance program by Federal statute, 
    regulations or policy under title XIX, or title XXI of the Social 
    Security Act, or any other public insurance program.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(12)(A), (B), and (C); 1401(8))
    
    [[Page 12431]]
    
    Sec. 300.143  SEA implementation of procedural safeguards.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary the procedures that 
    the SEA (and any agency assigned responsibility pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.600(d)) follows to inform each public agency of its 
    responsibility for ensuring effective implementation of procedural 
    safeguards for the children with disabilities served by that public 
    agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11); 1415(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.144  Hearings relating to LEA eligibility.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary procedures to ensure 
    that the SEA does not make any final determination that an LEA is not 
    eligible for assistance under Part B of the Act without first giving 
    the LEA reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing under 34 CFR 
    76.401(d).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(13))
    
    
    Sec. 300.145  Recovery of funds for misclassified children.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary policies and 
    procedures that ensure that the State seeks to recover any funds 
    provided under Part B of the Act for services to a child who is 
    determined to be erroneously classified as eligible to be counted under 
    section 611(a) or (d) of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.146  Suspension and expulsion rates.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate that the following requirements are met:
        (a) General. The SEA examines data to determine if significant 
    discrepancies are occurring in the rate of long-term suspensions and 
    expulsions of children with disabilities--
        (1) Among LEAs in the State; or
        (2) Compared to the rates for nondisabled children within the 
    agencies.
        (b) Review and revision of policies. If the discrepancies described 
    in paragraph (a) of this section are occurring, the SEA reviews and, if 
    appropriate, revises (or requires the affected State agency or LEA to 
    revise) its policies, procedures, and practices relating to the 
    development and implementation of IEPs, the use of behavioral 
    interventions, and procedural safeguards, to ensure that these 
    policies, procedures, and practices comply with the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 612(a)(22))
    
    
    Sec. 300.147  Additional information if SEA provides direct services.
    
        (a) If the SEA provides FAPE to children with disabilities, or 
    provides direct services to these children, the agency--
        (1) Shall comply with any additional requirements of Secs. 300.220-
    300.230(a) and 300.234-300.250 as if the agency were an LEA; and
        (2) May use amounts that are otherwise available to the agency 
    under Part B of the Act to serve those children without regard to 
    Sec. 300.184 (relating to excess costs).
        (b) The SEA must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate that it meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.148  Public participation.
    
        (a) General; exception. (1) Subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this 
    section, each State must ensure that, prior to the adoption of any 
    policies and procedures needed to comply with this part, there are 
    public hearings, adequate notice of the hearings, and an opportunity 
    for comment available to the general public, including individuals with 
    disabilities and parents of children with disabilities consistent with 
    Secs. 300.280-300.284.
        (2) A State will be considered to have met paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section with regard to a policy or procedure needed to comply with this 
    part if it can demonstrate that prior to the adoption of that policy or 
    procedure, the policy or procedure was subjected to a public review and 
    comment process that is required by the State for other purposes and is 
    comparable to and consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.280-
    300.284.
        (b) Documentation. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information to demonstrate that the requirements of paragraph (a) of 
    this section are met.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    
    Sec. 300.149  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.150  State advisory panel.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate that the State has established and maintains an advisory 
    panel for the purpose of providing policy guidance with respect to 
    special education and related services for children with disabilities 
    in the State in accordance with the requirements of Secs. 300.650-
    300.653.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.151  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.152  Prohibition against commingling.
    
        (a) The State must have on file with the Secretary an assurance 
    satisfactory to the Secretary that the funds under Part B of the Act 
    are not commingled with State funds.
        (b) The assurance in paragraph (a) of this section is satisfied by 
    the use of a separate accounting system that includes an audit trail of 
    the expenditure of the Part B funds. Separate bank accounts are not 
    required. (See 34 CFR 76.702 (Fiscal control and fund accounting 
    procedures).)
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(18)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.153  State-level nonsupplanting.
    
        (a) General. (1) Except as provided in Sec. 300.230, funds paid to 
    a State under Part B of the Act must be used to supplement the level of 
    Federal, State, and local funds (including funds that are not under the 
    direct control of the SEA or LEAs) expended for special education and 
    related services provided to children with disabilities under Part B of 
    the Act and in no case to supplant these Federal, State, and local 
    funds.
        (2) The State must have on file with the Secretary information to 
    demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the requirements 
    of paragraph (a)(1) of this section are met.
        (b) Waiver. If the State provides clear and convincing evidence 
    that all children with disabilities have available to them FAPE, the 
    Secretary may waive, in whole or in part, the requirements of paragraph 
    (a) of this section if the Secretary concurs with the evidence provided 
    by the State under Sec. 300.589.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(18)(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.154  Maintenance of State financial support.
    
        (a) General. The State must have on file with the Secretary 
    information to demonstrate, on either a total or per-capita basis, that 
    the State will not reduce the amount of State financial support for 
    special education and related services for children with disabilities, 
    or otherwise made available because of the excess costs of educating 
    those children, below the amount of that support for the preceding 
    fiscal year.
        (b) Reduction of funds for failure to maintain support. The 
    Secretary reduces the allocation of funds under section 611 of the Act 
    for any fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the State fails 
    to comply with the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section by the 
    same amount by which the State fails to meet the requirement.
        (c) Waivers for exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances. The
    
    [[Page 12432]]
    
    Secretary may waive the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section 
    for a State, for one fiscal year at a time, if the Secretary determines 
    that--
        (1) Granting a waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or 
    uncontrollable circumstances such as a natural disaster or a 
    precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the 
    State; or
        (2) The State meets the standard in Sec. 300.589 for a waiver of 
    the requirement to supplement, and not to supplant, funds received 
    under Part B of the Act.
        (d) Subsequent years. If, for any fiscal year, a State fails to 
    meet the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, including any 
    year for which the State is granted a waiver under paragraph (c) of 
    this section, the financial support required of the State in future 
    years under paragraph (a) of this section must be the amount that would 
    have been required in the absence of that failure and not the reduced 
    level of the State's support.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(19))
    
    
    Sec. 300.155  Policies and procedures for use of Part B funds.
    
        The State must have on file with the Secretary policies and 
    procedures designed to ensure that funds paid to the State under Part B 
    of the Act are spent in accordance with the provisions of Part B.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(18)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.156  Annual description of use of Part B funds.
    
        (a) In order to receive a grant in any fiscal year a State must 
    annually describe--
        (1) How amounts retained for State-level activities under 
    Sec. 300.602 will be used to meet the requirements of this part;
        (2) How those amounts will be allocated among the activities 
    described in Secs. 300.621 and 300.370 to meet State priorities based 
    on input from LEAs; and
        (3) The percentage of those amounts, if any, that will be 
    distributed to LEAs by formula.
        (b) If a State's plans for use of its funds under Secs. 300.370 and 
    300.620 for the forthcoming year do not change from the prior year, the 
    State may submit a letter to that effect to meet the requirement in 
    paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(5))
    
    LEA and State Agency Eeligibility--General
    
    
    Sec. 300.180  Condition of assistance.
    
        An LEA or State agency is eligible for assistance under Part B of 
    the Act for a fiscal year if the agency demonstrates to the 
    satisfaction of the SEA that it meets the conditions in Secs. 300.220-
    300.250.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.181  Exception for prior LEA or State agency policies and 
    procedures on file with the SEA.
    
        If an LEA or a State agency described in Sec. 300.194 has on file 
    with the SEA policies and procedures that demonstrate that the LEA or 
    State agency meets any requirement of Sec. 300.180, including any 
    policies and procedures filed under Part B of the Act as in effect 
    before June 4, 1997, the SEA shall consider the LEA or State agency to 
    have met the requirement for purposes of receiving assistance under 
    Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(b)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.182  Amendments to LEA policies and procedures.
    
        (a) Modification made by an LEA or a State agency. (1) Subject to 
    paragraph (b) of this section, policies and procedures submitted by an 
    LEA or a State agency in accordance with this subpart remain in effect 
    until it submits to the SEA the modifications that the LEA or State 
    agency decides are necessary.
        (2) The provisions of this subpart apply to a modification to an 
    LEA's or State agency's policies and procedures in the same manner and 
    to the same extent that they apply to the LEA's or State agency's 
    original policies and procedures.
        (b) Modifications required by the SEA. The SEA may require an LEA 
    or a State agency to modify its policies and procedures, but only to 
    the extent necessary to ensure the LEA's or State agency's compliance 
    with this part, if--
        (1) After June 4, 1997, the provisions of the Act or the 
    regulations in this part are amended;
        (2) There is a new interpretation of the Act by Federal or State 
    courts; or
        (3) There is an official finding of noncompliance with Federal or 
    State law or regulations.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.183  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.184  Excess cost requirement.
    
        (a) General. Amounts provided to an LEA under Part B of the Act may 
    be used only to pay the excess costs of providing special education and 
    related services to children with disabilities.
        (b) Definition. As used in this part, the term excess costs means 
    those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student 
    expenditure in an LEA during the preceding school year for an 
    elementary or secondary school student, as may be appropriate. Excess 
    costs must be computed after deducting--
        (1) Amounts received--
        (i) Under Part B of the Act;
        (ii) Under Part A of title I of the Elementary and Secondary 
    Education Act of 1965; or
        (iii) Under Part A of title VII of that Act; and
        (2) Any State or local funds expended for programs that would 
    qualify for assistance under any of those parts.
        (c) LLimitation on use of Part B funds. (1) The excess cost 
    requirement prevents an LEA from using funds provided under Part B of 
    the Act to pay for all of the costs directly attributable to the 
    education of a child with a disability, subject to paragraph (c)(2) of 
    this section.
        (2) The excess cost requirement does not prevent an LEA from using 
    Part B funds to pay for all of the costs directly attributable to the 
    education of a child with a disability in any of the ages 3, 4, 5, 18, 
    19, 20, or 21, if no local or State funds are available for nondisabled 
    children in that age range. However, the LEA must comply with the 
    nonsupplanting and other requirements of this part in providing the 
    education and services for these children.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(7), 1413(a)(2)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.185  Meeting the excess cost requirement.
    
        (a)(1) General. An LEA meets the excess cost requirement if it has 
    spent at least a minimum average amount for the education of its 
    children with disabilities before funds under Part B of the Act are 
    used.
        (2) The amount described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is 
    determined using the formula in Sec. 300.184(b). This amount may not 
    include capital outlay or debt service.
        (b) Joint establishment of eligibility. If two or more LEAs jointly 
    establish eligibility in accordance with Sec. 300.190, the minimum 
    average amount is the average of the combined minimum average amounts 
    determined under Sec. 300.184 in those agencies for elementary or 
    secondary school students, as the case may be.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(A))
    
    
    Secs. 300.186-300.189  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.190  Joint establishment of eligibility.
    
        (a) General. An SEA may require an LEA to establish its eligibility 
    jointly
    
    [[Page 12433]]
    
    with another LEA if the SEA determines that the LEA would be ineligible 
    under this section because the agency would not be able to establish 
    and maintain programs of sufficient size and scope to effectively meet 
    the needs of children with disabilities.
        (b) Charter school exception. An SEA may not require a charter 
    school that is an LEA to jointly establish its eligibility under 
    paragraph (a) of this section unless it is explicitly permitted to do 
    so under the State's charter school statute.
        (c) Amount of payments. If an SEA requires the joint establishment 
    of eligibility under paragraph (a) of this section, the total amount of 
    funds made available to the affected LEAs must be equal to the sum of 
    the payments that each LEA would have received under Secs. 300.711-
    300.714 if the agencies were eligible for these payments.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(e)(1), and (2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.191  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.192  Requirements for establishing eligibility.
    
        (a) Requirements for LEAs in general. LEAs that establish joint 
    eligibility under this section must--
        (1) Adopt policies and procedures that are consistent with the 
    State's policies and procedures under Secs. 300.121-300.156; and
        (2) Be jointly responsible for implementing programs that receive 
    assistance under Part B of the Act.
        (b) Requirements for educational service agencies in general. If an 
    educational service agency is required by State law to carry out 
    programs under Part B of the Act, the joint responsibilities given to 
    LEAs under Part B of the Act--
        (1) Do not apply to the administration and disbursement of any 
    payments received by that educational service agency; and
        (2) Must be carried out only by that educational service agency.
        (c) Additional requirement. Notwithstanding any other provision of 
    Secs. 300.190-300.192, an educational service agency shall provide for 
    the education of children with disabilities in the least restrictive 
    environment, as required by Sec. 300.130.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(e)(3), and (4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.193  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.194  State agency eligibility.
    
        Any State agency that desires to receive a subgrant for any fiscal 
    year under Secs. 300.711-300.714 must demonstrate to the satisfaction 
    of the SEA that--
        (a) All children with disabilities who are participating in 
    programs and projects funded under Part B of the Act receive FAPE, and 
    that those children and their parents are provided all the rights and 
    procedural safeguards described in this part; and
        (b) The agency meets the other conditions of this subpart that 
    apply to LEAs.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.195  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.196  Notification of LEA or State agency in case of 
    ineligibility.
    
        If the SEA determines that an LEA or State agency is not eligible 
    under Part B of the Act, the SEA shall--
        (a) Notify the LEA or State agency of that determination; and
        (b) Provide the LEA or State agency with reasonable notice and an 
    opportunity for a hearing.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.197  LEA and State agency compliance.
    
        (a) General. If the SEA, after reasonable notice and an opportunity 
    for a hearing, finds that an LEA or State agency that has been 
    determined to be eligible under this section is failing to comply with 
    any requirement described in Secs. 300.220-300.250, the SEA shall 
    reduce or may not provide any further payments to the LEA or State 
    agency until the SEA is satisfied that the LEA or State agency is 
    complying with that requirement.
        (b) Notice requirement. Any State agency or LEA in receipt of a 
    notice described in paragraph (a) of this section shall, by means of 
    public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an 
    action pursuant to this section to the attention of the public within 
    the jurisdiction of the agency.
        (c) In carrying out its functions under this section, each SEA 
    shall consider any decision resulting from a hearing under 
    Secs. 300.507-300.528 that is adverse to the LEA or State agency 
    involved in the decision.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(d))
    
    LEA and State Agency Eligibility--Specific Conditions
    
    
    Sec. 300.220  Consistency with State policies.
    
        (a) General. The LEA, in providing for the education of children 
    with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect 
    policies, procedures, and programs that are consistent with the State 
    policies and procedures established under Secs. 300.121-300.156.
        (b) Policies on file with SEA. The LEA must have on file with the 
    SEA the policies and procedures described in paragraph (a) of this 
    section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.221  Implementation of CSPD.
    
        The LEA must have on file with the SEA information to demonstrate 
    that--
        (a) All personnel necessary to carry out Part B of the Act within 
    the jurisdiction of the agency are appropriately and adequately 
    prepared, consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.380-300.382; 
    and
        (b) To the extent the LEA determines appropriate, it shall 
    contribute to and use the comprehensive system of personnel development 
    of the State established under Sec. 300.135.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(3))
    
    
    Secs. 300.222-300.229  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.230  Use of amounts.
    
        The LEA must have on file with the SEA information to demonstrate 
    that amounts provided to the LEA under Part B of the Act--
        (a) Will be expended in accordance with the applicable provisions 
    of this part;
        (b) Will be used only to pay the excess costs of providing special 
    education and related services to children with disabilities, 
    consistent with Secs. 300.184-300.185; and
        (c) Will be used to supplement State, local, and other Federal 
    funds and not to supplant those funds.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.231  Maintenance of effort.
    
        (a) General. Except as provided in Secs. 300.232 and 300.233, funds 
    provided to an LEA under Part B of the Act may not be used to reduce 
    the level of expenditures for the education of children with 
    disabilities made by the LEA from local funds below the level of those 
    expenditures for the preceding fiscal year.
        (b) Information. The LEA must have on file with the SEA information 
    to demonstrate that the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
    are met.
        (c) Standard. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
    section, the SEA determines that an LEA complies with paragraph (a) of 
    this section for purposes of establishing the LEA's eligibility for an 
    award for a fiscal year if the LEA budgets, for the education of 
    children with disabilities, at least the same total or per-capita 
    amount from either of the following sources as the LEA spent for that 
    purpose from the same source for the most recent prior year for which 
    information is available:
        (i) Local funds only.
        (ii) The combination of State and local funds.
        (2) An LEA that relies on paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for 
    any fiscal year
    
    [[Page 12434]]
    
    must ensure that the amount of local funds it budgets for the education 
    of children with disabilities in that year is at least the same, either 
    in total or per capita, as the amount it spent for that purpose in--
        (i) The most recent fiscal year for which information is available, 
    if that year is, or is before, the first fiscal year beginning on or 
    after July 1, 1997; or
        (ii) If later, the most recent fiscal year for which information is 
    available and the standard in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section was 
    used to establish its compliance with this section.
        (3) The SEA may not consider any expenditures made from funds 
    provided by the Federal Government for which the SEA is required to 
    account to the Federal Government or for which the LEA is required to 
    account to the Federal Government directly or through the SEA in 
    determining an LEA's compliance with the requirement in paragraph (a) 
    of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.232  Exception to maintenance of effort.
    
        An LEA may reduce the level of expenditures by the LEA under Part B 
    of the Act below the level of those expenditures for the preceding 
    fiscal year if the reduction is attributable to the following:
        (a)(1) The voluntary departure, by retirement or otherwise, or 
    departure for just cause, of special education or related services 
    personnel, who are replaced by qualified, lower-salaried staff.
        (2) In order for an LEA to invoke the exception in paragraph (a)(1) 
    of this section, the LEA must ensure that those voluntary retirements 
    or resignations and replacements are in full conformity with:
        (i) Existing school board policies in the agency;
        (ii) The applicable collective bargaining agreement in effect at 
    that time; and
        (iii) Applicable State statutes.
        (b) A decrease in the enrollment of children with disabilities.
        (c) The termination of the obligation of the agency, consistent 
    with this part, to provide a program of special education to a 
    particular child with a disability that is an exceptionally costly 
    program, as determined by the SEA, because the child--
        (1) Has left the jurisdiction of the agency;
        (2) Has reached the age at which the obligation of the agency to 
    provide FAPE to the child has terminated; or
        (3) No longer needs the program of special education.
        (d) The termination of costly expenditures for long-term purchases, 
    such as the acquisition of equipment or the construction of school 
    facilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.233  Treatment of Federal funds in certain fiscal years.
    
        (a)(1) Subject to paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) of this section, for 
    any fiscal year for which amounts appropriated to carry out section 611 
    of the Act exceeds $4,100,000,000, an LEA may treat as local funds up 
    to 20 percent of the amount of funds it receives under Part B of the 
    Act that exceeds the amount it received under Part B of the Act for the 
    previous fiscal year.
        (2) The requirements of Secs. 300.230(c) and 300.231 do not apply 
    with respect to the amount that may be treated as local funds under 
    paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
        (b) If an SEA determines that an LEA is not meeting the 
    requirements of this part, the SEA may prohibit the LEA from treating 
    funds received under Part B of the Act as local funds under paragraph 
    (a)(1) of this section for any fiscal year, but only if it is 
    authorized to do so by the State constitution or a State statute.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(C))
    
    
    Sec. 300.234  Schoolwide programs under title I of the ESEA.
    
        (a) General; limitation on amount of Part B funds used. An LEA may 
    use funds received under Part B of the Act for any fiscal year to carry 
    out a schoolwide program under section 1114 of the Elementary and 
    Secondary Education Act of 1965, except that the amount used in any 
    schoolwide program may not exceed--
        (1)(i) The amount received by the LEA under Part B for that fiscal 
    year; divided by
        (ii) The number of children with disabilities in the jurisdiction 
    of the LEA; and multiplied by
        (2) The number of children with disabilities participating in the 
    schoolwide program.
        (b) Funding conditions. The funds described in paragraph (a) of 
    this section are subject to the following conditions:
        (1) The funds must be considered as Federal Part B funds for 
    purposes of the calculations required by Secs. 300.230(b) and (c).
        (2) The funds may be used without regard to the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.230(a).
        (c) Meeting other Part B requirements. Except as provided in 
    paragraph (b) of this section, all other requirements of Part B must be 
    met by an LEA using Part B funds in accordance with paragraph (a) of 
    this section, including ensuring that children with disabilities in 
    schoolwide program schools--
        (1) Receive services in accordance with a properly developed IEP; 
    and
        (2) Are afforded all of the rights and services guaranteed to 
    children with disabilities under the IDEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(D))
    
    
    Sec. 300.235  Permissive use of funds.
    
        (a) General. Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, funds 
    provided to an LEA under Part B of the Act may be used for the 
    following activities:
        (1) Services and aids that also benefit nondisabled children. For 
    the costs of special education and related services and supplementary 
    aids and services provided in a regular class or other education-
    related setting to a child with a disability in accordance with the IEP 
    of the child, even if one or more nondisabled children benefit from 
    these services.
        (2) Integrated and coordinated services system. To develop and 
    implement a fully integrated and coordinated services system in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.244.
        (b) Non-applicability of certain provisions. An LEA does not 
    violate Secs. 300.152, 300.230, and 300.231 based on its use of funds 
    provided under Part B of the Act in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1) 
    and (a)(2) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(4))
    
    
    Secs. 300.236-300.239  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.240  Information for SEA.
    
        (a) The LEA shall provide the SEA with information necessary to 
    enable the SEA to carry out its duties under Part B of the Act, 
    including, with respect to Secs. 300.137 and 300.138, information 
    relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating 
    in programs carried out under Part B of the Act.
        (b) The LEA must have on file with the SEA an assurance 
    satisfactory to the SEA that the LEA will comply with the requirements 
    of paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(6))
    
    
    Sec. 300.241  Treatment of charter schools and their students.
    
        The LEA must have on file with the SEA information to demonstrate 
    that in carrying out this part with respect to charter schools that are 
    public schools of the LEA, the LEA will--
        (a) Serve children with disabilities attending those schools in the 
    same
    
    [[Page 12435]]
    
    manner as it serves children with disabilities in its other schools; 
    and
        (b) Provide funds under Part B of the Act to those schools in the 
    same manner as it provides those funds to its other schools.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.242  Public information.
    
        The LEA must have on file with the SEA information to demonstrate 
    to the satisfaction of the SEA that it will make available to parents 
    of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents 
    relating to the eligibility of the agency under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(7))
    
    
    Sec. 300.243  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.244  Coordinated services system.
    
        (a) General. An LEA may not use more than 5 percent of the amount 
    the agency receives under Part B of the Act for any fiscal year, in 
    combination with other amounts (which must include amounts other than 
    education funds), to develop and implement a coordinated services 
    system designed to improve results for children and families, including 
    children with disabilities and their families.
        (b) Activities. In implementing a coordinated services system under 
    this section, an LEA may carry out activities that include--
        (1) Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery, 
    including developing strategies that promote accountability for 
    results;
        (2) Service coordination and case management that facilitate the 
    linkage of IEPs under Part B of the Act and IFSPs under Part C of the 
    Act with individualized service plans under multiple Federal and State 
    programs, such as title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (vocational 
    rehabilitation), title XIX of the Social Security Act (Medicaid), and 
    title XVI of the Social Security Act (supplemental security income);
        (3) Developing and implementing interagency financing strategies 
    for the provision of education, health, mental health, and social 
    services, including transition services and related services under the 
    Act; and
        (4) Interagency personnel development for individuals working on 
    coordinated services.
        (c) Coordination with certain projects under Elementary and 
    Secondary Education Act of 1965. If an LEA is carrying out a 
    coordinated services project under title XI of the Elementary and 
    Secondary Education Act of 1965 and a coordinated services project 
    under Part B of the Act in the same schools, the agency shall use the 
    amounts under Sec. 300.244 in accordance with the requirements of that 
    title.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(f))
    
    School-Based Improvement Plan
    
    
    Sec. 300.245  School-based improvement plan.
    
        (a) General. Each LEA may, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this 
    section, use funds made available under Part B of the Act to permit a 
    public school within the jurisdiction of the LEA to design, implement, 
    and evaluate a school-based improvement plan that--
        (1) Is consistent with the purposes described in section 651(b) of 
    the Act; and
        (2) Is designed to improve educational and transitional results for 
    all children with disabilities and, as appropriate, for other children 
    consistent with Sec. 300.235(a) and (b) in that public school.
        (b) Authority. (1) General. An SEA may grant authority to an LEA to 
    permit a public school described in Sec. 300.245 (through a school-
    based standing panel established under Sec. 300.247(b)) to design, 
    implement, and evaluate a school-based improvement plan described in 
    Sec. 300.245 for a period not to exceed 3 years.
        (2) Responsibility of LEA. If an SEA grants the authority described 
    in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, an LEA that is granted this 
    authority must have the sole responsibility of oversight of all 
    activities relating to the design, implementation, and evaluation of 
    any school-based improvement plan that a public school is permitted to 
    design under this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g)(1) and (g)(2)).
    
    
    Sec. 300.246  Plan requirements.
    
        A school-based improvement plan described in Sec. 300.245 must--
        (a) Be designed to be consistent with the purposes described in 
    section 651(b) of the Act and to improve educational and transitional 
    results for all children with disabilities and, as appropriate, for 
    other children consistent with Sec. 300.235(a) and (b), who attend the 
    school for which the plan is designed and implemented;
        (b) Be designed, evaluated, and, as appropriate, implemented by a 
    school-based standing panel established in accordance with 
    Sec. 300.247(b);
        (c) Include goals and measurable indicators to assess the progress 
    of the public school in meeting these goals; and
        (d) Ensure that all children with disabilities receive the services 
    described in their IEPs.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.247  Responsibilities of the LEA.
    
        An LEA that is granted authority under Sec. 300.245(b) to permit a 
    public school to design, implement, and evaluate a school-based 
    improvement plan shall--
        (a) Select each school under the jurisdiction of the agency that is 
    eligible to design, implement, and evaluate the plan;
        (b) Require each school selected under paragraph (a) of this 
    section, in accordance with criteria established by the LEA under 
    paragraph (c) of this section, to establish a school-based standing 
    panel to carry out the duties described in Sec. 300.246(b);
        (c) Establish--
        (1) Criteria that must be used by the LEA in the selection of an 
    eligible school under paragraph (a) of this section;
        (2) Criteria that must be used by a public school selected under 
    paragraph (a) of this section in the establishment of a school-based 
    standing panel to carry out the duties described in Sec. 300.246(b) and 
    that ensure that the membership of the panel reflects the diversity of 
    the community in which the public school is located and includes, at a 
    minimum--
        (i) Parents of children with disabilities who attend a public 
    school, including parents of children with disabilities from unserved 
    and underserved populations, as appropriate;
        (ii) Special education and general education teachers of public 
    schools;
        (iii) Special education and general education administrators, or 
    the designee of those administrators, of those public schools; and
        (iv) Related services providers who are responsible for providing 
    services to the children with disabilities who attend those public 
    schools; and
        (3) Criteria that must be used by the LEA with respect to the 
    distribution of funds under Part B of the Act to carry out this 
    section;
        (d) Disseminate the criteria established under paragraph (c) of 
    this section to local school district personnel and local parent 
    organizations within the jurisdiction of the LEA;
        (e) Require a public school that desires to design, implement, and 
    evaluate a school-based improvement plan to submit an application at 
    the time, in the manner and accompanied by the information, that the 
    LEA shall reasonably require; and
        (f) Establish procedures for approval by the LEA of a school-based 
    improvement plan designed under Part B of the Act.
    
    
    [[Page 12436]]
    
    
    (Authority:1413(g)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.248  Limitation.
    
        A school-based improvement plan described in Sec. 300.245(a) may be 
    submitted to an LEA for approval only if a consensus with respect to 
    any matter relating to the design, implementation, or evaluation of the 
    goals of the plan is reached by the school-based standing panel that 
    designed the plan.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.249  Additional requirements.
    
        (a) Parental involvement. In carrying out the requirements of 
    Secs. 300.245-300.250, an LEA shall ensure that the parents of children 
    with disabilities are involved in the design, evaluation, and, if 
    appropriate, implementation of school-based improvement plans in 
    accordance with this section.
        (b) Plan approval. An LEA may approve a school-based improvement 
    plan of a public school within the jurisdiction of the agency for a 
    period of 3 years, if--
        (1) The approval is consistent with the policies, procedures, and 
    practices established by the LEA and in accordance with Secs. 300.245-
    300.250; and
        (2) A majority of parents of children who are members of the 
    school-based standing panel, and a majority of other members of the 
    school-based standing panel that designed the plan, agree in writing to 
    the plan.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g)(6))
    
    
    Sec. 300.250  Extension of plan.
    
        If a public school within the jurisdiction of an LEA meets the 
    applicable requirements and criteria described in Secs. 300.246 and 
    300.247 at the expiration of the 3-year approval period described 
    Sec. 300.249(b), the agency may approve a school-based improvement plan 
    of the school for an additional 3-year period.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g)(7))
    
    Secretary of the Interior--Eligibility
    
    
    Sec. 300.260  Submission of information.
    
        The Secretary may provide the Secretary of the Interior amounts 
    under Sec. 300.715(b) and (c) for a fiscal year only if the Secretary 
    of the Interior submits to the Secretary information that--
        (a) Meets the requirements of section 612(a)(1), (3)--(9), (10)(B), 
    (C), (11)--(12), (14)--(17), (20), (21) and (22) of the Act (including 
    monitoring and evaluation activities);
        (b) Meets the requirements of section 612(b) and (e) of the Act;
        (c) Meets the requirements of section 613(a)(1), (2)(A)(i), (6), 
    and (7) of the Act;
        (d) Meets the requirements of this part that implement the sections 
    of the Act listed in paragraphs (a)-(c) of this section;
        (e) Includes a description of how the Secretary of the Interior 
    will coordinate the provision of services under Part B of the Act with 
    LEAs, tribes and tribal organizations, and other private and Federal 
    service providers;
        (f) Includes an assurance that there are public hearings, adequate 
    notice of the hearings, and an opportunity for comment afforded to 
    members of tribes, tribal governing bodies, and affected local school 
    boards before the adoption of the policies, programs, and procedures 
    described in paragraph (a) of this section;
        (g) Includes an assurance that the Secretary of the Interior will 
    provide the information that the Secretary may require to comply with 
    section 618 of the Act, including data on the number of children with 
    disabilities served and the types and amounts of services provided and 
    needed;
        (h)(1) Includes an assurance that the Secretary of the Interior and 
    the Secretary of Health and Human Services have entered into a 
    memorandum of agreement, to be provided to the Secretary, for the 
    coordination of services, resources, and personnel between their 
    respective Federal, State, and local offices and with the SEAs and LEAs 
    and other entities to facilitate the provision of services to Indian 
    children with disabilities residing on or near reservations.
        (2) The agreement must provide for the apportionment of 
    responsibilities and costs, including child find, evaluation, 
    diagnosis, remediation or therapeutic measures, and (if appropriate) 
    equipment and medical or personal supplies, as needed for a child with 
    a disability to remain in a school or program; and
        (i) Includes an assurance that the Department of the Interior will 
    cooperate with the Department in its exercise of monitoring and 
    oversight of the requirements in this section and Secs. 300.261-
    300.267, and any agreements entered into between the Secretary of the 
    Interior and other entities under Part B of the Act, and will fulfill 
    its duties under Part B of the Act. Section 616(a) of the Act applies 
    to the information described in this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.261  Public participation.
    
        In fulfilling the requirements of Sec. 300.260 the Secretary of the 
    Interior shall provide for public participation consistent with 
    Secs. 300.280-300.284.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.262  Use of Part B funds.
    
        (a) The Department of the Interior may use five percent of its 
    payment under Sec. 300.715(b) and (c) in any fiscal year, or $500,000, 
    whichever is greater, for administrative costs in carrying out the 
    provisions of this part.
        (b) Payments to the Secretary of the Interior under Sec. 300.716 
    must be used in accordance with that section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.263  Plan for coordination of services.
    
        (a) The Secretary of the Interior shall develop and implement a 
    plan for the coordination of services for all Indian children with 
    disabilities residing on reservations covered under Part B of the Act.
        (b) The plan must provide for the coordination of services 
    benefiting these children from whatever source, including tribes, the 
    Indian Health Service, other BIA divisions, and other Federal agencies.
        (c) In developing the plan, the Secretary of the Interior shall 
    consult with all interested and involved parties.
        (d) The plan must be based on the needs of the children and the 
    system best suited for meeting those needs, and may involve the 
    establishment of cooperative agreements between the BIA, other Federal 
    agencies, and other entities.
        (e) The plan also must be distributed upon request to States, SEAs 
    and LEAs, and other agencies providing services to infants, toddlers, 
    and children with disabilities, to tribes, and to other interested 
    parties.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.264  Definitions.
    
        (a) Indian. As used in this part, the term Indian means an 
    individual who is a member of an Indian tribe.
        (b) Indian tribe. As used in this part, the term Indian tribe means 
    any Federal or State Indian tribe, band, rancheria, pueblo, colony, or 
    community, including any Alaska Native village or regional village 
    corporation (as defined in or established under the Alaska Native 
    Claims Settlement Act).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(9) and (10))
    
    
    Sec. 300.265  Establishment of advisory board.
    
        (a) To meet the requirements of section 612(a)(21) of the Act, the 
    Secretary of the Interior shall establish, not later than December 4, 
    1997 under
    
    [[Page 12437]]
    
    the BIA, an advisory board composed of individuals involved in or 
    concerned with the education and provision of services to Indian 
    infants, toddlers, and children with disabilities, including Indians 
    with disabilities, Indian parents of the children, teachers, service 
    providers, State and local educational officials, representatives of 
    tribes or tribal organizations, representatives from State Interagency 
    Coordinating Councils under section 641 of the Act in States having 
    reservations, and other members representing the various divisions and 
    entities of the BIA. The chairperson must be selected by the Secretary 
    of the Interior.
        (b) The advisory board shall--
        (1) Assist in the coordination of services within the BIA and with 
    other local, State, and Federal agencies in the provision of education 
    for infants, toddlers, and children with disabilities;
        (2) Advise and assist the Secretary of the Interior in the 
    performance of the Secretary's responsibilities described in section 
    611(i) of the Act;
        (3) Develop and recommend policies concerning effective inter- and 
    intra-agency collaboration, including modifications to regulations, and 
    the elimination of barriers to inter- and intra-agency programs and 
    activities;
        (4) Provide assistance and disseminate information on best 
    practices, effective program coordination strategies, and 
    recommendations for improved educational programming for Indian 
    infants, toddlers, and children with disabilities; and
        (5) Provide assistance in the preparation of information required 
    under Sec. 300.260(g).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.266  Annual report by advisory board.
    
        (a) General. The advisory board established under Sec. 300.265 
    shall prepare and submit to the Secretary of the Interior and to the 
    Congress an annual report containing a description of the activities of 
    the advisory board for the preceding year.
        (b) Report to the Secretary. The Secretary of the Interior shall 
    make available to the Secretary the report described in paragraph (a) 
    of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(6)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.267  Applicable regulations.
    
        The Secretary of the Interior shall comply with the requirements of 
    Secs. 300.301-300.303, 300.305-300.309, 300.340-300.348, 300.351, 
    300.360-300.382, 300.400-300.402, 300.500-300.586, 300.600-300.621, and 
    300.660-300.662.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(2)(A))
    
    Public Participation
    
    
    Sec. 300.280  Public hearings before adopting State policies and 
    procedures.
    
        Prior to its adoption of State policies and procedures related to 
    this part, the SEA shall--
        (a) Make the policies and procedures available to the general 
    public;
        (b) Hold public hearings; and
        (c) Provide an opportunity for comment by the general public on the 
    policies and procedures.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    
    Sec. 300.281  Notice.
    
        (a) The SEA shall provide adequate notice to the general public of 
    the public hearings.
        (b) The notice must be in sufficient detail to inform the general 
    public about--
        (1) The purpose and scope of the State policies and procedures and 
    their relation to Part B of the Act;
        (2) The availability of the State policies and procedures;
        (3) The date, time, and location of each public hearing;
        (4) The procedures for submitting written comments about the 
    policies and procedures; and
        (5) The timetable for submitting the policies and procedures to the 
    Secretary for approval.
        (c) The notice must be published or announced--
        (1) In newspapers or other media, or both, with circulation 
    adequate to notify the general public about the hearings; and
        (2) Enough in advance of the date of the hearings to afford 
    interested parties throughout the State a reasonable opportunity to 
    participate.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    
    Sec. 300.282  Opportunity to participate; comment period.
    
        (a) The SEA shall conduct the public hearings at times and places 
    that afford interested parties throughout the State a reasonable 
    opportunity to participate.
        (b) The policies and procedures must be available for comment for a 
    period of at least 30 days following the date of the notice under 
    Sec. 300.281.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    
    Sec. 300.283  Review of public comments before adopting policies and 
    procedures.
    
        Before adopting the policies and procedures, the SEA shall--
        (a) Review and consider all public comments; and
        (b) Make any necessary modifications in those policies and 
    procedures.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    
    Sec. 300.284  Publication and availability of approved policies and 
    procedures.
    
        After the Secretary approves a State's policies and procedures, the 
    SEA shall give notice in newspapers or other media, or both, that the 
    policies and procedures are approved. The notice must name places 
    throughout the State where the policies and procedures are available 
    for access by any interested person.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
    
    Subpart C--Services
    
    Free Appropriate Public Education
    
    
    Sec. 300.300  Provision of FAPE.
    
        (a) General. (1) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section 
    and Sec. 300.311, each State receiving assistance under this part shall 
    ensure that FAPE is available to all children with disabilities, aged 3 
    through 21, residing in the State, including children with disabilities 
    who have been suspended or expelled from school.
        (2) As a part of its obligation under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section, each State must ensure that the requirements of Sec. 300.125 
    (to identify, locate, and evaluate all children with disabilities) are 
    implemented by public agencies throughout the State.
        (3)(i) The services provided to the child under this part address 
    all of the child's identified special education and related services 
    needs described in paragraph (a) of this section.
        (ii) The services and placement needed by each child with a 
    disability to receive FAPE must be based on the child's unique needs 
    and not on the child's disability.
        (b) Exception for age ranges 3-5 and 18-21. This paragraph provides 
    the rules for applying the requirements in paragraph (a) of this 
    section to children with disabilities aged 3, 4, 5, 18, 19, 20, and 21 
    within the State:
        (1) If State law or a court order requires the State to provide 
    education for children with disabilities in any disability category in 
    any of these age groups, the State must make FAPE available to all 
    children with disabilities of the same age who have that disability.
        (2) If a public agency provides education to nondisabled children 
    in any of these age groups, it must make FAPE available to at least a 
    proportionate number of children with disabilities of the same age.
        (3) If a public agency provides education to 50 percent or more of 
    its
    
    [[Page 12438]]
    
    children with disabilities in any disability category in any of these 
    age groups, it must make FAPE available to all its children with 
    disabilities of the same age who have that disability. This provision 
    does not apply to children aged 3 through 5 for any fiscal year for 
    which the State receives a grant under section 619(a)(1) of the Act.
        (4) If a public agency provides education to a child with a 
    disability in any of these age groups, it must make FAPE available to 
    that child and provide that child and his or her parents all of the 
    rights under Part B of the Act and this part.
        (5) A State is not required to make FAPE available to a child with 
    a disability in one of these age groups if--
        (i) State law expressly prohibits, or does not authorize, the 
    expenditure of public funds to provide education to nondisabled 
    children in that age group; or
        (ii) The requirement is inconsistent with a court order that 
    governs the provision of free public education to children with 
    disabilities in that State.
        (c) Children aged 3 through 21 on Indian reservations. With the 
    exception of children identified in Sec. 300.715(b) and (c), the SEA 
    shall ensure that all of the requirements of Part B of the Act are 
    implemented for all children with disabilities aged 3 through 21 on 
    reservations.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1), 1411(i)(1)(C), S. Rep. No. 94--
    168, p. 19 (1975))
    
    
    Sec. 300.301  FAPE--methods and payments.
    
        (a) Each State may use whatever State, local, Federal, and private 
    sources of support are available in the State to meet the requirements 
    of this part. For example, if it is necessary to place a child with a 
    disability in a residential facility, a State could use joint 
    agreements between the agencies involved for sharing the cost of that 
    placement.
        (b) Nothing in this part relieves an insurer or similar third party 
    from an otherwise valid obligation to provide or to pay for services 
    provided to a child with a disability.
        (c) Consistent with Secs. 300.342(b)(2) and 300.343(b), the State 
    must ensure that there is no delay in implementing a child's IEP, 
    including any case in which the payment source for providing or paying 
    for special education and related services to the child is being 
    determined.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(8), 1412(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.302  Residential placement.
    
        If placement in a public or private residential program is 
    necessary to provide special education and related services to a child 
    with a disability, the program, including non-medical care and room and 
    board, must be at no cost to the parents of the child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1), 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.303  Proper functioning of hearing aids.
    
        Each public agency shall ensure that the hearing aids worn in 
    school by children with hearing impairments, including deafness, are 
    functioning properly.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.304  Full educational opportunity goal.
    
        Each SEA shall ensure that each public agency establishes and 
    implements a goal of providing full educational opportunity to all 
    children with disabilities in the area served by the public agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2)
    
    
    Sec. 300.305  Program options.
    
        Each public agency shall take steps to ensure that its children 
    with disabilities have available to them the variety of educational 
    programs and services available to nondisabled children in the area 
    served by the agency, including art, music, industrial arts, consumer 
    and homemaking education, and vocational education.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2), 1413(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.306  Nonacademic services.
    
        (a) Each public agency shall take steps to provide nonacademic and 
    extracurricular services and activities in the manner necessary to 
    afford children with disabilities an equal opportunity for 
    participation in those services and activities.
        (b) Nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities may 
    include counseling services, athletics, transportation, health 
    services, recreational activities, special interest groups or clubs 
    sponsored by the public agency, referrals to agencies that provide 
    assistance to individuals with disabilities, and employment of 
    students, including both employment by the public agency and assistance 
    in making outside employment available.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.307  Physical education.
    
        (a) General. Physical education services, specially designed if 
    necessary, must be made available to every child with a disability 
    receiving FAPE.
        (b) Regular physical education. Each child with a disability must 
    be afforded the opportunity to participate in the regular physical 
    education program available to nondisabled children unless--
        (1) The child is enrolled full time in a separate facility; or
        (2) The child needs specially designed physical education, as 
    prescribed in the child's IEP.
        (c) Special physical education. If specially designed physical 
    education is prescribed in a child's IEP, the public agency responsible 
    for the education of that child shall provide the services directly or 
    make arrangements for those services to be provided through other 
    public or private programs.
        (d) Education in separate facilities. The public agency responsible 
    for the education of a child with a disability who is enrolled in a 
    separate facility shall ensure that the child receives appropriate 
    physical education services in compliance with paragraphs (a) and (c) 
    of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(25), 1412(a)(5)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.308  Assistive technology.
    
        (a) Each public agency shall ensure that assistive technology 
    devices or assistive technology services, or both, as those terms are 
    defined in Secs. 300.5-300.6, are made available to a child with a 
    disability if required as a part of the child's--
        (1) Special education under Sec. 300.26;
        (2) Related services under Sec. 300.24; or
        (3) Supplementary aids and services under Secs. 300.28 and 
    300.550(b)(2).
        (b) On a case-by-case basis, the use of school-purchased assistive 
    technology devices in a child's home or in other settings is required 
    if the child's IEP team determines that the child needs access to those 
    devices in order to receive FAPE.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(12)(B)(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.309  Extended school year services.
    
        (a) General. (1) Each public agency shall ensure that extended 
    school year services are available as necessary to provide FAPE, 
    consistent with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
        (2) Extended school year services must be provided only if a 
    child's IEP team determines, on an individual basis, in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.340-300.350, that the services are necessary for the 
    provision of FAPE to the child.
        (3) In implementing the requirements of this section, a public 
    agency may not--
        (i) Limit extended school year services to particular categories of 
    disability; or
        (ii) Unilaterally limit the type, amount, or duration of those 
    services.
    
    [[Page 12439]]
    
        (b) Definition. As used in this section, the term extended school 
    year services means special education and related services that--
        (1) Are provided to a child with a disability--
        (i) Beyond the normal school year of the public agency;
        (ii) In accordance with the child's IEP; and
        (iii) At no cost to the parents of the child; and
        (2) Meet the standards of the SEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.310  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.311  FAPE requirements for students with disabilities in adult 
    prisons.
    
        (a) Exception to FAPE for certain students. Except as provided in 
    Sec. 300.122(a)(2)(ii), the obligation to make FAPE available to all 
    children with disabilities does not apply with respect to students aged 
    18 through 21 to the extent that State law does not require that 
    special education and related services under Part B of the Act be 
    provided to students with disabilities who, in the last educational 
    placement prior to their incarceration in an adult correctional 
    facility--
        (1) Were not actually identified as being a child with a disability 
    under Sec. 300.7; and
        (2) Did not have an IEP under Part B of the Act.
        (b) Requirements that do not apply. The following requirements do 
    not apply to students with disabilities who are convicted as adults 
    under State law and incarcerated in adult prisons:
        (1) The requirements contained in Sec. 300.138 and 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(5)(i) (relating to participation of children with 
    disabilities in general assessments).
        (2) The requirements in Sec. 300.347(b) (relating to transition 
    planning and transition services), with respect to the students whose 
    eligibility under Part B of the Act will end, because of their age, 
    before they will be eligible to be released from prison based on 
    consideration of their sentence and eligibility for early release.
        (c) Modifications of IEP or placement. (1) Subject to paragraph 
    (c)(2) of this section, the IEP team of a student with a disability, 
    who is convicted as an adult under State law and incarcerated in an 
    adult prison, may modify the student's IEP or placement if the State 
    has demonstrated a bona fide security or compelling penological 
    interest that cannot otherwise be accommodated.
        (2) The requirements of Secs. 300.340(a) and 300.347(a) relating to 
    IEPs, and 300.550(b) relating to LRE, do not apply with respect to the 
    modifications described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1), 1414(d)(6))
    
    
    Sec. 300.312  Children with disabilities in public charter schools.
    
        (a) Children with disabilities who attend public charter schools 
    and their parents retain all rights under this part.
        (b) If the public charter school is an LEA, consistent with 
    Sec. 300.17, that receives funding under Secs. 300.711-300.714, that 
    charter school is responsible for ensuring that the requirements of 
    this part are met, unless State law assigns that responsibility to some 
    other entity.
        (c) If the public charter school is a school of an LEA that 
    receives funding under Secs. 300.711-300.714 and includes other public 
    schools--
        (1) The LEA is responsible for ensuring that the requirements of 
    this part are met, unless State law assigns that responsibility to some 
    other entity; and
        (2) The LEA must meet the requirements of Sec. 300.241.
        (d)(1) If the public charter school is not an LEA receiving funding 
    under Secs. 300.711-300.714, or a school that is part of an LEA 
    receiving funding under Secs. 300.711-300.714, the SEA is responsible 
    for ensuring that the requirements of this part are met.
        (2) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section does not preclude a State from 
    assigning initial responsibility for ensuring the requirements of this 
    part are met to another entity; however, the SEA must maintain the 
    ultimate responsibility for ensuring compliance with this part, 
    consistent with Sec. 300.600.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.313  Children experiencing developmental delays.
    
        (a) Use of term developmental delay. (1) A State that adopts the 
    term developmental delay under Sec. 300.7(b) determines whether it 
    applies to children aged 3 through 9, or to a subset of that age range 
    (e.g., ages 3 through 5).
        (2) A State may not require an LEA to adopt and use the term 
    developmental delay for any children within its jurisdiction.
        (3) If an LEA uses the term developmental delay for children 
    described in Sec. 300.7(b), the LEA must conform to both the State's 
    definition of that term and to the age range that has been adopted by 
    the State.
        (4) If a State does not adopt the term developmental delay, an LEA 
    may not independently use that term as a basis for establishing a 
    child's eligibility under this part.
        (b) Use of individual disability categories. (1) Any State or LEA 
    that elects to use the term developmental delay for children aged 3 
    through 9 may also use one or more of the disability categories 
    described in Sec. 300.7 for any child within that age range if it is 
    determined, through the evaluation conducted under Secs. 300.530-
    300.536, that the child has an impairment described in Sec. 300.7, and 
    because of that impairment needs special education and related 
    services.
        (2) The State or LEA shall ensure that all of the child's special 
    education and related services needs that have been identified through 
    the evaluation described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are 
    appropriately addressed.
        (c) Common definition of developmental delay. A State may adopt a 
    common definition of developmental delay for use in programs under 
    Parts B and C of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(3)(A) and (B))
    
    Evaluations and Reevaluations
    
    
    Sec. 300.320  Initial evaluations.
    
        (a) Each public agency shall ensure that a full and individual 
    evaluation is conducted for each child being considered for special 
    education and related services under Part B of the Act--
        (1) To determine if the child is a ``child with a disability'' 
    under Sec. 300.7; and
        (2) To determine the educational needs of the child.
        (b) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
    section, the public agency shall ensure that--
        (1) The evaluation is conducted in accordance with the procedures 
    described in Secs. 300.530-300.535; and
        (2) The results of the evaluation are used by the child's IEP team 
    in meeting the requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a), (b), and (c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.321  Reevaluations.
    
        Each public agency shall ensure that--
        (a) A reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.536; and
        (b) The results of any reevaluations are addressed by the child's 
    IEP team under Secs. 300.340-300.349 in reviewing and, as appropriate, 
    revising the child's IEP.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(2))
    
    [[Page 12440]]
    
    Secs. 300.322-300.324  [Reserved]
    
    Individualized Education Programs
    
    
    Sec. 300.340  Definitions related to IEPs.
    
        (a) Individualized education program. As used in this part, the 
    term individualized education program or IEP means a written statement 
    for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised 
    in a meeting in accordance with Secs. 300.341-300.350.
        (b) Participating agency. As used in Sec. 300.348, participating 
    agency means a State or local agency, other than the public agency 
    responsible for a student's education, that is financially and legally 
    responsible for providing transition services to the student.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(11), 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.341  Responsibility of SEA and other public agencies for IEPs.
    
        (a) The SEA shall ensure that each public agency--
        (1) Except as provided in Secs. 300.450-300.462, develops and 
    implements an IEP for each child with a disability served by that 
    agency; and
        (2) Ensures that an IEP is developed and implemented for each 
    eligible child placed in or referred to a private school or facility by 
    the public agency.
        (b) Paragraph (a) of this section applies to--
        (1) The SEA, if it is involved in providing direct services to 
    children with disabilities, in accordance with Sec. 300.370(a) and 
    (b)(1); and
        (2) Except as provided in Sec. 300.600(d), the other public 
    agencies described in Sec. 300.2, including LEAs and other State 
    agencies that provide special education and related services either 
    directly, by contract, or through other arrangements.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(4), (a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.342  When IEPs must be in effect.
    
        (a) General. At the beginning of each school year, each public 
    agency shall have an IEP in effect for each child with a disability 
    within its jurisdiction.
        (b) Implementation of IEPs. Each public agency shall ensure that--
        (1) An IEP--
        (i) Is in effect before special education and related services are 
    provided to an eligible child under this part; and
        (ii) Is implemented as soon as possible following the meetings 
    described under Sec. 300.343;
        (2) The child's IEP is accessible to each regular education 
    teacher, special education teacher, related service provider, and other 
    service provider who is responsible for its implementation; and
        (3) Each teacher and provider described in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section is informed of--
        (i) His or her specific responsibilities related to implementing 
    the child's IEP; and
        (ii) The specific accommodations, modifications, and supports that 
    must be provided for the child in accordance with the IEP.
        (c) IEP or IFSP for children aged 3 through 5. (1) In the case of a 
    child with a disability aged 3 through 5 (or, at the discretion of the 
    SEA a 2-year-old child with a disability who will turn age 3 during the 
    school year), an IFSP that contains the material described in section 
    636 of the Act, and that is developed in accordance with Secs. 300.341-
    300.346 and Secs. 300.349-300.350, may serve as the IEP of the child if 
    using that plan as the IEP is--
        (i) Consistent with State policy; and
        (ii) Agreed to by the agency and the child's parents.
        (2) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
    section, the public agency shall--
        (i) Provide to the child's parents a detailed explanation of the 
    differences between an IFSP and an IEP; and
        (ii) If the parents choose an IFSP, obtain written informed consent 
    from the parents.
        (d) Effective date for new requirements. All IEPs developed, 
    reviewed, or revised on or after July 1, 1998 must meet the 
    requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(2)(A) and (B), Pub. L. 105-17, sec. 
    201(a)(2)(A), (C)
    
    
    Sec. 300.343  IEP meetings.
    
        (a) General. Each public agency is responsible for initiating and 
    conducting meetings for the purpose of developing, reviewing, and 
    revising the IEP of a child with a disability (or, if consistent with 
    Sec. 300.342(c), an IFSP).
        (b) Initial IEPs; provision of services. (1) Each public agency 
    shall ensure that within a reasonable period of time following the 
    agency's receipt of parent consent to an initial evaluation of a 
    child--
        (i) The child is evaluated; and
        (ii) If determined eligible under this part, special education and 
    related services are made available to the child in accordance with an 
    IEP.
        (2) In meeting the requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, 
    a meeting to develop an IEP for the child must be conducted within 30-
    days of a determination that the child needs special education and 
    related services.
        (c) Review and revision of IEPs. Each public agency shall ensure 
    that the IEP team--
        (1) Reviews the child's IEP periodically, but not less than 
    annually, to determine whether the annual goals for the child are being 
    achieved; and
        (2) Revises the IEP as appropriate to address--
        (i) Any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals described 
    in Sec. 300.347(a), and in the general curriculum, if appropriate;
        (ii) The results of any reevaluation conducted under Sec. 300.536;
        (iii) Information about the child provided to, or by, the parents, 
    as described in Sec. 300.533(a)(1);
        (iv) The child's anticipated needs; or
        (v) Other matters.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(1), 1414(d)(4)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.344  IEP team.
    
        (a) General. The public agency shall ensure that the IEP team for 
    each child with a disability includes--
        (1) The parents of the child;
        (2) At least one regular education teacher of the child (if the 
    child is, or may be, participating in the regular education 
    environment);
        (3) At least one special education teacher of the child, or if 
    appropriate, at least one special education provider of the child;
        (4) A representative of the public agency who--
        (i) Is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, 
    specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of children 
    with disabilities;
        (ii) Is knowledgeable about the general curriculum; and
        (iii) Is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the 
    public agency;
        (5) An individual who can interpret the instructional implications 
    of evaluation results, who may be a member of the team described in 
    paragraphs (a)(2) through (6) of this section;
        (6) At the discretion of the parent or the agency, other 
    individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the 
    child, including related services personnel as appropriate; and
        (7) If appropriate, the child.
        (b) Transition services participants. (1) Under paragraph (a)(7) of 
    this section, the public agency shall invite a student with a 
    disability of any age to attend his or her IEP meeting if a purpose of 
    the meeting will be the consideration of--
        (i) The student's transition services needs under 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(1);
        (ii) The needed transition services for the student under 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2); or
        (iii) Both.
        (2) If the student does not attend the IEP meeting, the public 
    agency shall
    
    [[Page 12441]]
    
    take other steps to ensure that the student's preferences and interests 
    are considered.
        (3)(i) In implementing the requirements of Sec. 300.347(b)(2), the 
    public agency also shall invite a representative of any other agency 
    that is likely to be responsible for providing or paying for transition 
    services.
        (ii) If an agency invited to send a representative to a meeting 
    does not do so, the public agency shall take other steps to obtain 
    participation of the other agency in the planning of any transition 
    services.
        (c) Determination of knowledge and special expertise. The 
    determination of the knowledge or special expertise of any individual 
    described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section shall be made by the 
    party (parents or public agency) who invited the individual to be a 
    member of the IEP.
        (d) Designating a public agency representative. A public agency may 
    designate another public agency member of the IEP team to also serve as 
    the agency representative, if the criteria in paragraph (a)(4) of this 
    section are satisfied.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(30), 1414(d)(1)(A)(7), (B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.345  Parent participation.
    
        (a) Public agency responsibility--general. Each public agency shall 
    take steps to ensure that one or both of the parents of a child with a 
    disability are present at each IEP meeting or are afforded the 
    opportunity to participate, including--
        (1) Notifying parents of the meeting early enough to ensure that 
    they will have an opportunity to attend; and
        (2) Scheduling the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place.
        (b) Information provided to parents. (1) The notice required under 
    paragraph (a)(1) of this section must--
        (i) Indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who 
    will be in attendance; and
        (ii) Inform the parents of the provisions in Sec. 300.344(a)(6) and 
    (c) (relating to the participation of other individuals on the IEP team 
    who have knowledge or special expertise about the child).
        (2) For a student with a disability beginning at age 14, or 
    younger, if appropriate, the notice must also--
        (i) Indicate that a purpose of the meeting will be the development 
    of a statement of the transition services needs of the student required 
    in Sec. 300.347(b)(1); and
        (ii) Indicate that the agency will invite the student.
        (3) For a student with a disability beginning at age 16, or 
    younger, if appropriate, the notice must--
        (i) Indicate that a purpose of the meeting is the consideration of 
    needed transition services for the student required in 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2);
        (ii) Indicate that the agency will invite the student; and
        (iii) Identify any other agency that will be invited to send a 
    representative.
        (c) Other methods to ensure parent participation. If neither parent 
    can attend, the public agency shall use other methods to ensure parent 
    participation, including individual or conference telephone calls.
        (d) Conducting an IEP meeting without a parent in attendance. A 
    meeting may be conducted without a parent in attendance if the public 
    agency is unable to convince the parents that they should attend. In 
    this case the public agency must have a record of its attempts to 
    arrange a mutually agreed on time and place, such as--
        (1) Detailed records of telephone calls made or attempted and the 
    results of those calls;
        (2) Copies of correspondence sent to the parents and any responses 
    received; and
        (3) Detailed records of visits made to the parent's home or place 
    of employment and the results of those visits.
        (e) Use of interpreters or other action, as appropriate. The public 
    agency shall take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the 
    parent understands the proceedings at the IEP meeting, including 
    arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness or whose native 
    language is other than English.
        (f) Parent copy of child's IEP. The public agency shall give the 
    parent a copy of the child's IEP at no cost to the parent.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(B)(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.346  Development, review, and revision of IEP.
    
        (a) Development of IEP. (1) General. In developing each child's 
    IEP, the IEP team, shall consider--
        (i) The strengths of the child and the concerns of the parents for 
    enhancing the education of their child;
        (ii) The results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the 
    child; and
        (iii) As appropriate, the results of the child's performance on any 
    general State or district-wide assessment programs.
        (2) Consideration of special factors. The IEP team also shall--
        (i) In the case of a child whose behavior impedes his or her 
    learning or that of others, consider, if appropriate, strategies, 
    including positive behavioral interventions, strategies, and supports 
    to address that behavior;
        (ii) In the case of a child with limited English proficiency, 
    consider the language needs of the child as those needs relate to the 
    child's IEP;
        (iii) In the case of a child who is blind or visually impaired, 
    provide for instruction in Braille and the use of Braille unless the 
    IEP team determines, after an evaluation of the child's reading and 
    writing skills, needs, and appropriate reading and writing media 
    (including an evaluation of the child's future needs for instruction in 
    Braille or the use of Braille), that instruction in Braille or the use 
    of Braille is not appropriate for the child;
        (iv) Consider the communication needs of the child, and in the case 
    of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, consider the child's 
    language and communication needs, opportunities for direct 
    communications with peers and professional personnel in the child's 
    language and communication mode, academic level, and full range of 
    needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's 
    language and communication mode; and
        (v) Consider whether the child requires assistive technology 
    devices and services.
        (b) Review and Revision of IEP. In conducting a meeting to review, 
    and, if appropriate, revise a child's IEP, the IEP team shall consider 
    the factors described in paragraph (a) of this section.
        (c) Statement in IEP. If, in considering the special factors 
    described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, the IEP team 
    determines that a child needs a particular device or service (including 
    an intervention, accommodation, or other program modification) in order 
    for the child to receive FAPE, the IEP team must include a statement to 
    that effect in the child's IEP.
        (d) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher. The 
    regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member of 
    the IEP team, must, to the extent appropriate, participate in the 
    development, review, and revision of the child's IEP, including 
    assisting in the determination of--
        (1) Appropriate positive behavioral interventions and strategies 
    for the child; and
        (2) Supplementary aids and services, program modifications or 
    supports for school personnel that will be provided for the child, 
    consistent with Sec. 300.347(a)(3).
    
    [[Page 12442]]
    
        (e) Construction. Nothing in this section shall be construed to 
    require the IEP team to include information under one component of a 
    child's IEP that is already contained under another component of the 
    child's IEP.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(3) and (4)(B) and (e))
    
    
    Sec. 300.347  Content of IEP.
    
        (a) General. The IEP for each child with a disability must 
    include--
        (1) A statement of the child's present levels of educational 
    performance, including--
        (i) How the child's disability affects the child's involvement and 
    progress in the general curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for 
    nondisabled children); or
        (ii) For preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability 
    affects the child's participation in appropriate activities;
        (2) A statement of measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or 
    short-term objectives, related to--
        (i) Meeting the child's needs that result from the child's 
    disability to enable the child to be involved in and progress in the 
    general curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for nondisabled 
    children), or for preschool children, as appropriate, to participate in 
    appropriate activities; and
        (ii) Meeting each of the child's other educational needs that 
    result from the child's disability;
        (3) A statement of the special education and related services and 
    supplementary aids and services to be provided to the child, or on 
    behalf of the child, and a statement of the program modifications or 
    supports for school personnel that will be provided for the child--
        (i) To advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals;
        (ii) To be involved and progress in the general curriculum in 
    accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section and to participate in 
    extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and
        (iii) To be educated and participate with other children with 
    disabilities and nondisabled children in the activities described in 
    this section;
        (4) An explanation of the extent, if any, to which the child will 
    not participate with nondisabled children in the regular class and in 
    the activities described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
        (5)(i) A statement of any individual modifications in the 
    administration of State or district-wide assessments of student 
    achievement that are needed in order for the child to participate in 
    the assessment; and
        (ii) If the IEP team determines that the child will not participate 
    in a particular State or district-wide assessment of student 
    achievement (or part of an assessment), a statement of--
        (A) Why that assessment is not appropriate for the child; and
        (B) How the child will be assessed;
        (6) The projected date for the beginning of the services and 
    modifications described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and the 
    anticipated frequency, location, and duration of those services and 
    modifications; and
        (7) A statement of--
        (i) How the child's progress toward the annual goals described in 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section will be measured; and
        (ii) How the child's parents will be regularly informed (through 
    such means as periodic report cards), at least as often as parents are 
    informed of their nondisabled children's progress, of--
        (A) Their child's progress toward the annual goals; and
        (B) The extent to which that progress is sufficient to enable the 
    child to achieve the goals by the end of the year.
        (b) Transition services. The IEP must include--
        (1) For each student with a disability beginning at age 14 (or 
    younger, if determined appropriate by the IEP team), and updated 
    annually, a statement of the transition service needs of the student 
    under the applicable components of the student's IEP that focuses on 
    the student's courses of study (such as participation in advanced-
    placement courses or a vocational education program); and
        (2) For each student beginning at age 16 (or younger, if determined 
    appropriate by the IEP team), a statement of needed transition services 
    for the student, including, if appropriate, a statement of the 
    interagency responsibilities or any needed linkages.
        (c) Transfer of rights. In a State that transfers rights at the age 
    majority, beginning at least one year before a student reaches the age 
    of majority under State law, the student's IEP must include a statement 
    that the student has been informed of his or her rights under Part B of 
    the Act, if any, that will transfer to the student on reaching the age 
    of majority, consistent with Sec. 300.517.
        (d) Students with disabilities convicted as adults and incarcerated 
    in adult prisons. Special rules concerning the content of IEPs for 
    students with disabilities convicted as adults and incarcerated in 
    adult prisons are contained in Sec. 300.311(b) and (c).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A) and (d)(6)(A)(ii))
    
    
    Sec. 300.348  Agency responsibilities for transition services.
    
        (a) If a participating agency, other than the public agency, fails 
    to provide the transition services described in the IEP in accordance 
    with Sec. 300.347(b)(1), the public agency shall reconvene the IEP team 
    to identify alternative strategies to meet the transition objectives 
    for the student set out in the IEP.
        (b) Nothing in this part relieves any participating agency, 
    including a State vocational rehabilitation agency, of the 
    responsibility to provide or pay for any transition service that the 
    agency would otherwise provide to students with disabilities who meet 
    the eligibility criteria of that agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(5); 1414(d)(1)(A)(vii))
    
    
    Sec. 300.349  Private school placements by public agencies.
    
        (a) Developing IEPs. (1) Before a public agency places a child with 
    a disability in, or refers a child to, a private school or facility, 
    the agency shall initiate and conduct a meeting to develop an IEP for 
    the child in accordance with Secs. 300.346 and 300.347.
        (2) The agency shall ensure that a representative of the private 
    school or facility attends the meeting. If the representative cannot 
    attend, the agency shall use other methods to ensure participation by 
    the private school or facility, including individual or conference 
    telephone calls.
        (b) Reviewing and revising IEPs. (1) After a child with a 
    disability enters a private school or facility, any meetings to review 
    and revise the child's IEP may be initiated and conducted by the 
    private school or facility at the discretion of the public agency.
        (2) If the private school or facility initiates and conducts these 
    meetings, the public agency shall ensure that the parents and an agency 
    representative--
        (i) Are involved in any decision about the child's IEP; and
        (ii) Agree to any proposed changes in the IEP before those changes 
    are implemented.
        (c) Responsibility. Even if a private school or facility implements 
    a child's IEP, responsibility for compliance with this part remains 
    with the public agency and the SEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.350  IEP--accountability.
    
        (a) Provision of services. Subject to paragraph (b) of this 
    section, each public agency must--
    
    [[Page 12443]]
    
        (1) Provide special education and related services to a child with 
    a disability in accordance with the child's IEP; and
        (2) Make a good faith effort to assist the child to achieve the 
    goals and objectives or benchmarks listed in the IEP.
        (b) Accountability. Part B of the Act does not require that any 
    agency, teacher, or other person be held accountable if a child does 
    not achieve the growth projected in the annual goals and benchmarks or 
    objectives. However, the Act does not prohibit a State or public agency 
    from establishing its own accountability systems regarding teacher, 
    school, or agency performance.
        (c) Construction--parent rights. Nothing in this section limits a 
    parent's right to ask for revisions of the child's IEP or to invoke due 
    process procedures if the parent feels that the efforts required in 
    paragraph (a) of this section are not being made.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)); Cong. Rec. at H7152 (daily ed., July 
    21, 1975))
    
    Direct Services by the Sea
    
    
    Sec. 300.360  Use of LEA allocation for direct services.
    
        (a) General. An SEA shall use the payments that would otherwise 
    have been available to an LEA or to a State agency to provide special 
    education and related services directly to children with disabilities 
    residing in the area served by that local agency, or for whom that 
    State agency is responsible, if the SEA determines that the LEA or 
    State agency--
        (1) Has not provided the information needed to establish the 
    eligibility of the agency under Part B of the Act;
        (2) Is unable to establish and maintain programs of FAPE that meet 
    the requirements of this part;
        (3) Is unable or unwilling to be consolidated with one or more LEAs 
    in order to establish and maintain the programs; or
        (4) Has one or more children with disabilities who can best be 
    served by a regional or State program or service-delivery system 
    designed to meet the needs of these children.
        (b) SEA responsibility if an LEA does not apply for Part B funds. 
    (1) If an LEA elects not to apply for its Part B allotment, the SEA 
    must use those funds to ensure that FAPE is available to all eligible 
    children residing in the jurisdiction of the LEA.
        (2)(i) If the local allotment is not sufficient to meet the purpose 
    described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the SEA must ensure 
    compliance with Secs. 300.121(a) and 300.300(a).
        (ii) Consistent with Sec. 300.301(a), the [State; SEA] may use 
    whatever funding sources are available in the State to implement 
    paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
        (c) SEA administrative procedures. (1) In meeting the requirements 
    in paragraph (a) of this section, the SEA may provide special education 
    and related services directly, by contract, or through other 
    arrangements.
        (2) The excess cost requirements of Secs. 300.184 and 300.185 do 
    not apply to the SEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(h)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.361  Nature and location of services.
    
        The SEA may provide special education and related services under 
    Sec. 300.360(a) in the manner and at the location it considers 
    appropriate (including regional and State centers). However, the manner 
    in which the education and services are provided must be consistent 
    with the requirements of this part (including the LRE provisions of 
    Secs. 300.550-300.556).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(h)(2))
    
    
    Secs. 300.362-300.369  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.370  Use of SEA allocations.
    
        (a) Each State shall use any funds it retains under Sec. 300.602 
    and does not use for administration under Sec. 300.620 for any of the 
    following:
        (1) Support and direct services, including technical assistance and 
    personnel development and training.
        (2) Administrative costs of monitoring and complaint investigation, 
    but only to the extent that those costs exceed the costs incurred for 
    those activities during fiscal year 1985.
        (3) To establish and implement the mediation process required by 
    Sec. 300.506, including providing for the costs of mediators and 
    support personnel.
        (4) To assist LEAs in meeting personnel shortages.
        (5) To develop a State Improvement Plan under subpart 1 of Part D 
    of the Act.
        (6) Activities at the State and local levels to meet the 
    performance goals established by the State under Sec. 300.137 and to 
    support implementation of the State Improvement Plan under subpart 1 of 
    Part D of the Act if the State receives funds under that subpart.
        (7) To supplement other amounts used to develop and implement a 
    Statewide coordinated services system designed to improve results for 
    children and families, including children with disabilities and their 
    families, but not to exceed one percent of the amount received by the 
    State under section 611 of the Act. This system must be coordinated 
    with and, to the extent appropriate, build on the system of coordinated 
    services developed by the State under Part C of the Act.
        (8) For subgrants to LEAs for the purposes described in 
    Sec. 300.622 (local capacity building).
        (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section--
        (1) Direct services means services provided to a child with a 
    disability by the State directly, by contract, or through other 
    arrangements; and
        (2) Support services includes implementing the comprehensive system 
    of personnel development under Secs. 300.380-300.382, recruitment and 
    training of mediators, hearing officers, and surrogate parents, and 
    public information and parent training activities relating to FAPE for 
    children with disabilities.
        (c) Of the funds an SEA retains under paragraph (a) of this 
    section, the SEA may use the funds directly, or distribute them to LEAs 
    on a competitive, targeted, or formula basis.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.371  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.372  Nonapplicability of requirements that prohibit 
    commingling and supplanting of funds.
    
        A State may use funds it retains under Sec. 300.602 without regard 
    to--
        (a) The prohibition on commingling of funds in Sec. 300.152; and
        (b) The prohibition on supplanting other funds in Sec. 300.153.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(1)(C))
    
    Comprehensive System of Personnel Development (CSPD)
    
    
    Sec. 300.380  General CSPD requirements.
    
        (a) Each State shall develop and implement a comprehensive system 
    of personnel development that--
        (1) Is consistent with the purposes of this part and with section 
    635(a)(8) of the Act;
        (2) Is designed to ensure an adequate supply of qualified special 
    education, regular education, and related services personnel;
        (3) Meets the requirements of Secs. 300.381 and 300.382; and
        (4) Is updated at least every five years.
        (b) A State that has a State improvement grant has met the 
    requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14))
    
    
    Sec. 300.381  Adequate supply of qualified personnel.
    
        Each State must include, at least, an analysis of State and local 
    needs for
    
    [[Page 12444]]
    
    professional development for personnel to serve children with 
    disabilities that includes, at a minimum--
        (a) The number of personnel providing special education and related 
    services; and
        (b) Relevant information on current and anticipated personnel 
    vacancies and shortages (including the number of individuals described 
    in paragraph (a) of this section with temporary certification), and on 
    the extent of certification or retraining necessary to eliminate these 
    shortages, that is based, to the maximum extent possible, on existing 
    assessments of personnel needs.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1453(b)(2)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.382  Improvement strategies.
    
        Each State must describe the strategies the State will use to 
    address the needs identified under Sec. 300.381. These strategies must 
    include how the State will address the identified needs for in-service 
    and pre-service preparation to ensure that all personnel who work with 
    children with disabilities (including both professional and 
    paraprofessional personnel who provide special education, general 
    education, related services, or early intervention services) have the 
    skills and knowledge necessary to meet the needs of children with 
    disabilities. The plan must include a description of how the State 
    will--
        (a) Prepare general and special education personnel with the 
    content knowledge and collaborative skills needed to meet the needs of 
    children with disabilities including how the State will work with other 
    States on common certification criteria;
        (b) Prepare professionals and paraprofessionals in the area of 
    early intervention with the content knowledge and collaborative skills 
    needed to meet the needs of infants and toddlers with disabilities;
        (c) Work with institutions of higher education and other entities 
    that (on both a pre-service and an in-service basis) prepare personnel 
    who work with children with disabilities to ensure that those 
    institutions and entities develop the capacity to support quality 
    professional development programs that meet State and local needs;
        (d) Work to develop collaborative agreements with other States for 
    the joint support and development of programs to prepare personnel for 
    which there is not sufficient demand within a single State to justify 
    support or development of a program of preparation;
        (e) Work in collaboration with other States, particularly 
    neighboring States, to address the lack of uniformity and reciprocity 
    in credentialing of teachers and other personnel;
        (f) Enhance the ability of teachers and others to use strategies, 
    such as behavioral interventions, to address the conduct of children 
    with disabilities that impedes the learning of children with 
    disabilities and others;
        (g) Acquire and disseminate, to teachers, administrators, school 
    board members, and related services personnel, significant knowledge 
    derived from educational research and other sources, and how the State 
    will, if appropriate, adopt promising practices, materials, and 
    technology;
        (h) Recruit, prepare, and retain qualified personnel, including 
    personnel with disabilities and personnel from groups that are under-
    represented in the fields of regular education, special education, and 
    related services;
        (i) Insure that the plan is integrated, to the maximum extent 
    possible, with other professional development plans and activities, 
    including plans and activities developed and carried out under other 
    Federal and State laws that address personnel recruitment and training; 
    and
        (j) Provide for the joint training of parents and special 
    education, related services, and general education personnel.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1453 (c)(3)(D))
    
    
    Secs. 300.383-300.387  [Reserved]
    
    Subpart D--Children in Private Schools
    
    Children With Disabilities in Private Schools Placed or Referred by 
    Public Agencies
    
    
    Sec. 300.400  Applicability of Secs. 300.400-300.402.
    
        Sections 300.401-300.402 apply only to children with disabilities 
    who are or have been placed in or referred to a private school or 
    facility by a public agency as a means of providing special education 
    and related services.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.401  Responsibility of State educational agency.
    
        Each SEA shall ensure that a child with a disability who is placed 
    in or referred to a private school or facility by a public agency--
        (a) Is provided special education and related services--
        (1) In conformance with an IEP that meets the requirements of 
    Secs. 300.340-300.350; and
        (2) At no cost to the parents;
        (b) Is provided an education that meets the standards that apply to 
    education provided by the SEA and LEAs (including the requirements of 
    this part); and
        (c) Has all of the rights of a child with a disability who is 
    served by a public agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.402  Implementation by State educational agency.
    
        In implementing Sec. 300.401, the SEA shall--
        (a) Monitor compliance through procedures such as written reports, 
    on-site visits, and parent questionnaires;
        (b) Disseminate copies of applicable standards to each private 
    school and facility to which a public agency has referred or placed a 
    child with a disability; and
        (c) Provide an opportunity for those private schools and facilities 
    to participate in the development and revision of State standards that 
    apply to them.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
    
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private 
    Schools When FAPE Is at Issue
    
    
    Sec. 300.403  Placement of children by parents if FAPE is at issue.
    
        (a) General. This part does not require an LEA to pay for the cost 
    of education, including special education and related services, of a 
    child with a disability at a private school or facility if that agency 
    made FAPE available to the child and the parents elected to place the 
    child in a private school or facility. However, the public agency shall 
    include that child in the population whose needs are addressed 
    consistent with Secs. 300.450-300.462.
        (b) Disagreements about FAPE. Disagreements between a parent and a 
    public agency regarding the availability of a program appropriate for 
    the child, and the question of financial responsibility, are subject to 
    the due process procedures of Secs. 300.500-300.517.
        (c) Reimbursement for private school placement. If the parents of a 
    child with a disability, who previously received special education and 
    related services under the authority of a public agency, enroll the 
    child in a private preschool, elementary, or secondary school without 
    the consent of or referral by the public agency, a court or a hearing 
    officer may require the agency to reimburse the parents for the cost of 
    that enrollment if the court or hearing officer finds that the agency 
    had not made FAPE available to the child in a timely manner prior to 
    that enrollment and that the private placement is appropriate. A
    
    [[Page 12445]]
    
    parental placement may be found to be appropriate by a hearing officer 
    or a court even if it does not meet the State standards that apply to 
    education provided by the SEA and LEAs.
        (d) Limitation on reimbursement. The cost of reimbursement 
    described in paragraph (c) of this section may be reduced or denied--
        (1) If--
        (i) At the most recent IEP meeting that the parents attended prior 
    to removal of the child from the public school, the parents did not 
    inform the IEP team that they were rejecting the placement proposed by 
    the public agency to provide FAPE to their child, including stating 
    their concerns and their intent to enroll their child in a private 
    school at public expense; or
        (ii) At least ten (10) business days (including any holidays that 
    occur on a business day) prior to the removal of the child from the 
    public school, the parents did not give written notice to the public 
    agency of the information described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
    section;
        (2) If, prior to the parents' removal of the child from the public 
    school, the public agency informed the parents, through the notice 
    requirements described in Sec. 300.503(a)(1), of its intent to evaluate 
    the child (including a statement of the purpose of the evaluation that 
    was appropriate and reasonable), but the parents did not make the child 
    available for the evaluation; or
        (3) Upon a judicial finding of unreasonableness with respect to 
    actions taken by the parents.
        (e) Exception. Notwithstanding the notice requirement in paragraph 
    (d)(1) of this section, the cost of reimbursement may not be reduced or 
    denied for failure to provide the notice if--
        (1) The parent is illiterate and cannot write in English;
        (2) Compliance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section would likely 
    result in physical or serious emotional harm to the child;
        (3) The school prevented the parent from providing the notice; or
        (4) The parents had not received notice, pursuant to section 615 of 
    the Act, of the notice requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(C))
    
    Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private 
    Schools
    
    
    Sec. 300.450  Definition of ``private school children with 
    disabilities.''
    
        As used in this part, private school children with disabilities 
    means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in private 
    schools or facilities other than children with disabilities covered 
    under Secs. 300.400-300.402.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.451  Child find for private school children with disabilities.
    
        (a) Each LEA shall locate, identify, and evaluate all private 
    school children with disabilities, including religious-school children 
    residing in the jurisdiction of the LEA, in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.125 and 300.220. The activities undertaken to carry out this 
    responsibility for private school children with disabilities must be 
    comparable to activities undertaken for children with disabilities in 
    public schools.
        (b) Each LEA shall consult with appropriate representatives of 
    private school children with disabilities on how to carry out the 
    activities described in paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(ii))
    
    
    Sec. 300.452  Provision of services--basic requirement.
    
        (a) General. To the extent consistent with their number and 
    location in the State, provision must be made for the participation of 
    private school children with disabilities in the program assisted or 
    carried out under Part B of the Act by providing them with special 
    education and related services in accordance with Secs. 300.453-
    300.462.
        (b) SEA Responsibility--services plan. Each SEA shall ensure that, 
    in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and Secs. 300.454-
    300.456, a services plan is developed and implemented for each private 
    school child with a disability who has been designated to receive 
    special education and related services under this part.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(i))
    
    
    Sec. 300.453  Expenditures.
    
        (a) Formula. To meet the requirement of Sec. 300.452(a), each LEA 
    must spend on providing special education and related services to 
    private school children with disabilities--
        (1) For children aged 3 through 21, an amount that is the same 
    proportion of the LEA's total subgrant under section 611(g) of the Act 
    as the number of private school children with disabilities aged 3 
    through 21 residing in its jurisdiction is to the total number of 
    children with disabilities in its jurisdiction aged 3 through 21; and
        (2) For children aged 3 through 5, an amount that is the same 
    proportion of the LEA's total subgrant under section 619(g) of the Act 
    as the number of private school children with disabilities aged 3 
    through 5 residing in its jurisdiction is to the total number of 
    children with disabilities in its jurisdiction aged 3 through 5.
        (b) Child count. (1) Each LEA shall--
        (i) Consult with representatives of private school children in 
    deciding how to conduct the annual count of the number of private 
    school children with disabilities; and
        (ii) Ensure that the count is conducted on December 1 or the last 
    Friday of October of each year.
        (2) The child count must be used to determine the amount that the 
    LEA must spend on providing special education and related services to 
    private school children with disabilities in the next subsequent fiscal 
    year.
        (c) Expenditures for child find may not be considered. Expenditures 
    for child find activities described in Sec. 300.451 may not be 
    considered in determining whether the LEA has met the requirements of 
    paragraph (a) of this section.
        (d) Additional services permissible. State and local educational 
    agencies are not prohibited from providing services to private school 
    children with disabilities in excess of those required by this part, 
    consistent with State law or local policy.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.454  Services determined.
    
        (a) No individual right to special education and related services. 
    (1) No private school child with a disability has an individual right 
    to receive some or all of the special education and related services 
    that the child would receive if enrolled in a public school.
        (2) Decisions about the services that will be provided to private 
    school children with disabilities under Secs. 300.452-300.462, must be 
    made in accordance with paragraphs (b), and (c) of this section.
        (b) Consultation with representatives of private school children 
    with disabilities. (1) General. Each LEA shall consult, in a timely and 
    meaningful way, with appropriate representatives of private school 
    children with disabilities in light of the funding under Sec. 300.453, 
    the number of private school children with disabilities, the needs of 
    private school children with disabilities, and their location to 
    decide--
        (i) Which children will receive services under Sec. 300.452;
        (ii) What services will be provided;
        (iii) How and where the services will be provided; and
        (iv) How the services provided will be evaluated.
    
    [[Page 12446]]
    
        (2) Genuine opportunity. Each LEA shall give appropriate 
    representatives of private school children with disabilities a genuine 
    opportunity to express their views regarding each matter that is 
    subject to the consultation requirements in this section.
        (3) Timing. The consultation required by paragraph (b)(1) of this 
    section must occur before the LEA makes any decision that affects the 
    opportunities of private school children with disabilities to 
    participate in services under Secs. 300.452-300.462.
        (4) Decisions. The LEA shall make the final decisions with respect 
    to the services to be provided to eligible private school children.
        (c) Services plan for each child served under Secs. 300.450-
    300.462. If a child with a disability is enrolled in a religious or 
    other private school and will receive special education or related 
    services from an LEA, the LEA shall--
        (1) Initiate and conduct meetings to develop, review, and revise a 
    services plan for the child, in accordance with Sec. 300.455(b); and
        (2) Ensure that a representative of the religious or other private 
    school attends each meeting. If the representative cannot attend, the 
    LEA shall use other methods to ensure participation by the private 
    school, including individual or conference telephone calls.
    
    (Authority: 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.455  Services provided.
    
        (a) General. (1) The services provided to private school children 
    with disabilities must be provided by personnel meeting the same 
    standards as personnel providing services in the public schools.
        (2) Private school children with disabilities may receive a 
    different amount of services than children with disabilities in public 
    schools.
        (3) No private school child with a disability is entitled to any 
    service or to any amount of a service the child would receive if 
    enrolled in a public school.
        (b) Services provided in accordance with a services plan. (1) Each 
    private school child with a disability who has been designated to 
    receive services under Sec. 300.452 must have a services plan that 
    describes the specific special education and related services that the 
    LEA will provide to the child in light of the services that the LEA has 
    determined, through the process described in Secs. 300.453-300.454, it 
    will make available to private school children with disabilities.
        (2) The services plan must, to the extent appropriate--
        (i) Meet the requirements of Sec. 300.347, with respect to the 
    services provided; and
        (ii) Be developed, reviewed, and revised consistent with 
    Secs. 300.342-300.346.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.456  Location of services; transportation.
    
        (a) On-site. Services provided to private school children with 
    disabilities may be provided on-site at a child's private school, 
    including a religious school, to the extent consistent with law.
        (b) Transportation. (1) General. (i) If necessary for the child to 
    benefit from or participate in the services provided under this part, a 
    private school child with a disability must be provided 
    transportation--
        (A) From the child's school or the child's home to a site other 
    than the private school; and
        (B) From the service site to the private school, or to the child's 
    home, depending on the timing of the services.
        (ii) LEAs are not required to provide transportation from the 
    child's home to the private school.
        (2) Cost of transportation. The cost of the transportation 
    described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section may be included in 
    calculating whether the LEA has met the requirement of Sec. 300.453.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.457  Complaints.
    
        (a) Due process inapplicable. The procedures in Secs. 300.504-
    300.515 do not apply to complaints that an LEA has failed to meet the 
    requirements of Secs. 300.452-300.462, including the provision of 
    services indicated on the child's services plan.
        (b) Due process applicable. The procedures in Secs. 300.504-300.515 
    do apply to complaints that an LEA has failed to meet the requirements 
    of Sec. 300.451, including the requirements of Secs. 300.530-300.543.
        (c) State complaints. Complaints that an SEA or LEA has failed to 
    meet the requirements of Secs. 300.451-300.462 may be filed under the 
    procedures in Secs. 300.660-300.662.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.458  Separate classes prohibited.
    
        An LEA may not use funds available under section 611 or 619 of the 
    Act for classes that are organized separately on the basis of school 
    enrollment or religion of the students if--
        (a) The classes are at the same site; and
        (b) The classes include students enrolled in public schools and 
    students enrolled in private schools.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.459  Requirement that funds not benefit a private school.
    
        (a) An LEA may not use funds provided under section 611 or 619 of 
    the Act to finance the existing level of instruction in a private 
    school or to otherwise benefit the private school.
        (b) The LEA shall use funds provided under Part B of the Act to 
    meet the special education and related services needs of students 
    enrolled in private schools, but not for--
        (1) The needs of a private school; or
        (2) The general needs of the students enrolled in the private 
    school.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.460  Use of public school personnel.
    
        An LEA may use funds available under sections 611 and 619 of the 
    Act to make public school personnel available in other than public 
    facilities--
        (a) To the extent necessary to provide services under 
    Secs. 300.450-300.462 for private school children with disabilities; 
    and
        (b) If those services are not normally provided by the private 
    school.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.461  Use of private school personnel.
    
        An LEA may use funds available under section 611 or 619 of the Act 
    to pay for the services of an employee of a private school to provide 
    services under Secs. 300.450-300.462 if--
        (a) The employee performs the services outside of his or her 
    regular hours of duty; and
        (b) The employee performs the services under public supervision and 
    control.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.462  Requirements concerning property, equipment, and supplies 
    for the benefit of private school children with disabilities.
    
        (a) A public agency must keep title to and exercise continuing 
    administrative control of all property, equipment, and supplies that 
    the public agency acquires with funds under section 611 or 619 of the 
    Act for the benefit of private school children with disabilities.
        (b) The public agency may place equipment and supplies in a private 
    school for the period of time needed for the program.
        (c) The public agency shall ensure that the equipment and supplies 
    placed in a private school--
    
    [[Page 12447]]
    
        (1) Are used only for Part B purposes; and
        (2) Can be removed from the private school without remodeling the 
    private school facility.
        (d) The public agency shall remove equipment and supplies from a 
    private school if--
        (1) The equipment and supplies are no longer needed for Part B 
    purposes; or
        (2) Removal is necessary to avoid unauthorized use of the equipment 
    and supplies for other than Part B purposes.
        (e) No funds under Part B of the Act may be used for repairs, minor 
    remodeling, or construction of private school facilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
    
    Procedures for By-Pass
    
    
    Sec. 300.480  By-pass--general.
    
        (a) The Secretary implements a by-pass if an SEA is, and was on 
    December 2, 1983, prohibited by law from providing for the 
    participation of private school children with disabilities in the 
    program assisted or carried out under Part B of the Act, as required by 
    section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act and by Secs. 300.452-300.462.
        (b) The Secretary waives the requirement of section 612(a)(10)(A) 
    of the Act and of Secs. 300.452-300.462 if the Secretary implements a 
    by-pass.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.481  Provisions for services under a by-pass.
    
        (a) Before implementing a by-pass, the Secretary consults with 
    appropriate public and private school officials, including SEA 
    officials, in the affected State to consider matters such as--
        (1) The prohibition imposed by State law that results in the need 
    for a by-pass;
        (2) The scope and nature of the services required by private school 
    children with disabilities in the State, and the number of children to 
    be served under the by-pass; and
        (3) The establishment of policies and procedures to ensure that 
    private school children with disabilities receive services consistent 
    with the requirements of section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act and 
    Secs. 300.452-300.462.
        (b) After determining that a by-pass is required, the Secretary 
    arranges for the provision of services to private school children with 
    disabilities in the State in a manner consistent with the requirements 
    of section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act and Secs. 300.452-300.462 by 
    providing services through one or more agreements with appropriate 
    parties.
        (c) For any fiscal year that a by-pass is implemented, the 
    Secretary determines the maximum amount to be paid to the providers of 
    services by multiplying--
        (1) A per child amount that may not exceed the amount per child 
    provided by the Secretary under Part B of the Act for all children with 
    disabilities in the State for the preceding fiscal year; by
        (2) The number of private school children with disabilities (as 
    defined by Secs. 300.7(a) and 300.450) in the State, as determined by 
    the Secretary on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data 
    available, which may include an estimate of the number of those 
    children with disabilities.
        (d) The Secretary deducts from the State's allocation under Part B 
    of the Act the amount the Secretary determines is necessary to 
    implement a by-pass and pays that amount to the provider of services. 
    The Secretary may withhold this amount from the State's allocation 
    pending final resolution of any investigation or complaint that could 
    result in a determination that a by-pass must be implemented.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.482  Notice of intent to implement a by-pass.
    
        (a) Before taking any final action to implement a by-pass, the 
    Secretary provides the affected SEA with written notice.
        (b) In the written notice, the Secretary--
        (1) States the reasons for the proposed by-pass in sufficient 
    detail to allow the SEA to respond; and
        (2) Advises the SEA that it has a specific period of time (at least 
    45 days) from receipt of the written notice to submit written 
    objections to the proposed by-pass and that it may request in writing 
    the opportunity for a hearing to show cause why a by-pass should not be 
    implemented.
        (c) The Secretary sends the notice to the SEA by certified mail 
    with return receipt requested.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.483  Request to show cause.
    
        An SEA seeking an opportunity to show cause why a by-pass should 
    not be implemented shall submit a written request for a show cause 
    hearing to the Secretary.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.484  Show cause hearing.
    
        (a) If a show cause hearing is requested, the Secretary--
        (1) Notifies the SEA and other appropriate public and private 
    school officials of the time and place for the hearing; and
        (2) Designates a person to conduct the show cause hearing. The 
    designee must not have had any responsibility for the matter brought 
    for a hearing.
        (b) At the show cause hearing, the designee considers matters such 
    as--
        (1) The necessity for implementing a by-pass;
        (2) Possible factual errors in the written notice of intent to 
    implement a by-pass; and
        (3) The objections raised by public and private school 
    representatives.
        (c) The designee may regulate the course of the proceedings and the 
    conduct of parties during the pendency of the proceedings. The designee 
    takes all steps necessary to conduct a fair and impartial proceeding, 
    to avoid delay, and to maintain order.
        (d) The designee may interpret applicable statutes and regulations, 
    but may not waive them or rule on their validity.
        (e) The designee arranges for the preparation, retention, and, if 
    appropriate, dissemination of the record of the hearing.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.485  Decision.
    
        (a) The designee who conducts the show cause hearing--
        (1) Issues a written decision that includes a statement of 
    findings; and
        (2) Submits a copy of the decision to the Secretary and sends a 
    copy to each party by certified mail with return receipt requested.
        (b) Each party may submit comments and recommendations on the 
    designee's decision to the Secretary within 15 days of the date the 
    party receives the designee's decision.
        (c) The Secretary adopts, reverses, or modifies the designee's 
    decision and notifies the SEA of the Secretary's final action. That 
    notice is sent by certified mail with return receipt requested.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.486  Filing requirements.
    
        (a) Any written submission under Secs. 300.482-300.485 must be 
    filed by hand-delivery, by mail, or by facsimile transmission. The 
    Secretary discourages the use of facsimile transmission for documents 
    longer than five pages.
        (b) The filing date under paragraph (a) of this section is the date 
    the document is--
        (1) Hand-delivered;
        (2) Mailed; or
        (3) Sent by facsimile transmission.
        (c) A party filing by facsimile transmission is responsible for 
    confirming that a complete and legible copy of the document was 
    received by the Department.
    
    [[Page 12448]]
    
        (d) If a document is filed by facsimile transmission, the Secretary 
    or the hearing officer, as applicable, may require the filing of a 
    follow-up hard copy by hand-delivery or by mail within a reasonable 
    period of time.
        (e) If agreed upon by the parties, service of a document may be 
    made upon the other party by facsimile transmission.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.487  Judicial review.
    
        If dissatisfied with the Secretary's final action, the SEA may, 
    within 60 days after notice of that action, file a petition for review 
    with the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in which the 
    State is located. The procedures for judicial review are described in 
    section 612(f)(3)(B)-(D) of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3)(B)-(D))
    
    Subpart E--Procedural Safeguards
    
    Due Process Procedures for Parents and Children
    
    
    Sec. 300.500  General responsibility of public agencies; definitions.
    
        (a) Responsibility of SEA and other public agencies. Each SEA shall 
    ensure that each public agency establishes, maintains, and implements 
    procedural safeguards that meet the requirements of Secs. 300.500-
    300.529.
        (b) Definitions of ``consent,'' ``evaluation,'' and ``personally 
    identifiable.'' As used in this part --
        (1) Consent means that --
        (i) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant 
    to the activity for which consent is sought, in his or her native 
    language, or other mode of communication;
        (ii) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying 
    out of the activity for which his or her consent is sought, and the 
    consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that 
    will be released and to whom; and
        (iii)(A) The parent understands that the granting of consent is 
    voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
        (B) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive 
    (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent 
    was given and before the consent was revoked).
        (2) Evaluation means procedures used in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536 to determine whether a child has a disability and 
    the nature and extent of the special education and related services 
    that the child needs; and
        (3) Personally identifiable means that information includes--
        (i) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family 
    member;
        (ii) The address of the child;
        (iii) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security 
    number or student number; or
        (iv) A list of personal characteristics or other information that 
    would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.501  Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in 
    meetings.
    
        (a) General. The parents of a child with a disability must be 
    afforded, in accordance with the procedures of Secs. 300.562-300.569, 
    an opportunity to--
        (1) Inspect and review all education records with respect to--
        (i) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of 
    the child; and
        (ii) The provision of FAPE to the child; and
        (2) Participate in meetings with respect to --
        (i) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of 
    the child; and
        (ii) The provision of FAPE to the child.
        (b) Parent participation in meetings. (1) Each public agency shall 
    provide notice consistent with Sec. 300.345(a)(1) and (b)(1) to ensure 
    that parents of children with disabilities have the opportunity to 
    participate in meetings described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
        (2) A meeting does not include informal or unscheduled 
    conversations involving public agency personnel and conversations on 
    issues such as teaching methodology, lesson plans, or coordination of 
    service provision if those issues are not addressed in the child's IEP. 
    A meeting also does not include preparatory activities that public 
    agency personnel engage in to develop a proposal or response to a 
    parent proposal that will be discussed at a later meeting.
        (c) Parent involvement in placement decisions. (1) Each public 
    agency shall ensure that the parents of each child with a disability 
    are members of any group that makes decisions on the educational 
    placement of their child.
        (2) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
    section, the public agency shall use procedures consistent with the 
    procedures described in Sec. 300.345(a) through (b)(1).
        (3) If neither parent can participate in a meeting in which a 
    decision is to be made relating to the educational placement of their 
    child, the public agency shall use other methods to ensure their 
    participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, or 
    video conferencing.
        (4) A placement decision may be made by a group without the 
    involvement of the parents, if the public agency is unable to obtain 
    the parents' participation in the decision. In this case, the public 
    agency must have a record of its attempt to ensure their involvement, 
    including information that is consistent with the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.345(d).
        (5) The public agency shall make reasonable efforts to ensure that 
    the parents understand, and are able to participate in, any group 
    discussions relating to the educational placement of their child, 
    including arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness, or 
    whose native language is other than English.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(f), 1415(b)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.502  Independent educational evaluation.
    
        (a) General. (1) The parents of a child with a disability have the 
    right under this part to obtain an independent educational evaluation 
    of the child, subject to paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
        (2) Each public agency shall provide to parents, upon request for 
    an independent educational evaluation, information about where an 
    independent educational evaluation may be obtained, and the agency 
    criteria applicable for independent educational evaluations as set 
    forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
        (3) For the purposes of this part--
        (i) Independent educational evaluation means an evaluation 
    conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the public 
    agency responsible for the education of the child in question; and
        (ii) Public expense means that the public agency either pays for 
    the full cost of the evaluation or ensures that the evaluation is 
    otherwise provided at no cost to the parent, consistent with 
    Sec. 300.301.
        (b) Parent right to evaluation at public expense. (1) A parent has 
    the right to an independent educational evaluation at public expense if 
    the parent disagrees with an evaluation obtained by the public agency.
        (2) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation at 
    public expense, the public agency must, without unnecessary delay, 
    either--
        (i) Initiate a hearing under Sec. 300.507 to show that its 
    evaluation is appropriate; or
        (ii) Ensure that an independent educational evaluation is provided 
    at public expense, unless the agency
    
    [[Page 12449]]
    
    demonstrates in a hearing under Sec. 300.507 that the evaluation 
    obtained by the parent did not meet agency criteria.
        (3) If the public agency initiates a hearing and the final decision 
    is that the agency's evaluation is appropriate, the parent still has 
    the right to an independent educational evaluation, but not at public 
    expense.
        (4) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation, the 
    public agency may ask for the parent's reason why he or she objects to 
    the public evaluation. However, the explanation by the parent may not 
    be required and the public agency may not unreasonably delay either 
    providing the independent educational evaluation at public expense or 
    initiating a due process hearing to defend the public evaluation.
        (c) Parent-initiated evaluations. If the parent obtains an 
    independent educational evaluation at private expense, the results of 
    the evaluation--
        (1) Must be considered by the public agency, if it meets agency 
    criteria, in any decision made with respect to the provision of FAPE to 
    the child; and
        (2) May be presented as evidence at a hearing under this subpart 
    regarding that child.
        (d) Requests for evaluations by hearing officers. If a hearing 
    officer requests an independent educational evaluation as part of a 
    hearing, the cost of the evaluation must be at public expense.
        (e) Agency criteria. (1) If an independent educational evaluation 
    is at public expense, the criteria under which the evaluation is 
    obtained, including the location of the evaluation and the 
    qualifications of the examiner, must be the same as the criteria that 
    the public agency uses when it initiates an evaluation, to the extent 
    those criteria are consistent with the parent's right to an independent 
    educational evaluation.
        (2) Except for the criteria described in paragraph (e)(1) of this 
    section, a public agency may not impose conditions or timelines related 
    to obtaining an independent educational evaluation at public expense.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.503  Prior notice by the public agency; content of notice.
    
        (a) Notice. (1) Written notice that meets the requirements of 
    paragraph (b) of this section must be given to the parents of a child 
    with a disability a reasonable time before the public agency--
        (i) Proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, 
    or educational placement of the child or the provision of FAPE to the 
    child; or
        (ii) Refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, 
    or educational placement of the child or the provision of FAPE to the 
    child.
        (2) If the notice described under paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
    relates to an action proposed by the public agency that also requires 
    parental consent under Sec. 300.505, the agency may give notice at the 
    same time it requests parent consent.
        (b) Content of notice. The notice required under paragraph (a) of 
    this section must include--
        (1) A description of the action proposed or refused by the agency;
        (2) An explanation of why the agency proposes or refuses to take 
    the action;
        (3) A description of any other options that the agency considered 
    and the reasons why those options were rejected;
        (4) A description of each evaluation procedure, test, record, or 
    report the agency used as a basis for the proposed or refused action;
        (5) A description of any other factors that are relevant to the 
    agency's proposal or refusal;
        (6) A statement that the parents of a child with a disability have 
    protection under the procedural safeguards of this part and, if this 
    notice is not an initial referral for evaluation, the means by which a 
    copy of a description of the procedural safeguards can be obtained; and
        (7) Sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in 
    understanding the provisions of this part.
        (c) Notice in understandable language. (1) The notice required 
    under paragraph (a) of this section must be--
        (i) Written in language understandable to the general public; and
        (ii) Provided in the native language of the parent or other mode of 
    communication used by the parent, unless it is clearly not feasible to 
    do so.
        (2) If the native language or other mode of communication of the 
    parent is not a written language, the public agency shall take steps to 
    ensure--
        (i) That the notice is translated orally or by other means to the 
    parent in his or her native language or other mode of communication;
        (ii) That the parent understands the content of the notice; and
        (iii) That there is written evidence that the requirements in 
    paragraphs (c)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section have been met.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(3), (4) and (c), 1414(b)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.504  Procedural safeguards notice.
    
        (a) General. A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the 
    parents of a child with a disability must be given to the parents, at a 
    minimum--
        (1) Upon initial referral for evaluation;
        (2) Upon each notification of an IEP meeting;
        (3) Upon reevaluation of the child; and
        (4) Upon receipt of a request for due process under Sec. 300.507.
        (b) Contents. The procedural safeguards notice must include a full 
    explanation of all of the procedural safeguards available under 
    Secs. 300.403, 300.500-300.529, and 300.560-300.577, and the State 
    complaint procedures available under Secs. 300.660-300.662 relating 
    to--
        (1) Independent educational evaluation;
        (2) Prior written notice;
        (3) Parental consent;
        (4) Access to educational records;
        (5) Opportunity to present complaints to initiate due process 
    hearings;
        (6) The child's placement during pendency of due process 
    proceedings;
        (7) Procedures for students who are subject to placement in an 
    interim alternative educational setting;
        (8) Requirements for unilateral placement by parents of children in 
    private schools at public expense;
        (9) Mediation;
        (10) Due process hearings, including requirements for disclosure of 
    evaluation results and recommendations;
        (11) State-level appeals (if applicable in that State);
        (12) Civil actions;
        (13) Attorneys' fees; and
        (14) The State complaint procedures under Secs. 300.660-300.662, 
    including a description of how to file a complaint and the timelines 
    under those procedures.
        (c) Notice in understandable language. The notice required under 
    paragraph (a) of this section must meet the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.503(c).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(d))
    
    
    Sec. 300.505  Parental consent.
    
        (a) General. (1) Subject to paragraphs (a)(3), (b) and (c) of this 
    section, informed parent consent must be obtained before--
        (i) Conducting an initial evaluation or reevaluation; and
        (ii) Initial provision of special education and related services to 
    a child with a disability.
        (2) Consent for initial evaluation may not be construed as consent 
    for initial placement described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this 
    section.
    
    [[Page 12450]]
    
        (3) Parental consent is not required before--
        (i) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a 
    reevaluation; or
        (ii) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered 
    to all children unless, before administration of that test or 
    evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
        (b) Refusal. If the parents of a child with a disability refuse 
    consent for initial evaluation or a reevaluation, the agency may 
    continue to pursue those evaluations by using the due process 
    procedures under Secs. 300.507-300.509, or the mediation procedures 
    under Sec. 300.506 if appropriate, except to the extent inconsistent 
    with State law relating to parental consent.
        (c) Failure to respond to request for reevaluation. (1) Informed 
    parental consent need not be obtained for reevaluation if the public 
    agency can demonstrate that it has taken reasonable measures to obtain 
    that consent, and the child's parent has failed to respond.
        (2) To meet the reasonable measures requirement in paragraph (c)(1) 
    of this section, the public agency must use procedures consistent with 
    those in Sec. 300.345(d).
        (d) Additional State consent requirements. In addition to the 
    parental consent requirements described in paragraph (a) of this 
    section, a State may require parental consent for other services and 
    activities under this part if it ensures that each public agency in the 
    State establishes and implements effective procedures to ensure that a 
    parent's refusal to consent does not result in a failure to provide the 
    child with FAPE.
        (e) Limitation. A public agency may not use a parent's refusal to 
    consent to one service or activity under paragraphs (a) and (d) of this 
    section to deny the parent or child any other service, benefit, or 
    activity of the public agency, except as required by this part.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(3); 1414(a)(1)(C) and (c)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.506  Mediation.
    
        (a) General. Each public agency shall ensure that procedures are 
    established and implemented to allow parties to disputes involving any 
    matter described in Sec. 300.503(a)(1) to resolve the disputes through 
    a mediation process that, at a minimum, must be available whenever a 
    hearing is requested under Secs. 300.507 or 300.520-300.528.
        (b) Requirements. The procedures must meet the following 
    requirements:
        (1) The procedures must ensure that the mediation process--
        (i) Is voluntary on the part of the parties;
        (ii) Is not used to deny or delay a parent's right to a due process 
    hearing under Sec. 300.507, or to deny any other rights afforded under 
    Part B of the Act; and
        (iii) Is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is 
    trained in effective mediation techniques.
        (2)(i) The State shall maintain a list of individuals who are 
    qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws and regulations relating 
    to the provision of special education and related services.
        (ii) If a mediator is not selected on a random (e.g., a rotation) 
    basis from the list described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, 
    both parties must be involved in selecting the mediator and agree with 
    the selection of the individual who will mediate.
        (3) The State shall bear the cost of the mediation process, 
    including the costs of meetings described in paragraph (d) of this 
    section.
        (4) Each session in the mediation process must be scheduled in a 
    timely manner and must be held in a location that is convenient to the 
    parties to the dispute.
        (5) An agreement reached by the parties to the dispute in the 
    mediation process must be set forth in a written mediation agreement.
        (6) Discussions that occur during the mediation process must be 
    confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due 
    process hearings or civil proceedings, and the parties to the mediation 
    process may be required to sign a confidentiality pledge prior to the 
    commencement of the process.
        (c) Impartiality of mediator. (1) An individual who serves as a 
    mediator under this part--
        (i) May not be an employee of--
        (A) Any LEA or any State agency described under Sec. 300.194; or
        (B) An SEA that is providing direct services to a child who is the 
    subject of the mediation process; and
        (ii) Must not have a personal or professional conflict of interest.
        (2) A person who otherwise qualifies as a mediator is not an 
    employee of an LEA or State agency described under Sec. 300.194 solely 
    because he or she is paid by the agency to serve as a mediator.
        (d) Meeting to encourage mediation. (1) A public agency may 
    establish procedures to require parents who elect not to use the 
    mediation process to meet, at a time and location convenient to the 
    parents, with a disinterested party--
        (i) Who is under contract with a parent training and information 
    center or community parent resource center in the State established 
    under section 682 or 683 of the Act, or an appropriate alternative 
    dispute resolution entity; and
        (ii) Who would explain the benefits of the mediation process, and 
    encourage the parents to use the process.
        (2) A public agency may not deny or delay a parent's right to a due 
    process hearing under Sec. 300.507 if the parent fails to participate 
    in the meeting described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(e))
    
    
    Sec. 300.507  Impartial due process hearing; parent notice.
    
        (a) General. (1) A parent or a public agency may initiate a hearing 
    on any of the matters described in Sec. 300.503(a)(1) and (2) (relating 
    to the identification, evaluation or educational placement of a child 
    with a disability, or the provision of FAPE to the child).
        (2) When a hearing is initiated under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section, the public agency shall inform the parents of the availability 
    of mediation described in Sec. 300.506.
        (3) The public agency shall inform the parent of any free or low-
    cost legal and other relevant services available in the area if--
        (i) The parent requests the information; or
        (ii) The parent or the agency initiates a hearing under this 
    section.
        (b) Agency responsible for conducting hearing. The hearing 
    described in paragraph (a) of this section must be conducted by the SEA 
    or the public agency directly responsible for the education of the 
    child, as determined under State statute, State regulation, or a 
    written policy of the SEA.
        (c) Parent notice to the public agency. (1) General. The public 
    agency must have procedures that require the parent of a child with a 
    disability or the attorney representing the child, to provide notice 
    (which must remain confidential) to the public agency in a request for 
    a hearing under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
        (2) Content of parent notice. The notice required in paragraph 
    (c)(1) of this section must include--
        (i) The name of the child;
        (ii) The address of the residence of the child;
        (iii) The name of the school the child is attending;
        (iv) A description of the nature of the problem of the child 
    relating to the proposed or refused initiation or change, including 
    facts relating to the problem; and
        (v) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and 
    available to the parents at the time.
    
    [[Page 12451]]
    
        (3) Model form to assist parents. Each SEA shall develop a model 
    form to assist parents in filing a request for due process that 
    includes the information required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this 
    section.
        (4) Right to due process hearing. A public agency may not deny or 
    delay a parent's right to a due process hearing for failure to provide 
    the notice required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(8), (e)(1) and 
    (f)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.508  Impartial hearing officer.
    
        (a) A hearing may not be conducted--
        (1) By a person who is an employee of the State agency or the LEA 
    that is involved in the education or care of the child; or
        (2) By any person having a personal or professional interest that 
    would conflict with his or her objectivity in the hearing.
        (b) A person who otherwise qualifies to conduct a hearing under 
    paragraph (a) of this section is not an employee of the agency solely 
    because he or she is paid by the agency to serve as a hearing officer.
        (c) Each public agency shall keep a list of the persons who serve 
    as hearing officers. The list must include a statement of the 
    qualifications of each of those persons.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.509  Hearing rights.
    
        (a) General. Any party to a hearing conducted pursuant to 
    Secs. 300.507 or 300.520-300.528, or an appeal conducted pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.510, has the right to--
        (1) Be accompanied and advised by counsel and by individuals with 
    special knowledge or training with respect to the problems of children 
    with disabilities;
        (2) Present evidence and confront, cross-examine, and compel the 
    attendance of witnesses;
        (3) Prohibit the introduction of any evidence at the hearing that 
    has not been disclosed to that party at least 5 business days before 
    the hearing;
        (4) Obtain a written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic, 
    verbatim record of the hearing; and
        (5) Obtain written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic 
    findings of fact and decisions.
        (b) Additional disclosure of information. (1) At least 5 business 
    days prior to a hearing conducted pursuant to Sec. 300.507(a), each 
    party shall disclose to all other parties all evaluations completed by 
    that date and recommendations based on the offering party's evaluations 
    that the party intends to use at the hearing.
        (2) A hearing officer may bar any party that fails to comply with 
    paragraph (b)(1) of this section from introducing the relevant 
    evaluation or recommendation at the hearing without the consent of the 
    other party.
        (c) Parental rights at hearings. (1) Parents involved in hearings 
    must be given the right to--
        (i) Have the child who is the subject of the hearing present; and
        (ii) Open the hearing to the public.
        (2) The record of the hearing and the findings of fact and 
    decisions described in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section 
    must be provided at no cost to parents.
        (d) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public. The 
    public agency, after deleting any personally identifiable information, 
    shall --
        (1) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph 
    (a)(5) of this section to the State advisory panel established under 
    Sec. 300.650; and
        (2) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(2) and (h))
    
    
    Sec. 300.510  Finality of decision; appeal; impartial review.
    
        (a) Finality of decision. A decision made in a hearing conducted 
    pursuant to Secs. 300.507 or 300.520-300.528 is final, except that any 
    party involved in the hearing may appeal the decision under the 
    provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and Sec. 300.512.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(i)(1)(A))
    
        (b) Appeal of decisions; impartial review. (1) General. If the 
    hearing required by Sec. 300.507 is conducted by a public agency other 
    than the SEA, any party aggrieved by the findings and decision in the 
    hearing may appeal to the SEA.
        (2) SEA responsibility for review. If there is an appeal, the SEA 
    shall conduct an impartial review of the hearing. The official 
    conducting the review shall--
        (i) Examine the entire hearing record;
        (ii) Ensure that the procedures at the hearing were consistent with 
    the requirements of due process;
        (iii) Seek additional evidence if necessary. If a hearing is held 
    to receive additional evidence, the rights in Sec. 300.509 apply;
        (iv) Afford the parties an opportunity for oral or written 
    argument, or both, at the discretion of the reviewing official;
        (v) Make an independent decision on completion of the review; and
        (vi) Give a copy of the written, or, at the option of the parents, 
    electronic findings of fact and decisions to the parties.
        (c) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public. The 
    SEA, after deleting any personally identifiable information, shall--
        (1) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph 
    (b)(2)(vi) of this section to the State advisory panel established 
    under Sec. 300.650; and
        (2) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
        (d) Finality of review decision. The decision made by the reviewing 
    official is final unless a party brings a civil action under 
    Sec. 300.512.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(g); H. R. Rep. No. 94-664, at p. 49 
    (1975))
    
    
    Sec. 300.511  Timelines and convenience of hearings and reviews.
    
        (a) The public agency shall ensure that not later than 45 days 
    after the receipt of a request for a hearing--
        (1) A final decision is reached in the hearing; and
        (2) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
        (b) The SEA shall ensure that not later than 30 days after the 
    receipt of a request for a review--
        (1) A final decision is reached in the review; and
        (2) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
        (c) A hearing or reviewing officer may grant specific extensions of 
    time beyond the periods set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
    section at the request of either party.
        (d) Each hearing and each review involving oral arguments must be 
    conducted at a time and place that is reasonably convenient to the 
    parents and child involved.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415)
    
    
    Sec. 300.512  Civil action.
    
        (a) General. Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision made 
    under Secs. 300.507 or 300.520-300.528 who does not have the right to 
    an appeal under Sec. 300.510(b), and any party aggrieved by the 
    findings and decision under Sec. 300.510(b), has the right to bring a 
    civil action with respect to the complaint presented pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.507. The action may be brought in any State court of competent 
    jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States without regard 
    to the amount in controversy.
        (b) Additional requirements. In any action brought under paragraph 
    (a) of this section, the court--
        (1) Shall receive the records of the administrative proceedings;
        (2) Shall hear additional evidence at the request of a party; and
    
    [[Page 12452]]
    
        (3) Basing its decision on the preponderance of the evidence, shall 
    grant the relief that the court determines to be appropriate.
        (c) Jurisdiction of district courts. The district courts of the 
    United States have jurisdiction of actions brought under section 615 of 
    the Act without regard to the amount in controversy.
        (d) Rule of construction. Nothing in this part restricts or limits 
    the rights, procedures, and remedies available under the Constitution, 
    the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, title V of the 
    Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or other Federal laws protecting the rights 
    of children with disabilities, except that before the filing of a civil 
    action under these laws seeking relief that is also available under 
    section 615 of the Act, the procedures under Secs. 300.507 and 300.510 
    must be exhausted to the same extent as would be required had the 
    action been brought under section 615 of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(i)(2), (i)(3)(A), and 1415(l))
    
    
    Sec. 300.513  Attorneys' fees.
    
        (a) In any action or proceeding brought under section 615 of the 
    Act, the court, in its discretion, may award reasonable attorneys' fees 
    as part of the costs to the parents of a child with a disability who is 
    the prevailing party.
        (b)(1) Funds under Part B of the Act may not be used to pay 
    attorneys' fees or costs of a party related to an action or proceeding 
    under section 615 of the Act and subpart E of this part.
        (2) Paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not preclude a public 
    agency from using funds under Part B of the Act for conducting an 
    action or proceeding under section 615 of the Act.
        (c) A court awards reasonable attorney's fees under section 
    615(i)(3) of the Act consistent with the following:
        (1) Determination of amount of attorneys' fees. Fees awarded under 
    section 615(i)(3) of the Act must be based on rates prevailing in the 
    community in which the action or proceeding arose for the kind and 
    quality of services furnished. No bonus or multiplier may be used in 
    calculating the fees awarded under this subsection.
        (2) Prohibition of attorneys' fees and related costs for certain 
    services. (i) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded and related costs may 
    not be reimbursed in any action or proceeding under section 615 of the 
    Act for services performed subsequent to the time of a written offer of 
    settlement to a parent if--
        (A) The offer is made within the time prescribed by Rule 68 of the 
    Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or, in the case of an administrative 
    proceeding, at any time more than 10 days before the proceeding begins;
        (B) The offer is not accepted within 10 days; and
        (C) The court or administrative hearing officer finds that the 
    relief finally obtained by the parents is not more favorable to the 
    parents than the offer of settlement.
        (ii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded relating to any meeting of 
    the IEP team unless the meeting is convened as a result of an 
    administrative proceeding or judicial action, or at the discretion of 
    the State, for a mediation described in Sec. 300.506 that is conducted 
    prior to the filing of a request for due process under Secs. 300.507 or 
    300.520-300.528.
        (3) Exception to prohibition on attorneys' fees and related costs. 
    Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an award of 
    attorneys' fees and related costs may be made to a parent who is the 
    prevailing party and who was substantially justified in rejecting the 
    settlement offer.
        (4) Reduction of amount of attorneys' fees. Except as provided in 
    paragraph (c)(5) of this section, the court reduces, accordingly, the 
    amount of the attorneys' fees awarded under section 615 of the Act, if 
    the court finds that--
        (i) The parent, during the course of the action or proceeding, 
    unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the controversy;
        (ii) The amount of the attorneys' fees otherwise authorized to be 
    awarded unreasonably exceeds the hourly rate prevailing in the 
    community for similar services by attorneys of reasonably comparable 
    skill, reputation, and experience;
        (iii) The time spent and legal services furnished were excessive 
    considering the nature of the action or proceeding; or
        (iv) The attorney representing the parent did not provide to the 
    school district the appropriate information in the due process 
    complaint in accordance with Sec. 300.507(c).
        (5) Exception to reduction in amount of attorneys' fees. The 
    provisions of paragraph (c)(4) of this section do not apply in any 
    action or proceeding if the court finds that the State or local agency 
    unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the action or 
    proceeding or there was a violation of section 615 of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(i)(3)(B)-(G))
    
    
    Sec. 300.514  Child's status during proceedings.
    
        (a) Except as provided in Sec. 300.526, during the pendency of any 
    administrative or judicial proceeding regarding a complaint under 
    Sec. 300.507, unless the State or local agency and the parents of the 
    child agree otherwise, the child involved in the complaint must remain 
    in his or her current educational placement.
        (b) If the complaint involves an application for initial admission 
    to public school, the child, with the consent of the parents, must be 
    placed in the public school until the completion of all the 
    proceedings.
        (c) If the decision of a hearing officer in a due process hearing 
    conducted by the SEA or a State review official in an administrative 
    appeal agrees with the child's parents that a change of placement is 
    appropriate, that placement must be treated as an agreement between the 
    State or local agency and the parents for purposes of paragraph (a) of 
    this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(j))
    
    
    Sec. 300.515  Surrogate parents.
    
        (a) General. Each public agency shall ensure that the rights of a 
    child are protected if--
        (1) No parent (as defined in Sec. 300.20) can be identified;
        (2) The public agency, after reasonable efforts, cannot discover 
    the whereabouts of a parent; or
        (3) The child is a ward of the State under the laws of that State.
        (b) Duty of public agency. The duty of a public agency under 
    paragraph (a) of this section includes the assignment of an individual 
    to act as a surrogate for the parents. This must include a method--
        (1) For determining whether a child needs a surrogate parent; and
        (2) For assigning a surrogate parent to the child.
        (c) Criteria for selection of surrogates. (1) The public agency may 
    select a surrogate parent in any way permitted under State law.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, public 
    agencies shall ensure that a person selected as a surrogate--
        (i) Is not an employee of the SEA, the LEA, or any other agency 
    that is involved in the education or care of the child;
        (ii) Has no interest that conflicts with the interest of the child 
    he or she represents; and
        (iii) Has knowledge and skills that ensure adequate representation 
    of the child.
        (3) A public agency may select as a surrogate a person who is an 
    employee of a nonpublic agency that only provides non-educational care 
    for the child and who meets the standards in
    
    [[Page 12453]]
    
    paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
        (d) Non-employee requirement; compensation. A person who otherwise 
    qualifies to be a surrogate parent under paragraph (c) of this section 
    is not an employee of the agency solely because he or she is paid by 
    the agency to serve as a surrogate parent.
        (e) Responsibilities. The surrogate parent may represent the child 
    in all matters relating to--
        (1) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of 
    the child; and
        (2) The provision of FAPE to the child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.516  [Reserved].
    
    
    Sec. 300.517  Transfer of parental rights at age of majority.
    
        (a) General. A State may provide that, when a student with a 
    disability reaches the age of majority under State law that applies to 
    all students (except for a student with a disability who has been 
    determined to be incompetent under State law)--
        (1)(i) The public agency shall provide any notice required by this 
    part to both the individual and the parents; and
        (ii) All other rights accorded to parents under Part B of the Act 
    transfer to the student; and
        (2) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the Act transfer 
    to students who are incarcerated in an adult or juvenile, State or 
    local correctional institution.
        (3) Whenever a State transfers rights under this part pursuant to 
    paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the agency shall notify the 
    individual and the parents of the transfer of rights.
        (b) Special rule. If, under State law, a State has a mechanism to 
    determine that a student with a disability, who has reached the age of 
    majority under State law that applies to all children and has not been 
    determined incompetent under State law, does not have the ability to 
    provide informed consent with respect to his or her educational 
    program, the State shall establish procedures for appointing the 
    parent, or, if the parent is not available another appropriate 
    individual, to represent the educational interests of the student 
    throughout the student's eligibility under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(m))
    
    Discipline Procedures
    
    
    Sec. 300.519  Change of placement for disciplinary removals.
    
        For purposes of removals of a child with a disability from the 
    child's current educational placement under Secs. 300.520-300.529, a 
    change of placement occurs if--
        (a) The removal is for more than 10 consecutive school days; or
        (b) The child is subjected to a series of removals that constitute 
    a pattern because they cumulate to more than 10 school days in a school 
    year, and because of factors such as the length of each removal, the 
    total amount of time the child is removed, and the proximity of the 
    removals to one another.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k))
    
    
    Sec. 300.520  Authority of school personnel.
    
        (a) School personnel may order--
        (1)(i) To the extent removal would be applied to children without 
    disabilities, the removal of a child with a disability from the child's 
    current placement for not more than 10 consecutive school days for any 
    violation of school rules, and additional removals of not more than 10 
    consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents 
    of misconduct (as long as those removals do not constitute a change of 
    placement under Sec. 300.519(b));
        (ii) After a child with a disability has been removed from his or 
    her current placement for more than 10 school days in the same school 
    year, during any subsequent days of removal the public agency must 
    provide services to the extent required under Sec. 300.121(d); and
        (2) A change in placement of a child with a disability to an 
    appropriate interim alternative educational setting for the same amount 
    of time that a child without a disability would be subject to 
    discipline, but for not more than 45 days, if--
        (i) The child carries a weapon to school or to a school function 
    under the jurisdiction of a State or a local educational agency; or
        (ii) The child knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs or sells 
    or solicits the sale of a controlled substance while at school or a 
    school function under the jurisdiction of a State or local educational 
    agency.
        (b)(1) Either before or not later than 10 business days after 
    either first removing the child for more than 10 school days in a 
    school year or commencing a removal that constitutes a change of 
    placement under Sec. 300.519, including the action described in 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section--
        (i) If the LEA did not conduct a functional behavioral assessment 
    and implement a behavioral intervention plan for the child before the 
    behavior that resulted in the removal described in paragraph (a) of 
    this section, the agency shall convene an IEP meeting to develop an 
    assessment plan.
        (ii) If the child already has a behavioral intervention plan, the 
    IEP team shall meet to review the plan and its implementation, and, 
    modify the plan and its implementation as necessary, to address the 
    behavior.
        (2) As soon as practicable after developing the plan described in 
    paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, and completing the assessments 
    required by the plan, the LEA shall convene an IEP meeting to develop 
    appropriate behavioral interventions to address that behavior and shall 
    implement those interventions.
        (c)(1) If subsequently, a child with a disability who has a 
    behavioral intervention plan and who has been removed from the child's 
    current educational placement for more than 10 school days in a school 
    year is subjected to a removal that does not constitute a change of 
    placement under Sec. 300.519, the IEP team members shall review the 
    behavioral intervention plan and its implementation to determine if 
    modifications are necessary.
        (2) If one or more of the team members believe that modifications 
    are needed, the team shall meet to modify the plan and its 
    implementation, to the extent the team determines necessary.
        (d) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
        (1) Controlled substance means a drug or other substance identified 
    under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in section 202(c) of the 
    Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812(c)).
        (2) Illegal drug--
        (i) Means a controlled substance; but
        (ii) Does not include a substance that is legally possessed or used 
    under the supervision of a licensed health-care professional or that is 
    legally possessed or used under any other authority under that Act or 
    under any other provision of Federal law.
        (3) Weapon has the meaning given the term ``dangerous weapon'' 
    under paragraph (2) of the first subsection (g) of section 930 of title 
    18, United States Code.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(1), (10))
    
    
    Sec. 300.521  Authority of hearing officer.
    
        A hearing officer under section 615 of the Act may order a change 
    in the placement of a child with a disability to an appropriate interim 
    alternative educational setting for not more than 45 days if the 
    hearing officer, in an expedited due process hearing--
        (a) Determines that the public agency has demonstrated by 
    substantial evidence that maintaining the current placement of the 
    child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to 
    others;
    
    [[Page 12454]]
    
        (b) Considers the appropriateness of the child's current placement;
        (c) Considers whether the public agency has made reasonable efforts 
    to minimize the risk of harm in the child's current placement, 
    including the use of supplementary aids and services; and
        (d) Determines that the interim alternative educational setting 
    that is proposed by school personnel who have consulted with the 
    child's special education teacher, meets the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.522(b).
        (e) As used in this section, the term substantial evidence means 
    beyond a preponderance of the evidence.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(2), (10))
    
    
    Sec. 300.522  Determination of setting.
    
        (a) General. The interim alternative educational setting referred 
    to in Sec. 300.520(a)(2) must be determined by the IEP team.
        (b) Additional requirements. Any interim alternative educational 
    setting in which a child is placed under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521 
    must--
        (1) Be selected so as to enable the child to continue to progress 
    in the general curriculum, although in another setting, and to continue 
    to receive those services and modifications, including those described 
    in the child's current IEP, that will enable the child to meet the 
    goals set out in that IEP; and
        (2) Include services and modifications to address the behavior 
    described in Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521, that are designed to 
    prevent the behavior from recurring.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.523  Manifestation determination review.
    
        (a) General. If an action is contemplated regarding behavior 
    described in Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521, or involving a removal 
    that constitutes a change of placement under Sec. 300.519 for a child 
    with a disability who has engaged in other behavior that violated any 
    rule or code of conduct of the LEA that applies to all children--
        (1) Not later than the date on which the decision to take that 
    action is made, the parents must be notified of that decision and 
    provided the procedural safeguards notice described in Sec. 300.504; 
    and
        (2) Immediately, if possible, but in no case later than 10 school 
    days after the date on which the decision to take that action is made, 
    a review must be conducted of the relationship between the child's 
    disability and the behavior subject to the disciplinary action.
        (b) Individuals to carry out review. A review described in 
    paragraph (a) of this section must be conducted by the IEP team and 
    other qualified personnel in a meeting.
        (c) Conduct of review. In carrying out a review described in 
    paragraph (a) of this section, the IEP team and other qualified 
    personnel may determine that the behavior of the child was not a 
    manifestation of the child's disability only if the IEP team and other 
    qualified personnel--
        (1) First consider, in terms of the behavior subject to 
    disciplinary action, all relevant information, including --
        (i) Evaluation and diagnostic results, including the results or 
    other relevant information supplied by the parents of the child;
        (ii) Observations of the child; and
        (iii) The child's IEP and placement; and
        (2) Then determine that--
        (i) In relationship to the behavior subject to disciplinary action, 
    the child's IEP and placement were appropriate and the special 
    education services, supplementary aids and services, and behavior 
    intervention strategies were provided consistent with the child's IEP 
    and placement;
        (ii) The child's disability did not impair the ability of the child 
    to understand the impact and consequences of the behavior subject to 
    disciplinary action; and
        (iii) The child's disability did not impair the ability of the 
    child to control the behavior subject to disciplinary action.
        (d) Decision. If the IEP team and other qualified personnel 
    determine that any of the standards in paragraph (c)(2) of this section 
    were not met, the behavior must be considered a manifestation of the 
    child's disability.
        (e) Meeting. The review described in paragraph (a) of this section 
    may be conducted at the same IEP meeting that is convened under 
    Sec. 300.520(b).
        (f) Deficiencies in IEP or placement. If, in the review in 
    paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a public agency identifies 
    deficiencies in the child's IEP or placement or in their 
    implementation, it must take immediate steps to remedy those 
    deficiencies.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.524  Determination that behavior was not manifestation of 
    disability.
    
        (a) General. If the result of the review described in Sec. 300.523 
    is a determination, consistent with Sec. 300.523(d), that the behavior 
    of the child with a disability was not a manifestation of the child's 
    disability, the relevant disciplinary procedures applicable to children 
    without disabilities may be applied to the child in the same manner in 
    which they would be applied to children without disabilities, except as 
    provided in Sec. 300.121(d).
        (b) Additional requirement. If the public agency initiates 
    disciplinary procedures applicable to all children, the agency shall 
    ensure that the special education and disciplinary records of the child 
    with a disability are transmitted for consideration by the person or 
    persons making the final determination regarding the disciplinary 
    action.
        (c) Child's status during due process proceedings. Except as 
    provided in Sec. 300.526, Sec. 300.514 applies if a parent requests a 
    hearing to challenge a determination, made through the review described 
    in Sec. 300.523, that the behavior of the child was not a manifestation 
    of the child's disability.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.525  Parent appeal.
    
        (a) General. (1) If the child's parent disagrees with a 
    determination that the child's behavior was not a manifestation of the 
    child's disability or with any decision regarding placement under 
    Secs. 300.520-300.528, the parent may request a hearing.
        (2) The State or local educational agency shall arrange for an 
    expedited hearing in any case described in paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section if a hearing is requested by a parent.
        (b) Review of decision. (1) In reviewing a decision with respect to 
    the manifestation determination, the hearing officer shall determine 
    whether the public agency has demonstrated that the child's behavior 
    was not a manifestation of the child's disability consistent with the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.523(d).
        (2) In reviewing a decision under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) to place the 
    child in an interim alternative educational setting, the hearing 
    officer shall apply the standards in Sec. 300.521.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(6))
    
    
    Sec. 300.526  Placement during appeals.
    
        (a) General. If a parent requests a hearing or an appeal regarding 
    a disciplinary action described in Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521 to 
    challenge the interim alternative educational setting or the 
    manifestation determination, the child must remain in the interim 
    alternative educational setting pending the decision of the hearing 
    officer or until the expiration of the time period provided for in 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521, whichever occurs first, unless the 
    parent and the State agency or local educational agency agree 
    otherwise.
    
    [[Page 12455]]
    
        (b) Current placement. If a child is placed in an interim 
    alternative educational setting pursuant to Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or 
    300.521 and school personnel propose to change the child's placement 
    after expiration of the interim alternative placement, during the 
    pendency of any proceeding to challenge the proposed change in 
    placement the child must remain in the current placement (the child's 
    placement prior to the interim alternative educational setting), except 
    as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (c) Expedited hearing. (1) If school personnel maintain that it is 
    dangerous for the child to be in the current placement (placement prior 
    to removal to the interim alternative education setting) during the 
    pendency of the due process proceedings, the LEA may request an 
    expedited due process hearing.
        (2) In determining whether the child may be placed in the 
    alternative educational setting or in another appropriate placement 
    ordered by the hearing officer, the hearing officer shall apply the 
    standards in Sec. 300.521.
        (3) A placement ordered pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this 
    section may not be longer than 45 days.
        (4) The procedure in paragraph (c) of this section may be repeated, 
    as necessary.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(7))
    
    
    Sec. 300.527  Protections for children not yet eligible for special 
    education and related services.
    
        (a) General. A child who has not been determined to be eligible for 
    special education and related services under this part and who has 
    engaged in behavior that violated any rule or code of conduct of the 
    local educational agency, including any behavior described in 
    Secs. 300.520 or 300.521, may assert any of the protections provided 
    for in this part if the LEA had knowledge (as determined in accordance 
    with paragraph (b) of this section) that the child was a child with a 
    disability before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary 
    action occurred.
        (b) Basis of knowledge. An LEA must be deemed to have knowledge 
    that a child is a child with a disability if--
        (1) The parent of the child has expressed concern in writing (or 
    orally if the parent does not know how to write or has a disability 
    that prevents a written statement) to personnel of the appropriate 
    educational agency that the child is in need of special education and 
    related services;
        (2) The behavior or performance of the child demonstrates the need 
    for these services, in accordance with Sec. 300.7;
        (3) The parent of the child has requested an evaluation of the 
    child pursuant to Secs. 300.530-300.536; or
        (4) The teacher of the child, or other personnel of the local 
    educational agency, has expressed concern about the behavior or 
    performance of the child to the director of special education of the 
    agency or to other personnel in accordance with the agency's 
    established child find or special education referral system.
        (c) Exception. A public agency would not be deemed to have 
    knowledge under paragraph (b) of this section if, as a result of 
    receiving the information specified in that paragraph, the agency--
        (1) Either--
        (i) Conducted an evaluation under Secs. 300.530-300.536, and 
    determined that the child was not a child with a disability under this 
    part; or
        (ii) Determined that an evaluation was not necessary; and
        (2) Provided notice to the child's parents of its determination 
    under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, consistent with Sec. 300.503.
        (d) Conditions that apply if no basis of knowledge. (1) General. If 
    an LEA does not have knowledge that a child is a child with a 
    disability (in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section) 
    prior to taking disciplinary measures against the child, the child may 
    be subjected to the same disciplinary measures as measures applied to 
    children without disabilities who engaged in comparable behaviors 
    consistent with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
        (2) Limitations. (i) If a request is made for an evaluation of a 
    child during the time period in which the child is subjected to 
    disciplinary measures under Sec. 300.520 or 300.521, the evaluation 
    must be conducted in an expedited manner.
        (ii) Until the evaluation is completed, the child remains in the 
    educational placement determined by school authorities, which can 
    include suspension or expulsion without educational services.
        (iii) If the child is determined to be a child with a disability, 
    taking into consideration information from the evaluation conducted by 
    the agency and information provided by the parents, the agency shall 
    provide special education and related services in accordance with the 
    provisions of this part, including the requirements of Secs. 300.520-
    300.529 and section 612(a)(1)(A) of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(8))
    
    
    Sec. 300.528  Expedited due process hearings.
    
        (a) Expedited due process hearings under Secs. 300.521-300.526 
    must--
        (1) Meet the requirements of Sec. 300.509, except that a State may 
    provide that the time periods identified in Secs. 300.509(a)(3) and 
    Sec. 300.509(b) for purposes of expedited due process hearings under 
    Secs. 300.521-300.526 are not less than two business days; and
        (2) Be conducted by a due process hearing officer who satisfies the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.508.
        (b)(1) Each State shall establish a timeline for expedited due 
    process hearings that results in a written decision being mailed to the 
    parties within 45 days of the public agency's receipt of the request 
    for the hearing, without exceptions or extensions.
        (2) The timeline established under paragraph (b)(1) of this section 
    must be the same for hearings requested by parents or public agencies.
        (c) A State may establish different procedural rules for expedited 
    hearings under Secs. 300.521-300.526 than it has established for due 
    process hearings under Sec. 300.507.
        (d) The decisions on expedited due process hearings are appealable 
    consistent with Sec. 300.510.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(2), (6), (7))
    
    
    Sec. 300.529  Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial 
    authorities.
    
        (a) Nothing in this part prohibits an agency from reporting a crime 
    committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities or to 
    prevent State law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising 
    their responsibilities with regard to the application of Federal and 
    State law to crimes committed by a child with a disability.
        (b)(1) An agency reporting a crime committed by a child with a 
    disability shall ensure that copies of the special education and 
    disciplinary records of the child are transmitted for consideration by 
    the appropriate authorities to whom it reports the crime.
        (2) An agency reporting a crime under this section may transmit 
    copies of the child's special education and disciplinary records only 
    to the extent that the transmission is permitted by the Family 
    Educational Rights and Privacy Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(9))
    
    
    Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility
    
    Sec. 300.530  General.
    
        Each SEA shall ensure that each public agency establishes and
    
    [[Page 12456]]
    
    implements procedures that meet the requirements of Secs. 300.531-
    300.536.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(b)(3); 1412(a)(7))
    
    
    Sec. 300.531  Initial evaluation.
    
        Each public agency shall conduct a full and individual initial 
    evaluation, in accordance with Secs. 300.532 and 300.533, before the 
    initial provision of special education and related services to a child 
    with a disability under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.532  Evaluation procedures.
    
        Each public agency shall ensure, at a minimum, that the following 
    requirements are met:
        (a)(1) Tests and other evaluation materials used to assess a child 
    under Part B of the Act--
        (i) Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on 
    a racial or cultural basis; and
        (ii) Are provided and administered in the child's native language 
    or other mode of communication, unless it is clearly not feasible to do 
    so; and
        (2) Materials and procedures used to assess a child with limited 
    English proficiency are selected and administered to ensure that they 
    measure the extent to which the child has a disability and needs 
    special education, rather than measuring the child's English language 
    skills.
        (b) A variety of assessment tools and strategies are used to gather 
    relevant functional and developmental information about the child, 
    including information provided by the parent, and information related 
    to enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general 
    curriculum (or for a preschool child, to participate in appropriate 
    activities), that may assist in determining--
        (1) Whether the child is a child with a disability under 
    Sec. 300.7; and
        (2) The content of the child's IEP.
        (c)(1) Any standardized tests that are given to a child--
        (i) Have been validated for the specific purpose for which they are 
    used; and
        (ii) Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel in 
    accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the tests.
        (2) If an assessment is not conducted under standard conditions, a 
    description of the extent to which it varied from standard conditions 
    (e.g., the qualifications of the person administering the test, or the 
    method of test administration) must be included in the evaluation 
    report.
        (d) Tests and other evaluation materials include those tailored to 
    assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those that are 
    designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient.
        (e) Tests are selected and administered so as best to ensure that 
    if a test is administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual, or 
    speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the child's 
    aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test 
    purports to measure, rather than reflecting the child's impaired 
    sensory, manual, or speaking skills (unless those skills are the 
    factors that the test purports to measure).
        (f) No single procedure is used as the sole criterion for 
    determining whether a child is a child with a disability and for 
    determining an appropriate educational program for the child.
        (g) The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected 
    disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social 
    and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, 
    communicative status, and motor abilities.
        (h) In evaluating each child with a disability under Secs. 300.531-
    300.536, the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all 
    of the child's special education and related services needs, whether or 
    not commonly linked to the disability category in which the child has 
    been classified.
        (i) The public agency uses technically sound instruments that may 
    assess the relative contribution of cognitive and behavioral factors, 
    in addition to physical or developmental factors.
        (j) The public agency uses assessment tools and strategies that 
    provide relevant information that directly assists persons in 
    determining the educational needs of the child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(6)(B), 1414(b)(2) and (3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.533  Determination of needed evaluation data.
    
        (a) Review of existing evaluation data. As part of an initial 
    evaluation (if appropriate) and as part of any reevaluation under Part 
    B of the Act, a group that includes the individuals described in 
    Sec. 300.344, and other qualified professionals, as appropriate, 
    shall--
        (1) Review existing evaluation data on the child, including--
        (i) Evaluations and information provided by the parents of the 
    child;
        (ii) Current classroom-based assessments and observations; and
        (iii) Observations by teachers and related services providers; and
        (2) On the basis of that review, and input from the child's 
    parents, identify what additional data, if any, are needed to 
    determine--
        (i) Whether the child has a particular category of disability, as 
    described in Sec. 300.7, or, in case of a reevaluation of a child, 
    whether the child continues to have such a disability;
        (ii) The present levels of performance and educational needs of the 
    child;
        (iii) Whether the child needs special education and related 
    services, or in the case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the 
    child continues to need special education and related services; and
        (iv) Whether any additions or modifications to the special 
    education and related services are needed to enable the child to meet 
    the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP of the child and to 
    participate, as appropriate, in the general curriculum.
        (b) Conduct of review. The group described in paragraph (a) of this 
    section may conduct its review without a meeting.
        (c) Need for additional data. The public agency shall administer 
    tests and other evaluation materials as may be needed to produce the 
    data identified under paragraph (a) of this section.
        (d) Requirements if additional data are not needed. (1) If the 
    determination under paragraph (a) of this section is that no additional 
    data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child 
    with a disability, the public agency shall notify the child's parents--
        (i) Of that determination and the reasons for it; and
        (ii) Of the right of the parents to request an assessment to 
    determine whether, for purposes of services under this part, the child 
    continues to be a child with a disability.
        (2) The public agency is not required to conduct the assessment 
    described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section unless requested to 
    do so by the child's parents.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(c)(1), (2) and (4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.534  Determination of eligibility
    
        (a) Upon completing the administration of tests and other 
    evaluation materials--
        (1) A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child 
    must determine whether the child is a child with a disability, as 
    defined in Sec. 300.7; and
        (2) The public agency must provide a copy of the evaluation report 
    and the documentation of determination of eligibility to the parent.
        (b) A child may not be determined to be eligible under this part 
    if--
        (1) The determinant factor for that eligibility determination is--
    
    [[Page 12457]]
    
        (i) Lack of instruction in reading or math; or
        (ii) Limited English proficiency; and
        (2) The child does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria 
    under Sec. 300.7(a).
        (c)(1) A public agency must evaluate a child with a disability in 
    accordance with Secs. 300.532 and 300.533 before determining that the 
    child is no longer a child with a disability.
        (2) The evaluation described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section is 
    not required before the termination of a student's eligibility under 
    Part B of the Act due to graduation with a regular high school diploma, 
    or exceeding the age eligibility for FAPE under State law.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(b)(4) and (5), (c)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.535  Procedures for determining eligibility and placement.
    
        (a) In interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining 
    if a child is a child with a disability under Sec. 300.7, and the 
    educational needs of the child, each public agency shall--
        (1) Draw upon information from a variety of sources, including 
    aptitude and achievement tests, parent input, teacher recommendations, 
    physical condition, social or cultural background, and adaptive 
    behavior; and
        (2) Ensure that information obtained from all of these sources is 
    documented and carefully considered.
        (b) If a determination is made that a child has a disability and 
    needs special education and related services, an IEP must be developed 
    for the child in accordance with Secs. 300.340-300.350.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(6), 1414(b)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.536  Reevaluation.
    
        Each public agency shall ensure--
        (a) That the IEP of each child with a disability is reviewed in 
    accordance with Secs. 300.340-300.350; and
        (b) That a reevaluation of each child, in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.532-300.535, is conducted if conditions warrant a 
    reevaluation, or if the child's parent or teacher requests a 
    reevaluation, but at least once every three years.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(2))
    
    Additional Procedures for Evaluating Children With Specific 
    Learning Disabilities
    
    
    Sec. 300.540  Additional team members.
    
        The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific 
    learning disability is a child with a disability as defined in 
    Sec. 300.7, must be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified 
    professionals which must include--
        (a)(1) The child's regular teacher; or
        (2) If the child does not have a regular teacher, a regular 
    classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of his or her age; or
        (3) For a child of less than school age, an individual qualified by 
    the SEA to teach a child of his or her age; and
        (b) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic 
    examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-
    language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.
    
    (Authority: Sec. 5(b), Pub. L. 94-142)
    
    
    Sec. 300.541  Criteria for determining the existence of a specific 
    learning disability.
    
        (a) A team may determine that a child has a specific learning 
    disability if--
        (1) The child does not achieve commensurate with his or her age and 
    ability levels in one or more of the areas listed in paragraph (a)(2) 
    of this section, if provided with learning experiences appropriate for 
    the child's age and ability levels; and
        (2) The team finds that a child has a severe discrepancy between 
    achievement and intellectual ability in one or more of the following 
    areas:
        (i) Oral expression.
        (ii) Listening comprehension.
        (iii) Written expression.
        (iv) Basic reading skill.
        (v) Reading comprehension.
        (vi) Mathematics calculation.
        (vii) Mathematics reasoning.
        (b) The team may not identify a child as having a specific learning 
    disability if the severe discrepancy between ability and achievement is 
    primarily the result of--
        (1) A visual, hearing, or motor impairment;
        (2) Mental retardation;
        (3) Emotional disturbance; or
        (4) Environmental, cultural or economic disadvantage.
    
    (Authority: Sec. 5(b), Pub. L. 94-142)
    
    
    Sec. 300.542  Observation.
    
        (a) At least one team member other than the child's regular teacher 
    shall observe the child's academic performance in the regular classroom 
    setting.
        (b) In the case of a child of less than school age or out of 
    school, a team member shall observe the child in an environment 
    appropriate for a child of that age.
    
    (Authority: Sec. 5(b), Pub. L. 94-142)
    
    
    Sec. 300.543  Written report.
    
        (a) For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, 
    the documentation of the team's determination of eligibility, as 
    required by Sec. 300.534(a)(2), must include a statement of--
        (1) Whether the child has a specific learning disability;
        (2) The basis for making the determination;
        (3) The relevant behavior noted during the observation of the 
    child;
        (4) The relationship of that behavior to the child's academic 
    functioning;
        (5) The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;
        (6) Whether there is a severe discrepancy between achievement and 
    ability that is not correctable without special education and related 
    services; and
        (7) The determination of the team concerning the effects of 
    environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
        (b) Each team member shall certify in writing whether the report 
    reflects his or her conclusion. If it does not reflect his or her 
    conclusion, the team member must submit a separate statement presenting 
    his or her conclusions.
    
    (Authority: Sec. 5(b), Pub. L. 94-142)
    
    Least Restrictive Environment (LRE)
    
    
    Sec. 300.550  General LRE requirements.
    
        (a) Except as provided in Sec. 300.311(b) and (c), a State shall 
    demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the State has in 
    effect policies and procedures to ensure that it meets the requirements 
    of Secs. 300.550-300.556.
        (b) Each public agency shall ensure--
        (1) That to the maximum extent appropriate, children with 
    disabilities, including children in public or private institutions or 
    other care facilities, are educated with children who are nondisabled; 
    and
        (2) That special classes, separate schooling or other removal of 
    children with disabilities from the regular educational environment 
    occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that 
    education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and 
    services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.551  Continuum of alternative placements.
    
        (a) Each public agency shall ensure that a continuum of alternative 
    placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities 
    for special education and related services.
        (b) The continuum required in paragraph (a) of this section must--
        (1) Include the alternative placements listed in the definition of 
    special education under Sec. 300.26 (instruction in regular classes, 
    special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in 
    hospitals and institutions); and
        (2) Make provision for supplementary services (such as resource 
    room or
    
    [[Page 12458]]
    
    itinerant instruction) to be provided in conjunction with regular class 
    placement.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.552  Placements.
    
        In determining the educational placement of a child with a 
    disability, including a preschool child with a disability, each public 
    agency shall ensure that--
        (a) The placement decision--
        (1) Is made by a group of persons, including the parents, and other 
    persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning of the evaluation 
    data, and the placement options; and
        (2) Is made in conformity with the LRE provisions of this subpart, 
    including Secs. 300.550-300.554;
        (b) The child's placement--
        (1) Is determined at least annually;
        (2) Is based on the child's IEP; and
        (3) Is as close as possible to the child's home;
        (c) Unless the IEP of a child with a disability requires some other 
    arrangement, the child is educated in the school that he or she would 
    attend if nondisabled;
        (d) In selecting the LRE, consideration is given to any potential 
    harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that he or 
    she needs; and
        (e) A child with a disability is not removed from education in age-
    appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications 
    in the general curriculum.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.553  Nonacademic settings.
    
        In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and 
    extracurricular services and activities, including meals, recess 
    periods, and the services and activities set forth in Sec. 300.306, 
    each public agency shall ensure that each child with a disability 
    participates with nondisabled children in those services and activities 
    to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of that child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.554  Children in public or private institutions.
    
        Except as provided in Sec. 300.600(d), an SEA must ensure that 
    Sec. 300.550 is effectively implemented, including, if necessary, 
    making arrangements with public and private institutions (such as a 
    memorandum of agreement or special implementation procedures).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.555  Technical assistance and training activities.
    
        Each SEA shall carry out activities to ensure that teachers and 
    administrators in all public agencies--
        (a) Are fully informed about their responsibilities for 
    implementing Sec. 300.550; and
        (b) Are provided with technical assistance and training necessary 
    to assist them in this effort.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    
    Sec. 300.556  Monitoring activities.
    
        (a) The SEA shall carry out activities to ensure that Sec. 300.550 
    is implemented by each public agency.
        (b) If there is evidence that a public agency makes placements that 
    are inconsistent with Sec. 300.550, the SEA shall--
        (1) Review the public agency's justification for its actions; and
        (2) Assist in planning and implementing any necessary corrective 
    action.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
    
    Confidentiality of Information
    
    
    Sec. 300.560   Definitions.
    
        As used in Secs. 300.560-300.577--
        (a) Destruction means physical destruction or removal of personal 
    identifiers from information so that the information is no longer 
    personally identifiable.
        (b) Education records means the type of records covered under the 
    definition of ``education records'' in 34 CFR part 99 (the regulations 
    implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974).
        (c) Participating agency means any agency or institution that 
    collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or 
    from which information is obtained, under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3, 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.561  Notice to parents.
    
        (a) The SEA shall give notice that is adequate to fully inform 
    parents about the requirements of Sec. 300.127, including--
        (1) A description of the extent that the notice is given in the 
    native languages of the various population groups in the State;
        (2) A description of the children on whom personally identifiable 
    information is maintained, the types of information sought, the methods 
    the State intends to use in gathering the information (including the 
    sources from whom information is gathered), and the uses to be made of 
    the information;
        (3) A summary of the policies and procedures that participating 
    agencies must follow regarding storage, disclosure to third parties, 
    retention, and destruction of personally identifiable information; and
        (4) A description of all of the rights of parents and children 
    regarding this information, including the rights under the Family 
    Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 and implementing regulations 
    in 34 CFR part 99.
        (b) Before any major identification, location, or evaluation 
    activity, the notice must be published or announced in newspapers or 
    other media, or both, with circulation adequate to notify parents 
    throughout the State of the activity.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.562  Access rights.
    
        (a) Each participating agency shall permit parents to inspect and 
    review any education records relating to their children that are 
    collected, maintained, or used by the agency under this part. The 
    agency shall comply with a request without unnecessary delay and before 
    any meeting regarding an IEP, or any hearing pursuant to Secs. 300.507 
    and 300.521-300.528, and in no case more than 45 days after the request 
    has been made.
        (b) The right to inspect and review education records under this 
    section includes--
        (1) The right to a response from the participating agency to 
    reasonable requests for explanations and interpretations of the 
    records;
        (2) The right to request that the agency provide copies of the 
    records containing the information if failure to provide those copies 
    would effectively prevent the parent from exercising the right to 
    inspect and review the records; and
        (3) The right to have a representative of the parent inspect and 
    review the records.
        (c) An agency may presume that the parent has authority to inspect 
    and review records relating to his or her child unless the agency has 
    been advised that the parent does not have the authority under 
    applicable State law governing such matters as guardianship, 
    separation, and divorce.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.563  Record of access.
    
        Each participating agency shall keep a record of parties obtaining 
    access to education records collected, maintained, or used under Part B 
    of the Act (except access by parents and authorized employees of the
    
    [[Page 12459]]
    
    participating agency), including the name of the party, the date access 
    was given, and the purpose for which the party is authorized to use the 
    records.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.564  Records on more than one child.
    
        If any education record includes information on more than one 
    child, the parents of those children have the right to inspect and 
    review only the information relating to their child or to be informed 
    of that specific information.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.565  List of types and locations of information.
    
        Each participating agency shall provide parents on request a list 
    of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained, 
    or used by the agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.566  Fees.
    
        (a) Each participating agency may charge a fee for copies of 
    records that are made for parents under this part if the fee does not 
    effectively prevent the parents from exercising their right to inspect 
    and review those records.
        (b) A participating agency may not charge a fee to search for or to 
    retrieve information under this part.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.567  Amendment of records at parent's request.
    
        (a) A parent who believes that information in the education records 
    collected, maintained, or used under this part is inaccurate or 
    misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the child may 
    request the participating agency that maintains the information to 
    amend the information.
        (b) The agency shall decide whether to amend the information in 
    accordance with the request within a reasonable period of time of 
    receipt of the request.
        (c) If the agency decides to refuse to amend the information in 
    accordance with the request, it shall inform the parent of the refusal 
    and advise the parent of the right to a hearing under Sec. 300.568.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.568  Opportunity for a hearing.
    
        The agency shall, on request, provide an opportunity for a hearing 
    to challenge information in education records to ensure that it is not 
    inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or 
    other rights of the child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.569  Result of hearing.
    
        (a) If, as a result of the hearing, the agency decides that the 
    information is inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the 
    privacy or other rights of the child, it shall amend the information 
    accordingly and so inform the parent in writing.
        (b) If, as a result of the hearing, the agency decides that the 
    information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of 
    the privacy or other rights of the child, it shall inform the parent of 
    the right to place in the records it maintains on the child a statement 
    commenting on the information or setting forth any reasons for 
    disagreeing with the decision of the agency.
        (c) Any explanation placed in the records of the child under this 
    section must--
        (1) Be maintained by the agency as part of the records of the child 
    as long as the record or contested portion is maintained by the agency; 
    and
        (2) If the records of the child or the contested portion is 
    disclosed by the agency to any party, the explanation must also be 
    disclosed to the party.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.570  Hearing procedures.
    
        A hearing held under Sec. 300.568 must be conducted according to 
    the procedures under 34 CFR 99.22.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.571  Consent.
    
        (a) Except as to disclosures addressed in Sec. 300.529(b) for which 
    parental consent is not required by Part 99, parental consent must be 
    obtained before personally identifiable information is--
        (1) Disclosed to anyone other than officials of participating 
    agencies collecting or using the information under this part, subject 
    to paragraph (b) of this section; or
        (2) Used for any purpose other than meeting a requirement of this 
    part.
        (b) An educational agency or institution subject to 34 CFR part 99 
    may not release information from education records to participating 
    agencies without parental consent unless authorized to do so under part 
    99.
        (c) The SEA shall provide policies and procedures that are used in 
    the event that a parent refuses to provide consent under this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.572  Safeguards.
    
        (a) Each participating agency shall protect the confidentiality of 
    personally identifiable information at collection, storage, disclosure, 
    and destruction stages.
        (b) One official at each participating agency shall assume 
    responsibility for ensuring the confidentiality of any personally 
    identifiable information.
        (c) All persons collecting or using personally identifiable 
    information must receive training or instruction regarding the State's 
    policies and procedures under Sec. 300.127 and 34 CFR part 99.
        (d) Each participating agency shall maintain, for public 
    inspection, a current listing of the names and positions of those 
    employees within the agency who may have access to personally 
    identifiable information.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.573  Destruction of information.
    
        (a) The public agency shall inform parents when personally 
    identifiable information collected, maintained, or used under this part 
    is no longer needed to provide educational services to the child.
        (b) The information must be destroyed at the request of the 
    parents. However, a permanent record of a student's name, address, and 
    phone number, his or her grades, attendance record, classes attended, 
    grade level completed, and year completed may be maintained without 
    time limitation.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.574  Children's rights.
    
        (a) The SEA shall provide policies and procedures regarding the 
    extent to which children are afforded rights of privacy similar to 
    those afforded to parents, taking into consideration the age of the 
    child and type or severity of disability.
        (b) Under the regulations for the Family Educational Rights and 
    Privacy Act of 1974 (34 CFR 99.5(a)), the rights of parents regarding 
    education records are transferred to the student at age 18.
        (c) If the rights accorded to parents under Part B of the Act are 
    transferred to a student who reaches the age of majority, consistent 
    with Sec. 300.517, the rights regarding educational records in 
    Secs. 300.562-300.573 must also be transferred to the student. However, 
    the public agency must provide any notice required under section 615 of 
    the Act to the student and the parents.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.575  Enforcement.
    
        The SEA shall provide the policies and procedures, including 
    sanctions, that the State uses to ensure that its policies and 
    procedures are followed and that the requirements of the Act and the 
    regulations in this part are met.
    
    
    [[Page 12460]]
    
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.576  Disciplinary information.
    
        (a) The State may require that a public agency include in the 
    records of a child with a disability a statement of any current or 
    previous disciplinary action that has been taken against the child and 
    transmit the statement to the same extent that the disciplinary 
    information is included in, and transmitted with, the student records 
    of nondisabled children.
        (b) The statement may include a description of any behavior engaged 
    in by the child that required disciplinary action, a description of the 
    disciplinary action taken, and any other information that is relevant 
    to the safety of the child and other individuals involved with the 
    child.
        (c) If the State adopts such a policy, and the child transfers from 
    one school to another, the transmission of any of the child's records 
    must include both the child's current individualized education program 
    and any statement of current or previous disciplinary action that has 
    been taken against the child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(j))
    
    
    Sec. 300.577  Department use of personally identifiable information.
    
        If the Department or its authorized representatives collect any 
    personally identifiable information regarding children with 
    disabilities that is not subject to 5 U.S.C. 552a (the Privacy Act of 
    1974), the Secretary applies the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a (b)(1)-
    (2), (4)-(11); (c); (d); (e)(1), (2), (3)(A), (B), and (D), (5)-(10); 
    (h); (m); and (n); and the regulations implementing those provisions in 
    34 CFR part 5b.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8), 1417(c))
    
    Department Procedures
    
    
    Sec. 300.580  Determination by the Secretary that a State is eligible.
    
        If the Secretary determines that a State is eligible to receive a 
    grant under Part B of the Act, the Secretary notifies the State of that 
    determination.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d))
    
    
    Sec. 300.581  Notice and hearing before determining that a State is not 
    eligible.
    
        (a) General. (1) The Secretary does not make a final determination 
    that a State is not eligible to receive a grant under Part B of the Act 
    until providing the State--
        (i) With reasonable notice; and
        (ii) With an opportunity for a hearing.
        (2) In implementing paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the 
    Secretary sends a written notice to the SEA by certified mail with 
    return receipt requested.
        (b) Content of notice. In the written notice described in paragraph 
    (a)(2) of this section, the Secretary--
        (1) States the basis on which the Secretary proposes to make a 
    final determination that the State is not eligible;
        (2) May describe possible options for resolving the issues;
        (3) Advises the SEA that it may request a hearing and that the 
    request for a hearing must be made not later than 30 days after it 
    receives the notice of the proposed final determination that the State 
    is not eligible; and
        (4) Provides information about the procedures followed for a 
    hearing.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. (1412(d)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.582  Hearing official or panel.
    
        (a) If the SEA requests a hearing, the Secretary designates one or 
    more individuals, either from the Department or elsewhere, not 
    responsible for or connected with the administration of this program, 
    to conduct a hearing.
        (b) If more than one individual is designated, the Secretary 
    designates one of those individuals as the Chief Hearing Official of 
    the Hearing Panel. If one individual is designated, that individual is 
    the Hearing Official.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. (1412(d)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.583  Hearing procedures.
    
        (a) As used in Secs. 300.581-300.586 the term party or parties 
    means the following:
        (1) An SEA that requests a hearing regarding the proposed 
    disapproval of the State's eligibility under this part.
        (2) The Department official who administers the program of 
    financial assistance under this part.
        (3) A person, group or agency with an interest in and having 
    relevant information about the case that has applied for and been 
    granted leave to intervene by the Hearing Official or Panel.
        (b) Within 15 days after receiving a request for a hearing, the 
    Secretary designates a Hearing Official or Panel and notifies the 
    parties.
        (c) The Hearing Official or Panel may regulate the course of 
    proceedings and the conduct of the parties during the proceedings. The 
    Hearing Official or Panel takes all steps necessary to conduct a fair 
    and impartial proceeding, to avoid delay, and to maintain order, 
    including the following:
        (1) The Hearing Official or Panel may hold conferences or other 
    types of appropriate proceedings to clarify, simplify, or define the 
    issues or to consider other matters that may aid in the disposition of 
    the case.
        (2) The Hearing Official or Panel may schedule a prehearing 
    conference of the Hearing Official or Panel and parties.
        (3) Any party may request the Hearing Official or Panel to schedule 
    a prehearing or other conference. The Hearing Official or Panel decides 
    whether a conference is necessary and notifies all parties.
        (4) At a prehearing or other conference, the Hearing Official or 
    Panel and the parties may consider subjects such as--
        (i) Narrowing and clarifying issues;
        (ii) Assisting the parties in reaching agreements and stipulations;
        (iii) Clarifying the positions of the parties;
        (iv) Determining whether an evidentiary hearing or oral argument 
    should be held; and
        (v) Setting dates for--
        (A) The exchange of written documents;
        (B) The receipt of comments from the parties on the need for oral 
    argument or evidentiary hearing;
        (C) Further proceedings before the Hearing Official or Panel 
    (including an evidentiary hearing or oral argument, if either is 
    scheduled);
        (D) Requesting the names of witnesses each party wishes to present 
    at an evidentiary hearing and estimation of time for each presentation; 
    or
        (E) Completion of the review and the initial decision of the 
    Hearing Official or Panel.
        (5) A prehearing or other conference held under paragraph (b)(4) of 
    this section may be conducted by telephone conference call.
        (6) At a prehearing or other conference, the parties shall be 
    prepared to discuss the subjects listed in paragraph (b)(4) of this 
    section.
        (7) Following a prehearing or other conference the Hearing Official 
    or Panel may issue a written statement describing the issues raised, 
    the action taken, and the stipulations and agreements reached by the 
    parties.
        (d) The Hearing Official or Panel may require parties to state 
    their positions and to provide all or part of the evidence in writing.
        (e) The Hearing Official or Panel may require parties to present 
    testimony through affidavits and to conduct cross-examination through 
    interrogatories.
        (f) The Hearing Official or Panel may direct the parties to 
    exchange relevant documents or information and lists of witnesses, and 
    to send copies to the Hearing Official or Panel.
        (g) The Hearing Official or Panel may receive, rule on, exclude, or 
    limit evidence at any stage of the proceedings.
    
    [[Page 12461]]
    
        (h) The Hearing Official or Panel may rule on motions and other 
    issues at any stage of the proceedings.
        (i) The Hearing Official or Panel may examine witnesses.
        (j) The Hearing Official or Panel may set reasonable time limits 
    for submission of written documents.
        (k) The Hearing Official or Panel may refuse to consider documents 
    or other submissions if they are not submitted in a timely manner 
    unless good cause is shown.
        (l) The Hearing Official or Panel may interpret applicable statutes 
    and regulations but may not waive them or rule on their validity.
        (m)(1) The parties shall present their positions through briefs and 
    the submission of other documents and may request an oral argument or 
    evidentiary hearing. The Hearing Official or Panel shall determine 
    whether an oral argument or an evidentiary hearing is needed to clarify 
    the positions of the parties.
        (2) The Hearing Official or Panel gives each party an opportunity 
    to be represented by counsel.
        (n) If the Hearing Official or Panel determines that an evidentiary 
    hearing would materially assist the resolution of the matter, the 
    Hearing Official or Panel gives each party, in addition to the 
    opportunity to be represented by counse--
        (1) An opportunity to present witnesses on the party's behalf; and
        (2) An opportunity to cross-examine witnesses either orally or with 
    written questions.
        (o) The Hearing Official or Panel accepts any evidence that it 
    finds is relevant and material to the proceedings and is not unduly 
    repetitious.
        (p)(1) The Hearing Official or Panel--
        (i) Arranges for the preparation of a transcript of each hearing;
        (ii) Retains the original transcript as part of the record of the 
    hearing; and
        (iii) Provides one copy of the transcript to each party.
        (2) Additional copies of the transcript are available on request 
    and with payment of the reproduction fee.
        (q) Each party shall file with the Hearing Official or Panel all 
    written motions, briefs, and other documents and shall at the same time 
    provide a copy to the other parties to the proceedings.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. (1412(d)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.584  Initial decision; final decision.
    
        (a) The Hearing Official or Panel prepares an initial written 
    decision that addresses each of the points in the notice sent by the 
    Secretary to the SEA under Sec. 300.581.
        (b) The initial decision of a Panel is made by a majority of Panel 
    members.
        (c) The Hearing Official or Panel mails by certified mail with 
    return receipt requested a copy of the initial decision to each party 
    (or to the party's counsel) and to the Secretary, with a notice stating 
    that each party has an opportunity to submit written comments regarding 
    the decision to the Secretary.
        (d) Each party may file comments and recommendations on the initial 
    decision with the Hearing Official or Panel within 15 days of the date 
    the party receives the Panel's decision.
        (e) The Hearing Official or Panel sends a copy of a party's initial 
    comments and recommendations to the other parties by certified mail 
    with return receipt requested. Each party may file responsive comments 
    and recommendations with the Hearing Official or Panel within seven 
    days of the date the party receives the initial comments and 
    recommendations.
        (f) The Hearing Official or Panel forwards the parties' initial and 
    responsive comments on the initial decision to the Secretary who 
    reviews the initial decision and issues a final decision.
        (g) The initial decision of the Hearing Official or Panel becomes 
    the final decision of the Secretary unless, within 25 days after the 
    end of the time for receipt of written comments, the Secretary informs 
    the Hearing Official or Panel and the parties to a hearing in writing 
    that the decision is being further reviewed for possible modification.
        (h) The Secretary may reject or modify the initial decision of the 
    Hearing Official or Panel if the Secretary finds that it is clearly 
    erroneous.
        (i) The Secretary conducts the review based on the initial 
    decision, the written record, the Hearing Official's or Panel's 
    proceedings, and written comments. The Secretary may remand the matter 
    for further proceedings.
        (j) The Secretary issues the final decision within 30 days after 
    notifying the Hearing Official or Panel that the initial decision is 
    being further reviewed.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. (1412(d)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.585  Filing requirements.
    
        (a) Any written submission under Secs. 300.581-300.585 must be 
    filed by hand-delivery, by mail, or by facsimile transmission. The 
    Secretary discourages the use of facsimile transmission for documents 
    longer than five pages.
        (b) The filing date under paragraph (a) of this section is the date 
    the document is--
        (1) Hand-delivered;
        (2) Mailed; or (3) Sent by facsimile transmission.
        (c) A party filing by facsimile transmission is responsible for 
    confirming that a complete and legible copy of the document was 
    received by the Department.
        (d) If a document is filed by facsimile transmission, the 
    Secretary, the Hearing Official, or the Panel, as applicable, may 
    require the filing of a follow-up hard copy by hand-delivery or by mail 
    within a reasonable period of time.
        (e) If agreed upon by the parties, service of a document may be 
    made upon the other party by facsimile transmission.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.586  Judicial review.
    
        If a State is dissatisfied with the Secretary's final action with 
    respect to the eligibility of the State under section 612 of the Act, 
    the State may, not later than 60 days after notice of that action, file 
    with the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in which that 
    State is located a petition for review of that action. A copy of the 
    petition must be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the 
    Secretary. The Secretary then files in the court the record of the 
    proceedings upon which the Secretary's action was based, as provided in 
    section 2112 of title 28, United States Code.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.587  Enforcement.
    
        (a) General. The Secretary initiates an action described in 
    paragraph (b) of this section if the Secretary finds--
        (1) That there has been a failure by the State to comply 
    substantially with any provision of Part B of the Act, this part, or 34 
    CFR part 301; or
        (2) That there is a failure to comply with any condition of an 
    LEA's or SEA's eligibility under Part B of the Act, this part or 34 CFR 
    part 301, including the terms of any agreement to achieve compliance 
    with Part B of the Act, this part, or Part 301 within the timelines 
    specified in the agreement.
        (b) Types of action. The Secretary, after notifying the SEA (and 
    any LEA or State agency affected by a failure described in paragraph 
    (a)(2) of this section)--
        (1) Withholds in whole or in part any further payments to the State 
    under Part B of the Act;
        (2) Refers the matter to the Department of Justice for enforcement; 
    or
        (3) Takes any other enforcement action authorized by law.
        (c) Nature of withholding. (1) If the Secretary determines that it 
    is
    
    [[Page 12462]]
    
    appropriate to withhold further payments under paragraph (b)(1) of this 
    section, the Secretary may determine that the withholding will be 
    limited to programs or projects, or portions thereof, affected by the 
    failure, or that the SEA shall not make further payments under Part B 
    of the Act to specified LEA or State agencies affected by the failure.
        (2) Until the Secretary is satisfied that there is no longer any 
    failure to comply with the provisions of Part B of the Act, this part, 
    or 34 CFR part 301, as specified in paragraph (a) of this section, 
    payments to the State under Part B of the Act are withheld in whole or 
    in part, or payments by the SEA under Part B of the Act are limited to 
    local educational agencies and State agencies whose actions did not 
    cause or were not involved in the failure, as the case may be.
        (3) Any SEA, LEA, or other State agency that has received notice 
    under paragraph (a) of this section shall, by means of a public notice, 
    take such measures as may be necessary to bring the pendency of an 
    action pursuant to this subsection to the attention of the public 
    within the jurisdiction of that agency.
        (4) Before withholding under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the 
    Secretary provides notice and a hearing pursuant to the procedures in 
    Secs. 300.581-300.586.
        (d) Referral for appropriate enforcement. (1) Before the Secretary 
    makes a referral under paragraph (b)(2) of this section for 
    enforcement, or takes any other enforcement action authorized by law 
    under paragraph (b)(3), the Secretary provides the State--
        (i) With reasonable notice; and
        (ii) With an opportunity for a hearing.
        (2) The hearing described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section 
    consists of an opportunity to meet with the Assistant Secretary for the 
    Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services to demonstrate 
    why the Department should not make a referral for enforcement.
        (e) Divided State agency responsibility. For purposes of this part, 
    if responsibility for ensuring that the requirements of this part are 
    met with respect to children with disabilities who are convicted as 
    adults under State law and incarcerated in adult prisons is assigned to 
    a public agency other than the SEA pursuant to Sec. 300.600(d), and if 
    the Secretary finds that the failure to comply substantially with the 
    provisions of Part B of the Act or this part are related to a failure 
    by the public agency, the Secretary takes one of the enforcement 
    actions described in paragraph (b) of this section to ensure compliance 
    with Part B of the Act and this part, except--
        (1) Any reduction or withholding of payments to the State under 
    paragraph (b)(1) of this section is proportionate to the total funds 
    allotted under section 611 of the Act to the State as the number of 
    eligible children with disabilities in adult prisons under the 
    supervision of the other public agency is proportionate to the number 
    of eligible individuals with disabilities in the State under the 
    supervision of the State educational agency; and
        (2) Any withholding of funds under paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
    is limited to the specific agency responsible for the failure to comply 
    with Part B of the Act or this part.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416)
    
    
    Secs. 300.588  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.589  Waiver of requirement regarding supplementing and not 
    supplanting with Part B funds.
    
        (a) Except as provided under Secs. 300.232-300.235, funds paid to a 
    State under Part B of the Act must be used to supplement and increase 
    the level of Federal, State, and local funds (including funds that are 
    not under the direct control of SEAs or LEAs) expended for special 
    education and related services provided to children with disabilities 
    under Part B of the Act and in no case to supplant those Federal, 
    State, and local funds. A State may use funds it retains under 
    Sec. 300.602 without regard to the prohibition on supplanting other 
    funds (see Sec. 300.372).
        (b) If a State provides clear and convincing evidence that all 
    eligible children with disabilities throughout the State have FAPE 
    available to them, the Secretary may waive for a period of one year in 
    whole or in part the requirement under Sec. 300.153 (regarding State-
    level nonsupplanting) if the Secretary concurs with the evidence 
    provided by the State.
        (c) If a State wishes to request a waiver under this section, it 
    must submit to the Secretary a written request that includes--
        (1) An assurance that FAPE is currently available, and will remain 
    available throughout the period that a waiver would be in effect, to 
    all eligible children with disabilities throughout the State, 
    regardless of the public agency that is responsible for providing FAPE 
    to them. The assurance must be signed by an official who has the 
    authority to provide that assurance as it applies to all eligible 
    children with disabilities in the State;
        (2) All evidence that the State wishes the Secretary to consider in 
    determining whether all eligible children with disabilities have FAPE 
    available to them, setting forth in detail--
        (i) The basis on which the State has concluded that FAPE is 
    available to all eligible children in the State; and
        (ii) The procedures that the State will implement to ensure that 
    FAPE remains available to all eligible children in the State, which 
    must include--
        (A) The State's procedures under Sec. 300.125 for ensuring that all 
    eligible children are identified, located and evaluated;
        (B) The State's procedures for monitoring public agencies to ensure 
    that they comply with all requirements of this part;
        (C) The State's complaint procedures under Secs. 300.660-300.662; 
    and
        (D) The State's hearing procedures under Secs. 300.507-300.511 and 
    300.520-300.528;
        (3) A summary of all State and Federal monitoring reports, and 
    State complaint decisions (see Secs. 300.660-300.662) and hearing 
    decisions (see Secs. 300.507-300.511 and 300.520-300.528), issued 
    within three years prior to the date of the State's request for a 
    waiver under this section, that includes any finding that FAPE has not 
    been available to one or more eligible children, and evidence that FAPE 
    is now available to all children addressed in those reports or 
    decisions; and
        (4) Evidence that the State, in determining that FAPE is currently 
    available to all eligible children with disabilities in the State, has 
    consulted with the State advisory panel under Sec. 300.650, the State's 
    parent training and information center or centers, the State's 
    protection and advocacy organization, and other organizations 
    representing the interests of children with disabilities and their 
    parents, and a summary of the input of these organizations.
        (d) If the Secretary determines that the request and supporting 
    evidence submitted by the State makes a prima facie showing that FAPE 
    is, and will remain, available to all eligible children with 
    disabilities in the State, the Secretary, after notice to the public 
    throughout the State, conducts a public hearing at which all interested 
    persons and organizations may present evidence regarding the following 
    issues:
        (1) Whether FAPE is currently available to all eligible children 
    with disabilities in the State.
        (2) Whether the State will be able to ensure that FAPE remains 
    available to all eligible children with disabilities in
    
    [[Page 12463]]
    
    the State if the Secretary provides the requested waiver.
        (e) Following the hearing, the Secretary, based on all submitted 
    evidence, will provide a waiver, in whole or in part, for a period of 
    one year if the Secretary finds that the State has provided clear and 
    convincing evidence that FAPE is currently available to all eligible 
    children with disabilities in the State, and the State will be able to 
    ensure that FAPE remains available to all eligible children with 
    disabilities in the State if the Secretary provides the requested 
    waiver.
        (f) A State may receive a waiver of the requirement of section 
    612(a)(19)(A) and Sec. 300.154(a) if it satisfies the requirements of 
    paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
        (g) The Secretary may grant subsequent waivers for a period of one 
    year each, if the Secretary determines that the State has provided 
    clear and convincing evidence that all eligible children with 
    disabilities throughout the State have, and will continue to have 
    throughout the one-year period of the waiver, FAPE available to them.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(18)(C), (19)(C)(ii) and (E))
    
    Subpart F--State Administration
    
    General
    
    
    Sec. 300.600  Responsibility for all educational programs.
    
        (a) The SEA is responsible for ensuring--
        (1) That the requirements of this part are carried out; and
        (2) That each educational program for children with disabilities 
    administered within the State, including each program administered by 
    any other State or local agency--
        (i) Is under the general supervision of the persons responsible for 
    educational programs for children with disabilities in the SEA; and
        (ii) Meets the education standards of the SEA (including the 
    requirements of this part).
        (b) The State must comply with paragraph (a) of this section 
    through State statute, State regulation, signed agreement between 
    respective agency officials, or other documents.
        (c) Part B of the Act does not limit the responsibility of agencies 
    other than educational agencies for providing or paying some or all of 
    the costs of FAPE to children with disabilities in the State.
        (d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the Governor (or 
    another individual pursuant to State law) may assign to any public 
    agency in the State the responsibility of ensuring that the 
    requirements of Part B of the Act are met with respect to students with 
    disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11))
    
    
    Sec. 300.601  Relation of Part B to other Federal programs.
    
        Part B of the Act may not be construed to permit a State to reduce 
    medical and other assistance available to children with disabilities, 
    or to alter the eligibility of a child with a disability, under title V 
    (Maternal and Child Health) or title XIX (Medicaid) of the Social 
    Security Act, to receive services that are also part of FAPE.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(e))
    
    
    Sec. 300.602  State-level activities.
    
        (a) Each State may retain not more than the amount described in 
    paragraph (b) of this section for administration in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.620 and 300.621 and other State-level activities in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.370.
        (b) For each fiscal year, the Secretary determines and reports to 
    the SEA an amount that is 25 percent of the amount the State received 
    under this section for fiscal year 1997, cumulatively adjusted by the 
    Secretary for each succeeding fiscal year by the lesser of--
        (1) The percentage increase, if any, from the preceding fiscal year 
    in the State's allocation under section 611 of the Act; or
        (2) The rate of inflation, as measured by the percentage increase, 
    if any, from the preceding fiscal year in the Consumer Price Index For 
    All Urban Consumers, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the 
    Department of Labor.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(1)(A) and (B))
    
    Use of Funds
    
    
    Sec. 300.620  Use of funds for State administration.
    
        (a) For the purpose of administering Part B of the Act, including 
    section 619 of the Act (including the coordination of activities under 
    Part B of the Act with, and providing technical assistance to, other 
    programs that provide services to children with disabilities)--
        (1) Each State may use not more than twenty percent of the maximum 
    amount it may retain under Sec. 300.602(a) for any fiscal year or 
    $500,000 (adjusted by the cumulative rate of inflation since fiscal 
    year 1998, as measured by the percentage increase, if any, in the 
    Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers, published by the Bureau 
    of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor), whichever is greater; 
    and
        (2) Each outlying area may use up to five percent of the amount it 
    receives under this section for any fiscal year or $35,000, whichever 
    is greater.
        (b) Funds described in paragraph (a) of this section may also be 
    used for the administration of Part C of the Act, if the SEA is the 
    lead agency for the State under that part.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.621  Allowable costs.
    
        (a) The SEA may use funds under Sec. 300.620 for--
        (1) Administration of State activities under Part B of the Act and 
    for planning at the State level, including planning, or assisting in 
    the planning, of programs or projects for the education of children 
    with disabilities;
        (2) Approval, supervision, monitoring, and evaluation of the 
    effectiveness of local programs and projects for the education of 
    children with disabilities;
        (3) Technical assistance to LEAs with respect to the requirements 
    of Part B of the Act;
        (4) Leadership services for the program supervision and management 
    of special education activities for children with disabilities; and
        (5) Other State leadership activities and consultative services.
        (b) The SEA shall use the remainder of its funds under Sec. 300.620 
    in accordance with Sec. 300.370.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.622  Subgrants to LEAs for capacity-building and improvement.
    
        In any fiscal year in which the percentage increase in the State's 
    allocation under 611 of the Act exceeds the rate of inflation (as 
    measured by the percentage increase, if any, from the preceding fiscal 
    year in the Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers, published by 
    the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor), each State 
    shall reserve, from its allocation under 611 of the Act, the amount 
    described in Sec. 300.623 to make subgrants to LEAs, unless that amount 
    is less than $100,000, to assist them in providing direct services and 
    in making systemic change to improve results for children with 
    disabilities through one or more of the following:
        (a) Direct services, including alternative programming for children 
    who have been expelled from school, and services for children in 
    correctional facilities, children enrolled in State-operated or State-
    supported schools, and children in charter schools.
        (b) Addressing needs or carrying out improvement strategies 
    identified in the
    
    [[Page 12464]]
    
    State's Improvement Plan under subpart 1 of Part D of the Act.
        (c) Adopting promising practices, materials, and technology, based 
    on knowledge derived from education research and other sources.
        (d) Establishing, expanding, or implementing interagency agreements 
    and arrangements between LEAs and other agencies or organizations 
    concerning the provision of services to children with disabilities and 
    their families.
        (e) Increasing cooperative problem-solving between parents and 
    school personnel and promoting the use of alternative dispute 
    resolution.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(4)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.623  Amount required for subgrants to LEAs.
    
        For each fiscal year, the amount referred to in Sec. 300.622 is--
        (a) The maximum amount the State was allowed to retain under 
    Sec. 300.602(a) for the prior fiscal year, or, for fiscal year 1998, 25 
    percent of the State's allocation for fiscal year 1997 under section 
    611; multiplied by
        (b) The difference between the percentage increase in the State's 
    allocation under this section and the rate of inflation, as measured by 
    the percentage increase, if any, from the preceding fiscal year in the 
    Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers, published by the Bureau 
    of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(4)(B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.624  State discretion in awarding subgrants.
    
        The State may establish priorities in awarding subgrants under 
    Sec. 300.622 to LEAs competitively or on a targeted basis.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f)(4)(A))
    
    State Advisory Panel
    
    
    Sec. 300.650  Establishment of advisory panels.
    
        (a) Each State shall establish and maintain, in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.650-300.653, a State advisory panel on the education of 
    children with disabilities.
        (b) The advisory panel must be appointed by the Governor or any 
    other official authorized under State law to make those appointments.
        (c) If a State has an existing advisory panel that can perform the 
    functions in Sec. 300.652, the State may modify the existing panel so 
    that it fulfills all of the requirements of Secs. 300.650-300.653, 
    instead of establishing a new advisory panel.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(A))
    
    
    Sec. 300.651  Membership.
    
        (a) General. The membership of the State advisory panel must 
    consist of members appointed by the Governor, or any other official 
    authorized under State law to make these appointments, that is 
    representative of the State population and that is composed of 
    individuals involved in, or concerned with the education of children 
    with disabilities, including--
        (1) Parents of children with disabilities;
        (2) Individuals with disabilities;
        (3) Teachers;
        (4) Representatives of institutions of higher education that 
    prepare special education and related services personnel;
        (5) State and local education officials;
        (6) Administrators of programs for children with disabilities;
        (7) Representatives of other State agencies involved in the 
    financing or delivery of related services to children with 
    disabilities;
        (8) Representatives of private schools and public charter schools;
        (9) At least one representative of a vocational, community, or 
    business organization concerned with the provision of transition 
    services to children with disabilities; and
        (10) Representatives from the State juvenile and adult corrections 
    agencies.
        (b) Special rule. A majority of the members of the panel must be 
    individuals with disabilities or parents of children with disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(B) and (C))
    
    
    Sec. 300.652  Advisory panel functions.
    
        (a) General. The State advisory panel shall--
        (1) Advise the SEA of unmet needs within the State in the education 
    of children with disabilities;
        (2) Comment publicly on any rules or regulations proposed by the 
    State regarding the education of children with disabilities;
        (3) Advise the SEA in developing evaluations and reporting on data 
    to the Secretary under section 618 of the Act;
        (4) Advise the SEA in developing corrective action plans to address 
    findings identified in Federal monitoring reports under Part B of the 
    Act; and
        (5) Advise the SEA in developing and implementing policies relating 
    to the coordination of services for children with disabilities.
        (b) Advising on eligible students with disabilities in adult 
    prisons. The advisory panel also shall advise on the education of 
    eligible students with disabilities who have been convicted as adults 
    and incarcerated in adult prisons, even if, consistent with 
    Sec. 300.600(d), a State assigns general supervision responsibility for 
    those students to a public agency other than an SEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(D))
    
    
    Sec. 300.653  Advisory panel procedures.
    
        (a) The advisory panel shall meet as often as necessary to conduct 
    its business.
        (b) By July 1 of each year, the advisory panel shall submit an 
    annual report of panel activities and suggestions to the SEA. This 
    report must be made available to the public in a manner consistent with 
    other public reporting requirements of Part B of the Act.
        (c) Official minutes must be kept on all panel meetings and must be 
    made available to the public on request.
        (d) All advisory panel meetings and agenda items must be announced 
    enough in advance of the meeting to afford interested parties a 
    reasonable opportunity to attend. Meetings must be open to the public.
        (e) Interpreters and other necessary services must be provided at 
    panel meetings for panel members or participants. The State may pay for 
    these services from funds under Sec. 300.620.
        (f) The advisory panel shall serve without compensation but the 
    State must reimburse the panel for reasonable and necessary expenses 
    for attending meetings and performing duties. The State may use funds 
    under Sec. 300.620 for this purpose.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21))
    
    State Complaint Procedures
    
    
    Sec. 300.660  Adoption of State complaint procedures.
    
        (a) General. Each SEA shall adopt written procedures for--
        (1) Resolving any complaint, including a complaint filed by an 
    organization or individual from another State, that meets the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.662 by--
        (i) Providing for the filing of a complaint with the SEA; and
        (ii) At the SEA's discretion, providing for the filing of a 
    complaint with a public agency and the right to have the SEA review the 
    public agency's decision on the complaint; and
        (2) Widely disseminating to parents and other interested 
    individuals, including parent training and information centers, 
    protection and advocacy agencies, independent living centers, and other 
    appropriate entities, the State's procedures under Secs. 300.660-
    300.662.
        (b) Remedies for denial of appropriate services. In resolving a 
    complaint in
    
    [[Page 12465]]
    
    which it has found a failure to provide appropriate services, an SEA, 
    pursuant to its general supervisory authority under Part B of the Act, 
    must address:
        (1) How to remediate the denial of those services, including, as 
    appropriate, the awarding of monetary reimbursement or other corrective 
    action appropriate to the needs of the child; and
        (2) Appropriate future provision of services for all children with 
    disabilities.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.661  Minimum State complaint procedures.
    
        (a) Time limit; minimum procedures. Each SEA shall include in its 
    complaint procedures a time limit of 60 days after a complaint is filed 
    under Sec. 300.660(a) to--
        (1) Carry out an independent on-site investigation, if the SEA 
    determines that an investigation is necessary;
        (2) Give the complainant the opportunity to submit additional 
    information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations in the 
    complaint;
        (3) Review all relevant information and make an independent 
    determination as to whether the public agency is violating a 
    requirement of Part B of the Act or of this part; and
        (4) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each 
    allegation in the complaint and contains--
        (i) Findings of fact and conclusions; and
        (ii) The reasons for the SEA's final decision.
        (b) Time extension; final decision; implementation. The SEA's 
    procedures described in paragraph (a) of this section also must--
        (1) Permit an extension of the time limit under paragraph (a) of 
    this section only if exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a 
    particular complaint; and
        (2) Include procedures for effective implementation of the SEA's 
    final decision, if needed, including--
        (i) Technical assistance activities;
        (ii) Negotiations; and
        (iii) Corrective actions to achieve compliance.
        (c) Complaints filed under this section, and due process hearings 
    under Secs. 300.507 and 300.520-300.528. (1) If a written complaint is 
    received that is also the subject of a due process hearing under 
    Sec. 300.507 or Secs. 300.520-300.528, or contains multiple issues, of 
    which one or more are part of that hearing, the State must set aside 
    any part of the complaint that is being addressed in the due process 
    hearing, until the conclusion of the hearing. However, any issue in the 
    complaint that is not a part of the due process action must be resolved 
    using the time limit and procedures described in paragraphs (a) and (b) 
    of this section.
        (2) If an issue is raised in a complaint filed under this section 
    that has previously been decided in a due process hearing involving the 
    same parties--
        (i) The hearing decision is binding; and
        (ii) The SEA must inform the complainant to that effect.
        (3) A complaint alleging a public agency's failure to implement a 
    due process decision must be resolved by the SEA.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    
    Sec. 300.662  Filing a complaint.
    
        (a) An organization or individual may file a signed written 
    complaint under the procedures described in Secs. 300.660-300.661.
        (b) The complaint must include--
        (1) A statement that a public agency has violated a requirement of 
    Part B of the Act or of this part; and
        (2) The facts on which the statement is based.
        (c) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more 
    than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.660(a) unless a longer period is reasonable 
    because the violation is continuing, or the complainant is requesting 
    compensatory services for a violation that occurred not more than three 
    years prior to the date the complaint is received under 
    Sec. 300.660(a).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3)
    
    Subpart G--Allocation of Funds; Reports
    
    Allocations
    
    
    Sec. 300.700  Special definition of the term ``State''.
    
        For the purposes of Secs. 300.701, and 300.703-300.714, the term 
    State means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the 
    Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.701  Grants to States.
    
        (a) Purpose of grants. The Secretary makes grants to States and the 
    outlying areas and provides funds to the Secretary of the Interior, to 
    assist them to provide special education and related services to 
    children with disabilities in accordance with Part B of the Act.
        (b) Maximum amounts. The maximum amount of the grant a State may 
    receive under section 611 of the Act for any fiscal year is--
        (1) The number of children with disabilities in the State who are 
    receiving special education and related services--
        (i) Aged 3 through 5 if the State is eligible for a grant under 
    section 619 of the Act; and
        (ii) Aged 6 through 21; multiplied by--
        (2) Forty (40) percent of the average per-pupil expenditure in 
    public elementary and secondary schools in the United States.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.702  Definition.
    
        For the purposes of this section the term average per-pupil 
    expenditure in public elementary and secondary schools in the United 
    States means--
        (a) Without regard to the source of funds--
        (1) The aggregate current expenditures, during the second fiscal 
    year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made (or, 
    if satisfactory data for that year are not available, during the most 
    recent preceding fiscal year for which satisfactory data are available) 
    of all LEAs in the 50 States and the District of Columbia); plus
        (2) Any direct expenditures by the State for the operation of those 
    agencies; divided by
        (b) The aggregate number of children in average daily attendance to 
    whom those agencies provided free public education during that 
    preceding year.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.703  Allocations to States.
    
        (a) General. After reserving funds for studies and evaluations 
    under section 674(e) of the Act, and for payments to the outlying 
    areas, the freely associated States, and the Secretary of the Interior 
    under Secs. 300.715 and 300.717-300.719, the Secretary allocates the 
    remaining amount among the States in accordance with paragraph (b) of 
    this section and Secs. 300.706-300.709.
        (b) Interim formula. Except as provided in Secs. 300.706-300.709, 
    the Secretary allocates the amount described in paragraph (a) of this 
    section among the States in accordance with section 611(a)(3), (4), (5) 
    and (b)(1), (2) and (3) of the Act, as in effect prior to June 4, 1997, 
    except that the determination of the number of children with 
    disabilities receiving special education and related services under 
    section 611(a)(3) of the Act (as then in effect) may be calculated as 
    of December 1, or, at the State's discretion, the last
    
    [[Page 12466]]
    
    Friday in October, of the fiscal year for which the funds were 
    appropriated.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d))
    
    
    Secs. 300.704-300.705  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.706  Permanent formula.
    
        (a) Establishment of base year. The Secretary allocates the amount 
    described in Sec. 300.703(a) among the States in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.706-300.709 for each fiscal year beginning with the first 
    fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under 611(j) of the Act 
    is more than $4,924,672,200.
        (b) Use of base year. (1) Definition. As used in this section, the 
    term base year means the fiscal year preceding the first fiscal year in 
    which this section applies.
        (2) Special rule for use of base year amount. If a State received 
    any funds under section 611 of the Act for the base year on the basis 
    of children aged 3 through 5, but does not make FAPE available to all 
    children with disabilities aged 3 through 5 in the State in any 
    subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary computes the State's base year 
    amount, solely for the purpose of calculating the State's allocation in 
    that subsequent year under Secs. 300.707-300.709, by subtracting the 
    amount allocated to the State for the base year on the basis of those 
    children.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e)(1) and (2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.707  Increase in funds.
    
        If the amount available for allocations to States under 
    Sec. 300.706 is equal to or greater than the amount allocated to the 
    States under section 611 of the Act for the preceding fiscal year, 
    those allocations are calculated as follows:
        (a) Except as provided in Sec. 300.708, the Secretary--
        (1) Allocates to each State the amount it received for the base 
    year;
        (2) Allocates 85 percent of any remaining funds to States on the 
    basis of their relative populations of children aged 3 through 21 who 
    are of the same age as children with disabilities for whom the State 
    ensures the availability of FAPE under Part B of the Act; and
        (3) Allocates 15 percent of those remaining funds to States on the 
    basis of their relative populations of children described in paragraph 
    (a)(2) of this section who are living in poverty.
        (b) For the purpose of making grants under this section, the 
    Secretary uses the most recent population data, including data on 
    children living in poverty, that are available and satisfactory to the 
    Secretary.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.708  Limitation.
    
        (a) Allocations under Sec. 300.707 are subject to the following:
        (1) No State's allocation may be less than its allocation for the 
    preceding fiscal year.
        (2) No State's allocation may be less than the greatest of--
        (i) The sum of--
        (A) The amount it received for the base year; and
        (B) One-third of one percent of the amount by which the amount 
    appropriated under section 611(j) of the Act exceeds the amount 
    appropriated under section 611 of the Act for the base year; or
        (ii) The sum of--
        (A) The amount it received for the preceding fiscal year; and
        (B) That amount multiplied by the percentage by which the increase 
    in the funds appropriated from the preceding fiscal year exceeds 1.5 
    percent; or
        (iii) The sum of--
        (A) The amount it received for the preceding fiscal year; and
        (B) That amount multiplied by 90 percent of the percentage increase 
    in the amount appropriated from the preceding fiscal year.
        (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section, no State's 
    allocation under Sec. 300.707 may exceed the sum of--
        (1) The amount it received for the preceding fiscal year; and
        (2) That amount multiplied by the sum of 1.5 percent and the 
    percentage increase in the amount appropriated.
        (c) If the amount available for allocations to States under 
    Sec. 300.703 and paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is insufficient 
    to pay those allocations in full those allocations are ratably reduced, 
    subject to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e)(3)(B) and (C))
    
    
    Sec. 300.709  Decrease in funds.
    
        If the amount available for allocations to States under 
    Sec. 300.706 is less than the amount allocated to the States under 
    section 611 of the Act for the preceding fiscal year, those allocations 
    are calculated as follows:
        (a) If the amount available for allocations is greater than the 
    amount allocated to the States for the base year, each State is 
    allocated the sum of--
        (1) The amount it received for the base year; and
        (2) An amount that bears the same relation to any remaining funds 
    as the increase the State received for the preceding fiscal year over 
    the base year bears to the total of those increases for all States.
        (b)(1) If the amount available for allocations is equal to or less 
    than the amount allocated to the States for the base year, each State 
    is allocated the amount it received for the base year.
        (2) If the amount available is insufficient to make the allocations 
    described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, those allocations are 
    ratably reduced.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.710  Allocation for State in which by-pass is implemented for 
    private school children with disabilities.
    
        In determining the allocation under Secs. 300.700-300.709 of a 
    State in which the Secretary will implement a by-pass for private 
    school children with disabilities under Secs. 300.451-300.487, the 
    Secretary includes in the State's child count--
        (a) For the first year of a by-pass, the actual or estimated number 
    of private school children with disabilities (as defined in 
    Secs. 300.7(a) and 300.450) in the State, as of the preceding December 
    1; and
        (b) For succeeding years of a by-pass, the number of private school 
    children with disabilities who received special education and related 
    services under the by-pass in the preceding year.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.711  Subgrants to LEAs.
    
        Each State that receives a grant under section 611 of the Act for 
    any fiscal year shall distribute in accordance with Sec. 300.712 any 
    funds it does not retain under Sec. 300.602 and is not required to 
    distribute under Secs. 300.622 and 300.623 to LEAs in the State that 
    have established their eligibility under section 613 of the Act, and to 
    State agencies that received funds under section 614A(a) of the Act for 
    fiscal year 1997, as then in effect, and have established their 
    eligibility under section 613 of the Act, for use in accordance with 
    Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(g)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.712  Allocations to LEAs.
    
        (a) Interim procedure. For each fiscal year for which funds are 
    allocated to States under Sec. 300.703(b) each State shall allocate 
    funds under Sec. 300.711 in accordance with section 611(d) of the Act, 
    as in effect prior to June 4, 1997.
        (b) Permanent procedure. For each fiscal year for which funds are 
    allocated to States under Secs. 300.706-300.709, each State shall 
    allocate funds under Sec. 300.711 as follows:
        (1) Base payments. The State first shall award each agency 
    described in Sec. 300.711 the amount that agency would have received 
    under this section for the
    
    [[Page 12467]]
    
    base year, as defined in Sec. 300.706(b)(1), if the State had 
    distributed 75 percent of its grant for that year under section 
    Sec. 300.703(b).
        (2) Base payment adjustments. For any fiscal year after the base 
    year fiscal year--
        (i) If a new LEA is created, the State shall divide the base 
    allocation determined under paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the 
    LEAs that would have been responsible for serving children with 
    disabilities now being served by the new LEA, among the new LEA and 
    affected LEAs based on the relative numbers of children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 21, or ages 6 through 21 if a State has had 
    its payment reduced under Sec. 300.706(b)(2), currently provided 
    special education by each of the LEAs;
        (ii) If one or more LEAs are combined into a single new LEA, the 
    State shall combine the base allocations of the merged LEAs; and
        (iii) If, for two or more LEAs, geographic boundaries or 
    administrative responsibility for providing services to children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 21 change, the base allocations of affected 
    LEAs shall be redistributed among affected LEAs based on the relative 
    numbers of children with disabilities ages 3 through 21, or ages 6 
    through 21 if a State has had its payment reduced under 
    Sec. 300.706(b)(2), currently provided special education by each 
    affected LEA.
        (3) Allocation of remaining funds. The State then shall--
        (i) Allocate 85 percent of any remaining funds to those agencies on 
    the basis of the relative numbers of children enrolled in public and 
    private elementary and secondary schools within each agency's 
    jurisdiction; and
        (ii) Allocate 15 percent of those remaining funds to those agencies 
    in accordance with their relative numbers of children living in 
    poverty, as determined by the SEA.
        (iii) For the purposes of making grants under this section, States 
    must apply on a uniform basis across all LEAs the best data that are 
    available to them on the numbers of children enrolled in public and 
    private elementary and secondary schools and the numbers of children 
    living in poverty.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(g)(2))
    
    
    Sec. 300.713  Former Chapter 1 State agencies.
    
        (a) To the extent necessary, the State--
        (1) Shall use funds that are available under Sec. 300.602(a) to 
    ensure that each State agency that received fiscal year 1994 funds 
    under subpart 2 of Part D of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and 
    Secondary Education Act of 1965 (as in effect in fiscal year 1994) 
    receives, from the combination of funds under Sec. 300.602(a) and funds 
    provided under Sec. 300.711, an amount no less than--
        (i) The number of children with disabilities, aged 6 through 21, to 
    whom the agency was providing special education and related services on 
    December 1, or, at the State's discretion, the last Friday in October, 
    of the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated, subject to 
    the limitation in paragraph (b) of this section; multiplied by
        (ii) The per-child amount provided under that subpart for fiscal 
    year 1994; and
        (2) May use funds under Sec. 300.602(a) to ensure that each LEA 
    that received fiscal year 1994 funds under that subpart for children 
    who had transferred from a State-operated or State-supported school or 
    program assisted under that subpart receives, from the combination of 
    funds available under Sec. 300.602(a) and funds provided under 
    Sec. 300.711, an amount for each child, aged 3 through 21 to whom the 
    agency was providing special education and related services on December 
    1, or, at the State's discretion, the last Friday in October, of the 
    fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated, equal to the per-
    child amount the agency received under that subpart for fiscal year 
    1994.
        (b) The number of children counted under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
    this section may not exceed the number of children aged 3 through 21 
    for whom the agency received fiscal year 1994 funds under subpart 2 of 
    Part D of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary 
    Education Act of 1965 (as in effect in fiscal year 1994).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(g)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.714  Reallocation of LEA funds.
    
        If an SEA determines that an LEA is adequately providing FAPE to 
    all children with disabilities residing in the area served by that 
    agency with State and local funds, the SEA may reallocate any portion 
    of the funds under Part B of the Act that are not needed by that local 
    agency to provide FAPE to other LEAs in the State that are not 
    adequately providing special education and related services to all 
    children with disabilities residing in the areas they serve.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(g)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.715  Payments to the Secretary of the Interior for the 
    education of Indian children.
    
        (a) Reserved amounts for Secretary of Interior. From the amount 
    appropriated for any fiscal year under 611(j) of the Act, the Secretary 
    reserves 1.226 percent to provide assistance to the Secretary of the 
    Interior in accordance with this section and Sec. 300.716.
        (b) Provision of amounts for assistance. The Secretary provides 
    amounts to the Secretary of the Interior to meet the need for 
    assistance for the education of children with disabilities on 
    reservations aged 5 to 21, inclusive, enrolled in elementary and 
    secondary schools for Indian children operated or funded by the 
    Secretary of the Interior. The amount of the payment for any fiscal 
    year is equal to 80 percent of the amount allotted under paragraph (a) 
    of this section for that fiscal year.
        (c) Calculation of number of children. In the case of Indian 
    students aged 3 to 5, inclusive, who are enrolled in programs 
    affiliated with the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) schools and that are 
    required by the States in which these schools are located to attain or 
    maintain State accreditation, and which schools have this accreditation 
    prior to the date of enactment of the Individuals with Disabilities 
    Education Act Amendments of 1991, the school may count those children 
    for the purpose of distribution of the funds provided under this 
    section to the Secretary of the Interior.
        (d) Responsibility for meeting the requirements of Part B. The 
    Secretary of the Interior shall meet all of the requirements of Part B 
    of the Act for the children described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
    section, in accordance with Sec. 300.260.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(c); 1411(i)(1)(A) and (B))
    
    
    Sec. 300.716  Payments for education and services for Indian children 
    with disabilities aged 3 through 5.
    
        (a) General. With funds appropriated under 611(j) of the Act, the 
    Secretary makes payments to the Secretary of the Interior to be 
    distributed to tribes or tribal organizations (as defined under section 
    4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act) or 
    consortia of those tribes or tribal organizations to provide for the 
    coordination of assistance for special education and related services 
    for children with disabilities aged 3 through 5 on reservations served 
    by elementary and secondary schools for Indian children operated or 
    funded by the Department of the Interior. The amount of the payments 
    under paragraph (b) of this section for any fiscal year is equal to 20 
    percent of the amount allotted under Sec. 300.715(a).
        (b) Distribution of funds. The Secretary of the Interior shall 
    distribute the total amount of the payment under
    
    [[Page 12468]]
    
    paragraph (a) of this section by allocating to each tribe or tribal 
    organization an amount based on the number of children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 5 residing on reservations as reported 
    annually, divided by the total of those children served by all tribes 
    or tribal organizations.
        (c) Submission of information. To receive a payment under this 
    section, the tribe or tribal organization shall submit the figures to 
    the Secretary of the Interior as required to determine the amounts to 
    be allocated under paragraph (b) of this section. This information must 
    be compiled and submitted to the Secretary.
        (d) Use of funds. (1) The funds received by a tribe or tribal 
    organization must be used to assist in child find, screening, and other 
    procedures for the early identification of children aged 3 through 5, 
    parent training, and the provision of direct services. These activities 
    may be carried out directly or through contracts or cooperative 
    agreements with the BIA, LEAs, and other public or private nonprofit 
    organizations. The tribe or tribal organization is encouraged to 
    involve Indian parents in the development and implementation of these 
    activities.
        (2) The entities shall, as appropriate, make referrals to local, 
    State, or Federal entities for the provision of services or further 
    diagnosis.
        (e) Biennial report. To be eligible to receive a grant pursuant to 
    paragraph (a) of this section, the tribe or tribal organization shall 
    provide to the Secretary of the Interior a biennial report of 
    activities undertaken under this paragraph, including the number of 
    contracts and cooperative agreements entered into, the number of 
    children contacted and receiving services for each year, and the 
    estimated number of children needing services during the two years 
    following the one in which the report is made. The Secretary of the 
    Interior shall include a summary of this information on a biennial 
    basis in the report to the Secretary required under section 611(i) of 
    the Act. The Secretary may require any additional information from the 
    Secretary of the Interior.
        (f) Prohibitions. None of the funds allocated under this section 
    may be used by the Secretary of the Interior for administrative 
    purposes, including child count and the provision of technical 
    assistance.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(i)(3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.717  Outlying areas and freely associated States.
    
        From the amount appropriated for any fiscal year under section 
    611(j) of the Act, the Secretary reserves not more than one percent, 
    which must be used--
        (a) To provide assistance to the outlying areas in accordance with 
    their respective populations of individuals aged 3 through 21; and
        (b) For fiscal years 1998 through 2001, to carry out the 
    competition described in Sec. 300.719, except that the amount reserved 
    to carry out that competition may not exceed the amount reserved for 
    fiscal year 1996 for the competition under Part B of the Act described 
    under the heading ``SPECIAL EDUCATION'' in Public Law 104-134.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(b)(1))
    
    
    Sec. 300.718  Outlying area--definition.
    
        As used in this part, the term outlying area means the United 
    States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of 
    the Northern Mariana Islands.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1402(18))
    
    
    Sec. 300.719  Limitation for freely associated States.
    
        (a) Competitive grants. The Secretary uses funds described in 
    Sec. 300.717(b) to award grants, on a competitive basis, to Guam, 
    American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and 
    the freely associated States to carry out the purposes of this part.
        (b) Award basis. The Secretary awards grants under paragraph (a) of 
    this section on a competitive basis, pursuant to the recommendations of 
    the Pacific Region Educational Laboratory in Honolulu, Hawaii. Those 
    recommendations must be made by experts in the field of special 
    education and related services.
        (c) Assistance requirements. Any freely associated State that 
    wishes to receive funds under Part B of the Act shall include, in its 
    application for assistance--
        (1) Information demonstrating that it will meet all conditions that 
    apply to States under Part B of the Act;
        (2) An assurance that, notwithstanding any other provision of Part 
    B of the Act, it will use those funds only for the direct provision of 
    special education and related services to children with disabilities 
    and to enhance its capacity to make FAPE available to all children with 
    disabilities;
        (3) The identity of the source and amount of funds, in addition to 
    funds under Part B of the Act, that it will make available to ensure 
    that FAPE is available to all children with disabilities within its 
    jurisdiction; and
        (4) Such other information and assurances as the Secretary may 
    require.
        (d) Termination of eligibility. Notwithstanding any other provision 
    of law, the freely associated States may not receive any funds under 
    Part B of the Act for any program year that begins after September 30, 
    2001.
        (e) Administrative costs. The Secretary may provide not more than 
    five percent of the amount reserved for grants under this section to 
    pay the administrative costs of the Pacific Region Educational 
    Laboratory under paragraph (b) of this section.
        (f) Eligibility for award. An outlying area is not eligible for a 
    competitive award under Sec. 300.719 unless it receives assistance 
    under Sec. 300.717(a).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(b)(2) and (3))
    
    
    Sec. 300.720  Special rule.
    
        The provisions of Public Law 95-134, permitting the consolidation 
    of grants by the outlying areas, do not apply to funds provided to 
    those areas or to the freely associated States under Part B of the Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(b)(4))
    
    
    Sec. 300.721  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 300.722  Definition.
    
        As used in this part, the term freely associated States means the 
    Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, 
    and the Republic of Palau.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(b)(6))
    
    Reports
    
    
    Sec. 300.750  Annual report of children served--report requirement.
    
        (a) The SEA shall report to the Secretary no later than February 1 
    of each year the number of children with disabilities aged 3 through 21 
    residing in the State who are receiving special education and related 
    services.
        (b) The SEA shall submit the report on forms provided by the 
    Secretary.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d)(2); 1418(a))
    
    
    Sec. 300.751  Annual report of children served--information required in 
    the report.
    
        (a) For any year the SEA shall include in its report a table that 
    shows the number of children with disabilities receiving special 
    education and related services on December 1, or at the State's 
    discretion on the last Friday in October, of that school year--
        (1) Aged 3 through 5;
        (2) Aged 6 through 17; and
        (3) Aged 18 through 21.
        (b) For the purpose of this part, a child's age is the child's 
    actual age on the date of the child count: December 1, or, at the 
    State's discretion, the last Friday in October.
    
    [[Page 12469]]
    
        (c) Reports must also include the number of those children with 
    disabilities aged 3 through 21 for each year of age (3, 4, 5, etc.) 
    within each disability category, as defined in the definition of 
    ``children with disabilities'' in Sec. 300.7; and
        (d) The Secretary may permit the collection of the data in 
    paragraph (c) of this section through sampling.
        (e) The SEA may not report a child under paragraph (c) of this 
    section under more than one disability category.
        (f) If a child with a disability has more than one disability, the 
    SEA shall report that child under paragraph (c) of this section in 
    accordance with the following procedure:
        (1) If a child has only two disabilities and those disabilities are 
    deafness and blindness, and the child is not reported as having a 
    developmental delay, that child must be reported under the category 
    ``deaf-blindness''.
        (2) A child who has more than one disability and is not reported as 
    having deaf-blindness or as having a developmental delay must be 
    reported under the category ``multiple disabilities''.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d)(2); 1418(a) and (b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.752  Annual report of children served--certification.
    
        The SEA shall include in its report a certification signed by an 
    authorized official of the agency that the information provided under 
    Sec. 300.751(a) is an accurate and unduplicated count of children with 
    disabilities receiving special education and related services on the 
    dates in question.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d)(2); 1417(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.753  Annual report of children served--criteria for counting 
    children.
    
        (a) The SEA may include in its report children with disabilities 
    who are enrolled in a school or program that is operated or supported 
    by a public agency, and that--
        (1) Provides them with both special education and related services 
    that meet State standards;
        (2) Provides them only with special education, if a related service 
    is not required, that meets State standards; or
        (3) In the case of children with disabilities enrolled by their 
    parents in private schools, provides them with special education or 
    related services under Secs. 300.452-300.462 that meet State standards.
        (b) The SEA may not include children with disabilities in its 
    report who are receiving special education funded solely by the Federal 
    Government, including children served by the Department of Interior, 
    the Department of Defense, or the Department of Education. However, the 
    State may count children covered under Sec. 300.184(c)(2).
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d)(2); 1417(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.754  Annual report of children served--other responsibilities 
    of the SEA.
    
        In addition to meeting the other requirements of Secs. 300.750-
    300.753, the SEA shall--
        (a) Establish procedures to be used by LEAs and other educational 
    institutions in counting the number of children with disabilities 
    receiving special education and related services;
        (b) Set dates by which those agencies and institutions must report 
    to the SEA to ensure that the State complies with Sec. 300.750(a);
        (c) Obtain certification from each agency and institution that an 
    unduplicated and accurate count has been made;
        (d) Aggregate the data from the count obtained from each agency and 
    institution, and prepare the reports required under Secs. 300.750-
    300.753; and
        (e) Ensure that documentation is maintained that enables the State 
    and the Secretary to audit the accuracy of the count.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d)(2); 1417(b))
    
    
    Sec. 300.755  Disproportionality.
    
        (a) General. Each State that receives assistance under Part B of 
    the Act, and the Secretary of the Interior, shall provide for the 
    collection and examination of data to determine if significant 
    disproportionality based on race is occurring in the State or in the 
    schools operated by the Secretary of the Interior with respect to--
        (1) The identification of children as children with disabilities, 
    including the identification of children as children with disabilities 
    in accordance with a particular impairment described in section 602(3) 
    of the Act; and
        (2) The placement in particular educational settings of these 
    children.
        (b) Review and revision of policies, practices, and procedures. In 
    the case of a determination of significant disproportionality with 
    respect to the identification of children as children with 
    disabilities, or the placement in particular educational settings of 
    these children, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the 
    State or the Secretary of the Interior shall provide for the review 
    and, if appropriate revision of the policies, procedures, and practices 
    used in the identification or placement to ensure that the policies, 
    procedures, and practices comply with the requirements of Part B of the 
    Act.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(c))
    
    
    Sec. 300.756  Acquisition of equipment; construction or alteration of 
    facilities.
    
        (a) General. If the Secretary determines that a program authorized 
    under Part B of the Act would be improved by permitting program funds 
    to be used to acquire appropriate equipment, or to construct new 
    facilities or alter existing facilities, the Secretary may allow the 
    use of those funds for those purposes.
        (b) Compliance with certain regulations. Any construction of new 
    facilities or alteration of existing facilities under paragraph (a) of 
    this section must comply with the requirements of--
        (1) Appendix A of part 36 of title 28, Code of Federal Regulations 
    (commonly known as the ``Americans with Disabilities Accessibility 
    Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities''); or
        (2) Appendix A of part 101-19.6 of title 41, Code of Federal 
    Regulations (commonly known as the ``Uniform Federal Accessibility 
    Standards'').
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1405)
    
    Appendix A to Part 300--Notice of Interpretation
    
    I. Involvement and Progress of Each Child With a Disability in the 
    General Curriculum
    
        1. What are the major Part B IEP requirements that govern the 
    involvement and progress of children with disabilities in the 
    general curriculum?
        2. Must a child's IEP address his or her involvement in the 
    general curriculum, regardless of the nature and severity of the 
    child's disability and the setting in which the child is educated?
        3. What must public agencies do to meet the requirements at 
    Secs. 300.344(a)(2) and 300.346(d) regarding the participation of a 
    ``regular education teacher'' in the development review, and 
    revision of the IEPs, for children age 3 through 5 who are receiving 
    special education and related services?
        4. Must the measurable annual goals in a child's IEP address all 
    areas of the general curriculum, or only those areas in which the 
    child's involvement and progress are affected by the child's 
    disability?
    
    II. Involvement of Parents and Students
    
        5. What is the role of the parents, including surrogate parents, 
    in decisions regarding the educational program of their children?
        6. What are the Part B requirements regarding the participation 
    of a student (child) with a disability in an IEP meeting?
        7. Must the public agency inform the parents of who will be at 
    the IEP meeting?
        8. Do parents have the right to a copy of their child's IEP?
        9. What is a public agency's responsibility if it is not 
    possible to reach consensus on what services should be included in a 
    child's IEP?
    
    [[Page 12470]]
    
        10. Does Part B require that public agencies inform parents 
    regarding the educational progress of their children with 
    disabilities?
    
    III. Preparing Students With Disabilities for Employment and Other 
    Post-School Experiences
    
        11. What must the IEP team do to meet the requirements that the 
    IEP include a statement of ``transition service needs'' beginning at 
    age 14 (Sec. 300.347(b)(1), and a statement of ``needed transition 
    services'' beginning at age 16 (Sec. 300.347(b)(2)?
        12. Must the IEP for each student with a disability, beginning 
    no later than age 16, include all ``needed transition services,'' as 
    identified by the IEP team and consistent with the definition at 
    Sec. 300.29, even if an agency other than the public agency will 
    provide those services? What is the public agency's responsibility 
    if another agency fails to provide agreed-upon transition services?
        13. Under what circumstances must a public agency invite 
    representatives from other agencies to an IEP meeting at which a 
    child's need for transition services will be considered?
    
    IV. Other Questions Regarding Implementation of Idea
    
        14. For a child with a disability receiving special education 
    for the first time, when must an IEP be developed--before placement 
    or after placement?
        15. Who is responsible for ensuring the development of IEPs for 
    children with disabilities served by a public agency other than an 
    LEA?
        16. For a child placed out of State by an educational or non-
    educational State or local agency, is the placing or receiving State 
    responsible for the child's IEP?
        17. If a disabled child has been receiving special education 
    from one public agency and transfers to another public agency in the 
    same State, must the new public agency develop an IEP before the 
    child can be placed in a special education program?
        18. What timelines apply to the development and implementation 
    of an initial IEP for a child with a disability?
        19. Must a public agency hold separate meetings to determine a 
    child's eligibility for special education and related services, 
    develop the child's IEP, and determine the child's placement, or may 
    the agency meet all of these requirements in a single meeting?
        20. How frequently must a public agency conduct meetings to 
    review, and if appropriate revise, the IEP for each child with a 
    disability?
        21. May IEP meetings be audio or video-tape-recorded?
        22. Who can serve as the representative of the public agency at 
    an IEP meeting?
        23. For a child with a disability being considered for initial 
    placement in special education, which teacher or teachers should 
    attend the IEP meeting?
        24. What is the role of a regular education teacher in the 
    development, review, and revision of the IEP for a child who is, or 
    may be, participating in the regular education environment?
        25. If a child with a disability attends several regular 
    classes, must all of the child's regular education teachers be 
    members of the child's IEP team?
        26. How should a public agency determine which regular education 
    teacher and special education teacher will members of the IEP team 
    for a particular child with a disability?
        27. For a child whose primary disability is a speech impairment, 
    may a public agency meet its responsibility under Sec. 300.344(a)(3) 
    to ensure that the IEP team includes ``at least one special 
    education teacher, or, if appropriate, at least one special 
    education provider of the child'' by including a speech-language 
    pathologist on the IEP team?
        28. Do public agencies and parents have the option of having any 
    individual of their choice attend a child's IEP meeting as 
    participants on their child's IEP team?
        29. Can parents or public agencies bring their attorneys to IEP 
    meetings, and, if so under what circumstances? Are attorney's fees 
    available for parents' attorneys if the parents are prevailing 
    parties in actions or proceedings brought under Part B?
        30. Must related services personnel attend IEP meetings?
        31. Must the public agency ensure that all services specified in 
    a child's IEP are provided?
        32. Is it permissible for an agency to have the IEP completed 
    before the IEP meeting begins?
        33. Must a public agency include transportation in a child's IEP 
    as a related service?
        34. Must a public agency provide related services that are 
    required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special 
    education, whether or not those services are included in the list of 
    related services in Sec. 300.24?
        35. Must the IEP specify the amount of services or may it simply 
    list the services to be provided?
        36. Under what circumstances is a public agency required to 
    permit a child with a disability to use a school-purchased assistive 
    technology device in the child's home or in another setting?
        37. Can the IEP team also function as the group making the 
    placement decision for a child with a disability?
        38. If a child's IEP includes behavioral strategies to address a 
    particular behavior, can a child ever be suspended for engaging in 
    that behavior?
        39. If a child's behavior in the regular classroom, even with 
    appropriate interventions, would significantly impair the learning 
    of others, can the group that makes the placement decision determine 
    that placement in the regular classroom is inappropriate for that 
    child?
        40. May school personnel during a school year implement more 
    than one short-term removal of a child with disabilities from his or 
    her classroom or school for misconduct?
        Authority: Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
    Act (20 U.S.C. 1401, et seq.), unless otherwise noted.
    
    Individualized Education Programs (IEPS) and Other Selected 
    ImplementatioN Issues
    
        Interpretation of IEP and Other selected Requirements under Part 
    B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; Part B)
    
    Introduction
    
        The IEP requirements under Part B of the IDEA emphasize the 
    importance of three core concepts: (1) the involvement and progress 
    of each child with a disability in the general curriculum including 
    addressing the unique needs that arise out of the child's 
    disability; (2) the involvement of parents and students, together 
    with regular and special education personnel, in making individual 
    decisions to support each student's (child's) educational success, 
    and (3) the preparation of students with disabilities for employment 
    and other post-school activities.
        The first three sections of this Appendix (I-III) provide 
    guidance regarding the IEP requirements as they relate to the three 
    core concepts described above. Section IV addresses other questions 
    regarding the development and content of IEPs, including questions 
    about the timelines and responsibility for developing and 
    implementing IEPs, participation in IEP meetings, and IEP content. 
    Section IV also addresses questions on other selected requirements 
    under IDEA.
    
    I. Involvement and Progress of Each Child With a Disability in the 
    General Curriculum
    
        In enacting the IDEA Amendments of 1997, the Congress found that 
    research, demonstration, and practice over the past 20 years in 
    special education and related disciplines have demonstrated that an 
    effective educational system now and in the future must maintain 
    high academic standards and clear performance goals for children 
    with disabilities, consistent with the standards and expectations 
    for all students in the educational system, and provide for 
    appropriate and effective strategies and methods to ensure that 
    students who are children with disabilities have maximum 
    opportunities to achieve those standards and goals. [Section 
    651(a)(6)(A) of the Act.]
        Accordingly, the evaluation and IEP provisions of Part B place 
    great emphasis on the involvement and progress of children with 
    disabilities in the general curriculum. (The term ``general 
    curriculum,'' as used in these regulations, including this Appendix, 
    refers to the curriculum that is used with nondisabled children.)
        While the Act and regulations recognize that IEP teams must make 
    individualized decisions about the special education and related 
    services, and supplementary aids and services, provided to each 
    child with a disability, they are driven by IDEA's strong preference 
    that, to the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities 
    be educated in regular classes with their nondisabled peers with 
    appropriate supplementary aids and services.
        In many cases, children with disabilities will need appropriate 
    supports in order to successfully progress in the general 
    curriculum, participate in State and district-wide assessment 
    programs, achieve the measurable goals in their IEPs, and be 
    educated together with their nondisabled peers. Accordingly, the Act 
    requires the IEP team to determine, and the public agency to
    
    [[Page 12471]]
    
    provide, the accommodations, modifications, supports, and 
    supplementary aids and services, needed by each child with a 
    disability to successfully be involved in and progress in the 
    general curriculum achieve the goals of the IEP, and successfully 
    demonstrate his or her competencies in State and district-wide 
    assessments.
        1. What are the major Part B IEP requirements that govern the 
    involvement and progress of children with disabilities in the 
    general curriculum?
    
    Present Levels of Educational Performance
    
        Section 300.347(a)(1) requires that the IEP for each child with 
    a disability include ``* * * a statement of the child's present 
    levels of educational performance, including--(i) how the child's 
    disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the 
    general curriculum; or (ii) for preschool children, as appropriate, 
    how the child's disability affects the child's participation in 
    appropriate activities * * *'' (``Appropriate activities'' in this 
    context refers to age-relevant developmental abilities or milestones 
    that typically developing children of the same age would be 
    performing or would have achieved.)
        The IEP team's determination of how each child's disability 
    affects the child's involvement and progress in the general 
    curriculum is a primary consideration in the development of the 
    child's IEP. In assessing children with disabilities, school 
    districts may use a variety of assessment techniques to determine 
    the extent to which these children can be involved and progress in 
    the general curriculum, such as criterion-referenced tests, standard 
    achievement tests, diagnostic tests, other tests, or any combination 
    of the above.
        The purpose of using these assessments is to determine the 
    child's present levels of educational performance and areas of need 
    arising from the child's disability so that approaches for ensuring 
    the child's involvement and progress in the general curriculum and 
    any needed adaptations or modifications to that curriculum can be 
    identified.
        Measurable Annual Goals, including Benchmarks or Short-term 
    ojectives
        Measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or short-term 
    objectives, are critical to the strategic planning process used to 
    develop and implement the IEP for each child with a disability. Once 
    the IEP team has developed measurable annual goals for a child, the 
    team (1) can develop strategies that will be most effective in 
    realizing those goals and (2) must develop either measurable, 
    intermediate steps (short-term objectives) or major milestones 
    (benchmarks) that will enable parents, students, and educators to 
    monitor progress during the year, and, if appropriate, to revise the 
    IEP consistent with the student's instructional needs.
        The strong emphasis in Part B on linking the educational program 
    of children with disabilities to the general curriculum is reflected 
    in Sec. 300.347(a)(2), which requires that the IEP include:
    
    a statement of measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or 
    short-term objectives, related to--(i) meeting the child's needs 
    that result from the child's disability to enable the child to be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum; and (ii) meeting 
    each of the child's other educational needs that result from the 
    child's disability.
        As noted above, each annual goal must include either short-term 
    objectives or benchmarks. The purpose of both is to enable a child's 
    teacher(s), parents, and others involved in developing and 
    implementing the child's IEP, to gauge, at intermediate times during 
    the year, how well the child is progressing toward achievement of 
    the annual goal. IEP teams may continue to develop short-term 
    instructional objectives, that generally break the skills described 
    in the annual goal down into discrete components. The revised 
    statute and regulations also provide that, as an alternative, IEP 
    teams may develop benchmarks, which can be thought of as describing 
    the amount of progress the child is expected to make within 
    specified segments of the year. Generally, benchmarks establish 
    expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of 
    progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing 
    parents of their child's progress toward achieving the annual goals. 
    An IEP team may use either short term objectives or benchmarks or a 
    combination of the two depending on the nature of the annual goals 
    and the needs of the child.
    
    Special Education and Related Services and Supplementary Aids and 
    Services
    
        The requirements regarding services provided to address a 
    child's present levels of educational performance and to make 
    progress toward the identified goals reinforce the emphasis on 
    progress in the general curriculum, as well as maximizing the extent 
    to which children with disabilities are educated with nondisabled 
    children. Section 300.347(a)(3) requires that the IEP include:
    
    a statement of the special education and related services and 
    supplementary aids and services to be provided to the child, or on 
    behalf of the child, and a statement of the program modifications or 
    supports for school personnel that will be provided for the child--
    (i) to advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals; (ii) 
    to be involved and progress in the general curriculum * * * and to 
    participate in extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and 
    (iii) to be educated and participate with other children with 
    disabilities and nondisabled children in [extracurricular and other 
    nonacademic activities] * * * [Italics added.]
    
    Extent to Which Child Will Participate With Nondisabled Children
    
        Section 300.347(a)(4) requires that each child's IEP include 
    ``An explanation of the extent, if any, to which the child will not 
    participate with nondisabled children in the regular class and in 
    [extracurricular and other nonacademic] activities * * *'' This is 
    consistent with the least restrictive environment (LRE) provisions 
    at Secs. 300.550-300.553, which include requirements that:
        (1) each child with a disability be educated with nondisabled 
    children to the maximum extent appropriate (Sec. 300.550(b)(1));
        (2) each child with a disability be removed from the regular 
    educational environment only when the nature or severity of the 
    child's disability is such that education in regular classes with 
    the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved 
    satisfactorily (Sec. 300.550(b)(1)); and
        (3) to the maximum extent appropriate to the child's needs, each 
    child with a disability participates with nondisabled children in 
    nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities 
    (Sec. 300.553).
        All services and educational placements under Part B must be 
    individually determined in light of each child's unique abilities 
    and needs, to reasonably promote the child's educational success. 
    Placing children with disabilities in this manner should enable each 
    disabled child to meet high expectations in the future.
        Although Part B requires that a child with a disability not be 
    removed from the regular educational environment if the child's 
    education can be achieved satisfactorily in regular classes with the 
    use of supplementary aids and services, Part B's LRE principle is 
    intended to ensure that a child with a disability is served in a 
    setting where the child can be educated successfully. Even though 
    IDEA does not mandate regular class placement for every disabled 
    student, IDEA presumes that the first placement option considered 
    for each disabled student by the student's placement team, which 
    must include the parent, is the school the child would attend if not 
    disabled, with appropriate supplementary aids and services to 
    facilitate such placement. Thus, before a disabled child can be 
    placed outside of the regular educational environment, the full 
    range of supplementary aids and services that if provided would 
    facilitate the student's placement in the regular classroom setting 
    must be considered. Following that consideration, if a determination 
    is made that particular disabled student cannot be educated 
    satisfactorily in the regular educational environment, even with the 
    provision of appropriate supplementary aids and services, that 
    student then could be placed in a setting other than the regular 
    classroom. Later, if it becomes apparent that the child's IEP can be 
    carried out in a less restrictive setting, with the provision of 
    appropriate supplementary aids and services, if needed, Part B would 
    require that the child's placement be changed from the more 
    restrictive setting to a less restrictive setting. In all cases, 
    placement decisions must be individually determined on the basis of 
    each child's abilities and needs, and not solely on factors such as 
    category of disability, significance of disability, availability of 
    special education and related services, configuration of the service 
    delivery system, availability of space, or administrative 
    convenience. Rather, each student's IEP forms the basis for the 
    placement decision.
        Further, a student need not fail in the regular classroom before 
    another placement can be considered. Conversely, IDEA does not 
    require that a student demonstrate achievement of a specific 
    performance level as a prerequisite for placement into a regular 
    classroom.
    
    [[Page 12472]]
    
    Participation in State or District-Wide Assessments of Student 
    Achievement
    
        Consistent with Sec. 300.138(a), which sets forth a presumption 
    that children with disabilities will be included in general State 
    and district-wide assessment programs, and provided with appropriate 
    accommodations if necessary, Sec. 300.347(a)(5) requires that the 
    IEP for each student with a disability include: ``(i) a statement of 
    any individual modifications in the administration of State or 
    district-wide assessments of student achievement that are needed in 
    order for the child to participate in the assessment; and (ii) if 
    the IEP team determines that the child will not participate in a 
    particular State or district-wide assessment of student achievement 
    (or part of an assessment of student achievement), a statement of--
    (A) Why that assessment is not appropriate for the child; and (B) 
    How the child will be assessed.''
    
    Regular Education Teacher Participation in the Development, Review, 
    and Revision of IEPs
    
        Very often, regular education teachers play a central role in 
    the education of children with disabilities (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 
    103 (1997); S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 23 (1997)) and have important 
    expertise regarding the general curriculum and the general education 
    environment. Further, with the emphasis on involvement and progress 
    in the general curriculum added by the IDEA Amendments of 1997, 
    regular education teachers have an increasingly critical role 
    (together with special education and related services personnel) in 
    implementing the program of FAPE for most children with 
    disabilities, as described in their IEPs.
        Accordingly, the IDEA Amendments of 1997 added a requirement 
    that each child's IEP team must include at least one regular 
    education teacher of the child, if the child is, or may be, 
    participating in the regular education environment (see 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(2)). (See also Secs. 300.346(d) on the role of a 
    regular education teacher in the development, review and revision of 
    IEPs.)
        2. Must a child's IEP address his or her involvement in the 
    general curriculum, regardless of the nature and severity of the 
    child's disability and the setting in which the child is educated?
        Yes. The IEP for each child with a disability (including 
    children who are educated in separate classrooms or schools) must 
    address how the child will be involved and progress in the general 
    curriculum. However, the Part B regulations recognize that some 
    children have other educational needs resulting from their 
    disability that also must be met, even though those needs are not 
    directly linked to participation in the general curriculum.
        Accordingly, Sec. 300.347(a)(1)(2) requires that each child's 
    IEP include:
        A statement of measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or 
    short-term objectives related to--(i) Meeting the child's needs that 
    result from the child's disability to enable the child to be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum; and (ii) meeting 
    each of the child's other educational needs that result from the 
    child's disability. [Italics added.]
        Thus, the IEP team for each child with a disability must make an 
    individualized determination regarding (1) how the child will be 
    involved and progress in the general curriculum and what needs that 
    result from the child's disability must be met to facilitate that 
    participation; (2) whether the child has any other educational needs 
    resulting from his or her disability that also must be met; and (3) 
    what special education and other services and supports must be 
    described in the child's IEP to address both sets of needs 
    (consistent with Sec. 300.347(a)). For example, if the IEP team 
    determines that in order for a child who is deaf to participate in 
    the general curriculum he or she needs sign language and materials 
    which reflect his or her language development, those needs (relating 
    to the child's participation in the general curriculum) must be 
    addressed in the child's IEP. In addition, if the team determines 
    that the child also needs to expand his or her vocabulary in sign 
    language that service must also be addressed in the applicable 
    components of the child's IEP. The IEP team may also wish to 
    consider whether there is a need for members of the child's family 
    to receive training in sign language in order for the child to 
    receive FAPE.
        3. What must public agencies do to meet the requirements at 
    Secs. 300.344(a)(2) and 300.346(d) regarding the participation of a 
    ``regular education teacher'' in the development, review, and 
    revision of IEPs, for children aged 3 through 5 who are receiving 
    preschool special education services?
        If a public agency provides ``regular education'' preschool 
    services to non-disabled children, then the requirements of 
    Secs. 300.344(a)(2) and 300.346(d) apply as they do in the case of 
    older children with disabilities. If a public agency makes 
    kindergarten available to nondisabled children, then a regular 
    education kindergarten teacher could appropriately be the regular 
    education teacher who would be a member of the IEP team, and, as 
    appropriate, participate in IEP meetings, for a kindergarten-aged 
    child who is, or may be, participating in the regular education 
    environment.
        If a public agency does not provide regular preschool education 
    services to nondisabled children, the agency could designate an 
    individual who, under State standards, is qualified to serve 
    nondisabled children of the same age.
        4. Must the measurable annual goals in a child's IEP address all 
    areas of the general curriculum, or only those areas in which the 
    child's involvement and progress are affected by the child's 
    disability?
        Section 300.347(a)(2) requires that each child's IEP include ``A 
    statement of measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or short-
    term objectives, related to--(i) meeting the child's needs that 
    result from the child's disability to enable the child to be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum * * *; and (ii) 
    meeting each of the child's other educational needs that result from 
    the child's disability. . . .'' (Italics added).
        Thus, a public agency is not required to include in an IEP 
    annual goals that relate to areas of the general curriculum in which 
    the child's disability does not affect the child's ability to be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum. If a child with 
    a disability needs only modifications or accommodations in order to 
    progress in an area of the general curriculum, the IEP does not need 
    to include a goal for that area; however, the IEP would need to 
    specify those modifications or accommodations.
        Public agencies often require all children, including children 
    with disabilities, to demonstrate mastery in a given area of the 
    general curriculum before allowing them to progress to the next 
    level or grade in that area. Thus, in order to ensure that each 
    child with a disability can effectively demonstrate competencies in 
    an applicable area of the general curriculum, it is important for 
    the IEP team to consider the accommodations and modifications that 
    the child needs to assist him or her in demonstrating progress in 
    that area.
    
    II. Involvement of Parents and Students
    
        The Congressional Committee Reports on the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997 express the view that the Amendments provide an opportunity for 
    strengthening the role of parents, and emphasize that one of the 
    purposes of the Amendments is to expand opportunities for parents 
    and key public agency staff (e.g., special education, related 
    services, regular education, and early intervention service 
    providers, and other personnel) to work in new partnerships at both 
    the State and local levels (H. Rep. 105-95, p. 82 (1997); S. Rep. 
    No. 105-17, p. 4 and 5 (1997)). Accordingly, the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997 require that parents have an opportunity to participate in 
    meetings with respect to the identification, evaluation, and 
    educational placement of the child, and the provision of FAPE to the 
    child. (Sec. 300.501(a)(2)). Thus, parents must now be part of: (1) 
    the group that determines what additional data are needed as part of 
    an evaluation of their child (Sec. 300.533(a)(1)); (2) the team that 
    determines their child's eligibility (Sec. 300.534(a)(1)); and (3) 
    the group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their 
    child (Sec. 300.501(c)).
        In addition, the concerns of parents and the information that 
    they provide regarding their children must be considered in 
    developing and reviewing their children's IEPs 
    (Secs. 300.343(c)(iii) and 300.346(a)(1)(i) and (b)); and the 
    requirements for keeping parents informed about the educational 
    progress of their children, particularly as it relates to their 
    progress in the general curriculum, have been strengthened 
    (Sec. 300.347(a)(7)).
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 also contain provisions that greatly 
    strengthen the involvement of students with disabilities in 
    decisions regarding their own futures, to facilitate movement from 
    school to post-school activities. For example, those amendments (1) 
    retained, essentially verbatim, the ``transition services'' 
    requirements from the IDEA Amendments of 1990 (which provide that a 
    statement of needed transition services must be in the IEP of each 
    student with a disability, beginning no later than age 16); and (2) 
    significantly
    
    [[Page 12473]]
    
    expanded those provisions by adding a new annual requirement for the 
    IEP to include ``transition planning'' activities for students 
    beginning at age 14. (See section IV of this appendix for a 
    description of the transition services requirements and definition.)
        With respect to student involvement in decisions regarding 
    transition services, Sec. 300.344(b) provides that (1) ``the public 
    agency shall invite a student with a disability of any age to attend 
    his or her IEP meeting if a purpose of the meeting will be the 
    consideration of--(i) The student's transition services needs under 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(1); or (ii) The needed transition services for the 
    student under Sec. 300.347(b)(2); or (iii) Both;'' and (2) ``If the 
    student does not attend the IEP meeting, the public agency shall 
    take other steps to ensure that the student's preferences and 
    interests are considered.'' (Sec. 300.344(b)(2)).
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 also give States the authority to 
    elect to transfer the rights accorded to parents under Part B to 
    each student with a disability upon reaching the age of majority 
    under State law (if the student has not been determined incompetent 
    under State law) (Sec. 300.517). (Part B requires that if the rights 
    transfer to the student, the public agency must provide any notice 
    required under Part B to both the student and the parents.) If the 
    State elects to provide for the transfer of rights from the parents 
    to the student at the age of majority, the IEP must, beginning at 
    least one year before a student reaches the age of majority under 
    State law, include a statement that the student has been informed of 
    any rights that will transfer to him or her upon reaching the age of 
    majority. (Sec. 300.347(c)).
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 also permit, but do not require, 
    States to establish a procedure for appointing the parent, or 
    another appropriate individual if the parent is not available, to 
    represent the educational interests of a student with a disability 
    who has reached the age of majority under State law and has not been 
    determined to be incompetent, but who is determined not to have the 
    ability to provide informed consent with respect to his or her 
    educational program.
        5. What is the role of the parents, including surrogate parents, 
    in decisions regarding the educational program of their children?
        The parents of a child with a disability are expected to be 
    equal participants along with school personnel, in developing, 
    reviewing, and revising the IEP for their child. This is an active 
    role in which the parents (1) provide critical information regarding 
    the strengths of their child and express their concerns for 
    enhancing the education of their child; (2) participate in 
    discussions about the child's need for special education and related 
    services and supplementary aids and services; and (3) join with the 
    other participants in deciding how the child will be involved and 
    progress in the general curriculum and participate in State and 
    district-wide assessments, and what services the agency will provide 
    to the child and in what setting.
        As previously noted in the introduction to section II of this 
    Appendix, Part B specifically provides that parents of children with 
    disabilities--
         Have an opportunity to participate in meetings with 
    respect to the identification, evaluation, and educational placement 
    of their child, and the provision of FAPE to the child (including 
    IEP meetings) (Secs. 300.501(b), 300.344(a)(1), and 300.517;
         Be part of the groups that determine what additional 
    data are needed as part of an evaluation of their child 
    (Sec. 300.533(a)(1)), and determine their child's eligibility 
    (Sec. 300.534(a)(1)) and educational placement (Sec. 300.501(c));
         Have their concerns and the information that they 
    provide regarding their child considered in developing and reviewing 
    their child's IEPs (Secs. 300.343(c)(iii) and 300.346(a)(1)(i) and 
    (b)); and
         Be regularly informed (by such means as periodic report 
    cards), as specified in their child's IEP, at least as often as 
    parents are informed of their nondisabled children's progress, of 
    their child's progress toward the annual goals in the IEP and the 
    extent to which that progress is sufficient to enable the child to 
    achieve the goals by the end of the year (Sec. 300.347(a)(7)).
        A surrogate parent is a person appointed to represent the 
    interests of a child with a disability in the educational decision-
    making process when no parent (as defined at Sec. 300.20) is known, 
    the agency, after reasonable efforts, cannot locate the child's 
    parents, or the child is a ward of the State under the laws of the 
    State. A surrogate parent has all of the rights and responsibilities 
    of a parent under Part B (Sec. 300.515.)
        6. What are the Part B requirements regarding the participation 
    of a student (child) with a disability in an IEP meeting?
        If a purpose of an IEP meeting for a student with a disability 
    will be the consideration of the student's transition services needs 
    or needed transition services under Sec. 300.347(b)(1) or (2), or 
    both, the public agency must invite the student and, as part of the 
    notification to the parents of the IEP meeting, inform the parents 
    that the agency will invite the student to the IEP meeting.
        If the student does not attend, the public agency must take 
    other steps to ensure that the student's preferences and interests 
    are considered. (See Sec. 300.344(b)).
        Section Sec. 300.517 permits, but does not require, States to 
    transfer procedural rights under Part B from the parents to students 
    with disabilities who reach the age of majority under State law, if 
    they have not been determined to be incompetent under State law. If 
    those rights are to be transferred from the parents to the student, 
    the public agency would be required to ensure that the student has 
    the right to participate in IEP meetings set forth for parents in 
    Sec. 300.345. However, at the discretion of the student or the 
    public agency, the parents also could attend IEP meetings as ``* * * 
    individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the 
    child * * *'' (see Sec. 300.344(a)(6)).
        In other circumstances, a child with a disability may attend 
    ``if appropriate.'' (Sec. 300.344(a)(7)). Generally, a child with a 
    disability should attend the IEP meeting if the parent decides that 
    it is appropriate for the child to do so. If possible, the agency 
    and parents should discuss the appropriateness of the child's 
    participation before a decision is made, in order to help the 
    parents determine whether or not the child's attendance would be (1) 
    helpful in developing the IEP or (2) directly beneficial to the 
    child or both. The agency should inform the parents before each IEP 
    meeting--as part of notification under Sec. 300.345(a)(1)--that they 
    may invite their child to participate.
        7. Must the public agency inform the parents of who will be at 
    the IEP meeting?
        Yes. In notifying parents about the meeting, the agency ``must 
    indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting, and who 
    will be in attendance.'' (Sec. 300.345(b), italics added.) In 
    addition, if a purpose of the IEP meeting will be the consideration 
    of a student's transition services needs or needed transition 
    services under Sec. 300.347(b)(1) or (2) or both, the notice must 
    also inform the parents that the agency is inviting the student, and 
    identify any other agency that will be invited to send a 
    representative.
        The public agency also must inform the parents of the right of 
    the parents and the agency to invite other individuals who have 
    knowledge or special expertise regarding the child, including 
    related services personnel as appropriate to be members of the IEP 
    team. (Sec. 300.345(b)(1)(ii).)
        It also may be appropriate for the agency to ask the parents to 
    inform the agency of any individuals the parents will be bringing to 
    the meeting. Parents are encouraged to let the agency know whom they 
    intend to bring. Such cooperation can facilitate arrangements for 
    the meeting, and help ensure a productive, child-centered meeting.
        8. Do parents have the right to a copy of their child's IEP?
        Yes. Section 300.345(f) states that the public agency shall give 
    the parent a copy of the IEP at no cost to the parent.
        9. What is a public agency's responsibility if it is not 
    possible to reach consensus on what services should be included in a 
    child's IEP?
        The IEP meeting serves as a communication vehicle between 
    parents and school personnel, and enables them, as equal 
    participants, to make joint, informed decisions regarding the (1) 
    child's needs and appropriate goals; (2) extent to which the child 
    will be involved in the general curriculum and participate in the 
    regular education environment and State and district-wide 
    assessments; and (3) services needed to support that involvement and 
    participation and to achieve agreed-upon goals. Parents are 
    considered equal partners with school personnel in making these 
    decisions, and the IEP team must consider the parents' concerns and 
    the information that they provide regarding their child in 
    developing, reviewing, and revising IEPs (Secs. 300.343(c)(iii) and 
    300.346(a)(1) and (b)).
        The IEP team should work toward consensus, but the public agency 
    has ultimate responsibility to ensure that the IEP includes the 
    services that the child needs in order to receive FAPE. It is not 
    appropriate to make IEP decisions based upon a majority ``vote.'' If 
    the team cannot reach consensus, the public agency must provide the 
    parents
    
    [[Page 12474]]
    
    with prior written notice of the agency's proposals or refusals, or 
    both, regarding the child's educational program, and the parents 
    have the right to seek resolution of any disagreements by initiating 
    an impartial due process hearing.
        Every effort should be made to resolve differences between 
    parents and school staff through voluntary mediation or some other 
    informal step, without resort to a due process hearing. However, 
    mediation or other informal procedures may not be used to deny or 
    delay a parent's right to a due process hearing, or to deny any 
    other rights afforded under Part B.
        10. Does Part B require that public agencies inform parents 
    regarding the educational progress of their children with 
    disabilities?
        Yes. The Part B statute and regulations include a number of 
    provisions to help ensure that parents are involved in decisions 
    regarding, and are informed about, their child's educational 
    progress, including the child's progress in the general curriculum. 
    First, the parents will be informed regarding their child's present 
    levels of educational performance through the development of the 
    IEP. Section 300.347(a)(1) requires that each IEP include:
        * * * A statement of the child's present levels of educational 
    performance, including--(i) how the child's disability affects the 
    child's involvement and progress in the general curriculum; or (ii) 
    for preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects 
    the child's participation in appropriate activities * * *
        Further, Sec. 300.347(a)(7) sets forth new requirements for 
    regularly informing parents about their child's educational 
    progress, as regularly as parents of nondisabled children are 
    informed of their child's progress. That section requires that the 
    IEP include:
        A statement of--(i) How the child's progress toward the annual 
    goals * * * will be measured; and (ii) how the child's parents will 
    be regularly informed (by such means as periodic report cards), at 
    least as often as parents are informed of their nondisabled 
    children's progress, of--(A) their child's progress toward the 
    annual goals; and (B) the extent to which that progress is 
    sufficient to enable the child to achieve the goals by the end of 
    the year.
        One method that public agencies could use in meeting this 
    requirement would be to provide periodic report cards to the parents 
    of students with disabilities that include both (1) the grading 
    information provided for all children in the agency at the same 
    intervals; and (2) the specific information required by 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii)(A) and (B).
        Finally, the parents, as part of the IEP team, will participate 
    at least once every 12 months in a review of their child's 
    educational progress. Section 300.343(c) requires that a public 
    agency initiate and conduct a meeting, at which the IEP team:
        * * * (1) Reviews the child's IEP periodically, but not less 
    than annually to determine whether the annual goals for the child 
    are being achieved; and (2) revises the IEP as appropriate to 
    address--(i) any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals * 
    * * and in the general curriculum, if appropriate; (ii) The results 
    of any reevaluation * * *; (iii) Information about the child 
    provided to, or by, the parents * * *; (iv) The child's anticipated 
    needs; or (v) Other matters.
    
    III. Preparing Students With Disabilities for Employment and Other 
    Post-School Experiences
    
        One of the primary purposes of the IDEA is to ``* * * ensure 
    that all children with disabilities have available to them a free 
    appropriate public education that emphasizes special education and 
    related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare 
    them for employment and independent living * * *'' (Sec. 300.1(a)). 
    Section 701 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 describes the 
    philosophy of independent living as including a philosophy of 
    consumer control, peer support, self-help, self-determination, equal 
    access, and individual and system advocacy, in order to maximize the 
    leadership, empowerment, independence, and productivity of 
    individuals with disabilities, and the integration and full 
    inclusion of individuals with disabilities into the mainstream of 
    American society. Because many students receiving services under 
    IDEA will also receive services under the Rehabilitation Act, it is 
    important, in planning for their future, to consider the impact of 
    both statutes.
        Similarly, one of the key purposes of the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997 was to ``promote improved educational results for children with 
    disabilities through early intervention, preschool, and educational 
    experiences that prepare them for later educational challenges and 
    employment.'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 82 (1997); S. Rep. No. 105-17, 
    p. 4 (1997)).
        Thus, throughout their preschool, elementary, and secondary 
    education, the IEPs for children with disabilities must, to the 
    extent appropriate for each individual child, focus on providing 
    instruction and experiences that enable the child to prepare himself 
    or herself for later educational experiences and for post-school 
    activities, including formal education, if appropriate, employment, 
    and independent living. Many students with disabilities will obtain 
    services through State vocational rehabilitation programs to ensure 
    that their educational goals are effectively implemented in post-
    school activities. Services available through rehabilitation 
    programs are consistent with the underlying purpose of IDEA.
        Although preparation for adult life is a key component of FAPE 
    throughout the educational experiences of students with 
    disabilities, Part B sets forth specific requirements related to 
    transition planning and transition services that must be implemented 
    no later than ages 14 and 16, respectively, and which require an 
    intensified focus on that preparation as these students begin and 
    prepare to complete their secondary education.
        11. What must the IEP team do to meet the requirements that the 
    IEP include ``a statement of * * * transition service needs'' 
    beginning at age 14 (Sec. 300.347(b)(1)(i)),'' and a statement of 
    needed transition services'' no later than age 16 
    (Sec. 300.347(b)(2)?
        Section 300.347(b)(1) requires that, beginning no later than age 
    14, each student's IEP include specific transition-related content, 
    and, beginning no later than age 16, a statement of needed 
    transition services:
        Beginning at age 14 and younger if appropriate, and updated 
    annually, each student's IEP must include:
    
        ``* * * a statement of the transition service needs of the 
    student under the applicable components of the student's IEP that 
    focuses on the student's courses of study (such as participation in 
    advanced-placement courses or a vocational education program)'' 
    (Sec. 300.347(b)(1)(i)).
        Beginning at age 16 (or younger, if determined appropriate by 
    the IEP team), each student's IEP must include:
    
    ``* * * a statement of needed transition services for the student, 
    including, if appropriate, a statement of the interagency 
    responsibilities or any needed linkages.'' (Sec. 300.347(b)(2)).
        The Committee Reports on the IDEA Amendments of 1997 make clear 
    that the requirement added to the statute in 1997 that beginning at 
    age 14, and updated annually, the IEP include ``a statement of the 
    transition service needs'' is ``* * * designed to augment, and not 
    replace,'' the separate, preexisting requirement that the IEP 
    include, ``* * * beginning at age 16 (or younger, if determined 
    appropriate by the IEP team), a statement of needed transition 
    services * * *'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 102 (1997); S. Rep. No. 
    105-17, p. 22 (1997)). As clarified by the Reports, ``The purpose of 
    [the requirement in Sec. 300.347(b)(1)(i)] is to focus attention on 
    how the child's educational program can be planned to help the child 
    make a successful transition to his or her goals for life after 
    secondary school.'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, pp. 101-102 (1997); S. Rep. 
    No. 105-17, p. 22 (1997)). The Reports further explain that ``[F]or 
    example, for a child whose transition goal is a job, a transition 
    service could be teaching the child how to get to the job site on 
    public transportation.'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 102 (1997); S. Rep. 
    No. 105-17, p. 22 (1997)).
        Thus, beginning at age 14, the IEP team, in determining 
    appropriate measurable annual goals (including benchmarks or short-
    term objectives) and services for a student, must determine what 
    instruction and educational experiences will assist the student to 
    prepare for transition from secondary education to post-secondary 
    life.
        The statement of transition service needs should relate directly 
    to the student's goals beyond secondary education, and show how 
    planned studies are linked to these goals. For example, a student 
    interested in exploring a career in computer science may have a 
    statement of transition services needs connected to technology 
    course work, while another student's statement of transition 
    services needs could describe why public bus transportation training 
    is important for future independence in the community.
        Although the focus of the transition planning process may shift 
    as the student approaches graduation, the IEP team must discuss 
    specific areas beginning at least at the age of 14 years and review 
    these areas annually. As noted in the Committee Reports, a 
    disproportionate number of students with disabilities drop out of 
    school before they
    
    [[Page 12475]]
    
    complete their secondary education: ``Too many students with 
    disabilities are failing courses and dropping out of school. Almost 
    twice as many students with disabilities drop out as compared to 
    students without disabilities.'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 85 (1997), 
    S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 5 (1997).)
        To help reduce the number of students with disabilities that 
    drop out, it is important that the IEP team work with each student 
    with a disability and the student's family to select courses of 
    study that will be meaningful to the student's future and motivate 
    the student to complete his or her education.
        This requirement is distinct from the requirement, at 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2), that the IEP include:
    
    * * * beginning at age 16 (or younger, if determined appropriate by 
    the IEP team), a statement of needed transition services for the 
    child, including, if appropriate, a statement of the interagency 
    responsibilities or any needed linkages.
        The term ``transition services'' is defined at Sec. 300.29 to 
    mean:
    
    * * * a coordinated set of activities for a student with a 
    disability that--(1) Is designed within an outcome-oriented process, 
    that promotes movement from school to post-school activities, 
    including postsecondary education, vocational training, integrated 
    employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult 
    education, adult services, independent living, or community 
    participation; (2) Is based on the individual student's needs, 
    taking into account the student's preferences and interests; and (3) 
    Includes--(i) Instruction; (ii) Related services; (iii) Community 
    experiences; (iv) The development of employment and other post-
    school adult living objectives; and (v) If appropriate, acquisition 
    of daily living skills and functional vocational evaluation.
        Thus, while Sec. 300.347(b)(1) requires that the IEP team begin 
    by age 14 to address the student's need for instruction that will 
    assist the student to prepare for transition, the IEP must include 
    by age 16 a statement of needed transition services under 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2) that includes a ``coordinated set of activities * 
    * *, designed within an outcome-oriented process, that promotes 
    movement from school to post-school activities * * *.'' 
    (Sec. 300.29) Section 300.344(b)(3) further requires that, in 
    implementing Sec. 300.347(b)(1), public agencies (in addition to 
    required participants for all IEP meetings), must also invite a 
    representative of any other agency that is likely to be responsible 
    for providing or paying for transition services. Thus, 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2) requires a broader focus on coordination of 
    services across, and linkages between, agencies beyond the SEA and 
    LEA.
        12. Must the IEP for each student with a disability, beginning 
    no later than age 16, include all ``needed transition services,'' as 
    identified by the IEP team and consistent with the definition at 
    Sec. 300.29, even if an agency other than the public agency will 
    provide those services? What is the public agency's responsibility 
    if another agency fails to provide agreed-upon transition services?
        Section 300.347(b)(2) requires that the IEP for each child with 
    a disability, beginning no later than age 16, or younger if 
    determined appropriate by the IEP team, include all ``needed 
    transition services,'' as identified by the IEP team and consistent 
    with the definition at Sec. 300.29, regardless of whether the public 
    agency or some other agency will provide those services. Section 
    300.347(b)(2) specifically requires that the statement of needed 
    transition services include, ``* * * if appropriate, a statement of 
    the interagency responsibilities or any needed linkages.''
        Further, the IDEA Amendments of 1997 also permit an LEA to use 
    up to five percent of the Part B funds it receives in any fiscal 
    year in combination with other amounts, which must include amounts 
    other than education funds, to develop and implement a coordinated 
    services system. These funds may be used for activities such as: (1) 
    linking IEPs under Part B and Individualized Family Service Plans 
    (IFSPs) under Part C, with Individualized Service Plans developed 
    under multiple Federal and State programs, such as Title I of the 
    Rehabilitation Act; and (2) developing and implementing interagency 
    financing strategies for the provision of services, including 
    transition services under Part B.
        The need to include, as part of a student's IEP, transition 
    services to be provided by agencies other than the public agency is 
    contemplated by Sec. 300.348(a), which specifies what the public 
    agency must do if another agency participating in the development of 
    the statement of needed transition services fails to provide a 
    needed transition service that it had agreed to provide.
        If an agreed-upon service by another agency is not provided, the 
    public agency responsible for the student's education must implement 
    alternative strategies to meet the student's needs. This requires 
    that the public agency provide the services, or convene an IEP 
    meeting as soon as possible to identify alternative strategies to 
    meet the transition services objectives, and to revise the IEP 
    accordingly.
        Alternative strategies might include the identification of 
    another funding source, referral to another agency, the public 
    agency's identification of other district-wide or community 
    resources that it can use to meet the student's identified needs 
    appropriately, or a combination of these strategies. As emphasized 
    by Sec. 300.348(b), however:
        Nothing in [Part B] relieves any participating agency, including 
    a State vocational rehabilitation agency, of the responsibility to 
    provide or pay for any transition service that the agency would 
    otherwise provide to students with disabilities who meet the 
    eligibility criteria of that agency.
        However, the fact that an agency other than the public agency 
    does not fulfill its responsibility does not relieve the public 
    agency of its responsibility to ensure that FAPE is available to 
    each student with a disability. (Section 300.142(b)(2) specifically 
    requires that if an agency other than the LEA fails to provide or 
    pay for a special education or related service (which could include 
    a transition service), the LEA must, without delay, provide or pay 
    for the service, and may then claim reimbursement from the agency 
    that failed to provide or pay for the service.)
        13. Under what circumstances must a public agency invite 
    representatives from other agencies to an IEP meeting at which a 
    child's need for transition services will be considered?
        Section 300.344 requires that, ``In implementing the 
    requirements of [Sec. 300.347(b)(1)(ii) requiring a statement of 
    needed transition services], the public agency shall also invite a 
    representative of any other agency that is likely to be responsible 
    for providing or paying for transition services.'' To meet this 
    requirement, the public agency must identify all agencies that are 
    ``likely to be responsible for providing or paying for transition 
    services'' for each student addressed by Sec. 300.347(b)(1), and 
    must invite each of those agencies to the IEP meeting; and if an 
    agency invited to send a representative to a meeting does not do so, 
    the public agency must take other steps to obtain the participation 
    of that agency in the planning of any transition services.
        If, during the course of an IEP meeting, the team identifies 
    additional agencies that are ``likely to be responsible for 
    providing or paying for transition services'' for the student, the 
    public agency must determine how it will meet the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.344.
    
    IV. Other Questions Regarding the Development and Content of IEPS
    
        14. For a child with a disability receiving special education 
    for the first time, when must an IEP be developed--before or after 
    the child begins to receive special education and related services?
        Section 300.342(b)(1) requires that an IEP be ``in effect before 
    special education and related services are provided to an eligible 
    child * * *'' (Italics added.)
        The appropriate placement for a particular child with a 
    disability cannot be determined until after decisions have been made 
    about the child's needs and the services that the public agency will 
    provide to meet those needs. These decisions must be made at the IEP 
    meeting, and it would not be permissible first to place the child 
    and then develop the IEP. Therefore, the IEP must be developed 
    before placement. (Further, the child's placement must be based, 
    among other factors, on the child's IEP.)
        This requirement does not preclude temporarily placing an 
    eligible child with a disability in a program as part of the 
    evaluation process--before the IEP is finalized--to assist a public 
    agency in determining the appropriate placement for the child. 
    However, it is essential that the temporary placement not become the 
    final placement before the IEP is finalized. In order to ensure that 
    this does not happen, the State might consider requiring LEAs to 
    take the following actions:
        a. Develop an interim IEP for the child that sets out the 
    specific conditions and timelines for the trial placement. (See 
    paragraph c, following.)
        b. Ensure that the parents agree to the interim placement before 
    it is carried out, and that they are involved throughout the
    
    [[Page 12476]]
    
    process of developing, reviewing, and revising the child's IEP.
        c. Set a specific timeline (e.g., 30 days) for completing the 
    evaluation, finalizing the IEP, and determining the appropriate 
    placement for the child.
        d. Conduct an IEP meeting at the end of the trial period in 
    order to finalize the child's IEP.
        15. Who is responsible for ensuring the development of IEPs for 
    children with disabilities served by a public agency other than an 
    LEA?
        The answer as to which public agency has direct responsibility 
    for ensuring the development of IEPs for children with disabilities 
    served by a public agency other than an LEA will vary from State to 
    State, depending upon State law, policy, or practice. The SEA is 
    ultimately responsible for ensuring that all Part B requirements, 
    including the IEP requirements, are met for eligible children within 
    the State, including those children served by a public agency other 
    than an LEA. Thus, the SEA must ensure that every eligible child 
    with a disability in the State has FAPE available, regardless of 
    which State or local agency is responsible for educating the child. 
    (The only exception to this responsibility is that the SEA is not 
    responsible for ensuring that FAPE is made available to children 
    with disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons, if the State has assigned that 
    responsibility to a public agency other than the SEA. (See 
    Sec. 300.600(d)).
        Although the SEA has flexibility in deciding the best means to 
    meet this obligation (e.g., through interagency agreements), the SEA 
    must ensure that no eligible child with a disability is denied FAPE 
    due to jurisdictional disputes among agencies.
        When an LEA is responsible for the education of a child with a 
    disability, the LEA remains responsible for developing the child's 
    IEP, regardless of the public or private school setting into which 
    it places the child.
        16. For a child placed out of State by an educational or non-
    educational State or local agency, is the placing or receiving State 
    responsible for the child's IEP?
        Regardless of the reason for the placement, the ``placing'' 
    State is responsible for ensuring that the child's IEP is developed 
    and that it is implemented. The determination of the specific agency 
    in the placing State that is responsible for the child's IEP would 
    be based on State law, policy, or practice. However, the SEA in the 
    placing State is ultimately responsible for ensuring that the child 
    has FAPE available.
        17. If a disabled child has been receiving special education 
    from one public agency and transfers to another public agency in the 
    same State, must the new public agency develop an IEP before the 
    child can be placed in a special education program?
        If a child with a disability moves from one public agency to 
    another in the same State, the State and its public agencies have an 
    ongoing responsibility to ensure that FAPE is made available to that 
    child. This means that if a child moves to another public agency the 
    new agency is responsible for ensuring that the child has available 
    special education and related services in conformity with an IEP.
        The new public agency must ensure that the child has an IEP in 
    effect before the agency can provide special education and related 
    services. The new public agency may meet this responsibility by 
    either adopting the IEP the former public agency developed for the 
    child or by developing a new IEP for the child. (The new public 
    agency is strongly encouraged to continue implementing the IEP 
    developed by the former public agency, if appropriate, especially if 
    the parents believe their child was progressing appropriately under 
    that IEP.)
        Before the child's IEP is finalized, the new public agency may 
    provide interim services agreed to by both the parents and the new 
    public agency. If the parents and the new public agency are unable 
    to agree on an interim IEP and placement, the new public agency must 
    implement the old IEP to the extent possible until a new IEP is 
    developed and implemented.
        In general, while the new public agency must conduct an IEP 
    meeting, it would not be necessary if: (1) A copy of the child's 
    current IEP is available; (2) the parents indicate that they are 
    satisfied with the current IEP; and (3) the new public agency 
    determines that the current IEP is appropriate and can be 
    implemented as written.
        If the child's current IEP is not available, or if either the 
    new public agency or the parent believes that it is not appropriate, 
    the new public agency must develop a new IEP through appropriate 
    procedures within a short time after the child enrolls in the new 
    public agency (normally, within one week).
        18. What timelines apply to the development and implementation 
    of an initial IEP for a child with a disability?
        Section 300.343(b) requires each public agency to ensure that 
    within a reasonable period of time following the agency's receipt of 
    parent consent to an initial evaluation of a child, the child is 
    evaluated and, if determined eligible, special education and related 
    services are made available to the child in accordance with an IEP. 
    The section further requires the agency to conduct a meeting to 
    develop an IEP for the child within 30 days of determining that the 
    child needs special education and related services.
        Section 300.342(b)(2) provides that an IEP must be implemented 
    as soon as possible following the meeting in which the IEP is 
    developed.
        19. Must a public agency hold separate meetings to determine a 
    child's eligibility for special education and related services, 
    develop the child's IEP, and determine the child's placement, or may 
    the agency meet all of these requirements in a single meeting?
        A public agency may, after a child is determined by ``a group of 
    qualified professionals and the parent'' (see Sec. 300.534(a)(1)) to 
    be a child with a disability, continue in the same meeting to 
    develop an IEP for the child and then to determine the child's 
    placement. However, the public agency must ensure that it meets: (1) 
    the requirements of Sec. 300.535 regarding eligibility decisions; 
    (2) all of the Part B requirements regarding meetings to develop 
    IEPs (including providing appropriate notification to the parents, 
    consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.345, 300.503, and 
    300.504, and ensuring that all the required team members participate 
    in the development of the IEP, consistent with the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.344;) and (3) ensuring that the placement is made by the 
    required individuals, including the parent, as required by 
    Secs. 300.552 and 300.501(c).
        20. How frequently must a public agency conduct meetings to 
    review, and, if appropriate, revise the IEP for each child with a 
    disability?
        A public agency must initiate and conduct meetings periodically, 
    but at least once every twelve months, to review each child's IEP, 
    in order to determine whether the annual goals for the child are 
    being achieved, and to revise the IEP, as appropriate, to address: 
    (a) Any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals and in the 
    general curriculum, if appropriate; (b) the results of any 
    reevaluation; (c) information about the child provided to, or by, 
    the parents; (d) the child's anticipated needs; or (e) other matters 
    (Sec. 300.343(c)).
        A public agency also must ensure that an IEP is in effect for 
    each child at the beginning of each school year (Sec. 300.342(a)). 
    It may conduct IEP meetings at any time during the year. However, if 
    the agency conducts the IEP meeting prior to the beginning of the 
    next school year, it must ensure that the IEP contains the necessary 
    special education and related services and supplementary aids and 
    services to ensure that the student's IEP can be appropriately 
    implemented during the next school year. Otherwise, it would be 
    necessary for the public agency to conduct another IEP meeting.
        Although the public agency is responsible for determining when 
    it is necessary to conduct an IEP meeting, the parents of a child 
    with a disability have the right to request an IEP meeting at any 
    time. For example, if the parents believe that the child is not 
    progressing satisfactorily or that there is a problem with the 
    child's current IEP, it would be appropriate for the parents to 
    request an IEP meeting.
        If a child's teacher feels that the child's IEP or placement is 
    not appropriate for the child, the teacher should follow agency 
    procedures with respect to: (1) calling or meeting with the parents 
    or (2) requesting the agency to hold another IEP meeting to review 
    the child's IEP.
        The legislative history of Public Law 94-142 makes it clear that 
    there should be as many meetings a year as any one child may need 
    (121 Cong. Rec. S20428-29 (Nov. 19, 1975) (remarks of Senator 
    Stafford)). Public agencies should grant any reasonable parent 
    request for an IEP meeting. For example, if the parents question the 
    adequacy of services that are provided while their child is 
    suspended for short periods of time, it would be appropriate to 
    convene an IEP meeting.
        In general, if either a parent or a public agency believes that 
    a required component of the student's IEP should be changed, the 
    public agency must conduct an IEP meeting if it believes that a 
    change in the IEP may be necessary to ensure the provision of FAPE.
        If a parent requests an IEP meeting because the parent believes 
    that a change is needed
    
    [[Page 12477]]
    
    in the provision of FAPE to the child or the educational placement 
    of the child, and the agency refuses to convene an IEP meeting to 
    determine whether such a change is needed, the agency must provide 
    written notice to the parents of the refusal, including an 
    explanation of why the agency has determined that conducting the 
    meeting is not necessary to ensure the provision of FAPE to the 
    student.
        Under Sec. 300.507(a), the parents or agency may initiate a due 
    process hearing at any time regarding any proposal or refusal 
    regarding the identification, evaluation, or educational placement 
    of the child, or the provision of FAPE to the child, and the public 
    agency must inform parents about the availability of mediation.
        21. May IEP meetings be audio- or video-tape-recorded?
        Part B does not address the use of audio or video recording 
    devices at IEP meetings, and no other Federal statute either 
    authorizes or prohibits the recording of an IEP meeting by either a 
    parent or a school official. Therefore, an SEA or public agency has 
    the option to require, prohibit, limit, or otherwise regulate the 
    use of recording devices at IEP meetings.
        If a public agency has a policy that prohibits or limits the use 
    of recording devices at IEP meetings, that policy must provide for 
    exceptions if they are necessary to ensure that the parent 
    understands the IEP or the IEP process or to implement other 
    parental rights guaranteed under Part B. An SEA or school district 
    that adopts a rule regulating the tape recording of IEP meetings 
    also should ensure that it is uniformly applied.
        Any recording of an IEP meeting that is maintained by the public 
    agency is an ``education record,'' within the meaning of the Family 
    Educational Rights and Privacy Act (``FERPA''; 20 U.S.C. 1232g), and 
    would, therefore, be subject to the confidentiality requirements of 
    the regulations under both FERPA (34 CFR part 99) and part B 
    (Secs. 300.560-300.575).
        Parents wishing to use audio or video recording devices at IEP 
    meetings should consult State or local policies for further 
    guidance.
        22. Who can serve as the representative of the public agency at 
    an IEP meeting?
        The IEP team must include a representative of the public agency 
    who: (a) Is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, 
    specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of children 
    with disabilities; (b) is knowledgeable about the general 
    curriculum; and (c) is knowledgeable about the availability of 
    resources of the public agency (Sec. 300.344(a)(4)).
        Each public agency may determine which specific staff member 
    will serve as the agency representative in a particular IEP meeting, 
    so long as the individual meets these requirements. It is important, 
    however, that the agency representative have the authority to commit 
    agency resources and be able to ensure that whatever services are 
    set out in the IEP will actually be provided.
        A public agency may designate another public agency member of 
    the IEP team to also serve as the agency representative, so long as 
    that individual meets the requirements of Sec. 300.344(a)(4).
        23. For a child with a disability being considered for initial 
    provision of special education and related services, which teacher 
    or teachers should attend the IEP meeting?
        A child's IEP team must include at least one of the child's 
    regular education teachers (if the child is, or may be participating 
    in the regular education environment) and at least one of the 
    child's special education teachers, or, if appropriate, at least one 
    of the child's special education providers (Sec. 300.344(a)(2) and 
    (3)).
        Each IEP must include a statement of the present levels of 
    educational performance, including a statement of how the child's 
    disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the 
    general curriculum (Sec. 300.347(a)(1)). At least one regular 
    education teacher is a required member of the IEP team of a child 
    who is, or may be, participating in the regular educational 
    environment, regardless of the extent of that participation.
        The requirements of Sec. 300.344(a)(3) can be met by either: (1) 
    a special education teacher of the child; or (2) another special 
    education provider of the child, such as a speech pathologist, 
    physical or occupational therapist, etc., if the related service 
    consists of specially designed instruction and is considered special 
    education under applicable State standards.
        Sometimes more than one meeting is necessary in order to 
    finalize a child's IEP. In this process, if the special education 
    teacher or special education provider who will be working with the 
    child is identified, it would be useful to have that teacher or 
    provider participate in the meeting with the parents and other 
    members of the IEP team in finalizing the IEP. If this is not 
    possible, the public agency must ensure that the teacher or provider 
    has access to the child's IEP as soon as possible after it is 
    finalized and before beginning to work with the child.
        Further, (consistent with Sec. 300.342(b)), the public agency 
    must ensure that each regular education teacher, special education 
    teacher, related services provider and other service provider of an 
    eligible child under this part (1) has access to the child's IEP, 
    and (2) is informed of his or her specific responsibilities related 
    to implementing the IEP, and of the specific accommodations, 
    modifications, and supports that must be provided to the child in 
    accordance with the IEP. This requirement is crucial to ensuring 
    that each child receives FAPE in accordance with his or her IEP, and 
    that the IEP is appropriately and effectively implemented.
        24. What is the role of a regular education teacher in the 
    development, review and revision of the IEP for a child who is, or 
    may be, participating in the regular education environment?
        As required by Sec. 300.344(a)(2), the IEP team for a child with 
    a disability must include at least one regular education teacher of 
    the child if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular 
    education environment. Section 300.346(d) further specifies that the 
    regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member 
    of the IEP team, must, to the extent appropriate, participate in the 
    development, review, and revision of the child's IEP, including 
    assisting in--(1) the determination of appropriate positive 
    behavioral interventions and strategies for the child; and (2) the 
    determination of supplementary aids and services, program 
    modifications, and supports for school personnel that will be 
    provided for the child, consistent with 300.347(a)(3) 
    (Sec. 300.344(d)).
        Thus, while a regular education teacher must be a member of the 
    IEP team if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular 
    education environment, the teacher need not (depending upon the 
    child's needs and the purpose of the specific IEP team meeting) be 
    required to participate in all decisions made as part of the meeting 
    or to be present throughout the entire meeting or attend every 
    meeting. For example, the regular education teacher who is a member 
    of the IEP team must participate in discussions and decisions about 
    how to modify the general curriculum in the regular classroom to 
    ensure the child's involvement and progress in the general 
    curriculum and participation in the regular education environment.
        Depending upon the specific circumstances, however, it may not 
    be necessary for the regular education teacher to participate in 
    discussions and decisions regarding, for example, the physical 
    therapy needs of the child, if the teacher is not responsible for 
    implementing that portion of the child's IEP.
        In determining the extent of the regular education teacher's 
    participation at IEP meetings, public agencies and parents should 
    discuss and try to reach agreement on whether the child's regular 
    education teacher that is a member of the IEP team should be present 
    at a particular IEP meeting and, if so, for what period of time. The 
    extent to which it would be appropriate for the regular education 
    teacher member of the IEP team to participate in IEP meetings must 
    be decided on a case-by-case basis.
        25. If a child with a disability attends several regular 
    classes, must all of the child's regular education teachers be 
    members of the child's IEP team?
        No. The IEP team need not include more than one regular 
    education teacher of the child. If the participation of more than 
    one regular education teacher would be beneficial to the child's 
    success in school (e.g., in terms of enhancing the child's 
    participation in the general curriculum), it would be appropriate 
    for them to attend the meeting.
        26. How should a public agency determine which regular education 
    teacher and special education teacher will be members of the IEP 
    team for a particular child with a disability?
        The regular education teacher who serves as a member of a 
    child's IEP team should be a teacher who is, or may be, responsible 
    for implementing a portion of the IEP, so that the teacher can 
    participate in discussions about how best to teach the child.
        If the child has more than one regular education teacher 
    responsible for carrying out a portion of the IEP, the LEA may 
    designate which teacher or teachers will serve as IEP team 
    member(s), taking into account the best interest of the child.
        In a situation in which not all of the child's regular education 
    teachers are members of
    
    [[Page 12478]]
    
    the child's IEP team, the LEA is strongly encouraged to seek input 
    from the teachers who will not be attending. In addition, 
    (consistent with Sec. 300.342(b)), the LEA must ensure that each 
    regular education teacher (as well as each special education 
    teacher, related services provider, and other service provider) of 
    an eligible child under this part (1) has access to the child's IEP, 
    and (2) is informed of his or her specific responsibilities related 
    to implementing the IEP, and of the specific accommodations, 
    modifications and supports that must be provided to the child in 
    accordance with the IEP.
        In the case of a child whose behavior impedes the learning of 
    the child or others, the LEA is encouraged to have a regular 
    education teacher or other person knowledgeable about positive 
    behavior strategies at the IEP meeting. This is especially important 
    if the regular education teacher is expected to carry out portions 
    of the IEP.
        Similarly, the special education teacher or provider of the 
    child who is a member of the child's IEP team should be the person 
    who is, or will be, responsible for implementing the IEP. If, for 
    example, the child's disability is a speech impairment, the special 
    education teacher on the IEP team could be the speech-language 
    pathologist.
        27. For a child whose primary disability is a speech impairment, 
    may a public agency meet its responsibility under Sec. 300.344(a)(3) 
    to ensure that the IEP team includes ``at least one special 
    education teacher, or, if appropriate, at least one special 
    education provider of the child'' by including a speech-language 
    pathologist on the IEP team?
        Yes, if speech is considered special education under State 
    standards. As with other children with disabilities, the IEP team 
    must also include at least one of the child's regular education 
    teachers if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular 
    education environment.
        28. Do parents and public agencies have the option of inviting 
    any individual of their choice be participants on their child's IEP 
    team?
        The IEP team may, at the discretion of the parent or the agency, 
    include ``other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise 
    regarding the child * * *'' (Sec. 300.344(a)(6), italics added). 
    Under Sec. 300.344(a)(6), these individuals are members of the IEP 
    team. This is a change from prior law, which provided, without 
    qualification, that parents or agencies could have other individuals 
    as members of the IEP team at the discretion of the parents or 
    agency.
        Under Sec. 300.344(c), the determination as to whether an 
    individual has knowledge or special expertise, within the meaning of 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(6), shall be made by the parent or public agency who 
    has invited the individual to be a member of the IEP team.
        Part B does not provide for including individuals such as 
    representatives of teacher organizations as part of an IEP team, 
    unless they are included because of knowledge or special expertise 
    regarding the child. (Because a representative of a teacher 
    organization would generally be concerned with the interests of the 
    teacher rather than the interests of the child, and generally would 
    not possess knowledge or expertise regarding the child, it generally 
    would be inappropriate for such an official to be a member of the 
    IEP team or to otherwise participate in an IEP meeting.)
        29. Can parents or public agencies bring their attorneys to IEP 
    meetings, and, if so under what circumstances? Are attorney's fees 
    available for parents' attorneys if the parents are prevailing 
    parties in actions or proceedings brought under Part B?
        Section 300.344(a)(6) authorizes the addition to the IEP team of 
    other individuals at the discretion of the parent or the public 
    agency only if those other individuals have knowledge or special 
    expertise regarding the child. The determination of whether an 
    attorney possesses knowledge or special expertise regarding the 
    child would have to be made on a case-by-case basis by the parent or 
    public agency inviting the attorney to be a member of the team.
        The presence of the agency's attorney could contribute to a 
    potentially adversarial atmosphere at the meeting. The same is true 
    with regard to the presence of an attorney accompanying the parents 
    at the IEP meeting. Even if the attorney possessed knowledge or 
    special expertise regarding the child (Sec. 300.344(a)(6)), an 
    attorney's presence would have the potential for creating an 
    adversarial atmosphere that would not necessarily be in the best 
    interests of the child.
        Therefore, the attendance of attorneys at IEP meetings should be 
    strongly discouraged. Further, as specified in Section 
    615(i)(3)(D)(ii) of the Act and Sec. 300.513(c)(2)(ii), Attorneys' 
    fees may not be awarded relating to any meeting of the IEP team 
    unless the meeting is convened as a result of an administrative 
    proceeding or judicial action, or, at the discretion of the State, 
    for a mediation conducted prior to the request for a due process 
    hearing.
        30. Must related services personnel attend IEP meetings?
        Although Part B does not expressly require that the IEP team 
    include related services personnel as part of the IEP team 
    (Sec. 300.344(a)), it is appropriate for those persons to be 
    included if a particular related service is to be discussed as part 
    of the IEP meeting. Section 300.344(a)(6) provides that the IEP team 
    also includes ``at the discretion of the parent or the agency, other 
    individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the 
    child, including related services personnel as appropriate. * * *'' 
    (Italics added.)
        Further, Sec. 300.344(a)(3) requires that the IEP team for each 
    child with a disability include ``at least one special education 
    teacher, or, if appropriate, at least one special education provider 
    of the child * * *'' This requirement can be met by the 
    participation of either (1) a special education teacher of the 
    child, or (2) another special education provider such as a speech-
    language pathologist, physical or occupational therapist, etc., if 
    the related service consists of specially designed instruction and 
    is considered special education under the applicable State standard.
        If a child with a disability has an identified need for related 
    services, it would be appropriate for the related services personnel 
    to attend the meeting or otherwise be involved in developing the 
    IEP. As explained in the Committee Reports on the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997, ``Related services personnel should be included on the team 
    when a particular related service will be discussed at the request 
    of the child's parents or the school.'' (H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 103 
    (1997); S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 23 (1997)). For example, if the 
    child's evaluation indicates the need for a specific related service 
    (e.g., physical therapy, occupational therapy, special 
    transportation services, school social work services, school health 
    services, or counseling), the agency should ensure that a qualified 
    provider of that service either (1) attends the IEP meeting, or (2) 
    provides a written recommendation concerning the nature, frequency, 
    and amount of service to be provided to the child. This written 
    recommendation could be a part of the evaluation report.
        A public agency must ensure that all individuals who are 
    necessary to develop an IEP that will meet the child's unique needs, 
    and ensure the provision of FAPE to the child, participate in the 
    child's IEP meeting.
        31. Must the public agency ensure that all services specified in 
    a child's IEP are provided?
        Yes. The public agency must ensure that all services set forth 
    in the child's IEP are provided, consistent with the child's needs 
    as identified in the IEP. The agency may provide each of those 
    services directly, through its own staff resources; indirectly, by 
    contracting with another public or private agency; or through other 
    arrangements. In providing the services, the agency may use whatever 
    State, local, Federal, and private sources of support are available 
    for those purposes (see Sec. 300.301(a)); but the services must be 
    at no cost to the parents, and the public agency remains responsible 
    for ensuring that the IEP services are provided in a manner that 
    appropriately meets the student's needs as specified in the IEP. The 
    SEA and responsible public agency may not allow the failure of 
    another agency to provide service(s) described in the child's IEP to 
    deny or delay the provision of FAPE to the child. (See Sec. 300.142, 
    Methods of ensuring services.)
        32. Is it permissible for an agency to have the IEP completed 
    before the IEP meeting begins?
        No. Agency staff may come to an IEP meeting prepared with 
    evaluation findings and proposed recommendations regarding IEP 
    content, but the agency must make it clear to the parents at the 
    outset of the meeting that the services proposed by the agency are 
    only recommendations for review and discussion with the parents. 
    Parents have the right to bring questions, concerns, and 
    recommendations to an IEP meeting as part of a full discussion, of 
    the child's needs and the services to be provided to meet those 
    needs before the IEP is finalized.
        Public agencies must ensure that, if agency personnel bring 
    drafts of some or all of the IEP content to the IEP meeting, there 
    is a full discussion with the child's parents, before
    
    [[Page 12479]]
    
    the child's IEP is finalized, regarding drafted content and the 
    child's needs and the services to be provided to meet those needs.
        33. Must a public agency include transportation in a child's IEP 
    as a related service?
        As with other related services, a public agency must provide 
    transportation as a related service if it is required to assist the 
    disabled child to benefit from special education. (This includes 
    transporting a preschool-aged child to the site at which the public 
    agency provides special education and related services to the child, 
    if that site is different from the site at which the child receives 
    other preschool or day care services.)
        In determining whether to include transportation in a child's 
    IEP, and whether the child needs to receive transportation as a 
    related service, it would be appropriate to have at the IEP meeting 
    a person with expertise in that area. In making this determination, 
    the IEP team must consider how the child's disability affects the 
    child's need for transportation, including determining whether the 
    child's disability prevents the child from using the same 
    transportation provided to nondisabled children, or from getting to 
    school in the same manner as nondisabled children.
        The public agency must ensure that any transportation service 
    included in a child's IEP as a related service is provided at public 
    expense and at no cost to the parents, and that the child's IEP 
    describes the transportation arrangement.
        Even if a child's IEP team determines that the child does not 
    require transportation as a related service, Section 504 of the 
    Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, requires that the child 
    receive the same transportation provided to nondisabled children. If 
    a public agency transports nondisabled children, it must transport 
    disabled children under the same terms and conditions. However, if a 
    child's IEP team determines that the child does not need 
    transportation as a related service, and the public agency 
    transports only those children whose IEPs specify transportation as 
    a related service, and does not transport nondisabled children, the 
    public agency would not be required to provide transportation to a 
    disabled child.
        It should be assumed that most children with disabilities 
    receive the same transportation services as nondisabled children. 
    For some children with disabilities, integrated transportation may 
    be achieved by providing needed accommodations such as lifts and 
    other equipment adaptations on regular school transportation 
    vehicles.
        34. Must a public agency provide related services that are 
    required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special 
    education, whether or not those services are included in the list of 
    related services in Sec. 300.24?
        The list of related services is not exhaustive and may include 
    other developmental, corrective, or supportive services if they are 
    required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special 
    education. This could, depending upon the unique needs of a child, 
    include such services as nutritional services or service 
    coordination.
        These determinations must be made on an individual basis by each 
    child's IEP team.
        35. Must the IEP specify the amount of services or may it simply 
    list the services to be provided?
        The amount of services to be provided must be stated in the IEP, 
    so that the level of the agency's commitment of resources will be 
    clear to parents and other IEP team members (Sec. 300.347(a)(6)). 
    The amount of time to be committed to each of the various services 
    to be provided must be (1) appropriate to the specific service, and 
    (2) stated in the IEP in a manner that is clear to all who are 
    involved in both the development and implementation of the IEP.
        The amount of a special education or related service to be 
    provided to a child may be stated in the IEP as a range (e.g., 
    speech therapy to be provided three times per week for 30-45 minutes 
    per session) only if the IEP team determines that stating the amount 
    of services as a range is necessary to meet the unique needs of the 
    child. For example, it would be appropriate for the IEP to specify, 
    based upon the IEP team's determination of the student's unique 
    needs, that particular services are needed only under specific 
    circumstances, such as the occurrence of a seizure or of a 
    particular behavior. A range may not be used because of personnel 
    shortages or uncertainty regarding the availability of staff.
        36. Under what circumstances is a public agency required to 
    permit a child with a disability to use a school-purchased assistive 
    technology device in the child's home or in another setting?
        Each child's IEP team must consider the child's need for 
    assistive technology (AT) in the development of the child's IEP 
    (Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(v)); and the nature and extent of the AT devices 
    and services to be provided to the child must be reflected in the 
    child's IEP (Sec. 300.346(c)).
        A public agency must permit a child to use school-purchased 
    assistive technology devices at home or in other settings, if the 
    IEP team determines that the child needs access to those devices in 
    nonschool settings in order to receive FAPE (to complete homework, 
    for example).
        Any assistive technology devices that are necessary to ensure 
    FAPE must be provided at no cost to the parents, and the parents 
    cannot be charged for normal use, wear and tear. However, while 
    ownership of the devices in these circumstances would remain with 
    the public agency, State law, rather than Part B, generally would 
    govern whether parents are liable for loss, theft, or damage due to 
    negligence or misuse of publicly owned equipment used at home or in 
    other settings in accordance with a child's IEP.
        37. Can the IEP team also function as the group making the 
    placement decision for a child with a disability?
        Yes, a public agency may use the IEP team to make the placement 
    decision for a child, so long as the group making the placement 
    decision meets the requirements of Secs. 300.552 and 300.501(c), 
    which requires that the placement decision be made by a group of 
    persons, including the parents, and other persons knowledgeable 
    about the child, the meaning of the evaluation data, and the 
    placement options.
        38. If a child's IEP includes behavioral strategies to address a 
    particular behavior, can a child ever be suspended for engaging in 
    that behavior?
        If a child's behavior impedes his or her learning or that of 
    others, the IEP team, in developing the child's IEP, must consider, 
    if appropriate, development of strategies, including positive 
    behavioral interventions, strategies and supports to address that 
    behavior, consistent with Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(i). This means that in 
    most cases in which a child's behavior that impedes his or her 
    learning or that of others is, or can be readily anticipated to be, 
    repetitive, proper development of the child's IEP will include the 
    development of strategies, including positive behavioral 
    interventions, strategies and supports to address that behavior. See 
    Sec. 300.346(c). This includes behavior that could violate a school 
    code of conduct. A failure to, if appropriate, consider and address 
    these behaviors in developing and implementing the child's IEP would 
    constitute a denial of FAPE to the child. Of course, in appropriate 
    circumstances, the IEP team, which includes the child's parents, 
    might determine that the child's behavioral intervention plan 
    includes specific regular or alternative disciplinary measures, such 
    as denial of certain privileges or short suspensions, that would 
    result from particular infractions of school rules, along with 
    positive behavior intervention strategies and supports, as a part of 
    a comprehensive plan to address the child's behavior. Of course, if 
    short suspensions that are included in a child's IEP are being 
    implemented in a manner that denies the child access to the ability 
    to progress in the educational program, the child would be denied 
    FAPE.
        Whether other disciplinary measures, including suspension, are 
    ever appropriate for behavior that is addressed in a child's IEP 
    will have to be determined on a case by case basis in light of the 
    particular circumstances of that incident. However, school personnel 
    may not use their ability to suspend a child for 10 days or less at 
    a time on multiple occasions in a school year as a means of avoiding 
    appropriately considering and addressing the child's behavior as a 
    part of providing FAPE to the child.
        39. If a child's behavior in the regular classroom, even with 
    appropriate interventions, would significantly impair the learning 
    of others, can the group that makes the placement decision determine 
    that placement in the regular classroom is inappropriate for that 
    child?
        The IEP team, in developing the IEP, is required to consider, 
    when appropriate, strategies, including positive behavioral 
    interventions, strategies and supports to address the behavior of a 
    child with a disability whose behavior impedes his or her learning 
    or that of others. If the IEP team determines that such supports, 
    strategies or interventions are necessary to address the behavior of 
    the child, those services must be included in the child's IEP. These 
    provisions are designed to foster increased participation of 
    children with disabilities in regular
    
    [[Page 12480]]
    
    education environments or other less restrictive environments, not 
    to serve as a basis for placing children with disabilities in more 
    restrictive settings.
        The determination of appropriate placement for a child whose 
    behavior is interfering with the education of others requires 
    careful consideration of whether the child can appropriately 
    function in the regular classroom if provided appropriate behavioral 
    supports, strategies and interventions. If the child can 
    appropriately function in the regular classroom with appropriate 
    behavioral supports, strategies or interventions, placement in a 
    more restrictive environment would be inconsistent with the least 
    restrictive environment provisions of the IDEA. If the child's 
    behavior in the regular classroom, even with the provision of 
    appropriate behavioral supports, strategies or interventions, would 
    significantly impair the learning of others, that placement would 
    not meet his or her needs and would not be appropriate for that 
    child.
        40. May school personnel during a school year implement more 
    than one short-term removal of a child with disabilities from his or 
    her classroom or school for misconduct?
        Yes. Under Sec. 300.520(a)(1), school personnel may order 
    removal of a child with a disability from the child's current 
    placement for not more than 10 consecutive school days for any 
    violation of school rules, and additional removals of not more than 
    10 consecutive school days in that same school year for separate 
    incidents of misconduct, as long as these removals do not constitute 
    a change of placement under Sec. 300.519(b). However, these removals 
    are permitted only to the extent they are consistent with discipline 
    that is applied to children without disabilities. Also, school 
    personnel should be aware of constitutional due process protections 
    that apply to suspensions of all children. Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 
    565 (1975). Section 300.121(d) addresses the extent of the 
    obligation to provide services after a child with a disability has 
    been removed from his or her current placement for more than 10 
    school days in the same school year.
    
    BILLING CODE: 4000-01-P
    
    [[Page 12481]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.000
    
    
    
    [[Page 12482]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.001
    
    
    
    [[Page 12483]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.002
    
    
    
    [[Page 12484]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.003
    
    
    
    [[Page 12485]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.004
    
    
    
    [[Page 12486]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.005
    
    
    
    [[Page 12487]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.006
    
    
    
    [[Page 12488]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.007
    
    
    
    [[Page 12489]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.008
    
    
    
    [[Page 12490]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.009
    
    
    
    [[Page 12491]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.010
    
    
    
    [[Page 12492]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.011
    
    
    
    [[Page 12493]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.012
    
    
    
    [[Page 12494]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.013
    
    
    
    [[Page 12495]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.014
    
    
    
    [[Page 12496]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.015
    
    
    
    [[Page 12497]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.016
    
    
    
    [[Page 12498]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.017
    
    
    
    [[Page 12499]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.018
    
    
    
    [[Page 12500]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.019
    
    
    
    [[Page 12501]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.020
    
    
    
    [[Page 12502]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.021
    
    
    
    [[Page 12503]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.022
    
    
    
    [[Page 12504]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.023
    
    
    
    [[Page 12505]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.024
    
    
    
    [[Page 12506]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.025
    
    
    
    [[Page 12507]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.026
    
    
    
    [[Page 12508]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.027
    
    
    
    [[Page 12509]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.028
    
    
    
    [[Page 12510]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.029
    
    
    
    [[Page 12511]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.030
    
    
    
    [[Page 12512]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.031
    
    
    
    [[Page 12513]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.032
    
    
    
    [[Page 12514]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.033
    
    
    
    [[Page 12515]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.034
    
    
    
    [[Page 12516]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.035
    
    
    
    [[Page 12517]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.036
    
    
    
    [[Page 12518]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.037
    
    
    
    [[Page 12519]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.038
    
    
    
    [[Page 12520]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.039
    
    
    
    [[Page 12521]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.040
    
    
    
    [[Page 12522]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.041
    
    
    
    [[Page 12523]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.042
    
    
    
    [[Page 12524]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.043
    
    
    
    [[Page 12525]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.044
    
    
    
    [[Page 12526]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.045
    
    
    
    [[Page 12527]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.046
    
    
    
    [[Page 12528]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.047
    
    
    
    [[Page 12529]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.048
    
    
    
    [[Page 12530]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.049
    
    
    
    [[Page 12531]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.050
    
    
    
    [[Page 12532]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.051
    
    
    
    [[Page 12533]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.052
    
    
    
    [[Page 12534]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.053
    
    
    
    [[Page 12535]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR99.054
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4000-01-C
    
    PART 303--EARLY INTERVENTION PROGRAM FOR INFANTS AND TODDLERS WITH 
    DISABILITIES
    
        2. The authority citation for part 303 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1431-1445, unless otherwise noted.
    
    
    Sec. 303.1  [Amended]
    
        3. Section 303.1 is amended by removing the word ``program'' in 
    paragraph (a), and adding, in its place, ``system.''
    
    
    Sec. 303.4  [Amended]
    
        4. Section 303.4 is amended by revising the authority citation to 
    read as follows:
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(h))
    
        5. Section 303.5 is amended by adding ``, and'' at the end of 
    paragraph (a)(1)(vi), by revising paragraph (a)(3), and by revising the 
    authority citation to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.5  Applicable regulations.
    
    * * * * *
        (a) * * *
        (3) The following regulations in 34 CFR part 300 (Assistance to 
    States for the Education of Children with Disabilities Program): 
    Secs. 300.560-300.577, and Secs. 300.580-300.585.
    * * * * *
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401, 1416, 1417)
    
    
    Secs. 303.6, 303.12, and 303.18  [Amended]
    
        6. The note preceding Sec. 303.6 and following the heading 
    ``Definitions'' is amended by removing the phrase ``'natural 
    environments'' in Sec. 303.12(b)(2)'' and adding, in its place, 
    ```natural environments' in Sec. 303.18''.
        7. Section 303.10 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.10  Developmental delay.
    
        As used in this part, ``developmental delay,'' when used with 
    respect to an individual residing in a State, has the meaning given to 
    that term under Sec. 303.300.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1432(3))
    
    
    Sec. 303.12  [Amended]
    
        8. Section 303.12(d)(11) is amended by removing the reference to 
    ``Sec. 303.22'' and by adding in its place ``Sec. 303.23''.
        9. Section 303.19 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.19  Parent.
    
        (a) General. As used in this part, ``parent'' means--
        (1) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
        (2) A guardian;
        (3) A person acting in the place of a parent (such as a grandparent 
    or stepparent with whom the child lives, or a person who is legally 
    responsible for the child's welfare); or
        (4) A surrogate parent who has been assigned in accordance with 
    Sec. 303.406.
        (b) Foster parent. Unless State law prohibits a foster parent from 
    acting as a parent, a State may allow a foster parent to act as a 
    parent under Part C of the Act if--
        (1) The natural parents' authority to make the decisions required 
    of parents under the Act has been extinguished under State law; and
        (2) The foster parent--
        (i) Has an ongoing, long-term parental relationship with the child;
        (ii) Is willing to make the decisions required of parents under the 
    Act; and
        (iii) Has no interest that would conflict with the interests of the 
    child.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(19), 1431-1445)
    
        10. Section 303.100 is amended by revising paragraph (d)(2) to read 
    as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.100  Conditions of assistance.
    
    * * * * *
        (d) * * *
        (2) A new interpretation is made of the Act by a Federal court or 
    the State's highest court; or
    * * * * *
    
    
    Sec. 303.140  [Amended]
    
        11. In Sec. 303.140 paragraph (b) is amended by adding the words, 
    ``in the State'' after ``services are available to all infants and 
    toddlers with disabilities''.
    
    
    Sec. 303.145  [Amended]
    
        12. Section 303.145 is amended by revising the heading for 
    paragraph (c) to
    
    [[Page 12536]]
    
    read ``Maintenance and implementation activities''; and by removing the 
    words ``planning, developing'' in paragraph (c)(1), and adding, in 
    their place, ``maintaining''. 3. Section 303.344 is amended by adding 
    ``and'' after ``Sec. 303.12(b)'' in paragraph (d)(1)(ii), and by 
    revising paragraph (h)(1) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.344  Content of an IFSP.
    
    * * * * *
        (h) Transition from Part C services. (1) The IFSP must include the 
    steps to be taken to support the transition of the child, in accordance 
    with Sec. 303.148, to--
        (i) Preschool services under Part B of the Act, to the extent that 
    those services are appropriate; or
        (ii) Other services that may be available, if appropriate.
    * * * * *
        14. Section 303.403 is amended by removing the word ``and'' at the 
    end of paragraph (b)(2); by revising paragraph (b)(3); by adding a new 
    paragraph (b)(4); and by revising the authority citation to read as 
    follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.403  Prior notice; native language.
    
    * * * * *
        (b) * * *
        (3) All procedural safeguards that are available under 
    Secs. 303.401-303.460 of this part; and
        (4) The State complaint procedures under Secs. 303.510-303.512, 
    including a description of how to file a complaint and the timelines 
    under those procedures.
    * * * * *
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1439(a)(6) and (7))
    
        15. Section 303.510 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.510  Adopting complaint procedures.
    
        (a) General. Each lead agency shall adopt written procedures for--
        (1) Resolving any complaint, including a complaint filed by an 
    organization or individual from another State, that any public agency 
    or private service provider is violating a requirement of Part C of the 
    Act or this Part by--
        (i) Providing for the filing of a complaint with the lead agency; 
    and
        (ii) At the lead agency's discretion, providing for the filing of a 
    complaint with a public agency and the right to have the lead agency 
    review the public agency's decision on the complaint; and
        (2) Widely disseminating to parents and other interested 
    individuals, including parent training centers, protection and advocacy 
    agencies, independent living centers, and other appropriate entities, 
    the State's procedures under Secs. 303.510-303.512.
        (b) Remedies for denial of appropriate services. In resolving a 
    complaint in which it finds a failure to provide appropriate services, 
    a lead agency, pursuant to its general supervisory authority under Part 
    C of the Act, must address:
        (1) How to remediate the denial of those services, including, as 
    appropriate, the awarding of monetary reimbursement or other corrective 
    action appropriate to the needs of the child and the child's family; 
    and
        (2) Appropriate future provision of services for all infants and 
    toddlers with disabilities and their families.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1435(a)(10))
    
        16. Section 303.511 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.511  An organization or individual may file a complaint.
    
        (a) General. An individual or organization may file a written 
    signed complaint under Sec. 303.510. The complaint must include--
        (1) A statement that the State has violated a requirement of part C 
    of the Act or the regulations in this part; and
        (2) The facts on which the complaint is based.
        (b) Limitations. The alleged violation must have occurred not more 
    than one year before the date that the complaint is received by the 
    public agency unless a longer period is reasonable because--
        (1) The alleged violation continues for that child or other 
    children; or
        (2) The complainant is requesting reimbursement or corrective 
    action for a violation that occurred not more than three years before 
    the date on which the complaint is received by the public agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1435(a)(10))
    
        17. Section 303.512 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.512  Minimum State complaint procedures.
    
        (a) Time limit, minimum procedures. Each lead agency shall include 
    in its complaint procedures a time limit of 60 calendar days after a 
    complaint is filed under Sec. 303.510(a) to--
        (1) Carry out an independent on-site investigation, if the lead 
    agency determines that such an investigation is necessary;
        (2) Give the complainant the opportunity to submit additional 
    information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations in the 
    complaint;
        (3) Review all relevant information and make an independent 
    determination as to whether the public agency is violating a 
    requirement of Part C of the Act or of this Part; and
        (4) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each 
    allegation in the complaint and contains--
        (i) Findings of fact and conclusions; and
        (ii) The reasons for the lead agency's final decision.
        (b) Time extension; final decisions; implementation. The lead 
    agency's procedures described in paragraph (a) of this section also 
    must--
        (1) Permit an extension of the time limit under paragraph (a) of 
    this section only if exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a 
    particular complaint; and
        (2) Include procedures for effective implementation of the lead 
    agency's final decision, if needed, including--
        (i) Technical assistance activities;
        (ii) Negotiations; and
        (iii) Corrective actions to achieve compliance.
        (c) Complaints filed under this section, and due process hearings 
    under Sec. 303.420. (1) If a written complaint is received that is also 
    the subject of a due process hearing under Sec. 303.420, or contains 
    multiple issues, of which one or more are part of that hearing, the 
    State must set aside any part of the complaint that is being addressed 
    in the due process hearing until the conclusion of the hearing. 
    However, any issue in the complaint that is not a part of the due 
    process action must be resolved within the 60-calendar-day timeline 
    using the complaint procedures described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
    this section.
        (2) If an issue is raised in a complaint filed under this section 
    that has previously been decided in a due process hearing involving the 
    same parties--
        (i) The hearing decision is binding; and
        (ii) The lead agency must inform the complainant to that effect.
        (3) A complaint alleging a public agency's or private service 
    provider's failure to implement a due process decision must be resolved 
    by the lead agency.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1435(a)(10))
    
        18. Section 303.520 is amended by adding a new paragraph (d); and 
    revising the authority citation to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 303.520  Policies related to payment for services.
    
    * * * * *
        (d) Proceeds from public or private insurance. (1) Proceeds from 
    public or
    
    [[Page 12537]]
    
    private insurance are not treated as program income for purposes of 34 
    CFR 80.25.
        (2) If a public agency spends reimbursements from Federal funds 
    (e.g., Medicaid) for services under this part, those funds are not 
    considered State or local funds for purposes of the provisions 
    contained in Sec. 303.124.
    
    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1432(4)(B), 1435(a)(10))
    
    (Note: This attachment will not be codified in the Code of Federal 
    Regulations.)
    
    Attachment 1--Analysis of Comments and Changes
    
        The following is an analysis of the significant issues raised by 
    the public comments received on the NPRM published on October 22, 1997 
    (62 FR 55026), and a description of the changes made in the proposed 
    regulations since publication of the NPRM.
        Except for relevant general comments relating to the overall NPRM, 
    which are discussed at the beginning of this analysis, specific 
    substantive issues are discussed under the subpart and section of the 
    regulations to which they pertain. References to subparts and section 
    numbers in this attachment are to those contained in the final 
    regulations.
        This analysis generally does not address--
        (a) Minor changes, including technical changes, made to the 
    language published in the NPRM;
        (b) Suggested changes the Secretary is not legally authorized to 
    make under applicable statutory authority;
        (c) The organizational structure of these regulations and the 
    extent to which statutory language is used; and
        (d) Comments that express concerns of a general nature about the 
    Department or other matters that are not directly relevant to these 
    regulations, such as requests for information about innovative 
    instructional methods or matters that lie within the purview of State 
    and local decision-makers.
    
    General Comments
    
        Comment: Some commenters stated that the notes in the regulations 
    are extremely important because they provide additional information and 
    clarification. Other commenters expressed concerns about the extensive 
    use of notes throughout the NPRM and raised questions about their legal 
    status. Several of the commenters stated that the number of notes 
    should be dramatically reduced because they go well beyond 
    clarification, creating a new interpretation that differs from the 
    statutory language.
        Many of the commenters stated that any note that is intended to be 
    a requirement should be incorporated into the text of the regulations. 
    Some of the commenters felt that all other notes that are not 
    requirements should be deleted or otherwise moved to a nonregulatory 
    format, such as a technical assistance document. Other commenters 
    indicated that notes should be used only for guidance and examples, or 
    clarifying information, including appropriate references to recent 
    legislative history.
        Discussion: In light of the comments received, certain changes with 
    respect to notes in these final regulations are appropriate and should 
    be made. The Department does not regulate by notes. Therefore, the 
    substance of any note that should be a requirement should be 
    incorporated into the text of the regulations. Information that was 
    contained in a note that provides meaningful guidance is reflected in 
    the discussion of the relevant section of these regulations in this 
    Attachment so that the public will have access to the information. 
    Information in any note that is not considered to be useful should 
    simply be removed.
        Changes: Consistent with the above discussion, all notes have been 
    removed as notes from these final regulations. The substance of any 
    note considered to be a requirement has been added to the text of the 
    regulations. Information in any note considered to provide clarifying 
    information or useful guidance has been incorporated into the 
    discussion of the applicable comments in this Attachment or, as 
    appropriate, in Appendix A (Notice of Interpretation on IEPs). Notes 
    that are no longer relevant have simply been deleted. A table is 
    included in attachment 3 that describes the disposition of all notes in 
    the NPRM.
        Comment: A few commenters stated that the NPRM should have focused 
    only on implementing the IDEA Amendments of 1997, and expressed concern 
    that it was used to regulate on subjects addressed in previous policy 
    letters that should be published separately for public comment. These 
    commenters stated that the attempt to bring forward in the NPRM policy 
    letters that interpret prior law is inappropriate because the new law 
    has a goal of including children with disabilities in the general 
    curriculum and improving results for these children, in contrast to the 
    focus in prior law of simply providing disabled children access to 
    public schools.
        Discussion: Publishing a separate NPRM on longstanding policy 
    letters is not in the best interests of the general public because it 
    would impose an added burden on the reviewers and would be inefficient, 
    ineffective, and very costly. In fact, by incorporating the positions 
    taken in these policy letters into the NPRM, they already have been 
    subjected to the public comment process. It also would be confusing 
    both to parents and public agencies if the longstanding policy 
    interpretations were not included in these final regulations, because 
    it would imply that the provisions were no longer in effect. Moreover, 
    it is important for parents, public agency staff, and others to be able 
    to review all proposed changes to the regulations at one time and in a 
    single context.
        Although the new amendments place greater emphasis on the 
    participation of disabled children in the general curriculum and on 
    ensuring better results for these children, the essential rights and 
    protections in prior law, including the concept of the least 
    restrictive environment have been retained under the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997, and, in many respects, have been strengthened. Many of the 
    interpretations of prior law--including those relating to the rights 
    and protections afforded under the law--continue to be relevant to 
    implementing Part B. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to exclude 
    them from the final regulations.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Some commenters stated that, in the preamble to the NPRM, 
    the characterization of prior law as focusing simply on ensuring access 
    to education is a misstatement and should be deleted. The commenters 
    indicated that the courts have traditionally acknowledged that disabled 
    children were entitled to participate fully in all educational programs 
    and services available to all other students, and added that a correct 
    interpretation of prior law is necessary because of pending and new 
    court cases.
        Discussion: The broader interpretation of prior law raised by 
    commenters is the correct one. That characterization is reflected in 
    the definition of FAPE (that, among other things, FAPE includes 
    preschool, elementary, or secondary school education in the State), and 
    in the provisions under Secs. 300.304 (Full educational opportunity 
    goal) and 300.305 (Program options). The statement in the preamble, 
    however, was reflective of the status of the education of disabled 
    children prior to 1975--in which approximately one million of those 
    children were excluded from public education, and of the evolution of 
    the program over a 22-year period.
        Experience and research over that period have demonstrated that, as 
    reflected in the statutory findings, the education of disabled children 
    can be
    
    [[Page 12538]]
    
    more effective by having higher expectations for those children, and 
    ensuring their access to the general curriculum, as well as other 
    findings (see section 601(c)(5) of the Act). Therefore, it is correct 
    to state that the 1997 amendments place greater emphasis on a results-
    oriented approach related to improving educational results for disabled 
    children than was true under prior law.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Commenters requested clarification relating to the 
    ``reserved'' sections in the regulations, and indicated that if 
    regulatory language is inserted into those reserved sections, the 
    inserted language should be subjected to the same field input process 
    that was used for the rest of the regulations.
        Discussion: The reserved sections are simply placeholders for 
    future regulations, if further regulations become necessary. Any 
    regulations that would be added to those reserved sections in the 
    future would be subject to notice and comment in accordance with the 
    Department's rulemaking procedures. These procedures include a 90-day 
    public comment period as required by section 607(a) of the Act.
        Changes: None.
    
    Subpart A
    
    Purposes (Sec. 300.1)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that Sec. 300.1 be amended to 
    include the new purposes under sections 601(d)(2) of the Act (relating 
    to the early intervention program for infants and toddlers with 
    disabilities under Part C of the Act), and 601(d)(3) (relating to 
    ensuring that educators and parents have the tools necessary to improve 
    educational results for children with disabilities).
        Some commenters expressed their support of the emphasis on 
    independent living and preparation for employment in the Act and 
    regulations. A few commenters stated that the note following Sec. 300.1 
    (that includes the definition of ``independent living'' from the 
    Rehabilitation Act of 1973), sets forth the spirit of these 
    regulations. Other commenters requested that the note be revised to 
    clarify that the purpose of the note is not to disturb the longstanding 
    understanding of FAPE for children with disabilities, and that 
    maximization of educational services is not required under Part B.
        Several commenters recommended that the note be deleted. Some of 
    these commenters stated that it is misleading and confusing to include 
    the purposes of other statutes in these regulations, that it implies 
    that school districts are responsible for some rehabilitation services, 
    and that ``independent living'' is a term of art, and not just an 
    educational enterprise.
        Discussion: Section 300.1 includes the statutory purposes that are 
    specifically related to the Assistance for Education of All Children 
    with Disabilities Program under Part B of the Act and to these 
    regulations, which are codified at 34 CFR Part 300. Therefore, the list 
    of statutory purposes contained in Sec. 300.1 should be retained.
        Although statutory purposes relating to Part C have not been 
    included in these regulations, these purposes were included as part of 
    the regulations in 34 CFR Part 303 implementing Part C published in the 
    Federal Register on April 14, 1998 (63 FR 18289). In addition, although 
    the second purpose in section 601(d)(3) of the Act is relevant to the 
    successful implementation of these regulations, (i.e., ensuring that 
    educators and parents have the tools necessary to improve educational 
    results for children with disabilities) this statutory purpose is 
    directed at the discretionary programs under Part D of the Act, and not 
    to the requirements under Part B.
        Independent living is an important concept in the education of 
    children with disabilities, as set forth in Sec. 300.1(a). However, 
    because the note goes beyond the stated purposes of these regulations 
    and focuses on a provision from another law, it is confusing, and the 
    note should be deleted.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.1 has been deleted. A 
    discussion of independent living has been incorporated into Appendix A 
    with respect to transition services.
    
    Applicability to State, Local, and Private Agencies (Sec. 300.2)
    
        Comment: A few commenters recommended that charter schools be 
    included in the list of public agencies to which these regulations 
    apply, because these schools are sometimes treated by State law as 
    political subdivisions, and, thus, would be subject to the requirements 
    of these regulations. Other commenters emphasized the importance of 
    clarifying the formal obligations of agencies other than educational 
    agencies, particularly with respect to mental health services.
        Discussion: Because of the increasing attention that charter 
    schools are receiving, it is appropriate to specifically clarify that 
    under the statute public charter schools that are not otherwise already 
    included as LEAs or ESAs and are not a school of an LEA or ESA in the 
    list of political subdivisions that are subject to the requirements of 
    these regulations. Charter schools are also addressed in other sections 
    of these regulations (see analysis of comments under Secs. 300.18, 
    300.22, 300.241, and 300.312).
        A change is not necessary to address responsibility of an agency 
    other than an educational agency for services necessary for ensuring a 
    free appropriate public education including mental health services. 
    Section 300.142 addresses interagency agreements and the requirements 
    of section 612(a)(12) of the Act regarding methods of ensuring 
    services. See discussion of Sec. 300.142 in this Analysis.
        In light of the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    final regulations, the note following this section of the NPRM should 
    be deleted. The substance of this note, regarding the applicability of 
    these regulations to each public agency that has direct or delegated 
    authority to provide special education and related services in a State 
    receiving Part B funds, regardless of that agency's receipt of Part B 
    funds, should be incorporated into the text of this regulation.
        Changes: Section 300.2 has been amended by redesignating the 
    existing paragraph (b) as paragraph (b)(1), by adding public charter 
    schools that are not otherwise included as LEAs or ESAs and are not a 
    school of an LEA or ESA to the list of entities to which these 
    regulations apply, and by removing the note to this section of the NPRM 
    and adding the substance of that note as paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section.
    
    Definitions--General Comments
    
        Comment: Commenters recommended that the final regulations should 
    (1) include a master list of all terms used in these regulations and 
    the specific section in which each term is defined; (2) add other 
    relevant statutory terms in the IDEA that were omitted from the NPRM 
    (e.g., institution of higher education, nonprofit, parent organization, 
    parent training and information center, and SEA etc.); (3) update 
    Sec. 300.28 to add ``elementary school,'' ``nonprofit,'' and ``SEA'' to 
    the list of relevant terms defined in the Education Department General 
    Administrative Regulations (EDGAR); (4) define terms used in two or 
    more subparts of these regulations, such as consent, direct services, 
    evaluation, personally identifiable, private school children with 
    disabilities, and public expense; and (5) that the master list of 
    definitions in note 1 to this section of the NPRM was not complete 
    because it omitted the definitions of the thirteen terms defined within 
    the definition of
    
    [[Page 12539]]
    
    ``child with a disability,'' the fifteen terms defined within the 
    definition of ``related services,'' and the four terms defined within 
    the definition of ``special education.''
        Some commenters requested that the following definitions be 
    deleted: ``comparable services'' (Sec. 300.455); ``extended school 
    year'' (Sec. 300.309); ``meetings'' (Sec. 300.501); and ``financial 
    costs'' (Sec. 300.142(e)), because none of the terms is defined in the 
    statute, and the regulations should not exceed the statute. Other 
    commenters recommended adding definitions of ``change of placement;'' 
    ``competent eighteen year old;'' ``developmental delay;'' ``school 
    day;'' ``extra curricular activities;'' ``functional behavioral 
    assessment;'' ``impeding behavior;'' ``other agency personnel;'' 
    ``paraprofessional;'' ``positive behavior support or intervention 
    plan;'' and ``positive behavioral intervention strategies.''
        A few commenters expressed concern with the use of ``adversely 
    affects educational performance'' throughout Sec. 300.7(b) as 
    potentially limiting the services that are provided to disabled 
    children, especially those children who are academically gifted but who 
    still need transition services to postsecondary education, and 
    recommended that a definition of this term be added to the regulations.
        Discussion: It would make the regulations more useful to parents 
    and others by: (1) Adding to Subpart A the definitions of terms of 
    general applicability (e.g., consent, evaluation, and personally 
    identifiable) that are used in two or more subparts of these final 
    regulations, and (2) adding to Sec. 300.30, previously Sec. 300.28 of 
    the NPRM, relevant terms used in these regulations that are defined in 
    EDGAR (e.g., elementary school, secondary school, nonprofit, and State 
    educational agency).
        It also would make the regulations more useful to include an 
    alphabetical master list of the definitions of terms used in this part, 
    and the specific section in which each term is defined, including terms 
    of general applicability (e.g., FAPE and IEP), terms used in a single 
    section or subpart (e.g., ``illegal drug'' and ``weapon''), and 
    individual terms used in the definitions of ``child with a 
    disability,'' ``related services,'' and ``special education.'' These 
    regulations should include an index that identifies the key terms used 
    in the regulations and lists the specific section in which each term is 
    used; and the master list of definitions of the terms should be 
    included in the index.
        A definition of the term ``parent training and information center'' 
    should not be added, but the statutory definition of that term in 
    section 602(21) of the Act is referenced in the sections of these 
    regulations that use the term (Sec. 300.506(d)(1)(i) (relating to 
    mediation) and Sec. 300.589(c)(4) (relating to waiver of the 
    nonsupplanting requirement)), and the term ``parent training centers'', 
    which has been dropped from Sec. 300.660(b), would be replaced by a 
    reference to the statutory term.
        The disposition of the terms defined in Secs. 300.142(e), 300.309, 
    300.455, and 300.501 of the NPRM is addressed in each of the pertinent 
    sections of this attachment.
        With respect to the term ``adversely affects educational 
    performance,'' in order for a child to be eligible for services under 
    Part B, the child must meet the two-pronged test established under 
    Sec. 300.7(a), which reflects the statutory definition in section 
    602(3) of the Act. This means that the child has one of the listed 
    conditions that adversely affects educational performance, and who, 
    because of that condition, needs special education and related 
    services. Revising this language in the manner suggested by commenters 
    could result in an unwarranted expansion of eligibility under Part B. 
    It should be pointed out that a child who is academically gifted but 
    who may not be progressing at the rate desired is not automatically 
    eligible under Part B. Neither is the child automatically ineligible. 
    Rather, determinations as to a child's eligibility for services under 
    Part B must be made on a case-by-case basis in accordance with 
    applicable evaluation procedures.
        In light of the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    final regulations, Notes 1 and 2 following the subheading 
    ``Definitions'' and immediately preceding Sec. 300.5 in the NPRM should 
    be deleted. Note 1 listed the terms defined in specific sections of the 
    NPRM. As stated earlier in this discussion, those terms should be 
    included in a master list of definitions in a newly-created index to 
    these final regulations. Note 2 contained abbreviations of common terms 
    used in these regulations (e.g. the use of ``FAPE'' for ``free 
    appropriate public education''). In lieu of listing those abbreviations 
    in a note, each term should be included parenthetically in the text of 
    the regulations as that term appears; and, thereafter, either the 
    abbreviation or the full term may be used interchangeably, depending on 
    the context in which it is used.
        Changes: References to the terms defined in Sec. 300.500--
    ``consent,'' ``evaluation,'' and ``personally identifiable''--have been 
    added as Secs. 300.8, 300.12, and 300.21 of these final regulations. 
    Relevant terms from EDGAR referenced throughout these regulations have 
    been added to Sec. 300.30. Notes 1 and 2 immediately preceding 
    Sec. 300.5 have been removed. An index to these regulations have been 
    added as a new Appendix B, and a master list of the definitions of all 
    terms used in this part has been included in the index under the 
    heading ``Definitions of terms used under this part.'' The 
    abbreviations listed in Note 2 have been included in the text of the 
    regulations, as described in the above discussion.
    
    Assistive Technology Devices and Services (Secs. 300.5 and 300.6)
    
        Comment: Some commenters recommended that assistive technology 
    devices and services be listed as a related service under Sec. 300.22, 
    as well as defined separately under Secs. 300.5 and 300.6. Some 
    commenters also recommended changes that would alter the statutory 
    definitions of these terms. A few commenters requested that Secs. 300.5 
    and 300.6 be amended to add language clarifying that assistive 
    technology devices and services are only required for a disabled child 
    if necessary for the child to benefit from special education. A few 
    commenters stated that the regulations should clarify public agency 
    responsibility for providing personal devices, such as eyeglasses, 
    hearing aids, braces and medication, while other commenters recommended 
    that the regulations make explicit that public agencies are not 
    responsible for providing personally-prescribed devices under these 
    regulations. Commenters also requested that the regulations include 
    examples of assistive technology devices for children, including a 
    range of high to low technology devices, such as postural supports, 
    mobility aids, and positioning equipment. Commenters also requested 
    clarification on how school districts draw distinctions between a 
    child's need for an assistive technology device and a parent's desire 
    for the child to have the newest and best device on the market.
        Discussion: As stated in the note following Sec. 300.6 of the NPRM, 
    the definitions of ``Assistive technology device'' and ``Assistive 
    technology service'' in sections 602(1) and 602(2) of the Act are 
    substantially identical to the definitions of those terms used in the 
    Technology-Related Assistance for Individuals with Disabilities Act of 
    1988, as amended (Tech Act). Since
    
    [[Page 12540]]
    
    Sec. Sec. 300.5-300.6 essentially adopt the statutory definitions of 
    these terms, no changes to these statutory definitions should be made 
    in these final regulations. However, consistent with Part B, the words 
    ``child with a disability'' were substituted for the statutory 
    reference to individual with a disability found in the definitions 
    contained in the Tech Act. In addition, in light of the general 
    decision not to use notes in these final regulations, the note to 
    Sec. 300.6 of the NPRM should be removed.
        Section 300.308 of these regulations specifies that an assistive 
    technology device or service is only required if it is determined, 
    through the IEP process, to be (1) special education, as defined in 
    Sec. 300.26, (2) related services, as defined in Sec. 300.24, or (3) 
    supplementary aids and services, as defined in Sec. 300.28. No further 
    clarification should be provided, and references to Sec. 300.308 should 
    not be included in the definitions of ``related services'' under 
    Sec. 300.24 or ``special education'' under Sec. 300.26. Section 300.308 
    is sufficient to explain how a determination about a child's need for 
    an assistive technology device or service is made.
        As a general matter, public agencies are not responsible for 
    providing personal devices, such as eyeglasses or hearing aids or 
    braces, that a disabled child requires regardless of whether he or she 
    is attending school. However, if a child's IEP team specifies that a 
    child requires a personal device in order to receive FAPE, the public 
    agency must provide the device at no cost to the child's parents. 
    Consistent with section 612(a)(12) of the Act, public agencies that are 
    otherwise obligated under Federal or State law or assigned 
    responsibility under State policy or interagency agreement or other 
    mechanisms to provide or pay for any services that are also considered 
    special education or related services, including devices that are 
    necessary for ensuring FAPE, must fulfill that obligation or 
    responsibility, either directly or through contract or other 
    arrangement.
        Regarding responsibilities relative to medication under Sec. 300.5, 
    medication is an excluded ``medical service,'' and is not the 
    responsibility of a public agency under these regulations; therefore, 
    the change suggested by commenters is not warranted.
        Further examples of assistive technology are not necessary within 
    these regulations. Because the definitions of assistive technology 
    devices and services have been included in these regulations for over 
    five years and have been included in the Tech Act since 1988, most 
    public agencies should be informed about those devices and services for 
    purposes of implementing these regulations. Examples of assistive 
    technology devices and services and other relevant information may be 
    available through one of the technical assistance providers funded by 
    the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research in the 
    Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) or 
    other technical assistance providers funded by OSERS.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.6 has been removed.
        Comment: Some commenters asked for clarification that (1) the 
    statutory provision encompasses both a child's own assistive technology 
    needs (e.g., electronic note takers, cassette recorders, and speech 
    synthesizers), as well as access to general technology used by all 
    students, (2) a child with a disability may take assistive technology 
    devices home for use on homework and other assignments, as well as for 
    use in the community, and (3) school districts have continuing 
    responsibility for installation, repair, and maintenance of devices. 
    These commenters added that in order to fully benefit from assistive 
    technology, children with disabilities must be able to use it on all 
    school-work assignments, whether done in the classroom or at home or in 
    the community; and LEAs must ensure that children, their teachers, and 
    other personnel receive the necessary in-service instruction on the 
    operation and maintenance of technology. Other commenters requested 
    that the final regulations specify in the text of the regulations or in 
    a note (1) the right of children with disabilities to take devices home 
    or to other settings, as needed, and (2) the issue of ownership and 
    responsibility.
        Discussion: The provision of assistive technology devices and 
    services is limited to those situations in which they are required in 
    order for a disabled child to receive FAPE. However, subject to this 
    limitation, commenters are correct that (1) ``assistive technology'' 
    encompasses both a disabled child's own personal needs for assistive 
    technology devices (e.g., electronic note-takers, cassette recorders, 
    etc), as well as access to general technology devices used by all 
    students, and (2) if an eligible child is unable, without a specific 
    accommodation, to use a technology device used by all students, the 
    agency must ensure that the necessary accommodation is provided. 
    Further, commenters are correct that LEAs must ensure that students, 
    their teachers, and other personnel receive the necessary in-service 
    instruction on the operation and maintenance of technology.
        Finally, Sec. 300.308 of these final regulations should be amended 
    to clarify that, on a case-by-case basis, the use of school-purchased 
    assistive technology devices in a child's home or in other settings is 
    required if the child's IEP team determines that the child needs to 
    have access to those devices in order to receive FAPE. The assistive 
    technology devices that are necessary to ensure FAPE must be provided 
    at no cost to the parents, and the parents cannot be charged for normal 
    use, and wear and tear. However, while ownership of the device in these 
    circumstances would remain with the public agency, State law, rather 
    than Part B, generally would govern whether parents are liable for 
    loss, theft, or damage due to negligence or misuse of publicly owned 
    equipment used at home or in other settings in accordance with a 
    child's IEP.
        Changes: No change has been made to this section in response to 
    these comments. However, Sec. 300.308 has been amended, consistent with 
    the above discussion.
    
    Child With a Disability (Sec. 300.7)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that the definition of 
    developmental delay be consistent across both Part B and the early 
    intervention program under Part C. The commenters stated that defining 
    the term consistently across all age ranges will help to avoid 
    confusion, enhance transition, and conform to diagnostic procedures. 
    Other commenters requested that States not be allowed to establish 
    their own definitions of developmental delay because of the risk of 
    inequitable services across State lines.
        Several commenters requested that children with sensory 
    disabilities (such as deafness or blindness) not be included under the 
    developmental delay designation, because a sensory disability is a 
    permanent condition and not a delay. Some commenters requested that 
    LEAs be required to justify, through assessment and elimination of 
    specific disabilities, why a child is identified as developmentally 
    delayed. One of the commenters stated that LEAs must be required to 
    include assessment of uneven patterns of development as part of the 
    determination of developmental delay, and added that developmental 
    delay should be utilized for individual cases where the child's 
    disability cannot be identified, although delays are manifested in the 
    child.
    
    [[Page 12541]]
    
        A few commenters recommended that the regulations make clear that 
    (1) the broad definition of developmental delay must not be used to 
    deny proper evaluations, and (2) a full, comprehensive evaluation of 
    each child must be conducted in all areas of suspected disability so 
    that the child's particular educational and other disability-related 
    needs can be effectively addressed.
        Some commenters disagreed with the language in Note 2 prohibiting 
    States that have adopted developmental delay from requiring LEAs to 
    also adopt the provision, since LEAs, as agents of the State, may be 
    directed by the State to enforce what the State has adopted. Other 
    commenters recommended that the regulations make clear that an LEA is 
    not required to indicate why a child is in a developmental delay 
    category rather than in a disability category, and that an LEA is not 
    required to categorize the child as having one of the thirteen 
    disabilities before using the developmental delay designation.
        Discussion: The term ``developmental delay'' is a statutory term 
    that is included in both Parts B and C of the Act. A definition of 
    developmental delay, substantially similar to the definition in 
    Sec. 300.7(a)(2) of the NPRM, should be retained in these final 
    regulations. Because of the numerous questions raised by commenters 
    about the application of this definition, it is determined that a new 
    paragraph describing requirements governing the use of the 
    developmental delay designation should be added to these final 
    regulations as Sec. 300.313. In light of these changes, the definition 
    of ``developmental delay'' would be placed in paragraph (b) of 
    Sec. 300.7 of these final regulations, and paragraph (b) of this 
    section of the NPRM would be redesignated as a new paragraph (c).
        Also, in light of the general decision not to use notes in these 
    final regulations, Notes 2 and 3 following this section of the NPRM 
    should be removed, and the substance of these notes would be 
    incorporated into the new Sec. 300.313. This new section will (1) set 
    out the requirements for States and LEAs in using the developmental 
    delay designation; (2) clarify that States and LEAs may use the 
    developmental delay designation for any child who has an identifiable 
    disability, provided all of the child's identified needs are addressed; 
    and (3) clarify that a State may, but is not required to, adopt a 
    common definition of developmental delay for Parts B and C.
        States electing to adopt the term developmental delay are not 
    prohibited from also continuing to use the disability categories in 
    Sec. 300.7(a) and (c) for those children who have been evaluated in 
    accordance with Secs. 300.530-300.536 as having one of the listed 
    disabilities and who because of that disability need special education 
    and related services. Although States traditionally have had the 
    authority to require LEAs to adopt State policies, new section 
    602(3)(B) of the Act, unlike the provision in prior law, provides that 
    implementation of the provision related to serving children under the 
    developmental delay designation is at the discretion of both the State 
    and the LEA. New Sec. 300.313 reflects this statutory change.
        Under the statute, States also have the discretion to apply the 
    term developmental delay to children who have an identified sensory 
    disability (such as deafness or blindness) or any other permanent 
    condition (such as a significant cognitive disability), or to use the 
    specific categories. However, States must ensure that children with 
    sensory impairments or other permanent conditions are evaluated in all 
    areas of suspected disability, and that the educational and other 
    disability-related needs of these children identified through 
    applicable evaluation procedures are appropriately addressed.
        It is important to ensure that the broad definition of 
    developmental delay is not used to deny children proper evaluations. In 
    all cases, evaluations must be sufficiently comprehensive to ensure 
    that children's needs are appropriately identified. The provisions in 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536 of these regulations should ensure that 
    evaluations of children in States and LEAs that use the developmental 
    delay designation are sufficiently comprehensive to address the full 
    range of these children's needs. It would not be appropriate to require 
    public agencies to justify why a child is identified as developmental 
    delay rather than under one of the other disability designations in 
    these regulations.
        Changes: Section 300.7 has been amended by adding a new paragraph 
    (a)(2) to clarify that if a child has one of the disabilities listed in 
    paragraph (a) of this section but only needs a related service and not 
    special education that child is not a child with a disability under 
    this part, unless the related service is considered special education 
    rather than a related service under State standards. Paragraph (a)(2) 
    of the NPRM has been redesignated as paragraph (b) of these final 
    regulations, entitled ``children aged three through nine experiencing 
    developmental delays,'' which incorporates the definition in 
    Sec. 300.7(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of the NPRM; and a new Sec. 300.313 has 
    been added that clarifies the circumstances under which the DD 
    designation is used, reflecting the substance of proposed 
    Sec. 300.7(a)(2)(iii) and Notes 2 and 3 to this section of the NPRM. 
    Notes 2 and 3 to this section of the NPRM have been deleted. Paragraph 
    (b) of the NPRM has been redesignated as paragraph (c) in these final 
    regulations.
        Comment: A variety of comments proposing various changes in 
    definitions was received regarding the terms ``deaf-blindness,'' 
    ``emotional disturbance,'' ``hearing impairment,'' ``multiple 
    disability,'' ``speech or language impairment,'' ``mental 
    retardation,'' ``orthopedic impairment,'' ``specific learning 
    disability,'' ``traumatic brain injury,'' and ``visual impairment 
    including blindness.'' Other commenters supported the existing 
    definitions but suggested some modifications. Some commenters stated 
    that the term deaf-blindness, as defined in the NPRM, mistakenly labels 
    these children's disability as causing educational problems as if the 
    child is a burden to the system. These commenters requested that the 
    definition be amended to replace ``problems'' with ``needs''. The 
    commenters made the same statement with respect to the term ``multiple 
    disability.''
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, Note 1 to this section of the NPRM should be 
    removed. While the characteristics of ``autism'' are generally evident 
    before age three, a child who manifests characteristics of the category 
    ``autism'' after age three still can be evaluated as having autism, if 
    the criteria in the definition are satisfied. Because of the importance 
    of this clarification, the definition of autism in Sec. 300.7(c)(1) 
    should be amended to incorporate the substance of Note 1 to this 
    section of the NPRM. While there is merit to many of the proposed 
    changes to definitions and terms, modifications to the substance of 
    existing definitions should be subject to further review and discussion 
    before changes are proposed. For example, as indicated in the preamble 
    to the NPRM (62 FR 55026-55048 (Oct 22, 1997)), the Department plans to 
    carefully review research findings, expert opinion, and practical 
    knowledge over the next several years to determine whether changes 
    should be proposed to the procedures for evaluating children suspected 
    of having specific learning disabilities. Any changes to the definition 
    of this term should also be considered in light of that review.
    
    [[Page 12542]]
    
        As indicated in the NPRM, no substantive changes are made to the 
    definition of the term ``emotional disturbance'' in Sec. 300.7(c)(4). 
    With respect to the use of the term ``emotional disturbance'' instead 
    of ``serious emotional disturbance,'' the Senate and House committee 
    reports on Pub. L. No. 105-17 include the following statement:
    
        The Committee wants to make clear that changing the terminology 
    from ``serious emotional disturbance'' to ``serious emotional 
    disturbance [hereinafter referred to as `emotional disturbance']'' 
    in the definition of a ``child with a disability'' is intended to 
    have no substantive or legal significance. It is intended strictly 
    to eliminate the pejorative connotation of the term ``serious.'' It 
    should in no circumstances be construed to change the existing 
    meaning of the term under 34 CFR Sec. 300.7(b)(9) as promulgated 
    September 29, 1992. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 7; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, 
    p. 86 (1997).)
    
        In light of the general decision not to use notes in these final 
    regulations, Note 4 to this section of the NPRM should be removed. In 
    response to suggestions of commenters, the definitions of deaf-
    blindness and multiple disability should be revised to eliminate the 
    negative connotation of the language in the current definitions, and 
    the word ``needs'' should replace the word ``problems.'' However, these 
    changes, in no way, are intended to alter which children are considered 
    eligible under these categories.
        Changes: Note 1 to this section of the NPRM has been removed, and 
    the definition of ``autism'' in Sec. 300.7(c)(1) of these final 
    regulations has been amended to specify that if a child manifests 
    characteristics of ``autism'' after age three, the child could be 
    diagnosed as having ``autism'' if the criteria in the definition of 
    ``autism'' are satisfied. The definitions of deaf-blindness and 
    multiple disability have been revised to replace ``problems'' with 
    ``needs.''
        Note 4 to this section of the NPRM has been removed, and the 
    substance of Note 4 is reflected in the above discussion.
        Comment: A large number of commenters expressed support for 
    retaining Note 5, and agreed with the clarification that attention 
    deficit disorder (ADD) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder 
    (ADHD) are conditions that may make a child eligible under Sec. 300.7. 
    As an alternative, these and other commenters suggested that ADD/ADHD 
    be listed as examples of conditions that could make a child eligible 
    under the ``other health impairment'' category at Sec. 300.7(c)(9). A 
    few commenters requested that ADD/ADHD be specified as a separate 
    disability category under these regulations. Many of these commenters, 
    parents of children with ADD/ADHD, described the tremendous problems 
    they have had, and are having, in obtaining appropriate services for 
    their children. Of particular concern to these commenters was that ADD/
    ADHD is not expressly listed in the regulations; additionally, 
    commenters were concerned that discussing ADD/ADHD in a note would not 
    be adequate. One commenter noted that the regulations should clarify 
    that a disabled child needs only one, not two, disabilities in order to 
    be eligible under these regulations. A few commenters recommended that 
    schools not require an additional evaluation for a child with ADD/ADHD 
    under other health impairment once the child has been diagnosed and has 
    qualified under another disability category, noting that schools have 
    placed burdens on children and their families by requesting that ADD/
    ADHD be re-diagnosed by using different procedural qualification 
    requirements when the child with ADD/ADHD moves from one qualifying 
    category (such as learning disabilities or emotional disturbance) to 
    the other health impairment category.
        Other commenters requested that Note 5 be deleted because it 
    exceeds statutory authority and would increase the regulatory burden on 
    LEAs by giving the false impression that children with ADD/ADHD are 
    automatically protected by the IDEA Amendments of 1997. Some of these 
    commenters stated that children with ADD/ADHD may be eligible for 
    services under the Act, and, if they are eligible, are receiving 
    services, but added that it is not appropriate to enumerate in the Act 
    or regulations all conditions, e.g., Tourette's Syndrome, that may 
    qualify children for special education and related services. Other 
    commenters indicated that the definition of ADD/ADHD is so vague it 
    fits all children, and added that the most damaging potential abuse 
    comes from over-identification of poor and minority children who will 
    get the label and the reduced expectations that accompany it. Some 
    commenters stated that the discussion in Note 5 of ``limited 
    alertness'' as ``heightened alertness'' is exceptionally loose and 
    could result in the largest expansion of eligible children in IDEA 
    history.
        Several commenters stated that the diagnosis of ADHD/ADHD does not 
    require a medical evaluation if the disability is diagnosed by a school 
    or licensed psychologist, and the need for special education is 
    determined through the eligibility process in Secs. 300.534-300.535. A 
    suggestion was made by commenters that the regulations emphasize that 
    educational impact must be the basis for determining eligibility of 
    those children for special education because, according to commenters, 
    at least 25 percent of the children referred for evaluation, who had 
    been diagnosed medically as ADD/ADHD, were experiencing few, if any, 
    educational problems at the time of their referrals.
        Discussion: Note 5 following Sec. 300.7 was included in the NPRM to 
    reflect the Department's longstanding policy memorandum relating to the 
    eligibility of children with ADD/ADHD. However, although some of the 
    commenters who favor deleting Note 5 indicate that some children with 
    ADD/ADHD are receiving services under these regulations, experience and 
    the numerous comments received have demonstrated that the Department's 
    policy is not being fully and effectively implemented.
        It is important to take steps to ensure that children with ADD/ADHD 
    who meet the criteria under Part B receive special education and 
    related services in the same timely manner as other children with 
    disabilities. Therefore, the definition of ``other health impairment'' 
    at Sec. 300.7(c)(9) of these final regulations should be amended to add 
    ADD/ADHD to the list of conditions that could render a child eligible 
    under this definition, and the list of conditions in Sec. 300.7(c)(9) 
    should be rearranged in alphabetical order. Following the phrase 
    ``limited strength, vitality or alertness,'' and prior to the phrase, 
    ``that adversely affects educational performance,'' the words 
    ``including a child's heightened alertness to environmental stimuli 
    that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational 
    environment'' should be added.
        These changes are needed to clarify the applicability of the 
    ``other health impairment'' definition to children with ADD/ADHD. The 
    clarification with respect to ``limited strength, vitality, or 
    alertness'' is essential because many children with ADD/ADHD actually 
    experience heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, which results 
    in limited alertness with respect to their educational environment. In 
    light of these regulatory changes, Note 5 to this section of the NPRM 
    should be removed as a note, and other portions of Note 5 are reflected 
    in the following discussion. A child with ADD/ADHD may be eligible 
    under Part B if the child's condition meets one of the disability 
    categories described in Sec. 300.7, and because of that disability, the 
    child needs special education and related services. Children with ADD/
    
    [[Page 12543]]
    
    ADHD are a very diverse group; some children with ADD/ADHD who are 
    eligible under Part B meet the criteria for ``other health 
    impairments.'' Those children would be classified as eligible for 
    services under the ``other health impairments'' category if (1) the 
    ADD/ADHD is determined to be a chronic health problem that results in 
    limited alertness, that adversely affects educational performance, and 
    (2) special education and related services are needed because of the 
    ADD/ADHD. All children with ADD/ADHD clearly are not eligible to 
    receive special education and related services under these regulations, 
    just as all children who have one of the other conditions listed under 
    the other health impairment category are not necessarily eligible 
    (e.g., children with a heart condition, asthma, diabetes, and rheumatic 
    fever).
        Some children with ADD/ADHD may be eligible under other categories, 
    such as ``emotional disturbance'' (Sec. 300.7(c)(4)) or ``specific 
    learning disability'' (Sec. 300.7(c)(10)) if they meet the criteria 
    under those categories. Regardless of what disability designation is 
    attached, children with ADD/ADHD meeting the criteria for any of the 
    listed disabilities under these regulations must receive the 
    specialized instruction and related services designed to address their 
    individualized needs arising from the ADD/ADHD. No child is eligible 
    for services under the Act merely because the child is identified as 
    being in a particular disability category. Children identified as ADD/
    ADHD are no different, and are eligible for services only if they meet 
    the criteria of one of the disability categories in Part B, and because 
    of their impairment, need special education and related services.
        Other children with ADD/ADHD may have a diagnosed medical condition 
    (and need medication) but may not require any special education or 
    otherwise be eligible under these regulations. These children may be 
    covered by the requirements of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 
    1973 (Section 504) and its implementing regulation in 34 CFR Part 104.
        With respect to commenters' suggestions that the diagnosis of ADD/
    ADHD does not require a medical evaluation if the disability is 
    diagnosed by a school or licensed psychologist, a change is not needed 
    in these regulations. Also, it would not be appropriate to make a 
    change to respond to commenters' suggestion that a medical evaluation 
    is required for a child with ADD/ADHD to establish eligibility under 
    the other health impairment category. Part B does not require that a 
    particular type of evaluation be conducted to establish any child's 
    eligibility under these regulations; rather, the evaluation 
    requirements in Secs. 300.530-300.536 are sufficiently comprehensive to 
    support individualized evaluations on a case-by-case basis, including 
    the use of professional staff appropriately qualified to conduct the 
    evaluations deemed necessary for each child.
        In accordance with these procedures, if a determination is made 
    that a medical evaluation is required in order to determine whether a 
    child with ADD/ADHD is eligible for services under Part B, such an 
    evaluation must be conducted at no cost to the parents. In all 
    instances, as is true for all children who may be eligible for services 
    under Part B, each child with ADD/ADHD who is suspected of having a 
    disability must be assessed in all areas related to the suspected 
    disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social 
    and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, 
    communicative status, and motor abilities. (Sec. 300.532(g)).
        There is no requirement under these regulations that a medical 
    evaluation be conducted to accomplish these assessments. Even if a 
    State requires that a medical evaluation be included as part of all 
    evaluations to determine eligibility for the other health impairment 
    category, it must also ensure that any necessary evaluations by other 
    professionals, such as psychologists, are conducted and considered as 
    part of the eligibility determination process. Whether or not public 
    agencies will be required to conduct an additional evaluation for a 
    child with ADD/ADHD under other health impairment once the child has 
    been evaluated and has qualified under another disability category will 
    depend on whether sufficient evaluation information exists to enable 
    school district officials to ensure, consistent with Sec. 300.532(g), 
    that each child is assessed in all areas of suspected disability.
        Because these determinations will necessarily depend on the 
    individual needs of the child and the circumstances surrounding the 
    evaluation, a change is not needed.
        With respect to the concern of commenters that the most damaging 
    potential abuse from the definition will be the over-identification of 
    poor and minority children, there is no indication that children from 
    minority backgrounds have been disproportionately identified as ADD/
    ADHD even as the numbers of children in this category have increased. 
    Further, the definition of ADD/ADHD is not so loose that it could 
    result in the largest expansion of eligible children in IDEA history. 
    As previously stated, many children with ADD/ADHD are not eligible 
    under Part B. If appropriate evaluations are conducted in accordance 
    with Secs. 300.530-300.536, the result of the evaluations should be the 
    inclusion of only those children with ADD/ADHD who are eligible for, 
    and have an entitlement to, special education and related services 
    under Part B.
        Changes: The definition of ``other health impairment'' at 
    Sec. 300.7(c)(9) has been amended to add ADD/ADHD to the list of 
    conditions that could render a child eligible under this definition, 
    and the list of conditions in Sec. 300.7(c)(9) has been rearranged in 
    alphabetical order. Following the phrase ``limited strength, vitality, 
    or alertness,'' and prior to the phrase, ``that adversely affects 
    educational performance,'' the words ``including a child's heightened 
    alertness to environmental stimuli that results in limited alertness 
    with respect to the educational environment'' have been added to 
    clarify the applicability of the other health impairment definition to 
    children with ADD/ADHD. Note 5 to this section of the NPRM has been 
    removed.
    
    Day; Business Day; School Day (Sec. 300.9)
    
        Comment: Some commenters indicated support for the definition of 
    ``day'' as written. Many commenters requested that the term be revised 
    to define ``school day'' and ``business day,'' since these are key 
    terms that are used throughout the Act and regulations. Some of the 
    commenters recommended similar definitions of the terms, ``school day'' 
    and ``business day'' (e.g., ``school day'' means days when children are 
    attending school and ``business day'' means days when a school is open 
    for business and administrative personnel are working). One definition 
    proposed by commenters included staff development day as a school day. 
    Several commenters asked when a partial day might be considered a 
    ``day,'' if inservice or staff development days are considered business 
    days, and what holidays are to be used, as school districts and States 
    vary in this regard. Other commenters requested that there be no 
    reference to ``calendar day'' or ``day,'' but that instead the 
    definitions of ``school day'' and ``business day'' be incorporated into 
    these regulations. Some of the commenters indicated that the use of 
    ``calendar day'' can place an impractical time standard on school 
    systems when
    
    [[Page 12544]]
    
    actions are required and a school may not be open for business.
        Discussion: It is necessary, to avoid confusion and ensure clarity, 
    to amend the definition of ``day'' to include definitions of both 
    ``school day'' and ``business day.'' Both ``school day'' and ``business 
    day'' are used to implement new provisions added by Pub. L. 105-17: The 
    term ``school day'' is used only with respect to discipline procedures 
    and appears in Secs. 300.121(c)(1) and (c)(2), and 300.520(a)(1) and 
    (c). The term ``business day'' is used in Secs. 300.509(b) (Additional 
    disclosure of information requirement); 300.520(b) (Authority of school 
    personnel); and 300.528(a)(1) (Expedited due process hearing). In 
    addition, the phrase ``business days (including holidays that fall on a 
    business day)'' is used in Sec. 300.403(d)(1)(ii) (Placement of 
    children by parents in a private school or facility if FAPE is at 
    issue.)
        ``School day'' means any day that children are in attendance at 
    school for instructional purposes. If children attend school for only 
    part of a school day and are released early (e.g., on the last day 
    before Christmas or summer vacation) that day would be considered to be 
    a school day. However, it is expected that the term ``school day,'' 
    including partial school day, has the same meaning for all children in 
    school, including children with and without disabilities.
        The term ``business day'' is used in the statute and regulations in 
    relation to actions by school personnel and parents. While school 
    personnel could reasonably be expected to know when administrative 
    staff are working, very often this information is not readily available 
    to parents, nor is it likely to be consistent from one LEA to another, 
    or from the SEA to an LEA. If ``business day'' were interpreted to be 
    days when school offices are open and administrative staff are working, 
    it could actually be impossible for parents to know with any certainty 
    the date in advance of a due process hearing on which they would have 
    to share evidence to be introduced at the hearing with the other party 
    to the hearing (see Sec. 300.509). Therefore, this term is interpreted 
    to be a commonly understood measure of time, Monday through Friday 
    except for Federal and State holidays, unless holidays are specifically 
    included, as in Sec. 300.403(d)(1)(ii).
        Including definitions of ``school day'' and ``business day'' will 
    reduce confusion about the meaning of these terms and should facilitate 
    meeting the various timelines in the Act and regulations.
        The definition of ``day,'' while that term was not previously 
    defined in the regulations, represents the Department's longstanding 
    interpretation that the term ``day'' means calendar day. (See, e.g., 
    NPRM published August 4, 1982, 47 FR 33836-33840 describing the 30-day 
    time line from determination of eligibility to initial IEP meeting as 
    ``30 calendar days.'') This interpretation is consistent with 
    generally-recognized authority on statutory interpretation. (See 
    Sutherland Stat. Const. Sec. 33.12 (5th Ed.)). In addition, the statute 
    itself uses three different terms, ``day,'' ``business day,'' and 
    ``school day,'' so it would be inappropriate to interpret ``day'' to be 
    the same as either ``business day'' or ``school day.''
        Finally, altering the interpretation of ``day'' from the 
    longstanding interpretation as ``calendar day'' would raise significant 
    concerns about compliance with the terms of section 607(b) of the Act, 
    especially as to timelines that affect the rights of parents and 
    children with disabilities such as (1) the timeline in Sec. 300.343 
    (relating to holding an initial IEP meeting for a child), and (2) the 
    procedural safeguards in Subpart E, including Sec. 300.509(a)(3) 
    (hearing rights--timeline for disclosure of evidence); Sec. 300.511(a) 
    and (b) (timelines for hearings and reviews); and Sec. 300.562(a) 
    (access rights relating to records).
        There also are other provisions in these regulations that include 
    timelines that have always been interpreted to be calendar day 
    timelines--including the (1) 30-day public comment period in 
    Sec. 300.282, (2) by-pass procedures under Subpart D, (3) notice and 
    hearing procedures in Secs. 300.581-300.586 that the Department uses 
    before determining that a State is not eligible under Part B, and (4) 
    60-day timeline under the State complaint procedures in Sec. 300.661. 
    The majority of those timelines have been in effect since 1977, and, in 
    light of the clear distinction in the IDEA Amendments of 1997 between 
    days, school days, and business days, there is no basis for changing 
    other timelines in the regulations.
        Changes: The name of the section in the NPRM has been changed to 
    ``Day; business day; school day'' in these final regulations. 
    Definitions of ``school day'' and ``business day'' have been added to 
    reflect the above discussion.
    
    Educational Service Agency (Sec. 300.10)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The definition of ``educational service agency'' in 
    Sec. 300.10 of these final regulations adopts the statutory definition 
    of this term in section 602(4) of the Act. This definition replaces the 
    definition of the term ``intermediate educational unit'' (IEU) in 
    Sec. 300.8 of the current regulations. The use of the term 
    ``educational service agency'' was not intended to exclude those 
    entities that were considered IEUs under prior law. This interpretation 
    is supported by the legislative history, which makes explicit that most 
    definitions in prior law have been retained, and, where appropriate, 
    updated. S. Rep. No. 105-17 at 6., and H.R. Rep. No. 105-95 at 86. With 
    respect to ``educational service agency,'' the Reports explain that 
    this definition has been updated ``to reflect the more contemporary 
    understanding of the broad and varied functions of such agencies.'' Id.
        Although there were no comments regarding this definition, the 
    application of the term ``educational service agency'' to entities 
    covered under the definition of IEU in prior law has been questioned. 
    The definition of IEU did not refer explicitly to public elementary and 
    secondary schools. However, the definition of ``educational service 
    agency'' makes specific references to an entity's administrative 
    control over public elementary and secondary school. This definition 
    could be misinterpreted as excluding from the educational service 
    agency definition those entities in States that serve preschool-aged 
    children with disabilities but do not have administrative control and 
    direction over a public elementary or secondary school. Therefore, to 
    avoid any confusion about the use of this new terminology, a statement 
    should be added to the definition to clarify that the term 
    ``educational service agency'' includes entities that meet the 
    definition of IEU in section 602(23) of IDEA as in effect prior to June 
    4, 1997.
        Changes: Consistent with the above discussion, a statement has been 
    added at the end of the definition to clarify that the definition of 
    ``educational service agency'' includes entities that meet the 
    definition of IEU in section 602(23) of IDEA as in effect prior to June 
    4, 1997.
    
    Equipment (Sec. 300.11)
    
        Comment: One comment stated that the reference to ``books, 
    periodicals, documents, and other related materials'' be deleted from 
    Sec. 300.10(b) because materials and equipment are accounted for 
    differently in the budget. A few commenters recommended that the 
    definition of ``equipment'' be amended to add that (1) any 
    instructional or related materials be provided in accessible formats, 
    as appropriate; and
    
    [[Page 12545]]
    
    (2) any technological aids and services be accessible.
        Discussion: The definition of ``equipment'' is a standard statutory 
    definition that is used in most elementary and secondary education 
    programs funded by the Department. Therefore, efficient administration 
    of Federal programs would not be served by revising the definition in 
    the ways suggested by the commenters. In appropriate situations, public 
    agencies are required by section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 
    and title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) to ensure 
    that instructional or related materials are provided in accessible 
    formats and that technological aids and services are accessible to 
    students with disabilities or can be made accessible, to afford 
    students with disabilities an equal opportunity to participate in their 
    programs.
        Changes: None.
    
    General Curriculum
    
        Comment: Several commenters indicated support for the definition of 
    ``general curriculum,'' and for the note clarifying that the term 
    relates to the content of the curriculum and not the setting in which 
    it is used. Some commenters stated that, as written, the definition 
    should preclude any likelihood of the ``general curriculum'' being 
    identified with the ``low'' track.
        Some commenters recommended that the substance of the note be 
    integrated into the definition or made other suggestions to strengthen 
    the idea that the general curriculum applies to children with 
    disabilities wherever they are educated. Other commenters disputed that 
    there is a ``general curriculum,'' pointing to the variety of common 
    courses offered by many school districts, the need of some children for 
    a functional life-skills curriculum or the needs of students in 
    alternative programs (e.g., moderate disabilities, significant or 
    profound, autism, etc.) who may be pursuing an alternative certificate 
    rather than a diploma. Other commenters requested that the definition 
    be dropped from the final regulations, because it (1) sets a dangerous 
    precedent for the Federal government to dictate what the general 
    curriculum should be in each school, and (2) violates the General 
    Education Provisions Act.
        Discussion: The concept of ``general curriculum'' in these 
    regulations plays a crucial role in meeting the requirements of the 
    Act. The IDEA Amendments of 1997 place significant emphasis on the 
    participation of children with disabilities in the general curriculum 
    as a key factor in ensuring better results for these children.
        The definition in Sec. 300.12 would not have imposed a national 
    curriculum, but only clarified what the statutory term ``general 
    curriculum'' means. As the term is used throughout the Act and 
    congressional report language, the clear implication is that, in each 
    State or school district, there is a ``general curriculum'' that is 
    applicable to all children. A major focus of the Act--especially with 
    respect to the new IEP provisions--is ensuring that children with 
    disabilities are able to be involved in and progress in the ``general 
    curriculum.'' For example, the Senate and House committee reports on 
    Pub. L. No. 105-17 state that--
    
        [t]he new focus is intended to produce attention to the 
    accommodations and adjustments necessary for disabled children to 
    have access to the general education curriculum and the special 
    services which may be necessary for appropriate participation in 
    particular areas of the curriculum due to the nature of the 
    disability. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 20; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 100 
    (1997)).
    
        Even as school systems offer more choices to students, there still 
    is a common core of subjects and curriculum areas that is adopted by 
    each LEA or schools within the LEA, or, where applicable, the SEA, that 
    applies to all children within each general age grouping from preschool 
    through secondary school. Appropriate access to the general curriculum 
    must be provided. The development and implementation of IEPs for each 
    child with a disability must be based on having high, not low, 
    expectations for the child.
        In light of the concerns of the commenters and the principle of 
    regulating only to the extent necessary, proposed Sec. 300.12 should be 
    removed from the final regulations. Instead the regulations should 
    emphasize the importance of the ``general curriculum'' concept in the 
    IEP provision under which the term is used.
        Changes: The definition of ``general curriculum'' in Sec. 300.12 of 
    the NPRM and the note following that section of the NPRM have been 
    deleted. The term is explained where it is used in Sec. 300.347 and in 
    Appendix A regarding IEP requirements.
    
    Individualized Education Program Team (Sec. 300.16)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, the note following this section of the NPRM 
    should be removed. However, it is important to clarify that the IEP 
    team may also serve as the placement team.
        Changes: The note following this section of the NPRM has been 
    removed.
    
    Local Educational Agency (Sec. 300.18)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed concern about the note on 
    public charter schools following Sec. 300.17 of the NPRM, stating that 
    it provides an inadequate and too limited explanation of the 
    responsibilities of those schools under these regulations (i.e., it 
    focuses only on public charter schools that are ``LEAs'' under State 
    law and excludes public charter schools that are defined by State law 
    as being part of an LEA).
        Some of the commenters requested that the note be modified to 
    clarify that public charter schools must comply with these regulations 
    whether or not they receive Part B funds. Commenters believe that this 
    clarification is particularly important because, according to the 
    commenters, services to disabled children in some public charter 
    schools have been dismantled, and parents have been asked to waive 
    their children's rights under Part B as a condition of enrollment in 
    the schools.
        Other commenters requested that the note be dropped and that 
    Sec. 300.241 (Treatment of public charter schools and their students) 
    clarify that all charter schools must comply with the requirements of 
    Part B of the Act. The commenters added that this action would 
    consolidate all public charter school requirements into one regulatory 
    provision. A few commenters requested that the regulations include a 
    provision requiring that LEAs in which charter schools are physically 
    located describe to the State how they will ensure that children with 
    disabilities receive special education and related services under this 
    part, even when the charter school is not otherwise under the 
    jurisdiction of the LEA.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, the note following Sec. 300.17 of the NPRM 
    should be removed. However, it should be pointed out that the proposed 
    note was inadequate and did not provide a full explanation of the 
    responsibilities of public charter schools under these regulations.
        In light of concerns raised about how public charter schools could 
    meet their obligations to disabled students under Part B and obtain 
    access to Part B funds for disabled students enrolled in their schools, 
    two important provisions were included in the IDEA Amendments of 1997 
    at section 613(a)(5) and (e)(1)(B).
        Some public charter schools can be LEAs if, under State law, they 
    meet the
    
    [[Page 12546]]
    
    Part B definition of LEA. As a result of section 613(e)(1)(B) of the 
    Act, public charter schools that are LEAs may not be required to apply 
    for Part B funds jointly with other LEAs, unless explicitly permitted 
    to do so under the State charter school statute. However, in many 
    instances, charter schools are schools within LEAs. If this is so, 
    section 613(a)(5) of the Act provides that the LEA of which the public 
    charter school is a part must serve those disabled students attending 
    public charter schools in the same manner as it serves students with 
    disabilities in its other public schools and must provide Part B funds 
    to charter schools in the same manner that it provides Part B funds to 
    other public schools.
        Still, in other instances, due to the provisions in States' charter 
    school statutes, some public charter schools are not considered LEAs or 
    a school within an LEA. In such instances, the SEA would have ultimate 
    responsibility for ensuring that Part B requirements are met. 
    Regardless of whether a public charter school receives Part B funds, 
    the requirements of Part B are fully applicable to disabled students 
    attending those schools. The legislative history of the IDEA Amendments 
    of 1997 makes explicit that Congress ``expects that public charter 
    schools will be in full compliance with Part B.'' See S. Rep. No. 105-
    17 at 17; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95 at 97.
        Therefore, based on the concerns expressed by commenters and for 
    the reasons clarified in the above discussion, it is determined that 
    (1) the definition of LEA should be amended to clarify that the term 
    ``LEA'' includes a public charter school established as an LEA under 
    State law; (2) the provision in Sec. 300.241 (Treatment of charter 
    schools and their students) should be retained in these final 
    regulations; and (3) a new Sec. 300.312, entitled ``Children with 
    disabilities in public charter schools,'' should be added to these 
    final regulations.
        The new section makes clear that children with disabilities and 
    their parents retain all rights under these regulations and that 
    compliance with Part B is required regardless of whether a public 
    charter school receives Part B funds. Thus, charter school personnel, 
    for example, may not ask parents to waive their disabled child's right 
    to FAPE in order to enroll their child in the charter school. This new 
    section also would address the responsibilities of (1) public charter 
    schools that are LEAs, (2) LEAs if a charter school is a school in the 
    LEA, and (3) the SEA if a charter school is not an LEA or a school in 
    an LEA.
        Changes: The note has been removed. The definition of LEA has been 
    amended by adding after ``secondary school'' the words ``including a 
    public charter school that is established as an LEA under State law.'' 
    A new Sec. 300.312 has been added to further address the treatment of 
    charter schools.
    
    Native Language (Sec. 300.19)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that, in item (1) under the 
    note, the Department change ``child'' to ``student''; add ``combination 
    of languages'' used by the student; and add ``in the home and learning 
    environments.'' A few commenters requested additional specificity in 
    item 2 to clarify that the mode of communication used should be that 
    used by the individual.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, the note following Sec. 300.18 of the NPRM 
    should be removed. However, it is critical that public agencies take 
    the necessary steps to ensure that the needs of disabled children with 
    limited English proficiency (LEP) are adequately addressed. The term 
    ``native language'' is used in the prior notice, procedural safeguards 
    notice, and evaluation sections: Secs. 300.503(c), 300.504(c), and 
    300.532(a)(1)(ii).
        In light of concerns of commenters and the need to ensure that the 
    full range of the needs of children with disabilities whose native 
    language is other than English is appropriately addressed, the 
    definition of ``native language'' in the NPRM should be expanded in 
    these final regulations to clarify that (1) in all direct contact with 
    the child (including evaluation of the child), communication would be 
    in the language normally used by the child and not that of the parents, 
    if there is a difference between the two; and (2) for individuals with 
    deafness or blindness, or for individuals with no written language, the 
    mode of communication would be that normally used by the individual 
    (such as sign language, Braille, or oral communication).
        These changes to the regulatory definition of ``native language'' 
    should enhance the chances of school personnel being able to 
    communicate effectively with a LEP child in all direct contact with the 
    child, including evaluation of the child.
        Changes: The definition of ``native language'' in the NPRM has been 
    amended to reflect the concepts contained in the note following that 
    definition, and the note has been removed.
    
    Parent (Sec. 300.20)
    
        Comment: Several commenters indicated that (1) based on the 
    definition of ``parent'' in the NPRM, States would be required to 
    change their laws to include foster parents under the State definition 
    of ``parent,'' and (2) language should be added to the NPRM so that 
    foster parents can serve as parents, unless prohibited from doing so 
    under State law.
        These and other commenters also requested that
        (1) the language in the note be included in the text of the 
    regulations;
        (2) a provision be added to the effect that the public agency must 
    continue to afford the natural parents all protections of this part if 
    their rights to make educational decisions have not been extinguished, 
    even if the child does not live with the natural parents and even if 
    other persons appear to be acting as the child's parents;
        (3) the legal parent have the authority, not a grandparent or other 
    person, unless parental authority is extinguished;
        (4) ``legal'' be added in front of ``guardian''; and
        (5) all references to ``parent'' in these regulations be changed to 
    ``the child's parent.'' Some commenters felt that the note created a 
    problem for school districts because a situation often arises where a 
    child is living with a person acting as a parent, while the natural 
    parents are still involved and have not had their rights terminated, 
    and requested clarification for school districts in these situations.
        Discussion: States should not have to amend their laws relating to 
    parents in order to treat ``foster parents'' as parents. Therefore, 
    conditional language in this regard is necessary if State law prohibits 
    a foster parent from acting as a parent. This change would accomplish 
    the intended effect of the provision (i.e., acknowledging that in some 
    instances foster parents may be recognized as ``parents'' under the 
    Act) without adding any burden to individual States whose State 
    statutory provisions relating to parents expressly exclude foster 
    parents.
        In light of the general decision not to use notes in these final 
    regulations, the note following this section of the NPRM should be 
    removed, but the substance of the note on foster parents should be 
    added to the text of the regulations. Under these regulations, the term 
    ``parent'' is defined to include persons acting in the place of a 
    parent, such as a grandparent or stepparent with whom the child lives, 
    as well as persons who are legally responsible for a child's
    
    [[Page 12547]]
    
    welfare, and, at the discretion of the State, a foster parent who meets 
    the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section. Commenters' concerns 
    related to ensuring that the rights of natural parents are protected in 
    a case in which a disabled child is living with a person acting as a 
    parent, or providing that the parent retain authority even if a child 
    is living with a grandparent, raise questions that the Department has 
    traditionally held best to be left to each State to decide as a matter 
    of family law.
        It is not necessary to add ``legal'' before the word ``guardian'' 
    since the statute regarding the term ``parent'' at section 602(19)(A) 
    merely notes that it includes a legal guardian. A legal guardian would 
    be considered to meet the regulatory definition of ``parent''. The 
    regulatory definition of ``parent'' has always included more than just 
    the term identified in the statute. An inclusive definition of parent 
    benefits public agencies by reducing the instances in which the agency 
    will have to bear the expense of providing and appointing a surrogate 
    parent (see Sec. 300.515) and benefits children with disabilities by 
    enhancing the possibility that a person with ongoing day-to-day 
    involvement in the life of the child and personal concerns for the 
    child's interests and well-being will be able to act to advance the 
    child's interests under the Act.
        Regarding the use of the reference to the child's parent, no change 
    is needed since it is implicit that the rights under Part B are 
    afforded to a child with a disability and his or her parents, as 
    defined under these regulations.
        Changes: The note following the definition of ``parent'' in the 
    NPRM has been removed; and the substance of the note has been reflected 
    in the above discussion. The definition of ``Parent'' in these final 
    regulations has been amended to permit States in certain circumstances 
    to use foster parents as parents under the Act without amending 
    relevant State statutes.
    
    Public Agency (Sec. 300.22)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the definition of ``public 
    agency'' be amended to include ``charter schools'' that are created 
    under State law and are the recipients of public funds, because as 
    proposed, a public agency would not include any charter school that is 
    not an LEA or most of the nation's existing charter schools. Other 
    commenters stated that, in order to support the provision on assistive 
    technology under Sec. 300.308, the definition of ``public agency'' must 
    be amended to include other State agencies, since the proposed 
    definition of ``public agency'' includes only the SEA, not other State 
    agencies which arguably could be used to try to circumvent financial 
    responsibility based on this omission.
        Discussion: Public charter schools that are not otherwise included 
    as LEAs or ESAs and are not a school of an LEA or ESA should be added 
    to the definition of ``public agencies'' in order to ensure that all 
    public entities responsible for providing education to children with 
    disabilities are covered. However, the definition of ``public agency'' 
    should not be amended to address financial responsibility for assistive 
    technology. If another State agency is responsible for providing 
    education to children with disabilities, it is already included in the 
    definition of ``public agency.'' Other State agencies, not responsible 
    for educating children with disabilities, should not be held to the 
    requirements imposed on public agencies by these regulations because 
    they are not agencies with educational responsibilities.
        Changes: Public charter schools as discussed previously has been 
    added to the list of examples of a ``public agency'' in Sec. 300.22.
    
    Qualified Personnel (Sec. 300.23)
    
        Comment: Numerous commenters stated that the definition of 
    ``qualified'' should be renamed ``qualified personnel,'' updated to the 
    highest standard, and should be cross-referenced to the exception to 
    the maintenance of effort provision'' in the regulations. Some 
    commenters requested that the definition be changed to link the term 
    ``qualified'' to the statutory and regulatory provisions on personnel 
    standards, i.e., the SEA standards that are consistent with any State 
    approved or recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other 
    comparable requirements based on the highest requirements in the State 
    applicable to the profession or discipline in which a person is 
    providing special education or related services. These commenters also 
    stated that the more detailed definition is important to ensure that, 
    under the exception to maintenance of effort in Sec. 300.232, qualified 
    lower-salaried staff who replace higher-salaried staff have met the 
    highest requirements in the State consistent with Sec. 300.136.
        Other commenters, with similar recommendations, requested that the 
    name of the section be changed to ``Qualified professionals and 
    qualified personnel,'' and that a note be added to explain the basis 
    and importance of qualified professionals. Several commenters requested 
    that the definition be amended to require that personnel providing 
    services to limited English proficient students meet SEA requirements 
    for bilingual specialists in the language of the child or student.
        Some commenters requested that the regulations be clarified to 
    address qualifications for interpreters serving children who are deaf 
    or have hearing impairments.
        Discussion: It is appropriate to change the title of this section 
    of these final regulations to ``qualified personnel.'' This change is 
    consistent with the importance of ensuring that all providers of 
    special education and related services, including interpreters, meet 
    State standards and Part B requirements.
        In order for interpreters to provide appropriate instruction or 
    services to children with disabilities who require an interpreter in 
    order to receive FAPE, States must ensure that these individuals meet 
    appropriate State qualification standards.
        It is not necessary to refer to Sec. 300.136, as the definition 
    already specifies that the person must meet State-approved or 
    recognized requirements. Section 300.232 (exception to maintenance of 
    effort), uses the term ``qualified'' in referring to the replacement of 
    higher-salaried personnel by qualified lower-salaried personnel. 
    Therefore it would be unnecessary and redundant to include a reference 
    to that section.
        The definition of ``qualified personnel'' is sufficiently broad to 
    encompass the qualifications of bilingual specialists, and no further 
    changes are required in this definition.
        Changes: The name of this section has been changed to ``Qualified 
    personnel,'' and a corresponding reference to ``qualified personnel'' 
    has been included in the text of the definition.
    
    Related Services (Sec. 300.24)
    
        Comment: A number of comments were received relating to the general 
    definition of ``related services'' under Sec. 300.22(a) of the NPRM, 
    and to Note 1 following that section of the NPRM. These comments 
    included revising Sec. 300.22(a) consistent with the definition in the 
    statute, and adding services to the definition of related services; for 
    example, assistive technology devices and services, school nursing 
    services, travel training, and educational interpreter services. Some 
    of these commenters stated that interpreter services are of utmost 
    importance for deaf students to succeed in the educational setting and 
    are essential for hearing impaired students to function in the 
    mainstream. A few
    
    [[Page 12548]]
    
    commenters requested that ``qualified sign language interpreting'' be 
    added, including the definition of the term from the ADA.
        One commenter stated that a note should be added that related 
    services not only can be used to ameliorate the disability but also to 
    work toward independence and employability.
        Several commenters recommended that changes be made in Note 1. Some 
    of the commenters expressed concern about adding additional services 
    (travel training, nutrition services, and independent living services) 
    to an already lengthy list of services. Some commenters requested that 
    the note be deleted because it is too expansive, or that the 
    parenthetical phrase in the first paragraph be dropped because the 
    listing is confusing without some further explanation or clarification. 
    One comment stated that the menu of related services suggests that a 
    disabled child might need all of the listed services. Other commenters 
    stated that inclusion of terms such as dance therapy and nutrition is 
    confusing, and that further clarification is needed as to how they are 
    ``related'' to the student's access to special education and to making 
    progress in the general curriculum.
        Some commenters requested that ``artistic and cultural programs'' 
    be deleted from the parenthetical statement in Note 1, stating (for 
    example) that (1) these programs are areas of the curriculum and not 
    related services (i.e., they are not necessary for a child to benefit 
    from special education), and (2) ensuring that disabled children have 
    an equal opportunity to participate in the type of cultural activities 
    available to all children is different than considering those programs 
    to be a related service ``therapy'' that implies specific certification 
    requirements in many sectors.
        A number of commenters requested that the statement that 
    psychological testing might be done by qualified psychological 
    examiners, psychometrists, or psychologists depending on State 
    standards be deleted from the second paragraph of Note 1. One comment 
    stated that there is no national standard for this role, and thus it 
    conflicts with evaluation requirements and personnel standards. Other 
    commenters recommended that the third paragraph in Note 1 be amended to 
    provide that the activities do not act to reduce the amount of the 
    service specified by any child's IEP as necessary for FAPE.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, Note 1 following this section of the NPRM 
    should be removed, but the substance of the note is reflected in the 
    following discussion. All related services may not be required for each 
    individual child. As under prior law, the list of related services is 
    not exhaustive and may include other developmental, corrective, or 
    supportive services (such as artistic and cultural programs, art, 
    music, and dance therapy) if they are required to assist a child with a 
    disability to benefit from special education in order for the child to 
    receive FAPE. Therefore, if it is determined through the Act's 
    evaluation and IEP requirements that a child with a disability requires 
    a particular supportive service in order to receive FAPE, regardless of 
    whether that service is included in these regulations, that service can 
    be considered a related service under these regulations, and must be 
    provided at no cost to the parents.
        The IEP process in Secs. 300.340-300.350, and the evaluation 
    requirements in Secs. 300.530-300.536, are designed to ensure that each 
    eligible child under Part B receives only those related services that 
    are necessary to assist the child to benefit from special education, 
    and there is nothing in these regulations that would require every 
    disabled child to receive all related services identified in the 
    regulations, as suggested by some commenters.
        Commenters' suggestions that the second paragraph of Note 1 to this 
    section of the NPRM is no longer needed should be addressed. The 
    statement in Note 1--that ``psychological testing might be done by 
    qualified psychological examiners, psychometrists, or psychologists 
    depending on State standards''--should not be retained, since States 
    must establish their own qualification standards for persons providing 
    special education and related services. Therefore, State standards 
    would govern which individuals should administer these tests, 
    consistent with Part B evaluation requirements.
        As stated in the discussion under Secs. 300.5 and 300.6 of this 
    analysis, assistive technology devices and services may already be 
    considered a related service. Therefore, it is not necessary to add 
    assistive technology devices and services to the list of related 
    services defined in this section. Second, because ``school health 
    services'' is currently defined as services provided by a ``qualified 
    school nurse'' or other qualified person, there is no reason to address 
    further the issue of ``school nurses'' or school nursing services. 
    Third, although interpreter services for children with hearing 
    impairments are not specifically mentioned in the definition of related 
    services, those services have been provided under these regulations 
    since the initial regulations for Part B were issued in 1977. (See also 
    discussion under Qualified personnel).
        Regarding commenters' suggestions that related services are 
    required not only to ameliorate the disability but to provide 
    preparation for employment, a change is not needed. The Act's 
    transition services requirements are sufficiently broad to facilitate 
    effective movement from school to post-school activities, and if deemed 
    appropriate by the IEP team, these transition services could be 
    identified as related services for an individual student.
        Changes: Note 1 following the definition of ``related services'' in 
    the NPRM has been removed.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested changes in the 
    definitions of specific terms defined in the definition of ``related 
    services,'' as follows:
        Some commenters recommended that the definition of ``audiology'' be 
    modified to include functions that are not contained in the current 
    definition. Some commenters requested that the definition of 
    ``occupational therapy'' be amended to add language to ensure that 
    occupational therapy services are provided by qualified occupational 
    therapists or occupational therapy assistants to ensure that those 
    services can assist children to participate in the general curriculum, 
    and achieve IEP/IFSP goals.
        A number of commenters recommended that the final regulations 
    clarify that orientation and mobility services may be required by 
    children with other disabilities, and that the services may be provided 
    by personnel with different qualifications other than those serving 
    persons who are blind or visually impaired. Other commenters requested 
    that (1) the term ``qualified personnel'' should be deleted because 
    using this term in this definition creates personnel problems for rural 
    areas and for many urban settings, that orientation and mobility 
    personnel are not used for all purposes listed, and not every State has 
    a classification called orientation and mobility specialist; and (2) 
    the option of providing orientation and mobility services in a 
    student's home would apply to students who may not be home-schooled and 
    would violate the least restrictive environment requirements of the 
    Act.
        Several comments were also received on Note 2 (relating to 
    orientation and mobility services and travel training). Some commenters 
    requested that travel training be added as a separate related service 
    with its own definition. The definition would be based on, or
    
    [[Page 12549]]
    
    incorporate, the language from Note 2 relating to travel training. 
    Other commenters suggested that it would be more accurate to refer to 
    this type of training as mobility training.
        A number of commenters requested that Note 2 be deleted because it 
    was too expansive. Other commenters stated that (1) all references to 
    travel training be dropped, since the term is not defined or even 
    mentioned in the statute; (2) Note 2 expands services beyond the 
    statute and will make orientation and mobility services extremely 
    expensive and adversarial by requiring new personnel that are not 
    available in rural areas and many urban areas; (3) Note 2 should not 
    require a deliverable standard against which a school system might be 
    held liable; and (4) travel training may be appropriate for other 
    children with disabilities, but orientation and mobility specialists 
    are not the personnel to provide these services.
        With respect to parent counseling and training, commenters 
    recommended that (1) the title be changed to ``Parental training'' 
    because the definition describes training, and schools cannot counsel 
    parents as a related service; and (2) a training element be added at 
    the end of the definition, to provide for assisting parents to acquire 
    the necessary skills to help support the implementation of their 
    child's IEP or IFSP. Other commenters proposed a specific definition of 
    parent counseling and training that would emphasize helping parents to 
    acquire the necessary skills to support the implementation of their 
    child's IEP or IFSP. Another commenter recommended adding a note that 
    training may include training in sign language or other forms of 
    communication.
        Several commenters requested that the definition of ``school health 
    services'' at Sec. 300.22(b)(12) of the NPRM be expanded to 
    specifically include health care services that are not curative or 
    treatment oriented, such as suctioning, gastronomy, tube feeding, blood 
    sugar testing, catheterization, and administration of medication.
        A few commenters requested that the definition of ``school health 
    services'' be amended to add the three-part test adopted by the United 
    States Supreme Court in Irving Independent School District v. Tatro, 
    484 U.S. 883 (1984). In Tatro, the Court stated that services affecting 
    both the educational and health needs of a child must be provided under 
    IDEA if: (1) The child is disabled so as to require special education; 
    (2) the service is necessary to assist a disabled child to benefit from 
    special education (thus, services which could be provided outside the 
    school day need not be provided by the school, regardless of how easily 
    a school could provide them); and (3) a nurse or other qualified person 
    who is not a physician can provide the service. The commenters believe 
    that by stating the Tatro holding in the regulation, longstanding 
    Department policy would be formalized and litigation would decrease. 
    Other commenters requested that the regulations clarify that 
    specialized school health services should not be improperly or 
    dangerously performed by individuals who lack the requisite training 
    and supervision.
        Discussion: The definition of ``audiology'' should not be amended 
    since the changes suggested by commenters are more than technical 
    changes, and thus would require further study and regulatory review. 
    However, in response to suggestions of commenters, it is appropriate to 
    modify the definition of ``occupational therapy'' to make it clear that 
    this term encompasses services provided by a qualified occupational 
    therapist. This makes the definition generally consistent with the 
    other related service definitions. It is not necessary to incorporate 
    the term ``certified occupational therapy assistant,'' because the 
    option of using paraprofessionals and assistants to assist in the 
    provision of services under these regulations is addressed in 
    Sec. 300.136(f).
        As stated by the commenters, some children with disabilities other 
    than visual impairments need travel training if they are to safely and 
    effectively move within and outside their school environment, but these 
    students (e.g., children with significant cognitive disabilities) do 
    not need orientation and mobility services as that term is defined in 
    these regulations. ``Orientation and mobility services'' is a term of 
    art that is expressly related to children with visual impairments, and 
    includes services that must be provided by qualified personnel who are 
    trained to work with those children. No further changes to the 
    definition of ``orientation and mobility services'' are needed, since 
    the definition as written does not conflict with the Act's least 
    restrictive environment requirements.
        For some children with disabilities, such as children with 
    significant cognitive disabilities, ``travel training'' is often an 
    integral part of their special educational program in order for them to 
    receive FAPE and be prepared for post-school activities such as 
    employment and independent living. Travel training is important to 
    enable students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement 
    within their environment in school, home, at work and in the community. 
    Therefore, the definition of ``special education'' should be amended to 
    include a provision relating to the teaching of travel training, as 
    appropriate, to children with significant cognitive disabilities, and 
    any other disabled children who require such services. The regulations 
    should not substitute the term ``mobility training,'' since the 
    legislative history (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 6; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 
    86) recognizes that ``orientation and mobility'' services are generally 
    recognized as for blind children while children with other disabilities 
    may need travel training. In light of this regulatory change, Note 2 
    following this section of the NPRM should be removed.
        The definition of ``parent counseling and training'' should be 
    changed to recognize the more active role acknowledged for parents 
    under the IDEA Amendments of 1997 as participants in the education of 
    their children. Parents of children with disabilities are very 
    important participants in the education process for their children. 
    Helping them gain the skills that will enable them to help their 
    children meet the goals and objectives of their IEP or IFSP will be a 
    positive change for parents, will assist in furthering the education of 
    their children, and will aid the schools as it will create 
    opportunities to build reinforcing relationships between each child's 
    educational program and out-of-school learning.
        For these reasons, the definition of ``parent counseling and 
    training'' should be changed to include helping parents to acquire the 
    necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of 
    their child's IEP or IFSP. This change is in no way intended to 
    diminish the services that were available to parents under the prior 
    definition in these regulations.
        It is not necessary to modify the definition of ``school health 
    services'' in the NPRM to add more specificity because the current 
    definition requires provision of health services, including those 
    addressed by the comments, if they can be provided by a qualified nurse 
    or other qualified individual who is not a physician, and the IEP team 
    determines that any or all of the services are necessary for a child 
    with a disability to receive FAPE. The commenters' description of the 
    holding in the Tatro decision is consistent with the Department's 
    longstanding interpretation regarding school health services.
    
    [[Page 12550]]
    
        In any case, the list of examples of related services in 
    Sec. 300.22 is not exhaustive, and other types of services not 
    specifically mentioned may be required related services based on the 
    needs of an individual child. The only type of service specifically 
    excluded from ``related services'' are medical services that are not 
    for diagnostic and evaluation purposes. ``Medical services,'' has 
    always been defined by the regulations as services provided by a 
    physician. The regulations already make clear that providers of school 
    health services, as is the case for providers of special education and 
    related services in general, must be qualified consistent with 
    Secs. 300.23 and 300.136 of these regulations.
        Changes: Consistent with the above discussion, the definitions of 
    ``occupational therapy'' at Sec. 300.24(b)(5) of these final 
    regulations and ``parent counseling and training'' at Sec. 300.24(b)(7) 
    of these final regulations have been revised; Note 2 has been deleted; 
    and a reference to travel training has been added under Sec. 300.26 
    (Special education).
        Comment: Numerous comments were received relating to 
    ``psychological services.'' Many of these comments addressed the role 
    of school psychologists under this part (e.g., stating that a 
    psychologist should be a member of the evaluation team, be involved in 
    IEP meetings, and conduct behavioral assessments). A few commenters 
    recommended that ``other mental health services'' be added at the end 
    of proposed Sec. 300.22(b)(9)(v), stating that this would ensure that 
    schools use, and families have access to, a variety of strategies and 
    interventions that go beyond psychological counseling. The commenters 
    added that children and families have been denied these necessary 
    mental health services because these services are not specifically 
    stated.
        Some commenters expressed concern about the provision in the NPRM 
    that designated school psychologists and school social workers as the 
    personnel responsible for assisting in the development of positive 
    behavioral interventions and strategies for IEP goal development. These 
    commenters stated that, although psychologists and school social 
    workers may participate in actions relating to student behavior, this 
    function is too critical to be listed under a specific category of 
    related services. A few of these commenters stated that specifically 
    linking development of positive behavioral interventions and strategies 
    could be interpreted narrowly and result in excluding a broad array of 
    other professionals (such as school counselors and teachers) who may 
    know the students best. A number of commenters favored retaining the 
    provision in the NPRM. One commenter recommended that the regulations 
    be clarified to include an explicit ban on the use of aversive behavior 
    management strategies under this part.
        A few commenters requested that the definition of ``recreation'' in 
    proposed Sec. 300.22(b)(10) be eliminated. One commenter indicated that 
    the definition will overreach the intent of IDEA. Others stated that 
    (1) the services listed would add costs to IDEA as well as 
    administrative burden because those services would be difficult to 
    arrange and schedule, and (2) participation in community-based 
    recreation is a family responsibility. A few commenters requested that 
    the definition of rehabilitation counseling be amended to add that 
    counseling should be provided on the basis of individual need and not 
    on a specific disability category. The commenters stated that because 
    vocational rehabilitation was provided under the transition grants for 
    students with significant disabilities, some school systems consider 
    vocational rehabilitation for these students only.
        Some commenters also recommended that the definition of ``social 
    work services in schools'' be broadened to include individual and group 
    counseling and other mental health services. A few commenters requested 
    that proposed Sec. 300.22(b)(13)(iii) be revised to require that school 
    social work services include working in partnership with parents on 
    those problems in a child's living situation (home, school and 
    community) that affect the child's adjustment in school. Other 
    commenters requested that a new paragraph (vi) be added to the list of 
    functions relating to working with classrooms of children to help 
    students with disabilities develop or improve social skills, self 
    esteem, and self confidence. (See also the comment and discussion under 
    ``psychological services'' related to the role of psychologists and 
    social workers in the development of positive behavioral interventions 
    and strategies for IEP goal development.)
        One commenter recommended that the function ``Provision of speech 
    and language services for the habilitation or prevention of 
    communication impairments'' be deleted from proposed 
    Sec. 300.22(b)(14)(iv), because it includes vague language, making the 
    program more litigious and more difficult to administer.
        Discussion: The definition of ``psychological services'' in the 
    NPRM is sufficiently broad to enable psychologists to be involved in 
    the majority of activities described by commenters, and, therefore, the 
    definition should not be revised to add other, more specific functions.
        Nor is there a need to make substantive changes to the definition 
    of ``social work services in schools.'' Although psychologists (and 
    school social workers) may be involved in assisting in the development 
    of positive behavioral interventions, there are many other appropriate 
    professionals in a school district who might also play a role in that 
    activity. The standards for personnel who assist in the development of 
    positive behavioral interventions will vary depending on the 
    requirements of the State. Including the development of positive 
    behavioral interventions in the descriptions of potential activities 
    under social work services in schools and psychological services 
    provide examples of the types of personnel who assist in this activity. 
    These examples of personnel who may assist in this activity are not 
    intended to imply either that school psychologists and social workers 
    are automatically qualified to perform these duties or to prohibit 
    other qualified personnel from serving in this role, consistent with 
    State requirements.
        Regarding the comment requesting clarification to impose a ban on 
    aversive behavior under this part, the new requirements in section 
    614(d)(3)(B)(i) of the Act are sufficient to address this concern by 
    strengthening the ability of the IEP team to address the need for 
    positive behavioral interventions in appropriate situations. Under 
    these new requirements, the IEP team must ``consider, if appropriate, 
    including in the IEP of a student whose behavior impedes his or her 
    learning or that of others, strategies, including positive behavioral 
    interventions, strategies, and supports to address that behavior.'' 
    These new requirements are sufficiently broad to address the 
    commenter's concerns. In meeting their obligations under section 
    614(d)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, public agencies must ensure that qualified 
    personnel are used, and may select from a variety of staff for this 
    purpose.
        The definition of ``social work services in schools'' should not be 
    expanded to include group counseling and other mental health services, 
    since under the definition as written, social workers could provide 
    these services if doing so would be consistent with State standards and 
    the students required such services in order to receive FAPE. However, 
    the technical change in Sec. 300.22(b)(13)(iii) should be made to 
    clarify that school social workers work
    
    [[Page 12551]]
    
    in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's 
    living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's 
    adjustment in school. The current definition is sufficiently broad to 
    enable school social workers to help disabled students work on social 
    skills.
        Recreation should not be deleted from the list of related services. 
    This is a statutory provision that has been defined in the regulations 
    since 1977.
        The commenters' request relating to ``rehabilitation counseling'' 
    (i.e., to add clarification that it should be provided based on 
    individual need) is generally the case with all related services. 
    Adding a specific limitation to rehabilitation counseling could 
    inappropriately suggest that other services are to be provided without 
    regard to individual need.
        The definition of ``speech-language pathology services'' should not 
    be revised. This is a longstanding definition that is useful to 
    qualified speech-language pathologists who provide services to children 
    with disabilities under these regulations.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to the definition of 
    ``social work services in schools.''
        Comment: A few commenters supported Note 3 (relating to the use of 
    paraprofessionals). Some commenters recommended that the note be 
    amended by requiring proper training and supervision in the areas in 
    which paraprofessionals are providing services.
        Commenters also stated that the regulations must (1) ensure parents 
    know which services are provided by paraprofessionals; (2) clarify the 
    service limitations of paraprofessionals; (3) prohibit any independent 
    development, substantive modification or unapproved provision of 
    services independent of the supervising related services professional; 
    (4) ensure that paraprofessionals are not used for IEP decision-making 
    activities or development or revisions of the child's interventions or 
    IEP; and (5) ensure these precautions are part of the policy 
    requirements of Sec. 300.136(f).
        Other commenters requested that paraprofessionals who assist in 
    providing speech-language pathology services must be supervised by a 
    person who meets the highest requirements in the State for that 
    discipline.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, Note 3 following this section should be 
    removed. When paraprofessionals are used to assist in the provision of 
    special education and related services under these regulations, they 
    must be appropriately trained and supervised in accordance with State 
    standards. Since concerns raised by commenters about the use of 
    paraprofessionals and assistants are addressed in the analysis of 
    comments under Sec. 300.136(f) of this attachment, it is not necessary 
    to make further changes to this section.
        Changes: Note 3 to this section of the NPRM has been removed.
        Comment: Several comments were received on Note 4 relating to the 
    definition of ``transportation.'' Some commenters recommended that the 
    note be revised to include accommodations to achieve integrated 
    transportation, including providing appropriate training to 
    transportation providers, such as bus drivers, and including the use of 
    aids.
        A few commenters stated that the second sentence in Note 4 implies 
    that there is no limit to the adaptations that a school must make to 
    bus equipment to afford a disabled child an opportunity to ride the 
    regular bus. The commenters added that (1) the IEP team must retain the 
    authority to determine the appropriate mode of transportation based on 
    child's needs and financial and logistical burdens of various options, 
    and (2) as with other related services, transportation must only be 
    provided to assist a child with disabilities to benefit from special 
    education.
        A number of commenters stated that transportation accommodations 
    are an LRE issue and, as such, should be determined by each child's IEP 
    team. These commenters added that accommodations also should be 
    addressed through section 504 and the ADA, and recommended that the 
    note be deleted. Another commenter recommended the need to clarify 
    public agency responsibility to provide necessary transportation to 
    disabled children even if that transportation is not provided to 
    nondisabled children.
        Other commenters also recommended that Note 4 be deleted. One 
    commenter stated that the note goes beyond the statute and adds costs 
    in an outrageous extension of Federal authority. Another commenter 
    stated that the note could lead school districts to conclude that they 
    had to buy specialized equipment (e.g., lifts) for even more of their 
    buses in order to provide integrated transportation, a concept found 
    nowhere in the Act.
        Discussion: In light of the general decision not to use notes in 
    these final regulations, Note 4 to this section of the NPRM should be 
    deleted. In response to concerns of commenters, each disabled child's 
    IEP team must be able to determine the appropriate mode of 
    transportation for a child based on the child's needs. That team makes 
    all other decisions relating to the provision of special education and 
    related services; and transportation is a specific statutory service 
    listed in the definition of related services.
        It is assumed that most children with disabilities will receive the 
    same transportation provided to nondisabled children, unless the IEP 
    team determines otherwise. However, for some children with 
    disabilities, integrated transportation may not be achieved unless 
    needed accommodations are provided to address each child's unique 
    needs. If the IEP team determines that a disabled child requires 
    transportation as a related service in order to receive FAPE, or 
    requires accommodations or modifications to participate in integrated 
    transportation with nondisabled children, the child must receive the 
    necessary transportation or accommodations at no cost to the parents. 
    This is so, even if no transportation is provided to nondisabled 
    children.
        As with other provisions in these regulations relating to qualified 
    personnel, all personnel who provide required services under this part, 
    including bus drivers, must be appropriately trained.
        Changes: Note 4 to this section of the NPRM has been removed, the 
    substance of Note 4 is reflected in the above discussion, and it is 
    further discussed in Appendix A of these final regulations.
    
    Special Education (Sec. 300.26)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that, in implementing the IEP 
    for disabled students in school-funded placements outside of the school 
    district, the cost of trips, phone calls, and other expenses incurred 
    by parents should be covered. Some commenters stated that they are not 
    reimbursed for official long-distance phone calls made regarding their 
    child's needs or for trips to attend special IEP meetings. According to 
    a commenter, one district will pay for the cost of driving the student 
    to school, but not for the cost of the return trip of the parents.
        Several commenters requested that the definition of ``physical 
    education'' in proposed Sec. 300.24(b)(2)(ii) be amended to change 
    ``adaptive'' to ``adapted,'' because the term was used in the original 
    regulations, and no rationale has been provided for changing it.
        Some commenters expressed support for the definition of ``specially 
    designed instruction'' as written, while other
    
    [[Page 12552]]
    
    commenters expressed support with modification. Other commenters took 
    exception to the definition, characterizing it as overly prescriptive. 
    Other commenters recommended dropping the reference to methodology, 
    citing case law and the legislative history in support of their view 
    that methodology should not be included in this definition.
        A few commenters stated that the definition of ``vocational 
    education'' in proposed Sec. 300.24(a)(3) was not complete, and 
    requested that it be amended to comply with the definition in the Carl 
    D. Perkins Vocational and Applied Technology Education Act. Other 
    commenters objected to including ``vocational education'' within the 
    definition of ``special education,'' asserting that there is no 
    statutory authority to do so. Other commenters recommended that some 
    minor modifications be made to the current definition.
        A few commenters requested that the regulations clarify the 
    difference between accommodations that do not change the content of the 
    curriculum and modifications that do change it. Other commenters 
    requested that access to the general curriculum be to the maximum 
    extent appropriate for the child. A few commenters recommended adding 
    clarifying language to accommodate the distinction between providing 
    disabled students with a meaningful opportunity to meet the standards 
    and actually meeting the standards, and stated that the Act recognizes 
    this distinction by referencing involvement and progress in the general 
    curriculum.
        Some commenters supported the note to proposed Sec. 300.24 (that a 
    related services provider may be a provider of specially designed 
    instruction if State law permits). Other commenters stated that the 
    note should be deleted to eliminate the possibility that individuals 
    may interpret it to mean that the term ``child with a disability,'' as 
    defined under proposed Sec. 300.7, might include children who need only 
    a related service.
        Discussion: It is not necessary to revise the definition of ``at no 
    cost'' under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, since that definition 
    already addresses the comment relating to the cost of trips, phone 
    calls, and other expenses incurred by parents of disabled children when 
    those children are placed outside the school district by a public 
    agency. If the school district places the child, and the IEP team 
    determines that the costs of phone calls and trips are relevant to the 
    student's receipt of FAPE, the public agency placing the child would be 
    expected to pay for such expenses.
        Paragraph (b)(2) concerning ``physical education'' should be 
    amended to substitute the word ``adapted'' for the word ``adaptive,'' 
    since this is the term that was in the original regulations.
        With regard to the definition of ``specially designed 
    instruction,'' some changes should be made. The committee reports to 
    Pub. L. 105-17 make clear that specific day-to-day adjustments in 
    instructional methods and approaches are not normally the sort of 
    change that would require action by an IEP team. Requiring an IEP to 
    include such a level of detail would be overly-prescriptive, impose 
    considerable unnecessary administrative burden, and quite possibly be 
    seen as encouraging disputes and litigation about rather small and 
    unimportant changes in instruction. There is, however, a reasonable 
    distinction to be drawn between a mode of instruction, such as cued 
    speech, which would be the basis for the goals, objectives, and other 
    elements of an individual student's IEP and should be reflected in that 
    student's IEP, and a day-to-day teaching approach, i.e., a lesson plan, 
    which would not be intended to be included in a student's IEP.
        Case law recognizes that instructional methodology can be an 
    important consideration in the context of what constitutes an 
    appropriate education for a child with a disability. At the same time, 
    these courts have indicated that they will not substitute a parentally-
    preferred methodology for sound educational programs developed by 
    school personnel in accordance with the procedural requirements of the 
    IDEA to meet the educational needs of an individual child with a 
    disability.
        In light of the legislative history and case law, it is clear that 
    in developing an individualized education there are circumstances in 
    which the particular teaching methodology that will be used is an 
    integral part of what is ``individualized'' about a student's education 
    and, in those circumstances will need to be discussed at the IEP 
    meeting and incorporated into the student's IEP. For example, for a 
    child with a learning disability who has not learned to read using 
    traditional instructional methods, an appropriate education may require 
    some other instructional strategy.
        Other students' IEPs may not need to address the instructional 
    method to be used because specificity about methodology is not 
    necessary to enable those students to receive an appropriate education. 
    There is nothing in the definition of ``specially designed 
    instruction'' that would require instructional methodology to be 
    addressed in the IEPs of students who do not need a particular 
    instructional methodology in order to receive educational benefit. In 
    all cases, whether methodology would be addressed in an IEP would be an 
    IEP team decision.
        Other changes to the definition of ``specially designed 
    instruction'' are not needed. The distinction between accommodations 
    that change the general curriculum and those that do not, as one 
    commenter requests, would be difficult to make because of the 
    individualized nature of these determinations. Regardless of the 
    reasons for the accommodation or modification, it must be provided if 
    necessary to address the special educational needs of an individual 
    student.
        The words ``maximum extent appropriate'' should not follow the 
    reference to participation in the general curriculum, because such a 
    qualification would conflict with the Act's IEP requirements and the 
    unequivocal emphasis on involvement and progress of students with 
    disabilities in the general curriculum, regardless of the nature or 
    significance of the disability.
        The term ``vocational education'' in paragraph (b)(5) should not be 
    amended to conform to the definition in the Carl D. Perkins Vocational 
    and Applied Technology Education Act. The definition of ``vocational 
    education'' in the proposed regulations should be retained in these 
    final regulations since it reflects the definition of that term 
    contained in the original regulations for this program published in 
    1977. While the regulatory definition includes all of the activities in 
    the Perkins Act definition, the substitution of the definition from the 
    Perkins Act would be too limiting since that definition would not 
    encompass those activities included in the current definition. The 
    inclusion of ``vocational education'' in the definition of ``special 
    education'' is needed to ensure that students with disabilities receive 
    appropriate, individually-designed vocational educational services to 
    facilitate transition from school to post-school activities.
        In light of the general decision not to use notes in these final 
    regulations, the note following this section of the NPRM should be 
    removed. The removal of this note, however, should not be construed as 
    altering eligibility requirements under these regulations--namely (1) a 
    child is an eligible child with a disability under Part B if the child 
    has a covered impairment and requires special education by reason of 
    the
    
    [[Page 12553]]
    
    impairment; and (2) a child with a disability can receive a related 
    service only if that service is required to assist the child to benefit 
    from special education. However, consistent with Sec. 300.26(a)(2), any 
    related service that is considered special education rather than a 
    related service under State standards may be considered as special 
    education. A provision has been added under the definition of ``child 
    with a disability'' to reflect this concept.
        Changes: Paragraph (a)(2) has been amended to add travel training 
    to the elements contained in the definition of ``special education,'' 
    and a separate definition of travel training has been added to 
    paragraph (b)(4) as discussed in this attachment under Sec. 300.24. 
    Paragraph (b)(2) concerning physical education has been revised to 
    substitute the word ``adapted'' for the word ``adaptive.'' Paragraph 
    (b)(3) has been revised to make clear that adaptations to instruction, 
    in the form of specially designed instruction, are made as appropriate 
    to the needs of the child. The note following this section of the NPRM 
    has been removed, and the substance of the note is reflected in the 
    above discussion.
    
    Supplementary Aids and Services (Sec. 300.28)
    
        Comment: A few commenters supported the definition of 
    ``supplementary aids and services,'' as written. Some commenters 
    requested that the regulations define the term ``educationally related 
    setting,'' and that examples of supplementary aids and services be 
    included. Another commenter recommended that the definition be amended 
    to state that related services could be considered supplementary aids 
    and services. Other commenters recommended that assistive technology be 
    considered in the same context as supplementary aids and services.
        Discussion: It is not necessary to define the terms used in this 
    definition. As stated in the analysis of comments relating to 
    Secs. 300.5 and 300.6 (assistive technology devices and services), 
    assistive technology devices and services are already recognized as 
    supplementary aids and services. Under IDEA, aids, supports and 
    services would be considered during the IEP meeting and if determined 
    appropriate by the IEP team would be integrated under the appropriate 
    components of the IEP. Further, with respect to the language about 
    ``related services,'' a change is not needed. If a disabled child 
    requires a related service in the regular classroom, that related 
    service must be provided, and there is no reason to identify that 
    service as a supplementary aid or service.
        Changes: None.
    
    Transition Services (Sec. 300.29)
    
        Comment: Many commenters supported the transition services 
    definition in these regulations, but recommended that the definition be 
    amended to include, in paragraph (1)(c)(vi), self-advocacy, career 
    planning, and career guidance. This comment also emphasized the need 
    for coordination between this provision and the Perkins Act to ensure 
    that students with disabilities in middle schools will be able to 
    access vocational education funds.
        One commenter recommended that the definition of ``transition 
    services'' either be narrowed to post-school transition or that other 
    transitions, such as transition from Part C to Part B, be defined 
    elsewhere in these regulations.
        Discussion: The Act's ``transition services'' definition should be 
    retained as written. In light of the general decision not to use notes 
    in these final regulations, the note following this section of the NPRM 
    should be removed. It is important to clarify that transition services 
    for students with disabilities may be special education if they are 
    provided as specially designed instruction, or related services, if 
    they are required to assist a student with a disability to benefit from 
    special education, and that the list of activities in the definition is 
    not intended to be exhaustive.
        Additional examples of transition services are not needed because 
    the current definition is sufficiently broad to encompass these 
    activities. Nor is it necessary to amend the definition to reference 
    the Perkins Act, since, under current law, students with disabilities, 
    including those in middle schools, can participate in these Federally-
    funded programs, and must be provided necessary accommodations to 
    ensure their meaningful participation.
        Further, the definition of ``transition services'' should not be 
    narrowed or expanded to include other transitions, because to do so 
    could be inconsistent with congressional intent that public agencies 
    provide students with disabilities the types of needed services to 
    facilitate transition from school to post-school activities.
        Changes: The note following this section of the NPRM has been 
    removed, and the substance of the note has been added as a new 
    paragraph (b).
    
    Subpart B
    
    Condition of Assistance (Sec. 300.110)
    
        Comment: A few commenters stated that the proposed regulations at 
    Secs. 300.110-300.113, as written, would not ensure that States meet 
    the requirements of section 612(a) and (c) of the Act.
        Discussion: It is appropriate to amend Sec. 300.110 to more 
    explicitly state what is required for compliance with these provisions.
        Changes: Section 300.110 has been amended, as noted in the above 
    discussion.
    
    Free Appropriate Public Education (Sec. 300.121)
    
    (For a brief overview of the changes made regarding the discipline 
    sections of these regulations, please refer to the preamble.)
    
        Comment: A few commenters asked that the regulations be amended to 
    adopt a ``no cessation of services'' policy, under which students with 
    disabilities would be entitled to receive FAPE even during periods of 
    less than ten days of suspension in a given school year. Some of these 
    commenters stated that there is no basis to assume that Congress did 
    not mean what is explicitly stated in section 612(a)(1)(A) of the Act--
    that all children are entitled to FAPE, including children who have 
    been suspended or expelled from school.
        A few commenters expressed support for the proposed language which 
    defines the term ``children with disabilities who have been suspended 
    or expelled from school'' as meaning children with disabilities who 
    have been removed from their current educational placement for more 
    than 10 school days in a given school year, but asked that the 
    regulations clarify that the 10 school days are cumulative, not 
    consecutive.
        Several commenters recommended deleting the phrase ``in a given 
    school year,'' stating that the statute allows school personnel to 
    suspend a disabled child for not more than ten consecutive school days 
    without the provision of educational services, and that there is no 
    statutory basis for defining 10 school days to be within a given year. 
    A number of commenters supported the proposed ``11th day'' rule (i.e., 
    that the right to FAPE for disabled children who have been suspended or 
    expelled begins on the eleventh school day in a school year that they 
    are removed from their current educational placement). Other commenters 
    recommended deleting proposed Sec. 300.121(c)(2). Some of these 
    commenters stated that they agreed with the Supreme Court decision in 
    Honig versus Doe and with the Department's
    
    [[Page 12554]]
    
    long-standing interpretation of the Act--that a pattern of suspensions 
    would constitute a change in placement, but objected to the regulations 
    defining when the ``11th day'' occurs.
        One commenter asked whether the provisions of proposed 
    Sec. 300.121(c) would apply if a child's disability is not related to 
    the behavior in question. Some commenters were concerned that the 
    standard from Sec. 300.522 would be unwieldy for short-term suspensions 
    or should be modified to permit different services for children 
    suspended or expelled for behavior determined not to be a manifestation 
    of their disability. Another commenter recommended strengthening the 
    language of Sec. 300.121 to ensure that the SEA is responsible for 
    ensuring the provision of FAPE for children who are suspended or 
    expelled.
        Discussion: Section 612(a)(1)(A) of the Act now makes explicit that 
    FAPE must be available to children with disabilities who are suspended 
    or expelled, in light of the adverse impact a cessation of educational 
    services can have on a child with disabilities ability to achieve in 
    school and to become a self-supporting adult who is contributing to our 
    society. The Act, however, should not be read to always require the 
    provision of services when a child is removed from school for just a 
    few days. School officials need some reasonable degree of flexibility 
    when dealing with children with disabilities who violate school conduct 
    rules, and interrupting a child's participation in education for up to 
    10 school days over the course of a school year, when necessary and 
    appropriate to the circumstances, does not impose an unreasonable 
    limitation on a child with disabilities right to FAPE.
        On the other hand, at some point repeated exclusions of a child 
    with disabilities from the educational process will have a deleterious 
    effect on the child's ability to succeed in school and to become a 
    contributing member of society. The law ensures that even children with 
    disabilities who are engaged in what objectively can be identified as 
    dangerous acts, such as carrying a weapon to school, must receive 
    appropriate services. (See sections 615(k)(1)(A)(ii) and 615(k)(2)).
        Therefore, it is reasonable that children with disabilities who 
    have been repeatedly suspended for more minor violations of school 
    codes not suffer greater consequences from exclusions from school than 
    children who have committed the most significant offenses. For these 
    reasons, once a child with a disability has been removed from school 
    for more than 10 school days in a school year, it is reasonable for 
    appropriate school personnel (if the child is to be removed for 10 
    school days or less, or the child's IEP team, if the child is to be 
    suspended or expelled for behavior that is not a manifestation of the 
    child's disability) to make informed educational decisions about 
    whether and the extent to which services are needed to enable the child 
    to make appropriate educational progress in the general curriculum and 
    toward the goals of the child's IEP.
        The change of placement rules referred to in the Supreme Court's 
    decision in Honig v. Doe, which is based on the Department's long-
    standing interpretation of what is now section 615(j) of the Act, are 
    addressed in the discussion of comments received under Sec. 300.520 in 
    this attachment, and changes are made in these final regulations as a 
    result of those comments. However, determining whether a change of 
    placement has occurred does not answer the question of at what point 
    exclusion from educational services constitutes a denial of FAPE under 
    section 612(a)(1)(A) of the Act.
        With regard to the standard for services that must be provided to 
    children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from 
    school, the statute at section 615(k)(3) specifically addresses only 
    the services to be provided to children who have been placed in interim 
    alternative educational settings under sections 615(k)(1)(A)(ii) and 
    615(k)(2) (Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521), which contemplate 
    situations in which children are removed for up to 45 days, without 
    regard to whether the behavior is or is not a manifestation of the 
    child's disabilities.
        In light of the comments received, the regulation would be revised 
    to recognize that the extent to which services would need to be 
    provided and the amount of service that would be necessary to enable a 
    child with a disability to meet the same general standard of 
    appropriately progressing in the general curriculum and advancing 
    toward achieving the goals on the child's IEP may be different if the 
    child is going to be out of his or her regular placement for a short 
    period of time. For example, a one or two day removal of a child who is 
    performing at grade level may not need the same kind and amount of 
    service to meet this standard as a child who is out of his or her 
    regular placement for 45 days under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or Sec. 300.521. 
    Similarly, if the child is suspended or expelled for behavior that is 
    not a manifestation of his or her disability, it may not make sense to 
    provide services in the same way as when the child is in an interim 
    alternative educational setting.
        As part of its general supervision responsibility under 
    Sec. 300.600, each SEA must ensure compliance with all Part B 
    requirements, including the requirements of Sec. 300.121(d) regarding 
    FAPE for children who are removed from their current educational 
    placement for more than ten school days in a given school year.
        Changes: The regulation has been revised to provide that when a 
    child with a disability who has been removed from his or her current 
    educational placement for more than 10 school days in a school year is 
    subjected to a subsequent removal for not more than 10 school days at a 
    time and when a child with a disability is suspended or expelled for 
    behavior that is not a manifestation of the child's disability, the 
    public agency must provide services to the extent necessary to enable 
    the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and 
    appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the child's IEP.
        In the case of a child who is removed pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1) for 10 school days or less at a time, this 
    determination is made by school personnel, in consultation with the 
    child's special education teacher. In the case of a child whose removal 
    constitutes a change of placement for behavior that is not a 
    manifestation of the child's disability pursuant to Sec. 300.524, this 
    determination is made by the child's IEP team.
        The regulation has also been revised to clarify that if a child is 
    removed by school personnel for a weapon or drug offense under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or by a hearing officer based on a determination of 
    substantial likelihood of injury under Sec. 300.521, the public agency 
    provides services as specified in Sec. 300.522.
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Note 1 (which 
    clarifies the responsibility of public agencies to make FAPE available 
    to children with disabilities beginning no later than their third 
    birthday) and recommended that the substance of the note be 
    incorporated into the text of the regulations. A few commenters 
    suggested revising Note 1 to clarify that children with disabilities 
    whose third birthday occurs during the summer are not entitled to 
    receive special education and related services until school starts for 
    the fall term.
        Discussion: The responsibility of public agencies to make FAPE 
    available to children with disabilities beginning no later than their 
    third birthday means that an IEP (or an IFSP consistent with 
    Sec. 300.342) has been developed and is
    
    [[Page 12555]]
    
    being implemented for the child by that date, with the IEP specifying 
    the special education and related services that are needed in order to 
    ensure that the child receives FAPE, including any extended school year 
    services, if appropriate. (Section 612(a)(9) of the Act). If a child 
    with a disability is determined eligible to receive Part B services, 
    the public agency must convene a meeting and develop an IEP by the 
    child's third birthday, and must in developing the IEP determine when 
    services will be initiated. For 2-year olds served under Part C, the 
    public agency must meet with the Part C lead agency and the family to 
    discuss the child's transition to Part B services at least 90 days 
    (and, at the discretion of the parties, up to 6 months) before the 
    child turns 3. (See section 637 (a)(8)) of the Act). In order to ensure 
    a smooth transition for children served under Part C who turn 3 during 
    the summer months, a lead agency under Part C may use Part C funds to 
    provide FAPE to children from their third birthday to the beginning of 
    the following school year. (See section 638 of the Act).
        Children with disabilities who have their third birthday during the 
    summer months are not automatically entitled to receive special 
    education and related services during the summer, and the public agency 
    must provide such services during the summer only if the IEP team 
    determines that the child needs extended school year services at that 
    time in order to receive FAPE. The substance of Note 1 should be 
    incorporated into the text of the regulation, because it sets forth 
    long-standing requirements that are based on the statute (see analysis 
    of ``General Comments'' relating to the use of notes under this part).
        Changes: The substance of Note 1 has been added to the text of the 
    regulations, and the note has been deleted.
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Note 2 (regarding 
    the determination of eligibility for children advancing from grade to 
    grade), and recommended that the substance of the note be incorporated 
    into the text of the regulations. A few of the commenters suggested 
    deleting the second sentence of Note 2 (relating to the IEP team) 
    before making the note a regulation. Other commenters recommended that 
    Note 2 be deleted, as it confuses the IEP team with the team that 
    determines eligibility.
        Discussion: The revised IEP requirements at Sec. 300.347 require 
    public agencies to provide special education and related services to 
    enable students with disabilities to progress in the general 
    curriculum, thus making clear that a child is not ineligible to receive 
    special education and related services just because the child is, with 
    the support of those individually designed services, progressing in the 
    general curriculum from grade-to-grade. The group determining the 
    eligibility of a child who has a disability and who is progressing from 
    grade-to-grade must make an individualized determination as to whether, 
    notwithstanding the child's progress from grade-to-grade, he or she 
    needs special education and related services. The substance of Note 2, 
    as revised, should be incorporated into the text of the regulation, 
    because it sets forth long-standing requirements that are based on the 
    statute (see analysis of ``General Comments'' relating to the use of 
    notes under this part).
        Changes: Section 300.121 has been revised to incorporate the 
    substance of Note 2, and the note deleted.
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: To ensure that children with disabilities have 
    available FAPE, consistent with the requirements of this part, it is 
    important for the Department to be able to verify that each State's 
    policies are consistent with their responsibilities regarding important 
    aspects of their obligation to make FAPE available. Therefore, 
    Sec. 300.121(b) should be revised to provide that each State's policy 
    regarding the right to FAPE of all children with disabilities must be 
    consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.300-300.313.
        Changes: Section 300.121(b) has been revised to provide that the 
    States' policies concerning the provision of FAPE must be consistent 
    with the requirements of Secs. 300.300-300.313.
    
    Exception to FAPE for Certain Ages (Sec. 300.122)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.122(a)(2), 
    which sets forth an exception to the FAPE requirement for certain youth 
    who are incarcerated in adult correctional facilities, and Note 2 which 
    includes clarifying language from the House Committee Report. A few 
    commenters wanted the regulation to clarify the responsibility of a 
    State where reasonable efforts to obtain prior records from the last 
    reported educational placement have been made, but no records are 
    available. The commenter also requested adding a note to clarify that, 
    even if State law does not require the provision of FAPE to students 
    with disabilities, ages 18 through 21, who, in the last educational 
    placement prior to their incarceration in an adult correctional 
    facility were not identified as a child with a disability and did not 
    have an IEP under Part B of the Act, the State may choose to serve some 
    individuals who fit within that exception and include those individuals 
    within its Part B child count.
        Discussion: Before determining that an individual is not eligible 
    under this part to receive Part B services, the State must make 
    reasonable efforts to obtain and review whatever information is needed 
    to determine that the incarcerated individual had not been identified 
    as a child with a disability and did not have an IEP in his or her last 
    educational placement prior to incarceration in an adult correctional 
    facility. The steps a State takes to obtain such information may 
    include a review of records, and interviewing the incarcerated 
    individual and his or her parents.
        A State may include in its Part B child count an eligible 
    incarcerated student with a disability to whom it provides FAPE, even 
    if the State is permitted under Sec. 300.122(a)(2) and State law to 
    exclude that individual from eligibility. It is not necessary to 
    provide additional clarification regarding these issues in the 
    regulations.
        Proposed Note 2 quoted from the House Committee Report on Pub. L. 
    105-17 which, with respect to paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
    (relating to certain students with disabilities in adult prisons), 
    stated that:
    
        The bill provides that a State may also opt not to serve 
    individuals who, in the educational placement prior to their 
    incarceration in adult correctional facilities, were not actually 
    identified as a child with a disability under section 602(3) or did 
    not have an IEP under Part B of the Act. The Committee means to* * 
    *make clear that services need not be provided to all children who 
    were at one time determined to be eligible under Part B of the Act. 
    The Committee does not intend to permit the exclusion from services 
    under part B of children who had been identified as children with 
    disabilities and had received services under an IEP, but who had 
    left school prior to their incarceration. In other words, if a child 
    had an IEP in his or her last educational placement, the child has 
    an IEP for purposes of this provision. The Committee added language 
    to make clear that children with disabilities aged 18 through 21, 
    who did not have an IEP in their last educational setting but who 
    had actually been identified should not be excluded from services. 
    (H. R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 91 (1997))
    
        The concepts in this note are important in the implementation of 
    this program. Appropriate substantive portions of the note should be 
    clarified and included in the regulations. Consistent with the decision 
    to not include notes in these final regulations, the note should be 
    removed.
    
    [[Page 12556]]
    
        Changes: Section 300.122(a)(2) has been revised by adding 
    appropriate substantive portions of Note 2 to the text of the 
    regulation, to specify situations in which the exception to FAPE for 
    students with disabilities in adult prisons does not apply.
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.122(a)(3) 
    (which provides that the obligation to make FAPE available does not 
    apply to students with disabilities who have graduated from high school 
    with a regular high school diploma), and Note 1 (which clarifies that 
    graduation with a regular high school diploma is a change of placement 
    requiring notice and reevaluation), and recommended that the substance 
    of the note be included in the text of the regulation. Other commenters 
    requested that Sec. 300.122(a)(3) and Note 1 be deleted because there 
    is no statutory basis for these regulatory interpretations. Several 
    commenters stated that, in most States, graduation is dependent on a 
    student's having met specific standards (State, local, or both).
        A few commenters stated that some States have developed procedures 
    for disabled students to graduate with a diploma based on the IEP, and 
    recommended that the term ``regular'' be deleted from 
    Sec. 300.122(a)(3). Other commenters recommended deleting the language 
    about graduating with a regular high school diploma, and added that 
    many States have, with public input, established multiple graduation 
    diplomas and certificates. Other commenters recommended deleting the 
    provision, and added that some States are shifting from diplomas to 
    certificates of mastery based on what students know. A few commenters 
    stated that receipt of a diploma or age 21 is the only reason for 
    termination of eligibility, and, therefore, the requirement is 
    redundant and should be deleted.
        Many commenters recommended deleting Note 1, stating that 
    graduation is not a change of placement, and that reevaluation is not 
    necessary and should not be required. These commenters stated the basis 
    for their recommendation by adding that: (1) With the addition of the 
    new IEP requirements such as benchmarks, reporting to parents, and 
    examination of transition needs at age 14, the reevaluation requirement 
    becomes redundant; (2) if the parents and student are provided notice 
    of the impending graduation and the IEP team concurs, the additional 
    step of reviewing current data and determining the nature and scope of 
    a reevaluation is unnecessary and will consume staff time and 
    resources; and (3) if parents believe their child should not graduate, 
    they have procedural avenues available to contest the graduation.
        A few commenters stated that Sec. 300.122(a)(3) should not be 
    interpreted as prohibiting a State from using Part B funds to serve 
    students aged 18 through 21 who have attained a regular diploma but who 
    are still in the State-mandated age range.
        Discussion: Because the rights afforded children with disabilities 
    under IDEA are important, the termination of a child's eligibility 
    under Part B is equally important. When public agencies make the 
    determination as to whether the Part B eligibility of a student with a 
    disability should be terminated because the student has met the 
    requirements for a regular high school diploma or that the student's 
    eligibility should continue until he or she is no longer within the 
    State-mandated age of eligibility, it is important to ensure that the 
    student's rights under the Act are not denied.
        As the comment notes, a number of the new IEP requirements focus 
    increased attention on how children with disabilities can achieve to 
    the same level as nondisabled children. In implementing these new 
    requirements, it is important that the parents, participating in 
    decisions made in developing their child's IEP--including decisions 
    about their child's educational program (e.g., the types of courses the 
    child will take) and the child's participation in State and district-
    wide high stakes assessments--understand the implications of those 
    decisions for their child's future eligibility for graduation with a 
    regular diploma.
        The commenters persuasively point out that, there is a less 
    burdensome way to protect the interests of students with disabilities 
    under the Act whose eligibility for services is ending because of 
    graduation with a regular diploma or because they are no longer age 
    eligible. If an eligibility change is the result of the student's aging 
    out or receipt of a regular high school diploma, the statutory 
    requirement for reevaluation before a change in a student's eligibility 
    under section 614(c)(5) should not be read to apply.
        Graduation with a regular high school diploma ends a student's 
    eligibility for Part B services, and is, therefore, a change in 
    placement requiring notice under Sec. 300.503 a reasonable time before 
    the public agency proposes to graduate the student. The new 
    requirements for transition planning and for reporting to parents 
    regarding the progress of their child, together with the notice to them 
    regarding proposed graduation, are sufficient to ensure that parents 
    are appropriately informed to protect the rights of their child. The 
    parents would have the option, as with any public agency proposal to 
    change the educational program or placement of a child with a 
    disability, to seek to resolve a disagreement with the proposal to 
    graduate the student through all appropriate means, including mediation 
    and due process hearing proceedings.
        Exiting or graduating a student with a disability with a credential 
    that is different from the diploma granted to students who do not have 
    disabilities does not end an individual's eligibility for Part B 
    services, and is not a change in placement requiring notice under 
    Sec. 300.503. The second paragraph of proposed Note 1 clarified that if 
    a high school awards a student with a disability a certificate of 
    attendance or other certificate of graduation instead of a regular high 
    school diploma, the student would still be entitled to FAPE until the 
    student reaches the age at which eligibility ceases under the age 
    requirements within the State or has earned a regular high school 
    diploma. This clarification is consistent with the statute and final 
    regulations. However, consistent with the decision to not include notes 
    in the final regulations, the note should be deleted.
        An SEA or LEA may elect to use Part B funds for services for a 
    student with a disability who has graduated with a regular high school 
    diploma but who is still within the State-mandated age range for Part B 
    eligibility, but may not include the student in its Part B child count. 
    For children aged 19 through 21, eligibility for services is a matter 
    of State discretion.
        Changes: Section 300.122(a)(3) has been revised to make clear that 
    graduation from high school with a regular diploma is a change in 
    placement requiring notice in accordance with Sec. 300.503. Section 
    300.534(c), also has been revised to clarify that a reevaluation is not 
    required before the termination of a student's Part B eligibility due 
    to graduation with a regular high school diploma, or ceasing to be age-
    eligible under State law. Note 1 has been removed.
    
    Child Find (Sec. 300.125)
    
        Comment: A few commenters expressed support for the statutory 
    provision reflected in Sec. 300.125(c), which states that nothing in 
    the Act requires that children be classified by their disability. Some 
    commenters believed that Sec. 300.125(c) is inconsistent with 
    Sec. 300.125(b)(3), which requires a
    
    [[Page 12557]]
    
    description of the policies and procedures that the State will use to 
    obtain the number of children by disability category, and Sec. 300.751, 
    which requires the reporting of data by disability category.
        Some commenters recommended that Note 2 (which states that the 
    services and placement needed by each child with a disability must be 
    based upon the child's unique needs and may not be determined or 
    limited based upon a category of disability) be incorporated into the 
    regulations. Other commenters recommended deleting the phrase ``and may 
    not be determined or limited based upon a category of disability,'' so 
    as not to conflict with Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(iii) (consideration of 
    special factors relating to children who are blind or visually 
    impaired). Other commenters stated that Note 2 should be deleted 
    because it deals with services and placements, rather than child find.
        A few commenters requested that the regulations clarify the child 
    find requirements for children birth through age 3, because the 
    requirements under Parts B and C are different, and it is not clear 
    which must be followed. One commenter recommended that Note 3 (which 
    describes the link between child find under Parts B and C) be 
    incorporated into the regulations because it promotes interagency 
    coordination. Other commenters stated that Note 3 is unnecessary and 
    should be deleted because the text of Sec. 300.125 sufficiently covers 
    the statutory requirement.
        Some commenters expressed support for Note 4 (relating to highly 
    mobile children, such as the homeless and migrant children). A few 
    commenters requested more guidance related to a State's obligation to 
    migrant children. Other commenters stated that States are already doing 
    their best to find these children, but added that it is (1) virtually 
    impossible to meet fully an obligation to ensure that all of these 
    children are found, and (2) extremely difficult to obtain accurate data 
    on these populations.
        Discussion: Section 300.125(c), which clarifies that the Act does 
    not require public agencies to label children by disability, is not 
    inconsistent with the data reporting requirements in 
    Secs. 300.125(b)(3) and 300.751. The statement in Note 2--that the 
    services and placement needed by each child with a disability may not 
    be determined or limited based upon a category of disability--is 
    crucial in implementing both the child find and FAPE requirements. 
    Thus, the substance of the note has been included in this discussion, 
    and has been incorporated in the text of the regulations at 
    Sec. 300.300(a)(3)(ii). Specifying that services and placement not be 
    determined or limited based on category of disability is not 
    incompatible with the special considerations related to children who 
    are blind and visually impaired.
        It is clear, without the need for further clarification in the 
    regulations, that the child find and evaluation procedures under Part C 
    must be followed when the purpose is to locate, identify and evaluate 
    infants and toddlers with disabilities who may be eligible for early 
    intervention services under that Part, and that the child find and 
    evaluation procedures under Part B must be followed when the purpose is 
    to locate, identify and evaluate children with disabilities who may be 
    eligible for special education and related services under that part.
        Note 3 provided needed clarification of long-standing statutory 
    requirements, under Parts B and C regarding the respective 
    responsibilities of the SEA and Part C lead agency for child find 
    activities. In States in which the SEA and Part C lead agency are 
    different, each agency remains responsible for ensuring that the child 
    find responsibilities under its program are met, even if the agencies, 
    through an interagency agreement, delegate to one agency the primary 
    role in child find for the birth through two population. When 
    different, the SEA and Part C lead agency are encouraged to cooperate 
    to avoid duplication and ensure comprehensive child find efforts for 
    the birth through two population. The substance of the note should be 
    incorporated into the text of the regulation.
        Although it is difficult to locate, identify, and evaluate highly 
    mobile children with disabilities, it is important to stress that the 
    States' child find responsibilities under Sec. 300.125 apply equally to 
    such children and that the substance of Note 4 should be added to the 
    text of Sec. 300.125(a).
        Changes: The substance of Notes 1, 3, and 4 has been added to the 
    text of the Sec. 300.125; the substance of Note 2 has been added to the 
    text of Sec. 300.300(a)(3)(ii); and the four notes have been deleted.
    
    Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility 
    (Sec. 300.126)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation specify 
    best practices for evaluation and the determination of eligibility.
        Discussion: The use of best practices in all educational programs 
    and activities in order to help ensure that all children, including 
    children with disabilities, are prepared to meet high standards is, of 
    course, strongly encouraged, and the Department funds many programs to 
    identify and disseminate best practices. Section 300.126, however, 
    addresses the eligibility requirements relating to evaluation and the 
    determination of eligibility that States must meet, rather than best 
    practices.
        Changes: None.
    
    Confidentiality of Personally Identifiable Information (Sec. 300.127)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: In the NPRM, Sec. 300.127 included a note that 
    contained a reference to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act 
    (FERPA) in 34 CFR Part 99. There is a clear relationship between the 
    confidentiality requirements in IDEA and those in FERPA. The 
    regulations in Secs. 300.560--300.577 are drawn directly from the FERPA 
    regulations.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to eliminate notes from the 
    final regulations, the note following this section has been removed.
    
    Least Restrictive Environment (Sec. 300.130)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that ``State-approved private 
    schools and facilities'' be added to the list of placement options 
    included in the continuum, as set forth in the note following 
    Sec. 300.130.
        A few commenters were concerned that the proposed regulations did 
    not include the State eligibility requirement, set forth in the prior 
    regulations at Sec. 300.132(b), that each State include in its State 
    plan the number of children within each disability category who are 
    participating in regular education programs, and the number of children 
    with disabilities who are in separate classes or separate school 
    facilities or otherwise removed from the regular education environment.
        A few commenters stated that the note and Sec. 300.551 should be 
    deleted; they assert that there is no requirement in the statute for a 
    continuum, and that the note and the regulation are inconsistent with 
    the statute's strengthened requirement that children with disabilities 
    be integrated.
        Discussion: As described in Sec. 300.551(b)(1), the continuum 
    includes the placement option of ``special schools.'' The requested 
    revision regarding State-approved private schools and facilities is, 
    therefore, not necessary. State-approved private schools and facilities 
    are already covered by the continuum.
    
    [[Page 12558]]
    
        The requirement in the prior regulations at Sec. 300.132(b), that 
    each State include in its State plan the number of children within each 
    disability category who are participating in regular education 
    programs, and the number of children with disabilities who are in 
    separate classes or separate school facilities or otherwise removed 
    from the regular education environment, was based upon an express 
    provision in the prior statute at section 612(5)(B) that was removed 
    from the statute by the IDEA Amendments of 1997. Those amendments also 
    eliminated the requirement that each State submit a State plan, instead 
    requiring that each State demonstrate eligibility under Part B by 
    having specified policies and procedures on file with the Secretary. 
    The Department will, however, continue to collect data regarding 
    placement in the LRE under section 618 of the Act.
        The statute, at section 607(b), prohibits the Secretary from 
    implementing or publishing regulations implementing IDEA that would 
    procedurally or substantively lessen the protections provided to 
    children with disabilities, as set forth in the Part B regulations as 
    in effect on July 20, 1983, including those relating to placement in 
    the least restrictive environment, except to the extent that the 
    revised regulation reflects the clear and unequivocal intent of the 
    Congress in legislation. The provisions of Sec. 300.551 in the NPRM 
    were included in the regulations as in effect on July 20, 1983. 
    Therefore, those provisions must, consistent with section 607(b) of the 
    Act, be retained in the regulations. In fact, the Senate and House 
    Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 support the continuing importance 
    of the continuum provision:
    
        The committee supports the longstanding policy of a continuum of 
    alternative placements designed to meet the unique needs of each 
    child with a disability. Placement options available include 
    instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, 
    home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions. For 
    disabled children placed in regular classes, supplementary aids and 
    services and resource room services or itinerant instruction must 
    also be offered as needed. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 11; H. R. Rep. 
    No. 105-95, p. 91 (1997))
    
        The substance of the note is helpful in implementing the LRE 
    requirements, and should be included in the text of the regulations.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to delete notes from the 
    final regulations, the note following Sec. 300.130 in the NPRM has been 
    removed. The substance of the note has been incorporated into paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed concerns about the 
    provisions of Sec. 300.130(b), regarding the steps that a State must 
    take if it distributes State funds on the basis of the type of setting 
    in which a child is served. Some commenters were concerned that this 
    provision not be implemented in a way that would negatively impact 
    State funding formulas for State schools for the deaf. Other commenters 
    requested that the regulations provide clear guidance as to what a 
    State must do to determine whether its funding mechanism is resulting 
    in placements that violate the least restrictive environment 
    requirements of the Act.
        A few commenters asked that the regulations make clear that 
    individual needs, rather than a State's finding mechanism must drive 
    placement decisions, but that a State is not required to change the way 
    in which it distributes State funds to public agencies unless the 
    funding mechanism results in placement decisions that violate Part B's 
    LRE requirements. Other commenters requested that the regulations be 
    revised to require that a State's assurance under Sec. 300.130(b)(2) 
    must specify the steps the State will take by a date certain (no later 
    than the end of the following fiscal year) to revise its funding 
    mechanism.
        Discussion: The provisions of Sec. 300.130(b) are unchanged from 
    section 612(a)(5)(B) of the Act. A State is not required to revise a 
    funding mechanism by which the State distributes State funds on the 
    basis of the type of setting in which a child is served, unless it is 
    determined that the State does not have policies and procedures to 
    ensure that the funding mechanism does not result in placements that 
    violate the LRE requirements of Secs. 300.550-300.556. The Senate and 
    House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 emphasize the importance of 
    section 615(a)(5)(B), stating that:
    
        The bill amends the provisions on least restrictive environment 
    * * * to ensure that the state's funding formula does not result in 
    placements that violate the requirement.
        The committee supports the long standing policy that to the 
    maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities are educated 
    with children who are nondisabled and that special separate 
    schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the 
    regular educational environment occurs only when the nature or 
    severity of the disability is such that education in regular classes 
    with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved 
    satisfactorily. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 11; H. R. Rep. No. 105-95, 
    p. 91 (1997)) Further clarification in the regulation is not needed.
    
    Changes: None.
    
    Transition of Children From Part C to Preschool Programs (Sec. 300.132)
    
        Comment: A few commenters expressed concern regarding the cost of 
    home visits, especially in large geographic areas, that would be needed 
    to implement the transition requirements of Sec. 300.132.
        Discussion: The provisions of Sec. 300.132 are drawn from the 
    statutory requirements at section 612(a)(9), and do not set forth any 
    additional requirements. While Sec. 300.132(c) requires that each LEA 
    participate in transition planning conferences arranged by the 
    designated lead agency under section 637(a)(8) (which requires the lead 
    agency to convene such a conference), Sec. 300.132 does not require any 
    home visits. Therefore, no revision is necessary.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to make clear that the pendency provisions of Sec. 300.514 apply to 
    children transitioning from early intervention services under Part C to 
    preschool special education and related services under Part B.
        Discussion: The pendency provision at Sec. 300.514(a) does not 
    apply when a child is transitioning from a program developed under Part 
    C to provide appropriate early intervention services into a program 
    developed under Part B to provide FAPE. Under Sec. 300.514(b), if the 
    complaint requesting due process involves the child's initial admission 
    to public school, the public agency responsible for providing FAPE to 
    the child must place that child, with the consent of the parent, into a 
    public preschool program if the public agency offers preschool services 
    directly or through contract or other arrangement to nondisabled 
    preschool-aged children until the completion of authorized review 
    proceedings.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: One commenter expressed concern that Sec. 300.132(b) 
    suggests that a program of special education and related services be in 
    place for each child with a disability on his or her third birthday, 
    even if the birthday occurs during the summer and the child does not 
    need extended school year services.
        Discussion: Section 612(a)(9) of the Act requires that, by the 
    third birthday of a child with a disability participating in early 
    intervention programs assisted under Part C who will participate in 
    preschool programs assisted under Part B, an IEP or, if consistent with 
    Sec. 300.342(c) and section 636(d) of the
    
    [[Page 12559]]
    
    Act, an IFSP, has been developed and must be implemented for the child. 
    This means that if a child with a disability is determined eligible to 
    receive Part B services, the public agency must convene a meeting and 
    develop an IEP by the child's third birthday, and must, in developing 
    the IEP, determine when services will be initiated. Children with 
    disabilities who have their third birthday during the summer months are 
    not automatically entitled to receive special education and related 
    services during the summer, and the public agency must provide such 
    services during the summer only if the IEP team determines that the 
    child needs extended school year services during the summer in order to 
    receive FAPE.
        Changes: The regulation has been revised to clarify that decisions 
    about summer services for children who turn three in the summer are 
    made by the IEP team.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to clarify that representation of an LEA in the transition planning 
    process would most appropriately include all members of the IEP team, 
    in order to further ``smooth'' the transition process and ensure 
    appropriate attention to the child's needs.
        Discussion: Section 612(a)(9) of the Act leaves to each LEA the 
    responsibility to determine who will most appropriately represent the 
    agency in transition planning conferences. The requested revision goes 
    beyond the requirements of the Act.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that a definition of the term 
    ``effective'' be included in the regulations.
        Discussion: It is not necessary to provide a definition of the term 
    ``effective,'' and doing so would restrict the flexibility needed to 
    implement the Act for a very heterogeneous group of children.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulations be revised 
    to require that: (1) the transition planning conference be incorporated 
    into the required timelines under Part B of the Act for determining 
    eligibility and developing an IEP; and (2) LEAs acknowledge and 
    consider existing documentation related to eligibility and service 
    planning prior to conducting an individual evaluation of a child 
    referred from the Part C system.
        Discussion: The Part C regulations require, at Sec. 303.148(b)(2), 
    that the lead agency convene, with family approval, a transition 
    planning conference at least 90 days, and at the discretion of the 
    parties, up to 6 months before the third birthday of a toddler 
    receiving early intervention services. The Part B regulations require 
    that an IEP be developed and implemented for children with disabilities 
    by their third birthday. It is inappropriate to specify further 
    timelines in Sec. 300.132. Section 300.533 permits an LEA, if 
    appropriate, to review existing data regarding a child with a 
    disability (including a child who has been referred by the lead agency) 
    as part of an initial evaluation.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to emphasize the responsibility of the lead agency to ensure that the 
    LEA receive advance notice of any transition planning conference at 
    which the participation of the LEA is required.
        Discussion: The Part C regulations require at Sec. 303.148(b) that 
    the lead agency notify the local educational agency in which a child 
    with a disability resides when the child is approaching the age of 
    three, and convene, with family approval, a transition planning 
    conference which includes the lead agency, the family and the LEA at 
    least 90 days, and at the discretion of the parties, up to 6 months 
    before the child's third birthday. Implicit in these requirements is 
    the requirement that the lead agency inform the LEA early enough so 
    that the LEA can arrange to participate in the conference. Additional 
    clarification in the Part B regulations is not necessary.
        Changes: None.
    
    Private Schools (Sec. 300.133)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulations be revised 
    to require each State to include, as part of the policies and 
    procedures that it must have on file with the Secretary in order to 
    establish eligibility under Part B of the Act, the policies and 
    procedures that the State has established to comply with the provisions 
    of Sec. 300.454(b), which requires that each LEA consult with 
    representatives of private school children with disabilities in making 
    determinations regarding the provision of special education and related 
    services to children with disabilities who have been placed by their 
    parents in private schools.
        Discussion: Section 300.133 specifically requires that each State 
    ``have on file with the Secretary policies and procedures that ensure 
    that the requirements of Secs. 300.400-300.403 and Secs. 300.450-
    300.462 are met.'' Thus, the regulation already requires that the 
    procedures required by Sec. 300.454(b) be included in the policies and 
    procedures that each State must have on file to establish eligibility.
        Changes: None.
    
    Comprehensive System of Personnel Development (Sec. 300.135)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to require that each State, in developing its comprehensive system of 
    personnel development, consider the need for bilingual special 
    education and assistive technology instructors. Other commenters 
    requested that the regulations be revised to require that special 
    education, regular education, and related services personnel be trained 
    regarding the use of home instruction and the circumstances under which 
    such instruction is appropriate. Other commenters requested that the 
    regulation be revised to require that each State have on file with the 
    Secretary policies and procedures on the equitable participation of 
    private school personnel in staff development, inservice, etc.
        Discussion: The CSPD provisions in Secs. 300.380-300.382 require 
    each State to develop and implement a CSPD to ensure ``an adequate 
    supply of qualified special education, regular education, and related 
    services personnel'' (Sec. 300.380(a)(2)), and that ``all personnel who 
    work with children with disabilities * * * have the skills and 
    knowledge necessary to meet the needs of children with disabilities'' 
    (Sec. 300.382). This would include, for example, consideration of the 
    needs of personnel serving limited English proficient students and 
    students who need assistive technology services and devices. The Act 
    and regulations leave to each State the flexibility to determine the 
    specific personnel development needs in the State.
        Matters related to the participation of private school staff in 
    inservice training and other personnel development activities are 
    decisions left to the discretion of each State and LEA, and, therefore, 
    should not be addressed under this part.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The Senate and House committee reports on Pub. L. 105-
    17, in reference to the CSPD requirements of this section state that:
    
        Section 612, as [in] current law, requires that a State have in 
    effect a Comprehensive System of Personnel Development (CSPD) that 
    is designed to ensure an adequate supply of qualified personnel, 
    including the establishment of procedures for acquiring and 
    disseminating significant knowledge derived from educational 
    research and for adopting, where appropriate, promising
    
    [[Page 12560]]
    
    practices, materials, and technology. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. ; H. 
    R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 93 (1997))
    
        The States will be able to use the information provided to meet the 
    requirement in Sec. 300.135(a)(2) as a part of their State Improvement 
    Plan under section 653 of the Act, if they choose to do so.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to not include notes in the 
    final regulations, the note following this section has been deleted.
    
    Personnel Standards (Sec. 300.136)
    
        Comment: Commenters made a number of suggestions regarding general 
    modifications to this section. Some commenters expressed concern that 
    in no case should children with disabilities receive services from 
    individuals who do not meet the highest requirements applicable to 
    their professions. Commenters recommended clarification requiring LEAs 
    to ensure that all personnel are adequately trained to meet all the 
    requirements of the IDEA, with emphasis on any requirement on which the 
    LEA has been found by the SEA to be out of compliance, such as the 
    failure to provide necessary assistive technology devices and services.
        Some commenters recommended that the definition of ``appropriate 
    professional requirements in the State'' in Sec. 300.136(a)(1) be 
    amended to include an explicit reference to ``professionally-
    recognized'' entry level requirements. Other commenters requested 
    additional clarification regarding the term ``highest requirements in 
    the State.'' Those commenters who interpreted the term as imposing the 
    maximum standard recommended that the definition be amended to specify 
    that every provider of special education and related services must have 
    a doctorate. Some commenters recommended clarification that highest 
    requirements in the State are the minimum requirements established by a 
    State which must be met by personnel providing special education and 
    related services to children with disabilities under Part B.
        Numerous comments were received regarding Note 1 to this section of 
    the NPRM, and regarding Note 3 as it relates to paragraphs (b) and (c) 
    of this section. A number of commenters indicated that they had found 
    Note 1 to be extremely useful in understanding the scope of this 
    section; however, other commenters recommended that Note 1 either be 
    deleted entirely, or that the substance of the note be incorporated 
    into the text of Sec. 300.136. While many commenters recommended that 
    Note 3 either be retained as a note or incorporated into the 
    regulations, other commenters recommended that Note 3 be deleted 
    because it would ``nullify'' the requirements of this section.
        Discussion: The substance of Sec. 300.136 of the NPRM has been 
    retained in these final regulations, but the notes have been removed. 
    Section 300.136 incorporates the provisions on personnel standards 
    contained in Sec. 300.153 of the current regulations, with the addition 
    of the new statutory amendments in section 612(a)(15)(B)(iii) and (C) 
    of the Act.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 do not alter States' responsibilities 
    to (1) establish policies and procedures relating to the establishment 
    and maintenance of standards for ensuring that personnel necessary to 
    carry out the purposes of this part are appropriately and adequately 
    prepared and trained, (2) establish their own minimum standards for 
    entry-level employment of personnel in a specific profession or 
    discipline providing special education and related services to children 
    with disabilities under these regulations based on the highest 
    requirements in the State across all State agencies serving children 
    and youth with disabilities, and (3) if State standards are not based 
    on the highest requirements in the State applicable to a specific 
    profession or discipline, take specific steps to upgrade all personnel 
    in that profession to appropriate State qualification standards by a 
    specified date in the future.
        Contrary to the suggestion made by commenters, the Act's personnel 
    standards provisions are not intended to be a mechanism for addressing 
    problems that result from the denial of special educational services to 
    children with disabilities under Part B. If an SEA finds that any of 
    its public agencies are out of compliance with the requirements of Part 
    B, the SEA, in accordance with the general supervision requirements of 
    section 612(a)(11) of the Act and Sec. 300.600 of these regulations, 
    must take whatever steps it determines are necessary to ensure the 
    provision of FAPE to children with disabilities who are eligible for 
    services under Part B. In addition, through the comprehensive system of 
    personnel development (CSPD), an SEA must conduct a needs assessment 
    and identify areas of personnel shortages, as well as describe the 
    strategies it will use to address its identified needs for preparation 
    and training of additional personnel necessary to carry out the 
    purposes of Part B.
        There is no need to clarify the regulatory definitions of 
    ``appropriate professional requirements in the State'' in 
    Sec. 300.136(a)(1) or ``highest requirements in the State applicable to 
    a specific profession or discipline'' in Sec. 300.136(a)(2). Section 
    300.136 incorporates verbatim the definitions of these terms contained 
    in the current regulations implementing the Act's personnel standards 
    provisions, which were added to Part B by the Education of the 
    Handicapped Act Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-457.
        These definitions are consistent with the congressional intent that 
    all personnel in a specific profession or discipline meet the same 
    standards across all State agencies; nevertheless, they still afford 
    States flexibility in determining the steps that must be taken to 
    upgrade all personnel in a specific profession or discipline to meet 
    applicable State qualification standards if the SEA's standard is not 
    based on the highest requirements in the State applicable to the 
    profession. The definition of ``highest requirements in the State'' is 
    based on the highest entry-level academic degree required for 
    employment in a specific profession or discipline across all State 
    agencies.
        As explained in Note 1 to this section of the NPRM, these 
    regulations require a State to use its own existing requirements to 
    determine the standards appropriate to personnel who provide special 
    education and related services under Part B of the Act, and nothing in 
    Part B requires that all providers of special education and related 
    services attain a doctorate or any other specified academic degree, 
    unless the State standard requires this academic degree for entry-level 
    employment in that profession or discipline.
        While States may consider professionally-recognized standards in 
    deciding what are ``appropriate professional requirements in the 
    State,'' there is nothing in the statute that requires States to do so. 
    Rather, these matters appropriately are left to States. Therefore, to 
    clarify the extent of flexibility afforded to States in meeting the 
    Act's personnel standards requirements, a new paragraph (b)(3) should 
    be added to these final regulations, and provides, in accordance with 
    Note 1 to this section, that nothing in these regulations requires 
    States to set any specified training standard, such as a master's 
    degree, for entry-level employment of personnel who provide special 
    education and related services under Part B of the Act.
        States also have the flexibility to determine the specific 
    occupational categories required to provide special education and 
    related services and to revise or expand those categories as
    
    [[Page 12561]]
    
    needed. Therefore, the clarification regarding this issue contained in 
    the note to the current regulation should be incorporated as part of 
    paragraph (a)(3) in the definition of ``specific profession or 
    discipline.''
        Despite commenters' concerns that Note 3 would ``nullify'' the 
    requirements of this section, experience in administering the Act's 
    personnel standards provisions has demonstrated that there is a need to 
    afford States that have only one entry-level academic degree for 
    employment of personnel in a particular profession or discipline the 
    ability to modify that standard if the State determines that 
    modification of the standard is necessary to ensure the provision of 
    FAPE to all children with disabilities in the State. Therefore, the 
    substance of Note 3 should be incorporated into this section as 
    paragraph (b)(4).
        Changes: Note 1 has been removed as a note and incorporated, as 
    appropriate, both into the above discussion and into Sec. 300.136. Note 
    2 has been removed as a note, and, as discussed later in this 
    attachment, the substantive portion of Note 2 has been incorporated 
    into Sec. 300.136(g) of these final regulations. Note 3 has been 
    removed as a note and has been incorporated into Sec. 300.136, as 
    explained below.
        Paragraph (a)(3) has been amended by adding a new paragraph (iv), 
    which states that the definition is not limited to traditional 
    occupational categories.
        New paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) have been added, which provide 
    that (1) nothing in this part requires a State to establish a specified 
    training standard (e.g., a masters degree) for personnel who provide 
    special education and related services under Part B of the Act, and (2) 
    a State with only one entry-level academic degree for employment of 
    personnel in a specific profession or discipline, may modify that 
    standard without violating the other requirements of this section.
        Comment: Numerous comments were received regarding the role of 
    paraprofessionals and assistants under Part B. Some commenters strongly 
    cautioned against additional regulation since determinations regarding 
    the definitions of paraprofessionals and assistants and the scope of 
    their responsibilities will vary widely from State to State and across 
    disciplines. These commenters also pointed out that Congress chose to 
    provide only minimal guidance in this area. Other commenters made a 
    number of specific suggestions for regulatory changes. Some commenters 
    recommended that the language in paragraph (f) be changed from ``may'' 
    to ``shall'' to make it mandatory for States to use paraprofessionals 
    and assistants. Other commenters, who did not support the use of 
    paraprofessionals and assistants to assist in the provision of services 
    under Part B, recommended regulations prohibiting their use.
        Many commenters recommended that the regulations clarify that 
    paraprofessionals and assistants who assist in the provision of speech 
    pathology and audiology services under these regulations must be 
    supervised by an individual who meets the highest entry-level academic 
    degree requirement applicable to that profession. Similarly, commenters 
    requested clarification that all paraprofessionals and assistants 
    assisting in the provision of special education and related services 
    under Part B must meet their profession's or discipline's highest 
    entry-level academic degree requirement.
        Some commenters recommended that the terms ``paraprofessionals'' 
    and ``assistants'' be defined separately, and that the roles and 
    responsibilities and training be set out in the regulations so that all 
    States could have the same definitions, since differences in 
    definitions and responsibilities among States could interfere with the 
    rights of children with disabilities to receive appropriate services 
    under Part B. These commenters also provided suggested definitions to 
    address these concerns.
        Commenters also suggested specific language that (1) only those 
    paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained and 
    supervised are allowed to assist in the provision of services under 
    Part B in accordance with State law, regulations, written policy, and 
    accepted standards of professional practice, and only assist in the 
    provision of services with the consent of their supervisors; (2) para-
    professional and assistant services must be delivered under the direct, 
    ongoing and regular supervision of a qualified professional with 
    competency in the technique(s) employed by the paraprofessional or 
    assistant; (3) paraprofessionals and assistants may not develop, 
    modify, or provide services independent of or without such supervision, 
    and may report findings but not make diagnostic or treatment 
    recommendations to special education decision making teams; (4) the 
    roles, supervision and training of paraprofessionals and assistants 
    must be consistent with the professional standards of the different 
    areas in which they work; (5) paraprofessionals and assistants, at a 
    minimum, must receive organized in-service training under the direct, 
    ongoing and regular supervision of a qualified professional with 
    competency in the technique being employed by the paraprofessional or 
    assistant; and (6) the State must have information on file with the 
    Secretary that demonstrates that the State has laws, regulations, or 
    written policies related to the training, use, and supervision of 
    paraprofessionals and assistants.
        Some commenters recommended that Sec. 300.136 be amended to expand 
    services that paraprofessionals and assistants could assist in 
    providing under Part B. Other commenters maintained that the use of 
    paraprofessionals and assistants to assist in the provision of some 
    special education and related services should be prohibited. For 
    example, some commenters recommended that the regulations be clarified 
    to specify that paraprofessionals may not assist in the provision of 
    mental health services, while other commenters recommended 
    clarification indicating that paraprofessionals and assistants could 
    assist in the provision of psychological services, including evaluation 
    and treatment services, only under the supervision of a school 
    psychologist.
        Other commenters requested clarification regarding whether 
    paraprofessionals could ever be used in lieu of special education 
    teachers. A few commenters stated that in no case should medical 
    procedures be provided by untrained individuals, and requested 
    clarification to this effect.
        A number of commenters recommended that parents must be notified 
    whenever paraprofessionals or assistants are assigned to assist in the 
    provision of services. Other commenters recommended that this type of 
    notice is necessary whenever students with disabilities receive 
    services from an individual who does not meet the highest requirement 
    applicable to their professions, and that parents should have the right 
    to challenge this issue through the IEP process.
        Discussion: Section 300.136(f) tracks the statutory requirement in 
    section 612(a)(15)(B)(iii), which permits, but does not require, the 
    use of paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained 
    and supervised, in accordance with State law, regulations, or written 
    policy, to assist in the provision of special education and related 
    services under Part B. Since the statute affords a State the option of 
    using paraprofessionals and assistants to assist in the provision of 
    special education and related services to children with disabilities, 
    it would be inappropriate to regulate in a manner
    
    [[Page 12562]]
    
    that would either require or prohibit the use of paraprofessionals and 
    assistants under Part B.
        The statute makes clear that the use of paraprofessionals and 
    assistants who are appropriately trained and supervised must be 
    contingent on State law, regulation, or written policy, giving States 
    the option of determining whether paraprofessionals and assistants can 
    be used to assist in the provision of special education and related 
    services under Part B, and, if so, to what extent their use would be 
    permissible. Therefore, there is no need to provide definitions of the 
    terms ``paraprofessionals'' and ``assistants'' in these regulations, 
    since States have the flexibility to determine the scope of their 
    responsibilities.
        Section 300.382 of these regulations requires States to include in 
    their CSPD a plan for the inservice and preservice preparation of 
    professionals and paraprofessionals. Appropriate training and 
    supervision are prerequisites for use of paraprofessionals and 
    assistants under Part B, and determinations of what constitutes 
    ``appropriate'' training and supervision are matters for each State to 
    decide, based on factors relevant to each profession or discipline. 
    Because these regulations do not specify any particular standard for 
    persons providing special education and related services, but instead 
    leave such determinations to States, there also is no need to specify 
    any particular standards for paraprofessionals and assistants or their 
    supervisors in these regulations.
        No regulatory changes are necessary regarding information that a 
    State that uses paraprofessionals and assistants to assist in the 
    provision of special education and related services must have on file 
    with the Secretary, since this information already would be part of the 
    personnel standards portion of the State's Part B State plan. If a 
    State chose to adopt a policy regarding the use of paraprofessionals 
    and assistants, the State would be required to submit its policy to the 
    Department only if that policy constitutes a change from the 
    information contained in the State's prior year Part B State 
    submission, under section 612(c) of the Act.
        In addition, there is no need to specify whether paraprofessionals 
    and assistants can assist in the provision of psychological services, 
    including mental health services, under these regulations, or to what 
    extent they can participate in the testing process, since State laws, 
    regulations, and written policies, not Part B requirements, would 
    govern these determinations. With respect to ``medical services,'' 
    however, it should be noted that only those medical services that are 
    for diagnostic and evaluation purposes are eligible related services 
    under Part B. Another category of ``related services,'' ``school health 
    services,'' may be provided by a school nurse or other qualified person 
    in accordance with applicable State qualification standards. It is 
    critical that States that use paraprofessionals and assistants do so in 
    a manner that is consistent with the rights of children with 
    disabilities to FAPE under Part B. Since the Act provides that 
    paraprofessionals and assistants may assist in the provision of special 
    education and related services, their use as teachers would be 
    inconsistent with a State's duty to ensure that personnel necessary to 
    carry out the purposes of Part B are appropriately and adequately 
    prepared and trained.
        Part B does not require that public agencies give parents 
    information on how paraprofessionals and assistants are assisting in 
    the provision of services to their children. However, public agencies 
    are encouraged to inform parents about whether paraprofessionals are 
    assisting in the provision of special education and related services to 
    their children, including the extent that these individuals are being 
    supervised by appropriately trained and qualified staff.
        No clarification has been provided regarding which services are 
    being provided by individuals who do not meet the ``highest entry-level 
    requirements'' applicable to their profession. The Act's personnel 
    standards provisions and these regulations at Sec. 300.136(c) make it 
    permissible for States to use individuals who do not meet the highest 
    entry-level academic degree requirement applicable to their profession, 
    provided that the State is taking steps to upgrade all personnel in 
    that profession to appropriate professional requirements in the State 
    by a specified date in the future. IDEA allows State the discretion to 
    determine the ``specified date'' and does not prevent a State from 
    making changes to that date. Thus a State is not prohibited from 
    extending its timeline for retraining or hiring of personnel to meet 
    appropriate professional requirements in the State.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of comments were received regarding 
    Sec. 300.136(g). These commenters requested definitions of ``most 
    qualified individuals available,'' ``good faith efforts,'' ``geographic 
    area,'' ``satisfactory progress,'' and ``shortages of personnel,'' or 
    the clarification of these terms.
        Numerous commenters objected to allowing States that have upgraded 
    all personnel in a specific profession or discipline to appropriate 
    professional requirements in the State to use personnel who did not 
    meet those standards if they were experiencing personnel shortages. 
    These commenters regarded this provision as permitting these States to 
    waive applicable personnel standards. Some of these commenters 
    advocated not allowing States to have a policy that would extend the 
    three-year time frame for individual applicants who are hired under the 
    ``waiver provision'' to become fully qualified. Other commenters 
    requested clarification to ensure that paragraph (g) not be applied on 
    a system-wide basis but instead be applied to individuals on a case-by-
    case basis.
        Other commenters believed that paragraph (g) and Note 2 must be 
    deleted because under no circumstances should States that have achieved 
    the goal of upgrading all personnel in the State to meet appropriate 
    professional requirements have the option of employing personnel, even 
    temporarily, who do not meet applicable State personnel standards.
        Commenters requested specific clarification that a State may 
    exercise the option under paragraph (g) of this section even though the 
    State has reached its established date, under paragraph (c) of this 
    section, for training or hiring all personnel in a specific profession 
    or discipline to meet appropriate professional requirements in the 
    State.
        While some commenters recommended that Note 2 either be retained or 
    incorporated into the regulations, many commenters believed that Note 2 
    should be deleted because it encourages protracted delays in attaining 
    the highest requirement in the State applicable to specific professions 
    or disciplines.
        Discussion: Section 300.136(g) of the NPRM incorporates essentially 
    verbatim the new statutory provision at section 612(a)(15)(C) of the 
    Act. Section 300.136(g) affords States the necessary flexibility to 
    serve children with disabilities if instructional needs exceed 
    available personnel who meet appropriate State personnel qualification 
    standards, even though the State has satisfied the requirements of 
    paragraph (c) of this section for personnel in a specific profession or 
    discipline. However, a State's ability to permit its LEAs to utilize 
    this option is conditioned on a number of factors.
        Under Sec. 300.136(g), States are given the option of adopting a 
    policy of allowing LEAs in the State, that have made a good faith 
    effort to recruit and hire appropriately and adequately
    
    [[Page 12563]]
    
    trained personnel, in a geographic area of the State where there is a 
    shortage of personnel that meet applicable State qualification 
    standards, of using the most qualified personnel available who are 
    making satisfactory progress toward completion of applicable course 
    work necessary to meet applicable State qualification standards within 
    a three-year period.
        Therefore, in order for Sec. 300.136(g) to be invoked, the State 
    must have made good faith efforts to recruit and hire appropriately and 
    adequately trained personnel. However, before other personnel can be 
    utilized, there must be a shortage of qualified personnel as determined 
    by the State, in a geographic area as defined by the State, to meet 
    instructional needs. The personnel who are utilized under these 
    circumstances also must be making satisfactory progress toward 
    completion of applicable course work within a three-year period.
        While a State's decision to invoke the policy under Sec. 300.136(g) 
    depends on a variety of State-specific factors, the statute does not 
    restrict the State's ability to invoke this policy if the conditions in 
    Sec. 300.136(g) are present. However, it is expected that the 
    circumstances in which the policy under paragraph (g) of this section 
    will be invoked will prove to be the exception rather than the rule.
        The information provided by commenters does not provide a 
    sufficient basis for restricting to only one three-year period a 
    State's ability to invoke Sec. 300.136(g). Therefore, to avoid 
    confusion, and consistent with the determination explained in Note 2 to 
    this section in the NPRM, the portion of Note 2 that explains that this 
    section can be invoked even if a State has reached its established date 
    for a specific profession or discipline under paragraph (c) of this 
    section should be incorporated into the regulations. Also, the 
    clarification from Note 2 that a State that continues to experience 
    shortages of personnel meeting appropriate professional requirements in 
    the State must address those shortages in its comprehensive system of 
    personnel development should be incorporated into the regulations.
        Changes: Paragraph (g) of this section of the NPRM has been 
    designated as paragraph (g)(1) of these regulations. New paragraphs 
    (g)(2) and (g)(3) have been added, and provide that (1) a State that 
    has met its established goal for a specific profession or discipline 
    under paragraph (c) of this section is not prohibited from invoking 
    paragraph (g)(1); and (2) each State must have a mechanism for serving 
    children with disabilities if instructional needs exceed available 
    personnel, and if a State continues to experience shortages of 
    qualified personnel, it must address those shortages in its 
    comprehensive system of personnel development.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that clarification be provided 
    to ensure that personnel with disabilities were hired. One comment 
    requested that a new paragraph (h) be added to the regulations to 
    specify that States not utilize standards that ``may screen out or tend 
    to screen out individuals with disabilities.'' Some commenters 
    requested clarification regarding the applicability of the personnel 
    standards provisions to private school staff serving children with 
    disabilities parentally-placed in private schools, and recommended that 
    this be a part of the consultation process.
        Other commenters recommended that these regulations require that 
    students who are deaf or hearing impaired receive appropriate 
    instruction in their native language, including sign language, and that 
    sign language interpreters meet particular qualification standards.
        Discussion: For the most part, the issues raised by these 
    commenters have been addressed elsewhere in these regulations or 
    through other statutory requirements; therefore, no further 
    clarification has been provided in this section. If State standards 
    screen out individuals with disabilities from providing special 
    education and related services under these regulations, they could 
    violate Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination on the 
    basis of disability.
        In addition, as required by Section 427 of the General Education 
    Provisions Act (GEPA), each State must have on file with its Part B 
    application to the Secretary a description of the steps the State is 
    taking to ensure equitable access to, and participation in programs and 
    activities assisted with Part B funds and must have identified the 
    barriers to equitable participation and developed strategies to address 
    those barrier.
        The Part B CSPD provisions require each State to develop a plan for 
    the in-service and preservice preparation of professionals and 
    paraprofessionals who work with children with disabilities under these 
    regulations. One of the strategies that must be included in this plan 
    in accordance with Sec. 300.382(h) is how a State will [r]ecruit, 
    prepare, and retain qualified personnel, including personnel with 
    disabilities and personnel from groups that are under-represented in 
    the fields of regular education, special education, and related 
    services.''
        Therefore, in meeting their obligations under Part B and GEPA, 
    States are required to take steps to ensure equitable access of 
    individuals with disabilities to their programs and must take steps to 
    remove barriers which prevent such access. It is expected that States 
    that determine through their CSPD that they have employed an 
    insufficient number of individuals with disabilities will identify and 
    remove barriers to the employment of individuals with disabilities in 
    the State. This will ensure that qualified individuals with 
    disabilities are recruited and hired to provide special education and 
    related services to children with disabilities under these regulations.
        While sign language interpreters must be able to provide 
    appropriate instruction and services to children who are deaf or 
    hearing impaired, no clarification is necessary, since States must 
    establish and maintain standards for all personnel who are providers of 
    special education and related services, including sign language 
    interpreters. See discussion of Sec. 300.23 (qualified personnel) in 
    Subpart A of this Attachment. In addition, section 614(d)(3)(B)(iv) of 
    the Act requires the IEP team to consider the language and 
    communication needs of children who are deaf or hard of hearing. To 
    ensure that this occurs, Sec. 300.136 would require each State to 
    ensure that the necessary personnel are appropriately and adequately 
    prepared and trained.
        The personnel standards provisions of these regulations are 
    applicable to persons providing services to children with disabilities 
    who are publicly placed in private schools and to persons providing 
    special education and related services to parentally-placed private 
    school children the LEA, after consultation with representatives of 
    private schools, has chosen to serve.
        Changes: None.
    
    Performance Goals and Indicators (Sec. 300.137)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulations be revised 
    to clarify the responsibility of a State to establish performance goals 
    and indicators for children with disabilities if the State has not 
    established performance goals and indicators for general education 
    students. They also requested clarification of States' responsibility 
    to report to the Secretary and the public regarding progress toward 
    achieving the performance goals.
        Discussion: Further clarification is not required. As set forth in 
    Sec. 300.137(a),
    
    [[Page 12564]]
    
    each State is required to demonstrate that it has established 
    performance goals that are ``consistent, to the maximum extent 
    appropriate, with other goals standards for all children established by 
    the State.'' However, regardless of whether a State has established 
    goals for all children, it must establish goals for the performance of 
    children with disabilities, and must establish indicators that the 
    State will use to assess progress toward achieving those goals that, at 
    a minimum, address the performance of children with disabilities on 
    assessments, drop-out rates, and graduation rates (Sec. 300.137(a) and 
    (b)).
        The regulation also specifies that each State report every two 
    years to the Secretary and the public on the progress of the State, and 
    of children with disabilities in the State, toward meeting the goals 
    established under Sec. 300.137(a). The requested revisions are not 
    necessary.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to require that, prior to each State's reporting to the Secretary and 
    the public every two years, as required by Sec. 300.137(c), the State 
    conduct widely publicized forums at which students, parents, and 
    concerned citizens can comment on a draft report, and that the State 
    include the comments it receives as part of its final report to the 
    Secretary and the public. Other commenters requested that the 
    regulation be revised to require that each State establish its goals 
    for the performance of children with disabilities with the cooperation 
    and input of parents and children with disabilities, teachers, and 
    members of the community.
        Discussion: The Act requires that each State report every two years 
    to the Secretary and the public on the progress of the State and of 
    children with disabilities in the State toward meeting the State's 
    performance goals, but neither requires nor prohibits States from 
    implementing procedures to allow the public the opportunity to comment 
    on draft reports. It is appropriate to leave the use of such procedures 
    to the discretion of the States, and no additional procedures regarding 
    the reports are needed.
        In demonstrating eligibility under Part B, States are required to 
    submit information to the Department demonstrating that they meet the 
    requirements of this section of the regulations. Before submitting that 
    information to the Department, the States' proposal will be subjected 
    to public comment and involvement consistent with the public 
    participation provisions of Secs. 300.280-300.284. These provisions 
    include public notice and public hearings, and an opportunity for the 
    public to participate before that information is submitted to the 
    Department. The process applies to the initial submission as well as 
    any subsequent substantive provisions.
        Changes: None.
    
    Participation in assessments (Sec. 300.138)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters raised concerns regarding the note 
    following Sec. 300.138, which states that it is assumed that only a 
    small percentage of children with disabilities will need alternative 
    assessments; some commenters requested that the language of the note be 
    incorporated into the regulation itself, while others requested that 
    the note be deleted, and further commenters requested clarification 
    regarding the meaning of 'small percentage' in the note and who would 
    enforce that requirement.
        Other commenters asked that the regulation clarify that the IEP 
    team must make the determination that a child will participate in an 
    alternate assessment. Others asked that the regulation be revised to 
    include criteria or guidelines in the regulation for determining if an 
    alternate assessment can be used for a child, while others requested 
    that the regulations require that each State provide such guidance for 
    IEP teams. Some commenters said that the use of the term ``alternate 
    assessment'' in the regulation and the use of the term ``alternative 
    assessment'' in the note caused confusion, and asked that ``alternate 
    assessment'' be defined. Other commenters stated that costs of 
    alternate assessments would be prohibitive. Some commenters expressed 
    concerns regarding the use of accommodations. Some commenters were 
    concerned that the use of accommodations might affect test validity and 
    standardization, while others requested further guidance as to who has 
    the authority to determine whether a particular accommodation is 
    necessary and how that determination must be made. Some of the 
    commenters requested that the regulation specify that accommodations 
    should address students' specific needs and afford maximum 
    independence, while others said that a student's needs should be 
    accommodated by tools or assistive technology that he or she uses on a 
    daily basis or with which he or she is most familiar.
        Other commenters asked that a note be added to reaffirm the State's 
    responsibility to ensure that children are provided the accommodations 
    they need so that they can participate in State and district-wide 
    assessments. Some commenters requested clarification as to whether 
    students should participate in assessments according to their 
    performance level or the grade they are in based upon their 
    chronological age. Some commenters requested clarification as to 
    whether participation in alternate assessments was not required until 
    July 1, 2000. A few commenters requested a note to state that 
    assessment practices appropriate for children in grades 4 and older 
    might not be appropriate for younger children.
        Discussion: State and district-wide assessment programs are closely 
    aligned with State and local accountability-based reform and 
    restructuring initiatives. Therefore, it is important to allow the 
    flexibility needed for State and local school districts to 
    appropriately include disabled children in State and district-wide 
    assessment programs. Only minimum requirements are included in these 
    regulations for how public agencies provide for the participation of 
    children with disabilities in State and district-wide assessments. The 
    Department will be working with State and local education personnel, 
    parents, experts in the field of assessment and others interested in 
    the area of assessment to identify best practice that could serve as 
    the basis for a technical assistance document. As provided in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(5), the IEP team must determine whether a child with a 
    disability will participate in a particular State or district-wide 
    assessment of student achievement, and if the child will not, the IEP 
    must include a statement of why that assessment is not appropriate for 
    the child and how the child will be assessed. If IEP teams properly 
    make individualized decisions about the participation of each child 
    with a disability in general State or district-wide assessments, 
    including the use of appropriate accommodations, and modifications in 
    administration (including individual modifications, as appropriate), it 
    should be necessary to use alternate assessments for a relatively small 
    percentage of children with disabilities. Consistent with the decision 
    to not include notes in these final regulations, the note is deleted.
        Section 300.138 requires the State or LEAs, as appropriate, to 
    develop alternate assessments and guidelines for the participation of 
    children with disabilities in alternate assessments for those children 
    who cannot participate in State and district-wide assessment programs. 
    Alternate assessments need to be aligned with the general curriculum 
    standards set for all students and should
    
    [[Page 12565]]
    
    not be assumed appropriate only for those student with significant 
    cognitive impairments.
        Section 300.347(a)(5) requires that the IEP team have the 
    responsibility and the authority to determine what, if any, individual 
    modifications in the administration of State or district-wide 
    assessments are needed in order for a particular child with a 
    disability to participate in the assessment. Section 300.138(a) should 
    be revised to reflect the requirement that modifications in 
    administration of State or district-wide assessments must be provided 
    if necessary to ensure the participation of children with disabilities 
    in those assessments. As part of each State's general supervision 
    responsibility under Sec. 300.600, it must ensure the appropriate use 
    of modifications in the administration of State and district-wide 
    assessments.
        Test validity is an important variable and the Department has 
    invested discretionary funds in providing assistance to States 
    regarding appropriate modifications. The determination of what level of 
    an assessment is appropriate for a particular child is to be made by 
    the IEP team. It should be noted, however, that out of level testing 
    will be considered a modified administration of a test rather than an 
    alternative test and as such should be reported as performance at the 
    grade level at which the child is placed unless such reporting would be 
    statistically inappropriate.
        Although SEAs and LEAs are not required by Sec. 300.138 to conduct 
    alternate assessments until July 1, 2000, each SEA and LEA is required 
    to ensure, beginning July 1, 1998, that, if a child will not 
    participate in the general assessment, his or her IEP documents how the 
    child will be assessed.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) has been revised to acknowledge that, for 
    some children with disabilities, participation in State and district-
    wide assessments may require appropriate modifications in 
    administration of the assessments as well as appropriate 
    accommodations. The note has been removed.
    
    Reports Relating to Assessments (Sec. 300.139)
    
        Comment: Several commenters noted that the requirement in 
    Sec. 300.139(b)(1) that each State's reports to the public include 
    ``aggregated data that include the performance of children with 
    disabilities together with all other children'' exceeds the 
    requirements of the Act at section 612(a)(17)(B), and should be deleted 
    from the regulations. Other commenters requested clarification as to 
    whether States are required to aggregate data regarding children who 
    take alternate assessments with results for students who take the 
    general assessment. Other commenters requested that the regulations 
    require or suggest that States disaggregate assessment results by 
    disability category in reporting results to the public. A few 
    commenters requested that ``public agency'' be replaced with ``SEA'' in 
    the note following Sec. 300.139.
        Discussion: In order to ensure that students with disabilities are 
    fully included in the accountability benefits of State and district-
    wide assessments, it is important that the State include results for 
    children with disabilities whenever the State reports results for other 
    children. When a State reports data about State or district-wide 
    assessments at the district or school level for nondisabled children, 
    it also must do the same for children with disabilities. Section 
    300.139 requires that each State aggregate the results of children who 
    participate in alternate assessments with results for children who 
    participate in the general assessment, unless it would be inappropriate 
    to aggregate such scores.
        Section 300.139 and the Act neither require nor prohibit States 
    from disaggregating assessment results by disability category in 
    reporting results to the public; this is a matter that should be left 
    to the discretion of each State. The text of Sec. 300.139 tracks the 
    statute, which addresses reporting requirements of the SEA.
        The proposed note clarified that Sec. 300.139(b) requires a public 
    agency to report aggregated data that include children with 
    disabilities, but that a public agency is not precluded from also 
    analyzing and reporting data in other ways (such as, maintaining a 
    trendline that was established prior to including children with 
    disabilities in those assessments).
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to not include notes in the 
    final regulations, the note following Sec. 300.139 of the NPRM has been 
    removed.
    
    Methods of ensuring services (Sec. 300.142)
    
        Comment: Commenters emphasized that a child's right to FAPE should 
    not be adversely affected because the child is eligible for services 
    under Title XIX of the Social Security Act (Medicaid). For example, 
    commenters recommended adding clarification prohibiting a State 
    Medicaid agency or a Medicaid managed care organization from refusing 
    to pay for or provide a service for which it would otherwise be 
    responsible under Medicaid because the service is part of FAPE for a 
    child.
        Some commenters recommended that Sec. 300.142(a)(4) be amended to 
    incorporate Senate language about use of Medicaid funds to finance the 
    cost of services provided in a school setting in accordance with a 
    child's IEP to ensure that Medicaid-funded services are provided in the 
    LRE and not in accordance with a medical model. However, some 
    commenters were concerned that Medicaid funding would only be available 
    for services for children with disabilities in school settings, and 
    that reimbursement for services for children in other settings, such as 
    the home, in accordance with their IEPs, would be denied.
        Although many commenters acknowledged that Medicaid has been an 
    effective funding source for services in children's IEPs, clarification 
    was requested to ensure that there was not a delay in or denial of 
    services or alteration in types of services provided to children with 
    disabilities under these regulations, based on the rules of some other 
    provider or contractor.
        Many commenters noted that some LEAs will delay initiating a 
    service until Medicaid payments are made, and requested that 
    Sec. 300.142(d) be amended to specify (1) a timeline to ensure that 
    services are not delayed until payment is received from another agency; 
    (2) a requirement that the LEA must provide the service and seek 
    reimbursement from the entity that is ultimately found to be 
    financially responsible; (3) a timeline for entering into interagency 
    agreements; and (4) a timeline for the prompt provision of 
    noneducational services specified in a child's IEP. Some commenters 
    recommended that clarification be provided to specify that State 
    interagency agreements are binding on contractors and managed care 
    organizations.
        Other commenters recommended a specific enforcement mechanism to 
    make State IDEA grants contingent upon the existence and effective 
    operation of an interagency agreement that complies with IDEA. 
    Alternatively, the commenters' recommendation was that the regulations 
    be amended to provide a mechanism for school districts to seek legal 
    redress through the Department of Education or the judiciary against 
    any State agency which fails to act in accordance with an existing 
    legally-appropriate interagency agreement.
        While many commenters found the explanation in Note 1 to this 
    section of the NPRM useful in understanding the intent of these 
    requirements and therefore recommended that the note either be retained 
    or incorporated into the regulation, other commenters
    
    [[Page 12566]]
    
    recommended that Note 1 be removed because it exceeded the statute.
        Discussion: While the concerns expressed by these commenters are 
    very significant, most of them either already are addressed in this 
    section or elsewhere in these regulations. However, in light of the 
    general decision to remove notes from these final regulations, Note 1 
    should be removed as a note, but pertinent portions are incorporated in 
    this discussion. Regarding the concern that a child's entitlement to 
    FAPE not be construed as relieving a Medicaid provider or other public 
    insurer of its responsibility to pay for required services under these 
    regulations, Sec. 300.601 implements the statutory provision at section 
    612(e) of the Act, which provides that Part B does not permit a State 
    to reduce medical or other assistance or to alter eligibility under 
    Titles V and XIX of the Social Security Act with respect to the 
    provision of FAPE for children with disabilities in the State. Section 
    612(a)(12) of the Act, which is implemented by Sec. 300.142, reinforces 
    this important principle. This new statutory provision emphasizes the 
    obligation for interagency coordination between educational and 
    noneducational public agencies to ensure that all services necessary to 
    ensure FAPE are provided to children with disabilities, and that the 
    financial responsibility of the State Medicaid agency or other public 
    insurer shall precede that of the LEA or State agency responsible for 
    developing the child's IEP.
        However, there is nothing in this provision that alters who is 
    eligible for, or covered services under Medicaid or other public 
    insurance programs. Therefore, the regulations should make clear that 
    the coverage of or service requirements for Title XIX or Title XXI of 
    the Social Security Act as defined in Federal statute, regulation or 
    policy or the coverage of or service requirements for any other public 
    insurance program are not affected by the IDEA regulation.
        With regard to the concern that services paid for with Medicaid 
    funds must be provided in the LRE, and, if appropriate, at home, 
    payment for services cannot be conditioned solely on the setting in 
    which necessary services are provided. Regardless of whether services 
    are paid for with Part B or with Medicaid funds, all special 
    educational services for children with disabilities under Part B must 
    be individually-determined and provided in the least restrictive 
    setting in which the disabled child's IEP can be implemented.
        In response to the suggestions of commenters, the concept explained 
    in the Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 which had 
    been incorporated into Note 1 to this section of the NPRM, should be 
    added to paragraph (b)(1) of these regulations to emphasize that health 
    services provided to children with disabilities who are Medicaid-
    eligible and meet the standards applicable to Medicaid, may not be 
    disqualified from Medicaid reimbursement because they are services 
    provided in a school context in accordance with a child's IEP. However, 
    if a public agency is billing a State Medicaid agency or other public 
    insurance program for services provided under this part, the public 
    agency must ensure that the services and the personnel providing those 
    services meet applicable requirements under statute, regulation or 
    policy applying to that other program.
        Similarly, if the IEP team determines that a child needs to receive 
    a particular service at home in order to receive FAPE, that service 
    would not be disqualified from Medicaid reimbursement under the terms 
    of these regulations, and States must address such concerns in the 
    context of their interagency agreements under the terms of paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        In response to numerous comments requesting clarification on the 
    issue of timely delivery of services paid for by noneducational public 
    agencies, it is particularly important to ensure that there are no 
    undue delays in the provision of required services due to the failure 
    of a noneducational public agency to reimburse the educational public 
    agency for required services for which the noneducational public agency 
    is responsible. Such delays could effectively nullify the requirements 
    for interagency coordination in section 612(a)(12) of the Act.
        Although paragraph (a)(4) of this section already includes a 
    requirement that agencies have procedures that promote the 
    coordination, timely, and appropriate delivery of services under these 
    regulations, in response to concerns of commenters, the concept from 
    the language in the Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-
    17, which is restated in Note 1 to this section of the NPRM, is 
    important to clarify understanding of these final regulations. 
    Paragraph (b)(2) of this section should be revised to clarify that the 
    provision of services under this section must be provided in a timely 
    manner.
        No specific timelines have been included in these regulations. 
    However, States are required to take the necessary steps to enter into 
    appropriate interagency agreements between educational and 
    noneducational public agencies, including ensuring the prompt 
    resolution of interagency disputes. Effective interagency coordination 
    should facilitate the timely delivery of special educational services 
    as well as minimize any undue delays in the delivery of such services 
    financed by noneducational public agencies.
        Despite suggestions of commenters, no provision has been added 
    regarding the responsibilities of contractors, since the noneducational 
    public agency, not the contractor, is the party to the agreement.
        No enforcement mechanism has been specified in these regulations. 
    Under paragraph (a) of this section, the SEA must develop a mechanism 
    for resolving disputes between respective agencies regarding financial 
    responsibility for required services, and must ensure that all services 
    needed to ensure the provision of FAPE are provided, including during 
    the pendency of any interagency dispute.
        Because a mechanism for interagency coordination is a condition of 
    eligibility for assistance under Part B, a State that fails to develop 
    an effective mechanism for resolving interagency disputes and ensuring 
    the provision of required services during the pendency of such disputes 
    could jeopardize its continued eligibility for IDEA funding.
        Further, under section 613(a)(1) of the Act, in order for an LEA to 
    be eligible for Part B funds from the State for any fiscal year, the 
    LEA must have in effect policies, procedures, and programs that are 
    consistent with the State policies and procedures established under 
    section 612 of the Act. This would include the requirement in section 
    612(a)(12) relating to methods of ensuring services.
        Changes: Section 300.142 has been amended by adding language to 
    paragraph (b)(1) to specify that a noneducational public agency may not 
    disqualify an eligible service for Medicaid reimbursement because that 
    service is provided in an educational context. Paragraph (b)(2) has 
    been amended to indicate that services must be provided in a timely 
    manner, by the LEA (or State agency responsible for developing the 
    child's IEP). Note 1 to this section of the NPRM has been removed. A 
    new paragraph (i) has been added to this section to clarify that 
    nothing in this part should be construed to alter the requirements 
    imposed on a State Medicaid agency, or any other agency administering a 
    public insurance program under Federal statute, regulations or policy 
    for Title XIX or
    
    [[Page 12567]]
    
    Title XXI of the Social Security Act, or any other public insurance 
    program.
        Comment: Commenters recommended that a statement be added to 
    Sec. 300.142(a)(4) to specify that services financed as a result of 
    interagency coordination are to supplement, not supplant, services 
    provided by the LEA. Other commenters asked that Sec. 300.142(a)(4) be 
    amended to specify that school-employed personnel must be the first 
    resource for providing related services. In addition, commenters also 
    recommended that clarification be added to specify that the use of 
    contract personnel or other arrangements should not supersede or 
    supplant the use of school based personnel, with very limited 
    exceptions.
        Discussion: The requirement in section 612(a)(12)(A) of the Act, 
    also reflected in paragraph (a)(1) of this section (which specifies 
    that the financial responsibility of the State Medicaid agency or other 
    public insurer of children with disabilities must precede that of the 
    LEA or State agency responsible for the provision of FAPE) should not 
    be construed to mean that Medicaid-funded services are supplemental to 
    the basic services provided under these regulations. Regardless of the 
    source of payment, the public agency responsible for educating the 
    disabled child still must ensure that the child receives all required 
    services at no cost to the parents. Therefore, if Medicaid funds only a 
    portion of required services based on service caps, the public agency 
    responsible for the provision of FAPE must ensure that any remaining 
    necessary services are provided at no cost to the parents. However, a 
    public agency may not make decisions regarding the provision of 
    required services to children with disabilities under these regulations 
    based solely on availability of Medicaid funding. To the contrary, if a 
    public agency determines that particular services are necessary to 
    ensure the provision of FAPE to children with disabilities, those 
    services must be provided at no cost to the parents, regardless of 
    whether Medicaid funds the service.
        No clarification has been provided regarding selection of personnel 
    to provide required services under these regulations. In ensuring the 
    provision of FAPE, public agencies may use any personnel that meet 
    applicable State standards in accordance with Secs. 300.136 and 300.23 
    of these regulations. However, as noted above, if a public insurance 
    program is billed for services provided under this part, those services 
    must meet the requirements of that program, including personnel 
    standards that apply to that program, in addition to conforming with 
    the requirements of this part. Once determinations about personnel 
    qualifications have been made, Part B does not govern the manner in 
    which necessary personnel are selected to meet instructional needs 
    under these regulations.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Commenters recommended clarification to specify that all 
    services must be free from direct and indirect costs to parents. A 
    principal concern of commenters was that even in circumstances where it 
    is highly probable that future financial costs will result, parents 
    feel constrained to permit public agencies to access their insurance 
    because of the fear of losing necessary services for their disabled 
    children.
        Many commenters believe that there is always a cost associated with 
    using private insurance, i.e., exhaustion of lifetime caps, decreased 
    benefits, increased co-pays and costs, risk of future uninsurability 
    with another insurance carrier, and possible termination of health 
    insurance. These commenters recommended that a new paragraph be added 
    to this section, which would require public agencies to inform parents 
    that voluntary use of their private insurance could entail these risks, 
    that parents have no obligation to permit access to their insurance 
    payments, and have the right to say no. These commenters also 
    recommended that Note 2 to this section of the NPRM be deleted.
        Some commenters also objected that Sec. 300.142(e) does not support 
    the concept of obtaining parental permission for use of public 
    insurance, and recommended that the regulation specify that parents 
    must give informed consent to use of their public or private insurance 
    which (1) must be voluntary on the part of parents, (2) renewed at 
    least annually, (3) can be revoked at any time, and (4) must include a 
    written description of ``potential financial costs'' associated with 
    using their insurance. Other commenters agreed with proposed paragraph 
    (e)(1) and Note 2 and urged that they be retained in the final 
    regulations.
        Discussion: Proposed paragraph (e)(1) of this section of the NPRM 
    incorporated the interpretation of the requirements of Part B and 
    Section 504 contained in the Notice of Interpretation (Notice) on use 
    of parents' insurance proceeds, published on December 30, 1980 (45 FR 
    86390). Under the interpretation in the Notice, public agencies may not 
    access private insurance if parents would incur a financial cost, and 
    use of parent's insurance proceeds, if parents would incur a financial 
    cost, must be voluntary on the part of the parent.
        In light of the concerns of numerous commenters that the use of 
    private insurance always involves a current or future financial cost to 
    the parents, and the Department's experience in administering Part B, 
    the regulations regarding use of private insurance should be revised. 
    As numerous commenters have indicated, parents who permit use of their 
    private insurance often experience unanticipated financial 
    consequences. These parents often act without full knowledge of the 
    future impact of their decision. Public agencies should be permitted to 
    access a parent's private insurance proceeds only if the parent 
    provides informed consent to use.
        Consistent with the definition of ``consent'' in these regulations, 
    such consent must fully inform parents that they could incur financial 
    consequences from the use of their private insurance to pay for 
    services that the school district is required to provide under the 
    IDEA, such as surpassing a cap on benefits, which could leave them 
    uninsured for subsequent services, and that the parents should check 
    with their private insurance provider so that they understand the 
    foreseeable future financial costs to themselves before they give 
    consent. This consent should be obtained each time a public agency 
    attempts to access private insurance, and be voluntary on the part of 
    the parents.
        In addition, parents need to be informed that their refusal to 
    permit a public agency to access their private insurance does not 
    relieve the public agency of its responsibility to ensure that all 
    required services are provided at no cost to the parents. However, the 
    suggestion of commenters that parents be informed that they have the 
    right to refuse use of their private insurance because of future risks 
    of financial consequences has not been adopted because it is 
    unnecessary, in light of the new requirement that public agencies 
    obtain parental consent to use a parent's private insurance.
        Changes: A new paragraph (f) has been added to clarify the 
    circumstances under which public agencies may access parent's private 
    insurance to pay for required services under these regulations. Note 2 
    to this section of the NPRM has been removed.
        Comment: The majority of commenters urged regulations on the use of 
    public insurance that would parallel those governing use of private 
    insurance. Commenters recommended that regulations clarify that the 
    same protections available to parents when
    
    [[Page 12568]]
    
    public agencies access private insurance are available to parents when 
    public agencies access public insurance. These commenters also 
    disagreed with the statement on page 55036 of the preamble to the NPRM 
    that suggested that regulation on this issue was not necessary because 
    there is no financial loss to parents under current public assistance 
    programs such as Medicaid.
        Examples of financial costs cited by commenters resulting from 
    Medicaid use were (1) limitation or decrease in public insurance 
    benefits available to children with disabilities and their families for 
    non-school needs; (2) a requirement that private insurance initially be 
    used before Medicaid funds are made available; (3) limitations on 
    amounts of services that can be reimbursed with Medicaid funds; and (4) 
    premiums or co-pays resulting from use of Medicaid funding.
        Commenters also requested that the definition of ``financial cost'' 
    be expanded to include costs such as a risk of losing eligibility for 
    home and community-based waivers based upon aggregate health-related 
    expenditure, and costs associated with Medicaid buy-ins. These 
    commenters also recommended that the regulations clarify that parental 
    consent must be obtained before a public agency can access Medicaid or 
    other public insurance benefits available to the parent.
        Some commenters urged the elimination of definitions or terms not 
    included in the statute, such as the definition of financial cost. 
    Other commenters recommended that changes not be made and agreed with 
    the statement in the preamble to the NPRM that there is no financial 
    cost to parents who access Medicaid or other public insurance benefits. 
    These commenters believed that the regulation should state that 
    parental permission need not be obtained before accessing public 
    insurance. Some of these commenters also recommended further 
    observation and study of current State practices to ensure that the 
    regulations do not have an adverse impact on currently existing and 
    effective financial systems. These commenters also recommended 
    additional guidance to allow States maximum flexibility to utilize all 
    available resources.
        Some commenters recommended that Note 3 be retained as a note or 
    that pertinent portions be incorporated into the regulation, while 
    others requested that Note 3 be deleted.
        Discussion: As numerous commenters pointed out, the statutory basis 
    of the 1980 Notice of Interpretation governing use of private insurance 
    proceeds also applies to children with disabilities who have public 
    insurance. In both instances services under Part B must be at no cost 
    to parents. In view of the comments received, it appears that the 
    statement contained on page 55036 of the preamble to the NPRM, which 
    indicates that there is no risk of financial cost to parents if public 
    agencies use Medicaid or other Federal, State or local public insurance 
    programs, is not entirely accurate.
        While it is essential that public agencies have the ability to 
    access all available public sources of support to pay for required 
    services under these regulations, services must be provided at no cost 
    to parents. However, in the majority of cases, use of Federal, State or 
    local public insurance programs by a public educational agency to 
    provide or pay for a service to a child will not result in a current or 
    foreseeable future cost to the family or child. For example, under the 
    Early Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment (EPSDT) program of 
    Medicaid, potentially available benefits are only limited based on what 
    the Medicaid agency determines to be medically necessary for the child 
    and are not otherwise limited or capped. Currently, approximately 90 
    percent of the school-aged children who are eligible for public 
    insurance programs are eligible for services under the EPSDT program. 
    Where there is no cost to the family or the child, public educational 
    agencies are encouraged to use the public insurance benefits to the 
    extent possible. It also should be noted that a public educational 
    agency is required to provide a service that is needed by a child and 
    has been included on his or her IEP but that is not considered 
    medically necessary under EPSDT or other public insurance program. As 
    is the case for any other service required by a child's IEP, if a 
    service on a child's IEP is provided by a public insurance program at a 
    site that is separate from the child's school, the public educational 
    agency is responsible for ensuring that the transportation is at no 
    cost to the child or family.
        There are some situations, however, that should be addressed by the 
    regulation to ensure that use of public insurance does not result to a 
    cost to the child or family. In some public insurance programs, 
    families are required to pay premiums or co-pay amounts in order to be 
    covered by or use the public insurance. Parents of children with 
    disabilities under Part B should not be required to assume those costs 
    so that a school district can use the child's public insurance to cover 
    services required under Part B. While these regulations do not affect 
    the requirement under Medicaid that the State Medicaid agency pursue 
    liable third party payers such as private insurance providers, for the 
    reportedly relatively small number of children and families who are 
    covered by both private and public insurance, under IDEA parents may 
    not be required to assume costs incurred through use of private 
    insurance so that the school can get reimbursement from the public 
    insurer for services in the child's IEP. Under IDEA, if a Medicaid-
    enrolled child also is covered by private insurance, the public agency 
    must choose one of two options--either obtain the parent's consent to 
    use the private insurance, or not use Medicaid to provide the service. 
    One way a public agency might be able to obtain that consent would be 
    to offer to cover the costs that would normally, under Medicaid, be 
    assessed against the private insurer. Similarly, if under Medicaid a 
    parent or family normally would incur an out-of-pocket expense such as 
    a co-pay or deductible, a public agency may not require parents to 
    incur that cost in order for their child to receive services required 
    under the IDEA. In such a case, again, the public agency must choose 
    one of two options--either cover the out-of-pocket expense so that the 
    parent does not incur a cost, or not use Medicaid to provide the 
    service. The regulations should make clear that a public agency is able 
    to use Part B funds to pay the cost that under Medicaid requirements 
    would otherwise be covered by a third party payer.
        Public insurance limits of the amounts of services that will be 
    covered based on the public insurer's determination of what is 
    medically necessary for the child are not prohibited by Part B. 
    However, a public educational agency's use of a child's benefits under 
    a public insurance program should not result in the family having to 
    pay for services that are required for the child outside of the school 
    day and that could be covered by the public insurance program. For 
    example, if a public insurer were to determine that eight hours of 
    nursing services were medically necessary for a child whose medical 
    devices needed constant trained supervision, a school district's use of 
    six of those hours during the school day would mean that family would 
    have to assume the financial responsibility for those services 
    throughout the night. In such a case, the family would be incurring a 
    cost due to the school district's use of the public insurance benefit. 
    Risk of loss
    
    [[Page 12569]]
    
    of eligibility for home and community-based waivers, based in aggregate 
    health-related expenditures could also constitute a cost to a family 
    for those few children with very extensive health related needs.
        A public agency may not require a parent to sign up for Medicaid or 
    other public insurance benefits as a condition for the child's receipt 
    of FAPE under Part B. A child's entitlement to FAPE under Part B exists 
    whether or not a parent refuses to consent to the use of their Medicaid 
    or public insurance benefits or is unwilling to sign up for Medicaid or 
    other public insurance benefits. Children with disabilities are 
    entitled to services under Part B, regardless of parents' personal 
    choices to access Medicaid or other public insurance benefits.
        Although section 612(a)(12) of the Act makes clear States' 
    obligations to ensure that available public sources of support precede 
    responsibilities of public agencies under these regulations, Medicaid 
    or other public insurance benefits cannot be considered available 
    public sources of support when parents decline to access those public 
    benefits. However, there is nothing in these regulations that would 
    prohibit a public agency from requesting that a parent sign up for 
    Medicaid or other public insurance benefits. Furthermore, a public 
    agency would not be precluded from using a child's public insurance, 
    even if parents incur a financial cost, so long as the public agency's 
    use of a child's public insurance is voluntary on the part of the 
    parent.
        In order to ensure that children with disabilities are afforded a 
    free appropriate public education at no cost to their parents, the 
    regulation should be amended to address children with disabilities who 
    are covered by public insurance by specifying that a public agency may 
    use Medicaid or other public insurance benefits programs in which a 
    child participates with certain exceptions. Those exceptions would be 
    that a public agency may not require parents to sign up for public 
    insurance in order for their child to receive FAPE under Part B of the 
    Act; require parents to incur out-of-pocket expenses related to filing 
    a public insurance claim for Part B services; and may not use the 
    public insurance if the use would decrease coverage or benefits, 
    increase premiums, lead to discontinuation of insurance, result in the 
    family paying for services that otherwise would be covered by the 
    public insurance and that are required by the child outside of the time 
    the child is in school, or risk loss of eligibility for home and 
    community-based waivers. However, unlike the rule related to private 
    insurance, Part B would not require the public agency to obtain parent 
    consent each time it uses the public insurance. Under the terms of the 
    public insurance program, consent may be required before a public 
    educational agency may use a child or family's public insurance 
    benefits.
        In light of the importance of the issues addressed in Note 3 to 
    this section of the NPRM, Note 3 should be removed as a note, and a new 
    paragraph (g), regarding use of Part B funds, should be added to this 
    regulation. This paragraph would permit use of Part B funds for (1) the 
    cost of those required services under these regulations, if parents 
    refuse consent to use public or private insurance; and (2) the costs of 
    accessing parent's insurance, such as paying deductible or co-pay 
    amounts.
        Changes: Paragraph (e) has been amended to address circumstances 
    under which a public agency can access a parent's Medicaid or other 
    public insurance benefits to pay for required services under these 
    regulations. The definition of financial costs in the NPRM has been 
    deleted. Note 3 to this section of the NPRM has been removed, and the 
    substance of Note 3 has been incorporated into a new paragraph (g) of 
    this section.
        Comment: Several commenters were concerned that Sec. 300.142(f) of 
    the NPRM makes it permissible for public agencies not to use funds 
    reimbursed from another agency to provide special education and related 
    services to children with disabilities. Suggestions made by commenters 
    were that this paragraph either be deleted or changed to require that 
    these reimbursed funds must be used in this program.
        Commenters recommended that Note 4 be deleted since it gives public 
    agencies the option of dedicating these funds to the Part B program 
    only if they choose to do so. These commenters believe that this change 
    is necessary for this regulation to be consistent with the purpose of 
    section 612(a)(12) of the Act, which places financial responsibility 
    for the provision of special education and related services on agencies 
    other than schools. Other commenters recommended that Note 4 be deleted 
    because it is redundant of Sec. 300.3, which provides that the 
    regulations in 34 CFR part 80 apply to this program.
        Discussion: In response to concerns of commenters, Note 4 should be 
    removed, but pertinent portions of Note 4 should be incorporated into 
    the text of the final regulations. This section should clarify that, if 
    a public agency receives funds from public or private insurance for 
    services under these regulations, the public agency is not required to 
    return those funds to the Department or to dedicate those funds for use 
    in the Part B program, which is how program income must be used, 
    although a public agency retains the option of using those funds in 
    this program if it chooses to do so. Reimbursements are similar to 
    refunds, credits, and discounts which are specifically excluded from 
    program income in 34 CFR 80.25(a).
        In addition, the regulations should clarify that funds expended by 
    a public agency from reimbursements of Federal funds will not be 
    considered State or local funds for purposes of Secs. 300.154 and 
    300.231. If Federal reimbursements were considered State and local 
    funds for purposes of the maintenance of effort provisions in 
    Secs. 300.154 and 300.231 of these regulations, SEAs and LEAs would 
    experience an artificial increase in their base year amounts and would 
    then be required to maintain a higher, overstated level of fiscal 
    effort in the succeeding fiscal year.
        Changes: Section 300.142(f) has been redesignated as 
    Sec. 300.142(h) and revised to clarify that (1) A public agency that 
    receives proceeds from public or private insurance for services under 
    these regulations is not required to return those funds to the 
    Department or to dedicate those funds to this program because they will 
    not be treated as program income under 34 CFR 80.25; and (2) funds 
    expended by a public agency from reimbursements of Federal funds will 
    not be considered State or local funds for purposes of Secs. 300.154 
    and 300.231 of these regulations. Note 4 to this section of the NPRM 
    has been removed.
    
    Recovery of Funds for Misclassified Children (Sec. 300.145)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to provide a State the opportunity for a hearing before a student is 
    declared ineligible for Part B funding.
        Discussion: Section 300.145 requires that each State have on file 
    with the Secretary policies and procedures that ensure that the State 
    seeks to recover any funds it provided to a public agency under Part B 
    of the Act for services to a child who is determined to be erroneously 
    classified as eligible to be counted under section 611(a) or (d) of the 
    Act. There is no need to revise the regulation to provide for 
    administrative review of a decision by this Department that Part B 
    funds should be recovered from a State because of an erroneous child 
    count. The Department uses the administrative appeal procedures set out 
    at 34 CFR Part 81 in recovering funds because of an erroneous child
    
    [[Page 12570]]
    
    count for cases where the Department is attempting to recover grant 
    funds, including Part B funds.
        Changes: None.
    
    Suspension and Expulsion Rates (Sec. 300.146)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested the regulation be revised to 
    permit States to use sampling procedures to obtain the data that they 
    will examine pursuant to Sec. 300.146(a).
        Discussion: Obtaining complete and accurate data on suspension and 
    expulsion is too critical to be collected on a sampling basis.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that Sec. 300.146(b) be revised 
    to require that a State review and if appropriate revise its 
    comprehensive system of personnel development, if the State finds that 
    significant discrepancies are occurring in the rate of long-term 
    suspensions and expulsions of children with disabilities among LEAs in 
    the State or compared to the rates for nondisabled children within 
    LEAs.
        Discussion: Section 300.146(b) requires that, if an SEA finds that 
    significant discrepancies are occurring in the rate of long-term 
    suspensions and expulsions of children with disabilities among LEAs in 
    the State or compared to the rates for nondisabled children within 
    LEAs, the SEA must, if appropriate, revise (or require the affected 
    State agency or LEA to revise) its policies, procedures, and practices 
    relating to the development and implementation of IEPs, the use of 
    behavioral interventions, and procedural safeguards, to ensure that 
    these policies, procedures, and practices comply with the Act.
        Among the policies that a State would review and if necessary 
    revise are its CSPD policies and procedures related to ensuring that 
    personnel are adequately prepared to meet their responsibilities under 
    the Act. Further, Sec. 300.382 specifically requires each State to 
    develop strategies to ensure that all personnel who work with children 
    with disabilities (including both professional and paraprofessional 
    personnel who provide special education, general education, related 
    services, or early intervention services) have the skills and knowledge 
    necessary to meet the needs of children with disabilities; and these 
    strategies must include how the State will ``* * * enhance the ability 
    of teachers and others to use strategies, such as behavioral 
    interventions, to address the conduct of children with disabilities 
    that impedes the learning of children with disabilities and others'' 
    (Sec. 300.382(f)). Further guidance is not needed.
        Changes: None.
    
    Public Participation (Sec. 300.148)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Section 300.148 requires each State to ensure that, 
    prior to the adoption of any policies and procedures needed to comply 
    with this part, there are public hearings, adequate notice of the 
    hearings, and an opportunity for comment available to the general 
    public, including individuals with disabilities and parents of children 
    with disabilities consistent with Secs. 300.280-300.284.
        In the past, a number of States have indicated that certain State 
    special education policies that are also required under this part had 
    previously been subjected to public review and comment under the 
    State's own public participation process, and the States have expressed 
    concern about having to repeat the process for those policies under 
    Secs. 300.280-300.284.
        The need for an effective public participation process is critical 
    to the adoption and implementation of policies and procedures that 
    comply with the requirements under this part. However, if a State, in 
    adopting State special education policies had previously submitted 
    those policies through a public participation process that is 
    comparable to and consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.280-
    300.284, it would be unnecessary and burdensome to require the State to 
    repeat the process.
        Therefore, a provision would be added to Sec. 300.148 to clarify 
    that a State will be considered to be in compliance with this provision 
    if the State has subjected the policy or procedure to a public review 
    and comment process that is required by the State for other purposes 
    and that State public participation process with respect to factors 
    such as the number of public hearings, content of the notice of 
    hearings, and length of the comment period, is comparable to and 
    consistent with the requirements of Secs. 300.280-300.284.
        Changes: Section 300.148 has been amended to include the provision 
    described in the above discussion.
    
    Prohibition Against Commingling (Sec. 300.152)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The proposed note clarified that the assurance required 
    by Sec. 300.152 is satisfied by the use of a separate accounting system 
    that includes an audit trail of the expenditure of the Part B funds and 
    that separate bank accounts are not required, and referred the reader 
    to 34 CFR Sec. 76.702 in EDGAR, regarding Fiscal control and fund 
    accounting procedures. Because this information provides useful 
    guidance to States, it should be incorporated into the regulations.
        Changes: The substance of the note is incorporated into the text of 
    the regulation.
    
    Maintenance of State Financial Support (Sec. 300.154)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: States should be able to demonstrate that they have not 
    reduced the amount of State financial support for special education and 
    related services for children with disabilities, whether made directly 
    available for those services or otherwise made available in recognition 
    of the excess costs of educating children with disabilities on either a 
    total or per child basis. A number of States, for example, have State 
    funding formulas that are based on enrollment which could result in a 
    decrease in the total amount of State financial support if enrollment 
    declines.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) of this section has been revised to clarify 
    that either a total or per child level of State financial support is 
    acceptable.
    
    Annual Description of Use of Part B Funds (Sec. 300.156)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be made 
    consistent with the statutory provision at section 611(f)(5) of the Act 
    by deleting Sec. 300.156(b).
        Discussion: It is reasonable and appropriate to permit a State, if 
    the information which it would submit pursuant to Sec. 300.156(a) for a 
    given fiscal year is the same as the information that it submitted for 
    the prior fiscal year, to submit a letter to that effect rather than 
    resubmitting information that it has previously submitted.
        Changes: None.
    
    Excess Cost Requirement (Sec. 300.184)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulation be revised to 
    require regular financial audits to ensure compliance with the excess 
    cost requirements.
        Discussion: Each SEA, as part of its general supervision 
    responsibility under Sec. 300.600, must ensure that LEAs comply with 
    all requirements of Part B, including the requirements of Sec. 300.184 
    regarding excess cost. Each SEA may meet this requirement through a 
    variety of methods, including monitoring and financial audits.
        Changes: None.
    
    [[Page 12571]]
    
    Meeting the Excess Cost Requirement (Sec. 300.185)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The proposed note clarified the Department's 
    longstanding position that: (1) The excess cost requirement means that 
    the LEA must spend a certain minimum amount for the education of its 
    children with disabilities before Part B funds are used, ensuring that 
    children served with Part B funds have at least the same average amount 
    spent on them, from sources other than Part B, as do the children in 
    the school district in elementary or secondary school as the case may 
    be; (2) excess costs are those costs of special education and related 
    services that exceed the minimum amount; (3) if an LEA can show that it 
    has (on the average) spent the minimum amount for the education of each 
    of its children with disabilities, it has met the excess cost 
    requirement, and all additional costs are excess costs; and (4) Part B 
    funds can then be used to pay for these additional costs. However, 
    several commenters requested that the substance of all Notes be 
    incorporated into the text of the regulations or the Notes deleted.
        Changes: The note has been deleted.
    
    Requirements for Establishing Eligibility (Sec. 300.192)
    
        Comment: Section 300.192(c) requires that, ``Notwithstanding any 
    other provision of Secs. 300.190-300.192, an educational service agency 
    shall provide for the education of children with disabilities in the 
    least restrictive environment, as required by Sec. 300.130.'' Some 
    commenters requested that the regulation be revised to emphasize the 
    appropriateness of children's educational programs as strongly as 
    placement in the least restrictive environment.
        Discussion: Section 300.192(c) clarifies that notwithstanding 
    whether an LEA establishes Part B eligibility as a single LEA or 
    jointly with other LEAs, it must ensure compliance with the LRE 
    requirements of the Act. This provision does not in any way diminish an 
    LEA's responsibility to ensure that FAPE is made available to all 
    eligible children with disabilities.
        Changes: None.
    
    LEA and State Agency Compliance (Sec. 300.197)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulations be revised 
    to require that each SEA conduct sufficient monitoring activities in 
    each LEA and State agency, at least once every three years, to enable 
    the SEA to make findings regarding the extent to which the agency is in 
    compliance. Other commenters requested that Sec. 300.197(a) be revised 
    to reduce or cease to provide further payments under Part B to an LEA 
    or State agency if SEA finds that the agency is engaging in a pattern 
    of noncompliance or has failed promptly to remedy any individual 
    instance of noncompliance.
        Section 300.197(c) requires that an SEA consider any decision 
    resulting from a hearing under Secs. 300.507-300.528 that is adverse to 
    the LEA or State agency involved in the decision in carrying out its 
    functions under Sec. 300.197. Some commenters requested that the 
    regulation be revised to require that the SEA also consider adverse 
    decisions on complaints filed under Secs. 300.660-300.662.
        Discussion: Each SEA, as part of its general supervision 
    responsibility under Sec. 300.600, must ensure that all public agencies 
    meet the educational standards of the SEA, including the requirements 
    of Part B; and the General Education Provisions Act requires that each 
    SEA use effective monitoring methods to identify and correct 
    noncompliance with Part B requirements. In implementing this 
    requirement, each SEA must determine: (1) the frequency with which it 
    must monitor each of the public agencies in the State in order to 
    ensure compliance; and (2) whether a single act or pattern of 
    noncompliance demonstrates substantial noncompliance necessitating the 
    SEA to pursue financial sanctions.
        Unlike hearings that are resolved by impartial due process hearing 
    officers who are not SEA employees, all complaints under the State 
    complaint procedures alleging a violation of Part B are resolved 
    directly by the SEA, which must also ensure correction of any 
    violations it identifies in response to such complaints. Therefore, the 
    SEA will, as part of its general supervision responsibilities, consider 
    any adverse complaint decisions in meeting its responsibilities under 
    Sec. 300.197, and the requested revision is not necessary.
        Changes: None.
    
    Maintenance of Effort (Sec. 300.231)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed concern that the provision on 
    local maintenance of effort (MOE) would mean that even in years when 
    State legislatures increased State appropriations to offset financial 
    expenditures of LEAs, those funds could not be included in making 
    determinations as to whether the maintenance of effort provision had 
    been met.
        Discussion: The statutory LEA-level maintenance of effort provision 
    requires that LEAs do not use the funds they are awarded under the IDEA 
    to reduce the level of expenditures that they make from local funds 
    below the level of those expenditures for the preceding year (except as 
    provided in Secs. 300.232 and 300.233). The statutory provision 
    replaces a prior regulatory provision that had required LEAs to 
    maintain the same total or per capita expenditures from State and local 
    funds as in prior years, which was viewed as financially burdensome by 
    LEAs when they were required, because of this prior regulatory 
    provision, to replace out of local funds any amount by which a State 
    reduced the amount of State funds going to an LEA.
        Therefore, in recognition of this change, the regulation would 
    allow a comparison of local funding in the grant year to local funding 
    in a prior year. If a State assumes more responsibility for funding 
    these services, such as when a State increases the State share of 
    funding for special education to reduce the fiscal burden on local 
    government, an LEA may not need to continue to put the same amount of 
    local funds toward expenditures for special education and related 
    services in order to demonstrate that it is not using IDEA funds to 
    replace prior expenditures from local funds.
        On the other hand, an LEA should not be able to replace local funds 
    with State funds when the combination of local and State funding is not 
    at least equal to a base amount from the same sources, as this would 
    result in reductions in expenditures not contemplated by the statute. 
    Since those Federal funds for which accountability is not required to a 
    Federal or State agency are expended at the discretion of an LEA, they 
    may be included in computations of local funds budgeted and expended 
    for special education and related services for children with 
    disabilities.
        In determining whether an LEA could receive a subgrant in any year, 
    an SEA should compare the amount of funds from appropriate sources 
    budgeted for the grant year to the amount actually expended from those 
    sources in the most recent fiscal year for which data are available. 
    Reductions in the amount budgeted would be permissible for the 
    conditions described in Secs. 300.232 and 300.233, if applicable. An 
    LEA that did not expend in a grant year from those sources at least as 
    much as it had in the year on which the maintenance of effort 
    comparison for that year is based, would be liable in an audit for 
    repayment of the amount by which it failed to expend to equal the prior 
    year's expenditures,
    
    [[Page 12572]]
    
    up to the total amount of the LEA's grant.
        Changes: A new paragraph has been added to clarify the maintenance 
    of effort provision.
    
    Exception to Maintenance of effort (Sec. 300.232)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to specifically require that lower-salaried staff who replace special 
    education and related services personnel, who depart voluntarily or for 
    just cause, meet entry-level academic degree requirements that are 
    based on the highest requirements in the State for the relevant 
    profession or discipline. Other commenters requested retention of the 
    provision in Sec. 300.233(a) that an LEA may reduce its expenditures 
    from one year to the next if the reduction is attributable to the 
    voluntary departure, by retirement or otherwise, or departure for just 
    cause, of special education or related services personnel, but that the 
    language specifying that these personnel must be replaced by qualified, 
    lower-salaried staff and the note following this regulation be deleted.
        Discussion: The requirements of Sec. 300.136 regarding personnel 
    standards apply to personnel who replace special education and related 
    services personnel, who depart voluntarily or for just cause. It is 
    important to make clear in the regulation that all staff providing 
    special education and related services must be qualified.
        The Senate and House committee reports on Pub. L. 105-17, with 
    respect to the voluntary departure of special education personnel 
    described in Sec. 300.232(a), clarify that the intended focus of this 
    exception is on special education personnel who are paid at or near the 
    top of the salary schedule, and sets out guidelines under which this 
    exception may be invoked by an LEA. These guidelines (which provide 
    that the agency must ensure that such voluntary retirement or 
    resignation and replacement are in full conformity with existing school 
    board policies in the agency, with the applicable collective bargaining 
    agreement in effect at that time, and with applicable State statutes) 
    are important in the implementation of this section and, therefore, 
    should be added to the regulation. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 16, H. R. 
    Rep. No. 105-95, p. 96 (1997)).
        Changes: Paragraph (a) has been amended to include the substance of 
    the note, consistent with the above discussion, and the note has been 
    removed.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that Sec. 300.232(c)(3) be 
    revised to specify that an LEA may reduce its expenditures from one 
    year to the next if the reduction is attributable to the termination of 
    the LEA's obligation to provide a program of special education to a 
    child with a disability that is an exceptionally costly program, as 
    determined by the SEA, because the child no longer needs the program of 
    special education, as determined in accordance with the IEP 
    requirements at Secs. 300.346 and 300.347.
        Discussion: Because any change in the special education and related 
    services provided to a child with a disability must be made in 
    accordance with the IEP requirements, the requested revision is not 
    necessary. The circumstances under which an LEA may reduce effort 
    because it no longer needs to provide an exceptionally costly program 
    are addressed by the regulations at Sec. 300.232(c).
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to require an LEA to submit to the SEA an assurance that all students 
    with disabilities in the LEA are receiving a free appropriate public 
    education, before the LEA would be permitted to reduce its 
    expenditures.
        Discussion: As part of its general supervision responsibility under 
    Sec. 300.600, each SEA is required to ensure that all public agencies 
    in the State are complying with the requirement that they make FAPE 
    available to all eligible children in their respective jurisdictions. 
    Therefore, the requested revision is not necessary.
        Changes: None.
    
    Schoolwide Programs Under Title 1 of the ESEA (Sec. 300.234)
    
        Comment: A commenter requested that, in Sec. 300.234(b), the 
    reference to Sec. 300.230(a) be changed to also include Sec. 300.230(b) 
    or Sec. 300.231(a). Another commenter asked if an LEA can use its State 
    and local special education funds in a schoolwide program without 
    accounting for expenditures of those funds for special education and 
    related services, and added that if such use is allowable, could the 
    State and local funds be considered in the LEA's maintenance of effort 
    calculation.
        Discussion: The reference in Sec. 300.234 to Sec. 300.230(a) in the 
    NPRM should be changed to Sec. 300.230(b). If Part B funds are used in 
    accordance with Sec. 300.234, the funds would not be limited to the 
    provision of special education and related services. They could also be 
    used for other school-wide program activities. However, children with 
    disabilities in school-wide programs must still receive special 
    education and related services in accordance with properly developed 
    IEPs and must still be afforded all the rights and services guaranteed 
    under the IDEA.
        The use of IDEA funds in a school-wide program does not change the 
    LEA's obligation to meet the maintenance of effort requirement in 
    Sec. 300.231.
        Consistent with the general decision regarding the disposition of 
    notes, the note following Sec. 300.234 would be removed. However, the 
    note includes important guidance related to ensuring that children with 
    disabilities in schoolwide program schools still receive services in 
    accordance with a properly developed IEP, and still be afforded all of 
    the rights and services guaranteed to children with disabilities under 
    the IDEA. Therefore, this guidance should be added to the text of the 
    regulation as a specific provision.
        It should be pointed out that the use of funds under Part B of the 
    Act in accordance with Sec. 300.234 is beneficial to children with 
    disabilities, and, contrary to informal concerns that have been raised, 
    the use of the Part B funds in schoolwide programs does not deplete 
    resources for children with disabilities. Rather, it helps to ensure 
    effective inclusion of those children into the regular education 
    environment with nondisabled children.
        Changes: Paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) have been reorganized as 
    paragraph (b) and (c) and revised to include the substance of the note. 
    The note has been deleted.
    
    Permissive Use of Funds (Sec. 300.235)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested clarification as to whether LEAs 
    are still required to maintain ``time and effort'' or other records to 
    document that Part B funds have been expended only on allowable costs. 
    Other commenters expressed their concern that, with no limitation on 
    the number of children who do not have disabilities who may benefit 
    from special education and related services, the needs of children with 
    disabilities will not be met. Some commenters asked that the regulation 
    be revised to require regular financial audits to ensure compliance 
    with the excess cost requirements.
        Discussion: Section Sec. 300.235 sets forth circumstances under 
    which an LEA may use Part B funds to pay for the costs of special 
    education and related services and supplementary aids and services 
    provided in a regular class or other education-related setting to a 
    child with a disability and to develop and implement a fully integrated 
    and coordinated services system; this
    
    [[Page 12573]]
    
    section does not impact the documentation requirements where an LEA 
    uses a particular individual to provide special education or related 
    services during one portion of the day or week and to perform other 
    functions at other times for which the LEA cannot pay using Part B 
    funds.
        Although Sec. 300.235 makes clear that Part B does not prohibit 
    benefit to nondisabled children, it does not permit Part B funds to be 
    expended in a regular class except for special education and related 
    services and supplementary aids and services to a child with a 
    disability in accordance with the child's IEP. If special education and 
    related services are being provided to meet the requirements of the IEP 
    for a child with a disability, this provision permits other children to 
    benefit, and in such circumstances no time and effort records are 
    required under Federal law, thus reducing unnecessary paperwork.
        This provision does not in any way diminish an SEA or other public 
    agency's responsibilities under Part B to ensure that FAPE is made 
    available to each eligible child with a disability. Each SEA must, as 
    part of its general supervision responsibility under Sec. 300.600, 
    ensure compliance with the requirements of Sec. 300.235; the methods 
    that the SEA uses to ensure compliance may include monitoring and 
    financial audits of LEAs. Under the Single State Audit Act, SEAs are 
    required to ensure that periodic audits are conducted, and the General 
    Education Provisions Act requires periodic monitoring.
        Changes: None.
    
    Treatment of Charter Schools and Their Students (Sec. 300.241)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The proposed note clarified that the provisions of this 
    part that apply to other public schools also apply to public charter 
    schools, and, therefore, children with disabilities who attend public 
    charter schools and their parents retain all rights under this part. 
    The Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17, which, in 
    reference to this provision states:
    
        The Committee expects that charter schools will be in full 
    compliance with Part B. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p 17, H. R. Rep. No. 
    105-95, p. 97 (1997))
    
        Thus, to ensure the protections of the rights of children with 
    disabilities and their parents, this concept should be incorporated 
    into the regulations.
        Changes: The substance of the note has been incorporated into the 
    discussion under Sec. 300.18, and in the regulations under 
    Sec. 300.312. The note has been deleted.
    
    Subpart C
    
    Provision of FAPE (Sec. 300.300)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for a seamless system of 
    services for disabled children from birth through age 21, and 
    recommended that Note 3 under Sec. 300.300 be added to the regulation 
    to highlight the need for States to plan their child find and other 
    activities to meet the age range for FAPE. A few commenters stated 
    their understanding that the exemption to the ``50% rule'' in 
    Sec. 300.300 (related to FAPE for disabled children aged 3 through 5 in 
    States receiving a Preschool grant) was temporary, and asked if the 
    exemption would continue in effect.
        Discussion: In light of the previous discussion regarding the 
    disposition of notes under this part (see ``General Comments''), Note 
    3, which provides only clarifying information to explain why the age 
    range for child find (birth through age 21) is greater than the age 
    range for providing FAPE, should be deleted and not moved into the 
    regulation. Further, Note 1 (FAPE applies to children in school and 
    those with less severe disabilities) is no longer relevant as the 
    statute now is commonly understood to apply to all children with 
    disabilities, not just those out of school or with severe disabilities, 
    and should be deleted. The substance of Note 2 (importance of child 
    find to the FAPE requirement) should be incorporated into the text of 
    the regulation at Sec. 300.300(a)(2) because of the crucial role that 
    an effective child find system plays as part of a State's obligation of 
    ensuring that FAPE is available all children with disabilities.
        The provision in Sec. 300.300(b)(4) clarifies that if a State 
    receives a Preschool Grant under section 619 of the Act, the ``50% 
    rule'' does not apply with respect to disabled children aged 3 through 
    5 years, because the State must ensure that FAPE is available to 
    ``all'' disabled children in that age range within the State--as a 
    condition of receiving such a grant. (See Secs. 301.10 and 301.12) 
    Therefore, this provision should be included, without change, in these 
    final regulations.
        Changes: The substance of Note 2 has been added as a new paragraph 
    (a)(2). Notes 1--3 have been removed.
    
    FAPE--Methods and Payment (Sec. 300.301)
    
        Comment: One commenter stated that there is no authority in Federal 
    law to permit a State to use unlimited local resources to meet the 
    State's requirement for FAPE, and recommended that the statement in 
    Sec. 300.301(a) related to using whatever State, local, or private 
    sources of support be replaced by providing that a State may use all of 
    its State funds to ensure FAPE. Some commenters requested that a new 
    paragraph (c) be added to clarify that there can be no delay in the 
    provision of FAPE while the SEA determines the payment source for IEP 
    services.
        Discussion: Section 300.301 is a long-standing provision that was 
    included, without change, in the NPRM. The section merely clarifies 
    that each State may use other sources of support for meeting the 
    requirements of this part, in addition to State education funds or Part 
    B funds.
        It would be appropriate to add a new paragraph to Sec. 300.301 to 
    clarify that there can be no delay in implementing a child's IEP in any 
    case in which the payment source for providing or paying for special 
    education and related services to the child is being determined. 
    Section 300.142 also addresses the role of the public agency in 
    ensuring that special education and related services are provided if a 
    noneducational agency fails to meet its responsibility and specifies 
    that services must be provided in a timely manner, while the payment 
    source for services is being determined. Further, because Secs. 300.342 
    and 300.343 also address the timely development and implementation of a 
    child's IEP, it is appropriate to include a reference to those sections 
    in Sec. 300.301.
        Changes: A new paragraph (c) has been added to ensure, consistent 
    with the above discussion, that there is no delay in providing services 
    while the payment source is being determined.
    
    Residential Placement (Sec. 300.302)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulations clarify 
    that costs for residential placements include the expenses incurred by 
    parents' travel to and from the program and the cost of telephone calls 
    to the placement. One commenter stated that the LEA should be 
    responsible for the educational costs if the system cannot meet the 
    needs of the student, and that other appropriate related service 
    agencies should assume the cost of care and treatment.
        Discussion: Section 300.302 is a long-standing provision that 
    applies to placements that are made by public agencies in public and 
    private institutions for educational purposes. The note following this 
    section should be deleted in light of the general decision to remove 
    all notes from these final regulations.
    
    [[Page 12574]]
    
        A statement clarifying that costs for residential placements 
    include the expenses incurred by parents' travel to and from the 
    program and the cost of telephone calls to the placement is included in 
    the analysis of comments on the definition of ``special education'' 
    (see Sec. 300.26). The regulations already address the respective 
    responsibilities of the SEA, LEAs, and noneducational agencies under 
    this part (see, for example, Secs. 300.121, 300.142, and 300.220).
        Changes: The note has been deleted.
    
    Proper Functioning of Hearing Aids (Sec. 300.303)
    
        Comment: Comments received on Sec. 300.303 included requests to: 
    (1) clarify that LEAs cannot ensure proper functioning of hearing aids 
    unless students report non-working devices, especially students who are 
    in private or out-of-school placements (because it is beyond the LEAs' 
    capability to monitor whether devices are working); (2) provide that 
    LEAs are not responsible for hearing aids damaged by misuse within non-
    school environments; (3) revise the section to address other AT 
    devices; (4) ensure the provision is consistently met, using qualified 
    persons who check aids on a regular basis, and (5) delete the note 
    because it reflects 20 year-old appropriations committee report 
    language, and, therefore, is no longer relevant. Other comments 
    expressed concern that the section adds unnecessary paperwork and an 
    unfair financial burden.
        Discussion: Section 300.303 has been included in the Part B 
    regulations since they were initially published in 1977. The note 
    following Sec. 300.303, which incorporated language from a House 
    Committee Report on the 1978 appropriation bill, served as the basis 
    for the requirement in Sec. 300.303. That report referred to a study 
    done at that time that showed that up to one-third of the hearing aids 
    for public school children were malfunctioning; and the report stated 
    that the [Department] must ensure that hearing impaired school children 
    are receiving adequate professional assessment, follow-up, and 
    services.
        Section 300.303 was added to address that Congressional directive, 
    and has been implemented since 1977. The Department has routinely 
    monitored Sec. 300.303; and when a violation has been identified, 
    appropriate corrective action has been taken. Although it is important 
    that Sec. 300.303 be retained in the final regulations, the note is no 
    longer relevant, and should be deleted.
        Questions relating to damage of hearing aids are addressed in the 
    analysis of comments on the definitions of assistive technology devices 
    and services (see Secs. 300.5 and 300.6).
    
    Changes: The note following Sec. 300.303 has been deleted.
    
    Full Educational Opportunity Goal (Sec. 300.304)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.304. One 
    commenter stated that SEAs and LEAs should be required to improve the 
    general quality of education in ways that will benefit the disabled, 
    including submitting plans and timetables relating to such 
    improvements. Another commenter recommended updating the note to use 
    ``people first'' language consistent with the IDEA, as amended in 1990, 
    and to make reference to quality education programs. Other commenters 
    recommended that the note be deleted.
        Discussion: The requirement that there be a goal of ensuring full 
    educational opportunity to all children with disabilities predates the 
    FAPE requirement in Pub L. 94-142. The IDEA Amendments of 1997 are 
    sufficiently clear to not require an elaboration of the full 
    educational opportunity goal. Further, in light of the general tenor of 
    comments received on this section, and the comments and discussion 
    relating to the disposition of notes (see analysis of general 
    comments), it is clear that there would not be sufficient benefit 
    gained to justify updating or retaining the note.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.304 has been deleted.
    
    Program Options (Sec. 300.305)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for this section, 
    stating that disabled children must have the same opportunities as 
    their nondisabled peers. One commenter stated that Secs. 300.305 and 
    300.306 go beyond the new statute and are made moot by the provisions 
    about including students in the regular curriculum as much as possible. 
    Another commenter requested that the section be amended to make it 
    clear that the list of items is not exhaustive.
        Discussion: The provisions of Secs. 300.305 and 300.306 do not go 
    beyond the requirements of Part B of the Act. These are long-standing 
    regulatory provisions that were included, unchanged, in the NPRM, and 
    have been reinforced by the IDEA Amendments of 1997, through provisions 
    requiring that children with disabilities be included in the general 
    curriculum, and enabling them to meet State standards. The definition 
    of the term ``include'' in Sec. 300.13 makes it clear that the list of 
    programs and services is not exhaustive. Therefore, the note following 
    Sec. 300.305 is unnecessary.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.305 has been deleted.
    
    Nonacademic Services (Sec. 300.306)
    
        Comment: One commenter stated that this section will require 
    documenting an array of non-academic and extracurricular services and 
    activities, and that it should be rephrased so that it will not lead to 
    more unnecessary paperwork. Another commenter requested that the 
    section be amended to clarify that participation in extracurricular 
    activities is not a component of a disabled child's program.
        Discussion: Section 300.306, as well as Sec. 300.553 (``Nonacademic 
    settings'') are long-standing provisions that were included, without 
    change, in the NPRM. There is no basis for assuming that the provisions 
    in these sections will result in any unnecessary or increased 
    paperwork.
        Changes: None.
    
    Physical Education (Sec. 300.307)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that the regulations clarify 
    that each public agency is responsible for making sure that special 
    physical education (PE) (including adapted PE) is provided by qualified 
    personnel, and not by classroom teachers, aides, related services 
    personnel, or other unqualified personnel. One commenter stated that 
    Sec. 300.307(b) should replace ``available to nondisabled children'' 
    with the phrase ``to the extent available to all children.''
        Discussion: Section 300.307(b), which provides that each child with 
    a disability has the opportunity to participate in the regular PE 
    program available to nondisabled children, is clear as written, and 
    there is no basis for making the change recommended by the commenters. 
    It is not necessary to amend Sec. 300.307 to state that specially 
    designed PE must be provided by qualified personnel because SEAs are 
    already required under Sec. 300.136 to determine what standards must be 
    met for all special education and related services personnel within the 
    State. The note following Sec. 300.307, which provided important 
    guidance in the original regulations under this part, is no longer 
    necessary, in light of the comments relating to the disposition of 
    notes.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.307 has been deleted.
    
    [[Page 12575]]
    
    Assistive Technology (300.308)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.308, 
    stating that disabled students must have the tools they need to 
    succeed. A few commenters requested that a note be added to describe 
    what assistive technology (AT) devices would be available for children 
    with hearing impairments, including deafness. One of the commenters 
    requested listing specific devices (e.g., captioning, computer 
    software, FM systems, and hearing aids).
        Discussion: The AT devices for children with hearing impairments 
    identified by the commenters are appropriate AT devices under this 
    part. However, it is not necessary to list such devices in these 
    regulations. Moreover, it would be inappropriate to list AT devices for 
    one disability category without listing such devices for other 
    disability categories. This position is consistent with the previously 
    stated position related to including examples of AT devices in these 
    regulations (see analysis of comments under Secs. 300.5 and 300.6). 
    Some examples of AT devices include word prediction software, adapted 
    keyboards, voice recognition and synthesis software, head pointers, and 
    enlarged print.
        Under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 34 CFR Part 
    104, and the Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 
    28 CFR Part 35, local educational agencies are responsible for 
    providing a free appropriate public education to qualified students 
    with disabilities who are within their jurisdiction. To the extent that 
    assistive technology devices are required to meet the obligation to 
    provide FAPE for an individual student, the devices must be provided at 
    no cost to the student or his or her parents or guardians.
        Changes: No change has been made to this section in response to 
    these comments. See discussion under Sec. 300.6 regarding a change to 
    Sec. 300.308.
    
    Extended School Year Services (Sec. 300.309)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed support for this 
    regulation. Because Notes 1 and 2 following Sec. 300.309 provide 
    important clarification regarding criteria for providing extended 
    school year (ESY) services, some commenters recommended that these 
    notes be added to the regulations.
        Other commenters requested that Sec. 300.309 be deleted because it 
    has no statutory base, and could be interpreted to require ESY services 
    for all disabled children regardless of what the child's IEP indicates 
    is appropriate for the child. One comment noted that responsibility for 
    providing ESY services will be extremely costly and likely will require 
    large expenditures of local dollars.
        Several commenters requested that both notes be deleted because 
    Note 1 is ambiguous and unnecessary since the regulation is 
    sufficiently clear, and Note 2 is not appropriate because all children 
    regress in the summer.
        Numerous comments were received regarding the standards referenced 
    in Note 2 that States can establish for use in determining a child's 
    eligibility for ESY services. One comment urged the adoption of a 
    Federal standard and formula for determining unacceptable rates of 
    recoupment. One recommendation was that while Note 2 should be added to 
    the regulation, it should be changed to clarify that the list of 
    factors is not exhaustive.
        Another comment stated that ``regression/recoupment'' is a minimum 
    standard that should be used in determining a child's eligibility for 
    ESY services. Other commenters indicated that regression/recoupment is 
    too narrow a standard, and recommended adding to the regulations 
    additional criteria that courts have used to determine eligibility 
    (e.g., whether the child has emerging skills, the nature or severity of 
    the disability, and special circumstances, such as prolonged absence or 
    other serious blocks to learning progress, which in the view of the IEP 
    team could be addressed by ESY services).
        Another comment recommended that the list of factors be revised to 
    specify ``evidence or likely indication of significant regression and 
    recoupment.'' One comment recommended that the reference to 
    ``predictive data'' be expanded to ``predictive data and other 
    information based on the opinion of parents and professionals.''
        Another comment stated that, although the regulation should 
    incorporate Note 2 and permit States to establish standards for 
    determining ESY eligibility, public agencies also should be required to 
    make these standards available to parents either at IEP meetings or on 
    request.
        One comment recommended deleting Note 2 because it is too narrow 
    and inconsistent with case law. According to the comment, the ESY 
    standard should be flexible and permit consideration of a variety of 
    factors (e.g., whether the child's current level of performance 
    indicates that the child will not make ``meaningful progress'' during 
    the regular school year in the general curriculum or in other areas 
    pertinent to child's disability-related needs).
        Several comments recommended other specific changes to 
    Sec. 300.309, such as the following: (1) Section 300.309(a)(2) should 
    be revised to state that the determination of whether a child needs ESY 
    services, including the type and amount of services, must be made by 
    the IEP team and should be specified in the child's IEP; (2) the 
    regulation should specify a timeline for determining eligibility for 
    ESY services to enable the parents to take appropriate steps to 
    challenge the denial of services; (3) the regulation should clarify 
    whether ESY services are limited only to summer programming or to other 
    breaks in the school calendar; and (4) no one factor can be the sole 
    criterion for determining whether a child receives ESY services.
        Another comment requested that clarification be added to specify 
    that ESY services must be provided in the least restrictive 
    environment, and that to ensure that this occurs, students with 
    disabilities may have to receive ESY services in noneducational 
    settings.
        One comment requested that a note be added to clarify that the 
    process for determining the length of a preschool child's school year 
    must be individualized and described in the child's IEP/IFSP, and added 
    that the decision is not necessarily based on school-aged ESY practices 
    or formulas, which may be inappropriate for younger children, and that 
    if a child turns three during the summer, the child should receive ESY 
    services if specified in the IEP or IFSP.
        Other comments requested that the regulations: add a new paragraph 
    (c) to address the needs of disabled children enrolled in private 
    facilities and include additional guidance relating to an LEA's 
    obligation to conduct necessary evaluations during the summer when a 
    child arrives in an LEA in the summer with an IEP from another LEA that 
    requires ESY services.
        Discussion: The regulation and notes related to ESY services were 
    not intended to create new legal standards, but to codify well-
    established case law in this area (and, thus, ensure that the 
    requirements are all in one place). Since the requirement to provide 
    ESY services to children with disabilities under this part who require 
    such services in order to receive FAPE is not a new requirement, but 
    merely reflects the longstanding interpretation of the IDEA by the 
    courts and the Department, including it in these regulations will not 
    impose any additional financial burden on school districts.
        On reflection and in view of the comments, it has been determined 
    that
    
    [[Page 12576]]
    
    this regulation should be retained, and that Note 1 following 
    Sec. 300.309, with some modifications, should be incorporated into the 
    text of the regulation. Section 300.309 and accompanying notes clarify 
    the obligations of public agencies to ensure that students with 
    disabilities who require ESY services in order to receive FAPE have 
    necessary services available to them, and that individualized 
    determinations about each disabled child's need for ESY services are 
    made through the IEP process. The right of an individual disabled child 
    to ESY services is based on that child's entitlement to FAPE. Some 
    disabled children may not receive FAPE unless they receive necessary 
    services during time periods when other children, both disabled and 
    nondisabled, normally would not be served. Both parents and educators 
    have raised issues for many years about how determinations about ESY 
    services can be made consistent with the requirements of Part B.
        The clarification provided in Note 1 in the NPRM is essential to 
    ensuring that public agencies do not limit eligibility for ESY services 
    to children in particular disability categories, or the duration of 
    these necessary services. Since these issues are key to ensuring that 
    each disabled child who requires ESY services receives necessary 
    services in order to receive FAPE, this concept from Note 1 should be 
    incorporated into this regulation.
        In the past, the Department has declined to establish standards for 
    States to use in determining whether disabled children should receive 
    ESY services. Instead, the Department has said that States may 
    establish State standards for use in making these determinations so 
    long as the State's standards ensure that FAPE is provided consistent 
    with the individually-oriented focus of the Act and the other 
    requirements of Part B and do not limit eligibility for ESY services to 
    children in particular disability categories. These regulations 
    continue this approach.
        Within the broad constraints of ensuring FAPE, States should have 
    flexibility in determining eligibility for ESY services, and a Federal 
    standard for determining eligibility for ESY services is not needed. As 
    is true for other decisions regarding types and amounts of services to 
    be provided to disabled children under Part B, individual 
    determinations must be made in accordance with the IEP and placement 
    requirements in Part B.
        Regarding State standards for determining eligibility for ESY 
    services, Note 2 was not intended to provide an exhaustive list of such 
    standards. Rather, the examples of standards that were included in Note 
    2 (e.g., likelihood of regression, slow recoupment, and predictive data 
    based on the opinion of professionals) are derived from well-
    established judicial precedents and have formed the basis for many 
    standards that States have used in making these determinations. See, 
    e.g., Johnson v. Bixby ISD 4, 921 F.2d 1022 (10th Cir. 1990); Crawford 
    v. Pittman, 708 F.2d 1028 (5th Cir. 1983); GARC v. McDaniel, 716 F.2d 
    1565 (11th Cir. 1983). It also should be pointed out that nothing in 
    this part is intended to limit the ability of States to use variations 
    of any or all of the standards listed in Note 2. Whatever standard a 
    State uses must be consistent with the individually-oriented focus of 
    the Act and may not constitute a limitation on eligibility for ESY 
    services to children in particular disability categories.
        To ensure that children with disabilities who require ESY services 
    receive the services that they need, a high priority is being placed on 
    monitoring States' implementation of this regulation in the next 
    several years to ensure that State standards are not being applied in a 
    manner that denies children with disabilities who require ESY services 
    in order to receive FAPE access to necessary services. However, to give 
    States needed flexibility in this area, the regulations should clarify 
    that States may establish their own standards for determining 
    eligibility for ESY services consistent with the requirements of this 
    part.
        To respond to a concern expressed in the comments that this 
    regulation could require the provision of ESY services to every 
    disabled child, regardless of individual need, paragraph (a)(2) has 
    been revised to make clear that ESY services must be provided only if a 
    child's IEP team determines, on an individual basis, in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.340-300.350, that the services are necessary for the 
    provision of FAPE to the child.
        Although it is important that States inform parents about standards 
    for determining eligibility for ESY services, a regulatory change is 
    not necessary. Since this matter is relevant to the provision of FAPE, 
    it already would be included in the information contained in the 
    written prior notice to parents provided under this part for children 
    for whom ESY services are an issue.
        There is no need to incorporate the IEP team's responsibility to 
    specify the types and amount of ESY services. Section 300.309(a)(2) 
    already specifies that the determination of whether a child with a 
    disability needs ESY services must be made on an individual basis by 
    the IEP team in accordance with Secs. 300.340-300.350. These IEP 
    requirements include specifying the types and amounts of services 
    consistent with the individual disabled child's right to FAPE.
        The determination of whether an individual disabled child needs ESY 
    services must be made by the participants on the child's IEP team. In 
    most cases, a multi-factored determination would be appropriate, but 
    for some children, it may be appropriate to make the determination of 
    whether the child is eligible for ESY services based only on one 
    criterion or factor. In all instances, the child's IEP team must decide 
    the appropriate manner for determining whether a child is eligible for 
    ESY services in accordance with applicable State standards and Part B 
    requirements. Therefore, no requirements have been added to the 
    regulation regarding this issue.
        There is no need to specify a timeline for determining whether a 
    child should receive ESY services. Public agencies are expected to 
    ensure that these determinations are made in a timely manner so that 
    children with disabilities who require ESY services in order to receive 
    FAPE can receive the necessary services.
        No further clarification has been provided regarding the times when 
    ESY services can be offered. Section 300.309(b)(1)(i) specifies that 
    ESY services are provided to a child with a disability ``[b]eyond the 
    normal school year of the public agency.'' For most public agencies, 
    the normal school year is 180 school days. Typically, ESY services 
    would be provided during the summer months. However, there is nothing 
    in the definition of ESY services in Sec. 300.309(b) that would limit 
    the ability of a public agency to provide ESY services to a student 
    with a disability during times other than the summer, when school is 
    not in session, if the IEP team determines that the child requires ESY 
    services during these time periods in order to receive FAPE.
        There is no need to provide clarification regarding the comment 
    that public agencies may wish to use different standards in determining 
    eligibility of preschool-aged children with disabilities for ESY 
    services from those used for school-aged children. Since Part B does 
    not prescribe standards for determining eligibility for ESY services, 
    regardless of the child's age, the issue of whether a State should 
    establish a different standard for school-aged and preschool-aged 
    children is a matter for State and local educational authorities to 
    decide.
    
    [[Page 12577]]
    
        The IEP or IFSP will specify whether services must be initiated on 
    the child's third birthday for children with disabilities who 
    transition from the Part C to the Part B program, if the child turns 
    three during the summer. This means that ESY services would be provided 
    in the summer if the IEP or IFSP of a child with a disability specifies 
    that the child must receive ESY services during the summer. In any 
    case, the IEP or IFSP must be developed and implemented in accordance 
    with the terms of those documents by the child's third birthday. These 
    responsibilities are clarified elsewhere in these regulations.
        No additional clarification is being provided in this portion of 
    the regulations as to whether parentally-placed disabled students can 
    receive ESY services. As is true for determinations regarding services 
    for children with disabilities placed in private schools by their 
    parents, determinations regarding the services to be provided, 
    including the types and amounts of such services and which children 
    will be served, are made through a process of consultation between 
    representatives of public agencies and representatives of students 
    enrolled by their parents in private schools. Through consultation, if 
    a determination is made that ESY services are one of the services that 
    a public agency will offer one or more of its parentally-placed 
    disabled children, Part B funds could be used for this purpose.
        No regulatory change has been made regarding the application of LRE 
    requirements to ESY services. While ESY services must be provided in 
    the LRE, public agencies are not required to create new programs as a 
    means of providing ESY services to students with disabilities in 
    integrated settings if the public agency does not provide services at 
    that time for its nondisabled children. However, consistent with its 
    obligation to ensure that each disabled child receives necessary ESY 
    services in order to receive FAPE, nothing in this part would prohibit 
    a public agency from providing ESY services to an individual disabled 
    student in a noneducational setting if the student's IEP team 
    determines that the student could receive necessary ESY services in 
    that setting. No further clarification is needed regarding the comment 
    about requirements for evaluating students who move into LEAs during 
    the summer to determine eligibility for ESY services. Requirements for 
    child find are addressed elsewhere in these regulations.
        Changes: Consistent with the above discussion, paragraph (a)(2) of 
    Sec. 300.309 has been revised, and a new paragraph (a)(3) has been 
    added to this section to specify that (1) ESY services must be provided 
    only if a child's IEP team determines the services are necessary for 
    the provision of FAPE to the child; and (2) Public agencies may not 
    limit eligibility for ESY services based on category of disability, and 
    may not unilaterally limit types and amounts of ESY services. Notes 1 
    and 2 have been removed.
    
    FAPE Requirements for Students With Disabilities in Adult Prisons 
    (Sec. 300.311)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that the regulation include a 
    definition of ``bona fide security or compelling penological interest 
    that cannot otherwise be accommodated.'' Several commenters requested a 
    definition that would clarify that this exception is to be used only in 
    unique situations. These commenters requested that the definition 
    specifically exclude routine issues of prison administration and 
    convenience, cost-reduction measures, and policies to promote 
    discipline or rehabilitation through systematic withholding of 
    educational services which are otherwise required. Another commenter 
    requested that the terms be defined to include prudent correctional 
    administration, and physical or mental health determinations by prison 
    health officials.
        One commenter stated that the regulation should include guidance as 
    to when an IEP or placement can be modified under the stated exception 
    for modifications. Another commenter requested that the regulations 
    clarify that modifications to IEP or placement may only be made by the 
    IEP team and these changes are covered by the notice requirements of 
    the Act.
        Another commenter opposed services to students alleged to have 
    committed heinous crimes and requested that a free appropriate public 
    education be limited to those students who would otherwise be denied 
    access to education services by virtue of their incarceration.
        One commenter requested a definition of the term ``last educational 
    placement'' to clarify that this means a public or private school 
    placement.
        Another commenter requested that a student's ``potential'' 
    eligibility for early release be considered in determining eligibility 
    for transition services.
        Discussion: The requirement that the student's IEP team make an 
    individualized determination regarding modifications to IEP or 
    placement are clearly stated in the regulations. This requirement 
    ensures that a team of professionals with knowledge about the student 
    will be able to weigh the request of the State and make an 
    individualized determination as to whether the State has demonstrated a 
    bona fide security or compelling penological interest. In addition, the 
    IEP team would need to consider possible accommodations of these 
    interests and only decide to modify the IEP or placement in situations 
    where accommodations are not possible. This provision also allows the 
    State to address any issues specific to persons alleged of committing 
    heinous crimes.
        This provision does not impact an individual's eligibility for 
    services, rather it allows the IEP team to make temporary modifications 
    to the IEP or placement. These modifications are to be reviewed 
    whenever there is a change in the State's bona fide security or 
    compelling penological interest and at least on a yearly basis when the 
    IEP is reviewed.
        A definition of the terms ``bona fide security or compelling 
    penological interest'' is not appropriate, given the individualized 
    nature of the determination and the countless variables that may impact 
    on the determination. Further, a State's interest in not spending any 
    funds on the provision of special education and related services or in 
    administrative convenience will not rise to the level of a compelling 
    penological interest that cannot otherwise be accommodated, because 
    States must accommodate the costs and administrative requirements of 
    educating all eligible individuals with disabilities.
        Further, since a modification to the IEP or placement is a change 
    in the placement or in the provision of a free appropriate public 
    education, the notice requirements under the Act would clearly be 
    invoked.
        There is no need to define the term ``last educational placement'' 
    because the term is sufficiently clear.
        Finally, there is no need to further clarify eligibility for 
    transition services. Since consideration for transition services is 
    also part of the IEP process, eligibility determinations should be 
    addressed by the IEP team based upon the State's sentencing and parole 
    policies, which may include potential eligibility for early release.
        Changes: None.
    
    Children With Disabilities in Public Charter Schools (Sec. 300.312)
    
        See comments, discussion, and changes under Sec. 300.18.
    
    [[Page 12578]]
    
    Children Experiencing Developmental Delays (Sec. 300.313)
    
        See comments, discussion, and changes under Sec. 300.7.
    
    Initial Evaluations (Sec. 300.320)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation be amended 
    to require that initial evaluations be comprehensive so that each child 
    is tested in all areas of possible disability, not just areas of 
    suspected disability (e.g., a child who is having behavior problems may 
    be acting out of frustration over unrecognized learning disabilities). 
    Another commenter expressed concern that terms such as ``in all areas 
    of suspected disability'' and the requirement to conduct evaluations in 
    the native language do not appear in the NPRM, although they were in 
    prior regulation and in Appendix A. Another commenter recommended that 
    at least three diagnosticians from different disciplines actually 
    evaluate a child, and added that this helps ensure that the evaluation 
    is broad-based, nondiscriminatory, and relies on more than one method 
    to determine eligibility.
        One commenter recommended that Sec. 300.320(a) repeat the language 
    of the statute (i.e., that the LEA ``shall conduct'' initial 
    evaluations, rather than ``shall ensure that initial evaluations are 
    conducted''); that the reference to applicable sections under 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536 be revised; and that other technical and 
    conforming changes be made. A few commenters recommended amending 
    Sec. 300.320(b)(2) to add a provision requiring the IEP team to provide 
    copies of all evaluations to the parents and all team members 
    sufficiently in advance of the meeting at which they will be reviewed 
    so that all have time to review the results prior to the meeting.
        Discussion: The general requirement to conduct evaluations and 
    reevaluations was added to Subpart C (Secs. 300.320-300.321) in the 
    NPRM to sequentially place evaluations as a preliminary step in 
    determining a child's eligibility before convening an IEP team to 
    develop the child's IEP. However, the specific evaluation requirements 
    are included in Subpart E (Secs. 300.530-300.536). Those requirements, 
    especially the ones in Sec. 300.532, are long-standing provisions that 
    require the evaluations to be multifactored and administered in the 
    child's native language or other mode of communication, unless it is 
    clearly not feasible to do so. Section 300.532(g) makes clear that the 
    evaluation must include ``all areas related to the suspected 
    disability.''
        If public agencies are in full compliance with these evaluation 
    requirements, the initial evaluations will be sufficiently 
    comprehensive to identify any disability that an individual child may 
    have, including any disability that was not initially suspected. 
    Further, the failure to provide such an evaluation is an implementation 
    issue and not a regulatory issue. Therefore, no change is needed in 
    this provision.
        Section 300.320(a) of the NPRM states that each public agency 
    ``shall ensure that'' a full and individual evaluation is conducted for 
    each child with a disability. It is not necessary to substitute ``shall 
    conduct'' for the language in the NPRM. The term used in the NPRM and 
    in these final regulations places the burden squarely on the public 
    agency to implement the evaluation requirements either directly, by 
    using public agency staff to conduct the evaluations, or by contracting 
    with other agencies or individuals to do so.
        Technical and conforming changes that have been recommended should 
    be reflected in these final regulations to the extent that they are 
    determined to be relevant. For example, contrary to the commenter's 
    recommendation, Sec. 300.533 (determination of needed evaluation data) 
    may be germane to initial evaluations as well as reevaluations, and, 
    therefore should be included in the listed sections under 
    Sec. 300.320(b)(ii).
        To the extent feasible, the results of evaluations conducted under 
    this part should be provided to parents and appropriate school 
    personnel before any meeting to discuss the identification, evaluation, 
    or educational placement of the child, or the provision of FAPE to the 
    child. However, this is an implementation matter that should be left to 
    the discretion of individual public agencies. In administering the Part 
    B program over the past 22 years, concerns about evaluation teams not 
    having timely access to evaluation results have seldom been raised with 
    the Department.
        Changes: The authority citation for the section has been revised to 
    add a reference to section 614(c) of the Act.
    
    Reevaluations (Sec. 300.321)
    
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.321, and 
    stated that the importance of sharing the evaluation information with 
    the IEP team is vital. One commenter recommended that a wording change 
    be made in Sec. 300.321(b); that the reference to applicable sections 
    under Secs. 300.530-300.536 be revised; and that other technical and 
    conforming changes be made.
        Discussion: Technical and conforming changes as recommended by the 
    commenter should be reflected in these final regulations, if relevant.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) of Sec. 300.321 has been amended to delete 
    ``Secs. 300.530-300.536'' from the list of applicable sections and 
    replace it with ``Sec. 300.536.'' Paragraph (b) has been revised to 
    replace the term ``used'' with ``addressed.''
    
    Definitions Related to IEPs (Sec. 300.340)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: To clarify that IEPs are developed, reviewed, and 
    revised at IEP meetings, a change would be made to paragraph (a) of 
    this section. However, as the Committee reports to the Act noted:
        Specific day to day adjustments in instructional methods and 
    approaches that are made by either a regular or special education 
    teacher to assist a disabled child to achieve his or her annual goals 
    would not normally require action by the child's IEP team. However, if 
    changes are contemplated in the child's measurable annual goals, 
    benchmarks, or short-term objectives, or in any of the services or 
    program modifications, or other components described in the child's 
    IEP, the LEA must ensure that the child's IEP team is reconvened in a 
    timely manner to address those changes. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 5 
    (1997); H. Rep. No. 105-95, pp. 100-101 (1997))
    
    SEA Responsibility for IEPs(Sec. 300.341)
    
        Comment: A few commenters stated that the manner in which the term 
    ``that agency'' is used in Sec. 300.341 is confusing because it is not 
    always clear whether the term is applying to the SEA or to other 
    agencies described in the section and in Note 1, and requested that 
    appropriate changes be made. One commenter stated that additional 
    language is needed in the section to expand on the State's ultimate 
    obligation to ensure district compliance with all IDEA requirements.
        Several comments were received relating to Sec. 300.341(b). One 
    commenter stated that ``religiously-affiliated'' may be broader than 
    parochial, but it inadvertently excludes private schools with a 
    religious focus that are not affiliated but rather are freestanding, 
    and recommended using ``religiously-oriented'' instead. Another 
    commenter recommended using only ``private school,'' and deleting 
    ``religiously affiliated,'' stating that there is no basis for using 
    that term.
    
    [[Page 12579]]
    
        Some commenters stated that the term ``IEP'' has an explicit 
    meaning in IDEA--as an inherent component of FAPE, and recommended that 
    another term other than ``IEP'' be used with respect to children in 
    private schools, who are not entitled to FAPE. Another commenter 
    recommended that the statement requiring that an IEP is developed and 
    implemented be revised to include a reference to the proportionate 
    expenditure requirements in Subpart D.
        One commenter recommended that the statement in 
    Sec. 300.341(b)(2)(ii) regarding ``special education or related 
    services'' be amended to replace ``or'' with ``and'' in order to avoid 
    any implication that a child may receive only related services. Another 
    commenter suggested deleting the entire reference to related services.
        One commenter recommended requiring that (1) any nonpublic school 
    that is licensed by the SEA or receives any other tax or benefit from 
    the State must develop an IEP for each disabled student, and (2) LEAs 
    provide the student with a supplemental IEP showing the additional 
    services that the LEA will provide.
        Discussion: The language of this section, and especially the note, 
    should be modified to ensure that the term ``SEA'' is used 
    consistently, to avoid the confusion identified by the commenters. This 
    can best be accomplished, and the section strengthened, by moving the 
    substance of the note into the text of the regulation. The comment 
    related to ensuring compliance with all provisions of IDEA is addressed 
    by Sec. 300.600, which provides that the SEA is responsible for 
    ensuring such compliance.
        In drafting the NPRM the term ``religiously-affiliated'' was 
    adopted instead of the statutory term ``parochial,'' based on the 
    assumption that Congress intended that all religious schools be 
    included, not just those organized on a parish basis. The intent was 
    for the broadest possible coverage. However, in light of the comment 
    related to this matter, the term ``religiously-affiliated'' does not 
    account for other religious schools that are not affiliated. The term 
    should be replaced with the more comprehensive term ``religious 
    schools.'' That term will be used throughout these regulations to 
    replace ``religiously-affiliated.''
        Another term other than ``IEP'' should be used with respect to 
    disabled children who are enrolled by their parents in private schools. 
    As noted by the commenters, (1) ``IEP'' is an inherent component of, 
    and an explicit term used in, the statutory definition of ``FAPE'', and 
    (2) the private school provisions in the IDEA Amendments of 1997 and 
    Sec. 300.454(a) make it clear that these children have no individual 
    right to receive some or all special education and related services 
    that they would be entitled to if enrolled in a public school.
        Therefore, if it is determined, in accordance with Sec. 300.454(b) 
    (Consultation with representatives of private school children with 
    disabilities), that a given child is to receive special education and 
    related services under this part, the document used to denote those 
    services should have a different name. The term ``services plan'' has 
    been adopted as an appropriate term for use with these children.
        Further, in light of the comments related to this section, and the 
    discussion in the preceding paragraph, all provisions related to 
    parentally-placed children in religious or other private schools 
    (including the provisions in proposed Secs. 300.341(b)(2) and 300.350) 
    should be incorporated, in revised form, under Subpart D (Children in 
    Private Schools).
        The statute does not require a private school to unilaterally 
    develop an IEP for each disabled child enrolled in the school, or to 
    require a supplemental IEP for additional services that the LEA will 
    provide.
        Changes: The name of Sec. 300.341 has been changed to 
    ``Responsibility of SEA and other public agencies for IEPs.'' The 
    paragraph headings have been deleted, and Sec. 300.341 has been revised 
    consistent with provisions in Subpart D regarding parentally-placed 
    children with disabilities in religious or other private schools. A new 
    paragraph (b) incorporates the substance of the note following 
    Sec. 300.341, to clarify that the provisions of the section (related to 
    public agencies) also apply to the SEA, if the SEA provides direct 
    services under Sec. 300.370(a) and (b)(1). The note has been deleted. 
    The section has been further revised by making other technical and 
    conforming changes. A new paragraph has been added to Sec. 300.452(b) 
    related to the SEA's responsibility for eligible children enrolled in 
    religious schools.
    When IEPs Must Be in Effect (Sec. 300.342)
        Comment: Some commenters stated that, as used in Sec. 300.342(b)(2) 
    and Note 1, the terms ``as soon as possible'' and ``undue delay'' are 
    not meaningful and should be defined or clarified. The commenters 
    recommended that an outside timeline (e.g., 15 days following the IEP 
    meetings described in Sec. 300.343) be established for implementing 
    IEPs. Other commenters requested that Note 1 be deleted. A few 
    commenters indicated that the statement in Note 1 (regarding services 
    not being provided during the summer or a vacation period unless the 
    child requires such services) does not adequately identify LEAs' 
    obligations.
        Discussion: It would not be appropriate to add an outside timeline 
    under Sec. 300.342(b) for implementing IEPs, especially when there is 
    not a specific statutory basis to do so. However, with very limited 
    exceptions, IEPs for most children with disabilities should be 
    implemented without undue delay following the IEP meetings described in 
    Sec. 300.342(b)(2).
        There may be exceptions in certain situations. It may be 
    appropriate to have a short delay (e.g., (1) when the IEP meetings 
    occur at the end of the school year or during the summer, and the IEP 
    team determines that the child does not need special education and 
    related services until the next school year begins); or (2) when there 
    are circumstances that require a short delay in the provision of 
    services (e.g., finding a qualified service provider, or making 
    transportation arrangements for the child).
        If it is determined, through the monitoring efforts of the 
    Department, that there is a pattern of practice within a given State of 
    not making services available within a reasonable period of time (e.g., 
    within a week or two following the meetings described in 
    Sec. 300.343(b)), this could raise a question as to whether the State 
    is in compliance with that provision, unless one of the exceptions 
    noted above applies.
        Changes: Paragraph (b) of this section is amended (consistent with 
    the discussion under Sec. 300.344(a)(2) and (3) of this Analysis) to 
    require that each public agency must ensure that (1) a child's IEP is 
    accessible to each regular education teacher, special education 
    teacher, related services provider and other service provider who is 
    responsible for its implementation; and (2) each of the child's 
    teachers and providers is informed of his or her specific 
    responsibilities related to implementing the child's IEP, and of the 
    specific accommodations, modifications, and supported that must be 
    provided for the child in accordance with the IEP. Note 1 has been 
    deleted. Note 2 (related to a 1997 date certain for certain 
    requirements regarding students with disabilities incarcerated in adult 
    prisons) also has been deleted. Subject headings have been added to 
    each paragraph in the section.
        Comment: Several commenters expressed concern about Sec. 300.342(c) 
    and Note 3 (related to using an IFSP for a child aged 3 through 5), and 
    some of
    
    [[Page 12580]]
    
    the commenters recommended deleting paragraph (c)(2) and the reference 
    to it in Note 3. The commenters stated (for example) that (1) IFSPs 
    should be used for children under age 3, and IEPs for older children, 
    and parents should not have a choice; (2) an IFSP may not be 
    appropriate in the educational setting; (3) the requirement is 
    inconsistent with OSEP policy letters; (4) the use of an IFSP or IEP 
    requires only the two factors in Sec. 300.342(c)(1) (i.e., it is 
    consistent with State policy, and agreed to by the parents and the 
    agency); and (5) because Note 3 and the preamble to the NPRM indicate a 
    clear preference for an IEP rather than IFSP, a specific rationale 
    should be given.
        One commenter requested that Note 3, or Appendix A, be amended to 
    underscore that special care must be taken by LEAs in agreeing to 
    continue children's IFSPs when they become eligible for an IEP--
    especially if the IFSP does not have an educational component, because 
    research has shown a significant positive difference in school 
    readiness for kindergarten when children whose (prekindergarten) 
    program included an educational component, as compared to those who 
    attend custodial day care without an educational component. Another 
    commenter requested that Sec. 300.342(c) be revised to allow use of 
    IFSPs for children aged 3 and above without meeting the requirements in 
    paragraph (b)(2).
        Discussion: It is important to retain in these final regulations 
    the general thrust of Sec. 300.342(c) from the NPRM (related to 
    requiring parental consent to using an IFSP in lieu of an IEP for a 
    child who moves from the Early Intervention Program under Part C of the 
    Act to preschool services under Part B of the Act). As a result of the 
    IDEA Amendments of 1997, there have been significant changes in the 
    statute, including an increased emphasis on the participation of 
    children with disabilities in the general curriculum, and on ensuring 
    better results for children with disabilities. Because of the 
    importance of the IEP as the statutory vehicle for ensuring FAPE to a 
    child with a disability, paragraph (c)(2) of this section provides that 
    the parents' agreement to use an IFSP for the child instead of an IEP 
    requires written informed consent by the parents that is based on an 
    explanation of the differences between an IFSP and an IEP.
        As noted by at least one commenter, research has shown a 
    significant positive difference in school readiness for kindergarten if 
    children's ``prekindergarten'' programs included an educational 
    component, compared to those who attend custodial day care without an 
    educational component. In addition, the provisions related to the IFSP 
    under Part C can generally be replicated under Part B. Because of the 
    definition of ``FAPE,'' services that are determined necessary for a 
    child to benefit from special education must be provided without fees 
    and without cost to the parents.
        Changes: Note 3 has been deleted.
        Comment: Some commenters expressed support for Sec. 300.342(d) in 
    the NPRM (i.e., that all IEPs in effect on July 1, 1998 must meet the 
    new requirements in Secs. 300.340-300.351), stating that public 
    agencies have had since June 4, 1997 to prepare for changes in the IEP 
    requirements, many of which have already been in use in some agencies. 
    A few of the commenters requested that all IEPs developed during the 
    spring and summer of 1998 be in full compliance with the new 
    requirements.
        A large number of commenters expressed concern about 
    Sec. 300.342(d), stating (for example) that it (1) is inconsistent with 
    section 201(a)(2)(A) of the Act; (2) will result in massive national 
    noncompliance and public financial liability; and (3) force pro forma 
    IEPs that will result in frustration and resentment on the part of 
    parents and local providers. The commenters requested that the 
    requirements be changed to provide that IEPs written on or after July 
    1, 1998 must meet the new requirements.
        Discussion: It is appropriate to amend Sec. 300.342(d) to provide 
    that IEPs developed, reviewed, or revised on or after July 1, 1998 must 
    comply with the requirements in section 614(d) of the Act and 
    Secs. 300.340-300.350 of these final regulations. While we commend the 
    many public agencies that began as soon as the IDEA Amendments of 1997 
    was enacted to implement the new statutory requirements and already 
    have in place IEPs that meet these requirements, other public agencies 
    argued compellingly that they simply did not have the wherewithal to 
    ensure that, on July 1, 1998, all IEPs would fully comply with the new 
    IEP requirements, and that a phase-in period should be adopted in which 
    the anniversary date for each child's IEP meeting would be the basis 
    for revising the child's IEP to comply with the new requirements.
        Requiring IEPs developed on or after July 1, 1998 to meet the new 
    requirements should result in more meaningful IEPs that focus on 
    effective implementation, consistent with the purposes of the IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997. At the same time, public agencies are strongly 
    encouraged to grant any reasonable requests from parents for an IEP 
    meeting to address the new IEP provisions. Public agencies are also 
    encouraged to inform parents of the important changes resulting from 
    the new IEP requirements so that they may be effective partners in the 
    education of their children.
        Changes: Section 300.342(d) has been revised to state that all IEPs 
    developed, reviewed, or revised on or after July 1, 1998 must meet the 
    requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
    
    IEP Meetings (Sec. 300.343)
    
        Comment: One commenter stated that, as written, Sec. 300.343(b)(1) 
    implies that an LEA is required to make an offer of services in 
    accordance with an IEP whether or not the child qualifies (i.e., before 
    the child is evaluated), and requested clarification of the provision. 
    Other commenters stated that the requirement should begin with 
    referral, not consent, and ``services'' should be referenced as 
    ``special education and related services.''
        Some commenters expressed support for the 30 day timeline in 
    Sec. 300.343(b)(2) (i.e., that an IEP meeting is conducted within 30 
    days of determining that a child needs special education). A few 
    commenters requested changing the provision to 30 ``school days.'' One 
    commenter recommended amending the provision to recognize that regular 
    education teachers are not available in the summer, because to the 
    extent participation of a regular education teacher is required at the 
    IEP meeting, the meeting would have to wait until teachers return.
        A number of comments were received relating to Sec. 300.343(c)(1) 
    (Review and revision of IEPs). One commenter requested that paragraph 
    (c)(1) be amended to clarify that a child's IEP is reviewed 
    periodically if warranted, or requested by the child's parent or 
    teacher, and to include additional language related to determining if 
    the child is making meaningful progress toward attaining the goals and 
    standards for all children as well as goals and short term objectives 
    or benchmarks. Other commenters recommended requiring that a review 
    meeting be held when requested by an IEP team member, and that LEAs 
    honor ``reasonable'' requests from parents for timely IEP review 
    meetings.
        One commenter requested amending paragraph (c)(2)(i) (related to 
    revising a child's IEP to address any lack of progress in the annual 
    goals) by adding benchmarks or short term objectives to the statement 
    related to annual goals. A
    
    [[Page 12581]]
    
    few commenters recommended deleting the reference to ``Other matters'' 
    in Sec. 300.343(c)(2)(v) as the language is redundant and confusing.
        A few commenters requested that a new Sec. 300.343(d) be added to 
    incorporate the statutory requirement in section 614(c)(4) (i.e., 
    procedures to follow when the IEP team determines that no additional 
    data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child 
    with a disability). One commenter felt that an additional note should 
    be added to encourage combining the eligibility meeting with the 
    initial IEP meeting.
        Discussion: There is potential for confusion with the language in 
    Sec. 300.343(b)(1) of the NPRM regarding whether a child must be 
    evaluated before the offer of services is made. It also would be more 
    appropriate to refer to ``special education and related services'' 
    rather than referring simply to ``services.''
        While the basic position taken in the NPRM with respect to 
    Sec. 300.343(b)(1) has been retained (i.e., an offer of services will 
    be made to parents within a reasonable period of time from the public 
    agency's receipt of parent consent to initial evaluation), the concept 
    of ``making services available'' to a child with a disability seems 
    more relevant to these final regulations than ``offer of services'' in 
    ensuring that FAPE is available to a child with a disability in a 
    timely manner.
        Therefore, the regulations should be amended to clarify that, 
    within a reasonable period of time following consent to an initial 
    evaluation, the evaluation is conducted; and if the child is determined 
    eligible under this part, special education and related services are 
    made available to the child, in accordance with an IEP.
        It would not be appropriate to change the reference to 
    Sec. 300.343(b)(1) from ``parent consent'' to ``referral'' because 
    informed consent of the parents is a necessary step in ensuring that 
    the evaluation will be conducted.
        It also would not be appropriate to change the 30 day timeline in 
    Sec. 300.343(b)(2) to 30 ``school days.'' That timeline is a long-
    standing provision that has been appropriately implemented since the 
    inception of the regulations under this part, and there is no basis to 
    make such a change.
        A provision is not necessary to clarify that public agencies will 
    honor ``reasonable'' requests by parents for a meeting to review their 
    child's IEP. Public agencies are required under the statute and these 
    final regulations to be responsive to parental requests for such 
    reviews. If a public agency believes that the frequency or nature of 
    the parents' requests for such reviews is unreasonable, the agency may 
    (consistent with the prior notice requirements in Sec. 300.503) refuse 
    to conduct such a review, and inform the parents of their right to 
    request a due process hearing under Sec. 300.507. It should be noted, 
    however, that as a general matter, when a child is not making 
    meaningful progress toward attaining goals and standards applicable to 
    all children, it would be appropriate to reconvene the IEP team to 
    review the progress.
        It is inappropriate and unnecessary to add ``benchmarks or short-
    term objectives'' to the statement on annual goals in 
    Sec. 300.343(c)(2)(i). The language in that paragraph, which 
    incorporates the language from the statute, refers to ``the annual 
    goals described in Sec. 300.347(a).'' Section 300.347(a) states that 
    each child's IEP must include ``A statement of measurable annual goals, 
    including benchmarks or short-term objectives * * *''. Therefore, 
    benchmarks or short-term objectives are inherent in 
    Sec. 300.343(c)(2)(i), and do not need to be repeated.
        It is not necessary to include a note encouraging public agencies 
    to combine the eligibility and initial IEP meetings. This is an 
    individual State option that many States have unilaterally elected to 
    follow in implementing Part B of the Act over the past 22 years, while 
    other States have determined that the better course is to hold separate 
    meetings.
        Changes: The title of Sec. 300.343(b) has been changed from 
    ``Timelines'' to ``Initial IEPs; provision of services.'' Paragraph 
    (b)(1) has been amended to (1) clarify that, within a reasonable period 
    of time from the agency's receipt of consent to an initial evaluation, 
    ``the evaluation is conducted'', and (2) clarify the timing issue by 
    replacing ``offer of services * * * is made to parents'' with ``special 
    education and related services are made available to the child * * *''. 
    Paragraph (b)(2) has been changed by replacing the phrase ``In meeting 
    the timeline in paragraph (b)(1)'' with ``In meeting the requirement in 
    paragraph (b)(1).'' In the title to Sec. 300.343(c), the term ``IEP'' 
    has been changed to ``IEPs.'' Paragraph (c)(2)(ii) has been revised to 
    correctly cite Sec. 300.536. The authority cite has been changed from 
    ``1414(d)(3)'' to ``1414(d)(4)(A).''
        Comment: A number of comments were received on the note following 
    proposed Sec. 300.343 (regarding the offer of services within 60 days 
    of parent consent to initial evaluation). Some commenters expressed 
    support for the 60 day time frame, stating that (1) many LEAs 
    experience significant delays in completing evaluations, especially 
    during the summer, and delay providing FAPE for a very long time, and 
    (2) if LEAs respond to requests for evaluation in a timely manner, 60 
    days is reasonable. Many of these commenters recommended that the note 
    be added to the regulation.
        Other commenters recommended deleting the 60 day timetable in the 
    note, stating that (1) the timeline is not a reflection of the statute, 
    and Federal guidance is not necessary because most States have set 
    reasonable, child-friendly timetables for the initial provision of 
    services; (2) it is unrealistic, unreasonable, and ambiguous (3) it 
    would override time frames set by States, (4) the Department could 
    continue to monitor the issue of reasonableness in each State without 
    the timeline; and (5) while IEPs generally can be implemented within 60 
    days, this non-statutory requirement should not become the standard for 
    all cases.
        Some commenters recommended changing the length of the timelines 
    (e.g., to 75 days, 80 days, 90 days, or 120 days), or using the 
    designation of ``school days'' or ``operational days,'' or adding a 
    caveat exempting school breaks and holidays from the 60 day timeline. 
    One commenter requested a clarification of timelines when the initial 
    evaluation occurs with less than sixty days remaining in the school 
    year.
        Discussion: While it is critical that each public agency make FAPE 
    available in accordance with an IEP within a reasonable period of time 
    after the agency's receipt of parent consent to an initial evaluation, 
    imposing specific timelines could result in the timelines being 
    implemented only in a compliance sense, without regard to meeting the 
    spirit of the requirement, and this may not always serve the best 
    interests of the children involved.
        Moreover, as indicated by some of the commenters, most States are 
    able to meet a timeline of 60 days. The Department considers this to be 
    reasonable, and will not make a finding of noncompliance when 
    monitoring a State that is meeting the 60 day timeline for most 
    children.
        It is recognized, however, that it may, for some children, take 
    longer, and for some, it could be done in a shorter period of time. 
    Therefore, the note following Sec. 300.343 should be deleted, and no 
    timelines should be added to the final regulations relating to the 
    concept of ``within a reasonable period of time.'' Although no specific 
    timeline is given, implementation should be done with all due haste.
        Changes: The note following Sec. 300.343 has been removed.
    
    [[Page 12582]]
    
    IEP Team (Sec. 300.344)
    
        Comment: A wide variety of general comments was received regarding 
    this section. Some commenters believe that anyone expected to implement 
    the IEP should attend the IEP meeting. Numerous comments were received 
    regarding the note to this section of the NPRM. Some commenters 
    believed that the note should be deleted in its entirety because it 
    went beyond the statute, while other commenters recommended that only 
    portions be deleted, or that the note be included in the regulations 
    instead. Other commenters requested a limitation on the number of 
    people that could attend IEP meetings, with provision for an exception 
    when necessary.
        Other commenters suggested that there should be a requirement that 
    an appropriate member of the IEP team meet with every teacher that 
    works with a student to explain goals and objectives contained in the 
    IEP and accommodations and modifications required by the teachers.
        Discussion: In response to commenters' recommendations and in light 
    of the general decision not to use notes in these final regulations, 
    the note following this section of the NPRM should be removed as a 
    note. However, substantive portions should be incorporated, as 
    appropriate, into pertinent provisions of this section, reflected in 
    questions and answers on IEP requirements that are contained in 
    Appendix A to these regulations, or addressed in the discussion of 
    comments regarding this section.
        No limitation on the number of individuals who can attend IEP 
    meetings should be imposed, as requested by commenters, since these 
    determinations are left to parents and public agencies, based on the 
    requirements of this section. These requirements are sufficient to 
    ensure that membership on the IEP team is limited to individuals who 
    have particular knowledge or expertise to bring to the meeting. No 
    clarification is needed here with regard to accommodations and 
    modifications for all personnel who implement a child's IEP, since that 
    requirement is addressed under Sec. 300.346(d)(2) of these regulations.
        Changes: The note following this section of the NPRM has been 
    removed.
        Comment: Some commenters recommended that this regulation be 
    amended to specify that parents can bring ``advocates of their choice'' 
    to their child's IEP meetings. Other commenters recommended that the 
    regulation be clarified to state that parent support personnel can 
    attend IEP meetings if requested by the parent, and that if the 
    district disagrees with the attendance of a person invited by the 
    parent, they may file a complaint but must not prohibit that person 
    from attending the meeting.
        Commenters also requested clarification regarding how the public 
    agency would document that it has ensured that the parent actually has 
    been given the opportunity to participate meaningfully at their child's 
    IEP meeting.
        Discussion: As numerous commenters emphasized, it is essential that 
    parents are given the opportunity to participate meaningfully as 
    members of their child's IEP team. In many situations, an IEP meeting 
    can be a very intimidating experience for many parents, even if the LEA 
    encourages their active participation. Frequently, as commenters have 
    suggested, parents would be assisted greatly at their child's IEP 
    meetings if another person could accompany them. It is important to 
    point out that under IDEA and the original regulations for this 
    program, parents always have been afforded the opportunity to bring a 
    friend or neighbor to accompany them at their child's IEP meeting. 
    Question 26 in the Notice of Interpretation on IEP requirements, 
    published as Appendix A to 34 CFR part 300, in 1981, stated in a note 
    that, in some instances, parents might elect to bring another 
    participant to the meeting, e.g., a friend or neighbor, someone outside 
    of the agency who is familiar with applicable laws and with the child's 
    needs, or a specialist who conducted an independent evaluation of the 
    child.
        Many parents traditionally have brought other individuals to 
    accompany them to their child's IEP meeting as a way of ensuring their 
    meaningful participation. Therefore, in response to commenters' 
    suggestions and to ensure that meaningful parent participation at their 
    child's IEP meeting is preserved, a new paragraph (c) should be added 
    to this section.
        Changes: Section 300.344 has been amended by adding a new paragraph 
    (c) to clarify that ``[T]he determination of the knowledge or special 
    expertise of any individual described in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
    section shall be made by the party (the parents or the public agency) 
    who invited the individual to be a member of the IEP team.''
        Comment: Numerous commenters addressed the requirement in proposed 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(2) and the pertinent portions of the note regarding the 
    role of the regular education teacher as a member of the child's IEP 
    team if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular 
    educational environment. Some commenters were supportive of the 
    participation of the regular education teacher at an IEP meeting, 
    agreeing that at least one regular education teacher of the child 
    should be an IEP team member. Some commenters also pointed out that 
    problems surrounding placement of a child with a disability in the 
    regular classroom cannot be addressed without adequate preparation or 
    participation of teachers of those classes in the IEP meeting.
        Those commenters opposed to the requirement cited potential costs. 
    Some commenters also pointed out that, for children with disabilities 
    taking a number of subjects, it will be impossible to bring all 
    teachers together, while a single teacher will not have the requisite 
    expertise on a variety of subjects.
        Other commenters who were supportive of the regular education 
    teacher's participation in principle, and acknowledged the importance 
    of obtaining input from a regular education teacher, recommended a more 
    flexible approach. These commenters felt that a requirement that a 
    regular education teacher be present at every IEP meeting would 
    interfere with the ability of regular education teachers to provide the 
    necessary instruction to all children in their classrooms, both with 
    and without disabilities. Specific recommendations that commenters made 
    for regulatory changes were (1) the reference to regular educational 
    environment in Sec. 300.344(a)(2) should be replaced with language such 
    as, if the child is, or may be, participating in a non-special 
    education classroom; (2) the reference to regular education teacher 
    should be replaced with general education teacher or person 
    knowledgeable about the general education curriculum at the child's 
    grade level; (3) the participation of a regular education teacher is 
    required only if issues arise regarding behavior or socialization, 
    making the input necessary; and (4) a regular education teacher must 
    attend if the child with a disability is, or may be, receiving 
    instruction from a regular education teacher during the period of time 
    covered by the proposed IEP.
        Commenters made a number of other suggestions concerning which IEP 
    meetings the regular education teacher needs to attend and how those 
    determinations could be made, such as, (1) the regular education 
    teacher must attend only the annual IEP review meeting, but that 
    attendance at other meetings should be on an as-needed basis; (2) there 
    should be no requirement that the regular education
    
    [[Page 12583]]
    
    teacher be physically present at the IEP meeting, but must be given the 
    opportunity to provide oral or written input about the child and 
    appropriate instructional strategies; (3) the regular education teacher 
    must attend to the extent appropriate; (4) the IEP team must consult 
    with the regular education teacher to the extent appropriate, and 
    determine whether it is necessary for the regular education teacher to 
    attend all or part of the meeting; and (5) attendance is at the option 
    of the regular education teacher, who also can appoint an individual of 
    his or her choice who has had experience with the child and/or has had 
    adequate pre-planning time with special education personnel.
        Other commenters asked whether other individuals could be 
    substituted for the regular education teacher's participation at IEP 
    meetings, such as, (1) a special education teacher who is knowledgeable 
    about the general curriculum; (2) a school counselor, particularly for 
    high school students; (3) an individual certified as a regular 
    education teacher, regardless of whether that individual is currently 
    working with the child; and (4) for children who are receiving only 
    speech-language services, a regular education teacher need not 
    participate.
        Commenters also requested that the regulations be clarified to 
    state that school officials will not be deemed to have predetermined 
    placement solely because a regular education teacher is not present at 
    an IEP meeting. In the event that a regular education teacher does not 
    attend, commenters asked if that regular education teacher would be 
    required to provide input regarding the regular curriculum, and, if so, 
    how this would be accomplished and documented.
        Numerous commenters expressed concerns regarding confidentiality of 
    IEPs if regular education teachers who did not attend the meeting are 
    provided copies. Some commenters suggested that there be a central 
    location for all IEPs, and the regulation make explicit that there are 
    limitations on redisclosure of information in IEPs to others.
        Discussion: Based on careful consideration of comments as well as 
    applicable statutory requirements, Sec. 300.344(a)(2) should be 
    retained in these final regulations, but additional clarification 
    should be provided in Appendix A and in Sec. 300.342(b) of these 
    regulations.
        Section 614(d)(1)(B)(ii) of the Act specifies that the IEP team 
    must include ``at least one regular education teacher of such child (if 
    the child is, or may be, participating in the regular education 
    environment).'' This statutory provision therefore prescribes that for 
    any child who is, or may be participating in the regular educational 
    environment, that child's regular education teacher must be a member of 
    the child's IEP team. The child's regular education teacher's 
    membership on the IEP team is particularly important to meeting the 
    statutory requirement in section 614(d)(1)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act that 
    the IEP explain how the child's needs will be met so that the child can 
    be involved in and progress in the general curriculum.
        In implementing the requirement for membership of a regular 
    education teacher on the IEP team, the public agency will determine 
    which teacher or teachers of the child will fulfill that function to 
    ensure participation of at least one regular education teacher in the 
    development, review, and revision of the child's IEP, to the extent 
    appropriate, in accordance with section 614(d)(3)(C) of the Act. (See 
    discussion of Sec. 300.346(d) of these regulations).
        In addition, it would be highly beneficial to the education of 
    children with disabilities to ensure that those regular education 
    teachers and other service providers of the child who are not members 
    of the child's IEP team are informed about the contents of a child's 
    IEP to ensure that the IEP is appropriately implemented.
        Whether the child's regular education teacher must be physically 
    present at an IEP meeting, and to what extent that individual must 
    participate in all phases of the IEP process, are matters that must (1) 
    be determined on a case-by-case basis by the public agency, the 
    parents, and other members of the IEP team, and (2) be based on a 
    variety of factors. This issue is discussed in more detail in a 
    question and answer contained in Appendix A to these final regulations. 
    Since the statutory language is incorporated into this regulation 
    verbatim, no changes should be made regarding the use of the term 
    ``regular education teacher,'' or the statutory language regarding the 
    regular educational environment.
        It is important to point out that the statute specifies that at 
    least one regular education teacher of the child is a member of the IEP 
    team. Therefore, the suggestions of commenters that other individuals 
    could participate in lieu of the child's regular education teacher as 
    the regular education teacher member of the child's IEP team should not 
    be adopted; however, as stated in the note to this section in the NPRM, 
    the regular education teacher participating in a child's IEP meeting 
    should be the teacher who is, or may be, responsible for implementing 
    the IEP, so that the teacher can participate in discussions about how 
    best to teach the child.
        If the child has more than one regular education teacher, the LEA 
    may designate which teacher or teachers of the child will participate 
    on the IEP team. While all regular education teachers of the child need 
    not attend the child's IEP meeting, their input should be sought, 
    regardless of whether they attend. In addition, each public agency must 
    ensure that (1) the child's IEP is accessible to each regular education 
    teacher (and to each special education teacher, related services 
    provider and other service provider) who is responsible for its 
    implementation, and (2) each of the child's teachers and providers is 
    informed of his or her specific responsibilities related to 
    implementing the child's IEP, and of the specific accommodations, 
    modifications, and supports that must be provided to the child in 
    accordance with the IEP. This provision is necessary to ensure proper 
    implementation of the child's IEP and the provision of FAPE to the 
    child. However, the mechanism that the public agency uses to inform 
    each teacher or provider of his or her responsibilities is left to the 
    discretion of the agency.
        It is expected that the circumstances will be rare in which a 
    regular education teacher would not be required to be a member of the 
    child's IEP team. However, there may be situations in which a child is 
    placed in a separate school and participates only in meals, recess 
    periods, transportation, and extracurricular activities with 
    nondisabled children and is not otherwise participating in the regular 
    educational environment, and no change in that degree of participation 
    is anticipated during the next twelve months. In these instances, since 
    there would be no current or anticipated regular education teacher for 
    a child during the period of the IEP, it would not be necessary for a 
    regular education teacher to be a member of the child's IEP team.
        No further clarification should be provided in response to 
    commenters' concerns about the potential for violation of requirements 
    regarding confidentiality of information if copies of a child's IEP are 
    distributed to regular education teachers or other school personnel who 
    did not attend the IEP meeting. These regulations contain 
    confidentiality requirements at Secs. 300.560-300.577 that are modeled 
    after those in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 
    (FERPA), 20 U.S.C. Sec. 1232(g), which also applies to this program.
    
    [[Page 12584]]
    
        While FERPA does not protect the confidentiality of information in 
    general, it prohibits the improper disclosure of information from 
    education records and generally protects parents' and students' privacy 
    interests in ``education records.'' Records regarding an individual 
    student's disability maintained by an educational agency or institution 
    or by a party acting for the agency or institution are education 
    records under FERPA. Therefore, a child's IEP is an ``education 
    record'' which is subject to FERPA.
        Under FERPA and Part B, the prior written consent of the student's 
    parent or of the eligible student must be obtained for disclosure of 
    personally identifiable information in education records, unless one of 
    the authorized exceptions to the prior written consent requirement is 
    applicable. (34 CFR 99.30 and 300.571 (a)(2) and (b)).
        Under 34 CFR 99.31(a)(1), educational agencies or institutions, 
    under certain circumstances, may disclose personally identifiable 
    information in education records without prior written consent to 
    school officials with legitimate educational interests. Each 
    educational agency or institution must provide annual notification 
    regarding how it meets the requirements of FERPA. This annual 
    notification under FERPA must include a statement indicating that the 
    parent or eligible student has a right to consent to disclosure of 
    personally identifiable information, and the exception permitting 
    nonconsensual disclosures to school officials with legitimate 
    educational interests must be described.
        The criteria for determining which parties are school officials and 
    what the agency or institution considers to be a legitimate educational 
    interest also must be specified in this annual notification. (34 CFR 
    99.7(a)(3)). Accordingly, an educational agency or institution may 
    disclose information from education records to teachers and other 
    school officials who meet the criteria set forth in the agency's or 
    institution's notice and must restrict access by other school employees 
    who do not fall within an exception, unless consent to the disclosures 
    is obtained. Although regular education teachers who fall within this 
    exception also may disclose education records to other school officials 
    with legitimate educational interests, those officials are subject to 
    the restrictions on redisclosure in 34 CFR 99.33.
        Public agencies also may find it practical to store education 
    records in one central location to limit access to those individuals to 
    whom the agency or institution is permitted to disclose personally 
    identifiable information without prior consent.
        Changes: Section 300.342(b) has been amended, consistent with the 
    above discussion.
        Comment: Commenters requested that ``special education provider'' 
    be defined and that clarification be provided to indicate when a 
    special education provider could attend an IEP meeting in lieu of a 
    special education teacher. Other commenters asked if a paraprofessional 
    could attend an IEP meeting in lieu of a special education teacher or 
    special education provider. Some commenters recommended that the 
    regulations clarify that it would not be permissible for a 
    paraprofessional to be substituted for a qualified special education 
    teacher or provider as an IEP team member.
        Commenters also recommended clarification that parents should be 
    informed about the qualifications of the IEP team members and degree to 
    which the IEP is being implemented by what commenters referred to as 
    ``non-qualified personnel.''
        Discussion: Section 300.344(a)(3) of these final regulations 
    implements section 614(d)(1)(B)(iii) of the Act, which gives the public 
    agency the flexibility to determine whether the child's special 
    education teacher or special education provider should be a member of 
    the child's IEP team. The special education teacher or provider who is 
    a member of the child's IEP team should be the person who is, or will 
    be, responsible for implementing the IEP. For example, if the child's 
    disability is a speech impairment, the special education teacher or 
    special education provider could be the speech-language pathologist.
        While there is no statutory requirement that public agencies inform 
    parents of the qualifications of members of the IEP team, there is 
    nothing in these regulations that would preclude public agencies from 
    providing parents with this type of information. Public agencies are 
    encouraged to grant reasonable requests from parents for such 
    information.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Numerous commenters requested that language from Appendix 
    A about the public agency's ability to commit agency resources be added 
    to the regulation. Commenters emphasized that it was especially 
    important that the individual attending an IEP meeting in the capacity 
    of public agency representative must be an individual such as an LEA 
    administrator who is qualified to develop specially designed 
    instruction and have authority to make decisions regarding LEA 
    resources.
        To give LEAs flexibility in their representation, some commenters 
    suggested that the public agency representative should be an individual 
    who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results 
    and may be a member previously described. Other commenters emphasized 
    that the requirement for participation of a public agency 
    representative could be burdensome for rural States, and recommended 
    that the regulations be clarified to indicate that IEP team members 
    could fulfill dual functions so that responsibility of the public 
    agency representative could be delegated to another team member.
        Some commenters requested that the regulation be amended to provide 
    that if particular services are not available in the district, lack of 
    availability does not relieve the school district of its obligation 
    either to provide needed services to a disabled child, or to include 
    those services on a child's IEP.
        Discussion: The three criteria enumerated in the statute at section 
    614(d)(1)(B)(iv) describing the representative of the public agency who 
    is a member of the IEP team are incorporated into Sec. 300.344(a)(4) of 
    these final regulations. The statute should not be read to prohibit the 
    public agency from designating another member of the IEP team to act as 
    the public agency representative, if that individual meets the 
    specified criteria for each role. Therefore, a new paragraph (d) should 
    be added to Sec. 300.344 regarding a public agency's authority to 
    designate another IEP team member as the public agency representative 
    member of the IEP team, so long as the criteria in Sec. 300.344(a)(4) 
    are satisfied.
        Changes: Section 300.344 has been amended by adding a new paragraph 
    (d), which authorizes a public agency to designate another IEP team 
    member as the public agency representative, provided the criteria in 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(4) are satisfied.
        Comment: Many commenters emphasized the need to link the IEP and 
    evaluation processes to ensure that participants on the IEP team were 
    knowledgeable about the deliberations during the evaluation process and 
    eligibility determination. Some commenters believed that the language 
    about interpretation of evaluation results needs to be modified to 
    specify that the individual in this capacity had contributed to the 
    evaluation process. Many commenters requested that the regulation 
    should specify that the initial IEP team must include a member of the 
    eligibility team who is qualified to interpret the instructional 
    implications
    
    [[Page 12585]]
    
    of the evaluation results. Some commenters favored having such an 
    individual present at all IEP meetings.
        Discussion: Section 300.344(a)(5) essentially reflects the 
    statutory requirement at section 614(d)(1)(B)(v), which requires the 
    participation of an individual who is knowledgeable about the 
    instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be another 
    member of the IEP team. No further clarification should be provided 
    since the statute specifically affords public agencies the flexibility 
    to select another member of the IEP team to fulfill the requirement of 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(5), provided that individual is knowledgeable about the 
    instructional implications of evaluation results.
        Although commenters requested that the regulation be amended to 
    require the participation of a member of the eligibility team who is 
    knowledgeable about evaluation results to fulfill the requirement of 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(5), there is no statutory authority to impose such a 
    requirement, either for initial or subsequent IEP meetings. However, it 
    is expected that public agencies will find it helpful to have members 
    of the eligibility team as IEP team members for initial and subsequent 
    meetings to develop a child's IEP.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Numerous comments were received regarding the 
    participation of related services personnel at IEP meetings. Some 
    commenters believed that any time a child is receiving a related 
    service, or whenever a related service is reflected in the child's 
    goals and objectives, the relevant related services personnel must 
    attend the IEP meeting. Other commenters requested that the 
    clarification in Appendix A regarding related services personnel who 
    have special knowledge and expertise regarding the child be included in 
    the regulations as well.
        Many commenters requested a regulatory change to specify that 
    related services personnel must attend IEP meetings, if appropriate, 
    and need not be invited by the LEA. Other commenters recommended that 
    to assist parents, clarification should be provided that related 
    services personnel and the parents always must be notified of the IEP 
    meeting whenever the child's need for a related service is being 
    discussed. Other commenters recommended that Sec. 300.344(a)(6) be 
    changed to other individuals with special knowledge and expertise 
    regarding the child, the child's disability and unique needs, and that 
    criteria for attending the IEP meeting should include persons who can 
    contribute to the quality of the final document.
        Many commenters recommended that the regulations specify which 
    related services personnel must attend IEP meetings. Several commenters 
    recommended that IEP teams always must include school psychologists who 
    are knowledgeable about clinical testing administration, particularly 
    when evaluation results are being used to determine IEP goals, behavior 
    impedes learning, reevaluations are required or are being determined, 
    and functional behavioral assessments and reviews of behavioral 
    interventions are necessary.
        A number of comments were received regarding making the school 
    nurse or other qualified provider of school health services a required 
    participant on the IEP team. Some commenters limited this 
    recommendation to situations in which the child has medical concerns or 
    specialized health needs, and urged the participation of these 
    individuals to the greatest extent practical, and when appropriate on 
    the IEP team.
        Many commenters were concerned that paragraph (a)(6) of this 
    section was too restrictive, because it (1) could prevent parents from 
    bringing support personnel, representatives of PTIs and other parent 
    organizations, and other advocates to their child's IEP meetings, and 
    (2) could place an unreasonable burden on the parent to prove the 
    individual's ``special knowledge or expertise'' regarding their child.
        Several commenters requested that the regulations list the 
    conditions under which speech-language pathologists and audiologists 
    will or may serve on the IEP team. Some commenters recommended that the 
    regulations be amended to make the participation of the speech-language 
    pathologist at the IEP meeting mandatory, while other commenters 
    suggested that the number of individuals required to be on IEP teams 
    for students for whom speech is the only special education service was 
    excessive.
        Some commenters recommended that the regulations specify that a 
    person knowledgeable about the language and communication needs of deaf 
    children must be present for their IEP meetings. Numerous commenters 
    favored including in the regulation the portion of the note regarding 
    the attendance of persons knowledgeable about positive behavior 
    interventions and strategies at IEP meetings, if the student's behavior 
    impedes the learning of the student or others. Some of these commenters 
    recommended that the reference be changed to a person trained in the 
    design and use of effective positive behavior support strategies.
        Several comments were received regarding an attorney's 
    participation at IEP meetings, and a recommendation was made that the 
    discussion regarding the attorney's role at IEP meetings in Appendix A 
    should be incorporated into the regulations. Another commenter 
    recommended that the regulation should state that attorneys should 
    never be in attendance at IEP meetings unless such a meeting is 
    convened as a result of an administrative proceeding or judicial 
    review. Other commenters suggested that adults with disabilities should 
    be required members of the IEP team.
        Discussion: Section 300.344(a)(6) adopts verbatim the statutory 
    language at section 614(d)(1)(B)(vi) of the Act. Under this section, 
    parents and public agencies have the discretion to bring to IEP 
    meetings as IEP team members other individuals who have knowledge or 
    special expertise regarding the child, including related services 
    personnel, as appropriate. Under this statutory provision, the parent's 
    and public agency's right to bring other individuals to the IEP meeting 
    at their discretion must be exercised in a manner that ensures that all 
    members of the IEP team have the knowledge or special expertise 
    regarding the child to contribute meaningfully to the IEP team.
        Individuals with knowledge about the child could include neighbors 
    or friends of the parents, or advocates, who, in the judgement of the 
    parents, are able to advise or assist them at the meeting. Individuals 
    with special expertise could include professionals in evaluation or 
    special education and related services who have been directly involved 
    with the child, as well as those who do not know the child personally, 
    but who have expertise in (for example) an instructional method or 
    procedure, or in the provision of a related service that the parents or 
    agency believe can be of assistance in developing an appropriate IEP 
    for the child.
        There is no need to make the participation of school nurses on the 
    IEP team mandatory, as requested by commenters. As providers of the 
    related service ``school health services,'' their participation would 
    be subject to the requirements of this section, and they could be 
    members of the IEP team at the discretion of the parents or public 
    agency, provided that they possess the requisite knowledge and special 
    expertise regarding the child. The same is true of providers of speech-
    language and audiology services and individuals knowledgeable about the 
    communication needs of students who are deaf or hard of hearing. In the 
    case of a child whose behavior impedes the
    
    [[Page 12586]]
    
    learning of the child or that of others, the public agency is 
    encouraged to have a person with special expertise in positive behavior 
    interventions and strategies on the IEP team at the IEP meeting.
        Individuals such as representatives of PTIs may, at the parent's 
    discretion, serve as members of the IEP team, provided they possess the 
    requisite knowledge or expertise regarding the child.
        Regarding attorneys participation at IEP meetings, it is important 
    to note that a new statutory provision at section 615(i)(3)(D)(ii) 
    provides that attorneys' fees may not be awarded for an IEP team 
    meeting unless the meeting is convened as the result of an 
    administrative proceeding or judicial action, or at the discretion of 
    the State, for a mediation conducted prior to initiating a due process 
    hearing under the Act. Issues raised related to attorneys' fees 
    regarding IEP meetings are also addressed under Sec. 300.513 of this 
    attachment and in Appendix A.
        It is not necessary to require the participation of adults with 
    disabilities on the IEP team. As is true of other related services 
    personnel, as well as other individuals selected as IEP team members at 
    the parent's or agency's discretion, an adult with a disability could 
    be a member of an IEP team at the parent's or public agency's 
    discretion if that individual possesses the requisite knowledge and 
    expertise regarding the child.
        Changes: A new Sec. 300.344(c) has been added to clarify that ``The 
    determination of the knowledge or special expertise of any individual 
    described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section shall be made by the 
    parents or public agency who invited the individual to be a member of 
    the IEP team.''
        Comment: Commenters recommended that the word ``appropriate'' be 
    deleted from Sec. 300.344(a)(7), since a student always should be 
    permitted to be at his or her IEP meeting, and that students eighteen 
    years of age and older always should be considered members of the IEP 
    team.
        Commenters also recommended that language be added to the 
    regulation to clarify that students under age 14 be included on the IEP 
    team on an as-appropriate basis, and that students 14 and older be 
    included as members of the team. Other commenters recommended 
    clarification that the decision as to when it is ``appropriate'' for a 
    child to attend his or her IEP meeting rests with the child and his or 
    her parents.
        Other commenters expressed a concern that students could be coerced 
    into accepting instructional plans and that the IEP provisions should 
    be amended to require that an advocate employed by the LEA must be 
    present at every consultation involving teachers and students regarding 
    IEP or implementation.
        Discussion: Section 300.344(a)(7) of these regulations adopts 
    verbatim the statutory requirement at section 614(d)(1)(B)(vii) of the 
    Act regarding the child's participation as a member of his or her IEP 
    team, as appropriate. Consistent with this statutory requirement, 
    public agencies must invite students to attend IEP meetings in 
    appropriate situations.
        No regulatory change deleting the reference to ``if appropriate'' 
    should be made, as requested by commenters, since to do so would alter 
    the explicit statutory provision limiting the student's participation 
    in IEP meetings to appropriate situations. However, if a purpose of the 
    meeting will be the consideration of a student's transition services 
    needs or needed transition services or both, Sec. 300.344(b)(1) of 
    these regulations would provide that the student must be invited to 
    attend, because it is important to afford students an opportunity to 
    participate and have a voice in planning for their transition from 
    school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education and 
    employment.
        The change requested by commenters regarding the participation of a 
    student over eighteen years of age as a member of their IEP team should 
    not be made. Even if, under section 615(m) of the Act, all rights 
    accorded parents under Part B transfer to students who have reached the 
    age of majority under State law, ages of majority differ among States, 
    and not all States regard age eighteen as the age at which parental 
    rights transfer to children. In addition, under section 615(m) of the 
    Act, there are circumstances in which parental rights accorded under 
    Part B may not be transferred, even in a State that transfers rights at 
    the State age of majority.
        No change should be made regarding the commenters' concerns that 
    students would be coerced into accepting instructional plans. It would 
    be more appropriate to address these implementation issues at the State 
    and local levels.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Commenters requested that this section be revised to 
    require SEAs and LEAs to enter into interagency agreements with non-
    school agencies that include participation by non-school agencies in 
    transition meetings. Other suggestions made by commenters were that a 
    statement be added to the regulations to require the attendance of an 
    advocate or staff member from an independent living center and a 
    transition coordinator at an IEP meeting whenever transition services 
    are discussed. Other commenters requested additional information about 
    boundaries and parameters for enlisting the involvement of other agency 
    personnel in transition meetings.
        Some commenters suggested that not only the public agency should 
    have the ability to invite representatives of other agencies, but so 
    should the parents. If a student is unable to attend an IEP meeting, 
    other commenters asked what steps will be taken to ensure that the 
    student's preferences and interests are being considered, especially if 
    transition services are being discussed.
        Discussion: Section 300.344(b)(1) of these regulations would 
    require that a student of any age be invited to an IEP meeting if a 
    purpose of the meeting is to meet a requirement of Sec. 300.347(b)(1) 
    (transition services) of these regulations. If the student cannot 
    attend, the public agency must take whatever steps are necessary to 
    ensure that the student's preferences and interests are being 
    considered. No further clarification should be provided since these 
    steps necessarily will vary based on a variety of factors, including 
    the needs of the student.
        There is no need for clarification regarding interagency 
    agreements, since Sec. 300.142 of these regulations already contains a 
    requirement that agreements be in place between educational and 
    noneducational public agencies to govern the provision and financing of 
    all required services under these regulations, including transition 
    services. There is no need to require the participation of advocates 
    and transition coordinators at IEP meetings at which transition 
    services needs or the statement of needed transition services is being 
    discussed.
        Changes: None.
    
    Parent participation (Sec. 300.345)
    
        Comment: A number of comments were received on the notice 
    requirement in Sec. 300.345(a), including comments requesting that (1) 
    the regulations require that the notice be in a format and in language 
    that is usable by parents; (2) because of the prior written notice 
    requirement in the statute, public agencies should not have the option 
    to provide verbal notice (i.e, by telephone); (3) LEAs generally should 
    not be allowed to reject a parent's proposal for a time and place of 
    the meeting, and meetings should be held at times that accommodate 
    parents' work schedules; (4) the term ``early enough'' in 
    Sec. 300.345(a)(1) be replaced with a
    
    [[Page 12587]]
    
    specific number of days; and (5) a draft IEP be given to parents not 
    less than 10 days before the meeting.
        Discussion: The ``notice'' requirement in Sec. 300.345(a) of these 
    final regulations implements provisions under prior regulations that 
    were not changed by the IDEA Amendments of 1997, and, therefore, does 
    not need to be revised with respect to the comments received. This 
    requirement is a long-standing provision that is intended mainly to 
    inform parents about the IEP meeting and provide them with relevant 
    information about it (e.g., the purpose, time, and place of the 
    meeting, and who will be in attendance). The requirement is not the 
    same as the prior notice provision in Sec. 300.503 (which requires 
    written notice to parents whenever the public agency proposes, or 
    refuses, to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or 
    educational placement of the child or the provision of FAPE to the 
    child).
        In implementing Sec. 300.345(a), some LEAs elect to contact parents 
    by telephone or to send less formal notes about IEP meeting 
    arrangements than would be required under Sec. 300.503. These 
    approaches are consistent with the long-standing regulatory 
    requirement. With respect to Sec. 300.345(a)(1) (i.e., notifying 
    parents early enough of the meeting to ensure that they will have an 
    opportunity to attend), there is no information to justify replacing 
    the term ``early enough'' with a specified timeline. Because 
    communicating with parents about IEP meeting arrangements is generally 
    a less formal process than the procedures required by certain other 
    provisions in this part, the use of timelines could have a negative 
    effect.
        The key factor in Sec. 300.345(a) is that public agencies 
    effectively communicate with parents about the up-coming IEP meeting, 
    and attempt to arrange a mutually agreed upon time and place for the 
    meeting. This process should accommodate the parents' work schedules to 
    ensure that one or both parents are afforded the opportunity to 
    participate.
        The commenter's request that the public agency provide parents with 
    a copy of the IEP 10 days before the meeting is inconsistent with the 
    requirements of this part, which requires that the IEP be developed at 
    the IEP meeting. However, to the extent that preliminary information is 
    available in the agency that may affect discussions and decisions at 
    the meeting related to their child's IEP, it is expected that the 
    information would be provided to the parents sufficiently in advance of 
    the meeting so that they can participate meaningfully in those 
    discussions and decisions on an equal footing with other members of the 
    IEP team. It is not necessary to set out a specific timeline for this 
    information to be provided.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of comments were received requesting that the 
    first sentence of the note following Sec. 300.345 (related to informing 
    parents of their right to bring other people to the IEP meeting) be 
    added to the regulation, and specifically to Sec. 300.345(b) to ensure 
    that this would be a specific requirement. Other commenters recommended 
    deleting the note, stating that it is misleading, and will confuse 
    parents and school staff and lead to unneeded difficulties.
        Discussion: It is important for parents of children with 
    disabilities to be aware that, under the provisions of 
    Sec. 300.344(a)(6) and (c), other individuals may be included on their 
    child's IEP team, provided that the individuals have knowledge or 
    special expertise regarding the child (see discussion under 
    Sec. 300.344 of this analysis). To ensure that parents know about those 
    provisions, public agencies should be required to include information 
    about the provisions in the notice of IEP meetings specified under 
    Sec. 300.345(a)(1) and (b)(1)(ii).
        Changes: Section 300.345(b) has been amended to provide that the 
    notice required under Sec. 300.345(b) must ``Inform the parents of the 
    provisions in Sec. 300.344(a)(6) and (c) (relating to the participation 
    of other individuals on the IEP team who have knowledge or special 
    expertise about the child).''
        Comment: A few comments were received on Sec. 300.345(d) (related 
    to holding an IEP meeting without the parents if the LEA is unable to 
    convince them to participate). The commenters stated that the term 
    ``convince'' should be replaced because it connotes an adversarial 
    situation between the LEA and the parents, and suggested other terms. 
    Some commenters requested that Sec. 300.345(d)(3) (related to visits to 
    a parent's home or place of employment) be deleted, stating (for 
    example) that such a provision is overly intrusive, invasive, and could 
    anger employers, and could cause some parents to be negatively impacted 
    or insulted; and that the remaining methods in Sec. 300.345(d)(3) are 
    sufficient.
        Another commenter suggested replacing the language in this 
    paragraph with language that would require LEAs to demonstrate what 
    they have done in attempting to involve parents.
        Discussion: Section 300.345(d) is a longstanding provision that is 
    intended to enable a public agency to proceed to conduct an IEP meeting 
    if neither parent elects to attend, after repeated attempts by the 
    public agency to ensure their participation. In administering and 
    monitoring the provisions of this part over the past 22 years, few, if 
    any, questions or concerns have been identified, or raised, with 
    respect to the implementation of Sec. 300.345(d), and there is no 
    information to justify amending the paragraph at this time, either with 
    respect to the word ``convince'' or the reference to maintaining 
    records of efforts to involve the parents.
        The regulation makes it clear that paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) 
    of this section are examples of what a public agency ``may do'' to 
    maintain a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually agreed on time 
    and place for conducting an IEP meeting. Public agencies are not 
    required to go to the parent's place of employment to attempt to seek 
    the parents' involvement in their child's IEP; and it is expected that 
    a public agency would pursue that option very judiciously. However, 
    there may be situations in which the agency believes that it is 
    important to do so because it is otherwise unable to contact the 
    parent. Implementation of this specific provision is left to the 
    discretion of each public agency. In any case in which the agency is 
    unable to contact the parents or otherwise ensure their participation, 
    Sec. 300.345(d) sets out options that the agency may elect to follow.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Several commenters recommended that Sec. 300.345(f) be 
    amended to delete the term ``on request'' from the statement, so that 
    parents are given a copy of the IEP without having to ask for it. One 
    commenter requested that the copy be given within 5 days of the 
    meeting.
        Discussion: The new statute has given parents a more active voice 
    in the education of their children with disabilities than existed under 
    prior law. Because of the role parents play in the development, review, 
    and revision of their child's IEP, it is appropriate to amend the 
    regulation to require that each public agency must give the parents a 
    copy of their child's IEP at no cost to the parents.
        Changes: Section 300.345(f) has been amended consistent with the 
    above discussion.
    
    Development, Review, and Revision of IEP (Sec. 300.346)
    
        Comment: A few comments were received on Sec. 300.346(a)(1). 
    Commenters recommended that (1) examples be added related to the 
    strengths of the child and the concerns of the parents for
    
    [[Page 12588]]
    
    enhancing the child's education; (2) the IEP team also consider the 
    child's performance results on any State or district-wide assessments, 
    in addition to the results of the initial or most recent evaluation of 
    the child; and (3) the term ``consider'' be replaced with ``examine and 
    address;'' or with ``incorporate,'' to ensure that the IEP team 
    incorporates the listed items into a child's IEP, rather than simply 
    considering them.
        While some commenters recommended that Note 1 be retained, other 
    commenters recommended that the clarification in the note either be 
    included in the text of the regulation or deleted in its entirety. One 
    of the concerns expressed by commenters was that in considering special 
    factors, the statement in Note 1 concerning review of valid information 
    data, as appropriate, sets up a demand of separate or more expansive 
    evaluation procedures for special consideration.
        Discussion: Section 300.346(a)(1) adopts the statutory requirements 
    related to considering the strengths of the child and the concerns of 
    the parents. No examples regarding this provision have been 
    incorporated into these final regulations, since these determinations 
    would differ for each student, based on a variety of unique factors in 
    light of the abilities and needs of the parents and children involved. 
    Because the requirement to ``consider'' the strengths of the child and 
    the concerns of the parent, as well as the special factors, is 
    statutory, a word other than ``consider'' should not be substituted. 
    The requirements in paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section impose 
    an affirmative obligation on the IEP team to ensure that the child's 
    IEP reflects those considerations.
        Paragraph (c) of this section also makes clear that if the IEP team 
    determines, through consideration of special factors, that a child 
    requires a particular service, intervention, or program modification, a 
    statement to this effect must be included in the child's IEP. 
    Therefore, no further clarification is necessary. Because the 
    requirements in Sec. 300.346(a) are evident from the text of this 
    regulation, there is no need to retain Note 1 to this section of the 
    NPRM in these final regulations.
        Section 300.346(a)(1)(ii) also requires consideration of the 
    results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the child, and this 
    consideration must include, as appropriate, a review of valid 
    evaluation data and the observed needs of the child resulting from the 
    evaluation process. Because Pub. L. 105-17 strengthens collaboration 
    between the IEP and evaluation processes, it is expected that this 
    consideration will occur, as appropriate, through examination of 
    existing evaluation data. Therefore, the commenters' concern that 
    separate or expansive evaluation procedures would be required is not 
    warranted.
        The commenters' suggestion regarding the IEP team's consideration 
    of the child's performance results on any State and district-wide 
    assessment programs is consistent with the emphasis in the Act on the 
    importance of ensuring that children with disabilities participate in 
    the general curriculum and are expected to meet high achievement 
    standards. Effective IEP development is central to helping these 
    children meet these high standards. Section 612(a)(17) of the Act and 
    Sec. 300.138 of these regulations require, as conditions for receipt of 
    IDEA funds, that States ensure that children with disabilities are 
    included in general State and district-wide assessment programs, with 
    appropriate accommodations where necessary, and must report the 
    performance results of these children on such assessments. Therefore, 
    Sec. 300.346(a)(1) should be amended by adding paragraph (iii) to 
    require that in considering the results of the initial or most recent 
    evaluation of the child, the IEP team also consider, as appropriate, 
    the results of the child's performance on any general State or 
    district-wide assessment programs.
        Changes: Section 300.346(a)(1) has been amended by adding paragraph 
    (iii) to provide that, in considering the child's initial or most 
    recent evaluation, the IEP team also consider, as appropriate, the 
    results of the child's performance on any general State or district-
    wide assessment programs. Note 1 to this section of the NPRM has been 
    removed.
        Comment: Numerous comments were received on Sec. 300.346(a)(2) 
    (i.e., consideration of special factors). With respect to the factor 
    under paragraph (a)(2)(i), in the case of a child whose behavior 
    impedes his or her learning or that of others, commenters requested 
    that (1) the term ``if appropriate'' be deleted because it will be used 
    only for those children exhibiting dangerous behavior; (2) a note be 
    added to state that consideration should be given to whether the 
    behavior that impedes learning is due to frustration over a lack of 
    services; (3) the IEP team also consider behavior exhibited both in and 
    outside the school, and behavior that must be addressed to sustain in-
    school learning; (4) aversive behavior management strategies are banned 
    under these regulations; (5) a child not be subjected to physical 
    restraints or interventions unless agreed to by the child's parent and 
    teacher; and (6) a plan between the parent and teacher be required to 
    specify what disciplinary actions would occur if a child violated his 
    or her behavioral intervention plan.
        Discussion: Paragraph (a)(2) of this section (relating to 
    consideration of special factors) implements the new statutory 
    requirement in section 614(d)(3)(B) of the Act. It should be emphasized 
    that, under prior law, IEP teams were required to consider these 
    special factors in situations where such consideration was necessary to 
    ensure the provision of FAPE to a particular child with a disability. 
    Therefore, this new statutory provision makes explicit what was 
    inherent in each child's entitlement to FAPE under prior law.
        Paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section adopts the statutory 
    requirement at section 614(d)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, that, in the case of 
    a child whose behavior impedes his or her learning or that of others, 
    the IEP team consider, if appropriate, strategies, including positive 
    behavioral interventions, strategies, and supports to address that 
    behavior. The commenters' concern that the retention of the words ``if 
    appropriate'' would mean that the provision would be applied only in 
    situations where a child exhibited dangerous behavior seems to ignore 
    that school officials have powerful incentives to implement positive 
    behavioral interventions, strategies and supports whenever behavior 
    interferes with the important teaching and learning activities of 
    school. Since the word ``strategies'' is used two times in the 
    statutory provision, contrary to commenters' suggestion, the word 
    strategies should not be deleted the second time it appears in this 
    section.
        Although the commenters' suggestions that behavior may be exhibited 
    that impedes learning due to a frustration over lack of services and 
    that the IEP team needs to examine in and out-of-school behavior to 
    develop interventions to sustain learning are extremely important, no 
    clarification should be provided in these regulations, to avoid 
    overregulation in this area. It would be more appropriate to provide 
    technical assistance on Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(i) on an as needed basis, 
    instead of developing general rules to which numerous exceptions would 
    most likely apply. The Department funds a number of research efforts in 
    this area, as well as technical assistance providers. Of course, in 
    appropriate cases it might be helpful to all parties for the IEP to 
    identify the circumstances or behaviors of others that may result in 
    inappropriate behaviors by the child.
        Regarding what behavioral interventions and strategies can be used, 
    and whether the use of aversive
    
    [[Page 12589]]
    
    behavioral management strategies is prohibited under these regulations, 
    the needs of the individual child are of paramount importance in 
    determining the behavioral management strategies that are appropriate 
    for inclusion in the child's IEP. In making these determinations, the 
    primary focus must be on ensuring that the behavioral management 
    strategies in the child's IEP reflect the Act's requirement for the use 
    of positive behavioral interventions and strategies to address the 
    behavior that impedes the learning of the child or that of other 
    children.
        It would not be appropriate for these regulations to require a 
    specific plan between the teacher and parent, as described by 
    commenters, that would specify consequences for a student's failure to 
    comply with a behavioral intervention plan. A child's need for this 
    type of plan, and the specific elements of that plan, would vary 
    depending on the child and the behavior involved. Of course, in 
    appropriate circumstances, the IEP team which includes the child's 
    parents, might agree upon a behavioral intervention plan that included 
    specific regular or alternative disciplinary measures that would result 
    from particular infractions of school rules.
        Parents who disagree with the behavioral interventions and 
    strategies included in their child's IEP can utilize the Act's 
    procedural safeguard requirements, which afford them the right to 
    request an impartial due process hearing under Sec. 300.507 and the 
    option to use mediation under Sec. 300.506 of these regulations.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Numerous comments were received on Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(ii) 
    and Note 3 (factors related to a child with limited English proficiency 
    (LEP). Commenters recommended changes in the regulation, such as: (1) 
    replacing ``IEP'' with ``disability'' in Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(ii); (2) 
    clarifying that the consideration include how the child's level of 
    English language proficiency affects the provision of special education 
    and related services needed to receive FAPE, and how the child will be 
    provided meaningful and full participation in the general curriculum, 
    including through the use of alternative language services; (3) 
    clarifying that special education and related services be provided in 
    the language identified by the school district, with appropriate 
    support services; (4) clarifying whether English language tutoring is a 
    related service that must be included in a child's IEP or part of the 
    general curriculum; and (5) recognizing that second language 
    acquisition might take precedence over the general curriculum.
        A few commenters expressed support for Note 3, stating (for 
    example) that it is helpful in recognizing that special education 
    services may need to be provided in a language other than English. 
    Other commenters requested that Note 3 be moved to the text of the 
    regulation, or deleted in its entirety since it expands 
    responsibilities under these regulations to requirements of Federal 
    laws other than Part B.
        Discussion: Section 300.346(a)(2)(ii) of these regulations adopts 
    verbatim the statutory requirement at section 614(d)(3)(B)(ii) of the 
    Act, that in the case of a child with limited English proficiency, the 
    IEP team consider the language needs of the child as such needs relate 
    to the child's IEP. Modifications to this paragraph that would involve 
    changes to statutory language should not be made.
        Issues such as the extent to which a LEP child with a disability 
    receives instruction in English or the child's native language, the 
    extent to which a LEP child with a disability can participate in the 
    general curriculum, or whether English language tutoring is a service 
    that must be included in a child's IEP, are determinations that must be 
    made on an individual basis by the members of a child's IEP team.
        In light of the general decision to remove all notes, Note 3 has 
    been removed. However, in developing an IEP for a LEP child with a 
    disability, it is particularly important that the IEP team consider how 
    the child's level of English language proficiency affects the special 
    education and related services that the child needs in order to receive 
    FAPE, consistent with Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(ii) and (c). Under Title VI of 
    the Civil Rights Act of 1964, school districts are required to provide 
    LEP children with alternative language services to enable them to 
    acquire proficiency in English and to provide them with meaningful 
    access to the content of the educational curriculum that is available 
    to all students, including special education and related services.
        A LEP child with a disability may require special education and 
    related services for those aspects of the educational program which 
    address the development of English language skills and other aspects of 
    the child's educational program. For a LEP child with a disability, 
    under paragraph (c) of this section, the IEP must address whether the 
    special education and related services that the child needs will be 
    provided in a language other than English.
        Changes: Note 3 has been removed.
        Comment: With respect to the special factor considered for a child 
    who is blind or visually impaired, commenters requested that the 
    regulation clarify that (1) Braille materials must be provided to 
    students who are blind or visually impaired at the same time that their 
    sighted peers receive the materials; (2) a child may not be denied 
    Braille services on the basis that modified reading and writing media, 
    other than Braille, are being provided; (3) when there is a 
    disagreement about the use of Braille, Braille instruction must be 
    provided until lawful procedures have culminated in a final decision; 
    and (4) any child who meets the legal definition of blindness should be 
    taught Braille.
        Commenters also stated that other options besides Braille may be 
    needed for certain students, as described in the ``Policy Guidance on 
    Educating Blind and Visually Impaired Students'' (OSEP 96-4, dated 11-
    3-95), and requested that a note be added that includes much of the 
    content of that document, or that a reference be made to that policy 
    guidance paralleling Note 2 relating to students who are deaf or hard 
    of hearing.
        Discussion: Section 300.346(a)(2)(iii) of these final regulations 
    adopts verbatim the statutory language at section 614(d)(3)(B)(iii) of 
    the Act. Under this requirement, in the case of a child who is blind or 
    visually impaired, the IEP team must make provision for instruction in 
    Braille and the use of Braille, unless the IEP team determines, after 
    the evaluations described in the statutory provision, that instruction 
    in Braille or the use of Braille is not appropriate for the child. 
    Changes to statutory language requested by commenters should not be 
    made.
        Contrary to a suggestion of commenters, a regulatory provision 
    making it mandatory for Braille to be taught to every child who is 
    legally blind would contravene the individually-oriented focus of the 
    Act, as well as the statutory requirement that the IEP team must make 
    individual determinations for each child who is blind or visually 
    impaired based on relevant evaluation data. As explained in OSEP 
    Memorandum 96-4, Policy Guidance on Educating Blind and Visually 
    Impaired Students, the IEP team's determination as to whether a child 
    who is blind or visually impaired receives instruction in Braille or 
    the use of Braille cannot be based on factors such as availability of 
    alternative reading media, such as large print, recorded materials, or 
    computers with speech output.
        Additionally, although these regulations do not specify that a 
    child
    
    [[Page 12590]]
    
    for whom Braille instruction is determined appropriate must receive 
    Braille materials at the same time they are provided to their sighted 
    peers, once the IEP team determines that a child requires instruction 
    in Braille, such instruction, along with other aspects of the child's 
    IEP, must be implemented as soon as possible following the child's IEP 
    meeting, and in any case, without undue delay. If there is disagreement 
    between the parents and school district over what constitutes an 
    appropriate program for a child who is blind or visually impaired, when 
    the IEP team has determined that instruction in Braille would not be 
    appropriate for the child, the parents of the child would have the 
    right to request a due process hearing and mediation. In addition, 
    parents have available to them mediation and complaint resolution by 
    which they can file a complaint with the SEA under the State complaint 
    procedures in these regulations.
        Although the LEA would not be required to provide instruction in 
    Braille while the dispute is being resolved, the LEA would be required, 
    both by Part B and Section 504, to ensure that the child receives 
    instructional materials in an alternative medium to enable the child to 
    participate in the LEA's program.
        The OSEP Policy Guidance on Educating Blind and Visually Impaired 
    students should not be included in these final regulations since many 
    of the statutory and regulatory provisions cited in the policy guidance 
    have been replaced by the requirements of Pub. L. 105-17. In some 
    important respects, particularly with regard to consideration of 
    instruction in Braille, Pub. L. 105-17 substantially revised the 
    requirements of prior law. It also should be pointed out that Note 2 to 
    this section of the NPRM, which contained a reference to corresponding 
    policy guidance regarding educating deaf students, is being removed as 
    a note, and pertinent references to that policy guidance are 
    incorporated into the discussion of Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(iv).
        Changes: None.
        Comment: With respect to considering the communication needs of the 
    child and factors related to a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, 
    commenters expressed support for Note 2 (related to policy guidance on 
    Deaf Students Education Services that was published in the Federal 
    Register in 1992), and requested that the entire statement be published 
    as an attachment to these regulations. Some commenters favored deleting 
    Note 2 because they objected to citation of policy guidance documents 
    in the regulations without following applicable procedures in section 
    607(b) and (c) of the Act.
        Commenters recommended adding to the regulations proposed 
    definitions of the terms ``direct communication,'' ``the child's 
    language,'' and ``full range of needs,'' or adding clarifying language 
    relating to those terms (e.g., that the child's primary language could 
    be American Sign Language, and that the full range of needs includes 
    social, emotional, and cultural needs).
        Commenters also recommended (1) requiring that counselors of the 
    deaf assess each deaf child's language and speech communication in 
    spontaneous conversation at age 5, to determine whether the child has 
    the skill to stay in an oral program or should be transferred to a 
    program that uses sign language; (2) that the regulations make it clear 
    that the communication needs of a deaf child are fundamental to the LRE 
    decision; (3) that many deaf children need to be in an environment 
    where they can communicate directly through a visual mode with those 
    around them; and (4) that the IEP team document that it considered the 
    language and communication needs of a hard of hearing child and how 
    such needs will be met in the proposed placement.
        A few commenters requested that children with cochlear implants be 
    included with other deaf children in the structure of educational 
    placements and language and communication needs, and that the IEP state 
    what will be done to assist the child to best utilize the hearing 
    acquired.
        Some commenters requested adding children with deafness and 
    blindness because they also have communication needs and require this 
    consideration.
        Discussion: Section 300.346(a)(2)(iv) of these regulations adopts 
    verbatim the statutory requirement in section 614(d)(3)(B)(iv) of the 
    Act that the IEP team consider the communication needs of the child, 
    and, in the case of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, those 
    additional special factors relating to the child's language and 
    communication needs. Additional guidance in the form of changes to the 
    regulations requested by commenters should not be provided.
        In the interest of not using notes in these final regulations, Note 
    2 to this section of the NPRM should be removed. It is important to 
    emphasize that this policy guidance on Deaf Students Educational 
    Services merely interprets existing statutory and regulatory 
    requirements, and does not impose new requirements on the public. 
    Nevertheless, LEAs are not relieved of their responsibilities to ensure 
    that paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section is implemented consistent 
    with the published policy guidance on Deaf Students Education Services, 
    and that the full range of communication and related needs of deaf and 
    hard of hearing students are appropriately addressed in evaluation, 
    IEP, and placement decisions under these regulations.
        The Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 reinforce 
    this principle in their statements that ``the IEP team should implement 
    the [new statutory] provision in a manner consistent with the policy 
    guidance entitled ``Deaf Students Education Services'' published in the 
    Federal Register (57 FR 49274, October 30, 1992) by the Department.'' 
    S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 25., H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 104 (1997). The 
    Department fully expects LEAs to ensure that Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(iv) of 
    these regulations is implemented consistent with these statements.
        Changes: Note 2 has been removed.
        Comment: With respect to considering whether a child needs 
    assistive technology (AT), some commenters stated that if AT devices or 
    services are recommended and not provided, the IEP must include a 
    statement to that effect and the basis on which the determination was 
    made. Other commenters stated that having to document that such devices 
    and services were considered is an unnecessary paperwork burden.
        Commenters also recommended (1) requiring that decisions about the 
    need for AT are made early enough so that they are in effect by the 
    beginning of the school year; (2) clarifying that if an AT device is 
    needed, the child has the right to take it home; (3) adding 
    clarification of liability issues (e.g., where a child uses a family 
    owned device at school and other waiver of liability issues); and (4) 
    adding a note that AT can have a significantly positive effect on the 
    attainment of annual goals and participation in the general curriculum.
        Discussion: Section 300.346(a)(2)(v) of these regulations adopts 
    verbatim the new statutory requirement at section 614(d)(b)(3)(v) of 
    the Act, making it mandatory for the IEP team to consider each child's 
    AT needs. This statutory provision reinforces the requirement in 
    Sec. 300.308 of these regulations that if an IEP team determines that a 
    disabled child requires an AT device or service in order to receive 
    FAPE, the required AT must be provided at no cost to the parents. In 
    all instances, the IEP team must determine whether an individual 
    disabled child should receive AT, and if so, the nature and extent of 
    AT provided to the child.
    
    [[Page 12591]]
    
        Because in many situations, parents were reporting that LEAs were 
    not properly considering their children's AT needs on an individual 
    basis, this new provision should ensure that each child's IEP team 
    considers the child's need for AT. Since IEP teams must consider each 
    child's need for AT on an individual basis, determinations regarding 
    the provision of AT must be made when the child's IEP for the upcoming 
    school year is finalized so that the AT can be implemented with that 
    IEP at the beginning of the next school year.
        In the interest of not adding paperwork burdens to these 
    regulations, there is no additional requirement that LEAs document that 
    the IEP team considered a child's AT needs, or considered a child's AT 
    needs and determined that AT not be provided to the child. It is not 
    necessary to add the clarification regarding the importance of 
    reflecting a child's AT needs in IEP goals and objectives or in issues 
    relating to the child's participation in the general curriculum.
        All of needs identified through consideration of the special 
    factors contained in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must be reflected 
    in the contents of the child's IEP, including, as appropriate, the 
    instructional program and services provided to the child, the annual 
    goals, and the child's involvement in and progress in the general 
    curriculum. In addition, individual consideration of a child's AT needs 
    is essential to ensuring that the child's unique needs arising from his 
    or her disability are appropriately addressed so that the child can be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum.
        Issues regarding whether AT devices or services can be used at 
    home, and issues regarding liability for family-owned AT devices used 
    at school are addressed either in discussions of Secs. 300.5-300.6 or 
    300.308 of the attachment, and, as appropriate, are reflected in 
    changes to those regulations.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Commenters stated that, in light of the fact that IEP 
    teams must consider special factors in five specific instances, and are 
    responsible for significant decisions as a result of changes made by 
    Pub. L. 105-17, a new paragraph (a)(3) should be added to Sec. 300.346 
    to provide specific guidance to IEP teams (e.g., requiring that the 
    teams draw upon information from a variety of sources, including 
    teacher observation, input from parents, and other specified 
    information). Other commenters requested that a new paragraph be added 
    to Sec. 300.346 to ensure that all children with disabilities receive 
    the services in their IEPs and retain the rights and privileges 
    included under the Act.
        Discussion: While the concerns expressed by these commenters are 
    extremely important, no regulatory changes should be made. 
    Consideration of the five specific factors outlined in the statute and 
    these regulations, of necessity, will require consideration of 
    information from a variety of sources, and Sec. 300.346(c) of these 
    regulations also requires that such consideration be reflected in the 
    contents of a child's IEP. In addition, it is not necessary to add a 
    provision to clarify that all children with disabilities must receive 
    services listed in their IEPs. This requirement is already reflected in 
    Sec. 300.350 of these regulations, which provides that each child with 
    a disability must receive special education and related services in 
    accordance with an IEP.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few comments were received on Sec. 300.346(d)(2) 
    (relating to the determination of supplementary aids and services, 
    program modifications, and supports for school personnel, consistent 
    with Sec. 300.347(a)(3)). The commenters stated that (1) the term 
    ``supports for school personnel'' focuses the need from the student to 
    the staff, and recommended adding a note to narrow this provision, 
    because it could be interpreted broadly by staff and have a negative 
    effect on resources that are needed to directly meet student needs; (2) 
    the provision may be used by teachers to block admission of children 
    with disabilities to their class by demanding unreasonable supports; 
    (3) additional guidance be provided, since this is the first time that 
    the IEP has addressed needs not specific to the child; and (4) language 
    be added indicating that the LEA and not the teacher should be the 
    focus of responsibility in the provision of such supports.
        Discussion: With respect to Sec. 300.346(d)(2), including the 
    statement relating to supports for school personnel, it is critical 
    that those determinations are ``consistent with Sec. 300.347(a)(3).'' 
    Section 300.347(a)(3) makes clear that the focus of the supports is to 
    assist the child to advance appropriately toward (for example) 
    attaining the annual goals, and to be involved in and progress in the 
    general education curriculum. Therefore, while certain supports for 
    school staff may be provided (such as specific training in the 
    effective integration of children with disabilities in regular 
    classes), the ultimate focus of those supports to school personnel is 
    to ensure the provision of FAPE to children with disabilities under 
    Part B, their integration with nondisabled peers and their 
    participation and involvement in the general curriculum, as 
    appropriate. Consistent with the Act's emphasis on ensuring the 
    provision of FAPE to children with disabilities, and, to the maximum 
    extent appropriate, educating those children in regular classes with 
    nondisabled children with appropriate supplementary aids and services, 
    it is critical that at least one regular education teacher of the child 
    be a member of the IEP team and provide input on appropriate 
    supplementary aids and services, including program modifications and 
    supports for school personnel. It also is essential that the child's 
    teachers and other service providers who are not members of the IEP 
    team are informed about the contents of the child's IEP, in whatever 
    manner deemed appropriate by the public agency, so that the IEP is 
    properly implemented by all school personnel.
        Changes: None.
    
    Content of IEP (Sec. 300.347)
    
        Comment: A number of general comments were received relating to 
    Sec. 300.347. Some commenters expressed concerns that the IEP 
    requirements were burdensome. A commenter requested that a sample IEP 
    be provided in order to cut down on paperwork and keep the IEP to the 
    essentials of Federal and State law. Commenters also (1) requested that 
    a provision addressing assistive technology be added, as it is often 
    not provided, and (2) stated that Sec. 300.347 should contain a 
    requirement that the IEP document be in a user-friendly format and 
    written in language that can be understood by parents, and that the 
    mandatory contents of IEPs include ESY services, if a child is eligible 
    for such services, and necessary services that will be provided by 
    another agency and the name of the provider.
        Other commenters requested (1) documenting how special factors were 
    considered; (2) clarifying the role of the regular education teacher in 
    IEPs of children who are in self-contained, restrictive placement 
    settings, or private placements; (3) providing the necessary 
    flexibility to change how and where services are delivered to meet the 
    child's changing needs; and (4) forbidding the practice of LEAs 
    providing interim plans which promise that a full IEP will be developed 
    at a later date--a device used by LEAs to avoid specifying what they 
    will do for a child, so that the IEP can be discussed
    
    [[Page 12592]]
    
    and litigated (if necessary) well before the start of a school year.
        Discussion: In developing these final regulations, efforts have 
    been made to ensure that the regulatory requirements related to the 
    content of IEPs are consistent with the IDEA Amendments of 1997, and 
    that no additional burden is added. The Department will explore the 
    extent to which a sample IEP addressing the Federal requirements as 
    part of a technical assistance effort, would be useful to parents and 
    State and local administrators in developing IEPs that meet Federal, 
    State, and local rules.
        With respect to concerns about added burden, the provisions of 
    Sec. 300.347 are drawn directly from the statute. While the statute did 
    add some new requirements regarding content, it also gave the 
    flexibility to use benchmarks of progress as opposed to short term 
    objectives, and to determine how to regularly report on a child's 
    progress instead of the more burdensome objective criteria, evaluation 
    procedures and schedules required under prior law.
        Except for including, essentially verbatim, the statutory content 
    requirements in the regulations, the format and specific language used 
    in developing IEPs are matters left to the discretion of individual 
    States, and, to the extent consistent with State requirements, 
    individual LEAs within the States. In providing such discretion, the 
    assumption is that each State and LEA would attempt to make the format 
    and language of the IEP as understandable and meaningful for parents as 
    possible. Within this general framework, IEP teams develop the specific 
    detail that is necessary to address each child's individual needs.
        The importance of assistive technology devices and services in 
    meeting the special educational needs of children with disabilities is 
    addressed in several sections of these regulations (e.g., Secs. 300.5, 
    300.6, 300.308, and 300.346). The importance of ESY services and the 
    requirements related to addressing the need for those services is 
    included under Sec. 300.309. Therefore, no additional provisions are 
    warranted in this section.
        With respect to the comment regarding the role of the regular 
    education teacher, the IDEA Amendments of 1997 require that at least 
    one regular education teacher of the child be a member of the child's 
    IEP team if the child is or may be participating in the regular 
    education environment.
        The development of an interim IEP (or the use of a diagnostic 
    placement, on a case-by-case basis) may be appropriate for an 
    individual child with a disability if there is some question about the 
    child's special education or related services needs. However, it would 
    not be consistent with the requirements of this part for an LEA to 
    adopt an across-the-board policy of developing interim IEPs for all 
    children with disabilities. Clearly, in any case in which the IEP for a 
    child with a disability does not seem to effectively address the needs 
    of the child, the IEP team should be reconvened (at the request of the 
    child's parent or teacher(s)) to reconsider the nature and scope of the 
    IEP.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few comments were received related to the statement of 
    the present levels of educational performance in the IEP 
    (Sec. 300.347(a)(1)), including requesting that (1) the statement 
    include the results of any independent assessment that has been done, 
    and any reasons the LEA has for not accepting the assessment; and (2) 
    the provision requiring a description of how the child's disability 
    affects the child's involvement in the general curriculum be deleted. 
    One commenter recommended that this requirement and the provision on 
    goals and objectives in Sec. 300.347(a)(2) be revised to address the 
    concept of ``meaningful'' participation in the general curriculum. 
    Commenters also requested that, in the requirements for a description 
    of how a preschool child's disability affects the child's participation 
    in appropriate activities, the term ``appropriate activities'' be 
    clarified or examples given.
        A number of comments were received regarding the ``statement of 
    measurable annual goals, including benchmarks or short-term 
    objectives'' (Sec. 300.347(a)(2)). Several commenters requested that 
    the term ``benchmarks'' be defined or clarified or that a note be added 
    to include examples, and that the term be distinguished from ``short-
    term objectives.'' Other commenters requested that (1) the term 
    ``measurable'' apply to short-term objectives and not to annual goals, 
    (2) the regulation clarify if ``measurable'' means statements of the 
    amount of progress expected; (3) a child's report card be used to 
    report annual goals; and (4) a provision be added requiring the IEP 
    team to be reconvened if the benchmarks indicate that the child is not 
    making satisfactory progress.
        Comments were received on Sec. 300.347(a)(2)(i) (regarding enabling 
    a child to be involved in and progress in the general curriculum), as 
    follows: (1) make the provision clearer, including requiring that the 
    LEA list, for each goal and objective, each obstacle to full, effective 
    participation in the general curriculum, and justify use of the 
    resource room instead of supports in the regular classroom, and (2) 
    clarify what the expectations are for children with significant 
    cognitive disorders.
        Discussion: It is important that the statement of a child's present 
    levels of educational performance be based on current, relevant 
    information about the child, that is obtained from a variety of 
    sources, including (1) the most recent reevaluation of the child under 
    Sec. 300.536, (2) assessment results from State and district-wide 
    assessments, (3) inputs from the child's special and regular education 
    teachers, and (4) information from the child's parents. 
    (Sec. 300.346(a)(1)). If an independent educational evaluation has been 
    conducted, the results of that evaluation also must be considered if it 
    meets agency criteria for such evaluations. (Sec. 300.502(c)(1)).
        Consideration of all of the information described above is inherent 
    in the requirement that the IEP include ``a statement of the present 
    levels of educational performance.'' Therefore, it is not necessary to 
    amend the regulation to address this requirement.
        The provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(1)(i) that requires a description 
    of how a child's disability affects the child's involvement in the 
    general curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for nondisabled 
    children) is a statutory requirement and cannot be deleted. The 
    requirement is important because it provides the basis for determining 
    what accommodations the child needs in order to participate in the 
    general curriculum to the maximum extent appropriate.
        A basic assumption made in both the statute and these final 
    regulations is that the programming and services for each 
    ``individual'' child would be tailored to address the child's unique 
    needs that impede the child's ability to make meaningful progress in 
    the general curriculum. (As explained elsewhere in this attachment, the 
    reference to the general curriculum in Sec. 300.347(a)(2) has been 
    modified to clarify that the general curriculum is the same curriculum 
    for nondisabled children.)
        With respect to preschool-aged children, the term ``appropriate 
    activities,'' as used in Sec. 300.347(a)(1)(ii), includes activities 
    that children of that chronological age engage in as part of a formal 
    preschool program or in informal activities (e.g., coloring, pre-
    reading activities, sharing-time, play time, and listening to stories 
    told or read by the parent or pre-school teacher). In order to 
    recognize that for some preschool-aged children appropriate goals will 
    be related to participation in appropriate
    
    [[Page 12593]]
    
    activities, as these children are not of an age for which there is not 
    a general curriculum for nondisabled children, a change should be made 
    to Sec. 300.347(a)(2).
        A delineation and description of the difference between 
    ``benchmarks'' and ``short term objectives'' is included in Appendix A.
        Regarding the commenter's request that the LEA (1) list obstacles 
    to the child's full, effective participation in the general curriculum, 
    and (2) justify the use of a resource room instead of supports in the 
    regular classroom, no further regulation will be provided. Parents are 
    equal members of their child's IEP team, and can participate in the 
    discussion about whether there are any obstacles to ensuring the 
    child's full and effective participation in the general curriculum. In 
    any case in which the parents are not satisfied with the outcome of the 
    IEP meeting, they have avenues available to them under both the Act and 
    regulations for redressing their concerns.
        See comments and discussion in Sec. 300.550 related to children 
    with significant cognitive disorders.
        Changes: Section 300.347(a)(2)(i) has been revised to clarify that 
    ``general curriculum'' is the same curriculum as for nondisabled 
    children and to recognize that a general curriculum is not available 
    for all preschool-aged children.
        Comment: With respect to the provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(3) 
    (related to describing services to be provided to a child, or on behalf 
    of the child * * *), a few commenters requested clarification of the 
    term ``on behalf of the child.'' Commenters also recommended that, in 
    the ``statement of program modifications or supports for school 
    personnel,'' the regulation clarify that ``staff training'' is one form 
    of program support, and added that a necessary support service for 
    staff can often be obtained more easily if it is identified as an IEP 
    service.
        A few commenters recommended that, in order to ensure full access 
    to the general curriculum, Sec. 300.347(a)(3)(ii) be amended to state 
    that a child's involvement and progress in the general curriculum be 
    ``to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of the child.'' Other 
    commenters requested that the provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(3)(ii) 
    (related to a child's participation in extracurricular activities) be 
    deleted because it is inconsistent with Part B. Commenters also 
    requested that the regulations clarify that participation in 
    extracurricular activities is not a part of the child's educational 
    program, and that such participation is subject to the same rules as 
    other children.
        With respect to Sec. 300.347(a)(4) (an explanation of the extent to 
    which the child will not participate with nondisabled children), a few 
    commenters recommended that the provision be deleted, or that it be 
    stated in positive terms (extent to which the child ``will'' 
    participate with nondisabled children). Commenters also stated that 
    documenting what will not happen is burdensome paperwork.
        Discussion: As used in Sec. 300.347(a)(3), the term ``on behalf of 
    the child'' includes, among other things, services that are provided to 
    the parents or teachers of a child with a disability to help them to 
    more effectively work with the child. For example, as used in the 
    definition of ``related services'' under Sec. 300.24, the term `` 
    `parent counseling and training' means (i) Assisting parents in 
    understanding the special needs of their child * * * and (iii) Helping 
    [them] to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support 
    the implementation of their child's IEP or IFSP.''
        Supports for school personnel could also include special training 
    for a child's teacher. However, in order for the training to meet the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.347(a)(3), it would normally be targeted 
    directly on assisting the teacher to meet a unique and specific need of 
    the child, and not simply to participate in an inservice training 
    program that is generally available within a public agency.
        In order to ensure full access to the general curriculum, it is not 
    necessary to amend Sec. 300.347(a)(3)(ii) to clarify that a child's 
    involvement and progress in the general curriculum must be ``to the 
    maximum extent appropriate to needs of the child.'' The 
    individualization of the IEP process, together with the new 
    requirements related to the general curriculum, should ensure that such 
    involvement and progress is ``to the maximum extent appropriate to the 
    needs of the child.''
        The provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(3)(ii) related to participation in 
    ``extracurricular and other nonacademic activities'' is statutory.
        The provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(4) (that requires a statement of 
    the extent to which a child with disabilities will not participate with 
    nondisabled children) is also a statutory requirement and cannot be 
    deleted. The basic principle underlying this requirement is that 
    children with disabilities will be educated in the regular education 
    environment along with their nondisabled peers, and that these children 
    are only removed from that environment if it is determined that they 
    cannot be appropriately served in the regular education environment, 
    even with the use of supplementary aids and services.
        This new provision is designed to ensure that each IEP team 
    carefully considers the extent to which a child can be educated with 
    his or her nondisabled peers; and if the team determines that the child 
    cannot participate full time with nondisabled children in the regular 
    classroom and in the other activities described in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(3)(ii), the IEP must include a statement that explains 
    why full participation is not possible.
        If (for example) a child needs speech-language pathology services 
    in a separate setting two to three times a week, but will otherwise 
    spend full time with nondisabled children in the activities described 
    in Sec. 300.347(a)(4), the ``explanation'' would require only the 
    statement described in the preceding sentence. A similar explanation 
    would be required for any other child with a disability who, in the 
    judgement of the IEP team, will not participate on a full time basis 
    with nondisabled children in the regular class. Thus, while the IEP 
    needs to clearly address this situation, the required explanation does 
    not have to be burdensome.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few comments were received on Sec. 300.347(a)(5) 
    (related to State or district-wide assessments), including requesting 
    that: (1) the regulations clarify that if the individual modifications 
    necessary for a child to participate in the assessment are not known at 
    the time of the IEP meeting, a subsequent meeting be required to make 
    this determination, as long as the decision is made before the 
    assessment is conducted; and (2) an alternate assessment not be 
    construed as an exemption and a separate assessment system, but, 
    rather, that the provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(5)(ii)(B) be amended to 
    require a statement of how the child will be included in the State or 
    district-wide assessment program with an alternative assessment.
        Discussion: If the individual modifications necessary for a child 
    to participate in the assessment are not known at the time of the IEP 
    meeting, it would be necessary for a subsequent meeting to be conducted 
    early enough to ensure that any necessary modifications are in place at 
    the time the assessment is administered. It is not necessary, however, 
    to add a regulation to address this matter.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 require that all children with 
    disabilities be included in general State and
    
    [[Page 12594]]
    
    district-wide assessment programs, with appropriate accommodations, 
    where necessary. (Sec. 300.138). In some cases, alternate assessments 
    may be necessary, depending on the needs of the child, and not the 
    category or severity of the child's disability.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Several comments were received on Sec. 300.347(a)(6) 
    (related to the projected date for beginning services and modifications 
    and their anticipated frequency, location, and duration). A few 
    commenters requested that the term ``anticipated'' be defined so that 
    it does not diminish an LEA's obligation to provide services. Some 
    commenters requested that the term ``location'' be defined as the 
    placement on the continuum and not the exact building where the IEP 
    service is to be provided, especially if the service is not available 
    in the LEA and must be provided via contract. Other commenters 
    similarly stated that a note be added clarifying that ``location'' 
    means the general setting in which the services will be provided and 
    not a particular school or facility.
        Discussion: Use of the term ``anticipated'' to diminish the 
    agency's obligation to provide services would be inconsistent with the 
    requirements of this part. Moreover, a public agency could not alter 
    the basic nature and scope of the child's IEP without reconvening the 
    child's IEP team.
        The ``location'' of services in the context of an IEP generally 
    refers to the type of environment that is the appropriate place for 
    provision of the service. For example, is the related service to be 
    provided in the child's regular classroom or in a resource room?
        Changes: None.
        Comment: With respect to Sec. 300.347(a)(7) (related to a statement 
    of how a child's progress toward annual goals will be measured and 
    reported), commenters requested that a definition of ``progress 
    report'' be added; and stated that the provision is burdensome, and 
    should be changed to require that report cards for children with 
    disabilities contain information about the child's progress in meeting 
    annual goals.
        Commenters also requested that the regulations (1) clarify the 
    manner and frequency in which parents are kept informed of their 
    child's progress; (2) clarify the extent to which this requirement can 
    be met in writing as opposed to conducting an IEP meeting; (3) require 
    a detailed written narrative report of how a child is progressing 
    toward meeting IEP objectives instead of using a grade, because a grade 
    is related to the system and not the child, and gives no indication of 
    what is right or wrong; and (4) include a provision requiring action to 
    be taken if satisfactory progress in not being made.
        Discussion: It is not appropriate or necessary to include a 
    definition of ``progress report'' because that term is not used in 
    either the statute or these final regulations. The provision in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii) is incorporated verbatim from the statute. No 
    additional burden was added by the NPRM or these final regulations.
        Under the statute and regulations, the manner in which that 
    requirement is implemented is left to the discretion of each State. 
    Therefore, a State could elect to ensure that report cards used for 
    children with disabilities contain information about each child's 
    progress toward meeting the child's IEP goals, as suggested by 
    commenters, but would not be required to do so.
        With respect to the frequency of reporting, the statute and 
    regulations are both clear that the parents of a child with a 
    disability must be regularly informed of their child's progress at 
    least as often as parents are informed of their nondisabled children's 
    progress.
        Requiring a ``detailed written narrative'' of how a child is 
    progressing toward meeting the IEP objectives, as suggested by a 
    commenter, could add an unnecessary burden. However, the commenter's 
    concern about using a grade to designate a child's progress in meeting 
    the IEP objectives in some cases may be valid because a grade does not 
    always lend itself to sufficiently describing progress toward the 
    annual goals. The statute and regulations make clear that a written 
    report is sufficient, although in some instances, an agency may decide 
    that a meeting with the parents (which does not have to be an IEP 
    meeting) would be a more effective means of communication.
        The agency must ensure that whatever method, or combination of 
    methods, is adopted provides sufficient information to enable parents 
    to be informed of (1) their child's progress toward the annual goals, 
    and (2) the extent to which that progress is sufficient to enable the 
    child to achieve the goals by the end of the year.
        Generally, reports to parents are not expected to be lengthy or 
    burdensome. The statement of the annual goals and short term objectives 
    or benchmarks in the child's current IEP could serve as the base 
    document for briefly describing the child's progress.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of comments were received on Notes 2 through 5 
    (which focus on matters related to the child's participation in the 
    general curriculum, the expected impact on the length and scope of the 
    IEP from such participation and from discussing teaching methodologies, 
    and reporting to parents) are addressed in the following sections of 
    this analysis. Some commenters requested that all notes be deleted. 
    Other commenters requested that Notes 2, 3, and 4 be incorporated into 
    the regulations. A few commenters recommended that for Notes 2 and 3, 
    the regulations define the terms ``adaptations,'' ``modifications,'' 
    ``accommodations,'' and ``adjustments.''
        Regarding Note 3, some of the commenters recommended deleting the 
    idea that the general curriculum is not intended to significantly 
    increase the size of the IEP. One commenter recommended replacing the 
    word ``accessing'' with ``fully participating in'' the general 
    curriculum. The commenter stated that the language in the note (from 
    the House Committee Report) could be used by LEAs as a basis for 
    limiting the use of the IEP as a tool for enabling children with 
    disabilities to participate fully in the general curriculum. Other 
    commenters recommended that Note 3 be deleted.
        Discussion: The IDEA Amendments of 1997 emphasize providing greater 
    access by children with disabilities to the general curriculum and to 
    educational reforms, as an effective means of ensuring better results 
    for these children. Both the Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. 
    L. 105-17 state that:
    
        The Committee wishes to emphasize that, once a child has been 
    identified as being eligible for special education, the connection 
    between special education and related services and the child's 
    opportunity to experience and benefit from the general education 
    curriculum should be strengthened. The majority of children 
    identified as eligible for special education and related services 
    are capable of participating in the general education curriculum to 
    varying degrees with some adaptations and modifications. This 
    provision is intended to ensure that children's special education 
    and related services are in addition to and are affected by the 
    general education curriculum, not separate from it. (S. Rep. No. 
    105-17, p. 20; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 99 (1997))
    
        These are important principles to keep in mind when implementing 
    the new IEP requirements. However, in light of the general decision to 
    remove notes from the final regulation, Note 2 would be removed.
        The concepts in the committee reports cited in Note 3 also are 
    valid. The new focus of the IEP is intended to address the 
    accommodations and adjustments necessary to enable children with 
    disabilities to be able to participate in
    
    [[Page 12595]]
    
    the general curriculum to the maximum extent appropriate. Although the 
    annual goals and short term objectives (and the service accommodations 
    described above) would be basic components of the IEP, it would not be 
    appropriate for the IEP to include specific details related to the 
    general curriculum itself (and to daily lesson plans).
        Generally, the overall length of the IEP should not be greatly 
    affected by including relevant information about the accommodations and 
    adjustments needed by the child, along with the other required 
    information. But the IEP should provide sufficient information 
    necessary to enable parents, regular education teachers, and all 
    service providers to understand what is required to effectively 
    implement its provisions. However, consistent with the general decision 
    made with respect to notes, Notes 2 and 3 would be deleted.
        Because Note 3 has been deleted, it is not necessary to replace the 
    word ``accessing'' with ``fully participating in'' the general 
    curriculum. Clearly, the intent of the IDEA is full participation of 
    each child with a disability in the general curriculum to the maximum 
    extent appropriate to the needs of child; and the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997, as reflected in these final regulations, have given greater 
    emphasis to that intent.
        It is not necessary to include a regulatory definition of the terms 
    ``adaptations,'' ``modifications,'' ``accommodations,'' and 
    ``adjustments.'' The terms are essentially self-explanatory, and may 
    overlap to some extent.
        Certain changes may need to be made in a regular education 
    classroom to make it possible for a child with a disability to 
    participate more fully and effectively in general curricular activities 
    that take place in that room. These changes could involve (for example) 
    providing a special seating arrangement for a child; using professional 
    or student ``tutors'' to help the child; raising the level of a child's 
    desk; allowing the child more time to complete a given assignment; 
    working with the parents to help the child at home; and providing extra 
    help to the child before or after the beginning of the school day.
        ``Modifications'' or ``accommodations'' could involve providing a 
    particular assistive technology device for the child, or modifying the 
    child's desk in some manner that facilitates the child's ability to 
    write or hold books, etc.
        Changes: Notes 2 and 3 have been removed.
        Comment: Several comments were received on Note 4 (related to 
    teaching and related services methodologies). A few commenters 
    expressed support for Note 4, and stated that the note should be added 
    to the regulations. Other commenters requested that the note be 
    deleted. Some of these commenters stated that, in some instances, it 
    may be appropriate to include teaching methods and approaches in the 
    IEP, and added that when methodologies differ significantly, one 
    approach may be appropriate while others are inappropriate, based on 
    the unique needs of each individual child. Other commenters pointed out 
    that methodologies are an inherent part of the definition of special 
    education, and it would be inconsistent with the definition to not 
    include them in the IEP.
        With respect to Note 5 (i.e., that the reporting provision in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii), related to the child's progress on the annual 
    goals, is intended to be in addition to regular reporting for all 
    children), a few commenters expressed appreciation for the provision. 
    Some commenters stated that the note be deleted. Other commenters 
    recommended that the note either be deleted, or changed to state that 
    the provision in Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii) may be incorporated as part of 
    the regular reporting to all parents.
        Discussion: In some cases, it may be appropriate to include 
    teaching methods and approaches in a child's IEP. As used in the 
    definition of ``special education'' under Sec. 300.26, the term 
    ``specially-designed instruction'' means ``adapting, as appropriate to 
    each eligible child under this part, the content, methodology, or 
    delivery of services * * * (i) to meet the unique needs of an eligible 
    child under this part that result from the child's disability * * *''
        In general, however, specific day-to-day adjustments in 
    instructional methods and approaches that are made by either a regular 
    or special education teacher to assist a disabled child to achieve his 
    or her annual goals would not normally require action by the child's 
    IEP team.
        With respect to Note 5 (that the reporting provision in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii) is intended to be in addition to regular 
    reporting for all children), as addressed earlier in this attachment, 
    the report described in Sec. 300.347(a)(7)(ii) may be incorporated in 
    the regular reporting to all parents. Therefore, Note 5 is not needed.
        Changes: Notes 4 and 5 have been deleted.
        Comment: Several comments were received on the transition services 
    provision in Sec. 300.347(b)(1), including requests that the 
    regulations: (1) clarify what is meant by transition services for 14 
    year-old students; (2) add ``daily living'' and independent living'' to 
    the example in paragraph (b)(1)(i) because transition is much broader 
    than employment; and (3) require that transition plans analyze and 
    report the prospect of a student benefiting from higher education and 
    if so what kind; and if vocational education is recommended and not 
    general higher education, the transition plans specify the reason why 
    general higher education is not a meaningful alternative.
        A few commenters recommended that language be added to more clearly 
    distinguish between ``a statement of the transition service needs'' of 
    a student at age 14, and ``a statement of needed transition services'' 
    at age 16. The commenters included a proposed definition that requires 
    the identification of targeted post-school activities.
        Discussion: The terms ``a statement of the transition service 
    needs'' and ``a statement of needed transition services'' are 
    incorporated verbatim from the statute. The purpose of ``a statement of 
    the transition service needs'' is to focus on the planning of a 
    student's courses of study during the student's secondary school 
    experience (e.g., whether the student will participate in advanced 
    placement or vocational education courses).
        With respect to a statement of needed transition services, the 
    focus is on the student's need for such services as he or she moves 
    from school to postschool experiences, and any linkages that may be 
    needed. These statements, as with the other components of the IEP, must 
    be individualized in accordance with the needs of the student.
        The Department has invested considerable resources in providing 
    technical assistance in the area of transition services, and has a 
    number of technical assistance resources available to public agencies 
    in implementing these statutory provisions.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of comments were received related to the 
    provision in Sec. 300.347(b)(2), that requires that if the IEP team 
    determines that services are not needed in one or more of the areas 
    specified in the definition of transition services, the IEP must 
    include a statement to that effect and the basis upon which the 
    determination was made. These commenters recommended that the provision 
    be deleted because it is not statutory, not needed, and adds 
    unnecessary and excessive paperwork.
    
    [[Page 12596]]
    
        Discussion: It is appropriate to remove the provision in 
    Sec. 300.347(b)(2) because, as stated by the commenters, the provision 
    is not statutory and adds unnecessary paperwork.
        That provision was based on the definition of ``transition 
    services'' that was in effect prior to June 4, 1997, and did not 
    account for the change in the definition of ``transition services'' 
    that was made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997.
        The ``prior law'' definition mandated the inclusion of specific 
    components under the coordinated set of activities described in the 
    definition. In recognition that all students with disabilities may not 
    require services in all of the mandated areas, the final regulations 
    implementing that provision (published in 1992) included a statement 
    that ``If the IEP team determines that services are not needed in one 
    or more of the areas specified in [the definition of transition 
    services], the IEP must include a statement to that effect, and the 
    basis upon which the determination was made.'' However, while the new 
    definition of ``transition services'' added by Pub L. 105-17 includes 
    the same components as in prior law, the provision requiring the 
    inclusion of all components in a student's IEP was removed.
        Changes: Sec. 300.347(b)(2) has been deleted.
        Comment: Comments were received related to Notes 1, 6, and 7 
    following Sec. 300.347 of the NPRM, all of which focus on the 
    transition services requirements. Some commenters recommended that all 
    three notes be deleted. Other commenters recommended that Note 7 be 
    modified to encourage public agencies to begin transition services 
    before age 14. A few commenters stated that Note 7 is not needed 
    because the regulations are already clear.
        Discussion: Consistent with the Department's decision to not 
    include notes in the final regulations, the notes should be deleted.
        Changes: Notes 1, 6, and 7 have been deleted.
        Comment: With respect to the transfer of rights at the age of 
    majority (Sec. 300.347(c)), one commenter stated that the provision 
    should be deleted. Another commenter stated that there is general 
    confusion about this provision, especially when parents are unable 
    financially or unwilling to seek legal guardianship for their child, 
    and added that schools need guidance. A commenter asked, how do LEAs 
    determine which students get transfer rights at age 18; and once 
    transferred, does the LEA still have to notify the parents.
        Another commenter requested that the regulations allow a student to 
    authorize the continued participation of the student's parent or 
    guardian after the age of majority to develop, review, or revise an 
    IEP, and added that if the student authorizes parent participation, the 
    parent should be considered a member of the IEP team.
        Discussion: The provision at Sec. 300.347(c) is statutory. Whether 
    or not rights transfer at the age of majority depends on State law, 
    and, consistent with Sec. 300.517, whether or not the student has been 
    determined incompetent under State law. State law also determines what 
    constitutes the age of majority in that jurisdiction. The discussion 
    concerning Sec. 300.517 in this attachment provides a fuller 
    explanation of the provision concerning the transfer of rights at the 
    age of majority. Generally, a public agency will satisfy 
    Sec. 300.347(c) if, at least one year before the student reaches the 
    age of majority under State law, the agency informs the student of the 
    rights that transfer at the age of majority (and includes a statement 
    to that effect in the IEP). If the public agency receives notice of the 
    student's legal incompetency, so that no rights transfer to the student 
    at the age of majority, the IEP need not include this statement.
        The composition of the IEP team is discussed in Sec. 300.344. There 
    is nothing in the regulation that would prevent a student to whom 
    rights have been transferred at the age of majority from exercising his 
    or her discretion under Sec. 300.344(a)(6) to include in the IEP team a 
    parent as an individual with knowledge regarding the child.
        Changes: None.
    
    Private School Placements by Public Agencies (Sec. 300.349)
    
        Comment: Some commenters suggested that Sec. 300.349(a) be amended 
    to require a public agency to conduct a subsequent IEP meeting before 
    or shortly after actual enrollment with the participation of a 
    representative of the private school.
        A few commenters objected to the requirement in Sec. 300.349(a)(2) 
    that the public agency ensure that a representative of a private school 
    or facility at which a disabled student is publicly-placed or referred 
    must attend the initial IEP meeting initiated by the public agency. 
    These commenters recommended that a private school representative be 
    invited but not be forced to attend, since distance could prevent that 
    individual from attending.
        Another recommendation made by commenters was that private school 
    staff should not be required to attend the IEP meeting required under 
    Sec. 300.349(a)(2), but that the IEP team should be allowed to confer 
    with private school staff after the meeting. One commenter asked 
    whether if the private school initiates an IEP meeting, all of the 
    individuals identified in Sec. 300.344 must participate.
        Another commenter was concerned that this section implies that the 
    team has predetermined placement, and recommended requiring that a 
    second meeting should be held with private school staff to determine if 
    they could provide the services.
        One commenter also indicated that Sec. 300.349(b)(2)(ii) is 
    confusing, because it suggests that if either the parent or public 
    agency disagrees with the changes proposed by the private school, those 
    changes will not be implemented. This commenter also questioned why 
    either party should have veto authority, and requested clarification 
    regarding the responsibility to request a hearing. However, another 
    commenter objected that this section gives a private school veto 
    authority over a decision of the IEP team.
        One commenter also objected to the use of ``must ensure'' in 
    Sec. 300.349(a) and (b), and recommended that more qualified language 
    be substituted. Another commenter requested clarification that parents 
    have the right to be reimbursed for costs incurred as a result of their 
    participation at IEP meetings associated with their children's public 
    placements at private schools or facilities.
        Discussion: Section 612(a)(10)(B) of the Act makes clear that, as a 
    condition of eligibility for receipt of Part B funds, States must 
    ensure that children with disabilities placed in or referred to private 
    schools or facilities by public agencies receive special education and 
    related services, in accordance with an IEP, at no cost to their 
    parents. This statutory requirement substantially reflects prior law in 
    this area. Section 300.401 also provides that IEPs for children with 
    disabilities who are publicly placed at or referred to private schools 
    must meet the requirements of Secs. 300.340-300.350.
        Because these disabled children are publicly-placed or referred to 
    private schools or facilities as a means of ensuring that they are 
    provided FAPE, it would not be appropriate to change the regulatory 
    language in the manner suggested by these commenters. The regulation 
    gives public agencies and private schools and facilities some 
    flexibility in the manner in which IEP
    
    [[Page 12597]]
    
    meetings are conducted; however, there is no need to require additional 
    meetings, since these meetings can be initiated by the public agency or 
    requested by the private school or facility at any time.
        Regarding concerns about participation of representatives of 
    private schools at meetings to develop the child's IEP, 
    Sec. 300.349(a)(2) provides that before a child with a disability is 
    placed or referred to a private school or facility, a representative of 
    that private school must be invited to the meeting to develop the 
    student's IEP. However, if the private school representative is unable 
    to attend in person, the public agency must use other methods to ensure 
    that individual's participation at the meeting, including individual or 
    conference telephone calls. Therefore, this regulation does not require 
    participation of a private school representative if that individual is 
    unable to attend the IEP meeting initiated by the public agency.
        If a public agency initiates an IEP meeting in connection with a 
    disabled child's placement at or referral to a private school or 
    facility, the requirements of Sec. 300.344 regarding participants at 
    meetings apply. However, after the disabled child enters the private 
    school or facility, Sec. 300.349(b)(1) provides that the private school 
    or facility, at the public agency's discretion, may initiate and 
    conduct meetings for purposes of reviewing or revising the child's IEP. 
    Section 300.344 applies to all IEP meetings for which a public agency 
    is responsible, including those conducted by a private school or 
    facility for a publicly-placed child with a disability.
        If a public agency exercises its discretion under 
    Sec. 300.349(b)(1) to permit the private school or facility to initiate 
    and conduct certain IEP meetings, Sec. 300.349(b)(2) specifies that the 
    public agency is still responsible for ensuring that the parents and a 
    public agency representative are involved in those IEP decisions and 
    agree to any changes in the child's program before they are 
    implemented.
        Section 300.349(b) does not afford veto authority either to the 
    parents and the public agency, or to the private school, if there is a 
    disagreement about the IEP for the child to be implemented at the 
    private school. This is equally true for IEPs developed for public 
    placements of children with disabilities at private schools.
        Further, Sec. 300.349(c) makes clear that the public agency is 
    ultimately responsible for ensuring that the publicly-placed disabled 
    student receives FAPE. Therefore, regardless of whether the public 
    agency initiates meetings for the purpose of reviewing and revising 
    IEPs of children with disabilities publicly-placed at private schools 
    or facilities, the public agency must ensure that the child's IEP is 
    reviewed at least once every twelve months, and that the child's 
    placement at the private school or facility is in accordance with that 
    child's IEP.
        If the public agency disagrees with changes proposed by the private 
    school, the public agency nevertheless remains responsible for ensuring 
    that the student receives an appropriate program. If the private school 
    or facility is unwilling to provide such a program, the public agency 
    either must ensure that the student's IEP can be implemented at that or 
    another private school or facility, or must develop an appropriate 
    public placement for the child to address that child's needs. In all 
    instances, the child's placement at the private school or facility must 
    be based on the child's IEP, and that placement must be the LRE 
    placement for the child.
        The commenter's assumption that normal due process rights would 
    apply is correct. The due process rights of Part B are available to 
    parents and public educational agencies to resolve issues such as the 
    appropriateness of the child's program at the private school, but 
    representatives of private schools or facilities at which children with 
    disabilities are publicly placed or referred do not have due process 
    rights.
        Regarding a parent's right to reimbursement for costs associated 
    with their child's private school placement, Sec. 300.401 reflects the 
    statutory requirements of section 612(a)(10)(B) and requires that a 
    disabled student's placement at a private school by a public agency 
    must be at no cost to the child's parents, and public agencies must 
    ensure that all of the rights guaranteed by Part B are afforded to 
    publicly-placed children with disabilities and their parents. The ``at 
    no cost'' requirements of the Act also would require public agencies to 
    reimburse parents for transportation and other costs associated with 
    their participation at IEP meetings conducted in a geographic area 
    outside of the jurisdiction of the LEA, and such expenditures 
    traditionally have been considered the responsibility of the public 
    agency. See discussion under Sec. 300.24 of this attachment.
        Changes: None.
    
    Children With Disabilities in Religiously-Affiliated or Other Private 
    Schools
    
        Comment: One commenter suggested that this section be amended to 
    require IEPs for all children with disabilities in the LEA's 
    jurisdiction who are placed by their parents at private schools, 
    regardless of whether these children receive services from the public 
    agency. Another commenter requested that the requirement for IEPs for 
    children with disabilities who are publicly-placed at private schools 
    be removed, and that requirements regarding service plans for children 
    with disabilities placed by their parents at private schools be 
    substituted and moved to Subpart D.
        Discussion: There is no statutory authority to require public 
    agencies to develop IEPs for every child with a disability in their 
    jurisdiction placed by their parents at a private school, regardless of 
    whether that child receives services from the LEA. Section 
    612(a)(10)(A) of the Act requires States to make provision for the 
    participation of private school children with disabilities in programs 
    assisted or carried out under this part, through the provision of 
    special education and related services, to the extent consistent with 
    their number and location in the State.
        Because private school children with disabilities do not have an 
    individual entitlement to services under Part B, it would be 
    inconsistent with the statute to require public agencies to develop 
    service plans for those private school children with disabilities who 
    do not receive services from the public agency. However, the 
    commenter's suggestion that proposed Sec. 300.350 should be deleted and 
    that a requirement for service plans for children with disabilities 
    parentally-placed at private schools should be substituted and moved to 
    Subpart D is reasonable.
        Since private school children with disabilities are not entitled to 
    receive FAPE in connection with their private school placements (See 
    Sec. 300.403(a)), it is misleading to use the term IEP to refer to the 
    plans that are developed to serve them. IEPs must contain, among other 
    elements, the full range of special education and related services 
    provided to children with disabilities under these regulations.
        By contrast, Sec. 300.455(b) makes clear that a private school 
    child with a disability receives only those services that an LEA 
    determines it will provide that child, in light of the services that 
    the LEA has determined, through the requirements of Secs. 300.453-
    300.454, it will make available to private school children with 
    disabilities.
        Therefore, proposed Sec. 300.350 should be deleted and its content 
    incorporated in Sec. 300.454 with appropriate revisions, and 
    Sec. 300.455(b) should be revised to reflect a new requirement for 
    service
    
    [[Page 12598]]
    
    plans for those private school children with disabilities in the LEA's 
    jurisdiction that the LEA has elected to serve in light of the services 
    it makes available to its private school children with disabilities in 
    accordance with the requirements of Secs. 300.453-300.454.
        Changes: Proposed Sec. 300.350 has been deleted, and a new 
    Sec. 300.454(c) has been added to specify LEA responsibilities 
    regarding development of service plans for private school children. 
    Section 300.455(b) has been changed to reflect the new provision 
    regarding service plans for private school children with disabilities.
    
    IEP--Accountability (Sec. 300.350)
    
        Comment: Some commenters agreed with this regulation, while other 
    commenters recommended that the note either be revised or deleted. Some 
    commenters believe that both the section and note are inconsistent with 
    Congressional findings on low achievement and new performance 
    standards.
        Commenters also recommended that the regulation be strengthened to 
    clarify (1) the district's obligation to monitor, review and revise the 
    IEP if it is not having the desired impact on the student's progress; 
    (2) the parent's responsibility to request an IEP meeting when progress 
    reports indicate that the child's IEP is not effective; (3) the extent 
    of the teacher's responsibility compared with that of the parent and 
    child; and (4) that public agencies and personnel will not be held 
    accountable if a child does not achieve the growth projected in annual 
    goals and benchmarks or objectives if they were implementing an IEP 
    that provided the child appropriate instruction, services and 
    modifications.
        Other commenters were concerned about the potential negative effect 
    of this section on the effective implementation of transition services.
        Discussion: Section 300.351 has been included in the IEP provisions 
    of the Part B regulations since those regulations first were issued in 
    1977. It continues to be necessary to make clear that the IEP is not a 
    performance contract and does not constitute a guarantee by the public 
    agency and the teacher that a child will progress at a specified rate. 
    Despite this, public agencies and teachers have continuing obligations 
    to make good faith efforts to assist the child in achieving the goals 
    and objectives or benchmarks listed in the IEP, including those related 
    to transition services.
        In addition, it should be noted that teachers and other personnel 
    who must carry out portions of a child's IEP must be informed about the 
    content of the IEP and their responsibility regarding its 
    implementation. Because the clarification of this issue that was 
    previously included in the note to this section is essential to the 
    proper implementation of the Act's IEP requirements, a statement 
    regarding the responsibilities of public agencies and teachers to make 
    good faith efforts to ensure that a child achieves the growth projected 
    in his or her IEP has been included at the conclusion of this section.
        In order to meet the new emphasis in the Act that children with 
    disabilities be involved in and progress in the general curriculum and 
    be held to high achievement standards, the IEP provisions must be 
    effectively utilized to ensure that appropriate adjustments can be made 
    to address performance issues as early as possible in the process.
        This section does not limit a parent's right to complain and ask 
    for revisions of the child's IEP or to invoke due process procedures if 
    the parent feels that these efforts are not being made. Further, this 
    section does not prohibit a state or public agency from establishing 
    its own accountability systems regarding teacher, school or agency 
    performance if children do not achieve the growth projected in their 
    IEPs.
        Changes: The note to this section has been removed. Section 300.351 
    is redesignated as Sec. 300.350 of these final regulations, and the 
    substance of the note has been added to this section.
    
    Use of LEA Allocation for Direct Services (Sec. 300.360)
    
        Comment: Very few comments were received regarding this section. 
    One comment recommended that the words ``or unwilling'' be added to 
    Sec. 300.360(a)(2) to correspond to the language of Sec. 300.360(a)(3) 
    of the current regulations. Another comment asked that the language in 
    the second paragraph in the note following Sec. 300.360 be updated to 
    substitute the word ``disabled'' for the word ``handicapped.'' This 
    comment also requested that a similar change be made to the note 
    following Sec. 300.552.
        Discussion: Section 300.360(a) essentially incorporates the text of 
    the current regulatory provision verbatim, except with the minor 
    modifications contained in section 613(h)(1) of Pub. L. 105-17. The 
    legislative history makes clear that Sec. 613(h)(1) has been ``retained 
    without substantive alteration'' from prior law. (S. Rep. No. 105-17 at 
    15). It is true that under Sec. 300.360(a)(3) of the regulations, an 
    SEA may use funds that would have gone to an LEA for direct services if 
    the SEA finds that the LEA either is unable or unwilling to establish 
    and maintain programs of FAPE for children with disabilities. This 
    regulatory provision implemented section 614(d)(1) of prior law which 
    contained the reference to LEAs that were unwilling to establish and 
    maintain programs of FAPE. However, since these words have not been 
    retained in section 613(h)(1) with regard to an LEA's or State agency's 
    failure to establish and maintain programs of FAPE, yet remain in the 
    statute with regard to an LEA's failure to consolidate with other LEA's 
    in applying for Part B funds, it is not appropriate to make the change 
    requested by this comment.
        Consistent with the general decision to not include notes in these 
    final regulations, the note following Sec. 300.360 should be deleted. 
    However, the substance of the note related to the SEA's responsibility 
    to ensure the provision of FAPE if an LEA elects not to apply for its 
    Part B funds, or the amount of Part B funds is not sufficient to 
    provide FAPE should be added to the text of the regulations because of 
    its importance in ensuring that the purposes of this part are 
    appropriately implemented.
        A new paragraph also should be added to clarify, by referencing 
    Sec. 300.301, that the SEA may use whatever funding sources are 
    available in the State to carry out its responsibilities under 
    Sec. 300.360.
        Regarding the note following Sec. 300.360, it is important to point 
    out that the language that uses ``handicapped'' instead of disabled was 
    taken verbatim from the original regulations for this program issued in 
    1977. Included in this note were direct quotations from the 
    Department's regulation implementing Section 504 of the Rehabilitation 
    Act of 1973 at 34 CFR Part 104, which has not yet been updated to 
    substitute the term ``disabled'' or ``disability'' for the term 
    ``handicapped'' or ``handicap.'' While the term ``handicapped'' is not 
    consistent with current statutory language, it is not appropriate to 
    modify the quoted language in the notes until the terminology in the 
    Section 504 regulation is updated.
        Changes: The substance of the note relating to SEA's 
    responsibilities to ensure FAPE when the LEA elects not to receive its 
    Part B funds, or there are not sufficient funds to ensure the provision 
    of FAPE has been added to the text of the regulation. The note has been 
    deleted. A reference is made to other funding sources under 
    Sec. 300.301.
    
    [[Page 12599]]
    
    Use of SEA Allocations (Sec. 300.370)
    
        Comment: Several favorable comments were received regarding this 
    section. One comment supported paragraph (a)(4), which permits the use 
    of State agency allocations to assist LEAs with personnel shortages. 
    One comment requested that a new paragraph (c) be added to reflect the 
    statutory requirement ``that LEAs participate in the priority setting 
    for the allocation of these funds.'' One comment requested that a note 
    be added following this section to clarify that direct services ``can 
    include using the State allocation of Part B funds to help LEAs cover 
    unexpected and extraordinary costs of providing FAPE to a child with a 
    disability in any setting along the continuum.''
        Discussion: There is no statutory requirement that would require a 
    State to obtain input from LEAs in setting priorities for how the State 
    agency allocation should be spent. So long as the expenditures are 
    consistent with the requirements of this part, States have discretion 
    to determine the manner in which the funds are allocated.
        Regarding the suggestion that a note be added following 
    Sec. 300.370, consistent with the decision to not include notes in 
    these regulations, a note will not be added. However, the State agency 
    allocation may be used for direct and support services, including the 
    expenditure described in this comment. Nothing in this part would 
    preclude an SEA from using its State allocation to assist an LEA in 
    defraying the expenses of a costly placement for a student with a 
    disability if it is determined that such a placement is necessary to 
    ensure the provision of FAPE to that disabled student.
        Changes: No change has been made in response to these comments. See 
    discussion of comments received under Sec. 300.712 regarding a change 
    to Sec. 300.370.
    
    General CSPD Requirements (Sec. 300.380)
    
        Comment: A number of comments were received regarding the 
    recruitment and training of hearing officers included as part of CSPD. 
    One comment recommended that Sec. 300.380(a)(2) regarding an adequate 
    supply of qualified special education, regular education, and related 
    services personnel be expanded to include hearing officers and 
    mediators.
        Some commenters recommended that Sec. 300.381 include a provision 
    requiring each state ``to establish a council of parents, educators, 
    attorneys, hearing officers, and mediators to develop and oversee the 
    recruitment, training, evaluation, and continuing education of hearing 
    officers and mediators'' and to ensure that they receive pre-service 
    training and at least annual in-service training on special education 
    law and promising practices, materials and technology.
        A number of commenters indicated that, in order for personnel to be 
    ``qualified'' under this part or a State's CSPD, ``the personnel must 
    meet the State's legal licensing or certification requirements'' and 
    ``must have the skills and knowledge necessary to ensure that personnel 
    are qualified to work with children with disabilities.'' Another 
    comment sought clarification regarding use of Part B funds for the 
    training of regular education personnel.
        Consistent with the emphasis on implementation, one comment 
    recommended that Sec. 300.380(a)(4) be amended to require that a 
    State's CSPD be updated at least every two years, instead of at least 
    every five years, as stated in the NPRM, ``and as often as the quality 
    of education for children with disabilities within the State may 
    require.'' The comment also objected that the regulation provides that 
    States that have a State Improvement Plan under section 653 of the Act 
    have met their CSPD requirements. Therefore, the comment recommended 
    that Sec. 300.380(b) be deleted, and instead be replaced with the last 
    paragraph of the note following Sec. 300.135, which gives a State that 
    has a State Improvement Plan the option of using it to meet its CSPD, 
    if it chooses to do so.
        Discussion: States must ensure that mediators and hearing officers 
    are appropriately trained and have the requisite knowledge and 
    expertise regarding the requirements of this part. Otherwise, the due 
    process rights of children with disabilities and their parents may not 
    be adequately safeguarded under this part.
        With respect to mediators, section 615(e)(2)(A)(iii) requires that 
    SEA or LEA procedures for mediation ensure that the mediation is 
    conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in 
    effective mediation techniques. Section 615(e)(2)(C) requires the State 
    to maintain a list of individuals who are qualified mediators and 
    knowledgeable in laws and regulations relating to the provision of 
    special education and related services to children with disabilities.
        Under current regulations, public agencies must maintain a list of 
    impartial hearing officers and their qualifications. Further, the SEA's 
    responsibility under section 615 of the Act to ensure that the 
    procedural safeguard requirements of the Act are established and 
    implemented includes the responsibility to ensure that impartial due 
    process hearing officers are appropriately trained. In addition, 
    Sec. 300.370 makes clear that one of the support services for which the 
    Part B funds reserved for State level activities may be expended is the 
    training of hearing officers and mediators.
        The comments regarding ensuring that personnel meet State licensing 
    or certification requirements or are otherwise qualified under this 
    part are addressed elsewhere in this attachment in the discussions of 
    qualified personnel and personnel standards. With regard to the 
    training of regular education personnel, consistent with a State's CSPD 
    responsibilities, the State must ensure an adequate supply of special 
    education, regular education, and related services personnel. Further, 
    the training of regular education personnel is necessary to the proper 
    administration of the Act and regulations, including carrying out the 
    Act's LRE provisions, and personnel development is an appropriate 
    expenditure of funds under this part and is one of the support services 
    for which the State level allocation under Sec. 300.370 may be 
    expended.
        Finally, there is nothing in this part that would prevent a State 
    from updating its CSPD more frequently than at least every five years 
    if the State chooses to do so. Therefore, there is no reason to 
    incorporate the language from the second paragraph of the note 
    following Sec. 300.135 in place of Sec. 300.380(b), since 
    Sec. 300.380(b) gives a State that has a State Improvement plan under 
    section 653 the option of using it to satisfy its CSPD obligations, if 
    the State chooses to do so.
        Changes: The section has been retitled ``General CSPD 
    requirements.''
    
    Adequate Supply of Qualified Personnel (Sec. 300.381)
    
        Comment: Only a few comments were received regarding this section. 
    Some commenters requested that a provision be added to Sec. 300.381(b) 
    ``requiring the State to describe the strategies it will use to address 
    personnel vacancies and shortages'' identified under that section. 
    Another comment recommended that this section highlight shortages of 
    personnel to do behavioral assessments and programming. Another comment 
    recommended that additional language be included in Sec. 300.381 
    requiring additional recruitment strategies and fiscal arrangements to 
    ensure an adequate supply of qualified personnel.
        Discussion: It is acknowledged that it is very important to ensure 
    that appropriately-trained and
    
    [[Page 12600]]
    
    knowledgeable individuals conduct behavioral assessments of children 
    with disabilities under this part. However, the obligation under 
    Sec. 300.381 is a general obligation to analyze State and local needs 
    for professional development, including areas in which there are 
    shortages, to ensure an adequate supply of qualified special education, 
    regular education, and related services personnel under this part. 
    Therefore, the regulation does not identify specific categories of 
    personnel. In addition, States already have the ability to develop 
    additional recruitment strategies and fiscal arrangements if they 
    determine that they are needed to address their particular personnel 
    needs.
    
    Changes: None.
    
    Improvement Strategies (Sec. 300.382)
    
        Comment: One comment recommended that the name of this section be 
    changed to ``Comprehensive system strategies'' to avoid confusion with 
    Part D. Another comment recommended that the words ``content knowledge 
    and collaborative skills'' to meet the needs of infants and toddlers 
    and children with disabilities be expanded to specify which skills are 
    involved, and suggested that skills such as instruction, behavioral 
    management, communication, and collaboration be included.
        One comment expressed concern that the section in the NPRM was not 
    sufficiently strong to ensure that States design their CSPD to ensure 
    that core instructional and related needs of children with disabilities 
    are appropriately addressed. One comment requested clarification 
    regarding which entity in the State is responsible for ensuring that 
    the requirements of Sec. 300.382 are met. One comment suggested that 
    the reference to behavioral interventions in Sec. 300.382(f) should be 
    changed to positive behavioral supports to be more consistent with 
    other provisions of these regulations.
        Several comments were receive regarding Sec. 300.382(g), 
    particularly regarding the use of the phrase, ``if appropriate.'' One 
    comment requested clarification on how ``appropriate'' would be 
    defined, as well as guiding principles ``for directing the adoption of 
    promising practices.'' Another comment recommended that the phrase, 
    ``if appropriate'' be eliminated when referring to the State's adoption 
    of promising practices and materials and technology.
        One comment was particularly favorable about the requirement for 
    joint training of parents, special education and related services 
    providers, and general education personnel. Another comment recommended 
    that this section be expanded to include joint training of hearing 
    officers and mediators with parents and education personnel.
        One comment recommended that this section be amended ``to require 
    reports to the Department by the SEA bi-annually, including a survey of 
    parents of students with IEPs regarding the effectiveness of the 
    strategies and other tools being taught to teachers,'' and that parents 
    ``should also be given the chance to state what tools they think ought 
    to be taught'' to teachers. One comment recommended that a note be 
    added following this section to clarify that the assurance that regular 
    education and special education personnel be prepared means that ``they 
    must be required to be prepared rather than simply `offered the 
    opportunity.' ''
        Discussion: There is no need to change the name of this section 
    since it is unlikely that, even if it were changed, it would reduce the 
    potential for confusion between CSPD responsibilities under Part B and 
    those under Part D. While the delineation of content and skills for 
    personnel serving infants and toddlers and children with disabilities 
    is important, inherent in CSPD is the obligation of each State to 
    identify its particular personnel development needs in light of factors 
    that are specific to each individual State. The same is true with 
    respect to strategies and needs. The CSPD is one of several mechanisms 
    that States have to ensure that children with disabilities receive 
    appropriate instruction and services consistent with the purposes of 
    this part; therefore, the regulations do not specify which needs must 
    be addressed through CSPD.
        References throughout this part to State mean the SEA, unless the 
    State has designated an entity other than the SEA to carry out the 
    functions of this part. Regarding Sec. 300.380(f), that section is 
    directed at the State's enhancement of the ability of teachers and 
    others to use strategies, including behavioral interventions. The 
    regulatory language about behavioral interventions parallels the 
    language in section 614(d)(3)(B)(i) of the Act.
        It also should be pointed out that the term behavioral 
    interventions is a broad term that includes positive behavioral 
    supports. Regarding the use of ``appropriate'' in Sec. 300.382(g), a 
    State's obligation to adopt promising educational practices, materials, 
    and technology is dependent on the State's needs. Hence, the use of the 
    words ``if appropriate'' in this regulation ensures States have 
    flexibility in this area.
        The discussion of the role of hearing officers and mediators in 
    response to comments on Sec. 300.380 also applies to the suggestion on 
    joint training of parents and special education and related services 
    and general education personnel required by Sec. 300.382(j) of these 
    regulations. It is important to point out that there is nothing in this 
    part that would preclude a State from including hearing officers and 
    mediators in the joint training activities if it chooses to do so.
        The comment's suggestion for additional reporting requirements has 
    not been accepted. While input from parents regarding the effectiveness 
    of personnel development strategies would be useful, the Department is 
    committed to reducing paperwork burdens rather than increasing them.
        Finally, with regard to training of general education personnel, 
    Sec. 300.382(j) already requires the participation of these individuals 
    in joint training activities.
        Changes: None.
    
    Subpart D
    
    Responsibility of SEA (Sec. 300.401)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that Sec. 300.401(a)(3) specify 
    whether the standards that apply to private schools are limited to 
    those necessary for the comparable provision of special education and 
    related services to those provided in public agencies (for example, do 
    private schools have to comply with SEA personnel standards beyond the 
    qualifications needed to provide special education and related 
    services).
        Discussion: Children with disabilities who are placed by public 
    agencies in private schools are entitled to receive FAPE to the same 
    extent as they would if they were placed in a public school. FAPE 
    includes not just the special education and related services that a 
    child with a disability receives, but also includes an appropriate 
    preschool, elementary and secondary school education in the State 
    involved and must be provided in conformity with the child's IEP.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 made a number of changes to reinforce 
    the importance of the participation of children with disabilities in 
    the regular education curricula and the need for children with 
    disabilities to have the opportunity to receive the same substantive 
    content as nondisabled students. These include provisions that tie IEP 
    goals and objectives to the regular education curriculum (section
    
    [[Page 12601]]
    
    614(d)(1)(A)), establish performance goals and indicators for children 
    with disabilities consistent with those that a State establishes for 
    nondisabled children (section 612(a)(16)), and require the 
    participation of children with disabilities in the same general State 
    and district-wide assessments as nondisabled students (section 
    612(a)(17)).
        Because of these changes in the statute and the confusion that has 
    existed over whether all aspects of the education provided by private 
    schools to publicly-placed children with disabilities had to meet the 
    standards that apply to public agencies, a change should be made in the 
    regulations to ensure that children who are publicly-placed in private 
    schools receive services consistent with the SEAs' statutory obligation 
    to ensure that FAPE is provided. SEAs must ensure that public agencies 
    that place children with disabilities in private schools as a means of 
    providing FAPE make sure that the education provided to those publicly-
    placed children with disabilities meets all standards that apply to 
    educational services provided by the SEA and LEA that are necessary to 
    provide FAPE.
        With respect to personnel standards, for example, this would mean 
    that all personnel who provide educational services (including special 
    education and related services and non-special education services) meet 
    the personnel standards that apply to SEA and LEA personnel providing 
    similar services. The responsibility for determining what constitutes 
    the appropriate personnel standard for any given profession or 
    discipline is a State and local matter and State and local officials 
    have great flexibility in exercising this responsibility. With regard 
    to special education and related services personnel, however, the 
    regulations provide some parameters for how personnel standards are 
    developed. (See, Secs. 300.21, 300.135, and 300.136).
        Changes: A change has been made to specify that a child with a 
    disability placed by a public agency as the means of providing FAPE to 
    the child must receive an education that meets the standards that apply 
    to the SEA and LEA.
    
    Implementation by SEA (Sec. 300.402)
    
        Comment: Another issue raised by comment was whether the term 
    ``public agency'' in Sec. 300.402(b) referred to just public schools or 
    included other agencies. Some commenters requested that the term 
    ``applicable standards'' in that paragraph be clarified to include 
    application, compliance, on-site visits, monitoring, curriculum and 
    evaluation standards. Several commenters requested various expansions 
    of Sec. 300.402(c) such as adding a 120-day consultation period prior 
    to adoption of standards that apply to private schools, and requiring 
    consultation in all phases of the development and design of SEA 
    standards and compliance and monitoring procedures that apply to these 
    private schools.
        At least one commenter requested a new provision be added 
    establishing a mechanism for appeals to the Secretary on standards that 
    an SEA wants to apply to private schools.
        Discussion: The term ``public agency'' as used in these regulations 
    is defined in Sec. 300.22. The term ``applicable standards'' is 
    sufficient to encompass the variety of standards that SEAs may have 
    that apply to private schools accepting public agency referrals of 
    children with disabilities for the provision of FAPE. Further 
    regulation about how States provide opportunities for private schools 
    and facilities to participate in the development and design of State 
    standards that apply to them is inappropriate. States should have 
    flexibility in developing standards that meet the requirements of the 
    IDEA.
        The standards that SEAs apply to private schools accepting public 
    agency referrals of children with disabilities for the provision of 
    FAPE are, so long as they meet the requirements of Part B and its 
    regulations, a State matter, so no appeal to the Secretary is 
    appropriate.
        Changes: None.
    
    Placement of Children by Parent if FAPE is at Issue (Sec. 300.403)
    
        Comment: Some commenters stated that some school districts may be 
    using this provision as the basis for denying special education 
    services to children with disabilities voluntarily enrolled in a 
    private school and requested that the regulations make clear that these 
    children are covered by the provisions of the regulations regarding 
    participation of private school children in the Part B program.
        Discussion: The statute in section 612(a)(10)(C)(i) is clear that 
    an LEA must provide for the participation of parentally-placed private 
    school children with disabilities in the Part B program with 
    expenditures proportionate to their number and location in the State, 
    even though the LEA is not otherwise required to pay the costs of 
    education, including special education and related services, for any 
    individual child with a disability who is voluntarily placed in a 
    private school under the terms of Sec. 300.403.
        Changes: A change has been made to Sec. 300.403(a) to clarify that 
    the provisions of Secs. 300.450-300.462 apply to children with 
    disabilities placed voluntarily by their parents in private schools, 
    even though the LEA made FAPE available to those children.
        Comment: One commenter requested that the regulations clearly state 
    whether a public agency must evaluate and develop an IEP for each 
    private school child with a disability each year in order to avoid 
    potential reimbursement claims.
        Discussion: The new statutory provisions, incorporated in the 
    regulations in Sec. 300.403 (c), (d), and (e), provide that, as a 
    general matter for children with disabilities who previously received 
    special education and related services under the authority of a public 
    agency, the claim for reimbursement of a private placement must be made 
    before a child is removed from a public agency placement. It would not 
    be necessary for a public agency to develop an IEP that assumes a 
    public agency placement for each private school child each year. LEAs 
    do have ongoing, independent responsibilities under the child find 
    provisions of Secs. 300.125 and 300.451 to locate, identify and 
    evaluate all children with disabilities in their jurisdiction, 
    including children whose parents place them in private schools. This 
    would include scheduling and holding a meeting to discuss with parents 
    who have consented to an evaluation, the results of the evaluation, the 
    child's needs, and whether the child is eligible under Part B. (See 
    Secs. 300.320, and 300.530-300.535.)
        In addition, the LEA must offer to make FAPE available if the child 
    is enrolled in public school. A new evaluation need not be performed 
    for each private school child each year, but evaluations for each 
    private school child must meet the same evaluation requirements as for 
    children in public agency placements, including the requirement for 
    reevaluation in Sec. 300.536. In addition, since LEAs must make FAPE 
    available to all children with disabilities in their jurisdiction 
    (Secs. 300.121, 300.300), public agencies must be prepared to develop 
    an IEP and to provide FAPE to a private school child if the child's 
    parents re-enroll the child in public school.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Several commenters requested that paragraph (c) be revised 
    to prohibit reimbursement if the private placement is inappropriate, 
    which was a part of the Supreme Court's standard on reimbursement 
    announced in School Comm. of Burlington v. Department of
    
    [[Page 12602]]
    
    Ed. of Mass., 471 U.S. 359 (1985) (Burlington). Another commenter 
    requested that the term ``timely manner'' be defined.
        Another commenter requested that the Department clarify that the 
    provisions of Sec. 300.403 (c), (d), and (e) apply only in situations 
    in which the child previously has received special education and 
    related services under the authority of a public agency. In other 
    situations, where the child has not yet been provided special education 
    and related services, the Department should recognize that hearing 
    officers and courts still retain broad equitable powers to award 
    relief, and will continue to apply the reimbursement standard in 
    Burlington.
        Discussion: It is not in the public interest to require that public 
    funds be spent to support inappropriate private placements. For these 
    reasons, paragraph (c) should be revised consistent with the basic 
    standard for reimbursement articulated by the Supreme Court in the 
    Burlington and Carter cases. Since, as the Supreme Court made clear in 
    Carter, in instances where the school district has not offered FAPE, 
    the standard for what constitutes an appropriate placement by parents 
    is not the same as the standards States impose for public agency 
    placements under the Act, this new provision makes clear that parental 
    placements do not need to meet State standards in order to be 
    ``appropriate'' under this requirement.
        As a commenter noted, hearing officers and courts retain their 
    authority, recognized in Burlington and Florence County School District 
    Four v. Carter, 510 U.S. 7 (1993) (Carter) to award ``appropriate'' 
    relief if a public agency has failed to provide FAPE, including 
    reimbursement and compensatory services, under section 
    615(l)(2)(B)(iii) in instances in which the child has not yet received 
    special education and related services. This authority is independent 
    of their authority under section 612(a)(10)(C)(ii) to award 
    reimbursement for private placements of children who previously were 
    receiving special education and related services from a public agency.
        The term ``timely manner'' should not be defined, since what 
    constitutes timely provision of FAPE is best evaluated within the 
    specific facts of individual cases. (See, e.g., Secs. 300.342(b) and 
    300.343(b)).
        Changes: Paragraph (c) has been revised to include the requirement 
    that the private placement by the parents must be appropriate (as 
    determined by a court or hearing officer) in order to be eligible for 
    reimbursement, and to make clear that a parental placement does not 
    need to meet the State standards that apply to education provided by 
    the SEA and LEAs in order to be found to be appropriate.
        Comment: A number of commenters suggested definitions of various 
    terms used in Sec. 300.403(d) and (e) and other changes to the 
    provisions of these paragraphs, some of which would have made 
    recovering reimbursement more difficult for parents and others which 
    would have limited school districts' use of these provisions in defense 
    of a reimbursement claim.
        Discussion: With the exception of making clear that the regulation 
    also applies when parents choose to enroll their child in a private 
    preschool program, no change is necessary. The regulation in 
    Sec. 300.403(d) and (e) reflects the statutory language, which balances 
    the interests of parents and public agencies. (See the explanation of 
    the definition of ``business day,'' under the discussion of comments to 
    Sec. 300.8, a term which is used in several places in these 
    regulations.)
        Changes: Paragraph (c) has been revised to specify that the 
    reimbursement provisions of Sec. 300.403 also apply if parents of a 
    child with a disability who previously received special education and 
    related services under the authority of a public agency enroll the 
    child in a private preschool program.
    
    Definition of ``Private School Children With Disabilities'' 
    (Sec. 300.450)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that the Department clarify 
    whether children with disabilities who are home-schooled are included 
    in the definition of ``private school children with disabilities''.
        Discussion: State law determines whether home schools are ``private 
    schools.'' If the State recognizes home schools as private schools, 
    children with disabilities in those home schools must be treated in the 
    same way as other private school children with disabilities. If the 
    State does not recognize home schools as private schools, children with 
    disabilities who are home-schooled are still covered by the child find 
    obligations of SEAs and LEAs, and these agencies must insure that home-
    schooled children with disabilities are located, identified and 
    evaluated, and that FAPE is available if their parents choose to enroll 
    them in public schools.
        Changes: None.
    
    Child Find for Private School Children With Disabilities (Sec. 300.451)
    
        Comment: Some commenters stated that there have been major 
    difficulties in many areas of the country in ensuring that private 
    school children with disabilities are identified and evaluated. Some 
    commenters also noted the new statutory provision limiting the amount 
    of funds that must be spent on parentally-placed private school 
    children with disabilities based on the number of identified 
    parentally-placed private school children with disabilities creates an 
    additional need for timely and effective child find for this 
    population. These commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to require that consultation with appropriate representatives of 
    private school children occur before the public agency conducts child 
    find activities and to provide that child find activities for 
    parentally-placed private school children be done on the same or 
    comparable timetable as for public school children. Another commenter 
    requested that child find activities include children placed by their 
    parents in private residential facilities.
        Discussion: The role of child find for parentally-placed private 
    school children is very important for services for this population. 
    Section 612(a)(10)(A)(i) and the regulations in Sec. 300.452 tie the 
    amount of money that will be used for parentally-placed private school 
    children with disabilities to the number of parentally-placed private 
    school children with disabilities in each LEA. Clearly, the adequacy of 
    the LEA's child find activities for parentally-placed private school 
    children with disabilities will be crucial to determining how many 
    children with disabilities are parentally-placed in private schools, 
    and consequently, the amount of funds that must be spent by an LEA on 
    special education and related services to parentally-placed private 
    school children with disabilities. For these reasons, LEAs should 
    consult with representatives of private school children with 
    disabilities on how to conduct child find activities for parentally-
    placed private school children with disabilities in a manner that is 
    comparable, which would include timing, to child find for public school 
    children with disabilities.
        LEAs are required to conduct child find activities for children 
    residing in their jurisdiction. Generally, as a matter of State law, 
    children are considered to reside in the home of their parents even if 
    they physically do not live there. Whether children who are in private 
    residential facilities are residing in the jurisdiction of an LEA when 
    that facility is within the boundaries of the LEA will be dependent on 
    State law.
        Changes: The term ``religiously-affiliated'' has been replaced with
    
    [[Page 12603]]
    
    ``religious,'' to more accurately reflect the types of schools. The 
    term ``public agency'' has been replaced with ``LEA,'' a technical 
    change. Paragraph (a) has been revised (see description of comments 
    received under Sec. 300.453 regarding that revision). A new paragraph 
    (b) has been added requiring public agencies to consult with 
    representatives of parentally-placed private school students with 
    disabilities on how to conduct child find activities for that 
    population in a manner that is comparable to that for public school 
    children.
    
    Provision of Services--Basic Requirement (Sec. 300.452)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: None.
        Changes: Consistent with the comments, discussion, and changes 
    under Sec. 300.341, a new paragraph (b) has been added to Sec. 300.452 
    regarding the SEA's responsibility for ensuring that a services plan is 
    developed and implemented for each private school child with a 
    disability who has been designated to receive special education and 
    related services under this part.
    
    Expenditures (Sec. 300.453)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked for clarification that there is no 
    obligation to spend more than the total per capita Federal allocation 
    to the LEA, and use of State or local funds are not required, for 
    private school children. Another commenter requested that the note 
    following this section be integrated into the regulation, as it 
    provided valuable guidance to States. Several commenters were concerned 
    that LEAs were suggesting that no services needed to be provided to 
    private school students as a proportional share of the Federal funds 
    was being used to conduct evaluations of these children. Another 
    commenter asked whether a longstanding State program that allocates 
    funding to be used for private school children for certain special 
    education and related services and evaluations can be used to satisfy 
    the requirements of this section.
        Several commenters noted the importance of determinations of the 
    number of parentally-placed private school children with disabilities 
    in calculating required expenditures and asked for specificity in how 
    this number is determined. Another commenter requested that the 
    Department require that each LEA separately account for funds used for 
    private school children with disabilities and clarify that these funds 
    are only to provide special education and related services and cannot 
    be used to carry out activities such as child find.
        Discussion: It is important to clarify that there is a distinction 
    under the statute between the obligation to conduct child find 
    activities, including individual evaluations, for parentally-placed 
    private school children with disabilities, and the obligation to use an 
    amount of funds equal to a proportional amount of the Federal grant to 
    provide special education and related services to parentally-placed 
    private school children with disabilities. The obligation to conduct 
    child find, including individual evaluations, exists independently from 
    the services provision described in Secs. 300.452-300.456, and the 
    costs of child find activities, such as evaluations, may not be 
    considered in determining whether the LEA has spent the amount 
    described in Sec. 300.453 on providing special education and related 
    services to parentally-placed private school children with 
    disabilities.
        The statute describes the minimum amount that must be spent on 
    these services and does not specify that only Federal funds can be used 
    to satisfy this obligation. Thus, if a State or LEA uses other funds to 
    provide special education and related services to private school 
    children, those funds can be considered in satisfying the provisions of 
    Sec. 300.453, so long as the services are provided in accordance with 
    the other provisions of Secs. 300.452-300.462.
        The statute does not prohibit a State or LEA from spending 
    additional State or local funds to provide special education and 
    related services to private school children. To make this important 
    point, in light of the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    regulations, the note that followed this section in the NPRM should be 
    incorporated into this section as paragraph (d).
        Determining the number of parentally-placed private school children 
    with disabilities is particularly important. Child find, which includes 
    locating, identifying and evaluating children, is an ongoing activity 
    that SEAs and LEAs should be engaged in throughout the year for all 
    children in order to meet the statutory obligations to ensure that all 
    children in the State are located, identified and evaluated and that 
    all children have the right to FAPE. The statute does not distinguish 
    between child find activities for children enrolled in public schools 
    and those conducted for children enrolled in private schools.
        In addition, the importance of child find for determining the 
    amount to be spent on services for parentally-placed private school 
    children with disabilities also argues for clarity in the regulations 
    that child find activities for private school children with 
    disabilities must be comparable to child find activities conducted for 
    children in public schools. Further regulation also is necessary on 
    determining the number of parentally-placed private school children 
    with disabilities so as to eliminate the potential for disputes about 
    how to determine the number of private school children with 
    disabilities that will be used as the basis for the calculation and to 
    provide a clear standard for LEAs to meet. Possible alternative 
    standards for who to count, such as private school children referred 
    for evaluation, or private school children with disabilities who are 
    receiving services pursuant to Secs. 300.450-300.462 are not consistent 
    with the statutory language.
        Since LEAs and SEAs are already counting children with disabilities 
    who are receiving special education and related services on December 1 
    or the last Friday in October of each year (the State decides which 
    date to use on a State-wide basis) for funding and data reporting 
    purposes, conducting the count of eligible parentally-placed private 
    school children with disabilities on that date as well is reasonable, 
    reduces the amount of double counting of private school children with 
    disabilities who move from one location to another, and gives States 
    the same flexibility they have with regard to counting children with 
    disabilities who are receiving services. Furthermore, this count will 
    provide the public agencies the basis on which they will be able, 
    consistent with Sec. 300.454, to plan for the services that will be 
    provided during the subsequent school year.
        Changes: A new paragraph (c) has been added to Sec. 300.453 to 
    specify that the costs of child find activities for private school 
    children with disabilities may not be considered in determining whether 
    the LEA met the expenditures requirements of this section. A paragraph 
    (d) has been added to clarify that States and LEAs are not prohibited 
    from spending additional funds on providing special education and 
    related services to private school children with disabilities. The note 
    has been removed.
        Section 300.451 has been revised to specify that child find 
    activities for parentally-placed private school children with 
    disabilities be comparable to child find activities for children with 
    disabilities in public schools.
        Section 300.453 has been revised to add a new paragraph (b) that 
    specifies that each LEA consult with representatives of private school 
    children with disabilities to decide how to conduct the count of the 
    number of parentally-placed children with
    
    [[Page 12604]]
    
    disabilities in private schools on December 1 or the last Friday of 
    October for determining the amount that must be spent on providing 
    special education and related services for private school children for 
    the subsequent school year, and that the LEA ensure that count is 
    conducted.
    
    Services Determined (Sec. 300.454)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested clarification of ``timely and 
    meaningful'' so that parents, private school representatives and LEAs 
    would have a better understanding of how this process works. Various 
    other suggestions included public notice of the consultation meetings, 
    public transcripts of those meetings, and requiring explanations of 
    refusals to provide service, and decisions on allocations of funds for 
    services for private school children.
        Discussion: The needs of private school children with disabilities, 
    their number and their location will vary over time and, depending on 
    the circumstances in a particular LEA, will differ from year to year. 
    However, an annual consultation with representatives of private school 
    children is not required, since States and LEAs are best able to 
    determine the appropriate period between consultations based on 
    circumstances in their jurisdictions.
        Paragraph (b)(3) specifies that consultation must take place before 
    decisions are made affecting the opportunities of private school 
    children with disabilities to participate in the State's special 
    education program which is assisted or carried out with Part B funds. 
    The regulations on this consultation process have not been amended, in 
    the expectation that all parties will treat others in the process with 
    reason and respect.
        Changes: No change was made in response to these comments. See 
    discussion of comments received under Sec. 300.350 regarding a change 
    to Sec. 300.454.
    
    Services Provided (Sec. 300.455)
    
        Comments: Several commenters expressed concern that using the term 
    ``IEP'' in this section added to confusion over whether private school 
    children served under these provisions were to receive all the services 
    they need, or just those services that had been decided through the 
    consultation process would be provided. Several suggested that a 
    different term, ``statement of special education and related services 
    to be provided'' be substituted. Other commenters objected to the 
    definition of a term ``comparable in quality'' not used in the statute.
        Discussion: The use of the term ``IEP'' could result in confusion 
    about whether these children receive all the services they would have 
    received if enrolled in a public school. A different term, services 
    plan, will be used. However, to the extent appropriate given the 
    services that the LEA has selected through the consultation process 
    described in Sec. 300.454, that services plan must meet the 
    requirements for an IEP in order to ensure that the services are 
    meaningfully related to a child's individual needs. For example, in 
    almost all instances, the services plan developed for an individual 
    private school child with a disability would have to meet the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.347(a)(1)-(4), (6) and (7).
        Whether those statements would also have to meet the requirements 
    of Sec. 300.347(a)(5), (b) and (c) would depend on the services that 
    are to be provided to the parentally-placed private school student with 
    a disability. Paragraph (c) provides useful guidance to LEAs and 
    parents that will prevent disputes. That content will be retained, but 
    the definition should be eliminated.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) has been retitled ``General.'' Paragraph (b) 
    has been revised by referring to a services plan instead of an IEP and 
    by specifying that, for the services that are provided, the services 
    plan, to the extent appropriate, must meet the content requirements for 
    an IEP (Sec. 300.347) and be developed consistent with Secs. 300.342-
    300.346. The useful content from paragraph (c) of the NPRM has been 
    incorporated into paragraph (a).
    
    Location of Services; Transportation (Sec. 300.456)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the Department require 
    services to children in private schools be provided on-site, stating 
    that providing services at a neutral site is disruptive and time 
    consuming. Another asked for more specificity as to the phrase 
    ``consistent with law.'' Several commenters objected to the treatment 
    of transportation in Sec. 300.456(b), some stating that there is no 
    individual right to transportation under the Act, while others noted 
    that providing transportation services could use all the funds 
    available for special education and related services. Others asked why 
    a certain related service (transportation) had been singled out for 
    special treatment.
        Discussion: Decisions about whether services will be provided on-
    site or at some other location should be left to LEAs, in consultation 
    with representatives of private school children. Although in many 
    instances on-site services are most effective, local considerations 
    should allow flexibility in this regard. A change should be made to 
    Sec. 300.454(b)(1) to make clear that where services are provided is 
    subject to consultation with representatives of private school 
    children.
        The phrase ``consistent with law'' is statutory. As Note 1 
    following this section indicated, the Department's position, based on 
    the decisions of the Supreme Court in Zobrest v. Catalina Foothills 
    School Dist. (1993) and Agostini v. Felton (1997) is that there is no 
    Federal constitutional prohibition on providing publicly-funded special 
    education and related service on-site at private, including religious 
    schools. These decisions make clear that LEAs may provide special 
    education and related services on-site at religious private schools in 
    a manner that does not violate the Establishment Clause of the First 
    Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
        While the statute and regulation do not require the provision of 
    services on-site to private school children, to the extent it is 
    possible to do so, LEAs are encouraged to provide those services at 
    private school sites so as to minimize the amount spent on necessary 
    transportation and to cause the least disruption in the children's 
    education. However, State constitutions and laws must also be consulted 
    when making determinations about whether it is consistent with law to 
    provide services on-site at a religious school.
        If services are offered at a site separate from the child's private 
    school, transportation may be necessary in order to get the child from 
    one site to the other, or the child may be effectively denied an 
    opportunity to benefit. In this sense then, transportation is not a 
    related service but is a means of making the services that are offered 
    accessible. LEAs should work in consultation with representatives of 
    private school children to ensure that services are provided at sites 
    that will not require significant transportation costs. In light of the 
    decision to remove notes from the final regulations, paragraph (b) of 
    this section should be revised to incorporate the concept from the note 
    that transportation does not need to be provided between the child's 
    home and the private school.
        Changes: Section 300.456 has been re-titled ``Location of services; 
    transportation.'' A technical change has been made to paragraph (a) to 
    refer to religious schools rather than religiously-affiliated schools. 
    Paragraph (b) has been revised to explain when
    
    [[Page 12605]]
    
    transportation is required. Section Sec. 300.454(b)(1)(iii) has been 
    revised to specify that where services are provided is a subject of 
    consultation between the LEAs and representatives of private school 
    children. The notes following this section in the NPRM have been 
    removed.
    
    Complaints (Sec. 300.457)
    
        Comment: Several commenters objected to Sec. 300.457(a) because 
    they believed that a child in a private school should be able to 
    receive a due process hearing on complaints about services once the LEA 
    has decided to provide services to that child. Most of those commenters 
    indicated that there may be legitimate issues regarding whether the LEA 
    complied with obligations to a specific child it had agreed to serve.
        One commenter agreed with the position in the NPRM that if FAPE 
    does not apply to private school children, due process also would not 
    apply. Another commenter suggested that due process also should not 
    apply to the child find obligations described in Sec. 300.451.
        Discussion: Section 615(a) of the Act specifies that the procedural 
    safeguards of the Act apply with respect to the provision of FAPE to 
    children with disabilities. The special education and related services 
    provided to parentally-placed private school children with disabilities 
    are independent of the obligation to make FAPE available to these 
    children.
        While there may be legitimate issues regarding the provision of 
    services to a particular parentally-placed private school child with 
    disabilities an LEA has agreed to serve, due process should not apply, 
    as there is no individual right to these services under the IDEA. 
    Disputes that arise about these services are properly subject to the 
    State complaint procedures, which are available to address 
    noncompliance with any requirement of Part B.
        On the other hand, child find is a part of the basic obligation to 
    make a FAPE available to all children with disabilities in the 
    jurisdiction of the public agency, and so failure to properly evaluate 
    a parentally-placed private school child would be subject to due 
    process.
        Changes: A new paragraph (b) has been added to specify that due 
    process procedures do apply to child find activities, including 
    evaluations.
    
    Requirement That Funds not Benefit a Private School (Sec. 300.459)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked how an LEA is to discern whether funds 
    are being used to benefit the private school. Another questioned 
    whether this provision is consistent with other provisions that allow 
    funds to be used by an LEA to provide staff development for special and 
    regular education personnel, consultative services and provisions that 
    permit other children to also benefit when a teacher or other provider 
    is providing special education or related services to a child with a 
    disability.
        Discussion: LEAs should use reasonable measures in assessing 
    whether Federal funds are being used to benefit private schools. This 
    provision does not prohibit private school teachers from participating 
    in staff development activities regarding the provisions of IDEA when 
    their participation can be accommodated.
        If consultation services are provided to a private school teacher 
    as a means of providing special education and related services to a 
    particular private school child with a disability and that teacher uses 
    the acquired skills in providing education to other children, whatever 
    benefit those other children receive is incidental to the publicly 
    funded services and is not prohibited by this provision.
        On the other hand, if an LEA simply gave a private school an amount 
    of money rather than itself providing or purchasing services for 
    parentally-placed private school children with disabilities, in 
    addition to violating the requirements of Secs. 300.453 and 300.454, 
    would raise very significant concerns about compliance with 
    Sec. 300.459(a).
        In the interest of regulating only where necessary, the regulations 
    do not further specify measures of when a private school is benefiting 
    from the Federal funds.
        Changes: None.
    
    Use of Private School Personnel (Sec. 300.461)
    
        Comment: One commenter noted that private school personnel used to 
    provide services to private school children under Part B should be 
    required to meet the same standards as public school employees 
    providing those services to public or private school children.
        Discussion: Section 300.455 specifies that services provided to 
    private school children must be provided by personnel meeting the same 
    standards as those providing services in public schools. This would 
    apply to private school personnel who, under Sec. 300.461, are being 
    used to provide services under Secs. 300.450-300.462 to private school 
    children with disabilities.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to Sec. 300.461 to make 
    clear that the services addressed are those provided in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.450-300.462.
    
    Requirements Concerning Property, Equipment and Supplies for the 
    Benefit of Private School Children With Disabilities (Sec. 300.462)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked whether costs for inventory control 
    can be considered as a part of the proportionate share of the LEA's 
    Part B funds that are to be expended for providing services to private 
    school children. The commenter also asked for specificity regarding the 
    procedures to be used for maintaining administrative control of all 
    property, equipment and supplies acquired for the benefit of private 
    school children.
        Discussion: Reasonable and necessary costs for inventory control of 
    property, equipment and supplies located in a private school related to 
    providing special education and related services to private school 
    children with disabilities can be considered a part of the cost of 
    providing special education and related services to private school 
    children with disabilities. Effective procedures for ensuring 
    administrative control will vary depending on local considerations.
        Changes: None.
    
    Subpart E Procedural Safeguards
    
    General Responsibility of Public Agencies; Definitions (Sec. 300.500)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked whether the definition of 
    ``evaluation'' at Sec. 300.500(b)(2) precludes the use of tests which 
    are based on the general curriculum and which may be used with all 
    children in a school or class as the primary means of evaluation. 
    Another commenter asked if any evaluation after an initial evaluation 
    is considered a reevaluation. It was also suggested that the revocation 
    of consent only be allowed before the first day of the child's 
    placement. There was also a request that the note (which concerns the 
    non-retroactivity of a revocation by a parent of their consent) be 
    included in the text of the regulation.
        Some commenters also wanted a definition of ``educational 
    placement'' included in Sec. 300.500(b), consistent with prior policy 
    issuances regarding the definition.
        Discussion: The statutory changes to the evaluation procedures that 
    are reflected in Secs. 300.530-300.536 make clear that an 
    ``evaluation'' will include review of existing data, which may include 
    results on tests or other procedures that are based on the general 
    curriculum and may be used with all children in a grade, school, or 
    class. The definition of ``evaluation'' in the NPRM
    
    [[Page 12606]]
    
    at proposed Sec. 300.500(b)(2) had not been updated to recognize this 
    change in the statute. Therefore, a change has been made to eliminate 
    the last sentence in the proposed definition of ``evaluation'' so that 
    it does not imply that an evaluation may not include a review of a 
    child's performance on a test or procedure used with all children in a 
    grade, school or class. This change does not mean that a public agency 
    must obtain parental consent before administering a test used with all 
    children unless otherwise required. (See Sec. 300.505(a)(3)). Section 
    300.532 sets forth the procedures required to individually evaluate a 
    child. Section 300.533 addresses the use of existing evaluation data 
    which can include information available on the results of tests and 
    procedures used for all children in a school, grade or class.
        To distinguish an initial evaluation from a reevaluation, an 
    initial evaluation of a child is the first completed assessment of a 
    child to determine if he or she has a disability under IDEA, and the 
    nature and extent of special education and related services required. 
    Once a child has been fully evaluated the first time in a State, a 
    decision has been rendered that a child is eligible under IDEA, and the 
    required services have been determined, any subsequent evaluation of a 
    child would constitute a reevaluation.
        Regarding revocation of parental consent, parents cannot be forced 
    to consent to decisions related to their child's education. However, it 
    would be impractical to allow a parent to retroactively apply a 
    revocation of consent where parental consent is required. Thus, once a 
    parent consents to an educational decision concerning their child, be 
    it an evaluation or provision of service(s), any revocation of their 
    consent once the action to which they initially consented has been 
    carried out will not affect the validity of the action. Since the non-
    retroactivity of a parent's revocation of consent is based on the 
    Department's interpretation of the statute, and is important to make 
    clear to all parties, it should be set forth in the regulation itself.
        The educational placement of a child focuses on the implementation 
    of a child's IEP and cannot be defined generally given that each child 
    has different educational needs. Section 300.552 addresses the meaning 
    of educational placement by describing the factors involved in making a 
    placement decision and explains the concept in the context of the least 
    restrictive environment. There is no additional benefit to defining 
    further the term educational placement at Sec. 300.500.
        Changes: The note following this section has been deleted and 
    Sec. 300.500(b)(1)(iii) has been amended by adding language to clarify 
    that a revocation of consent does not have retroactive effect if the 
    action consented to has already occurred. Section Sec. 300.500(b)(2) 
    has been amended by removing the last sentence of that paragraph.
    
    Opportunity to Examine Records; Parent Participation in Meetings 
    (Sec. 300.501)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the term ``all'' with respect 
    to meetings in Sec. 300.501(a)(2) be deleted as that term is not used 
    in the statute, as well as delete the term ``all'' with respect to the 
    term ``education records'' and replace it with ``special.'' Another 
    suggestion was to require in Sec. 300.501(a)(1) that copies of tests 
    given to a child and manuals to interpret such tests be made available 
    for the parents to review. One commenter asked whether therapy notes 
    are considered educational records and another asked that the public 
    agency be required to specify time periods within which the inspection 
    and review right must be carried out.
        Several commenters expressed concern that the definition of 
    ``meetings'' was too narrow; the commenters recommended the definition 
    be drafted to insure that it means any event where decisions are made 
    regarding a child's identification, evaluation or placement. Others 
    asked that the definition be removed entirely. It was also requested 
    that the potential for any confusion regarding informal meetings held 
    by school personnel be eliminated. Several commenters recommended 
    deleting the reference at Sec. 300.501(a)(2)(ii) to the provision of 
    FAPE, claiming this would overly broaden the meetings at which parents 
    should be given the chance to attend, precluding the ability for 
    internal meetings without the parents. A commenter also asked that 
    Sec. 300.501(a)(2) include the opportunity to attend eligibility 
    meetings.
        Commenters also asked that Sec. 300.501(b)(2) be amended to include 
    in the definition of ``meetings'' those that occur via conference call 
    or video conferencing, not just face-to-face meetings. Several comments 
    advised that the language as proposed at Sec. 300.501(b)(2) might 
    result in parents being excluded from curriculum planning meetings for 
    individual children under the guise of ``teaching methodology, lesson 
    plans or coordination of service provision'' meetings. There were 
    several recommendations that there be a specific timeline for giving 
    parents notice of meetings, such as at least 10 business days before a 
    meeting.
        Regarding placements, many commenters stated that parents should be 
    informed by public agencies of the various alternative placements 
    available, not just the one ultimately chosen, and the reasons for 
    rejecting the other potential placements. Further, it was suggested 
    that the language in Sec. 300.501(c)(1) be placed in the IEE section of 
    the regulations.
        Several commenters also stated that video-conferencing (referenced 
    in Sec. 300.501(c)(3)) would be costly and prohibitive for many 
    schools. Some thought the language in Sec. 300.501(c)(5), ``whatever 
    action is necessary'', was too broad and should be a reasonable or 
    feasible standard. There were also concerns that Sec. 300.501(c)(5) 
    should not require schools to ensure participation and comprehension by 
    the parents, but that they should make reasonable attempts to ensure 
    parents participate and understand.
        Discussion: The statute specifically states that parents have the 
    right to participate in meetings regarding identification, evaluation, 
    placement or FAPE. Paragraph (b)(2) describes the types of discussions 
    that do not fall within this requirement. The term ``all'' should be 
    deleted to be consistent with the statutory language.
        The term ``all education records'' is from the statutory reference 
    to ``all records relating to such child'' at section 615(b)(1) of the 
    Act. The Department has always interpreted the term to mean all of the 
    child's education records to be consistent with the purpose of IDEA and 
    the applicable confidentiality provisions of the General Education 
    Provisions Act at 20 U.S.C. 1232g, also known as the Family Educational 
    Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) as directed by section 617(c) of 
    the Act.
        Education records are defined at Sec. 300.560 by reference to the 
    definition of education records in 34 CFR part 99 (the regulations 
    implementing FERPA). The term means those records that are directly 
    related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or 
    institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. Given 
    the definition, it follows that tests taken by a child are included in 
    the education records available for review by a parent. The discussion 
    following Sec. 300.562 in the attachment further discusses what is 
    considered an education record of a child and the timelines for 
    parental inspection and review of education records.
        Regarding the definition of ``meetings,'' the proposed definition 
    was
    
    [[Page 12607]]
    
    intended to make clear that parents have the right to be notified of 
    and attend meetings which, generally, are scheduled in advance, and in 
    which public agency personnel are to come together at the same time, 
    whether face-to-face or via conference calls or video-conferencing, to 
    discuss, and potentially resolve, any of the issues described in 
    paragraph (b)(2).
        Informal discussions among teachers and administrators, which may 
    or may not be pre-arranged, are not meetings for which parents must 
    receive notice and the opportunity to attend. Whether or not a meeting 
    is prearranged is not the deciding factor in determining whether 
    parents would have the right to attend; rather, the fact that the 
    meeting is to discuss and potentially resolve one or more of the issues 
    identified in paragraph (b)(2) triggers the parents' right to be 
    involved.
        In practical terms, this means that meetings to which the child's 
    parents must be afforded the opportunity to attend cannot be convened 
    without providing parents with reasonable notice. However, in the 
    interest of regulating only where necessary, the first sentence of 
    paragraph (b)(2) would be removed and no specific timeline regarding 
    parental notice of meetings would be added.
        The right of parents to participate in meetings where the provision 
    of FAPE to their child is being discussed is statutory. The point of 
    the provision is to ensure parents have the opportunity to participate 
    in discussions where substantive decisions regarding their child's 
    education are made--a key principle of the IDEA Amendments of 1997. 
    Eligibility determinations are the focus of the identification process 
    and are already part of Sec. 300.501(a)(2). A parent's role in the 
    eligibility determination also is addressed under Sec. 300.534 of these 
    regulations.
        With respect to placement, if parents are to be meaningfully 
    involved in the placement decision for their child it is necessary that 
    they understand the various placement options. It is implicit in the 
    requirement that parents be ensured the opportunity to be members of 
    any group making the placement decision, that whatever placement 
    options are available to a child will be fully discussed and analyzed 
    at placement meetings, allowing input from all the participants.
        Relocating the language at Sec. 300.501(c)(1) in the IEE section of 
    the regulations does not make sense since the purpose of 
    Sec. 300.501(c) is placement and that of IEE's is evaluation.
        Whether or not video-conferencing, as well as other methods for 
    enabling full participation in meetings by those with a right to 
    attend, are used is dependent on the particular circumstances, and no 
    one method is mandated. If one effective option would be more costly in 
    a particular situation than another, there is no mandate that the more 
    costly alternative be chosen.
        Section 300.501(c)(4) explains that placement decisions may be made 
    by public agencies without the parents if the agency is unable to 
    obtain the parents' participation in the decision and documents its 
    attempts to ensure their involvement. Once a parent makes clear that he 
    or she will be involved in the placement decision-making process, 
    Sec. 300.501(c)(5) requires that the agency ensure that the parent is 
    actually able to participate in, which includes understanding, the 
    process. However, it is possible that even if an agency makes 
    reasonable efforts, consistent with Sec. 300.501(c)(5), to ensure a 
    parent's participation, the parent is still not able to meaningfully 
    participate. Thus, it appears useful to clarify the regulation.
        Changes: Section 300.501(a)(2) has been amended to delete the word 
    ``all'; Sec. 300.501(b)(2) (definitions of ``meetings'') has been 
    amended by replacing ``a prearranged event in which'' with ``when;'' 
    and deleting ``and place;'' and Sec. 300.501(c)(5) has been revised to 
    refer to reasonable efforts to ensure parent participation.
    
    Independent Educational Evaluation (Sec. 300.502)
    
        Comment: Some commenters thought that allowing the public agency to 
    initiate a hearing regarding parental requests for independent 
    educational evaluations (IEE), without allowing parents the right to 
    likewise initiate a hearing, would cause excessive litigation. Further, 
    it was suggested that States be required to develop clear criteria for 
    acceptance of IEEs as the primary means of determining eligibility.
        One commenter asked that a formula be established for reimbursing 
    parents who assume the responsibility of establishing eligibility for 
    their children. Several commenters urged that an IEE must be consistent 
    with the requirements of a full and individual evaluation under 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536. It was also suggested that although the criteria 
    under which an IEE is obtained at public expense should be the same as 
    the criteria used by the public agency when it initiates an evaluation, 
    reasonable travel should be allowed when community professional 
    resources are limited.
        A few comments requested limiting the cost of an IEE to a 
    reasonable and customary charge, as well as restricting the type of 
    evaluation conducted, such as evaluating only educational, not medical, 
    needs.
        Comments were received recommending that before a parent may 
    request an IEE, there must have been an LEA evaluation, the results 
    with which the parents disagree. The commenters stated that parents who 
    refuse to consent to a public evaluation and then demand an IEE at 
    public expense should not receive an IEE, unless they can demonstrate a 
    legitimate reason for refusing to consent to the undertaking of a 
    public evaluation.
        Commenters both supported and opposed Notes 1 and 2, some wishing 
    their deletion and some wanting them included as part of the 
    regulations. Many commenters suggested that parents should explain why 
    they disagreed with the public evaluation, or that the public agency 
    should be able to request such information and have time to alleviate 
    the parents' concerns, and that the parent should request a hearing if 
    he or she wants one so the burden to demonstrate that the evaluation 
    was appropriate would not fall solely on the public agency.
        There were several requests for a definition of unnecessary delay 
    in Sec. 300.502(b), some proposing 10 calendar or school days from the 
    receipt of a request for an IEE.
        Discussion: The purpose of requiring the public agency to either 
    initiate a due process hearing if it wishes to challenge a parent's 
    request for an IEE, or otherwise provide an IEE at public expense, is 
    to require public agencies to respond to IEE requests and to ensure 
    parents are able to obtain an IEE as set forth in section 615(b)(1) of 
    the Act. There is no corresponding need to specify that a parent also 
    has the right to initiate a due process hearing since if a public 
    agency does not do so it must provide the IEE at public expense.
        IEEs would be only one element in the eligibility determination 
    since the evaluation team reviews the existing evaluation data and then 
    determines what additional data are needed to determine whether the 
    child has or continues to have a covered disability, the child's 
    present levels of performance and whether the child needs or continues 
    to need special education and related services (see Sec. 300.533(a) and 
    (b)). Methods in addition to IEEs are to be used to determine whether a 
    child is eligible under IDEA. Therefore, the results of IEEs cannot be 
    the sole determining factor for eligibility.
        Under IDEA, it is the public agency's responsibility to establish 
    eligibility. If parents are willing to assume the
    
    [[Page 12608]]
    
    responsibility, on behalf of the public agency, for having the 
    assessment of their child under IDEA done, they should be reimbursed 
    for the assessment methods agreed upon by the public agency and 
    parents. The agreement between the parents and public agency would 
    depend on their special circumstances so regulating on this issue would 
    not be helpful. However, this procedure would not be an IEE.
        Since Sec. 300.502(e)(1) states that IEEs at public expense are to 
    be conducted pursuant to the same criteria that apply to evaluations 
    conducted by public agencies, it follows that the requirements at 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536 would apply to the IEEs. Note also that for an 
    IEE obtained by a parent either at public or private expense to be 
    considered by the public agency, such IEE must meet agency criteria. 
    Therefore, the parents must be able to have access to the relevant 
    agency criteria. To that end, Note 2 should be deleted and, in modified 
    form, included in the text of the regulation at Secs. 300.502(a)(2), 
    300.502(c)(1), and 300.502(e)(1).
        There is nothing in the regulations with respect to IEEs, or 
    evaluations in general, that would prevent reasonable travel for 
    necessary services not available in the community.
        Since public agencies must provide parents with information about 
    where IEEs may be obtained, provided the options are consistent with 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536, public agencies have some discretion in the cost 
    if it is at public expense. Further, evaluations of children under IDEA 
    are to cover all areas of suspected disability, which may include 
    medical examinations for purposes of determining the child's 
    disability. There may be situations in which a child's educational 
    needs are intertwined with a child's health needs, therefore, stating 
    that the types of evaluations conducted are only those regarding 
    educational need does not add any useful clarity.
        The right of a parent to obtain an IEE is triggered if the parent 
    disagrees with a public initiated evaluation. Therefore, if a parent 
    refuses to consent to a proposed public evaluation in the first place, 
    then an IEE at public expense would not be available since there would 
    be no public evaluation with which the parent can disagree. If the 
    parent believes the proposed public evaluation is inappropriate, he or 
    she may pursue an appropriate publicly-funded evaluation via the 
    mediation or due process procedures under Secs. 300.506-300.509.
        With respect to Note 1, while it would be helpful for parents to 
    explain their disagreement over a public evaluation, there is nothing 
    in the statute which prevents parents from obtaining an IEE if they did 
    not express their concerns first. Therefore, Note 1 would be deleted 
    and the regulation changed to state that the public agency may request 
    an explanation from the parents regarding their concerns when the 
    parent files a request for an IEE at public expense. However, such an 
    explanation may not be required of the parents and the provision of an 
    IEE, or initiation of a due process hearing to defend the public 
    evaluation, may not be delayed unreasonably regardless of whether or 
    not the parent explains his or her concerns to the public agency.
        Since the necessity or reasonableness of a delay is case specific, 
    no definition of these terms has been added.
        Changes: Note 2 has been deleted and Sec. 300.502(a)(2) and (e)(1) 
    have been amended to provide that on request for an IEE, parents are 
    provided with information about where an IEE may be obtained and the 
    agency criteria applicable to IEEs and that those criteria are 
    consistent with the parent's right to an IEE.
        Note 1 has been deleted and Sec. 300.502(b) has been revised to 
    explain that an explanation of parent disagreement with an agency 
    evaluation may not be required and the public agency may not delay 
    either providing the IEE at public expense or, alternatively, 
    initiating a due process hearing.
    
    Prior Notice by the Public Agency; Content of Notice (Sec. 300.503)
    
        Comment: One commenter stated that Sec. 300.503(b)(8) should be 
    removed, believing it to exceed the statute and because an explanation 
    of State complaint procedures is given in the procedural safeguards 
    notice. The commenter also believed it is inconsistent to inform 
    parents about the State complaint process without the other two 
    (mediation and due process appeals) being explained.
        Several commenters asked for specific types of organizations to be 
    listed in Sec. 300.503(b)(7), such as parent training institutes. 
    Another commenter wanted the title of Sec. 300.503 to be changed to 
    ``Prior Notice by the Public Agency Before Implementing an IEP.''
        Several commenters asked that a note be added to explain when the 
    notice needs to be sent.
        Requests were received to delete Sec. 300.503(b)(6) and to insert 
    the phrase ``unless it is clearly not feasible to do so'' as stated in 
    Sec. 300.503(c)(ii) whenever language or mode of communication is 
    addressed. It was also suggested that a note be added that an LEA must 
    document its attempts at accessing resources to assist in translating 
    or interpreting information.
        Discussion: Section 300.503(b)(8) was proposed to enhance the 
    awareness of parents of low cost and less adversarial mechanisms for 
    resolving disputes with school districts. Therefore, it makes sense to 
    require State complaint procedures to be explained along with due 
    process and mediation rather than in this notice. Since 
    Sec. 300.503(b)(6) requires that parents be advised of the existence of 
    procedural safeguards and, if the written notice is not part of an 
    initial referral for an evaluation, be told how a copy of the 
    procedural safeguards notice can be obtained, it would be useful and 
    appropriate to add a specific requirement for an explanation of the 
    State complaint process in Sec. 300.504(b).
        Procedural safeguard notices must be given to the parents, at a 
    minimum, upon the four events set forth at Sec. 300.504(a); between 
    those events and the statement mandated at Sec. 300.503(b)(6), agencies 
    should have ample instances in which they must provide parents with 
    effective notice of the various processes for challenging proposed 
    action. Therefore, Sec. 300.503(b)(8) should be deleted and moved to 
    Sec. 300.504(b).
        The types of organizations which exist to help parents understand 
    IDEA are varied and depend on the particular State. Therefore, a list 
    of such organizations in the regulations would not be feasible.
        The regulation is already clear on when the prior written notice 
    must be given: a reasonable time before the public agency proposes or 
    refuses to initiate or change the child's identification, evaluation, 
    educational placement or provision of FAPE. If parental consent is 
    required for the proposed action, the notice may be given when parental 
    consent is requested. Further, the notice is required at times other 
    than only before implementing a child's IEP so the title should not be 
    changed.
        Section 300.503(b)(6) is taken directly from the statute. In 
    addition, it is difficult to understand when it would not be feasible 
    to add the statement required by Sec. 300.503(b)(6).
        It is not necessary to add a note requiring an agency to document 
    its efforts to translate or interpret the notice pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.503(c)(2)(i) and (ii) since Sec. 300.503(c)(2)(iii) requires 
    that the agency can show that Sec. 300.503(c)(2)(i) and (ii) have been 
    met.
        Changes: Section 300.503(b)(8) has been deleted and moved to 
    Sec. 300.504(b).
    
    [[Page 12609]]
    
    Procedural Safeguards Notice (Sec. 300.504)
    
        Comment: Several commenters were opposed to specifying the times 
    procedural safeguards notice are to be given to the parents, claiming 
    such requirements are expensive and burdensome. One commenter asked 
    that the terms ``opportunity to present complaints'' and ``due process 
    hearings'' be clarified since the two terms seem to mean the same thing 
    for purposes of the procedural safeguards notice. Other commenters 
    objected to Secs. 300.504(a)(2), 300.504(b)(7), and 300.507(c)(2)(iii).
        There were several suggested additions to the timing and contents 
    of the procedural safeguards notice. Commenters suggested that the 
    procedural safeguards notice: (1) Also be required when there is a 
    decision to remove a child from his or her current educational 
    placement for disciplinary actions resulting from behaviors described 
    in Sec. 300.520 or Sec. 300.521, or for a period of more than 10 school 
    days for other violations; (2) contain information with respect to the 
    transfer of rights at the age of majority and the circumstances under 
    which tuition reimbursement may be denied; (3) contain information on 
    the use of private and public insurance to pay for Part B services; (4) 
    contain information as to where parents can receive help in 
    understanding procedural safeguards; (5) state that a public agency may 
    not deny a parent's right to a due process hearing if the parent fails 
    to participate in a meeting to encourage mediation; and (6) include a 
    complete listing of all times when the safeguards notice is to be 
    provided.
        Discussion: The minimum times the procedural safeguards notice must 
    be given to parents is set forth in the statute at section 615(d)(1). 
    The fourth requirement, that the notice be given upon receipt of 
    request for a due process hearing, comes from the requirement at 
    section 615(d)(1)(C) that the notice be given upon registration of a 
    complaint under section 615(b)(6).
        The longstanding interpretation of the statutory mandate at section 
    615(b)(6) that parents have the opportunity to present complaints 
    relating to their child's identification, evaluation, educational 
    placement and provision of FAPE, is that they have an opportunity to 
    request a due process hearing. Therefore, Sec. 300.504(b)(5) should be 
    modified to make clear that the opportunity to be explained is that of 
    presenting complaints to initiate due process hearings pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.507. Section 300.504(b)(10) as stated is then clearer in that 
    it refers to an explanation of the actual due process hearing 
    procedures. Also, in adding Sec. 300.504(b)(14), a corresponding change 
    to the first paragraph of Sec. 300.504(b) must be made to reference 
    State complaint process.
        Sections 300.504(a)(2) and (b)(7) are required by the statute. The 
    provision in Sec. 300.504(c)(2)(iii) has been in the regulations since 
    1977 and there is no basis for changing the requirement given that 
    purpose is to ensure that parents receive assistance in understanding 
    the notice.
        Regarding the several suggested additions to the timing and 
    contents of the procedural safeguards: (1) Sec. 300.504(b)(7) as 
    written addresses situations where children are disciplined and placed 
    in interim alternative educational placements; (2) Sec. 300.504(b)(8) 
    as written addresses situations resulting in reduction of reimbursement 
    of private school tuition; (3) Sec. 300.347(c) requires that at least 
    one year before the student reaches the age of majority under State law 
    the parents and the student will receive notice of the projected 
    transfer of rights through the IEP; (4) Sec. 300.142(e) specifies that 
    private insurance can only be used with informed parent consent and 
    that public insurance can only be used if it will not result in a cost 
    to parents; (5) Sec. 300.503(b)(7) already includes sources for parents 
    to use to help in understanding their rights; and (6) 
    Sec. 300.504(b)(9) already requires that the mediation process, which 
    includes parental rights therein, be fully explained.
        The information on the content and timing of the procedural 
    safeguards notice is not included in the statutory description of the 
    contents of this notice.
        Changes: As discussed under Sec. 300.503, a new Sec. 300.504(b)(14) 
    has been added to address State complaint procedures. The first 
    paragraph of Sec. 300.504(b) is amended to recognize this change. 
    Section 300.504(b)(5) is amended to refer to presenting complaints to 
    initiate due process hearings.
    
    Parental Consent (Sec. 300.505)
    
        Comment: A few comments suggested that the term ``informed'' be 
    inserted before ``parental consent'' in Sec. 300.505(a)(1).
        Several commenters believe that parental consent should be required 
    for all reevaluations, not just those where new tests are necessary. 
    Other commenters also requested that the term ``new test'' be changed 
    to encompass other evaluation procedures. Others stated that the term 
    ``new test'' confused rather than clarified when consent needed to be 
    obtained and requested that it be clarified or deleted. Some commenters 
    suggested that an explanation be added to clarify that where additional 
    data are needed in order to reevaluate a child, parental consent is 
    required. There were also questions regarding the necessity of consent 
    for adapted or modified assessments if not part of a reevaluation, such 
    as ongoing classroom evaluations (e.g. the Brigance) and counseling.
        Several commenters believe that parental consent should be required 
    before special education services are discontinued, for example, upon 
    graduation. A few commenters recommended that reevaluations for 
    children who are suspended for more than 10 days or expelled should be 
    able to proceed even if parental consent is not given.
        The use of Sec. 300.345(d) procedures to meet the reasonable 
    measures requirement of Sec. 300.505(c) was opposed by some commenters, 
    several of whom believe that documenting efforts to obtain parental 
    consent should be sufficient. Some also wanted reasonable measures to 
    be defined more specifically.
        Several comments advocated deleting Note 3 and others believed Note 
    3 should be incorporated into the regulation. Further, it was 
    recommended that the clarification in Note 2 be revised to state that 
    the public agency consider implementing its procedures to override a 
    parent's refusal to consent to services the public agency believes are 
    necessary for the child to receive FAPE, rather than requiring the 
    public agency to implement such override procedures.
        Discussion: Parental consent must be informed to be consistent with 
    the statute and meaningful. Further, adding the word ``informed'' at 
    Sec. 300.505(a)(1) is consistent with the definition, in 
    Sec. 300.500(b)(1), of consent.
        In order for children to receive FAPE, the IDEA Amendments of 1997 
    emphasized the importance of parent involvement in their children's 
    evaluation and placement. The statute requires informed parental 
    consent prior to a child's initial evaluation for special education and 
    related services, as well as any reevaluations. The intent of this 
    statutory change was not to require school districts to obtain parental 
    consent before reviewing existing data about the child and the child's 
    performance, an activity that school districts, as a matter of good 
    practice, should be engaged in as an on-going practice.
    
    [[Page 12610]]
    
        To require parental consent for collection of this type of 
    information would impose a significant burden on school districts with 
    little discernable benefit to the children served under these 
    regulations. The statute provides that in some instances, an evaluation 
    team may determine that additional data are not needed for an 
    evaluation or reevaluation. In all instances, parents have the 
    opportunity to be part of the team which makes that determination. 
    Therefore, no parental consent is necessary if no additional data are 
    needed to conduct the evaluation or reevaluation.
        To make this clear and to respond to commenters who believed that 
    requiring parental consent only when conducting a new test as part of 
    the reevaluation was too narrow, the regulation should be revised to 
    specify that parental consent must be obtained before conducting an 
    evaluation or reevaluation, to delete proposed paragraph (a)(1)(iii) 
    and add a new provision to state that parental consent need not be 
    obtained before reviewing existing data as a part of an evaluation or 
    reevaluation or before administering a test or other evaluation that is 
    administered to all children unless consent is required of all parents.
        Parental consent would be necessary if a test is conducted as a 
    part of an evaluation or reevaluation, and when any assessment 
    instrument is administered as part of an evaluation or reevaluation. 
    However, schools would not be required by these regulations to obtain 
    parental consent for teacher and related service provider observations, 
    ongoing classroom evaluation, or the administration of or review of the 
    results of adapted or modified assessments that are administered to all 
    children in a class, grade, or school.
        If a child is about to graduate or otherwise stop receiving special 
    education and related services, Sec. 300.503's prior notice 
    requirements would be triggered. Section 300.503 requires that written 
    notice must be sent to the parents before a proposed change in 
    identification, evaluation, placement, or the provision of FAPE is 
    effective, thereby allowing the parent the opportunity to object to the 
    proposal. It is not appropriate to regulate further on this issue here.
        Paragraph (b) of this section addresses the procedures an agency 
    can use if it wants to pursue an evaluation or reevaluation, but the 
    parents have refused consent. The agency may seek to do the evaluation 
    or reevaluation by using the due process or mediation procedures under 
    Part B of the Act unless doing so would be inconsistent with State law 
    relating to parent consent. Proposed Notes 1 and 3, and the second part 
    of proposed Note 2 were attempts to clarify the interplay between the 
    Federal requirement to provide FAPE and any State laws and policies 
    which may not permit educational agencies to override refusals of 
    parents to consent to evaluations and reevaluations.
        In practical terms, if a State does not allow the agency to 
    override a parent's refusal for an initial evaluation or reevaluation 
    which the agency deems necessary in order to provide FAPE, the agency, 
    under paragraph (b), must follow the requirements of State law. In 
    cases where the evaluation or reevaluation is necessary in order to 
    determine that the child is or continues to be a child with a 
    disability under Part B of the Act, and State law prohibits an agency 
    from overriding a parental refusal to consent, the agency may have no 
    recourse but to not provide, or not continue to provide, services under 
    the Act to the child.
        On the other hand, if State law does not prohibit the agency from 
    overriding a parental refusal to consent to an evaluation or 
    reevaluation, and the agency believes that an evaluation or 
    reevaluation is necessary in order to provide FAPE, the agency would 
    have to take appropriate action.
        If State law provided a mechanism different than due process or 
    mediation under Part B as the means to override a parent refusal of 
    consent, and the agency deems the evaluation or reevaluation necessary 
    in order to provide FAPE, the agency would use the State mechanism to 
    pursue the evaluation. If State law permits agencies to override a 
    parental refusal to consent to an evaluation or reevaluation, but does 
    not specify the procedures to use, and the agency determines that the 
    evaluation or reevaluation was necessary in order to provide FAPE to 
    the child, the agency would use the due process and mediation 
    procedures under Part B of the Act.
        Of course, if an agency proposed an evaluation or reevaluation and 
    the parent refused consent, the agency could reconsider whether its 
    proposed evaluation or reevaluation was necessary, if the circumstances 
    warrant. However, in light of the general decision to remove all notes 
    from the regulations implementing Part B of the Act, the notes should 
    be removed.
        Paragraph (c) of this section addresses situations in which an 
    agency seeks parental consent for a reevaluation, but the parent fails 
    to respond. Given the importance of parental involvement, the 
    procedures a public agency must use to demonstrate that it has taken 
    reasonable measures to obtain parental consent pursuant to 
    Sec. 300.505(d) should be consistent with the procedures in 
    Sec. 300.345(d) that a public agency must use to inform and encourage 
    parents to attend IEP meetings. The methods described in 
    Sec. 300.345(d) are examples of how to attempt and document the steps 
    that the public agency has taken to obtain parental participation in an 
    IEP meeting, and are applicable to a public agency's attempts to obtain 
    parental consent pursuant to 34 CFR 300.505.
        Section 300.345(d) does not require a public agency to take all of 
    the steps mentioned before conducting the meeting. A public agency may 
    use a method which is different from the ones listed at Sec. 300.345(d) 
    to demonstrate that it has attempted to obtain parental consent as long 
    as it can demonstrate that its methods were appropriate. Therefore, the 
    language concerning the use of the Sec. 300.345(d) procedures to meet 
    the reasonable measure requirement of Sec. 300.505(c) should be 
    retained.
        Under paragraph (d) of this section if a State adopts consent 
    requirements in addition to those required in Sec. 300.505(a)(1), 
    public agencies are not excused from their obligation to provide FAPE 
    because a parent refuses to consent unless the public agency has taken 
    the steps necessary to resolve the matter. In order to resolve the 
    disagreement with the parent, it is appropriate for the public agency 
    to use informal means initially, such as a parent conference. However, 
    if these informal means prove unsuccessful, the public agency must use 
    its override procedures if it continues to believe that the disputed 
    service or activity is needed in order for the child to receive FAPE.
        Paragraph (e) of this section contained a typographical error 
    because it should have referred to consent required under paragraphs 
    (a) and (d), consistent with the prior regulations. With regard to 
    paragraph (e), it is important to recognize that except for the service 
    or activity for which consent is required under paragraphs (a) and (d), 
    parent refusal to consent to one service or benefit may not be used to 
    deny the parent or child any other service or benefit available to 
    them. For example, if a State requires parental consent to the 
    provision of all services identified in the IEP, and the parent refuses 
    to consent to physical therapy services included in the IEP, the agency 
    is not relieved of its obligation to implement those portions of the 
    IEP to which the parent consents. Similarly, a parent
    
    [[Page 12611]]
    
    refusal to consent to a reevaluation may not be used to deny a child 
    the right to participate in a class trip. A parent refusal to consent 
    to the collection of additional data that a public agency believes is 
    needed as a part of a reevaluation may not be used to deny the child 
    the services that are not in dispute. In addition, a parent refusal to 
    consent to the collection of additional data that the agency thinks 
    necessary to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a 
    disability may not result in the exclusion of the child from special 
    education and related services because Sec. 300.534(c)(1), which 
    reflects the statutory requirements of section 614(c)(5), requires a 
    full evaluation before determining that a child is no longer a child 
    with a disability. To make this point more clearly, paragraph (e) would 
    be revised.
        Changes: Section 300.505(a)(1) has been amended to refer to 
    ``informed parent consent,'' and to delete the unnecessary reference to 
    programs providing special education and related services. A reference 
    to reevaluation has been added to paragraph (a)(1)(i), paragraph 
    (a)(1)(iii) has been deleted, and a new paragraph (a)(3) added to 
    specify that parental consent is not required before reviewing existing 
    evaluation data as a part of an evaluation or reevaluation or for 
    administering a test used with all children unless consent is required 
    of all parents. Paragraph (e) has been revised to provide that a public 
    agency may not use a parental refusal to consent to one service or 
    benefit under paragraphs (a) and (d) to deny the parent or child 
    another service, benefit, or activity, except as may be required by 
    these regulations. The notes following this section have been removed.
    
    Mediation (Sec. 300.506)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that the terms ``SEA'' and 
    ``LEA'' be used in lieu of ``public agency'' since the statute uses 
    those terms. There were also requests for a clarification of the 
    State's responsibility for the costs of the mediation process.
        There were a few requests for clarification of who may be 
    mediators, such as whether or not former LEA employees would be able to 
    be mediators. There were comments asking for more restrictions on who 
    could be a mediator and comments asking for fewer restrictions, 
    especially where a public school district already has certain mediators 
    under state law or regulation. The latter commenters believe the 
    restrictions should only address employees of an agency that is 
    providing direct services to a child who is the subject of the 
    mediation or any state agency described in Sec. 300.20.
        There was also the suggestion that LEA employees be permitted to 
    serve as mediators, however, either party would have the right to 
    reject such selection. The commenters pointed out that there is no 
    similar prohibition against LEA employees being hearing officers and 
    several questioned whether the restrictions were therefore necessary. 
    Some commenters suggested that the regulation make clear that multiple 
    mediators or mediation panels are allowed, i.e., that a single mediator 
    is not required for each mediation.
        Other comments recommended that Note 1 be deleted, while others 
    asked that it be included in the text of the regulation. With regard to 
    Note 1, for situations in which agreement on a mediator could not be 
    reached, commenters sought additional guidance in the regulation.
        Other suggestions for the mediation process included promoting 
    mediation even before a due process hearing is requested and allowing 
    an LEA to select a mediator who it believes is best able to resolve 
    issues in dispute. There were comments that mediation should be allowed 
    to occur via telephone when necessary. Several commenters asked that 
    the agreement reached in mediation be added to the child's IEP as soon 
    as possible after the agreement is reached, however not later than 10 
    days from the agreement. Commenters also requested that the regulation 
    specify that the written mediation agreement would be as enforceable as 
    a due process hearing decision, and that mediation discussions may be 
    disclosed in any proceeding brought to enforce a mediation agreement.
        Some comments stated that there appeared to be a conflict between 
    Secs. 300.506(d)(1) and 300.506(d)(2). The former allows a public 
    agency to require parents who elect not to go to mediation to meet with 
    a disinterested party to learn about the mediation process. The latter 
    states that if a parent does not participate in the informational 
    meeting regarding mediation the public agency may not deny or delay the 
    parent's right to due process hearing. The comments suggested changing 
    Sec. 300.506(d)(1) to state that the procedures may ``request'' not 
    ``require'' the parents to learn about mediation. A few comments 
    requested a specific definition of the term ``disinterested party'' and 
    parent information and training centers, as well as clarification of 
    any supervision required over disinterested parties. There were also 
    comments which asked that LEAs be required to mediate if the parents 
    agree, as well as be required to attend a mediation informational 
    meeting if it chooses not to mediate.
        Discussion: Mediation is an important alternative system for 
    resolution of disputes under Part B. However, in order for mediation to 
    be effective, it must be an attractive alternative to both public 
    agencies and parents and it must be an impartial system which brings 
    the proper parties into a confidential discussion of the issues and 
    allows for a binding agreement that resolves the dispute.
        The statute clearly states that the option of mediation must be 
    available whenever a due process hearing is requested. No further 
    requirement would be added to the regulations. However, States or other 
    public agencies are strongly encouraged to offer mediation or other 
    alternative systems of dispute resolution prior to the filing of a 
    request for a due process hearing, and whenever a dispute arises.
        An expanded use of mediation should enable prompt resolution of 
    disputes and lead to a decrease in the use of costly and divisive due 
    process proceedings and civil litigation. Mediation may also be useful 
    in resolving State complaints under Secs. 300.660-300.662.
        The term ``public agency'' in the regulation appropriately includes 
    State and local educational agencies as well as other agencies in the 
    State that may have responsibility for the education of children with 
    disabilities because it ensures access to the mediation process, 
    regardless of the agency that provides educational services. The 
    requirement that the State bear the cost of the mediation process is 
    clearly set out in the regulation; however, the regulation should be 
    revised to correctly refer to the meetings to encourage the use of 
    mediation. In addition, the potential savings of mediation, when 
    compared to litigation, make it an attractive, low-cost option for most 
    public agencies.
        While there is nothing in the Part B regulations that precludes 
    parents and LEA employees from attempting to resolve disputes through 
    an informal process, the use of current LEA employees as mediators 
    would make mediation a much less attractive alternative to parents. The 
    regulatory provisions regarding the impartiality of mediators and the 
    requirement of specialized expertise in laws and regulations relating 
    to the provision of special education and related services are intended 
    to be more stringent than the Federal requirements for impartial 
    hearing officers to ensure that mediation is a more attractive option 
    for parents, and an effective option for both parties. The use of a 
    single mediator in the
    
    [[Page 12612]]
    
    mediation process is important for clear communication and 
    accountability.
        Paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, which repeats statutory 
    language, is clear that each mediation be conducted by one mediator, as 
    opposed to a panel or multiple mediators.
        Another factor that will determine the success of mediation within 
    a State is the selection process for mediators. It is important to note 
    that with respect to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the Senate and 
    House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 include the following 
    statement:
    
        * * * the bill provides that the State shall maintain a list of 
    individuals who are qualified mediators. The Committee intends that 
    whenever such a mediator is not selected on a random basis from that 
    list, both the parents and the agency are involved in selecting the 
    mediator, and are in agreement with the individual who is selected. 
    (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 27 (1997); H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 106 
    (1997).)
    
        The success of a mediation system will be closely related to both 
    parties' trust and commitment to the process. The first test of that 
    process will be the selection of the mediator. Parties that mistrust 
    the mediator selection process may be less likely to reach agreement on 
    substantive issues. Therefore, reflecting the language of the 
    Committees' reports on this topic, a change should be made to the 
    regulation to specify that if a mediator is not selected on a random 
    basis from the State-maintained list, both parties are involved in 
    selecting the mediator and are in agreement with the selection of the 
    individual who will mediate.
        Like hearing officers, mediators must be able to be paid by the 
    State, without impacting their impartiality. Language similar to that 
    used for impartial hearing officers should be added to the regulation 
    to clarify that even though a mediator is paid for his or her services 
    as a mediator, such payment does not make that mediator an employee for 
    purposes of impartiality.
        The regulatory requirement for the use of a qualified mediator 
    instructed in effective mediation techniques will ensure that decisions 
    about the effectiveness of specific techniques, such as the need for 
    face-to-face negotiations, telephone communications, or IEP 
    implementation provisions, will be based upon the mediator's 
    independent judgment and expertise. Therefore, it is not necessary to 
    regulate on these issues.
        The enforceability of a mediation agreement, like the 
    enforceability of other binding agreements, including settlement 
    agreements, will be based upon applicable State and Federal law. With 
    regard to the provision in paragraph (b)(6) of this section that 
    mediation discussions must be confidential and may not be used in any 
    subsequent due process hearings or civil proceedings, the Senate and 
    House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 note that ``nothing in this 
    bill shall supersede any parental access rights under the Family 
    Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 or foreclose access to 
    information otherwise available to the parties.'' (S. Rep. No. 105-17, 
    p. 27 (1997); H. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 107 (1997)). The Reports also 
    include an example of a confidentiality pledge, which makes clear that 
    the intent of this provision is to protect discussions that occur in 
    the mediation process from use in subsequent due process hearings and 
    civil proceedings under the Act, and not to exempt from discovery, 
    because it was disclosed during mediation, information that otherwise 
    would be subject to discovery.
        Regarding the perceived conflict between Sec. 300.506(d)(1) and 
    (d)(2), the mediation process, including meetings to discuss the 
    benefits of mediation, should not be used to deny or delay parents' due 
    process hearing rights. The purpose behind Sec. 300.506(d)(2) is to 
    ensure that in situations where parents are unwilling or unable to 
    cooperate with a public agency regarding a meeting to discuss the 
    benefits of mediation, there is still a timely resolution of the due 
    process hearing. In general, a hearing officer should not extend the 
    timelines for a due process hearing based on the fact that there is a 
    pending mediation in the case unless both parties have agreed to that 
    extension. If mediation is used in the resolution of a State complaint, 
    it should not be viewed as creating, in and of itself, an exceptional 
    circumstance justifying an extension of the 60 day time line. While the 
    State or local educational agency may require that the parent attend 
    the meeting to receive an explanation of the benefits of mediation and 
    to encourage its use, a parent's failure to attend this meeting prior 
    to the due process hearing should not be used to justify delay or 
    denial of the hearing or the hearing decision.
        It is not necessary to define the terms ``parent training and 
    information centers'' or ``community parent resource center'' since 
    they are established by statute. To allow flexibility with regard to 
    the designation of a ``disinterested party'' by the parent 
    organizations or an appropriate alternative dispute resolution entity, 
    no definition would be provided. Consistent with the general decision 
    to remove all notes from these final regulations, Notes 1 and 2 would 
    be removed.
        Changes: A new paragraph (b)(2)(ii) is added to specify that the 
    mediator be selected from the list on a random basis, such as a 
    rotation, or that both parties are involved in selecting the mediator 
    and agree with the selection of the individual who will mediate. Notes 
    1 and 2 have been removed. Paragraph (b)(3) has been revised to refer 
    to the meetings to encourage the use of mediation.
        Another new paragraph (c)(2) is added to clarify that payment for 
    mediator services does not make the mediator an employee for purposes 
    of impartiality.
    
    Impartial Due Process Hearing; Parent Notice (Sec. 300.507)
    
        Comment: There were several comments requesting changes to 
    Sec. 300.507. With regard to the model form for hearing requests, some 
    commenters requested that where the public agency requests the due 
    process hearing, the public agency would provide the notice requested 
    of the parents at Sec. 300.507(c)(1) and (c)(2). Others requested that 
    parent information and training centers and the general public be 
    required to assist in developing the model form required in 
    Sec. 300.507(a)(3).
        The Department also received comments asking that 
    Sec. 300.507(c)(4) be modified so that LEAs can ask a hearing officer 
    to delay a due process hearing for a reasonable period of time until 
    the parents provide the district with the required pre-hearing notice. 
    Some commenters suggested that parents be informed of free and low cost 
    legal advocacy as a matter of routine, not just after requesting a due 
    process hearing. Other commenters sought additional language specifying 
    that LEAs be barred from coming to a due process hearing with a new IEP 
    developed without direct parental input and based on the information 
    given by the parents in the hearing request.
        Commenters also requested that the statutory provisions regarding 
    attorneys' fees at sections 615(i)(3)(D) and (F) of the Act be included 
    in this regulation. Others requested that the term ``or refusal to 
    initiate or change'' be added to Sec. 300.507(c)(2)(iv).
        Some commenters asked that the Department delete Note 1, while 
    others asked that Note 1 be written into the regulation itself.
        Discussion: The prior written notice requirement of Sec. 300.503 is 
    sufficient to inform parents of what the public agency is proposing. 
    Therefore, any hearing request by the public agency on
    
    [[Page 12613]]
    
    that proposal would not require an additional notice by the agency. 
    Another notice would be repetitive and overly burdensome. Likewise, 
    many public agencies already have existing model forms for hearing 
    requests. Since the statute and regulation specify the information 
    which parents must disclose in the hearing request, additional input 
    from parent information and training centers or the general public is 
    unnecessary and would create additional burdens without much benefit.
        The Senate and House Committee Reports on Pub. L. 105-17 note that 
    attorneys' fees to prevailing parents may be reduced if the attorney 
    representing the parents did not provide the public agency with 
    specific information about the child and the basis of the dispute 
    described in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. With respect to 
    the intent of the new notice provision, the Reports include the 
    following statement:
    
        * * * The Committee believes that the addition of this provision 
    will facilitate an early opportunity for schools and parents to 
    develop a common frame of reference about problems and potential 
    problems that may remove the need to proceed to due process and 
    instead foster a partnership to resolve problems. (S. Rep. No. 105-
    17, p. 25 (1997); H. R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 105 (1997)).
    
        The changes to Sec. 300.513 clarify the potential for reduction of 
    attorneys' fees in cases where proper notice is not given by the 
    parents' attorney. Therefore, a reference to attorneys' fees is not 
    necessary here.
        Matters such as what evidence should and should not be presented 
    and requests for extensions of time, should be handled on a case-by-
    case basis by the impartial hearing officer presiding over the hearing. 
    It has also been the Department's long-standing position that Part B of 
    the Act and the regulations under Part B do not provide any authority 
    for a public agency to deny a parent's request for an impartial due 
    process hearing, even if the agency believes that the parent's issues 
    are not new. Thus, the determination of whether or not a parent's 
    request for a hearing is based on new issues can only be made by an 
    impartial hearing officer.
        The request for modification of the regulation at 
    Sec. 300.507(c)(2)(iv) to include situations where the nature of the 
    problem is the public agency's refusal to initiate or change the 
    provision of a free appropriate public education, is consistent with 
    the requirements of Sec. 300.507(a)(1). In light of the general 
    decision to remove all notes from these final regulations, Notes 1 and 
    2 should be removed.
        Changes: Section 300.507(c)(2)(iv) is amended to make clear that a 
    problem may have arisen as a result of an agency's proposal or refusal 
    to act. Notes 1 and 2 have been removed.
    
    Impartial Hearing Officer (Sec. 300.508)
    
        Comment: The Department received several comments requesting 
    amendments to the regulation on hearing officers in two main aspects--
    qualifications and public notice of such qualifications. In the first 
    area, commenters stated that persons who are employees of any LEA, 
    persons who were employees of an SEA or LEA and were involved in the 
    care or education of any child in the past 5 years, and attorneys who 
    represent primarily the school district or parents cannot be hearing 
    officers. In the second area, commenters requested that hearing 
    officers be required to take training and competency examinations 
    designed by this Department and supplemented with State-specific 
    elements. Several commenters also want SEAs to publish the criteria 
    they use to choose hearing officers and that the list of all the 
    hearing officers and their credentials be provided to parents 
    requesting a due process hearing. Commenters also suggested that the 
    regulation require that if a sublist of hearing officers is generated 
    for a particular hearing, the parents or their representative be 
    present at the meetings where the sublist is selected. Further, 
    commenters asked that the statement of the qualifications of hearing 
    officers be updated annually and the impartiality of a hearing officer 
    be determined by an objective standard, such as a State's Code of 
    Judicial Conduct.
        Discussion: The regulation, in conjunction with State ethics 
    requirements for attorneys and judges, are sufficient to address the 
    concerns raised by commenters with regard to potential conflicts. In 
    States where there are no formal ethical standards for administrative 
    hearing officers, the issue should be addressed within the State. A 
    prior employee of an LEA or SEA should not be barred from serving as a 
    hearing officer where there is no personal or professional interest 
    that would conflict with his or her objectivity in the hearing. Hearing 
    officers, like judges, are capable of making independent determinations 
    of potential conflicts of interest, including a determination of 
    whether he or she has knowledge or information about a particular child 
    derived from outside the hearing process which would impact upon his or 
    her impartiality.
        Although numerous commenters asked for national standards, 
    training, and examinations for impartial hearing officers, decisions 
    about training and hearing officer selection, including the use of 
    sublists, should be left to States. Since hearing officers' decisions 
    are subject to judicial review, there is a strong incentive for States 
    to choose qualified hearing officers, conduct appropriate training and 
    establish standards of expertise. Hearing decisions that are not 
    soundly decided will lead to further litigation, be more likely to be 
    reversed and create higher costs. In addition, reviewing courts are 
    less likely to give judicial deference to a hearing officer where his 
    or her qualifications show no expertise in the area of special 
    education.
        Changes: None.
    
    Hearing Rights (Sec. 300.509)
    
        Comment: There were several specific comments regarding hearing 
    rights. With respect to the additional disclosure of information, some 
    commenters stated that the time frame should be 5 school days, not 
    business days, prior to a hearing, and the recommendations should be 
    clarified as written recommendations which may be summaries of oral 
    recommendations. A few commenters also suggested that 
    Sec. 300.509(a)(3) and (b) use the same standard of business days to 
    avoid confusion.
        With respect to the parental hearing rights, some commenters 
    suggested that since it sometimes not in the interest of the child to 
    be present at the hearing, the parents should have the right to have 
    the child who is the subject of the hearing present for only a portion 
    of the hearing. There were also comments that a free written record is 
    too expensive for States to provide, as well as comments that a 
    verbatim recording should be at no cost to the parents.
        With respect to general hearing rights, commenters asked that 
    evidence that has not been disclosed within the appropriate time frame 
    not be allowed unless agreed to by both parties or for good cause shown 
    for the failure to disclose in advance. Commenters also asked that the 
    regulations state that the only pre-hearing discovery allowed is the 
    exchange of information set forth in Sec. 300.509. Finally, commenters 
    requested that hearing decisions be made available to the public at 
    least on a quarterly basis.
        Discussion: The establishment of two separate time frames for the 
    prehearing disclosure of documents because the term ``5 business days'' 
    is used in Sec. 300.509(b)(1) and the term ``5 days'' is used in 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section will lead to confusion and additional 
    litigation and costs. In order to prevent
    
    [[Page 12614]]
    
    this, the time frame for disclosure would be set to 5 business days 
    prior to the hearing. This change would be consistent with prior 
    interpretations by the Department, which recognized that the intent of 
    prehearing disclosure is to avoid surprise by either party at the 
    hearing. The hearing officer has discretion to determine the 
    consequences of not meeting the disclosure time line, and may prohibit 
    the introduction of the evidence or may allow the rescheduling of the 
    hearing so that timely disclosure is possible.
        Some States chose to allow the use of other discovery procedures 
    prior to a due process hearing. States should continue to have this 
    discretion as they are not prohibited from doing so by Part B.
        Access to a written verbatim record of the hearing is vital for 
    parents to exercise their full due process rights. Although there are 
    costs associated with the statutorily mandated shift of the choice 
    between an electronic or written record of the hearing from the public 
    agency, as newer technologies are better capable of generating accurate 
    transcriptions, these costs will decrease.
        Parents must continue to have the choice to have the child be 
    present for all or part of the hearing, at their discretion. For some 
    youth with disabilities, observing and even participating in the 
    hearing will be a self-empowering experience in which they can learn to 
    advocate for themselves. This long-standing choice should not be taken 
    away from parents. This choice takes on added significance in light of 
    the new provisions that allow States to transfer parental rights to 
    students at the age of majority. Under this new authority, there may be 
    more situations where students will have to be present at and 
    participate in due process hearings.
        Implicit in the requirement that hearing decisions be made 
    available to the public, is the requirement that they be made available 
    within a reasonable amount of time. Therefore, no specific time 
    requirement is needed in the regulation.
        Changes: Paragraph (a)(3) of this section is changed to require 
    disclosure at least 5 business days before the hearing.
    
    Finality of Decision; Appeal; Impartial Review (Sec. 300.510)
    
        Comment: Several comments regarding the availability of SEA hearing 
    decisions, asked that such decisions be distributed directly to various 
    organizations and allow parents to receive the findings under 
    Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(vi) in an electronic format. Other comments 
    requested that hearing officers be allowed to amend decisions once they 
    are final to correct for technical errors, similar to Rule 60 of the 
    Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
        One commenter asked that Notes 1 and 2 be incorporated into the 
    regulation itself and several commenters pointed out that the reference 
    in Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(iii) should be to Sec. 300.509 not Sec. 300.508.
        Discussion: There were two typographical errors in the proposed 
    regulation with respect to references to other sections. In 
    Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(iii) the reference to Sec. 300.508 should be to 
    Sec. 300.509 consistent with the prior regulatory reference. In 
    Sec. 300.510(d), the reference to Sec. 300.511 should be to 
    Sec. 300.512, also consistent with the prior regulatory reference.
        The reference in Sec. 300.510(b)(vi) to written findings and 
    decision should be changed to be consistent with Sec. 300.509(a)(5) and 
    allow the choice of electronic or written findings of fact and 
    decision.
        It is not necessary to regulate on whether hearing officers are 
    allowed to amend their decisions for technical errors. This matter is 
    left to the discretion of hearing officers and States; however, proper 
    notice should be given to parents if State procedures allow for 
    amendments and a reconsideration process may not delay or deny parents' 
    right to a decision within the time periods specified for hearings and 
    appeals.
        It has been the Department's position that the SEA may conduct its 
    review either directly or through another State agency acting on its 
    behalf. However, the SEA remains responsible for the final decision on 
    review. In addition, all parties have the right to continue to be 
    represented by counsel at the State administrative review level, 
    whether or not the reviewing official determines that a further hearing 
    is necessary. If the reviewing official decides to hold a hearing to 
    receive additional evidence, the other rights in Sec. 300.509 relating 
    to hearings also apply. However, in light of the general decision to 
    remove all notes from these final regulations, Notes 1 and 2 would be 
    removed.
        Changes: In Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(iii) the reference to Sec. 300.508 
    has been changed to Sec. 300.509. In Sec. 300.510(d), the reference to 
    Sec. 300.511 has been changed to Sec. 300.512. The reference in 
    Sec. 300.510(b)(2)(vi) to written findings and decision has been 
    changed to be consistent with Sec. 300.509(a)(5) and allow the choice 
    of ``electronic or written findings of fact and decision.'' Notes 1 and 
    2 have been removed.
    
    Timelines and Convenience of Hearings and reviews (Sec. 300.511)
    
        Comment: A few comments were received regarding Sec. 300.511 which 
    requested that (1) the 45 and 30 day timelines be specified as 45 and 
    30 school days; (2) it be clear that hearing officers have discretion 
    to deny requests for extensions of time since extensions may delay 
    hearings for a long time; and (3) delete Sec. 300.511(a) or change it 
    to make the SEA responsible for timelines.
        Discussion: There is not sufficient consensus or evidence of need 
    to change the long-standing interpretation of the hearing and review 
    timelines from calendar days to ``school days.'' In addition, the 
    potential impact of no ``school days'' during the summer months would 
    make the delay in parents' access to due process hearings and decisions 
    unreasonable.
        The use of the word ``may'' instead of ``shall'' in 
    Sec. 300.511(c), means that the granting of specific extensions of time 
    are at the discretion of the hearing or review officer. It is not 
    necessary to clarify that this discretion means that requests for 
    extensions can be denied as well as granted since this is implicit in 
    the regulation.
        There is no need to change the regulation to reflect the State's 
    responsibility for compliance with timelines because in addition to the 
    language in this regulation, Sec. 300.600 continues to hold the State 
    ultimately responsible for noncompliance.
        Changes: None.
    
    Civil Action (Sec. 300.512)
    
        Comment: A commenter pointed out that Sec. 300.512 had a few 
    typographical errors since the reference to Sec. 300.510(b)(2) should 
    be to Sec. 300.510(b)(1) and the reference to Sec. 300.510(e) should be 
    to Sec. 300.510(b).
        Discussion: There were typographical errors in this section in the 
    NPRM, however the reference to Sec. 300.510(b)(2) should be to 
    Sec. 300.510(b) and the reference to Sec. 300.510(e) should be to 
    Sec. 300.510(b).
        Changes: The reference to Sec. 300.510(b)(2) has been changed to 
    Sec. 300.510(b) and the reference to Sec. 300.510(e) has been changed 
    to Sec. 300.510(b).
    
    Attorneys' Fees (Sec. 300.513)
    
        Comment: Many commenters requested that Sec. 300.513 include the 
    provisions from sections 615(i)(3)(D) and (F) of the Act regarding 
    instances where attorneys fees are prohibited or may be reduced. 
    Several commenters also asked that a note be added to state that 
    attorneys' fees may be awarded if
    
    [[Page 12615]]
    
    an IEP team meeting occurs after a hearing request but before the 
    hearing.
        Several commenters requested that the note on hearing officers be 
    deleted, stating that the awarding of attorneys' fees should be left to 
    the courts. One commenter stated that if hearing officers are allowed 
    to award attorneys' fees, they should be trained in, and use, the 
    criteria used by Federal courts in determining attorneys' fees.
        One commenter also asked that Sec. 300.513(b) be deleted.
        Discussion: By inserting all the statutory provisions regarding 
    attorneys' fees into the regulations, most of the suggestions will be 
    adequately addressed and additional clarity will be added.
        Based upon the absence of consensus, the Department will continue 
    to allow maximum flexibility to States for structuring the process by 
    which parents who are prevailing parties under Part B of the Act may 
    request attorneys' fees reimbursement.
        It is important to maintain paragraph (b)(1) of this section, 
    because the limited Federal resources under the Act should be used to 
    provide special education and related services and not be used to 
    promote litigation of disputes. Further, that paragraph has been 
    modified to make it clear that the prohibition against using Part B 
    funds for attorney's fees also applies to the related costs of a party 
    in an action or proceeding, such as depositions, expert witnesses, 
    settlements, and other related costs. In addition, a new paragraph 
    (b)(2) of this section has been added to clarify that the prohibition 
    in paragraph (b)(1) does not preclude a public agency from using funds 
    under Part B of the Act to conduct an action or preceding under section 
    615 of the Act, such as the cost of paying a hearing officer and 
    providing the place for conducting the action or proceeding.
        In light of the general decision to remove all notes from the final 
    regulations under the Act, the note following this section in the NPRM 
    would be removed. The proposed note was merely intended to suggest that 
    States could choose as a matter of State law to permit hearing officers 
    to award attorneys' fees to parents who are prevailing parties under 
    Part B of the Act, and not to require that they do so, or imply that 
    IDEA would be the source of the authority for granting hearing officers 
    that role. If a State allows hearing officer's to award attorney's 
    fees, requirements regarding training on attorneys fees would be a 
    State matter.
        Changes: Paragraph (b) has been revised to prohibit use of funds 
    provided under Part B for related costs. The regulation has been 
    amended to include all of the provisions of section 615(i)(3)(C)-(G) of 
    the Act. The note following this section has been removed.
    
    Child's Status During Proceedings (Sec. 300.514)
    
        Comment: Although a few commenters agreed with the provision in 
    Sec. 300.514(c), many commenters objected to it. Section 300.514(c) 
    states that if the decision in a due process hearing or administrative 
    appeal agrees with the parents that a change of placement is 
    appropriate, the decision must be treated as an agreement between the 
    State or local agency and the parents for purposes of maintaining the 
    child's placement pursuant to Sec. 300.514(a). Commenters saw this 
    provision as one-sided and suggested that it be limited to where there 
    is agreement by all the parties. In the alternative, commenters 
    suggested that the provision be deleted and that decisions as to 
    whether a hearing officer's or review official's decision constitutes 
    an agreement be left to the courts.
        Commenters requested a definition of the term ``current 
    placement,'' with some suggesting that the definition include the 
    current location where the child receives services.
        Some of the comments indicated confusion as to which proceedings 
    are referenced in Sec. 300.514. Commenters were unsure whether the 
    regulation references only the administrative and judicial due process 
    proceedings established by section 615 of the Act, or also the State 
    complaint procedures established by Secs. 300.660-300.662.
        Commenters requested that when referring to parents in this 
    regulation, students who have reached the age of majority also be 
    referenced. Further clarification also was requested regarding a 
    parent's right to remove his or her child from the current placement 
    and place them elsewhere during the pendency of the applicable 
    proceedings if the parent believes FAPE is not being provided.
        Discussion: The provisions maintaining the child's current 
    educational placement pending proceedings regarding a complaint is a 
    right afforded to parents to protect children with disabilities from 
    being subjected to a new program that parents believe to be 
    inappropriate. The provisions are intended to apply only to the due 
    process proceedings and the subsequent civil action, if any, brought 
    under section 615 of the Act, and not to the State complaint procedures 
    in Secs. 300.660-300.662, which are authorized by the General Education 
    Provisions Act. This position is consistent with the Department's prior 
    interpretation.
        It is important to note that these provisions would only apply 
    where there is a dispute between the parent and the public agency that 
    is the subject of administrative or judicial proceedings. If there is 
    no such dispute that is the subject of a proceeding, then the placement 
    may be changed and this section does not apply.
        This section does not permit a child's placement to be changed by 
    the public agency during proceedings regarding a complaint, unless the 
    parents and agency agree otherwise. While the placement may not be 
    changed unilaterally by the public agency, this does not preclude the 
    parent from changing the placement at their own expense and risk. It is 
    also important to note that this provision does not preclude the agency 
    from using its normal procedures for dealing with children who are 
    endangering themselves or others, including, as appropriate to the 
    circumstances, seeking injunctive relief from a court of competent 
    jurisdiction. In addition, even where there is disagreement between the 
    parents and the public agency, the provisions of Sec. 300.521 still 
    allow a hearing officer to change the placement of a child with a 
    disability who is substantially likely to injure self or others to an 
    appropriate interim alternative educational setting for not more than 
    45 days.
        Paragraph (c) is based on long-standing judicial interpretation of 
    the Act's pendency provision that when a State hearing officer's or 
    State review official's decision is in agreement with parents that a 
    change in placement is appropriate, that decision constitutes an 
    agreement by the State agency and the parents for purposes of 
    determining the child's current placement during subsequent appeals. 
    See, e.g., Burlington School Committee v. Dept. Of Educ., 471 U.S. 359, 
    371 (1985); Susquentia School District v. Raelee S., 96 F.3d 78, 84 
    (3rd Cir. 1996); Clovis Unified v. Office of Administrative Hearings, 
    903 F.2d 635, 641 (9th Cir. 1990). Paragraph (c) of this section 
    incorporates this interpretation. However, this provision does not 
    limit either party's right to seek appropriate judicial review under 
    Sec. 300.512, it only shifts responsibility for maintaining the 
    parent's proposed placement to the public agency while an appeal is 
    pending in those instances in which the State hearing officer or State 
    review official determines that the parent's proposed change of 
    placement is appropriate.
    
    [[Page 12616]]
    
        The term ``current placement'' is not readily defined. While it 
    includes the IEP and the setting in which the IEP is implemented, such 
    as a regular classroom or a self-contained classroom, the term is 
    generally not considered to be location-specific. In addition, it is 
    not intended that a child with disabilities remain in a specific grade 
    and class pending an appeal if he or she would be eligible to proceed 
    to the next grade and the corresponding classroom within that grade.
        There is no need to add a reference to children with disabilities 
    who reach the age of majority in this regulation. The transfer of 
    parental rights at the age of majority is discussed in another section 
    of the regulations, Sec. 300.517, and will not be referenced in every 
    other section to which it applies.
        There is also no need to address the parents' ability to change the 
    child's placement unilaterally at their own expense since this issue is 
    addressed in Sec. 300.403.
        Consistent with the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    regulations, the note would be removed.
        Changes: The note has been removed.
    
    Surrogate Parents (Sec. 300.515)
    
        Comment: Several commenters suggested that the regulation include 
    clear procedures for terminating surrogate parents who do not 
    appropriately fulfill their responsibilities and include in those 
    procedures the consideration of the student's opinion. Relatedly, some 
    commenters recommended that the regulation state that LEAs cannot 
    impose sanctions or threaten sanctions if surrogate parents make 
    decisions the LEA opposes.
        There were also comments regarding the selection of surrogate 
    parents. Some commenters asked that surrogates not be employees of 
    private agencies who are involved in the education or care of the child 
    since there is a potential conflict of interest where the public agency 
    contracts with and pays the private agencies to provide services for 
    the child. Another suggestion was that child welfare workers not be 
    surrogate parents, but that foster parents be allowed, if qualified. 
    One commenter agreed that representatives of the welfare system should 
    not be surrogate parents but believed foster care representatives 
    should also be barred. One commenter asked that the regulation require 
    public agencies to assign surrogate parents designated by a parent, 
    provided such persons meet the qualifications, thereby giving parents 
    the right to voluntarily designate a surrogate parent and rescind such 
    designation at any time.
        Some comments also stated that Sec. 300.19(b)(2) conflicts with 
    Sec. 300.515 because in Sec. 300.515 the appointment of a surrogate 
    parent is mandatory if the child is a ward of the State, regardless of 
    whether the child has a foster parent who meets the ``parent'' criteria 
    in Sec. 300.19(b)(2). The comments recommended including an exception 
    from the mandate of surrogate parent appointments for any ward of the 
    State whose foster parent is a parent in accordance with 
    Sec. 300.19(b)(2).
        Discussion: There is insufficient evidence of a wide-spread problem 
    of irresponsible surrogate parents which would require regulatory 
    procedures for termination. Therefore, the issue of the need for 
    procedures for termination of surrogates is left to the discretion of 
    States. There is also insufficient evidence of public agency 
    retaliation against surrogate parents. Since there are other civil 
    rights statutes and regulations that prohibit discrimination, including 
    retaliation, against individuals who exercise their rights under 
    Federal law, including the right of individuals to assist individuals 
    with disabilities without retaliation or coercion, there is no need to 
    address this issue in this regulation.
        Proposed paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section reflected the 
    statutory requirement at section 615(b)(2) that a surrogate parent not 
    be an employee of the SEA, LEA or any other agency that is involved in 
    the education or care of the child. It is very important that the 
    surrogate parent adequately represents the educational interest of the 
    child, and not the interests of a particular agency. In the case of 
    other governmental agencies, even agencies that are not involved in the 
    education of the child, there is the possibility of a conflict between 
    the interest of the child and those of the employee of the agency 
    because some educational decisions will have an impact on whether an 
    educational agency or some other governmental agency will be 
    responsible for paying for services for the child. In situations where 
    a child is in the care of a nonpublic agency that has no role in the 
    education of the child, however, an employee of that agency may be the 
    person best suited to serve as a surrogate for the child because of his 
    or her knowledge of the child and concern for the child's well-being 
    and would not, simply by virtue of his or her employment situation, 
    have an interest that could conflict with the interest of the child. In 
    such a case, that individual should not be prohibited from serving as a 
    surrogate as long as he or she had no other interest that conflicts 
    with the interest of the child and has knowledge and skills that will 
    ensure adequate representation of the child.
        Paragraph (a) of this section requires that the public agency 
    ensure that the rights of the child are protected if the child is a 
    ward of the State. Paragraph (b) sets out that the duty includes a 
    determination of whether the child needs a surrogate parent and if so, 
    the assignment of one. The proposed regulation at Sec. 300.19(b)(2) has 
    been renumbered at Sec. 300.20 and now clarifies that the definition of 
    a parent may include a foster parent unless State law prohibits it, and 
    if certain other conditions are met. In situations where a child who is 
    a ward of the State has a foster parent who meets the definition of 
    parent in Sec. 300.20 and the foster parent is acting as the parent, 
    the public agency should determine if there is a need for a surrogate 
    parent, and whether further steps are necessary to ensure that the 
    rights of the child are protected. In most cases where the foster 
    parent meets the definition of a parent and is acting as the parent, 
    there would be no need to appoint a surrogate, unless the agency 
    determined that in the particular circumstances of the case a surrogate 
    was necessary to ensure that the rights of the child were protected.
        Changes: Paragraph (c) has been amended to permit a public agency 
    to appoint as a surrogate an employee of a nonpublic agency that 
    provides only non-educational care to the child. Paragraph (d)(1) has 
    been deleted. Paragraph (d)(2) has been redesignated as paragraph (d) 
    and the reference to paragraph (d)(1) is deleted.
    
    Transfer of Parental Rights at Age of Majority (Sec. 300.517)
    
        Comment: There were several comments on the transfer of rights for 
    incarcerated youths which requested clarification whether the transfer 
    occurs regardless of age.
        Commenters also requested clarification of what the transfer of 
    rights to the child means for the parent, i.e., does the parent retain 
    the right to any of the due process protections.
        Commenters suggested that Sec. 300.517 should refer to 
    Sec. 300.347(c) which deals with when and how students are to be 
    notified of their impending transfer of rights. There was also a 
    request for clarification regarding parental involvement in 
    modifications to IEPs or placements when there is a bona fide security 
    or compelling penological interest.
        Commenters also requested guidelines for determining if a student 
    cannot provide informed consent with respect
    
    [[Page 12617]]
    
    to his or her educational program. Some interpreted the proposed 
    regulation as requiring a competency determination prior to every 
    transfer, deemed this unreasonable, and proposed that notice to parents 
    is sufficient. Some recommended that the IEP team make the decision of 
    whether a competency assessment is required and appoint a surrogate 
    when the team decides the child is not able to provide informed consent 
    for his or her educational program. Several commenters asked why the 
    term ``another appropriate individual'' was used instead of ``guardian 
    or surrogate parent'' as defined in Sec. 300.515.
        Some commenters asked that the Department allow a State which 
    doesn't have a law regarding transfer of rights at age of majority to 
    implement an interim policy pending legislative change.
        Commenters also recommended that an independent advocate, not a 
    teacher or LEA administrator but who is paid by the LEA, be available 
    for each student to whom rights have transferred, to be present at all 
    IEP discussions when parents are not present so that coercion by the 
    school is prevented.
        Discussion: It is not necessary to delineate the specific parental 
    rights that transfer under this section because the statute and 
    regulations fully set out the rights afforded to parents under Part B. 
    The statute and paragraph (a)(1) of this section allow States, under 
    State law, to transfer all parental rights to children with 
    disabilities who reach the age of majority, with the exception of the 
    right to notice which is both retained by the parents and transfers to 
    the student. For children with disabilities who are incarcerated in 
    adult or juvenile Federal, State or local correctional institutions, 
    the State, under State law, may transfer all parental rights, including 
    the notice rights, at the age of majority.
        The IEP provisions regarding notice prior to the age of majority, 
    do not have to be explained or referenced in this section of the 
    regulations. While the requirement in Sec. 300.347(c) that beginning at 
    least one year before the student reaches the age of majority under 
    State law the IEP must include a statement that the student has been 
    informed of the rights that will transfer to him or her upon reaching 
    the age of majority, does relate to this regulation, it is separate and 
    distinct from the notice provisions in Sec. 300.517(a)(3) requiring 
    notice to the parent and child at the time of transfer--when the child 
    actually reaches the age of majority.
        This regulation does not need to address specifically the right to 
    parental participation in IEP meetings for youth with disabilities 
    convicted as adult and incarcerated in adults prisons whose parental 
    rights have not transferred at the age of majority. These individuals 
    would have the same rights as other youth with disabilities whose 
    parental rights have not transferred as set out in section 
    Sec. 300.345. There is also no further need to address IEP and 
    placement requirements that do not apply to modifications of IEP or 
    placement for youth with disabilities convicted as an adult and 
    incarcerated in an adult prison because the provisions are already set 
    out at Sec. 300.311(c)(2).
        The requirement in paragraph (a) of this section regarding State 
    provision for transfers of parental rights at the age of majority under 
    State law generally does not require a statutory change if the State 
    already has a State law regarding age of majority that applies to all 
    children (except in cases of incompetency). A State may not transfer 
    rights at age of majority in the absence of a State law on age of 
    majority that applies to all children, except those children determined 
    incompetent under State law.
        With regard to the transfer of rights in situations where the 
    competency of an individual with a disability is challenged, currently, 
    most States have laws, rules, and procedures that allow a general 
    determination of incompetency for an individual with a disability who 
    has reached the age of majority. These laws and procedures usually 
    require a formal proceeding and provide for the appointment of a 
    general guardianship where the individual is found not to be competent 
    under the applicable legal standard. The transfer of the Part B 
    parental rights under State law must be consistent with State 
    competency laws, that is, where parental rights transfer to the 
    individual at the age of majority, and the individual is found to be 
    incompetent, the appointed guardian would exercise Part B rights 
    pursuant to their guardianship. In some States, there may be additional 
    laws and procedures that allow for a lesser determination of competency 
    for specific purposes, such as competency for providing informed 
    consent with respect to the individual's educational program.
        The special rule at Sec. 300.517(b) only applies to States who, 
    under State law, allow for this lesser determination of competency--a 
    determination of the ability to provide informed consent with respect 
    to the educational program of the student. Under the provision in the 
    special rule that specifies appointing ``the parent, or, if the parent 
    is not available, another appropriate individual,'' a guardian or 
    surrogate parent could be an appropriate individual to represent the 
    educational interests of the student.
        Changes: Paragraph (b) has been revised to make clear that it only 
    applies if a State has a State mechanism lesser competency proceedings.
    
    Discipline in general
    
    (For a general overview of major changes in the discipline 
    provisions from the NPRM to these final regulations, please refer to 
    the preamble.)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that the regulations include only 
    the statutory language with respect to all provisions concerning 
    discipline. The vast majority of commenters, however, asked that the 
    regulations provide more specificity than the statute regarding 
    discipline. In many cases, these commenters provided proposals for how 
    the regulations should interpret the statute. Others asked that the 
    regulations give schools the ability to deal differently with children 
    with articulation problems and those with behavior disorders.
        Discussion: Including only the statutory language on discipline in 
    the final regulations, would not be helpful. The vast majority of the 
    comments received concerning discipline demonstrate overwhelmingly the 
    need to regulate in order to clarify the statutory language. To rely 
    solely on the statutory language would encourage needless litigation. 
    There is no statutory basis for treating children with disabilities 
    differently under the discipline provisions because of the nature of 
    their disability.
        Change: None.
    
    Authority of school personnel (Sec. 300.520)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters were concerned about the provisions 
    in the proposed regulations that required development of behavioral 
    assessment plans and determinations regarding manifestation after the 
    child had been removed for more than 10 school days in a school year 
    because they believed that these responses should only be required if 
    the removal constituted a ``change of placement.'' These commenters 
    asked that the term ``change of placement'' be defined in the 
    regulation as indicated in Note 1 to the proposed regulations, in order 
    to incorporate what they saw as the law's intent to allow building-
    level administrators some discretion to temporarily remove a child from 
    their current educational placement if necessary to prevent disruption 
    or ensure the safety of other children. Many of these commenters asked 
    that
    
    [[Page 12618]]
    
    the regulations clarify the distinction between removal of a student 
    for disciplinary reasons and removal of a student for behavior 
    management purposes.
        Some commenters supported Note 1 as it clarified that schools 
    continued to have the ability to remove children with disabilities from 
    their current placement for limited periods of time when necessary, 
    even though the child had previously been removed earlier that school 
    year. Some commenters asked who is contemplated to be making the 
    determination regarding a change in placement.
        Some commenters proposed modifications to the change of placement 
    standard described in Note 1 to this section to recognize that there 
    could be circumstances when continued short term suspensions may be 
    used without reconvening the IEP team if the IEP team has addressed the 
    behavior through changes to the IEP or placement and agrees that 
    removal from the child's current educational placement is an 
    appropriate intervention.
        Other commenters believed that the regulations should provide even 
    more latitude to schools about when to convene an IEP meeting to review 
    or develop a behavior assessment plan and conduct a manifestation 
    determination, when for example, the behavior occurred repeatedly, or 
    involved minor offenses. Some of these commenters thought that the IEP 
    team should have the discretion to determine the need for a behavioral 
    assessment or behavioral intervention plan on an individual basis.
        Some commenters believed that paragraph (c) of the proposed 
    regulations (and similar provisions in Secs. 300.121 and 300.523(b)) 
    exceed statutory authority by permitting school authorities to remove a 
    child with disabilities from the child's current educational placement 
    for up to 10 school days in a school year before the behavior 
    assessment plan, services, or manifestation determination must be done. 
    Many of these commenters indicated that any suspension is an indication 
    that the child with a disability is having problems and the school 
    should be required to initiate the behavioral assessment plan at the 
    earliest indication of difficulty. For the same reasons, these 
    commenters asked that the regulations not include references to 
    suspensions without the provision of educational services.
        Some commenters basically agreed with the position taken in 
    paragraph (c) and Secs. 300.121 and 300.523(b) but believed that the 
    content of Note 2 should be strengthened by adding support for review 
    of the IEP for any short suspension that in the judgment of the parent 
    or other member of the IEP team, requires reconsideration of behavioral 
    interventions or other IEP revisions. Some commenters noted that 
    paragraph (c) needed further clarification, as school personnel cannot 
    reasonably be expected to predict future conduct of a child.
        Discussion: The obligation to conduct a functional behavioral 
    assessment or to review an existing behavioral intervention plan is not 
    linked in the statute only to situations that constitute a ``change of 
    placement.'' As a policy matter, it makes a great deal of sense to 
    attend to behavior of children with disabilities that is interfering 
    with their education or that of others, so that the behavior can be 
    addressed, even when that behavior will not result in a change in 
    placement. In fact, IDEA now emphasizes a proactive approach to 
    behaviors that interfere with learning by requiring that, for children 
    with disabilities whose behavior impedes their learning or that of 
    others, the IEP team consider, as appropriate, and address in the 
    child's IEP, ``strategies, including positive behavioral interventions, 
    strategies, and supports to address the behavior.'' (section 
    614(d)(3)(B)(i)).
        On the other hand, there is merit to the argument that schools 
    should not have to repeatedly convene IEP team meetings to address the 
    behavior of children who already have behavior intervention plans, 
    unless there is a need. The position that services and the development 
    of a behavioral assessment plan are not triggered if a child with 
    disabilities is removed from his or her current placement for 10 school 
    days or less in a given school year is based on the language of the 
    statute at section 612(a)(1)(A) and section 615(k)(1)(B), as 
    interpreted in light of the legislative history of the Act, which notes 
    that the statute was designed to ``reinforce and clarify the 
    understanding of Federal policy on this matter, which is currently 
    found in the statute, case law, regulations, and informal policy 
    guidance.'' (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 28; H.R. Rep. No. 105-95, p. 108 
    (1997)).
        In light of the Department's longstanding position that children 
    with disabilities could be removed from their current educational 
    placement for not more than 10 consecutive school days without 
    educational services, the 10 day in a school year window before the 
    educational services and behavioral assessment plan are triggered is a 
    reasonable interpretation of the statute. This interpretation gives 
    school officials reasonable flexibility for dealing with minor 
    infractions of school rules by children with disabilities, yet ensures 
    that children with disabilities are not cut off from educational 
    services and that their behavior is appropriately addressed.
        In order to clarify the ability of school personnel to temporarily 
    remove a child from the current educational placement when necessary to 
    ensure the safety of other children or to prevent disruption of the 
    learning environment, the concept of ``change of placement'' that was 
    referred to in Note 1 to this section in the NPRM should be 
    incorporated into the regulations. The Department has long interpreted 
    the IDEA to permit schools to remove a child with a disability from his 
    or her current placement when necessary, even though the child had 
    previously been removed earlier that school year, as long as the 
    removal does not constitute a ``change of placement.''
        The ``change of placement'' description will also make clear that 
    the new statutory language at section 612(k)(1)(A) of the Act regarding 
    the authority of school personnel to remove children with disabilities 
    for not more than 10 school days, to the same extent as nondisabled 
    children, does not permit using repeated disciplinary removals of 10 
    school days or less as a means of avoiding the normal change of 
    placement protections under Part B. Whether a pattern of removals 
    constitutes a ``change of placement'' would be determined on a case by 
    case basis by the public agency and subject to review through due 
    process and judicial proceedings. The regulation concerning change of 
    placement would only apply to removals for disciplinary reasons.
        If a child who is being removed from his or her current educational 
    placement has already been the subject of a special IEP team meeting to 
    develop a behavioral intervention plan or review its implementation, 
    the IEP team should not have to meet to review that plan as long as the 
    team members individually review the plan, unless one or more of the 
    team members believe that the plan needs to be modified. In this way, 
    the IEP team will be monitoring the implementation of the behavioral 
    intervention strategies in the IEP or behavioral intervention plan but 
    would not have to repeatedly reconvene each time removals from the 
    child's current placement are carried out.
        In light of the comments received and the reasons previously 
    discussed, proposed Note 2 would be deleted.
        Comments concerning the timing of manifestation determinations, and 
    changes made in response to those
    
    [[Page 12619]]
    
    comments are addressed in this attachment under Sec. 300.523.
        Change: A new section Sec. 300.519 has been added regarding change 
    of placement in the context of removals under Secs. 300.520-300.529, 
    reflecting concepts from proposed note 1. Section 300.520(a)(1) has 
    been revised to clarify that more than one suspension each of which may 
    be for up to 10 school days would be permitted in a school year, as 
    long as repeated suspensions do not constitute a change of placement, 
    and the removals are consistent with treatment of similarly situated 
    children without disabilities. Paragraph (a)(1) of this section also 
    has been revised to clarify the need to provide services when a child 
    with a disability has been removed for more than 10 school days in a 
    school year. Section 300.520(b) has been revised to require, when a 
    child is first removed for more than 10 school days in a school year 
    and for subsequent removals that constitute a change in placement, an 
    IEP team meeting to develop a functional behavioral assessment plan and 
    a subsequent behavioral intervention plan or to review an existing 
    behavioral intervention plan and its implementation. Section 300.520(c) 
    has been revised to specify that if the child is subsequently removed 
    and that removal is not a change in placement, the IEP team does not 
    have to meet to review the behavioral intervention plan unless one or 
    more team members believes that modifications are needed to the plan or 
    the plan's implementation. Proposed Notes 1 and 2 have been deleted.
        Comment: A number of commenters had suggestions for clarifications 
    of the terms used in paragraph (a). Some wanted the regulations to 
    specify whether days of suspension includes days of in-school 
    suspension, bus suspensions, or portions of a school day. Others asked 
    whether an in-school suspension would be considered a part of the days 
    of suspension if the student continued to receive the academic 
    instruction called for in the student's IEP during that period. Others 
    suggested that the term ``suspension'' be revised to specify that 
    school personnel can order a short term suspension of 10 or fewer 
    consecutive school days or cumulative days which may exceed 10 school 
    days in a school year but do not constitute a change in placement.
        Discussion: An in-school suspension would not be considered a part 
    of the days of suspension addressed in paragraph (a) of this section as 
    long as the child is afforded the opportunity to continue to 
    appropriately progress in the general curriculum, continue to receive 
    the services specified on his or her IEP and continue to participate 
    with nondisabled children to the extent they would have in their 
    current placement. Portions of a school day that a child had been 
    suspended would be included in determining whether the child had been 
    removed for more than 10 cumulative school days or subjected to a 
    change of placement under Sec. 300.519.
        Whether a bus suspension would count as a day of suspension would 
    depend on whether the bus transportation is a part of the child's IEP. 
    If the bus transportation is a part of the child's IEP, a bus 
    suspension would be treated as a suspension under Sec. 300.520 unless 
    the public agency provides the bus service in some other way, because 
    that transportation is necessary for the child to obtain access to the 
    location where all other services will be delivered. If the bus 
    transportation is not a part of the child's IEP, a bus suspension would 
    not be a suspension under Sec. 300.520. In those cases, the child and 
    his or her parents would have the same obligations to get to and from 
    school as a nondisabled child who had been suspended from the bus. 
    However, public agencies should attend to whether the behavior on the 
    bus is similar to behavior in a classroom that is addressed in an IEP 
    and whether bus behavior should be addressed in the IEP or behavioral 
    intervention plan for the child.
        It is important that both school personnel and parents understand 
    that school personnel may remove a child with a disability from his or 
    her current placement for not more than 10 school days at a single 
    time, but that there is no specific limit on the number of days in a 
    school year that a child may be removed. (See, discussion of 
    Sec. 300.121 regarding when services must be provided.) However, school 
    authorities may not remove a child with disabilities from the child's 
    current educational placement if that removal constitutes a change of 
    placement under Sec. 300.519, unless they are specifically authorized 
    to do so under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) (school personnel unilateral removal 
    for weapons and drug offenses) or unless the parents of the child do 
    not object to a longer removal or the behavior is determined to not be 
    a manifestation of the child's disability. If a removal does constitute 
    a change of placement under Sec. 300.519 that is not permitted under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(2), school personnel must follow appropriate change of 
    placement procedures, including prior parent notice, and the right of 
    the parent to invoke the ``stay-put'' rule of Sec. 300.513.
        Change: Paragraph (a)(1) of this section is revised to specify that 
    school personnel may order removals of a child with a disability from 
    the child's current placement for not more than 10 consecutive school 
    days so long as the removal does not constitute a change in placement 
    under Sec. 300.519.
        Comment: A number of commenters were concerned that the term 
    ``carries'' in paragraph (a)(2)(i) is too narrow and wanted the 
    regulation to also cover the child who was in possession of a weapon at 
    school, including instances when the child obtained the weapon at 
    school. Others thought that paragraph (a)(2)(i) should apply to 
    situations when a child knowingly carries a weapon to school, similar 
    to the standard in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) regarding knowing possession or 
    use of illegal drugs.
        Discussion: The statutory language ``carries a weapon to school or 
    to a school function'' is ambiguous as to whether it includes instances 
    in which a child acquires a weapon while at school. In light of the 
    clear intent of Congress in the Act to expand the authority of school 
    personnel to immediately address weapons offenses at school, the 
    Department's opinion is that this language also covers instances in 
    which the child is found to have a weapon at school that he or she 
    obtained while at school.
        Change: None.
        Comment: A number of commenters asked for more clarification about 
    the various provisions regarding removals from a child's current 
    placement, suspensions of 10 days or less, 45-day placements, and, for 
    children whose behavior is determined not a manifestation of their 
    disability, other disciplinary measures, including the possibility of 
    expulsion, related to one another. For example, some commenters asked 
    for specificity about whether a child could be subject to a 
    disciplinary suspension, including the 45-day interim alternative 
    educational setting placements more than once in a school year.
        Some commenters asked whether the behavior assessment plan and 
    manifestation determination need to be done within the first 10 days of 
    a 45-day placement. Some asked whether schools can keep children with 
    disabilities in the 45-day placement even if the behavior is determined 
    to be a manifestation of the child's disability, or even if program 
    adjustments in the child's ``current placement'' are agreed on before 
    the expiration of the 45-day placement.
        Commenters also asked how the 45-day placement rules should be 
    applied when the behavior leading to the removal occurs in the last few 
    days of the school year. A few asked how 45-
    
    [[Page 12620]]
    
    day placements differ from any other removal for more than 10 days or 
    whether 45-day placements should merely be considered exceptions to the 
    ``stay put'' provision. Others also inquired about the total number of 
    days that a child with disabilities could be suspended in a year.
        Others asked for clarity about whether school districts could 
    suspend beyond the 10 day and 45 day periods mentioned in this section 
    and whether children with disabilities could ever be expelled. Some 
    commenters asked that the regulations emphasize the optional nature of 
    the ability to use the 45-day placement and encourage the return of 
    children with disabilities to their regular educational placement at 
    the earliest appropriate time.
        Discussion: If parents and school personnel agree about a proposed 
    change of placement for disciplinary reasons, the rules concerning the 
    amount of time that a child with a disability may be removed from his 
    or her educational placement in Secs. 300.520 and 300.521 do not have 
    to be used. However, services must be provided consistent with the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.121(a).
        These regulations do not prohibit a child with a disability from 
    being subjected to a disciplinary suspension, including more than one 
    placement in a 45-day interim alternative educational setting in any 
    given school year, if that is necessary in an individual case (e.g., a 
    child might be placed in an alternative setting for up to 45 days for 
    bringing a weapon to school in the fall and for up to 45 days for using 
    illegal drugs at school in the spring).
        If a child engages in one of the behaviors identified in 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(2) (carrying a weapon to school or a school function or 
    knowing possession or use of illegal drugs or selling or soliciting the 
    sale of a controlled substance at school or a school function), the 
    school may first remove the child for up to 10 consecutive school days 
    (providing services as necessary under Sec. 300.121(d)) while convening 
    the IEP team to determine the interim alternative educational setting 
    under Sec. 300.522. At the end of that 10 day period, or earlier, if 
    feasible, the child would be placed into the interim alternative 
    educational setting for up to 45 days.
        The placements contemplated under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 
    (removal by hearing officer based on determination of substantial 
    likelihood of injury in current placement) are specific exceptions to 
    the obligation to maintain the child in the child's current placement 
    if the parent disagrees with a proposed change of placement and 
    therefore, may continue even if the child's behavior is determined to 
    be a manifestation of the child's disability. The purpose of 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 placements is to enable school 
    personnel to ensure learning environments that are safe and conducive 
    to learning for all and to give those officials and parents the 
    opportunity to determine what is the appropriate placement for the 
    child.
        Interim alternative educational settings under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) 
    are limited to 45 calendar days, unless extended under Sec. 300.526(c) 
    for a child who would be dangerous to return to the child's placement 
    before the removal. The fact that school is in recess during a portion 
    of the 45 days does not ``stop the clock'' on the 45 days during the 
    school recess.
        There is no specific limit on the total number of days during a 
    school year that a child with disabilities can be suspended. In 
    addition, as explained in more detail in the discussion under 
    Sec. 300.524, if a child's behavior is determined not to be a 
    manifestation of the child's disability, the child may be disciplined 
    in the same manner as nondisabled children, including suspension and 
    expulsion, except that FAPE, consistent with Sec. 300.121(d), must be 
    provided.
        The 45-day interim alternative educational settings are not 
    mandatory. If the parents agree with school officials to a change in 
    the child's placement there is no need to use a 45-day interim 
    alternative educational setting. In some instances school officials or 
    hearing officers may determine that a shorter period of removal is 
    appropriate and that a child can be returned to his or her current 
    educational placement at an earlier time.
        Change: None.
        Comment: A number of commenters asked for guidance regarding the 
    terms in paragraph (b) regarding functional behavioral assessment, and 
    behavioral intervention plan. Some asked that functional behavioral 
    assessment should not be construed to be overly prescriptive. These 
    commenters believed that behavioral assessments should be flexible so 
    that the team can consider the various situational, environmental and 
    behavioral circumstances involved.
        Some commenters proposed that a functional behavioral assessment be 
    defined as a process which searches for an explanation of the purpose 
    behind a problem behavior, and that behavior intervention plan be 
    defined as IEP provisions which develop, change, or maintain selected 
    behaviors through the systematic application of behavior change 
    techniques. Some commenters suggested that positive behavioral 
    interventions and strategies should include strategies and services 
    designed to assist the child in reaching behavioral goals which will 
    enhance the child's learning and, as appropriate, the learning of 
    others. Some asked whether a functional behavior assessment is an 
    evaluation requiring parent consent before it is done. Others asked 
    whether a behavioral assessment could be a review of existing data that 
    can be completed at that IEP meeting. Some asked whether a behavioral 
    intervention plan needed to be a component of a child's IEP, and the 
    relationship of this to the positive behavioral interventions mentioned 
    in the IEP sections of the regulations.
        Discussion: In the interests of regulating only when necessary, no 
    change is made regarding what constitutes a functional behavioral 
    assessment, or a behavioral intervention plan. IEP teams need to be 
    able to address the various situational, environmental and behavioral 
    circumstances raised in individual cases. A functional behavioral 
    assessment may be an evaluation requiring parent consent if it meets 
    the standard identified in Sec. 300.505(a)(3). In other cases, it may 
    be a review of existing data that can be completed at the IEP meeting 
    called to develop the assessment plan under paragraph (b)(1) of this 
    section. If under Sec. 300.346 (a) and (c), IEP teams are proactively 
    addressing a child's behavior that impedes the child's learning or that 
    of others in the development of IEPs, those strategies, including 
    positive behavioral interventions, strategies and supports in the 
    child's IEP will constitute the behavioral intervention plan that the 
    IEP team reviews under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
        Change: None.
        Comment: Some commenters stated that paragraph (b)(1) should not 
    require the development of appropriate behavioral interventions within 
    10 days of removing a child from the current placement as it is 
    operationally unworkable. Some commenters asked that the regulations 
    also require that the IEP team determine whether an existing behavior 
    plan has been fully implemented, and if not, take steps to ensure its 
    implementation without delay. Other commenters stated that the term 
    suspension'' in paragraph (b)(1) should be replaced with ``removal.''
        Discussion: Paragraph (b)(1) in the NPRM was not intended to 
    require the development of appropriate behavioral interventions within 
    10 days of
    
    [[Page 12621]]
    
    removing a child from the current placement. Instead, it was intended 
    to require that the LEA implement the assessment plan and ensure that 
    the IEP team, after that assessment, develops appropriate behavioral 
    interventions to address the child's behavior and implements those 
    interventions as quickly as possible. Because it is unlikely that these 
    steps could occur at the same time, a change should be made to the 
    regulations to clarify that the LEA convene an IEP meeting, within 10 
    business days of removing the child, to develop an assessment plan, 
    and, as soon as practicable on completion of that plan, to develop 
    appropriate behavioral interventions to address that behavior. This 
    section also would be revised to clarify when the IEP team would have 
    to meet in instances in which there is an existing behavioral 
    intervention plan. The commenters are correct that the term ``removal'' 
    should be used in paragraph (b)(1) rather than ``suspension'' because 
    it applies to all disciplinary actions under Sec. 300.520(a).
        Change: Paragraph (b) has been amended by replacing ``suspension'' 
    with ``removal'' and to specify that the LEA convene an IEP meeting to 
    develop an assessment plan, and as soon as practicable on completion of 
    that plan, to develop appropriate behavioral interventions to address 
    that behavior.
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulations permit school 
    personnel, under Sec. 300.520(a)(2), and hearing officers, under 
    Sec. 300.521, to remove for up to 45 school days as opposed to calendar 
    days. Other commenters asked that the regulations use the term 
    ``calendar days'' for all timelines in this section.
        Some commenters asked that the regulations permit school personnel 
    to remove to a 45-day interim alternative educational setting for an 
    assault. Other commenters asked that the 45-day limitation not apply to 
    behavior that is determined to be not a manifestation of the child's 
    disability.
        Discussion: As explained in detail in the discussion concerning the 
    regulatory definition of ``day,'' the statute uses the term ``school 
    day'' when that is intended. It also would be inappropriate to use 
    ``calendar days'' for all timelines in this section as the statute uses 
    the term ``10 school days'' when that is intended.
        The statute does not authorize school personnel to remove children 
    with disabilities to an interim alternative educational setting for 45 
    days in cases of an assault. However, under Sec. 300.521, a public 
    agency may ask a hearing officer to order a child removed to an interim 
    alternative educational setting for not more than 45 days if 
    maintaining the child in the current placement is substantially likely 
    to result in injury to the child or to others.
        In addition, if necessary, school officials can seek appropriate 
    injunctive relief to move a child. The placements under 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 apply whether the behavior is or is not 
    a manifestation of the child's disability under Sec. 300.523. If the 
    behavior is determined not to be a manifestation of the child's 
    disability, the child may be subjected to the same disciplinary action 
    as a nondisabled child (which could be a removal for more than 45 days) 
    except that services must be provided consistent with Sec. 300.121(d).
        Change: None.
        Comment: Some commenters asked that paragraph (d) of the 
    regulations provide the complete definition of ``dangerous weapon'' and 
    ``controlled substance.''
        Discussion: It is not advisable to provide the complete statutory 
    definitions of ``dangerous weapon'' and ``controlled substance'' in the 
    text of the regulations as the statute ties these definitions to the 
    content of other Federal law. If, for example, the Controlled 
    Substances Act were to be amended to change the definition of 
    ``controlled substance'' in section 202(c) of that Act, the Part B 
    regulatory definition also would need conforming amendments. In 
    addition, the definition of ``controlled substance'' in section 202(c) 
    of the Controlled Substances Act is extensive and extremely detailed. 
    The Department will make this information widely available through a 
    variety of other means.
        Change: None.
    
    Authority of Hearing Officer (Sec. 300.521)
    
        Comment: Several commenters stated that the hearing officer under 
    this section, in order to deal with dangerous situations, must be able 
    to immediately remove a child without the requirement of convening a 
    hearing. A number of these commenters believed that the hearing officer 
    under this section should be able to make a determination based on a 
    review of available information presented by the LEA, much like an LEA 
    requesting a temporary restraining order from a court. Other commenters 
    asked that the regulations specify that the hearing officer must be 
    impartial and qualified to assess the child's disability and the 
    circumstances surrounding the removal.
        Several commenters asked that the regulations explain that a school 
    district has the right to seek injunctive relief, such as a temporary 
    restraining order, when a student is a danger to self or others.
        Discussion: The statute provides that the hearing officer must be 
    able to determine that a public agency has demonstrated by substantial 
    evidence, which is defined as beyond a preponderance of the evidence, 
    that maintaining the child in the current placement is substantially 
    likely to result in injury to the child or others. This evidentiary 
    standard requires that the hearing officer weigh the evidence received 
    from both parties, rather than just information presented by the public 
    agency. Public agencies continue to have the right to seek injunctive 
    relief from a court when they believe they have the need to do so. 
    Hearing officers in expedited due process hearings must meet the same 
    standards of impartiality and knowledgeability as other hearing 
    officers under the Act.
        Change: None.
        Comment: Several commenters asked that paragraph (a) of this 
    section be revised to specify that the injury to the child or others 
    must be more than a minor injury. Others asked that the regulations not 
    require that the child would be an imminent threat to the safety or 
    health of other members of the school community before the child could 
    be removed.
        Several commenters requested that paragraph (c) be revised to 
    require the hearing officer to determine, rather than consider, whether 
    the public agency has made reasonable efforts to minimize the risk of 
    harm in the child's current placement. Other commenters asked that the 
    regulations specify that if the hearing officer finds that the current 
    placement is inappropriate, the hearing officer shall order that the 
    current placement be made appropriate rather than ordering an interim 
    alternative educational setting. Further, if the hearing officer finds 
    that the public agency has not made reasonable efforts to minimize the 
    risk of harm in the child's current placement, they urged, the hearing 
    officer must order the public agency to make the reasonable efforts to 
    minimize the risk of harm rather than ordering placement in an interim 
    alternative educational setting.
        Discussion: No changes will be made to the regulations regarding 
    the amount of injury that would be substantially likely to result if 
    the child is not removed. In addition, no changes will be made 
    regarding a hearing officer's decision making. In fashioning 
    appropriate relief, hearing officers will exercise their judgement in 
    the context of all the factors involved in an individual case.
        Change: None.
    
    [[Page 12622]]
    
        Comment: A number of commenters requested clarification of the term 
    ``beyond a preponderance of the evidence.'' Others asked that the term 
    be revised as the ``the preponderance of the evidence'' as that is the 
    highest evidence standard in civil litigation.
        Discussion: The phrase ``beyond a preponderance of the evidence'' 
    is statutory.
        Change: None.
    
    Determination of Setting (Sec. 300.522)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters asked that the regulations clarify 
    the relationship between the authority of school personnel in 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1) to order the removal of a child with a disability 
    for not more than 10 school days, and the requirement in Sec. 300.522 
    that the alternative educational setting be determined by the IEP team. 
    These commenters noted that the school personnel need the authority to 
    remove under Sec. 300.520(a)(1) without input from the IEP team.
        A number of commenters requested clarification on when the IEP team 
    must make the determination of setting and where the child would be 
    while that determination was being made, particularly for children with 
    disabilities who already had been removed from their regular placement 
    for 10 days during that school year. Some of these commenters noted 
    that when a child is removed under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521 the 
    alternative setting needs to be immediately available.
        Some commenters question where the child would be while the hearing 
    under Sec. 300.521 is being held, noting that Sec. 300.521(d) requires 
    the hearing officer's determination include deciding whether the 
    interim alternative educational setting meets the standards of 
    Sec. 300.522, and wondering when the IEP team would meet. Some 
    commenters asked that the regulations make clear that a child with a 
    disability can be removed from the child's current placement for up to 
    10 days before the IEP team would have to make the determination in 
    Sec. 300.522.
        Some commenters stated that requiring the IEP team to determine the 
    setting when a hearing officer removes a child exceeds the statute.
        Other commenters thought that the provisions of Sec. 300.522 are in 
    conflict with the authority of school personnel to order removal under 
    Sec. 300.520.
        Discussion: Under Secs. 300.519 and 300.520(a)(1), school personnel 
    have the authority to remove a child with disabilities for not more 
    than 10 consecutive school days (to the same extent as for nondisabled 
    children) except that the removal may not constitute a change of 
    placement. School personnel need the ability to remove a child with a 
    disability from the current educational placement under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1) and to provide educational services in some other 
    setting without waiting for an IEP team to make a determination about 
    that alternative educational setting in order to maintain a learning 
    environment conducive to learning for all children.
        At the same time there is a need to ensure that information about 
    the child's special education needs and current IEP be brought to bear 
    in decisionmaking about services to the child during short removals and 
    for those short periods before the IEP team can meet to determine 
    appropriate placement under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) or a hearing officer 
    determines the interim alternative educational setting under 
    Sec. 300.521. Therefore, a change should be made to Sec. 300.522(a) to 
    specify that the IEP team determines the interim alternative 
    educational setting under Sec. 300.520(a)(2).
        A change to Sec. 300.121(d) would specify that school personnel, in 
    consultation with the child's special education teacher, determine the 
    interim alternative educational setting for removals under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1)(removals by school personnel for 10 school days or 
    less). A child whose behavior subjects him or her to an interim 
    alternative educational setting under Sec. 300.520(a)(2)(weapons or 
    drugs) or Sec. 300.521(substantial likelihood of injury), may first be 
    removed by school personnel for not more than 10 consecutive school 
    days, or until the removal otherwise constitutes a change of placement 
    under Sec. 300.519, and during that 10 day or less removal, services, 
    as necessary under Sec. 300.121(d), would be provided as determined by 
    school personnel, in consultation with the child's special education 
    teacher. This will ensure that the need of school personnel to be able 
    to make these decisions swiftly is honored, while emphasizing the 
    learning needs of the child in that removal period. While the child is 
    in that 10 school day or less setting, the IEP team meetings and 
    expedited due process hearings under Secs. 300.522 and 300.521, 
    respectively, can be conducted so that the IEP team or hearing officer, 
    as the case may be, can determine the up to 45 day interim alternative 
    educational setting.
        When a hearing officer has determined that a child is substantially 
    likely to injure self or others in his or her current placement and is 
    ordering a 45 day interim alternative educational setting under 
    Sec. 300.521, the hearing officer is charged with determining whether 
    the interim alternative educational setting meets the statutory 
    requirements and not with selecting one that meets those requirements. 
    Permitting the school personnel, in consultation with the child's 
    special education teacher, to initially select and propose the interim 
    alternative educational setting is less administratively cumbersome for 
    school personnel than the scheme in the proposed regulation and helps 
    ensure that there is no undue delay in placement. The review of the 
    proposed placement by the hearing officer ensures that the setting will 
    meet statutory standards, thus protecting the rights of the child. The 
    hearing officer may revise or modify the proposed placement, or select 
    some other placement as necessary to meet that statutory standard. Of 
    course, in proposing an interim alternative educational setting, school 
    personnel may rely on the judgments of the child's IEP team if they 
    choose to do so. This position would be accomplished through the 
    regulatory change to Sec. 300.121(d) mentioned previously. The statute 
    at section 615(k)(3)(A) is clear that when school personnel are 
    removing a child for a weapons or drug offense, the IEP team determines 
    the interim alternative educational setting.
        Change: This section has been amended to specify that the 
    alternative educational setting referred to in Sec. 300.520(a)(2) is 
    determined by the IEP team. Section Sec. 300.521(d) has been revised to 
    recognize that the hearing officer reviews the adequacy of the interim 
    alternative educational setting proposed by school personnel who have 
    consulted with the child's special education teacher.
        Comment: A number of commenters suggested revisions to paragraph 
    (b) to provide certain limitations on the services that must be 
    provided in the interim alternative educational setting such as 
    specifying that the setting must be one that is immediately available 
    to students removed, the services on the child's current IEP will 
    continue to the extent feasible, or the child will continue to 
    participate in the general curriculum to the extent determined 
    appropriate by the IEP team. Others urged that the regulations make 
    clear that the interim alternative educational setting should not have 
    to be a setting that can provide all the same level of courses or 
    courses that are not a part of the core curriculum of the district 
    (i.e., would not have to provide honors level courses, electives, 
    advanced subject courses that are not part of the core
    
    [[Page 12623]]
    
    curriculum of the district) or are extracurricular activities and 
    sports. Others asked about classes such as chemistry, shop or physical 
    education that have specialized equipment or facilities. Some 
    commenters noted that it would not be reasonable and would be 
    prohibitively expensive and procedurally burdensome to require that 
    interim alternative education settings provide the same courses as 
    offered in regular schools. They argued that requiring that interim 
    alternative educational settings include the same courses as in regular 
    schools would discourage schools from taking appropriate measures to 
    deal with weapons, drugs and children who are dangerous to themselves 
    or others. Some commenters stated that they did not believe that the 
    services required for students whose behavior is not a manifestation of 
    their disability should be as extensive as those required for students 
    whose behavior is determined to be a manifestation of their disability.
        Some commenters asked that the regulations specify that services in 
    the interim alternative educational setting must be provided by 
    qualified personnel in a placement that is appropriate for the 
    student's age and level of development. Others asked that the IEP 
    written for the interim alternative educational setting should address 
    the services and modifications that will enable the child to meet the 
    child's current IEP goals in the alternative setting.
        Discussion: The statute describes the services that must be 
    provided to a child who has been placed in an interim alternative 
    educational setting, which must be applied to removals under 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521, and these standards, with a minor 
    modification discussed later in this section, are reflected in 
    Sec. 300.522(b). The proposed regulation, at Sec. 300.121(c), had 
    indicated that the same standards should be applied to other types of 
    removals as well, that is, removals that did not constitute a change in 
    placement and long-term suspensions or expulsions under Sec. 300.524 
    for behavior that is determined not to be a manifestation of a child's 
    disability. However, as suggested by the comments received, there are 
    reasons why what would be required for these other types of removals 
    may be different than for 45 day interim alternative educational 
    settings. Therefore, the regulation at Sec. 300.121(d) would provide 
    that for removals under Secs. 300.520(a)(1) and 300.524, the public 
    agency provides services to the extent necessary to enable the child to 
    adequately progress in the general curriculum and advance toward 
    achieving the goals set out in the child's IEP, as determined by school 
    personnel, in consultation with the child's special education teacher, 
    if the removal is under Sec. 300.520(a)(1) or by the child's IEP team, 
    if the removal is under Sec. 300.524.
        Under these rules, the extent to which instructional services need 
    to be provided and the type of instruction to be provided would depend 
    on the length of the removal, the extent to which the child has been 
    removed previously, and the child's needs and educational goals. For 
    example, a child with a learning disability who is placed in a 45 day 
    placement will likely need far more extensive services in order to 
    progress in the general curriculum and advance appropriately toward 
    meeting the goals of the child's IEP than would a child who is removed 
    for only a few days, and is performing at grade level. Because the 
    services that are necessary for children with disabilities who have 
    been removed for disciplinary reasons will vary depending on the 
    individual facts of a particular case, no further specificity regarding 
    those services is appropriate.
        What constitutes the general curriculum is determined by the SEA, 
    LEA or school that the student attends, as appropriate under State law. 
    In some cases, honors level classes or electives are a part of the 
    general curriculum, and in others they may not be. With regard to 
    classes such as chemistry or auto mechanics that generally are taught 
    using a hands-on component or specialized equipment or facilities, and 
    that are considered to be a part of the general curriculum, there are a 
    variety of available instructional techniques and program modules that 
    could be used that would enable a child to continue to progress in the 
    general curriculum, although the child is not receiving instruction in 
    the child's normal school or facility. However, in order to assist in 
    clarifying that a school or district does not have to replicate every 
    aspect of the services that a child would receive if in his or her 
    normal classroom, a change would be made to refer to enabling the child 
    to continue to ``progress in'' the general curriculum, rather than 
    ``participate in'' the general curriculum.
        Changes: Paragraph (b) has been revised to apply to removals under 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521. Paragraph (b)(1) has been revised to 
    refer to enabling the child to continue to ``progress in'' the general 
    curriculum. Language has been added to Sec. 300.121(d) to provide that 
    for a child who has been removed under Sec. 300.520(a)(1) or 
    Sec. 300.524, the public agency provides services to the extent 
    necessary to enable the child to adequately progress in the general 
    curriculum and advance toward achieving the goals set out on the 
    child's IEP, as determined by school personnel in consultation with the 
    child's special education teacher if the removal is under 
    Sec. 300.520(a)(1) or by the child's IEP team if the removal is under 
    Sec. 300.524.
        Comment: Several commenters asked that the statutory language in 
    paragraph (b)(2) requiring that the interim alternative educational 
    setting address the child's behavior ``so that it does not recur'' be 
    replaced with language requiring the LEA to develop a program that 
    attempts to prevent the inappropriate behavior from recurring.
        Other commenters asked that a note be added to emphasize that the 
    interim alternative educational setting be designed to ensure FAPE and 
    to evaluate the behavior, the IEP services provided, and the previous 
    placement and to develop an IEP that will reduce the recurrence of the 
    behavior. Some commenters asked that the reference to other behavior in 
    this paragraph be rephrased to limit it to other current relevant 
    behavior. Others asked that the reference to days in a given school 
    year be removed.
        Discussion: In order to provide additional clarity on this point, a 
    change should be made to specify that those services and modifications 
    are designed to prevent the inappropriate behavior from recurring. In 
    light of the changes previously discussed that limit the application of 
    this section to removals under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521, the 
    reference to other behavior would be removed, as these are now 
    addressed in Sec. 300.121(d).
        Change: Paragraph (b)(2) has been revised to clarify that it 
    applies to removals under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 and to 
    specify that the services and modifications to address the behavior are 
    designed to prevent the behavior from recurring.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that the regulations 
    specify that home instruction could not be used as an interim 
    alternative educational setting. Others asked that the regulations 
    clarify that an interim alternative educational placement may be any 
    placement option, including, but not limited to home instruction. 
    Others asked for clarification of when home instruction would be an 
    appropriate placement for a child who is subject to disciplinary 
    action. Some commenters asked that the regulations specify that home 
    instruction and independent study would not generally be an interim
    
    [[Page 12624]]
    
    alternative educational setting. Others asked that home instruction be 
    prohibited as an interim alternative educational setting unless the 
    parents agree. Some commenters asked for guidance on what could be 
    considered an appropriate interim alternative educational setting for 
    rural or remote areas where there is only one school and no other 
    appropriate public facility.
        Discussion: Whether home instruction would be an appropriate 
    alternative educational setting under Sec. 300.522 would depend on the 
    particular circumstances of an individual case such as the length of 
    the removal, the extent to which the child previously has been removed 
    from their regular placement, and include consideration of the child's 
    needs and educational goals. (The proposed note following Sec. 300.551 
    regarding home instruction would be deleted.) In general, though, 
    because removals under Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 will be for 
    periods of time up to 45 days, care must be taken to ensure that if 
    homebound instruction is provided for removals under Sec. 300.522, the 
    services that are provided will satisfy the requirements for a removal 
    under Sec. 300.522(b).
        Change: None.
        Comment: Some commenters asked that a provision be added to 
    Sec. 300.522 to specify that a hearing officer considering an interim 
    alternative educational setting may modify the setting determined by 
    the IEP team to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
        Discussion: Hearing officers have the ability to modify the interim 
    alternative educational setting that has been proposed to them as 
    necessary to meet the standards of enabling the child to continue to 
    participate in the general curriculum, continue to receive those 
    services and modifications that will enable the child to meet the goals 
    on the child's current IEP and include services and modifications 
    designed to address the behavior so that it does not recur. As 
    previously explained, these final regulations do not require an IEP 
    team to propose an interim alternative educational setting to a hearing 
    officer under Sec. 300.521, although school districts are encouraged to 
    use the child's IEP team to make decisions about the interim 
    alternative educational setting that is proposed to the hearing 
    officer.
        Change: None.
    
    Manifestation Determination Review (Sec. 300.523)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed concern about paragraph 
    (b) of this section. On the one hand, a number of the commenters asked 
    that the reference to ``in a given school year'' be struck so that the 
    provision would permit no manifestation determination review whenever 
    the removal did not amount to a change of placement. On the other hand, 
    other commenters thought there was no basis in the statute for any 
    exception, and that a manifestation review would need to be conducted 
    whenever discipline was contemplated for a child with a disability. 
    Some commenters asked that the exception be expanded to include 
    situations when the child's IEP includes the use of short term 
    suspensions as an appropriate intervention, or where the IEP team has 
    otherwise addressed in the IEP the behavior that led to the removal. 
    Some commenters stated that paragraph (a)(1) should refer to procedural 
    safeguards under Sec. 300.504 rather than procedural safeguards under 
    this section. Other commenters noted that advance notification of 
    disciplinary action is unrealistic and that the regulations should note 
    that fact. Others asked that the regulations specify that prior written 
    notice was not required.
        Discussion: A manifestation determination is important when a child 
    has been removed and that removal constitutes a change of placement 
    under Sec. 300.519. If a removal is a change of placement under 
    Sec. 300.519, a manifestation determination will provide the IEP team 
    useful information in developing a behavioral assessment plan or in 
    reviewing an existing behavioral intervention plan under 
    Sec. 300.520(b). It will also inform determinations of whether or not a 
    public agency may implement a disciplinary action that constitutes a 
    change of placement for a child, other than those provided for in 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521. Requiring a manifestation 
    determination for removals for less than 10 consecutive school days 
    that are not a change of placement under Sec. 300.519, would be of 
    limited utility and would impose unnecessary burdens on public agencies 
    as the determination often would be made after the period of removal 
    was over. Furthermore, limiting manifestation determination to removals 
    that constitute a change of placement under Sec. 300.519 is consistent 
    with the statutory language of section 615(k)(4)(A).
        However, if a child is being suspended for subsequent short periods 
    of time, parents can request an IEP meeting to consider whether the 
    child is receiving appropriate services, especially if they believe 
    that there is a relationship between the child's disability and the 
    behavior resulting in those suspensions. Public agencies are strongly 
    encouraged to grant any reasonable requests for IEP meetings. 
    Functional behavioral assessments and behavioral intervention plans are 
    to be completed in a timely manner whether required under 
    Sec. 300.520(b) or otherwise determined appropriate by the child's IEP 
    team (see Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(i)). In addition, if a child is 
    subsequently suspended for short periods of time, a parent or other 
    individual could question whether a change of placement, which would 
    require a manifestation determination, has occurred because of an 
    alleged pattern of removals.
        For clarity, a change should be made to refer to the procedural 
    safeguards notice under Sec. 300.504. Paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
    does not require prior written notice. It does require notice to 
    parents no later than the date on which the decision to take the action 
    is made. To that extent, it constitutes a limited exception to the 
    requirement to provide prior written notice in Sec. 300.503. Other 
    removals that do not constitute a change of placement do not require 
    prior written notice.
        Change: Paragraph (a) of this section has been revised to specify 
    that the manifestation determination review is done regarding behavior 
    described in Secs. 300.520(a)(2) and 300.521 or any removal that 
    constitutes a change of placement under Sec. 300.519. Paragraph (a)(1) 
    of this section has been amended to require that parents be provided 
    notice of procedural safeguards consistent with Sec. 300.504. Paragraph 
    (b) has been removed.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested clarification of the term 
    ``other qualified personnel'' as used in proposed paragraph (c) of this 
    section. Some of these commenters asked that the regulations include 
    language like that in the note following Sec. 300.344 that in the case 
    of a child whose behavior impedes the learning of the child and others, 
    the IEP team should include someone knowledgeable about positive 
    behavioral strategies and supports. Others asked that the term not be 
    interpreted as including only school personnel but should include 
    persons familiar with the child and the child's disabilities, such as 
    the child's treating physician. Others wanted the regulations to 
    specify that the team include persons who are fully trained and 
    qualified to understand the child's disability. Many asked that term 
    also be added to references to the IEP team in proposed paragraphs (d), 
    (e) and (f) of this section. Some commenters asked that proposed 
    paragraph (c) clarify that the manifestation determination needs
    
    [[Page 12625]]
    
    to be made at an IEP meeting, as some districts are not holding IEP 
    team meetings for this purpose.
        Discussion: The language regarding the IEP team and other qualified 
    personnel is taken directly from the statute. The term ``other 
    qualified personnel'' may include individuals who are knowledgeable 
    about how a child's disability can impact on behavior or on 
    understanding the impact and consequences of behavior, and persons 
    knowledgeable about the child and his or her disabilities. For the sake 
    of clarity, references to the IEP team in paragraphs (c) and (d) of 
    this section should be expanded to include ``and other qualified 
    personnel.'' In order to clarify that the manifestation determination 
    review is done in a meeting, a change should be made to paragraph (b). 
    This review involves complex decision making that will be significantly 
    different from the very limited review that is done under 
    Sec. 300.520(b)(2) if no modifications are needed to a child's 
    behavioral intervention plan.
        Change: Redesignated paragraph (b) has been revised to specify that 
    the manifestation determination review is conducted at a meeting. 
    Redesignated paragraphs (c) and (d) have been amended by adding ``and 
    other qualified personnel'' after ``IEP team'' each time it is used.
        Comment: Several commenters were concerned that proposed paragraph 
    (d)(2)(ii) and (iii) put schools at a significant disadvantage by 
    having to prove the negative--that disability did not impair the 
    ability of the child to understand the impact and consequences of the 
    behavior and that disability did not impair the child's ability to 
    control behavior. Other commenters asked that the review process also 
    include consideration of any unidentified disability of the child and 
    the antecedent to the behavior that is subject to discipline and permit 
    record expungement if it is later determined that the child did not 
    commit the act that is the subject of the manifestation determination.
        Some commenters stated that proposed paragraph (e) created too 
    rigid a standard and asked that it be modified to give districts more 
    leeway if a mistake has been made.
        Discussion: The language in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii) is 
    taken directly from the statute. Given that the review process includes 
    consideration of all relevant information, including evaluation and 
    diagnostic results, information supplied by the parents, observations 
    of the child and the child's current IEP and placement, the review 
    could include consideration of a previously unidentified disability of 
    the child and of the antecedent to the behavior that is subject to 
    discipline. If it is later determined that the child did not commit the 
    act that is subject to discipline, the question of record expungement 
    would be handled the same way such matters are addressed for 
    nondisabled children.
        The interpretation in paragraph (d) on how the manifestation 
    determination is made, using the standards described in paragraph (c), 
    is based on the explanation of the decision process in the 
    congressional committee reports on Pub. L. 105-17. Those reports state 
    that the determination described in Sec. 300.523(d):
    
    . . . recognizes that where there is a relationship between a 
    child's behavior and a failure to provide or implement an IEP or 
    placement, the IEP team must conclude that the behavior was a 
    manifestation of the child's disability. Similarly, where the IEP 
    team determines that an appropriate placement and IEP were provided, 
    the IEP team must then determine that the remaining two standards 
    have been satisfied. This section is not intended to require an IEP 
    team to find that a child's behavior was a manifestation of a 
    child's disability based on a technical violation of the IEP or 
    placement requirements that are unrelated to the educational/
    behavior needs of the child. (S. Rep. No. 105-17, p. 31; H. Rep. No. 
    109-95, pp. 110-111 (1997))
    
    In light of the general decision to remove all notes from these final 
    regulations, however, Note 1 should be removed.
    
        Change: Note 1 has been removed.
        Comment: Many commenters asked that the content of the first 
    sentence of Note 2 be integrated into the regulations. The commenters 
    were divided, however, over the second sentence of Note 2. Some 
    supported the statement in the second sentence of the note, others 
    wanted the sentence to be revised to specify that children with 
    disabilities who have been placed in 45 day placements under 
    Secs. 300.520 and 300.521 must be returned to their regular placement 
    if their behavior is determined to be a manifestation of their 
    disability because of the principle that children with disabilities may 
    not be disciplined for behavior that is a manifestation of their 
    disability.
        Still others wanted the sentence revised to indicate that changes 
    to the child's IEP or placement or the implementation of either 
    ``could'' as opposed to ``often should'' enable the child to return to 
    the regular placement. Other commenters asked that the second sentence 
    to Note 2 be removed as they believed that it was inconsistent with the 
    authority granted in Secs. 300.520 and 300.521 to change the placement 
    of a child with a disability to an interim alternative educational 
    setting for the same amount of time that a child without a disability 
    would be subject to discipline, but for not more than 45 days. Other 
    commenters asked that the regulations make clear that if behavior is a 
    manifestation of the child's disability, disciplinary action cannot be 
    taken against the child.
        Discussion: For clarity, the regulation should specify that if the 
    behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability, 
    the public agency must take immediate steps to remedy any deficiencies 
    found in the child's IEP or placement or their implementation. It would 
    be inconsistent with the public agency's obligation to ensure the 
    provision of FAPE to children with disabilities to fail to take 
    appropriate action to correct identified deficiencies in a child's IEP 
    or placement or the implementation of either.
        The 45-day placements in Secs. 300.520(a)(2), 300.521 and 
    300.526(c) are exceptions to the general rule that children with 
    disabilities may not be disciplined through a change of placement for 
    behavior that is a manifestation of their disability. If a child has 
    been placed in a 45-day placement under one of these sections and his 
    or her behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the disability 
    under Sec. 300.523, it may be possible to return the child to the 
    current educational placement before the expiration of the up to 45-day 
    period by correcting identified deficiencies in the implementation of a 
    child's IEP or placement. However, public agencies are not obliged to 
    return the child to the current placement before the expiration of the 
    45-day period (and any subsequent extensions under Sec. 300.526(c)) if 
    they do not choose to do so.
        Consistent with the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    final regulations, Note 2 would be removed.
        Change: A new paragraph has been added to clarify that if 
    deficiencies are identified in the child's IEP or placement or in their 
    implementation, the public agency must act to correct those 
    deficiencies. Note 2 has been removed.
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulations provide 
    distinctions between the types of services that must be provided in 
    interim alternative educational settings when behavior is and is not a 
    manifestation of the child's disability. For children whose behavior is 
    not a manifestation of their disability, these commenters asked that 
    FAPE be
    
    [[Page 12626]]
    
    defined as the LEA's ``core curriculum'' (the basic courses needed to 
    fulfill high school graduation requirements) unless the IEP team 
    determined that some more extensive services are required, so that it 
    would be clear that the LEA would not have to duplicate every possible 
    course offering at the alternative site. The commenters asked that this 
    rule also apply to the services provided to children who have properly 
    been long-term suspended or expelled for behavior that is determined 
    not to be a manifestation of disability.
        For children whose behavior is determined to be a manifestation of 
    disability, these commenters asked for clarification that an IEP team 
    can still take disciplinary action, if the IEP team feels that 
    providing consequences is appropriate. In addition, they asked that the 
    regulations make clear that an IEP team can change a student's 
    placement for behavior that is a manifestation of the disability, if 
    taking such action would be appropriate and consistent with the 
    student's needs.
        Discussion: A manifestation determination is necessary to determine 
    whether the placement for a child with a disability can be changed over 
    the objections of the child's parents through a long-term suspension 
    (other than the 45-day placement addressed in Secs. 300.520, 300.521 
    and 300.526(c)) or an expulsion. However, there is no basis in the 
    statute for differentiating the services that must be provided to 
    children with disabilities because their behavior is or is not a 
    manifestation of their disability. (See discussion of comments for 
    Secs. 300.121 and 300.522 for further discussion about services during 
    periods of disciplinary removal).
        Under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, if the 
    behavior is a manifestation of a child's disability, the child cannot 
    be removed from his or her current educational placement if that 
    removal constitutes a change of placement (other than a 45 day 
    placement under Secs. 300.520(a)(2), 300.521, and 300.526(c)), unless 
    the public agency and the parents otherwise agree to a change of 
    placement. If the behavior is related to the child's disability, proper 
    development of the child's IEP should include development of 
    strategies, including positive behavioral interventions, strategies and 
    supports to address that behavior, consistent with 
    Secs. 300.346(a)(2)(i) and (c). If the behavior is determined to be a 
    manifestation of a child's disability but has not previously been 
    addressed in the child's IEP, then the IEP team must meet to review and 
    revise the child's IEP so that the child will receive services 
    appropriate to his or her needs. Implementation of the behavioral 
    strategies identified in a child's IEP, including strategies designed 
    to correct behavior by imposing consequences, is appropriate under the 
    IDEA and section 504, even if the behavior is a manifestation of the 
    child's disability. However, if a child's IEP includes behavioral 
    strategies to address a particular behavior of the child, the 
    appropriate response to that behavior almost always would be to use the 
    behavioral strategies specified in the IEP rather than to implement a 
    disciplinary suspension. A change in placement that is appropriate and 
    consistent with the child's needs may be implemented subject to the 
    parent's procedural safeguards regarding prior notice (Sec. 300.503), 
    mediation (Sec. 300.506), due process (Secs. 300.507-300.513) and 
    pendency (Sec. 300.514).
        Change: None.
        Comment: Several commenters noted that a manifestation review 
    should not be required prior to determining punishment for incarcerated 
    students because prison disciplinary infractions raise bona fide 
    security and compelling penological interests that are outside the 
    purview of the education staff. However, commenters noted that a 
    manifestation review for these students may be useful in developing 
    appropriate behavior interventions.
        Discussion: Section 614(d)(6)(B) of the Act provides that for 
    children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law 
    and incarcerated in an adult prison, the child's IEP team may modify 
    the child's IEP or placement if the State has demonstrated a bona fide 
    security or compelling penological interest that cannot otherwise be 
    accommodated. (See also Sec. 300.311(c)(1)). A manifestation 
    determination would still be required for these individuals, in the 
    instances specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
        Change: None.
        Comment: Several additional notes were proposed. Several commenters 
    asked that a note be added to clarify that when a student with 
    disabilities has been properly expelled, the student does not have to 
    petition for readmission when the period of expulsion ends as the 
    school system must accept and serve the student in its schools. Others 
    asked for a note specifying that under section 504 of the 
    Rehabilitation Act children with disabilities may not be disciplined 
    for behavior that is a manifestation of their disability, and that 
    prior to taking any punitive action against a child with a disability, 
    appropriate personnel must determine that the behavior in question is 
    not a manifestation of the child's disability.
        Discussion: No new notes will be added. All notes are being removed 
    from these final regulations. Whether a student who has been properly 
    expelled must petition for readmission when the period of expulsion 
    ends generally will depend on how the public agency deals with children 
    without disabilities who return to school after a period of expulsion. 
    However, public agencies are reminded that for children with 
    disabilities, they have an ongoing obligation to make a FAPE available, 
    whether the child is expelled or not. Under Section 504 of the 
    Rehabilitation Act of 1973, children with disabilities may not be 
    disciplined for behavior that is a manifestation of their disability if 
    that disciplinary action constitutes a change of placement. That 
    principle is consistent with the changes made in this section.
        Change: None.
    
    Determination That Behavior Was Not Manifestation of Disability 
    (Sec. 300.524)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulations make clear that 
    if the behavior was not related to the child's disability the 
    discipline could include long-term suspensions and expulsions. Others 
    asked that the regulations clarify whether discipline would be limited 
    to the 45-day interim alternative educational placement or would be the 
    same disciplinary measures as for nondisabled students as long as FAPE 
    is provided and IEP services continued in another setting. Others 
    thought that the regulation should specify that no suspension or 
    expulsion could be for more than 45 days. Some commenters asked for 
    clarification of what would constitute an acceptable alternative 
    setting for children whose behavior is determined to not be a 
    manifestation of their disability.
        Several commenters requested that the regulations delete the 
    provisions of paragraph (c) of this section concerning placement 
    pending a parent appeal of a manifestation determination and the note 
    following, which addresses paragraph (c). Others stated that the 
    regulations should specify that if parents challenge a manifestation 
    determination, the child should remain in the alternative educational 
    setting until the resolution of that challenge. Still others asked that 
    the note mention that under Sec. 300.514, placement could change if the 
    parent and agency agreed to that other placement.
        Discussion: Under this section, if a determination is made 
    consistent with Sec. 300.523 that a child's behavior is not
    
    [[Page 12627]]
    
    a manifestation of his or her disability, the child may be subject to 
    the same disciplinary measures applicable to nondisabled children, 
    including long-term suspensions and expulsions, except that FAPE must 
    be provided consistent with section 612(a)(1) of the Act. In these 
    instances, the disciplinary removal from a regular placement could be 
    as long as the disciplinary exclusion applied to a nondisabled child, 
    and need not be limited to a 45-day interim alternative educational 
    placement, except that appropriate services must be provided to the 
    child. To make the point more clearly that if the behavior is 
    determined not to be a manifestation of the child's disability, that 
    child may be subjected to long-term suspension and expulsion with 
    appropriate services. To clarify what would constitute an acceptable 
    alternative setting for a child if the child's behavior is determined 
    to not be a manifestation of his or her disability, the reference in 
    paragraph (a) of this section has been changed to refer to 
    Sec. 300.121(c), which implements that statutory provision.
        Section 615(j) of the Act provides that the only exceptions to the 
    ``pendency'' rule (Sec. 300.514) are those specified in section 
    615(k)(7) of the Act, concerning placement during parent appeals of 45-
    day interim alternative educational placements, which is implemented by 
    Sec. 300.526. Paragraph (c) of this section merely reflects that 
    statutory arrangement. Section 300.526 governs a child's placement if a 
    parent challenges a manifestation determination while a child is in a 
    45-day interim alternative educational placement under 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521. Section 300.514 makes clear that 
    placement may change if the agency and parent agree on an alternative 
    placement while a due process hearing is pending on other issues.
        Changes: The reference to section 612(a)(1) of the Act in paragraph 
    (a) is replaced with a reference to Sec. 300.121(c), paragraph (c) is 
    revised to refer to the placement rules of Sec. 300.526, and the note 
    is removed.
    
    Parent Appeal (Sec. 300.525)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulations specify that 
    parents must request a hearing in writing under this section. Other 
    commenters asked that the regulations make clear that any hearing 
    requested under this authority must be expedited, rather than 
    suggesting that only those hearings when the parent requests an 
    expedited hearing.
        Some commenters wanted the regulations to reflect that mediation 
    was an alternative to the expedited hearing procedure and encourage 
    parents to seek mediation before an expedited hearing. Some asked that 
    the regulations make clear that a parent's request for an expedited 
    hearing would not apply to removals for less than 10 days and would not 
    negate the discretion of school districts to use alternative judicial 
    remedies, such as temporary restraining orders. Some commenters noted 
    that paragraph (a)(1) of this section should be revised to apply only 
    to placements made pursuant to the discipline provisions of the Act, 
    and not other placement issues under the Act.
        Several commenters asked that proposed paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section be revised to make clear that the standard of Sec. 300.521 that 
    is to be applied to 45-day placements under Sec. 300.520(a)(2) is the 
    ``substantial evidence'' standard and does not include the 
    ``substantially likely to result in injury'' test or other program 
    factors in Sec. 300.521, so as not to damage the new ability of school 
    districts to move students for up to 45 days for certain offenses 
    related to weapons and drugs.
        Discussion: The statute does not specify that parents request a 
    hearing in writing under the appeal procedures in this section. The 
    statute provides for expedited hearings in three circumstances, and 
    those are reflected in Secs. 300.521, 300.525, and 300.526. Mediation 
    is always encouraged as an alternative to a due process hearing, and 
    Sec. 300.506(a) makes clear that mediation must be available whenever a 
    hearing is requested under the provisions of Secs. 300.520-300.528. 
    Under the statute, it seems clear that a parent's right to an expedited 
    hearing is limited to placements pursuant to the discipline provisions 
    of the Act and not to other placement issues, such as disputes about 
    the adequacy of a child's current placement (unless raised in the 
    context of a manifestation issue).
        In addition, since the statute refers to decisions regarding 
    placement, rather than to disciplinary actions, a parent's right to an 
    expedited hearing is limited to disciplinary situations involving a 
    change of placement, which would occur if a child were removed from the 
    child's current placement for more than 10 school days at a time or if 
    there were a series of removals from the child's current educational 
    placement in a school year as described in Sec. 300.519. A parent's 
    request for an expedited due process hearing does not prevent a school 
    district from seeking judicial relief, through measures such as a 
    temporary restraining order, when necessary.
        The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section are statutory. 
    Section 615(k)(6)(B)(ii) does not refer solely to the ``substantial 
    evidence'' test in section 615(k)(2)(A), but to all the ``standards'' 
    in section 615(k)(2)(Sec. 300.521 of these regulations).
        Changes: Paragraph (a)(1) has been changed to refer to any decision 
    regarding placement under Secs. 300.520-300.528.
    
    Placement During Appeals (Sec. 300.526)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that paragraph (a) of this 
    section be amended by specifying that a parent's appeal of a hearing 
    officer decision must be heard by another hearing officer. Some 
    commenters thought that LEAs should not be required to seek expedited 
    hearings for students that remain a danger after 45 days and sought a 
    simplified procedure for extensions of the 45-day placement.
        Others thought that the possibility of an extension of an interim 
    alternative educational placement because a child remains dangerous 
    should be limited to a one-time extension that would require the 
    hearing officer to determine that there were no programmatic changes, 
    related services or supplemental aids or services that could be used to 
    mitigate the dangerousness of the original placement. These commenters 
    thought that any further efforts to keep the student in an alternative 
    placement should be heard by a court. Some commenters asked that the 
    note be deleted or modified by requiring, for example, that for an 
    extension the hearing officer consider whether the school district has 
    created delays or otherwise not acted in good faith. A few commenters 
    asked that any time an agency sought to extend an interim alternative 
    education placement because of continued dangerousness, the agency 
    first conduct a formal evaluation of the child.
        Discussion: It is not necessary to change the regulation to specify 
    that a parent's appeal of a hearing officer's decision must be heard by 
    another hearing officer, as it would violate the basic impartiality 
    requirement of Sec. 300.508(a)(2) to permit a hearing officer to hear 
    the appeal of his or her prior decision. Under paragraph (b) of this 
    section, unless shortened as the result of a hearing officer's decision 
    consistent with paragraph (a) of this section, a child would remain in 
    the interim alternative educational setting pursuant to 
    Secs. 300.520(a)(2) or 300.521 for the period of the exclusion (which 
    may be up to 45 days).
        If the public agency proposes to change the child's placement at 
    the end
    
    [[Page 12628]]
    
    of that interim alternative educational placement and the child's 
    parents request a due process hearing on that proposed change of 
    placement, the child returns to the child's placement prior to the 
    interim alternative educational setting at the end of that interim 
    placement, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. The 
    expedited hearing procedure set forth in paragraph (c) of this section 
    is drawn from the statute, which contemplates the same standards for 
    these expedited hearings as for those under Sec. 300.521.
        There is no statutory limit on the number of times this procedure 
    may be invoked in any individual case, and none is added to the 
    regulation. If, after a 45-day extension of an interim placement under 
    paragraph (c) of this section, an LEA maintains that the child is still 
    dangerous and the issue has not been resolved through due process, the 
    LEA may seek subsequent expedited due process hearings under paragraph 
    (c)(1) of this section. However, in light of the decision to remove all 
    notes from the regulations, the note would be removed.
        Changes: A new paragraph (c)(4) has been added to make clear that 
    the procedure in paragraph (c) may be repeated, if necessary. The note 
    has been removed.
    
    Protection for Children not yet Eligible for Special Education and 
    Related Services (Sec. 300.527)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed concern that the 
    statutory language that was reflected in paragraph (b) of this section 
    was too broad and thought that reasonable restrictions should be added 
    so that the issue of whether a ``basis of knowledge'' existed would not 
    have to be litigated for almost any child who was subjected to 
    disciplinary action.
        With respect to paragraph (b)(1), some commenters requested that 
    written parent concerns should be addressed to the director of special 
    education, other special education personnel of the agency, or the 
    child's teacher rather than to noninstructional personnel or personnel 
    not normally charged with child find responsibilities. Other commenters 
    asked that paragraph (b)(1) make clear that the parental expression of 
    concern must be more than a casual observation or vague statement and 
    must describe behavior indicative of a disability or reflect the need 
    for a special education evaluation. Other commenters asked for 
    specificity about how the determination about parents' English literacy 
    would be determined and asked that parental illiteracy in English be 
    rephrased as being unable to write.
        Some commenters asked that paragraph (b)(2) clarify the type, 
    severity, or degree of behavior or performance that would demonstrate 
    the need for services under the Act. For example, some asked that the 
    behavior or performance of the child would have to include 
    characteristics consistent with a category of disability under 
    Sec. 300.7 of the regulations. Others asked that this provision be 
    revised to require observation and documentation of the child's 
    performance or behavior demonstrating the need for special education 
    services by personnel who regularly work with the child.
        Some commenters requested that various sections of paragraph (b) be 
    time-limited to actions within the past year. Others asked that all of 
    paragraph (b) be limited to actions that have occurred within the 
    preceding two school years.
        With respect to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, many commenters 
    asked that the regulations make clear that casual communications 
    between agency personnel would not meet this standard. Some thought 
    that the agency personnel covered by this provision should be limited 
    to those providing regular or special education to the child reporting 
    concern to agency personnel who are normally responsible for initiating 
    the special education evaluation process. Others asked that expressions 
    of concern by appropriate agency personnel be a written expression of 
    the child's need for a special education evaluation. Some noted that 
    without the addition of reasonable limitations, this provision would 
    undermine responsible efforts, such as pre-referral strategies, to 
    limit identification of children for special education.
        Some commenters asked that paragraph (b) make clear that an agency 
    would not be considered to have a ``basis of knowledge'' merely because 
    a child is receiving services under some other program such as Title 1 
    of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act, a State- or locally-
    developed compensatory education program, or consistent with Section 
    504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Others asked that the 
    regulations specify that if an evaluation has been done and a child 
    found ineligible for special education, that evaluation and 
    determination would not constitute a ``basis of knowledge'' under 
    paragraph (b). Others asked that agencies be able to demonstrate that 
    they responsibly addressed an expression of concern and concluded that 
    the available data were sufficient to determine that there was no 
    reason to evaluate the child.
        Discussion: In light of these comments, some changes would be made 
    to paragraph (b) of this section. With respect to paragraph (b)(1) of 
    this section, it is important to keep in mind that child find is an 
    important activity of school districts under the Act and all of the 
    staff of a school district should be at least aware enough of this 
    important school function that, whatever their role in the school, if 
    they receive a written expression of concern from a parent that a child 
    is in need of special education and related services, a referral to 
    appropriate school child find personnel should be made. Parents should 
    not be held accountable for knowing who in a school is the proper 
    person to contact if they are concerned that their child might need 
    special education. On the other hand, the statute makes clear that the 
    parental expression of concern must include enough information to 
    indicate that their child is in need of special education and related 
    services. The statutory provision expects that parents provide their 
    expressions of concern in writing if they are able to and does not 
    mention a particular language. Rather than refer to illiteracy; which 
    may have a variety of interpretations, the regulations should refer to 
    the parent not knowing how to write.
        In paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the behavior or performance of 
    the child sufficient to meet this standard should be tied to 
    characteristics associated with one of the disability categories 
    identified in the definition of child with a disability in order to 
    remove unnecessary uncertainty about the type, severity, or degree of 
    behavior or performance intended. Child find is an important function 
    of schools and school districts.
        School personnel should be held responsible for referring children 
    for evaluation when their behavior or performance indicates that they 
    may have a disability covered under the Act. Limiting paragraph (b)(2) 
    to instances in which personnel who regularly work with the child have 
    recorded their observation of a child's behavior or performance that 
    demonstrates a need for special education would inappropriately omit 
    those situations in which public agency personnel should have acted, 
    but failed to do so.
        Requested changes regarding time limitations on the standards in 
    paragraph (b) are not adopted. However, if as a result of one of the 
    forms of notice identified in this paragraph, a public agency has 
    either determined that the child was not eligible after conducting an 
    evaluation or determined that an
    
    [[Page 12629]]
    
    evaluation was not necessary, and has provided appropriate notice to 
    parents of that determination consistent with Sec. 300.503, the public 
    agency would not have a basis of knowledge under this paragraph because 
    of that notice. For example, if as the result of a parent request for 
    an evaluation, a public agency conducted an evaluation, determined that 
    the child was not a child with a disability, and provided proper notice 
    of that determination to the parents, the agency would not have a basis 
    of knowledge because of that parent request for an evaluation.
        If the parents disagreed with the eligibility determination 
    resulting from that evaluation, they would have the right to request a 
    due process hearing under Sec. 300.507. If the parents requested a 
    hearing, the protections of this part would apply. If they did not 
    request a hearing and the child subsequently engaged in behavior that 
    violated any rule or code of conduct of the public agency, including 
    behavior described in Secs. 300.520 or 300.521, and there was no 
    intervening event or action that would independently constitute a basis 
    of knowledge under paragraph (b), the public agency would not be deemed 
    to have knowledge (of a disability). In such a case, consistent with 
    paragraph (c), the parents could request an expedited evaluation, but 
    the public agency could subject the child to the same disciplinary 
    measures applied to children without disabilities engaging in 
    comparable behavior. An addition would be made to this section. In 
    order to clarify that if an agency responsibly addresses the behavior 
    or performance of a child or an expression of concern about that 
    behavior or performance the agency's knowledge of that behavior, 
    performance or expression of concern, does not preclude the agency from 
    subjecting the child to the same disciplinary measures applied to 
    children without disabilities who engage in comparable behaviors.
        In order to provide clarity to the content of paragraph (b)(4), a 
    change has been made to that provision. Public agencies should not be 
    held to have a basis for knowledge that a child was a child with a 
    disability merely because the child's teacher had expressed concern 
    about the child's behavior or performance that was unrelated to whether 
    the child had a disability. This provision would therefore be modified 
    to refer to expressions of concern to other agency personnel who have 
    responsibilities for child find or special education referrals in the 
    agency.
        The changes described in this discussion in regard to paragraph 
    (b)(2) and (b)(4) would clarify that a public agency will not be 
    considered to have a basis of knowledge under paragraph (b) of this 
    section merely because a child receives services under some other 
    program designed to provide compensatory or remedial services or 
    because a child is limited-English proficient. If the child is eligible 
    under section 504 and not the IDEA, discipline would have to be 
    consistent with the requirements of section 504.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to paragraph (a) to refer 
    to paragraph (b) of this section rather than ``this paragraph.'' The 
    parenthetical language in paragraph (b)(1) has been replaced with the 
    following statement: ``(or orally if the parent does not know how to 
    write or has a disability that prevents a written statement).'' 
    Language is added to paragraph (b)(2) to clarify that the behavior or 
    performance is in relation to the categories of disability identified 
    in Sec. 300.7; and paragraph (b)(4) has been revised to refer to other 
    personnel who have responsibilities for child find or special education 
    referrals in the agency. Paragraph (c) has been redesignated as 
    paragraph (d) and a new paragraph (c) has been added to provide that if 
    an agency acts on one of the bases identified in paragraph (b), 
    determines that the child is not eligible, and provides proper notice 
    to the parents, and there are no additional bases of knowledge under 
    paragraph (b) that were not considered, the agency would not be held to 
    have a basis of knowledge under Sec. 300.527(b).
        Comment: Some commenters thought that paragraph (c) of this section 
    in the NPRM implied that a regular education child is entitled to some 
    placement while eligibility is being determined, and thought that 
    whether these students receive services while eligibility is being 
    determined should be left to the States. Others asked that the 
    regulations specify that the phrase ``educational placement'' in 
    proposed paragraph (c)(2)(ii) includes a suspension or expulsion 
    without services, while others thought that any disciplinary action 
    should be put on hold until the evaluation was completed. Others asked 
    that parents be involved in decisions about the child's educational 
    placement under this provision.
        Some commenters thought that more guidance should be provided about 
    an appropriate timeline for an expedited evaluation. Others asked that 
    an expedited evaluation when an agency had conducted an evaluation 
    within the past year could be reviewing those results and determining 
    whether other assessments would need to be conducted. Other commenters 
    wanted the regulations to make clear that a parent would have the right 
    to an independent educational evaluation if the parent disagrees with 
    the evaluation results and to the standard appeal rights and that a 
    court could enjoin improper exclusion during the pendency of the 
    evaluation and appeal process.
        Discussion: Redesignated paragraph (d) of this section does not 
    require the provision of services to a child while an expedited 
    evaluation is being conducted, if the public agency did not have a 
    basis for knowledge that the child was a child with a disability. An 
    educational placement under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) in those situations 
    can include a suspension or expulsion without services, if those 
    measures are comparable to measures applied to children without 
    disabilities who engage in comparable behavior. Of course, States and 
    school districts are free to choose to provide services to children 
    under this paragraph.
        There is no requirement that a disciplinary action be put on hold 
    pending the outcome of an expedited evaluation, or that the child's 
    parents be involved in placement decisions under paragraph (d)(2)(ii).
        No specific timeline for an expedited evaluation is included in the 
    regulations, as what may be required to conclude an evaluation will 
    vary widely depending on the nature and extent of a child's suspected 
    disability and the amount of additional information that would be 
    necessary to make an eligibility determination. However, the statute 
    and regulation specify that the evaluation in these instances be 
    ``expedited'', which means that an evaluation should be conducted in a 
    shorter period of time than a normal evaluation. As Sec. 300.533 makes 
    clear, in some cases, an evaluation may be conducted based on a review 
    of existing data.
        With regard to an expedited evaluation, a parent's right to an 
    independent educational evaluation if they disagree with the results of 
    that evaluation and to normal appeal rights of that expedited 
    evaluation are not affected by this section. Courts have the ability to 
    enjoin improper exclusion of children from educational services in 
    appropriate circumstances.
        Changes: Language has been added to paragraph (d)(2)(ii) to make 
    clear that an educational placement under that provision may include 
    suspension or expulsion without educational services.
    
    Expedited due Process Hearings (Sec. 300.528)
    
        Comment: Some commenters supported the time frames proposed for
    
    [[Page 12630]]
    
    expedited due process hearings in light of the need to get prompt 
    resolution of the various issues that are subject to these hearings. A 
    number of commenters expressed concern about being able to meet the 
    timelines proposed in paragraph (a) and suggested that the expedited 
    hearing timeline be set at some longer time such as 10 school days, 15 
    calendar days, 20 business days, or 20 school days, so that an orderly 
    hearing could be conducted, the parties' rights protected, and a well-
    reasoned and legally sufficient decision could be rendered.
        Some commenters thought that this section should refer to 
    ``expedited hearings'' rather than ``expedited due process hearings.'' 
    Others noted the obligation of a hearing officer to schedule the 
    hearing quickly so that a decision could be reached within the time 
    frame. Some commenters asked that a provision be added to specify that 
    if a decision was not rendered within the time frame, the child would 
    remain in the alternative placement until the decision was issued, 
    while others asked that the child be returned to the regular placement 
    if the decision were not issued within that time frame.
        Some commenters were concerned that the provision proposed in 
    paragraph (b) not be read to reduce rights available to children and 
    parents under the law, and asked that a statement be added to the 
    regulation to specify that in no instance should the protections 
    afforded the student and parent under the Act be reduced.
        Some commenters asked that paragraph (c) provide an expedited 
    appeal process as well in light of the statutory emphasis on quick 
    resolution of disputes about disciplinary actions. Some commenters 
    asked that the regulations make clear that appeals of disputes under 
    Secs. 300.520-300.528 are to a State level review officer, if a State 
    has a two-tier due process system, and not to another due process 
    hearing officer.
        Discussion: Because of concerns that in some States it will not be 
    possible to conduct an orderly hearing and develop a well-reasoned, 
    legally sufficient decision within a 10 business day timeline, the 
    specific time limit would be removed and replaced with a requirement 
    that States establish a timeline for expedited due process hearings 
    that meet certain standards--it must result in written decisions being 
    mailed to the parties in less than 45 days, with no extensions of time 
    that result in a decision more that 45 days from the date of the 
    request for a hearing, and it must be the same period of time, whether 
    the hearing is requested by a public agency or parent. This will allow 
    States to develop a rule that is fairly applied to both parents and 
    school districts and is best suited to their particular needs and 
    circumstances.
        The regulations refer to expedited due process hearings rather than 
    expedited hearings to make clear that the procedural protections in 
    Secs. 300.508 and 300.509 are to be met. With regard to the hearings 
    provided for in section 615(k)(2) of the Act (Sec. 300.521 of the 
    regulations), the Committee reports accompanying Pub. L. 105-17 refer 
    to the hearings as ``expedited due process hearings.'' (S. Rep. No. 
    105-17, p. 31, H.R. Rep. No. 105-95 p. 111 (1997)) In addition, the 
    evidentiary standard specified in the statute for hearings under 
    Secs. 300.521 and 300.526(c) requires consideration of evidence 
    presented by both sides to a dispute, which rules out hearings which do 
    not permit each side an equal opportunity to present evidence. 
    Permitting a different standard to apply to expedited hearings on 
    parent appeals under Sec. 300.526(a) would be unfair to public 
    agencies. If a decision is not reached within the time frame specified, 
    the child's placement would be determined based on the other rules 
    provided in these regulations. For example, if a school district had 
    requested a hearing for the purpose of demonstrating that a child was 
    substantially likely to injure themselves or others if the child 
    remained in the current placement, the child could be removed from his 
    or her current placement for not more than 10 school days pending the 
    decision of the hearing officer, unless the child's parents and the 
    public agency agreed otherwise. (Sec. 300.519).
        If the child were in a 45-day interim alternative educational 
    setting and the parents appealed that determination, the child would 
    remain in that setting until the expiration of the 45 days or the 
    hearing officer's decision, whichever occurs first. (Sec. 300.526(a)). 
    If the child's parents oppose a proposed change of placement at the end 
    of a 45-day interim alternative educational setting, under 
    Sec. 300.526(b), the child returns to the child's prior placement at 
    the end of the interim placement, unless through another hearing and 
    decision by the hearing officer under Sec. 300.526(c), the interim 
    alternative educational setting is extended for an additional period of 
    time, not to exceed 45 days for each expedited hearing requested under 
    Sec. 300.526(c).
        Paragraph (b) of this section is designed to make clear that while 
    a State must insure that expedited due process hearings must meet the 
    requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the State may alter 
    other State-imposed procedural rules from those it uses for hearings 
    under Sec. 300.507. This rule will ensure that the basic protections 
    regarding hearings under the Act are met, while enabling States to 
    adjust other procedural rules they may have superimposed on due process 
    hearings in light of the expedited nature of these hearings.
        No specific expedited appeal process is specified in the Act, and 
    none is added by these regulations. However, States should be able to 
    choose to adopt an expedited appeal procedure if they wish, including, 
    in States that have a two-tier normal due process procedure, 
    establishing a one-tier expedited hearing procedure (i.e., expedited 
    hearings conducted by the SEA) so that parties resort directly to a 
    State or Federal court, rather than appeal through a State-level appeal 
    procedure. Therefore, a change should be made to the regulation to 
    clarify that an appeal of an expedited due process hearing must be 
    consistent with Sec. 300.510.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to paragraph (a)(2) to 
    refer to Sec. 300.509 rather than Sec. 300.508. Paragraph (a)(1) has 
    been deleted and a new paragraph (b) has been added to provide that 
    each State establish a timeline for expedited due process hearings that 
    results in a written decision being mailed to the parties within 45 
    days, with no extensions permitted that result in decisions being 
    issued more than 45 days after the hearing request; and to require that 
    decisions be issued in the same period of time, whether the hearing is 
    requested by a parent or an agency. Paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) have 
    been redesignated as paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) and paragraphs (b) 
    and (c) have been redesignated as paragraphs (c) and (d). Redesignated 
    paragraph (d) has been revised to specify that expedited due process 
    hearings are appealable consistent with the Sec. 300.510. A 
    modification has been made to Sec. 300.526(a) regarding these appeals.
    
    Referral to and Action by Law Enforcement and Judicial Authorities 
    (Sec. 300.529)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that paragraph (a) be modified to 
    clarify that reporting crimes to law enforcement authorities not 
    circumvent the school's responsibilities under IDEA to appropriately 
    evaluate and address children's behavior problems that are related to 
    their disabilities in a timely manner. Other commenters requested that 
    procedural safeguards similar to those in Secs. 300.520-300.528 be
    
    [[Page 12631]]
    
    incorporated into this section that would apply whenever an agency 
    makes a report of a crime by a child with a disability, including 
    conducting a manifestation determination on the relationship of the 
    behavior to the disability, applying the 10- and 45-day timelines to 
    any criminal or juvenile filing, notice to parents, and the right of 
    parents to appeal decisions and request due process. Some commenters 
    stated that any referral to juvenile or law enforcement authorities 
    should trigger notice to parents of the referral.
        Several commenters requested that the regulations specify that the 
    Act also permits school officials to press charges against a child with 
    a disability when they have reported a crime by that student.
        One commenter asked that paragraph (a) be modified to require that 
    a police report include a statement indicating that the student is in a 
    special education program and identify a contact person who can provide 
    additional information to appropriate authorities on request.
        Discussion: Paragraph (a) of Sec. 300.529 does not authorize school 
    districts to circumvent any of their responsibilities under the Act. It 
    merely clarifies that school districts do have the authority to report 
    crimes by children with disabilities to appropriate authorities and 
    that those State law enforcement and judicial authorities have the 
    ability to exercise their responsibilities regarding the application of 
    Federal and State law to crimes committed by children with 
    disabilities. The procedural protections that apply to reports of a 
    crime are established by criminal law, not the IDEA. Of course, it 
    would be a violation of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 
    if a school were discriminating against children with disabilities in 
    how they were acting under this authority (e.g., if they were only 
    reporting crimes committed by children with disabilities and not 
    committed by nondisabled students).
        The Act does not address whether school officials may press charges 
    against a child with a disability when they have reported a crime by 
    that student. Again, school districts should take care not to exercise 
    their responsibilities in a discriminatory manner.
        With regard to indicating that a student is a special education 
    student and identifying a contact person who can provide appropriate 
    information to authorities to whom a crime is reported, as explained 
    more fully in the discussion on Sec. 300.529(b), under the 
    confidentiality requirements of these regulations (see, e.g., 
    Sec. 300.571) and those of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 
    Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. 1232g), personally identifiable information 
    (such as a student's status as a special education student) can only be 
    released with parental consent except in certain very limited 
    circumstances.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of commenters asked that paragraph (b) of this 
    section include a reference to the requirements of FERPA and note that 
    public agencies must insure the confidentiality of records such as the 
    special education and disciplinary records referred to in this section. 
    Some asked that a provision be added making clear that a release to law 
    enforcement authorities could only be made pursuant to the requirements 
    of FERPA. Others asked whether this provision constituted an exception 
    to disclosure of education records under FERPA, and if so, that the 
    regulations make this clear. Some commenters noted that disclosure of 
    education records would be a significant burden on schools and that it 
    contradicts existing confidentiality and disclosure requirements. Some 
    commenters were concerned that other agencies would not maintain these 
    records in a way that would protect the often very sensitive 
    information that they contain.
        Discussion: Under sections 612(a)(8) and 617(c) of the Act, the 
    Secretary is directed to take appropriate action, in accordance with 
    FERPA to assure the confidentiality of personally identifiable 
    information contained in records collected or maintained by the 
    Secretary and by SEAs and LEAs (see Secs. 300.127, and 300.560-
    300.577). The provisions of section 615(k)(9)(B) of the Act as 
    reflected in paragraph (b) of this section must be interpreted in a 
    manner that is consistent with the requirements of FERPA, and not as an 
    exception to the requirements of that law. In other words, the 
    transmission of special education and disciplinary records under 
    paragraph (b) of this section is permissible only to the extent that 
    such transmission is permitted under FERPA.
        If section 615(k)(9)(B) of the Act were construed to require, or 
    even permit, disclosures prohibited by FERPA, it arguably would violate 
    the equal protection rights of children with disabilities to be 
    protected against certain involuntary disclosures to authorities of 
    their confidential educational records to the same extent as their 
    nondisabled peers. To avoid this unconstitutional result, this 
    statutory provision must be read consistent with the disclosures 
    permitted under FERPA for the education records of all children.
        FERPA would permit disclosure of the special education and 
    disciplinary records mentioned in Sec. 300.529(b) only with the prior 
    written consent of the parent or a student aged 18 or older, or where 
    one of the exceptions to FERPA's consent requirements apply. (See also, 
    Sec. 300.571). For example, disclosure of special education and 
    disciplinary records would be permitted when the disclosure is made in 
    compliance with a lawfully issued subpoena or court order if the school 
    makes a reasonable attempt to notify the parent of the student of the 
    order or subpoena in advance of compliance. (34 CFR 99.31(a)(9)). This 
    prior notice requirement allows the parent to seek protective action 
    from the court, such as limiting the scope of the subpoena or quashing 
    it. Prior notice is not required when the disclosure is in compliance 
    with certain Federal grand jury or other law enforcement subpoenas. In 
    these cases, the waiver of the advance notification requirement applies 
    only when the law enforcement subpoena or court order contains language 
    that specifies that the existence or the contents of, or the 
    information furnished in response to, such subpoena or court order 
    should not be disclosed. (34 CFR 99.31(a)(9)(ii)). Additionally, under 
    FERPA, if the disclosure is in connection with an emergency and 
    knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or 
    safety of the student or other individuals (34 CFR 99.31(a)(10) and 
    99.36), disclosure may be made without parental consent. In addition, 
    schools may disclose education records without consent if a disclosure 
    is made pursuant to a State statute concerning the juvenile justice 
    system and the system's ability to effectively serve, prior to 
    adjudication, the student whose records are released. The State statute 
    must create an information sharing system, consisting only of State and 
    local officials, that protects against the redisclosure of a juvenile's 
    education records. (34 CFR 99.31(a)(5) and 99.38). For additional 
    information on the juvenile justice system provision and other 
    provisions under FERPA, refer to the U.S. Department of Education/U.S. 
    Department of Justice publication entitled Sharing Information: A Guide 
    to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and Participation in 
    Juvenile Justice Programs. The publication can be downloaded from the 
    Family Policy Compliance Office's web site: www.ed.gov.office/OM/fpco
        In some instances, however, the Part 300 regulations are more 
    restrictive than FERPA. For example, the Part 300
    
    [[Page 12632]]
    
    regulations in the past prohibited disclosures without parent consent 
    to outside entities that FERPA would permit. (See proposed 
    Sec. 300.571(a) limiting disclosures without consent to officials of 
    participating agencies collecting or using the information under IDEA 
    and requiring consent before information is used for any purpose other 
    than meeting IDEA requirements.) Section 615(k)(9)(B) of the Act now 
    eliminates, with regard to children with disabilities who are accused 
    by schools of crimes, IDEA restrictions on the sharing of information 
    that is permissible under FERPA.
        Except in certain limited situations, information from special 
    education and disciplinary records may be disclosed only on the 
    condition that the party to whom the information is disclosed will not 
    disclose the information to any other party without the prior consent 
    of the parent. (34 CFR 99.33). This procedure should be sufficient to 
    ensure that those other parties maintain the records in a manner that 
    will protect the confidentiality of that information.
        Changes: Paragraph (b) of this section has been amended to make 
    clear that copies of a child's special education and disciplinary 
    records may be transmitted only to the extent that such transmission is 
    permitted under FERPA. Section 300.571 has been amended to note the 
    exception of this section.
        Comment: Some commenters asked that the regulations provide further 
    clarification about the disclosure of information described in 
    paragraph (b) by, for example, clarifying whether a request from a law 
    enforcement official is needed before a transfer, whether the LEA would 
    be permitted to determine the most appropriate official to receive the 
    records, and if all or part of the record is transmitted. Others asked 
    that the regulations specify that the records be transferred within a 
    short period of time so that they would be available for consideration 
    in decisions about the student's case or that some limitations be 
    imposed on what is transferred, such as records covering the past year, 
    or ``relevant'' records.
        Some commenters asked that the regulations impose some limitations 
    on this responsibility by defining ``appropriate authorities,'' 
    ``special education record,'' and ``disciplinary record.'' Others asked 
    that the regulations require SEAs to develop procedures regarding the 
    disclosure of education records to the appropriate authorities when 
    LEAs report a student's criminal activity because States' juvenile law 
    and criminal law enforcement systems are different.
        A few commenters asked that the agency reporting a crime be 
    responsible for ensuring that the child continues to receive FAPE in 
    accordance with the child's IEP with consultation with law enforcement, 
    judicial authorities, or any other agency responsible for the education 
    of incarcerated youth.
        Discussion: As explained in the prior discussion, FERPA limits the 
    extent to which disclosure of special education and disciplinary 
    records would be permitted. The circumstances that determine whether 
    records may be transmitted generally will determine whether a specific 
    request from a law enforcement official would need to be made, to whom 
    the records would be transmitted and the extent of the information 
    provided. In light of the fact-specific nature of the analysis 
    required, no specific definitions of terms used in paragraph (b) are 
    provided. The requirements of FERPA and its implementing regulations at 
    34 CFR Part 99 provide more specific guidance. The agency that is 
    responsible to ensure that a child receives FAPE when the child has 
    been accused of a crime and is in the custody of law enforcement and 
    judicial authorities will be determined by State law.
        Changes: None.
    
    Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility
    
    Initial Evaluation (Sec. 300.531)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that this section be revised to 
    clarify that parents may request an initial evaluation, and some 
    requested that public agencies be required to conduct an initial 
    evaluation upon parent request. A few commenters requested that the 
    regulation be revised to require that, upon parent request, an initial 
    evaluation include new testing in all areas of suspected disability, 
    even if a determination is made, under Sec. 300.533(a), that no 
    additional data are needed. A few commenters requested that the 
    regulation be revised to specify the types of indicators, such as a 
    psychiatric hospitalization, that trigger the requirement that a child 
    be evaluated for possible disability.
        Other commenters requested that the regulation be revised to 
    clarify that initial evaluations are distinct from reevaluations, and 
    to require that initial evaluations be ``comprehensive,'' and include a 
    complete full and individual evaluation of the child in all areas of 
    suspected disability. A few commenters requested that Sec. 300.531 be 
    linked with Sec. 300.532(g), to make clear that a ``full and individual 
    initial evaluation'' under Sec. 300.531 means a comprehensive 
    evaluation in all areas of suspected disability.
        Discussion: The child find provisions of Sec. 300.125 require that 
    a public agency ensure that any child that it suspects has a disability 
    is evaluated. Under both prior law and these regulations, if a parent 
    requests an initial evaluation, the public agency must either: (1) 
    provide the parents with written notice of the agency's proposal to 
    conduct an initial evaluation if the agency suspects that the child has 
    a disability and needs special education and related services; or (2) 
    provide the parents with written notice of the agency's refusal to 
    conduct an initial evaluation if it does not suspect that the child has 
    a disability. The parent may challenge such a proposal or refusal by 
    requesting a due process hearing.
        If a group decision is made under Sec. 300.533(a) that no 
    additional data are needed as part of an initial evaluation, the public 
    agency is not required to conduct additional assessment as part of the 
    initial evaluation; however, the parents may challenge that decision by 
    initiating a due process hearing.
        The child find provisions in section 612(a)(3) and in these 
    regulations at Sec. 300.125 require that all eligible children be 
    identified, located and evaluated, and it is not necessary to establish 
    additional requirements regarding specific circumstances that trigger 
    an agency's responsibility to evaluate a child.
        Any initial evaluation or reevaluation of a child with a disability 
    must meet the requirements of Sec. 300.532; therefore, a child with a 
    disability must, as part of any initial evaluation or reevaluation, be 
    assessed in all areas of suspected disability (Sec. 300.532(g)). 
    However, as provided in Sec. 300.533(a) and explained above, the public 
    agency may not need to conduct assessment procedures to obtain 
    additional data in one or more areas of suspected disability depending 
    on what data are already available regarding the child.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulations be revised 
    to provide guidelines for State timelines for completing initial 
    evaluations.
        Discussion: This issue is addressed in the discussion regarding 
    Sec. 300.342.
        Changes: None.
    
    Evaluation Procedures (Sec. 300.532)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to require that all tests and other evaluation materials and procedures 
    that are used to assess a child, including nonstandardized tests, be 
    validated for the specific purpose for which they are
    
    [[Page 12633]]
    
    used and administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel in 
    accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the tests.
        Other commenters asked that the regulation be revised to require 
    that tests and other evaluation procedures be selected and administered 
    so as not to be discriminatory on a disability basis, and to prohibit 
    use of tests if there is controversy in the literature about a test's 
    validity for use with children with a particular disability unless a 
    local validation study has been conducted for the particular disability 
    that the child is suspected to have. A few commenters requested that 
    the regulation specify that evaluations that are conducted verbally 
    should use the language normally used by the child and not the language 
    used by the parents, if there is a difference between the two.
        A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised to 
    require that public agencies collect information regarding a child's 
    learning style(s) and needed methodologies as part of an evaluation, 
    because such information is critical in formulating appropriate 
    instructional methods to promote the child's learning. A few commenters 
    requested that the regulation be revised to require that three 
    individuals from different disciplines evaluate each child. A few 
    commenters requested that the regulation be revised to clarify that 
    tests and other materials used in evaluating each child must include a 
    full range of diagnostic techniques, including observations and 
    interview. A few commenters requested that Sec. 300.532(g) be revised 
    to require a comprehensive evaluation for all students, regardless of 
    their area of suspected disability, and a functional behavioral 
    assessment for each child who exhibits behavior that impedes learning.
        A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised to 
    require that initial evaluations and reevaluations address all of the 
    special factors that IEP teams must consider under Sec. 300.346(a)(2). 
    A few commenters asked that the regulation be revised to require that 
    evaluations provide information to enable public agencies to comply 
    with the requirements of Sec. 300.534(b)(1), which requires that a 
    child not be determined to be a child with a disability if the 
    determinant factor is a lack of instruction in reading or math.
        A few commenters requested that paragraphs (d), (e), and (f), and 
    Notes 1, 2, and 3, be deleted because they exceed the requirements in 
    the statute.
        A few commenters were concerned that Note 2 does not address the 
    broad array of unique circumstances in which it may be necessary, for 
    communication or other disability-specific reasons, to seek out an 
    appropriate evaluator who is not on the staff of the public agency.
        A few commenters raised concerns about valid assessment of Native 
    American children who are either Navajo-dominant speakers or bilingual. 
    They expressed particular concern regarding the limitations of 
    standardized written instruments in assessing children who speak 
    Navajo, which is a predominantly oral language, and asked for guidance 
    as to how Bureau of Indian Affairs schools will meet the requirements 
    in Sec. 300.532 regarding standardized assessment tools.
        A few commenters were concerned that the reference in Note 3 to 
    administration of assessment components by persons whose qualifications 
    do not meet standard conditions would appear to ``give permission'' for 
    the use of unqualified assessment personnel, and requested that this 
    reference be deleted from the note. Other commenters asked that Note 3 
    be deleted because it inappropriately implies that IDEA permits public 
    agencies to conduct assessments under ``substandard'' conditions.
        Several commenters requested that the substance of all of the notes 
    in the NPRM be incorporated into the text of the regulations, or that 
    the notes be deleted in their entirety.
        Discussion: The provisions of Sec. 300.532(c) regarding 
    requirements for standardized tests are consistent with section 
    614(b)(3)(B), which limits applicability of those requirements to 
    standardized tests. The selection of appropriate assessment instruments 
    and methodologies is appropriately left to State and local discretion.
        A public agency must ensure that: (1) the IEP team for each child 
    with a disability has all of the evaluation information it needs to 
    make required decisions regarding the educational program of the child, 
    including the consideration of special factors required by 
    Sec. 300.346(a)(2); and (2) the team determining a child's eligibility 
    has all of the information it needs to ensure that the child is not 
    determined to be a child with a disability if the determinant factor is 
    a lack of instruction in reading or math, as required by 
    Sec. 300.534(b)(1). It is not, therefore, necessary to establish an 
    additional requirement that evaluations address the requirements of 
    Sec. 300.346(a)(2) or Sec. 300.534(b)(1).
        Paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) were all among the provisions included 
    in the regulations as in effect on July 20, 1983, and are unaffected by 
    the IDEA Amendments of 1997.
        In evaluating each child with a disability, it is important for 
    public agencies to ensure that the evaluation is sufficiently 
    comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and 
    related services needs, including any needs the child has that are 
    commonly linked to a disability category other than the disability in 
    which the child has been classified. Further, public agencies must 
    ensure that the services provided to each child under this part are 
    designed to meet all of the child's identified special education and 
    related services needs, and not those resulting only from the 
    disability area in which the child has been initially classified.
        As proposed Note 1 indicated, under Title VI of the Civil Rights 
    Act of 1964: (1) in order to properly evaluate a child who may be 
    limited English proficient, a public agency should assess the child's 
    proficiency in English as well as the child's native language to 
    distinguish language proficiency from disability needs; and (2) an 
    accurate assessment of the child's language proficiency should include 
    objective assessment of reading, writing, speaking, and understanding.
        Both Title VI and Part B require that a public agency ensure that 
    children with limited English proficiency are not evaluated on the 
    basis of criteria that essentially measure English language skills. 
    Sections 300.532 and 300.534(b) require that information about the 
    child's language proficiency must be considered in determining how to 
    conduct the evaluation of the child to prevent misclassification. In 
    keeping with the decision to eliminate all notes from the final 
    regulations, however, Note 1 has been removed. The text of Sec. 300.532 
    has been revised to require that assessments of children with limited 
    English proficiency must be selected and administered to ensure that 
    they measure the extent to which a child has a disability and needs 
    special education, and do not instead measure the child's English 
    language skills.
        Proposed Note 2 explained that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (2)(ii) 
    when read together require that even in situations where it is clearly 
    not feasible to provide and administer tests in the child's native 
    language or mode of communication for a child with limited English 
    proficiency, the public agency must still obtain and consider accurate 
    and reliable information that will enable the agency to make an 
    informed decision as to whether the child has a disability and the 
    effects of the disability on the child's educational needs. In some 
    situations, there may be
    
    [[Page 12634]]
    
    no one on the staff of a public agency who is able to administer a test 
    or other evaluation in a child's native language, as required under 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section, but an appropriate individual is 
    available in the surrounding area. In that case a public agency could 
    identify an individual in the surrounding area who is able to 
    administer a test or other evaluation in the child's native language 
    include contacting neighboring school districts, local universities, 
    and professional organizations. This information will be useful to 
    school districts in meeting the requirements of the regulations, but 
    consistent with the general decision to remove all notes, Note 2 would 
    be removed.
        An assessment conducted under non standard conditions is not in and 
    of itself a ``substandard'' assessment. As proposed Note 3 clarified, 
    if an assessment is not conducted under standard conditions, 
    information about the extent to which the assessment varied from 
    standard conditions, such as the qualifications of the person 
    administering the test or the method of test administration, needs to 
    be included in the evaluation report. A provision has been added to the 
    regulation to make this point.
        This information is needed so that the team of qualified 
    professionals can evaluate the effects of these variances on the 
    validity and reliability of the information reported and to determine 
    whether additional assessments are needed. Again, while the proposed 
    note provided clarifying information on the regulatory requirements, in 
    keeping with the general decision to eliminate notes, Note 3 would be 
    removed.
        The provisions of the Act and Sec. 300.532, as revised to include a 
    provision regarding the use of nonstandard assessments, are sufficient 
    to ensure that the provisions of the regulation are appropriately 
    implemented for Navajo children, and no further changes are needed.
        Changes: Section 300.532 has been revised to require that 
    assessments of children with limited English proficiency must be 
    selected and administered to ensure that they measure the extent to 
    which a child has a disability and needs special education, and do not, 
    instead, measure the child's English language skills.
        A provision has been added to Sec. 300.532 to require that if an 
    assessment is not conducted under standard conditions, information 
    about the extent to which the assessment varied from standard 
    conditions, such as the qualifications of the person administering the 
    test or the method of test administration, must be included in the 
    evaluation report. Notes 1, 2, and 3 have been removed.
        A provision has been added to Sec. 300.532 to require that the 
    assessment be sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of a child's 
    special education and related services needs. A change also has been 
    made to Sec. 300.300 clarifying that services provided to each child 
    must be designed to meet all the child's identified special education 
    and related services needs.
        Paragraph (b) has been revised consistent with section 614(b)(2) of 
    the Act, to clarify that information about enabling the child to be 
    involved in and progress in the general curriculum or for a preschool 
    child to participate in appropriate activities may assist in 
    determining both whether the child has a disability and the content of 
    the child's IEP.
    
    Determination of Needed Evaluation Data (Sec. 300.533)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation or a note 
    clarify that it is expected that typically some new tests or 
    assessments will be required as part of reevaluations. A number of 
    commenters were concerned that, absent more specific requirements 
    mandating the use of additional assessments, public agencies would rely 
    on outdated assessment information regarding the needs of children with 
    disabilities, especially since the needs of children with disabilities 
    may change significantly over time, and some requested that the 
    regulations be revised to define a maximum ``age'' for data that a 
    public agency may rely upon as part of an evaluation. A few other 
    commenters were concerned that the required IEP team participants often 
    would not have the appropriate qualifications and expertise to judge 
    the validity of existing data and to determine what if any additional 
    data are needed.
        A few others requested that the regulation be revised to require 
    that a public agency collect additional data to determine whether a 
    child continues to be a child with a disability, unless the agency 
    obtains signed, informed parent consent to not collect such additional 
    data, and that States be required to report on the number of such 
    parent ``waivers.'' Other commenters requested that the regulation or 
    note clarify that the provisions of Sec. 300.533(c) apply only to the 
    portion of a reevaluation that addresses whether a child continues to 
    be a child with a disability, and not the portion that addresses the 
    child's needs for special education and related services.
        A few commenters requested that parents be required to justify any 
    request for additional assessment data. A few other commenters 
    requested that public agencies be required to inform parents of their 
    right to request additional assessments to determine whether their 
    child has a disability.
        A few commenters thought that is was important to clarify that a 
    public agency may use data from prior assessments conducted by 
    individuals or agencies other than the public agency in determining 
    what additional data were needed.
        Some commenters requested that the note be deleted.
        Discussion: Whether additional data are needed as part of an 
    initial evaluation or reevaluation must be determined on a case-by-case 
    basis, depending upon the needs of the child and the information 
    available regarding the child, by a group that includes the individuals 
    described in Sec. 300.344 and other qualified professionals, as 
    appropriate.
        It is intended that the group review all relevant existing 
    evaluation data on a child, including that provided by the parents and, 
    where appropriate, data from evaluations conducted by other agencies. A 
    public agency must ensure that the group fulfilling these functions 
    include individuals beyond those described in Sec. 300.344 if necessary 
    to ensure that appropriate, informed decisions are made (see 
    Sec. 300.533).
        Requiring public agencies to obtain informed written consent 
    permitting them not to collect, as part of a reevaluation, additional 
    data to determine whether a child continues to be a child with a 
    disability, would exceed the requirements of the statute, as would 
    requiring States to report on the number of children for whom a 
    reevaluation does not include collecting additional data to determine 
    whether they continue to be children with disabilities.
        The provisions of Sec. 300.533(c) apply only to the collection of 
    additional data needed to determine whether a child continues to be a 
    child with a disability.
        It would not be consistent with the statute and these regulations 
    to require that parents ``justify'' any request for additional 
    assessment data. Parents must be included in the group that reviews 
    existing data and determines what additional data are needed, and, as 
    part of that group, they have the right to identify additional 
    assessment data that they believe are needed and to participate in the 
    decision regarding the need for those data. Both the statute and these 
    regulations require that the determination regarding the need for
    
    [[Page 12635]]
    
    additional data be based, in part, on input from the parents. Under 
    both the statute and these regulations, parents also have the right to 
    request an assessment, as part of a reevaluation, to determine whether 
    their child continues to have a disability under IDEA. However, this 
    right is limited to determinations of eligibility for services under 
    Part B. If the group reviewing the existing data does not believe 
    additional data are needed to determine a child's continued eligibility 
    under IDEA, but the parents want additional testing for reasons other 
    than continued eligibility under IDEA, such as admission to college, 
    the denial of the parent's request would be subject to due process.
        An additional requirement that parents be informed of their right 
    to request additional assessment data is not needed, as it is already 
    addressed by paragraph (c)(1)(iii).
        The proposed note clarified that the requirement in Sec. 300.533(a) 
    and Sec. 300.534(a)(1) that review of evaluation data and eligibility 
    decisions be made by groups that include ``qualified professionals,'' 
    is intended to ensure that the group making these determinations 
    include individuals with the knowledge and skills necessary to 
    interpret the evaluation data and make an informed determination as to 
    whether the child is a child with a disability under Sec. 300.7, and to 
    determine whether the child needs special education and related 
    services.
        The composition of the group will vary depending upon the nature of 
    the child's suspected disability and other relevant factors. For 
    example, if a student is suspected of having a learning disability, a 
    professional whose sole expertise is visual impairments would be an 
    inappropriate choice. If a student is limited English proficient, it 
    will be important to include a person in the group of qualified 
    professionals who is knowledgeable about the identification, 
    assessment, and education of limited English proficient students. While 
    the proposed note provided clarifying information on the regulatory 
    requirements, in keeping with the general decision to eliminate notes, 
    the note would be removed.
        Changes: The note has been removed. Paragraph (d) has been revised 
    to clarify that the parent's right to request an evaluation regarding 
    continued eligibility concerns services under Part B.
        Comment: Some commenters requested that the regulation be revised 
    to provide further guidance as to whether public agencies are required 
    to convene a meeting to review existing evaluation data on a child and 
    to determine what, if any, additional data are needed as part of the 
    evaluation. A few commenters stated their opinion that the Congress did 
    not intend to establish a new requirement for an additional meeting 
    that public agencies must convene. Others asked for clarity as to 
    whether a public agency could meet the requirements of Sec. 300.533(a) 
    by reviewing existing data and determining what additional data are 
    needed as part of the child's IEP meeting during the second year of the 
    three year evaluation cycle. A few commenters asked that the regulation 
    be revised to require that parents are entitled to participate in any 
    meeting held to review existing data.
        A few other commenters requested that the regulation be revised to 
    provide that only those members of the IEP team needed to review 
    current goals and objectives must participate in the review of existing 
    data, and that not all members involved in the initial placement need 
    be involved unless there is to be a change in the placement or 
    identification of the child.
        Discussion: Section 300.533(a) requires that a group that includes 
    the individuals described in Sec. 300.344 (regarding the IEP team) and 
    other qualified professionals, as appropriate, review the existing 
    evaluation data and determine what additional data are needed. Although 
    a public agency must ensure that the review of existing data and the 
    determination of any needed additional data must be made by a group, 
    including the parents, neither the statute nor these regulations 
    require that the public agency conduct a meeting for this purpose. A 
    State may, however, require such meetings.
        Section 300.501(a)(2)(i) requires that parents have an opportunity 
    to participate in meetings with respect to the evaluation of their 
    child with a disability. Therefore, if a public agency conducts a 
    meeting, as defined in Sec. 300.501(b)(2), to meet its responsibilities 
    under Sec. 300.533, the parents must have an opportunity to participate 
    in the meeting.
        Neither the statute nor these regulations requires that all 
    individuals who were involved in the initial placement of a child with 
    a disability be part of the group that, as part of a reevaluation of 
    the child reviews existing data and determines what additional data are 
    needed. Both the statute and the regulations require, however, that a 
    group that includes all of the individuals described in Sec. 300.344 
    for an IEP meeting, and other qualified professionals, as appropriate, 
    fulfill those functions.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) has been revised to refer to the group that 
    includes the individuals described in Sec. 300.344 and other qualified 
    individuals. A new paragraph (b) has been added to make clear that a 
    meeting is not required to review existing evaluation data.
    
    Determination of Eligibility (Sec. 300.534)
    
        Comment: A few commenters requested that the regulation provide 
    further guidance regarding the standards and process public agencies 
    must use to ensure that lack of instruction in reading or math is not 
    the determinant factor in determining that a child is a child with a 
    disability. Other commenters requested that the regulation clarify that 
    proposed Sec. 300.534(b) does not mean that a child who has a 
    disability and requires special education and related services because 
    of that disability can be found ineligible simply because the child 
    also has been denied instruction in reading or math or because the 
    child has limited English proficiency.
        Some commenters asked for clarification as to whether, if the group 
    determines under Sec. 300.533 that no further data are needed, a public 
    agency may, without further evaluation, meet its obligation under 
    proposed Sec. 300.534(c) to evaluate a child with a disability before 
    determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability.
        A few commenters requested that the regulation be revised to 
    clarify the meaning of ``evaluation report.'' A few commenters 
    requested that the regulation be revised to require that a public 
    agency provide information to parents regarding the results of an 
    evaluation prior to conducting an IEP meeting, and other commenters 
    requested that the regulations specify a timeline for how quickly the 
    public agency must provide parents with a copy of the evaluation 
    report.
        A few commenters asked for clarification as to whether a public 
    agency must conduct an evaluation of a child with a disability before 
    the agency may graduate the child. (This issue is addressed in the 
    discussion regarding Sec. 300.121.)
        Discussion: The specific standards and process that public agencies 
    use to ensure that lack of instruction in reading or math is not the 
    determinant factor in determining that a child is a child with a 
    disability, and the content of an evaluation report, are appropriately 
    left by the statute to State and local discretion. However, a public 
    agency must ensure that a child who has a disability, as defined in 
    Sec. 300.7 (i.e., a child who has been evaluated in accordance with 
    Secs. 300.530-300.536 as
    
    [[Page 12636]]
    
    having one of the thirteen listed impairments, and who because of that 
    impairment needs special education and related services) is not 
    excluded from eligibility because that child also has limited English 
    proficiency or has had a lack of instruction in reading or math. (See 
    also Sec. 300.532, which has been revised to require that assessments 
    of children with limited English proficiency must be selected and 
    administered to ensure that they measure the extent to which a child 
    has a disability and needs special education, and do not instead 
    measure the child's English language skills.)
        The specific content of an evaluation report is appropriately left 
    by the statute to State and local discretion. Both the statute and the 
    regulations require that, upon completing the administration of tests 
    and other evaluation materials, a public agency must provide a copy of 
    the evaluation report and the documentation of determination of 
    eligibility to the parent, but neither establishes a timeline for 
    providing these documents to the parents; rather, this timeline is 
    appropriately left to State and local discretion. It is, however, 
    important to ensure that parents and other IEP team participants have 
    all the information they need to participate meaningfully in IEP 
    meetings. Indeed, Sec. 300.562(a) requires that a public agency comply 
    with a parent request to inspect and review existing educational 
    records, including an evaluation report, without unnecessary delay and 
    before any meeting regarding an IEP.
        A public agency must evaluate a child with a disability before 
    determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability, but 
    such a reevaluation is, like other reevaluations, subject to the 
    requirements of Sec. 300.533. Accordingly, if a group decision is made 
    under Sec. 300.533(a) that no additional data are needed to determine 
    whether the child continues to be a child with a disability, the public 
    agency must provide parents with the notice required by 
    Sec. 300.533(d)(1), and must provide such additional assessment(s) upon 
    parent request consistent with Sec. 300.533(d)(2).
        Changes: Paragraph (b) is revised to clarify that children are not 
    eligible if they need specialized instruction because of limited 
    English proficiency or lack of instruction in reading or math, but do 
    not need specialized instruction because of a disability, as defined in 
    Sec. 300.7. See discussion of comments received under Sec. 300.122 
    regarding a change to Sec. 300.534(c).
    
    Procedures for Determining Eligibility and Placement (Sec. 300.535)
    
        Comment: Some commenters requested that parents be added to the 
    variety of sources from which the public agency will draw, under 
    Sec. 300.535(a)(1), in interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of 
    determining if a child is a child with a disability.
        Discussion: The proposed change is consistent with section 
    614(b)(4)(A), which requires that the parent be part of the team that 
    determines eligibility, and other provisions of the Act that stress the 
    importance of information provided by the parents.
        Changes: Section 300.535(a)(1) is revised to add ``parent input'' 
    to the variety of sources from which the public agency will, under 
    Sec. 300.535(a)(1), draw in interpreting evaluation data for the 
    purpose of determining if a child is a child with a disability.
        Comment: A few commenters were concerned that the note 
    inappropriately implied that it is not necessary to use a team of 
    professionals and more than one assessment procedure to plan and 
    implement the evaluation for a child and to determine eligibility. A 
    few other commenters stated that the note inappropriately states that 
    all sources must be used for all children whose suspected disability is 
    mental retardation. Other commenters requested that the note be revised 
    to state that for some children information from additional sources, 
    such as an assessment of independent living skills, might be needed.
        Discussion: Section 300.532 requires that a variety of assessment 
    tools be used, that no single procedure be used as the sole criterion 
    for determining the eligibility or needs of a child with a disability, 
    and that the child be assessed in all areas of suspected disability. 
    Section 300.534 requires that a team of professionals and the parent 
    determine a child's eligibility.
        The proposed note did not in any way diminish these requirements. 
    It clarified that, consistent with the statute and these final 
    regulations, the point of Sec. 300.535(a)(1) is to ensure that more 
    than one source is used in interpreting evaluation data and in making 
    these determinations, and that although that subsection includes a list 
    of examples of sources that may be used by a public agency in 
    determining whether a child is a child with a disability, as defined in 
    Sec. 300.7, the agency would not have to use all the sources in every 
    instance. While the proposed note provided clarifying information on 
    the regulatory requirements, in keeping with the general decision to 
    eliminate notes, the note would be removed.
        Changes: The note has been removed.
    
    Reevaluation (Sec. 300.536)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked for clarification as to what 
    constitutes a reevaluation. A few of these commenters asked whether a 
    determination under Sec. 300.533(a) that no additional data are needed 
    as part of a reevaluation constitutes a reevaluation and whether parent 
    consent under Sec. 300.505(a)(iii) is required under such 
    circumstances.
        A few commenters requested clarification as to whether a public 
    agency must provide a reevaluation each time that a parent requests a 
    reevaluation. A few commenters asked that a Note clarify that a public 
    agency must conduct a reevaluation upon parent request, whether or not 
    the public agency agrees that a reevaluation is needed, while others 
    requested clarification that a public agency may refuse a parent 
    request for reevaluation and afford parents the opportunity for a due 
    process hearing to challenge the refusal. A few other commenters asked 
    for clarification as to whether a public agency must conduct an 
    evaluation whenever requested by the parent, regardless of the 
    frequency of such requests.
        A few commenters asked that the regulation be revised to require 
    that public agencies consider the need for a reevaluation of a child 
    with a disability at least once every three years, rather than require, 
    as in the NPRM, that a reevaluation be conducted at least once every 
    three years.
        Discussion: Under both prior law and the current regulations, if a 
    parent requests a reevaluation, the public agency must either: (1) 
    provide the parents with written notice of the agency's proposal to 
    conduct the reevaluation; or (2) provide the parents with written 
    notice of the agency's refusal to conduct a reevaluation. The parent 
    may challenge such a proposal or refusal by requesting a due process 
    hearing. If the agency conducts a reevaluation and the evaluation group 
    concludes that under Sec. 300.533(a) no additional data are needed to 
    determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability, 
    the public agency must provide parents with the notice required by 
    Sec. 300.533(c)(1), and must provide such assessment upon parent 
    request.
        The statute specifically requires at section 614(a)(2) that ``a 
    reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted ... at least 
    once every three years.'' However, in meeting this
    
    [[Page 12637]]
    
    requirement, a group will, pursuant to Sec. 300.533, review existing 
    data and determine what, if any, additional assessment data are needed. 
    Parent consent is not required for a review of existing data; however, 
    parent consent would be required before additional assessments are 
    conducted.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A few commenters noted that Sec. 300.536(b) references 
    Sec. 300.530(b), a nonexistent subsection.
        Discussion: The noted reference is a typographical error.
        Changes: Section 300.536(b) has been revised to refer to 
    Sec. 300.530 rather than Sec. 300.530(b).
    
    Additional Procedures for Evaluating Children With Specific Learning 
    Disability (Secs. 300.540--300.543)
    
        Comment: Commenters raised a variety of issues regarding the 
    regulatory provisions concerning the additional procedures for 
    evaluating children suspected of having specific learning disabilities. 
    However, none of those comments raised significant concerns about the 
    minor changes from prior regulations proposed in the NPRM, which were 
    designed merely to accommodate new statutory provisions regarding the 
    participation of parents in evaluation determinations and evaluation 
    reports and documentation of eligibility determinations applicable to 
    all eligibility determinations, including those regarding specific 
    learning disabilities.
        Discussion: As indicated in the preamble to the NPRM, the 
    Department is planning to conduct a careful, comprehensive review of 
    research, expert opinion and practical knowledge of evaluating and 
    identifying children with a specific learning disability over the next 
    several years to determine whether changes to the standards and process 
    for identifying children with a specific learning disability should be 
    proposed. Because that review has not been done, no further changes are 
    made to the regulations.
        Changes: None.
    
    General LRE Requirements (Sec. 300.550)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters asked that the regulation be 
    revised to make clear that a child with a disability cannot be removed 
    from the regular class environment based on the type or degree of 
    modifications to the general curriculum that the child needs, or on the 
    types of related services that the child needs. Some commenters asked 
    that paragraph (b)(1) be revised to make clear that whatever the 
    setting selected, the child is educated in the general curriculum. 
    Others asked that paragraph (b)(2) be revised to require consideration 
    of positive behavioral supports in educating children with disabilities 
    in regular classes.
        A few commenters asked that a cross-reference to the exceptions in 
    Sec. 300.311(b) and (c) be added for students with disabilities 
    convicted as adults and incarcerated in adult prisons. Several 
    commenters asked that a note be added to specify that ESY services must 
    be provided in the LRE. Another asked that a note explain that the 
    reference to ``special classes'' in paragraph (b)(2) refers to special 
    classes based on special education needs rather than special classes 
    that the LEA makes available to all children, whether nondisabled or 
    disabled, such as remedial reading, art, or music classes.
        Discussion: Placement in the LRE requires an individual decision, 
    based on each child's IEP, and based on the strong presumption of the 
    IDEA that children with disabilities be educated in regular classes 
    with appropriate aids and supports, as reflected in paragraph (b) of 
    this section. The regulations always have required that placement 
    decisions be based on the individual needs of each child with a 
    disability and prohibited categorical decision-making.
        In addition, the new statutory provisions regarding IEPs, reflected 
    in the regulations at Sec. 300.347(a)(1) and (2) specify that IEPs must 
    include a statement of how the child's present levels of educational 
    performance affect the child's involvement and progress in the general 
    curriculum and a statement of measurable annual goals, including 
    benchmarks or short-term objectives for meeting the child's disability-
    related needs to enable the child to be involved in and progress in the 
    general curriculum. These provisions apply regardless of the setting in 
    which the services are provided.
        Similarly, the IEP team, in developing the IEP under 
    Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(i), is required to consider positive behavioral 
    intervention, strategies and supports to address the behavior of a 
    child with a disability whose behavior impedes his or her learning or 
    that of others. These provisions are designed to foster the increased 
    participation of children with disabilities in regular education 
    environments or other less restrictive environments, not to serve as a 
    basis for placing children with disabilities in more restrictive 
    settings.
        The determination of appropriate placement for a child whose 
    behavior is interfering with the education of others requires careful 
    consideration of whether the child can appropriately function in the 
    regular classroom if provided appropriate behavioral supports, 
    strategies and interventions. If the child can appropriately function 
    in the regular classroom with appropriate behavioral supports, 
    strategies or interventions, placement in a more restrictive 
    environment would be inconsistent with the least restrictive 
    environment provisions of the IDEA. If the child's behavior in the 
    regular classroom, even with the provision of appropriate behavioral 
    supports, strategies or interventions, would significantly impair the 
    learning of others, that placement would not meet his or her needs and 
    would not be appropriate for that child.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 place renewed emphasis on teaching 
    children with disabilities to the general curriculum and ensuring that 
    these children are included in State- and district-wide assessments of 
    educational achievement. Because, as commenters noted, one consequence 
    of heightened accountability expectations may be unwarranted decisions 
    to remove children with disabilities from regular classrooms so as to 
    avoid accountability for their educational performance, the regulations 
    should make clear that the type or extent of the modifications that the 
    child needs to the general curriculum not be used to inappropriately 
    justify the child's removal from education in regular, age-appropriate 
    classrooms. Therefore, a provision should be added to Sec. 300.552 to 
    provide that a child not be denied education in age-appropriate regular 
    classrooms solely because the child's education required modification 
    to the general curriculum. Under this provision, for example, a child 
    with significant cognitive disabilities could not be removed from 
    education in age-appropriate regular classrooms merely because of the 
    modifications he or she needs to the general curriculum. This provision 
    should not be read to require the placement of a child with a 
    disability in a particular regular classroom or course if more than one 
    regular age-appropriate classroom or course is available in a 
    particular grade or subject.
        A cross-reference to the exceptions in Sec. 300.311(b) and (c), 
    like that in Sec. 300.347(d), will make the regulations clearer and 
    more complete.
        As the discussion of Sec. 300.309 explains in more detail, while 
    ESY services must be provided in the LRE, public agencies are not 
    required to create new programs as a means of providing ESY services to 
    students with disabilities in integrated settings if the public agency 
    does not provide summer services for its nondisabled children.
    
    [[Page 12638]]
    
        While the commenters are correct that the reference to ``special 
    classes'' in paragraph (b)(2) refers to special classes necessary to 
    meet special education needs, and not classes that an LEA makes 
    available to all children, such as remedial reading, or advanced 
    placement, art or music classes, paragraph (b)(1) provides that the LRE 
    provisions of the regulations are focused on educating children with 
    disabilities with nondisabled children to the maximum extent 
    appropriate. In that context, the reference to ``special classes'' is 
    to classes organized on the basis of disability and not classes that 
    are based on some other interest, need or ability of the students.
        Changes: A cross-reference to the requirements of Sec. 300.311(b) 
    and (c) has been added to paragraph (a).
        A new paragraph has been added to Sec. 300.552 prohibiting removal 
    of a child with a disability from an age-appropriate regular classroom 
    solely because of needed modifications in the general curriculum.
    
    Continuum of Alternative Placements (Sec. 300.551)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that the regulation 
    include a statement that a child does not need to fail in each of the 
    less restrictive options on the continuum before they are placed in a 
    more restrictive continuum placement that is appropriate to their 
    needs. These commenters felt that this was needed to insure that 
    children get appropriate services in a timely manner. Some commenters 
    requested that the regulations specify that the placement appropriate 
    for children who are deaf must be in a setting where the child's unique 
    communication, linguistic, social, academic, emotional, and cultural 
    needs can be met, including opportunities for interaction with 
    nondisabled peers.
        Discussion: The regulations do not require that a child has to fail 
    in the less restrictive options on the continuum before that child can 
    be placed in a setting that is appropriate to his or her needs. Section 
    300.550(b)(2) of the regulations however, does require that the 
    placement team consider whether the child can be educated in less 
    restrictive settings with the use of appropriate supplementary aids and 
    services and make a more restrictive placement only when they conclude 
    that education in the less restrictive setting with appropriate 
    supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily. New 
    statutory changes to the IEP development process make clear that the 
    IEP team considers the language and communication needs, opportunities 
    for direct communication with peers and professional personnel in the 
    child's language and communication mode, academic level and full range 
    of needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's 
    language and communication mode in developing IEPs for children who are 
    deaf or hard of hearing. These requirements, which are included in the 
    regulations at Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(iv), should address the concerns 
    raised by the commenters. In light of this change, further regulation 
    is not necessary.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of commenters expressed concern about the note 
    following this section regarding home instruction. Some stated that the 
    note should be struck because it implied that home instruction was an 
    appropriate placement for all medically fragile children and that this 
    was contrary to the requirement that placement be determined based on 
    the individual needs of each child. Some asked that the regulation 
    limit home instruction to those medically fragile children whose 
    treating physicians have certified are not able to participate in a 
    school setting with other children.
        Others disliked the note because they believed that home 
    instruction should be available in other instances when the IEP team 
    determines that such a placement is appropriate and should not be 
    limited by type of disability. Some commenters wanted the note to be 
    revised to make clear that home instruction could be available for 
    children with behavior problems and those in interim alternative 
    educational placements because they had been suspended or expelled from 
    school for disciplinary reasons if the IEP team determined that it was 
    the appropriate placement. Others asked that the note should be revised 
    to caution about the inappropriate use of home instruction as a 
    placement for children suspended and expelled, unless requested by the 
    parent for medical, health protection, or diagnostic evaluation 
    purposes. Some commenters asked that the note make clear that 
    discipline issues should be handled through the provision of 
    appropriate services in placements other than home.
        Some commenters asked that the note be modified to state that home 
    instruction services may be appropriate for young children if the IEP/
    IFSP team determines appropriate. Other commenters asked that the 
    regulations make clear that home instruction services are an 
    appropriate modification of the IEP or placement for incarcerated youth 
    who are being kept in segregation, close custody or mental health 
    units.
        Discussion: Home instruction is, for school-aged children, the most 
    restrictive type of placement because it does not permit education to 
    take place with other children. For that reason, home instruction 
    should be relied on as the means of providing FAPE to a school-aged 
    child with a disability only in those limited circumstances when they 
    cannot be educated with other children even with the use of appropriate 
    related services and supplementary aids and services, such as when a 
    child is recovering from surgery. The implication in the note that 
    placement decisions could be based on the type of disability of a child 
    was unintended.
        Instruction at home may be the most natural environment for a young 
    child with a disability if the child's IEP/IFSP team so determines. 
    `Home instruction' may be an appropriate modification of an IEP or 
    placement under Sec. 300.311 for incarcerated youth who are being kept 
    in close custody, or segregation or in a mental health unit. The issue 
    of home instruction for children with disabilities who have been 
    suspended or expelled for behavior that is not a manifestation of their 
    disability is addressed under Sec. 300.522.
        Changes: The note has been deleted.
    
    Placements (Sec. 300.552)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters asked that paragraph (a)(1) be 
    revised to require that parents be informed about the full range of 
    placement options, especially for children who are deaf or hard of 
    hearing. Often these commenters also asked that the regulations contain 
    a statement that the appropriate placement of a child who is deaf or 
    hard of hearing is the setting in which the child's unique 
    communication, linguistic, academic, social, emotional and cultural 
    needs can be met.
        One commenter asked that the regulations include standards for 
    numerical improvements in the percentages of children with disabilities 
    who are educated in regular classes and dates by which those standards 
    are to be met.
        Discussion: The discussion concerning Sec. 300.551 notes that the 
    IEP provisions of the regulations already incorporate statutory 
    language concerning the need to consider the particular needs of 
    children who are deaf or hard of hearing in developing appropriate 
    IEPs.
        Since placements are determined based on the needs of individual 
    children, and because the IDEA Amendments of 1997 provide that parents 
    of children with disabilities are members of any group that makes
    
    [[Page 12639]]
    
    decisions on the education placement of their child (section 614(f) of 
    the Act) it would seem to be unnecessary and unreasonably burdensome to 
    require LEAs to inform parents about the full range of placement 
    options.
        Under Sec. 300.501(c), parents must now be included in the group 
    making decisions about the educational placement of their child. In 
    view of the principle of regulating only if necessary, the regulations 
    are not changed in the ways suggested by these commenters.
        With respect to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, nothing in the 
    regulations would prohibit a public agency from allowing the group of 
    persons that makes the placement decision to also serve as the child's 
    IEP team, so long as all individuals described in Sec. 300.344 are 
    included. However, in the interest of limiting the use of notes in 
    these regulations, Note 1 would be removed.
        Changes: Note 1 has been removed. See discussion of comments 
    received under Sec. 300.550 regarding the addition of a new 
    Sec. 300.552(e) prohibiting removal of a child with a disability from 
    an age-appropriate regular classroom solely because of needed 
    modifications in the general curriculum.
        Comment: A number of commenters asked for revisions to the 
    regulation designed to foster the inclusion of children with 
    disabilities in the schools and classrooms they would attend if not 
    disabled, such as explaining that children with disabilities could be 
    placed at another school only with compelling educational justification 
    and not for reasons of administrative convenience, or requiring that 
    the child be educated at the school that they would attend if not 
    disabled unless the child's educational needs require some other 
    placement. Others wanted the regulation to recognize the administrative 
    right to make geographic assignments so that not every facility in a 
    school district would need to be made accessible, as provided under the 
    Section 504 and Americans with Disabilities Act regulations.
        Discussion: LEAs are strongly encouraged to place children with 
    disabilities in the schools and classrooms they would attend if not 
    disabled. However, the regulatory provision has always provided that 
    each child with disabilities be educated in the school he or she would 
    attend if not disabled unless their IEP required some other 
    arrangement. (See, Sec. 300.552(c)). Physical accessibility of school 
    facilities is covered more fully by section 504 of the Rehabilitation 
    Act of 1973 (Section 504) and the Americans with Disabilities Act 
    (ADA).
        Changes: None.
        Comment: Some commenters felt that paragraph (d) of the regulation 
    required burdensome, unnecessary paperwork. Others requested its 
    deletion because they felt that too often a district is unwilling to 
    prevent potential harmful effects and uses this provision to make 
    segregated placements that are then presented as being ``in the child's 
    best interest.'' One commenter asked that this paragraph be revised to 
    emphasize how integration of children with disabilities and nondisabled 
    children and successful learning are now necessary conditions of one 
    another.
        Discussion: Paragraph (d) of this section does not impose paperwork 
    burdens. Paragraph (d) of this section provides important protections 
    for children with disabilities and helps ensure that they and their 
    teachers have the supports to prevent any harmful effect of a placement 
    on the child or on the quality of services that he or she needs. If the 
    placement team determines that even with the provision of supplementary 
    aids and services, the child's IEP could not be implemented 
    satisfactorily in the regular educational environment, that placement 
    would not be the LRE placement for that child at that time.
        Generally, as the commenter suggests, achievement test performance 
    of students in inclusive classes is the equivalent or better than 
    achievement test performance of others in segregated setting and self-
    concept, social skills and problem solving skills improve for all 
    students in inclusive settings. Placement decisions, however, need to 
    consider the individual needs of each child.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: A number of commenters were concerned with placement 
    considerations for preschool-aged children with disabilities. Some 
    expressed support for the language in Note 2 regarding preschool 
    children with disabilities. Others thought that the language of the 
    note that indicated that school districts that did not operate regular 
    preschool programs might have to place preschool children with 
    disabilities in private preschool programs as a means of providing 
    services in the LRE should be struck as it was not required by the 
    statute, or would be costly to implement.
        Some thought the explanation about LRE for preschool children with 
    disabilities should be in the regulation, as it is important that 
    schools understand that they may meet the requirements of paragraph (c) 
    for preschool children with disabilities by participating in other 
    preschool programs such as Head Start, operated by other agencies, 
    through private agencies serving preschool-aged children, and by 
    locating preschool programs in elementary education schools that serve 
    all children.
        One commenter asked that the reference to `private school programs 
    for nondisabled children' be struck as suggestive that private schools 
    are not bound to comply with the ADA. Some commenters thought that the 
    note implied that a full continuum is not needed for preschool children 
    with disabilities and should be revised. Another commenter stated that 
    locating classes of preschool children with disabilities in regular 
    elementary schools is not an appropriate solution to meeting the LRE 
    for preschoolers and should be struck from the note.
        Discussion: Language has been added to the regulation to clarify 
    that the requirements of Sec. 300.552, as well as the other 
    requirements of Secs. 300.550-300.556, apply to all preschool children 
    with disabilities who are entitled to receive FAPE. Note 2 to this 
    section in the NPRM was intended to provide suggestions on how a public 
    agency may meet the LRE requirements if it does not generally provide 
    education to nondisabled preschool children. However, in light of the 
    general decision to remove all notes from these final regulations, the 
    note would be removed.
        Public agencies that do not operate programs for nondisabled 
    preschool children are not required to initiate those programs solely 
    to satisfy the requirements regarding placement in the LRE. For those 
    public agencies, the note provided some alternative methods for meeting 
    the LRE requirements. The examples in the note of placing preschool 
    children with disabilities in private preschool programs and locating 
    classes for preschool children with disabilities in regular elementary 
    schools as a means of meeting the LRE requirements were not intended to 
    limit the placements options on the continuum which may be used to meet 
    the LRE needs of preschool children. The full continuum of alternative 
    placements at 34 CFR 300.551, including integrated placement options, 
    such as community-based settings with typically developing age peers, 
    must be available to preschool children with disabilities.
        The overriding rule in this section is that placement decisions for 
    all children with disabilities, including preschool children, must be 
    made on an individual basis. The reference in the note to ``private 
    school programs for nondisabled children'' was not intended to suggest 
    that private schools are not required to comply with the ADA.
    
    [[Page 12640]]
    
        The second part of Note 2 to proposed Sec. 300.552 cited language 
    from the 1976 published analysis of comments on the regulations 
    implementing Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. The issues 
    raised by that analysis (appropriate placement for a child with 
    disabilities whose behavior in a regular classroom significantly 
    impairs the education of other students, and placement of a child with 
    disabilities as close to home as possible) are addressed elsewhere in 
    this attachment.
        Changes: A reference to preschool children with disabilities has 
    been added to the introductory paragraph of Sec. 300.552. Note 2 has 
    been removed.
        Comment: Several commenters requested adding language that would 
    prohibit States from using a funding mechanism to provide financial 
    incentives to place children with disabilities in a particular type of 
    placement and to specify that State funding mechanisms must be 
    ``placement neutral'.
        A number of commenters asked that the regulations explicitly 
    include a presumption that placement of children with disabilities is 
    in the regular class, and that the placement team must consider the use 
    of positive behavioral interventions, and supplementary aids and 
    services before concluding that placement in a regular class is not 
    appropriate for a child with a disability. Others asked that the 
    substance of Note 3 (explaining that if behavioral interventions are 
    incorporated into the IEP many otherwise disruptive children will be 
    able to participate in regular classrooms) be incorporated into the 
    regulations. Others felt that Note 3 added steps and services that 
    exceeded the statute.
        Discussion: Section 300.130(b) incorporates into the regulations 
    the new statutory provision that specifies that if a State has a 
    funding mechanism that distributes State funds on the basis of the type 
    of setting in which a child is served, that mechanism may not result in 
    placements that violate the LRE requirements, and if the State does not 
    have policies and procedures to ensure compliance with that obligation, 
    it provides the Secretary with an assurance that it will revise the 
    funding mechanism as soon as feasible. Given that requirement, no 
    further change is necessary here.
        A presumption of placement in a regular class is already embodied 
    in Sec. 300.550. Note 3 to this section in the proposed regulations 
    merely stated the reasonable conclusion that if behavioral 
    interventions are incorporated into the IEPs of children with 
    disabilities, many of these children, who without those services might 
    be disruptive, can be successfully educated in regular classrooms. Note 
    3 added no requirements or services that exceed the statute, as the 
    requirement to consider positive behavioral interventions, strategies, 
    and supports to address the behavior of children with disabilities 
    whose behavior impedes his or her learning or that of others, which is 
    contained in Sec. 300.346(a)(2)(i), is taken directly from section 
    614(d)(3)(B)(i) of the Act. Nevertheless, in the interest of 
    eliminating the use of notes in these regulations, Note 3 should be 
    removed, as it was merely an observation, based on the requirements of 
    the regulations.
    
    Changes: Note 3 has been removed.
    
    Nonacademic Settings (Sec. 300.553)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The note following this section in the NPRM pointed out 
    that this provision is related to the requirement in the regulations 
    for section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and emphasized the 
    importance of providing nonacademic services in as integrated a setting 
    as possible, especially for children whose educational needs 
    necessitate their being solely with other disabled children during most 
    of the day. Even children with disabilities in residential programs are 
    to be provided opportunities for participation with other children to 
    the maximum extent appropriate to their needs. However, in light of the 
    decision to remove all notes from these final regulations, the note 
    following this section would be removed.
        Changes: The note following this section has been removed.
    
    Children in Public or Private Institutions (Sec. 300.554)
    
        Comment: One commenter thought that the language of this section 
    was ambiguous and left confusion as to whether special arrangements 
    with public and private institutions were required whether they were 
    needed or not. Another commenter proposed changes that would require 
    arrangements such as a memorandum of understanding with all public and 
    private institutions. One commenter thought that the note following 
    this section conflicted with other regulations concerning incarcerated 
    students and that those students should be excluded from the subject of 
    the note. Another commenter asked that the substance of the note be 
    incorporated into the regulation and that timelines for compliance be 
    included.
        Discussion: This section was not intended to require memoranda of 
    agreement or other special procedures that are not necessary to 
    effectively implement Sec. 300.550. Requiring agreements to be 
    developed that are not necessary for meeting the other LRE requirements 
    would be overly prescriptive.
        The requirement that disabled students be educated with nondisabled 
    students does apply to students with disabilities who are in 
    correctional facilities, to the extent that the requirement can be met 
    consistent with the terms of their incarceration, except to the extent 
    modified under the authority in Sec. 300.311. One way the LRE 
    requirements could be met for students with disabilities in prisons 
    would be to include them in the educational activities of nondisabled 
    prisoners and provide appropriate services in that environment. If a 
    State has transferred authority for the education of students with 
    disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons to another agency, the other agency, not 
    the SEA, would have to ensure that LRE requirements are met as to that 
    class of students.
        The note following this section in the NPRM reflected the important 
    fact that, except as provided in Sec. 300.600(d) (regarding students 
    with disabilities in adult correctional facilities), children with 
    disabilities in public and private institutions are covered by the 
    requirements of these regulations, and that the SEA has an obligation 
    to ensure that each applicable agency and institution in the State 
    meets these requirements. Whatever the reasons for the child's 
    institutional placement, if he or she is capable of education in a 
    regular class, the child may not be denied access to education in a 
    regular class, consistent with Sec. 300.550(b). Timelines for 
    development of memoranda of agreement or other special implementation 
    procedures would be overly prescriptive. In light of the decision to 
    remove notes from these final regulations, the note would be removed.
        Changes: Section 300.554 has been reworded to clarify that special 
    arrangements with public and private institutions are only required if 
    needed to ensure that Sec. 300.550 is effectively implemented. A 
    technical change has been made to the regulation to make clear that the 
    SEA's responsibility does not include students with disabilities who 
    are convicted as adults under State law and incarcerated in adult 
    prisons. The note following this section has been removed and a new 
    paragraph has been added to Sec. 300.300(a) to more generally
    
    [[Page 12641]]
    
    make the point that services and placement decisions must be based on a 
    child's individual needs and not category of disability.
    
    Technical Assistance and Training Activities (Sec. 300.555)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that parents and advocates be 
    included in the training mentioned in paragraph (b) of this section. 
    Another commenter asked that the regulation make clear that education 
    support personnel as well as teachers and administrators are fully 
    informed and provided technical assistance and training necessary to 
    help them meet their LRE responsibilities. Another commenter wanted 
    SEAs to provide specific training and information on LRE for children 
    who are deaf and hard of hearing.
        Discussion: As a matter of good practice, SEAs and LEAs are 
    encouraged to develop opportunities for school personnel (including 
    related service providers, bus drivers, cafeteria workers, etc.) and 
    parents to learn together about all of the requirements under the Act 
    because these experiences will improve cooperation among school 
    personnel and between schools and parents and lead to improved services 
    for children with disabilities. However, regulation on this point is 
    not appropriate, as SEAs need the flexibility to respond to particular 
    circumstances in their jurisdictions. For the same reason, additional 
    specificity about the school personnel who need information and 
    training or the subject matter of that training is not appropriate.
        Changes: None.
    
    Monitoring Activities (Sec. 300.556)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked that States be required to establish 
    criteria that would trigger monitoring reviews of LEA placement 
    procedures to ensure compliance with LRE requirements because of the 
    long history of violations of these provisions. Another asked that the 
    regulations specify that SEAs must initiate enforcement actions, if 
    appropriate.
        Discussion: SEAs, under their general supervisory responsibility, 
    are charged with ensuring that the requirements of the Act are met. 
    That responsibility includes monitoring LEA performance, providing 
    technical assistance and information on best practices, and requiring 
    corrective action and instituting enforcement actions when necessary. 
    The provisions of this section reinforce the active role SEAs need to 
    play in implementing the entire Act and emphasize the importance of the 
    LRE requirements in meeting the goals of the Act. The role of SEAs in 
    implementing the requirements of the Act will be carefully reviewed by 
    OSEP in its monitoring of States.
        Changes: None.
    
    Access Rights (Sec. 300.562)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters were concerned about the types of 
    records to which parents have access under this section. For example, 
    some believed that the regulations should make clear that parents would 
    not have access to copyrighted materials such as test protocols, or 
    private notes of an evaluator or teacher. Others took the opposite 
    view, urging that whenever raw data or notes are used to make a 
    determination about a student, that information should be subject to 
    parent access. Commenters also requested clarity on the question of the 
    schools' liability for allowing parents access to records under these 
    regulations when other laws or contractual agreements prohibit such 
    disclosure.
        One commenter asked that the right be phrased as the right ``to 
    inspect and review all records relating to their children'' rather than 
    to ``all education records relating to their children.''
        Discussion: Part B incorporates and cross-references the Family 
    Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). Under Part B, the term 
    ``education records'' means the type of records covered by FERPA as 
    implemented by regulations in 34 CFR part 99. Under Sec. 99.3 (of the 
    FERPA regulations), the term ``education records'' is broadly defined 
    to mean those records that are related to a student and are maintained 
    by an educational agency or institution. (FERPA applies to all 
    educational agencies and institutions to which funds have been made 
    available under any program administered by the Secretary of 
    Education.)
        Records that are not directly related to a student and maintained 
    by an agency or institution are not ``education records'' under FERPA 
    and parents do not have a right to inspect and review such records. For 
    example, a test protocol or question booklet which is separate from the 
    sheet on which a student records answers and which is not personally 
    identifiable to the student would not be a part of his or her 
    ``education records.'' However, Part B and FERPA provide that an 
    educational agency or institution shall respond to reasonable requests 
    for explanations and interpretations of education records. (34 CFR 
    300.562(b)(1); 34 CFR 99.10(c)).
        Accordingly, if a school were to maintain a copy of a student's 
    test answer sheet (an ``education record''), the parent would have a 
    right under Part B and FERPA to request an explanation and 
    interpretation of the record. The explanation and interpretation by the 
    school could entail showing the parent the test question booklet, 
    reading the questions to the parent, or providing an interpretation for 
    the responses in some other adequate manner that would inform the 
    parent.
        With regard to parents having access to ``raw data or notes,'' 
    FERPA exempts from the definition of education records under 34 CFR 
    99.3 those records considered to be ``sole possession records.'' 
    FERPA's sole possession exception is strictly construed to mean 
    ``memory-jogger'' type information. For example, a memory-jogger is 
    information that a school official may use as a reference tool and, 
    thus, is generally maintained by the school official unbeknownst to 
    other individuals.
        With respect to the issue of liability for disclosing information 
    to parents when other laws or contractual obligations would prohibit 
    it, public agencies are required to comply with the provisions of IDEA 
    and FERPA, and must ensure that State law and other contractual 
    obligations do not interfere with compliance with IDEA and FERPA. 
    Federal copyright law protects against the distribution of copies of a 
    copyrighted document, such as a test protocol. Since IDEA and FERPA 
    generally do not require the distribution of copies of an education 
    record, but rather parental access to inspect and review, Federal 
    copyright law generally should not be implicated under these 
    regulations.
        There is nothing in the legislative history of section 615(b)(1) of 
    the Act to suggest that it expanded the scope of information available 
    to parent examination beyond those records that they would have access 
    to under FERPA.
    
    Changes: None.
    
        Comment: There were a variety of comments regarding the timeline in 
    paragraph (a) for agency compliance with a parent request to inspect 
    and review records. Some commenters thought it should be ``45 school 
    days'' rather than 45 calendar days. Others felt that 45 days was too 
    long, and that access should be provided usually within 10 days and no 
    longer than 30 days after the request. Others wanted a one business day 
    timeline if the agency has initiated an expedited due process hearing. 
    Another commenter asked that agencies have to respond to a request to 
    inspect and review before any meeting that parents now have the right 
    to attend, not just before IEP meetings and
    
    [[Page 12642]]
    
    due process hearings. Other commenters wanted access to be required at 
    least five days before an IEP meeting and wanted it made clear that if 
    State or local law provided for shorter timelines, that those timelines 
    must be met.
        Discussion: The 45 day timeline is taken from FERPA, to which these 
    regulations are tied by statute. FERPA requires that each educational 
    agency or institution establish appropriate procedures for the granting 
    of a request by parents for access to the educational records of their 
    children within a reasonable period of time but in no case more than 45 
    days after the request has been made. In order not to confuse and 
    increase administrative burden, these regulations are intended to be 
    consistent with FERPA where possible. In practice, schools often 
    provide access within a period of time that is considerably shorter 
    than the 45-day time limit, which is the maximum time allowed for 
    compliance.
        The commenters are correct that the new expedited due process 
    hearing procedures will require prompt access by parents when 
    requested, but the regulations already adequately addresses the 
    obligation of the participating agencies to provide access before a 
    hearing and so no more specific timeline is added to the regulations. 
    However, the regulations should be changed to acknowledge the new 
    expedited due process hearing procedures in Secs. 300.521-300.528 
    concerning discipline. Changes are not made with respect to other 
    meetings, in light of the confusion and increased administrative burden 
    inherent in such a change. Public agencies, however, are encouraged to 
    provide parents access, when requested, in advance of these meetings to 
    the greatest extent possible.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) of this section has been amended to 
    acknowledge that access rights also apply to the new expedited due 
    process hearing procedures under Secs. 300.521-300.528.
        Comment: Other commenters asked that parents receive at no cost 
    copies of their child's records prior to meetings or hearings, rather 
    than just have the right to inspect and review those records. Another 
    commenter asked that the regulations specify that parents or their 
    legal representatives have the right to copy any record they feel they 
    need for an agency-specified reasonable charge per page. Another 
    commenter stated that parents or their legal representatives should 
    also have access to any manuals used in preparing or evaluating any 
    student records.
        Discussion: As explained previously, these regulations should be 
    consistent with those implementing FERPA to the greatest extent 
    possible to prevent confusion and limit administrative burden on 
    participating agencies. Therefore, it would not be appropriate to give 
    parents additional rights to copies of their child's records. FERPA 
    generally provides for a right to inspect and review records (34 CFR 
    Sec. 99.10) and permits agencies to charge fees for copies of education 
    records provided to parents. (34 CFR 99.11).
        These rules would apply to education records of a student that 
    concern services required under the IDEA as well as all other education 
    records. Paragraph (b)(2) of Sec. 300.562 provides that a participating 
    agency is required to provide copies of education records to a parent 
    if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parent from 
    inspecting and reviewing the records. (See, also 34 CFR 99.10(d)(1)). 
    One such instance would be if the parent lives outside commuting 
    distance of the participating agency. The Secretary has decided that it 
    would impose unnecessary burden to require participating agencies to 
    provide copies except as described previously. However, participating 
    agencies are free to adopt policies of providing copies in other cases, 
    if they choose to do so.
        Access should not be required to documents that are not covered by 
    the definition of education records, such as teacher or evaluator 
    manuals. The requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section and 34 
    CFR 99.10(c) which provide that parents may request an explanation and 
    interpretation of their children's education records will permit 
    parents sufficient information about the contents of their children's 
    education records.
        Changes: None.
    
    Fees (Sec. 300.566)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that this section make clear 
    that fees that can be charged may not include the cost of the labor 
    involved in copying the records. Others asked that participating 
    agencies not be permitted to charge parents more than the actual costs 
    they incur in copying the records, or charge more than the prevailing 
    rate in the community. Commenters also asked that agencies not be 
    permitted to require parents to provide private financial information 
    before providing copies of records at no cost. Some commenters asked 
    whether LEAs could use Part B funds to cover the costs of providing 
    parents copies so that fees would not have to be charged.
        Discussion: Under these regulations and those implementing FERPA, 
    participating agencies are entitled to charge reasonable fees for the 
    actual cost of reproduction and postage. Under FERPA, a school may 
    charge a fee for a copy of an education record which is made for the 
    parent, unless the imposition of a fee effectively prevents the parent 
    from exercising the right to inspect and review the student's education 
    records. A school may not charge a fee to search for or to retrieve the 
    education records. (34 CFR 99.11). Agencies may of course adopt 
    policies of making copies available free of charge and are encouraged 
    to do so. Agencies may use Part B funds to cover the costs that 
    otherwise would be charged to parents.
        Changes: None.
    
    Consent (Sec. 300.571)
    
        Comment: One commenter noted an apparent contradiction between this 
    section, which requires parental consent before records are disclosed, 
    and proposed Sec. 300.529(b), which requires that LEAs transmit copies 
    of special education and disciplinary records of a child to appropriate 
    authorities when reporting a crime to those authorities.
        Discussion: As explained in the discussion of Secs. 300.529 and 
    300.529(b) permit the transmission of copies of education records only 
    to the extent that disclosure without parental consent is permitted by 
    FERPA. Because the prior Sec. 300.571 would have prohibited disclosures 
    without parent consent to agencies, such as law enforcement or juvenile 
    justice agencies, that are not ``participating agencies'' under 
    Secs. 300.560-300.577 even though disclosure without parent consent to 
    these entities in certain circumstances would have been permitted under 
    FERPA, a change should be made to this section so that these 
    regulations permit disclosures to the extent they are permitted under 
    FERPA.
        Changes: Paragraph (a) has been amended to permit disclosures 
    without parental consent to the agencies identified in Sec. 300.529, to 
    the extent permitted under FERPA.
    
    Destruction of Information (Sec. 300.573)
    
        Comment: One commenter suggested that destruction of student 
    records could act to deny students future benefits such as private 
    insurance coverage and assistance in college.
        Discussion: The regulations provides that parents must be informed 
    when personally-identifiable information is no longer needed to provide 
    educational services to the child. This notice would normally be given 
    after a child graduates or otherwise leaves the agency. As the note 
    following this section in the NPRM pointed out, personally-identifiable 
    information on a
    
    [[Page 12643]]
    
    child may be retained permanently unless a parent requests that it be 
    destroyed.
        The purpose of the destruction option is to allow parents to decide 
    that records about a child's performance, abilities, and behavior, 
    which may possibly be stigmatizing and are highly personal, are not 
    maintained after they are no longer needed for educational purposes. On 
    the one hand, parents may want to request destruction of records as it 
    is the best protection against improper and unauthorized disclosure of 
    what may be sensitive personal information. However, individuals with 
    disabilities may find that they need information in their education 
    records for other purposes, such as public and private insurance 
    coverage.
        In informing parents about their rights under this section, it 
    would be helpful if the agency reminds them that the records may be 
    needed by the child or the parents for social security benefits or 
    other purposes. Even if the parents request that the information be 
    destroyed, the agency may retain the information described in paragraph 
    (b) of this section.
        In instances in which an agency intends to destroy personally-
    identifiable information that is no longer needed to provide 
    educational services to the child (such as after the child has 
    graduated from, or otherwise leaves the agency's program), and informs 
    parents of that determination, the parents may want to exercise their 
    right to access to those records and request copies of the records they 
    will need to acquire post-school benefits in the future. In the 
    interest of limiting the use of notes in these regulations, the note 
    following this section would be removed.
        Changes: The note following this section has been removed.
    
    Children's Rights (Sec. 300.574)
    
        Comment: Several commenters asked that the substance of the notes 
    following this section in the NPRM be incorporated in the regulations.
        Discussion: Because of the importance of clarifying the 
    relationship of parent and child rights under IDEA and FERPA, including 
    the new provisions of the IDEA concerning transfer of rights at the age 
    of majority, and the general decision to eliminate all notes in these 
    regulations, the substance of the notes following this section in the 
    NPRM would be incorporated into the regulations.
        Changes: The substance of Notes 1 and 2 have been incorporated into 
    the regulations.
    
    Disciplinary Information (Sec. 300.576)
    
        Comment: One commenter requested that the term ``disciplinary 
    action'' be defined. A commenter asked that the regulations make clear 
    that action taken in response to conduct that was a manifestation of 
    the child's disability is not ``disciplinary action'' under this 
    section. Another asked that the results of a manifestation review be 
    included in the student records to protect the child as well as the 
    educational agencies.
        One commenter asked that this section be revised to clarify that 
    before applying a policy and practice of transmitting disciplinary 
    information in the student records of disabled children, an LEA must 
    first have such a policy and practice for the student records of 
    nondisabled students, and that transmissions of student records that 
    include disciplinary information to a student's new school under 
    paragraph (c) can only occur to the extent such information is 
    transferred for nondisabled students.
        Discussion: It is important that the regulations allow school 
    districts to understand what information may be transmitted under this 
    section. Under Section 504, schools may not take a disciplinary action 
    that constitutes a change of placement for behavior that was a 
    manifestation of a child's disability. Making this point in the context 
    of these regulations will assist schools in understanding what 
    information may not be considered a statement about a disciplinary 
    action and protect the interests of children with disabilities in not 
    being identified as disciplinary problems because of behavior that is a 
    manifestation of their disability. Further regulations are not 
    necessary about what information may be transmitted to another school 
    to which the child transfers.
        Further regulation is not needed to make clear that the LEA's 
    policy on transmitting disciplinary information must apply to both 
    nondisabled and disabled students, as that provision is already 
    contained in paragraph (a) of this section as to an LEA's policy. An 
    LEA that had a policy that applied equally to nondisabled and disabled 
    students but applied that policy only to transfers of records of 
    disabled students would be in violation of Section 504, as well as Part 
    B.
        Changes: None.
    
    Department Procedures (Secs. 300.580-300.589)
    
        Comment: One commenter objected that the procedures in proposed 
    Secs. 300.580-300.589 are overly detailed and bureaucratic. This 
    commenter also stated that these procedures incorporate language from 
    the old regulations concerning disapproval of State plans, which is no 
    longer relevant in light of changes in the statute. Another commenter 
    noted that proposed Sec. 300.583 mentioned disapproval of State plans 
    and requested that it be revised to refer to denial of eligibility.
        Discussion: The Department does not agree that the procedures in 
    Secs. 300.580-300.589 are overly detailed. When the Secretary proposes 
    to deny a State's eligibility, withhold funds or take other enforcement 
    action and when a State has requested a waiver of supplement not 
    supplant or maintenance of effort requirements, it is important to all 
    parties that the process through which those issues will be decided is 
    clearly described, so that time, money and effort are not spent 
    resolving procedural questions instead of the underlying issues. The 
    commenter is correct that proposed Secs. 300.580-300.586 are 
    substantially the same as old regulations that addressed disapproval of 
    a State plan, and that State plans are no longer required by the 
    statute. When necessary, however, these same procedures were designated 
    in the past by the Secretary as the procedures to follow on a proposed 
    denial of State eligibility, a concept that remains in the law.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to Sec. 300.583(a)(1) to 
    refer to denial of State eligibility rather than State plan 
    disapproval.
    
    Enforcement (Sec. 300.587)
    
        Comment: Some commenters stated that the regulations should contain 
    a trigger when the Department must initiate enforcement action for 
    systematic noncompliance with the Act. These commenters wanted a 
    similar trigger provision added to Sec. 300.197 regarding SEA 
    enforcement against noncompliant LEAs. One commenter asked that 
    paragraph (c) be revised to specify that fund withholding first be 
    limited to funding for administrative personnel of the noncompliant SEA 
    or LEA, so as to prevent denial or interruption in services to children 
    with disabilities. Another commenter requested that the enforcement 
    mechanisms mentioned in the note be incorporated into the regulation.
        Several commenters objected to language in paragraph (e) which 
    indicated that the Secretary would have a variety of enforcement 
    actions available if a State were not providing FAPE to children with 
    disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons. The commenters expressed the belief that 
    the statute and its legislative history
    
    [[Page 12644]]
    
    make clear that the only enforcement action for failure to provide 
    services to individuals convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons when the State has assigned 
    responsibility for ensuring compliance with the IDEA to an agency other 
    than the SEA under section 612(a)(11)(C) of the Act would be to 
    withhold that agency's pro-rata share of the Part B grant.
        Discussion: It would not be advisable to limit, through regulation, 
    the discretion afforded the Secretary by the statute regarding 
    appropriate enforcement mechanisms and when they should be employed. 
    Given the very wide variety in potential situations in which compliance 
    issues arise, and the significant differences in the scope and nature 
    of the issues presented in compliance situations, the Secretary needs 
    the discretion to exercise reasoned judgment about how best to achieve 
    compliance and the tools to be used to do so.
        Under the statute, the Secretary, upon a finding of a State's 
    noncompliance with the provisions of Part B or of an LEA's or State 
    agency's noncompliance with any condition of their eligibility, shall 
    withhold further payments, in whole or in part, or refer the matter for 
    appropriate enforcement action, which may include referral to the 
    Department of Justice. This statutory language provides clear authority 
    for including in the regulations the three enforcement options of 
    withholding, referral to the Department of Justice, and other 
    enforcement actions authorized by law. The other enforcement actions 
    authorized by law include those set out in the General Education 
    Provisions Act (GEPA), which are generally applicable to recipients of 
    funds from the Department and are consistent with the goal of ensuring 
    compliance with the requirements of this program.
        The enforcement mechanisms mentioned in the note to this section 
    are authorized by GEPA. The purpose of the note is merely to inform the 
    readers that these are some of the additional enforcement procedures 
    that the Secretary could choose to apply to a given instance of 
    noncompliance. In the interest of limiting the use of notes in the 
    regulations, the note would be deleted.
        In cases where the State has transferred to a public agency other 
    than the SEA the responsibility for ensuring compliance with the Act as 
    to children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under State 
    law and are incarcerated in adult prisons, and the Secretary finds 
    substantial noncompliance by that other public agency, the statutory 
    language limits withholding a proportionate share of the State's total 
    grant under section 611 of the Act. However, the statute does not 
    impose restrictions on the Department's use of other enforcement 
    mechanisms. The legislative history on this issue shows two primary 
    concerns, one is the reasonable limitation of services to this 
    population in order to allow States to balance bona fide security and 
    compelling penological concerns against the special education needs of 
    the individual, and the other is that a State not be threatened with a 
    withholding of their entire grant amount for a failure to serve this 
    population.
        The regulations address these concerns by interpreting the 
    statutory provisions in a way that limits withholding of funds as 
    Congress intended, but allows the Secretary, should he or she believe 
    that limited withholding of funds is not the appropriate means to 
    ensure compliance, the additional enforcement options authorized by 
    law.
        Changes: The note following this section has been deleted.
    
    Waiver of Requirement Regarding supplementing and not Supplanting With 
    Part B Funds (Sec. 300.589)
    
        Comment: One commenter said that because State requests for waivers 
    of provisions of the Act are major policy proposals, the public 
    participation requirements of Secs. 300.280-300.284 should apply to the 
    State's waiver request proposal. The commenter also asked that 
    Sec. 300.589 be revised to permit public comment to be considered on 
    any impact the waiver request will have on the State's ability to 
    successfully implement the Act, not just the FAPE provisions of the 
    Act.
        Discussion: The procedures proposed by the Secretary provide for 
    public comment on the question of whether a waiver should be granted by 
    the Secretary after the State has first made a prima facie showing that 
    FAPE is and will continue to be available if the waiver is granted. 
    (See Sec. 300.589(d)). This process is adequate to ensure that the 
    views of the public are considered in deciding waiver requests and 
    Secs. 300.280-300.284 should not be applied to the State's waiver 
    request proposal.
        Sections 612(a)(18)(C) and 612(a)(19)(C)(ii) of the Act give the 
    Secretary the authority to grant a waiver in whole or in part if the 
    State provides ``clear and convincing evidence that all children with 
    disabilities have available to them a free appropriate public 
    education.'' Under Sec. 300.589(d), when the Secretary conducts a 
    public hearing on a State's waiver request, interested parties are 
    afforded the opportunity to present evidence on whether FAPE is 
    currently available to all children with disabilities and whether the 
    State will be able to ensure that FAPE remains available to all 
    eligible children with disabilities if the Secretary provides a waiver. 
    This would include a wide variety of topics, such as the State's 
    ability to ensure an adequate supply of qualified personnel to provide 
    FAPE, or to maintain an effective and efficient due process hearing 
    system. Even if a waiver is granted, the State will still be required 
    to comply with all the other requirements of Part B.
        Changes: A technical change has been made to conform to the 
    statutory provision that the Secretary provides a waiver in whole or in 
    part.
    
    Subpart F
    
    Responsibility for all Educational Programs (Sec. 300.600)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that this section be revised 
    to emphasize the SEA's obligation to monitor implementation of the Act. 
    One commenter requested that States be required to verify that all 
    corrective actions have been taken within a certain period of time. 
    Another commenter asked that paragraph (d) be revised to specify that 
    the SEA retains supervisory authority over any public agency to which 
    the Governor or his or her designee has assigned responsibility for 
    children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law 
    and incarcerated in adult prisons.
        Discussion: A strong SEA monitoring process to ensure effective 
    implementation of the Act is crucial to improving educational results 
    for children with disabilities. A basic component of eligibility has 
    long been that the SEA exercises general supervisory responsibility 
    over all educational programs for children with disabilities in the 
    State, including ensuring that those programs meet the requirements of 
    Part B. This responsibility includes not just monitoring, and 
    enforcement when noncompliance is not corrected, but also effective 
    technical assistance that focuses on best practice designed to improve 
    the substantive content and results of special education. We know, from 
    long experience in administering this Act, that if SEA monitoring is 
    lax, noncompliant practices emerge at the local level and indicators of 
    performance for children with disabilities decline.
        A priority of the Department's monitoring will be the State's
    
    [[Page 12645]]
    
    compliance regarding the State's supervisory role in the implementation 
    of Part B. However, further regulation is not necessary. There is a 
    great variety of circumstances that may give rise to compliance 
    problems, and States should have some flexibility in fashioning 
    remedies and timelines for correction. Verifying that corrective action 
    has been completed has always been an integral part of the State's 
    supervisory role.
        The statute permits the Governor or appropriate State designee to 
    assign to another agency supervisory responsibility for children with 
    disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law and 
    incarcerated in adult prisons. The statute does not contemplate that 
    the SEA would retain supervisory authority over the education of 
    children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under State law 
    and incarcerated in adult prisons if the Governor or designee has 
    assigned that responsibility to another agency.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to not include notes in these 
    regulations, the note following this section has been removed.
    
    Amount Required for Subgrants to LEAs (Sec. 300.623)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The amount that will be required to be distributed as 
    subgrants to LEAs for capacity-building and improvement activities as 
    specified in Sec. 300.622 will vary from year to year and is determined 
    by the size of the increase in the State's allocation. Funds used for 
    the required subgrants to LEAs in one year become part of the required 
    amount that must be flow-through to LEAs consistent with the formula in 
    Sec. 300.712 in the next year.
        In those years in which the State's allocation does not increase 
    over the prior year by at least the rate of inflation, the required 
    set-aside for capacity-building and improvement grants will be zero. 
    However, States may always use, at their discretion, funds reserved for 
    State-level activities under Sec. 300.602 for these subgrants.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to not include notes in these 
    regulations, the note following this section has been removed.
    
    State Discretion in Awarding Subgrants (Sec. 300.624)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: This section specifies that States may establish 
    priorities for subgrants under Sec. 300.622 to LEAs and may award those 
    subgrants competitively or on a targeted basis. This is because the 
    purpose of subgrants under Sec. 300.622, as distinguished from the 
    formula subgrants to LEAs under Sec. 300.712, is to provide funding 
    that the SEA can direct to address particular needs not readily 
    addressed through formula assistance to school districts such as 
    funding for services to children who have been suspended or expelled. 
    The SEA can also direct these funds to promote innovation, capacity 
    building, and systemic changes that are needed to improve educational 
    results.
        Changes: Consistent with the decision to not include notes in these 
    regulations, the note following this section has been removed.
    
    Establishment of Advisory Panels (Sec. 300.650)
    
        Comment: One commenter wanted the regulation revised to specify 
    that the panel must be independent and operate under the direction of 
    officers elected by members of the panel.
        Discussion: Additional specificity is not needed. Within the limits 
    of the minimum requirements of the regulations, the operation of these 
    panels should be left to the States.
        The concept from the note, that the State advisory panel would 
    advise on the education of children with disabilities who have been 
    convicted as adults and incarcerated in adult prisons, even if a State 
    has assigned general supervision responsibility for those students to 
    an agency other than the SEA should be incorporated into Sec. 300.652, 
    which addresses the functions of the State advisory panel. This is 
    consistent with the purpose of the advisory panel under section 
    612(a)(21)(A) of the Act--to provide policy guidance with respect to 
    special education and related services for children with disabilities 
    in the State.
        Changes: The second sentence of the note has been integrated into 
    Sec. 300.652. The note has been removed.
    
    Membership (Sec. 300.651)
    
        Comment: The Department received a variety of comments concerning 
    the membership of the State advisory panels. Many commenters wanted 
    representatives of specific additional groups, such as a representative 
    of a Parent Training and Information Center in the State, added to the 
    list of mandatory membership. Several commenters wanted paragraph (b) 
    to be modified to permit parents of adults who had been children with 
    disabilities, or persons who had relatively recent experience (e.g., 
    within the last three years) as a parent of a child receiving services 
    under the Act, to be counted as a part of the mandatory majority.
        Some commenters wanted a provision added to paragraph (b) to 
    prohibit individuals with a past or present affiliation, such as 
    employment, with an agency receiving funding under the Act from being 
    considered a part of the individuals with disabilities, or parents of 
    children with disabilities, majority. Others asked that the regulations 
    encourage States to seek the participation of nonacademic professionals 
    on the panels or to recruit parent representatives through nominations 
    from parent and advocacy groups.
        Discussion: An advisory panel will be most effective if it fairly 
    represents the various interests of the groups concerned with the 
    education of children with disabilities and is perceived as such by the 
    community at large. In selecting members for the State advisory panel, 
    States are encouraged to solicit individuals to serve as members who do 
    not have, and will not be perceived as having, a conflict of interest 
    in representing the views of the group they were selected to represent. 
    That said, additional regulation is not necessary or appropriate. The 
    requirements of Sec. 300.651 are statutory. States should have the 
    discretion to appoint members to these panels, within these statutory 
    requirements, in a manner that best meets their needs. There is nothing 
    in the Act that prohibits an individual with a disability, or the 
    parent of a child with a disability, from employment with the SEA or an 
    LEA, and there will be many instances when the perspective that an 
    individual with a disability or the parent of a child with a disability 
    may bring to decisions as an employee of a public education agency will 
    greatly improve education for children with disabilities in that 
    jurisdiction. The term ``children with disabilities'' is a defined term 
    under the Act and in the context of Part B, refers to those children 
    with disabilities from birth through age 21 who are eligible for 
    services under Part B.
        Changes: None.
    
    Advisory Panel Functions (Sec. 300.652)
    
        Comment: Several commenters sought expansion of the duties of the 
    advisory panel to encompass various operational tasks, such as 
    overseeing the development and implementation of a reliable and timely 
    data system on due process hearings.
        Discussion: Section 612(a)(21)(A) of the Act specifies that the 
    purpose of the State advisory panels is to provide policy guidance with 
    respect to special education and related services for children with 
    disabilities in the State. The functions of the advisory panel 
    specified in Sec. 300.652 are drawn from
    
    [[Page 12646]]
    
    the statutory charge of the advisory panels. The regulations do not 
    mandate operational duties for an advisory panel. However, if the SEA 
    wants to assign other responsibilities to the advisory panel, it may do 
    so, as long as those other duties do not prevent it from carrying out 
    its responsibilities under IDEA.
        Changes: No change has been made in response to these comments. See 
    discussion of comments received under Sec. 300.650, regarding a change 
    to Sec. 300.652.
    
    Advisory Panel Procedures (Sec. 300.653)
    
        Comment: Some commenters asked that paragraph (d) be revised to 
    require that public notice of advisory panel meetings and agendas be 
    made far enough in advance so that interested parties, such as parents 
    and others, may plan to attend. At least one commenter requested that 
    the term ``reasonable and necessary expenses'' in paragraph (f) be 
    revised to indicate that child care expenses are reimbursable.
        Discussion: Since the purpose of announcing meetings and agendas 
    for those meetings is to allow the interested public to attend, the 
    meetings and agendas of the meetings of the advisory panels should be 
    announced early enough so that interested parties can plan to attend 
    those meetings, but an absolute time line is not necessary. A similar 
    standard is used in these regulations at Sec. 300.281(c)(2) regarding 
    notice of public hearings about State policies and procedures related 
    to the Part B program. Furthermore, States should have the discretion 
    to decide what are reasonable and necessary expenses related to 
    participation in meetings and performing other duties of the advisory 
    panel. These may include child care expenses or personal assistant 
    services.
        Changes: Paragraph (d) is revised to require that advisory panel 
    meetings and agenda items are announced enough in advance to afford 
    interested parties a reasonable opportunity to attend and that the 
    meetings be open to the public.
    
    Adoption of State Complaint Procedures (Sec. 300.660)
    
        Comment: Several commenters requested that the note following this 
    section be deleted, while others thought it was important to make the 
    point that compensatory services can be awarded by an SEA.
        Discussion: The note merely reflected what has always been the 
    case--that SEAs have the authority to order compensatory services in 
    appropriate circumstances as a remedy for violations of Part B in 
    resolving complaints under the procedures in Secs. 300.660-300.662. 
    However, in light of the decision to remove all notes from these 
    regulations, and to emphasize the importance of SEA action to resolve 
    complaints in a way that provides individual relief when appropriate 
    and addresses systemically the provision of appropriate services, a 
    provision would be added to this section to clarify that if it has 
    found a failure to provide appropriate services to a child with a 
    disability through a complaint, the resolution addresses both how to 
    remediate the denial of services, which can include an award of 
    compensatory services, monetary reimbursement, or other corrective 
    action appropriate to the needs of the child, and how to provide 
    appropriate services for children with disabilities.
        Changes: A new paragraph (b) has been added on how an SEA remedies 
    a denial of appropriate services. The prior paragraph (b) has been 
    integrated into paragraph (a) and the reference to parent training and 
    information centers is corrected. The note has been deleted.
    
    Minimum State Complaint Procedures (Sec. 300.661)
    
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that the possibility of 
    Secretarial review be reinstated in the final regulations while others 
    supported the change. Some State commenters objected to having to 
    resolve complaints on matters on which parents could have elected to 
    file a due process hearing request.
        Discussion: The possibility of Secretarial review has not been an 
    efficient use of the Department's resources, which can be better 
    directed to improving State system-wide implementation of the Act for 
    the benefit of students with disabilities. Because of the unsuitability 
    of the Department evaluating factual disputes in individual cases, most 
    requests for Secretarial review are denied. The existence of the 
    Secretarial review process may falsely encourage parents to delay 
    taking an issue to mediation or due process so that their case is not 
    timely filed. The Department has other more efficient mechanisms such 
    as on-site monitoring reviews, policy reviews and complaint referrals, 
    to ensure correction of violations that are brought to its attention. 
    In addition, the Department intends to carefully assess States' efforts 
    to improve their complaint resolution processes where the need is 
    identified.
        State responsibility for ensuring compliance with the Act includes 
    resolving complaints even if they raise issues that could have been the 
    subject of a due process hearing request. A State's general supervisory 
    responsibility is not satisfied by relying on private enforcement 
    efforts through due process actions for all issues that could be the 
    subject of a due process hearing. In addition, the State complaint 
    process and mediation provide parents and school districts with 
    mechanisms that allow them to resolve differences without resort to 
    more costly and litigious resolution through due process.
        In the interests of building cooperative, collaborative 
    relationships with all parties involved in the education of children 
    with disabilities, States are encouraged to offer mediation, as 
    appropriate, when a State complaint has been filed, as well as when a 
    due process hearing has been requested. The existence of ongoing 
    mediation in and of itself should not be viewed as an exceptional 
    circumstance under Sec. 300.661(b); however, if the parties agree that 
    the complaint resolution timeline should be extended because of the 
    mediation the SEA may extent the timeline for resolution of the 
    complaint.
        In light of the general decision to remove all notes from these 
    regulations, the notes following this section would be removed. Because 
    these notes provided an important explanation of how the State 
    complaint process interacts with the due process hearing process, they 
    would be incorporated into the regulation. This will reduce unnecessary 
    disputes between SEAs and complainants in cases in which a complaint 
    raises an issue that also is raised in a due process hearing.
        Changes: Paragraphs (b) and (c) have been combined into a new 
    paragraph (b). A new paragraph (c) has been added to clarify that if an 
    issue in a complaint is the subject of a due process hearing, that 
    issue (but not those outside of the due process proceeding) would be 
    set aside until the conclusion of the due process hearing; that the 
    decision of an issue in a due process hearing would be binding in a 
    State complaint resolution; and that a public agency's failure to 
    implement a due process decision would have to be resolved by an SEA. 
    The notes following this section have been deleted.
    
    Filing a Complaint (Sec. 300.662)
    
        Comment: Commenters generally supported the concept, reflected in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, that there should be a reasonable time 
    limit on issues subject to the complaint process. One commenter wanted 
    a delayed effective date for this limitation until the individual 
    notice of these complaint
    
    [[Page 12647]]
    
    procedures had been in effect for a year. Another wanted States to be 
    able to waive that limitation for compelling reasons. Another commenter 
    wanted States to have more flexibility to disregard complaints that are 
    weak or insubstantial, are a continuation of a pattern of complaints 
    that have repeatedly been found factually or legally unfounded, or that 
    are about the same issue as addressed in a recently closed complaint or 
    compliance review. Another commenter objected to the note, stating that 
    a State should not have to deal with complaints filed by persons 
    outside the State.
        Discussion: The time limits in Sec. 300.662(c) were added in 
    recognition that at some point the issues in a complaint become so 
    stale that they are not reasonably susceptible to subsequent 
    resolution. However, such a time limit should include an exception for 
    continuing violations. States are free to accept and resolve complaints 
    regarding alleged violations that occurred outside those timelines, 
    just as they are free to add additional protections in other areas that 
    are not inconsistent with the requirements of the Act and its 
    implementing regulations.
        States must evaluate and resolve each complaint on its own merits. 
    It is reasonable for a State to resolve a complaint on an issue that is 
    the same as an issue in an earlier resolved complaint by reference to 
    that earlier complaint resolution if it has first concluded, through 
    review and evaluation, that the facts and circumstances pertinent to 
    the complaints are unchanged. If a State were to refuse to accept a 
    complaint because it appeared to be similar to an issue in an earlier-
    resolved complaint without reviewing whether the facts and 
    circumstances pertinent to the complaints remain the same, the State 
    could be ignoring potential violations of the Act.
        With regard to the statement in the note that States must resolve 
    complaints which allege violations of the Act within their respective 
    State even if received from an individual or organization outside of 
    the State, States are responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B.
        A complaint about implementation of the Act filed by someone 
    outside of the State may be as effective in bringing compliance issues 
    to the State's attention as complaints from State residents. In light 
    of the general decision to remove all notes from these regulations, and 
    to make clear the point that complaints from organizations or 
    individuals from out of State must also be resolved, that concept would 
    be integrated into Sec. 300.660(a).
        Changes: Section Sec. 300.660(a) has been revised to clarify that 
    any complaint includes complaints filed by organizations or individuals 
    from another State. The note following this section has been deleted.
    
    Subpart G--Allocation of Funds; Reports
    
    Allocations to States (Sec. 300.703)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: A reference to allocating funds to the freely 
    associated States was omitted from paragraph (a).
        Paragraph (a) incorrectly refers to the method of distribution in 
    Secs. 300.704-300.705. These sections are reserved.
        Changes: A reference to freely associated States has been added and 
    the references to Secs. 300.704-300.705 have been deleted.
    
    Permanent Formula (Sec. 300.706)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Paragraph (b)(2) refers to the amount received by a 
    State under ``this section'' in the base year. Funds would not be 
    provided under this section of the regulations in the base year. They 
    would be provided under section 611 of the Act, as indicated in 
    Sec. 300.703(b).
        Changes: The reference has been corrected to cite section 611 of 
    the Act.
    
    Increases in Funds (Sec. 300.707)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Section 300.707 indicates how allocations are to be 
    made if the amount available for allocations to States under 
    Sec. 300.706 is equal to or greater than the amount allocated to the 
    States under ``this section'' for the preceding fiscal year. The 
    reference to ``this section'' should be to section 611 of the Act.
        Changes: The reference has been revised by replacing the words 
    ``this section'' the first time they appear with ``under section 611 of 
    the Act''.
    
    Limitation (Sec. 300.708)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The language in Sec. 300.708 describing conditions that 
    are ``Notwithstanding Sec. 300.707'' are actually consistent with 
    Sec. 300.707 since Sec. 300.708 is mentioned in Sec. 300.707 as 
    establishing conditions.
        Changes: The reference has been clarified by rewording the first 
    sentence of Sec. 300.707.
    
    Allocations to LEAs (Sec. 300.712)
    
        Comment: Commenters were concerned about the distribution of funds 
    when the permanent formula takes effect. In particular, with regard to 
    the base payments provision in Sec. 300.712(b), commenters expressed 
    concern that it could result in a reduction of funds for LEAs in the 
    case of an SEA that distributes more than 75 percent of its allocation 
    to LEAs, and the LEA has a high child count. Because of the apparent 
    absence of a ``hold harmless'' provision, commenters recommended 
    clarification that this provision does not require an SEA to reduce its 
    allocation to an LEA. Other commenters asked whether proposed 
    Sec. 300.712(b)(2)(i) means that States should be allocating extra 
    funds to LEAs based on the total number of students, both regular and 
    special education students, or whether States should allocate based on 
    numbers of special education students only. These commenters requested 
    that the phrase ``relative numbers'' be clarified.
        With respect to the note following this section of the NPRM, a 
    concern of one commenter was that proposed Sec. 300.712(b)(2) could be 
    construed as limiting States' ability to direct how their LEAs expend 
    Part B funds that have been reallocated to LEAs that had not adequately 
    provided FAPE to children with disabilities, and recommended 
    clarification that a State may direct how any allocation to an LEA is 
    to be spent.
        A commenter recommended that, in calculating the distribution of 
    the 15 percent allocation under the permanent formula, consideration be 
    given for LEAs with a high incidence of children who live in 
    institutional and other congregate care facilities, who have special 
    needs and attend public schools.
        Discussion: Section 611(g)(2)(B)(i) of the Act requires that when 
    the permanent formula becomes effective, LEAs be allocated base 
    payments based on 75 percent of the amounts that each State received in 
    the year prior to that in which the permanent formula became effective. 
    Funds that States are required to allocate to LEAs above this level 
    must be allocated based on children enrolled in elementary and 
    secondary schools and children in poverty. This will result in some 
    redistribution of funds among LEAs that have received funds above the 
    75 percent level on a basis of counts of children with disabilities. 
    However, because these provisions are based on the Act, they cannot be 
    changed through regulations. States may address this redistribution of 
    resources through funds that they set aside for State level activities.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 maintain, in section 611(f) of the Act, 
    as reflected in Sec. 300.370(a), the flexibility of States to provide 
    additional support
    
    [[Page 12648]]
    
    to LEAs using these funds. However, it is appropriate to amend 
    Sec. 300.370 to clarify that SEAs may use these funds directly, or 
    distribute them on a competitive, targeted, or formula basis to LEAs.
        Section 300.712(b)(2)(i) is based on section 611(g)(2)(B)(ii)(I) of 
    the Act, which requires that required flow through funds to LEAs be 
    distributed based on the relative numbers of ``children enrolled'' in 
    public and private elementary and secondary schools. Children enrolled 
    include both regular and special education students.
        The term ``relative numbers'', which is used in section 
    611(g)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act and in proposed Sec. 300.712(b)(2), 
    adequately conveys the meaning that the allocations of the 85 percent 
    and the 15 percent will be the same proportion of the total available 
    as the respective numbers of children in the LEA to the State totals.
        Section 300.712(b)(3) deals with the allocation of funds, not the 
    use of funds.
        Section 611(g)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act, as reflected in proposed 
    Sec. 300.712(b)(2), requires that 15 percent of the funds remaining 
    after base payments be distributed based on the relative numbers of 
    children living in poverty as determined by the SEA in each LEA. The 
    incidence of children living in institutional or other congregate care 
    facilities is not a factor in this distribution, and cannot be added. 
    However, SEAs may use funds available for State level activities to 
    provide additional support for children in institutional or other 
    congregate care facilities.
        Changes: Section 300.370 has been amended to add a new paragraph 
    (c) to clarify that an SEA may directly use funds that it retains but 
    does not use for administration, or may distribute them to LEAs on a 
    competitive, targeted, or formula basis.
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Although no comments were received for this Part 
    regarding base payments for new LEAs, a number of commenters on the 
    Preschool Grants for Children with Disabilities program regulations (34 
    CFR Part 301) raised the issue of whether charter schools or LEAs not 
    in existence during fiscal year 1997 would be eligible for a base 
    payment under Sec. 301.31(a) of the regulations for the Preschool 
    Grants for Children with Disabilities program, and, if so, how such 
    payments should be calculated.
        A similar issue exists with regard to base payments under the 
    Assistance to States for the Education of Children with Disabilities 
    program after the appropriation under section 611(j) of the Act exceeds 
    $4,924,672,200. The regulations should be revised to ensure that 
    charter schools established under State law as LEAs and LEAs not in 
    existence in the year prior to the year in which the appropriation for 
    the Assistance to States for the Education of Children with 
    Disabilities program exceeds $4,924,672,200 are eligible to receive 
    base payments.
        In addition, if the boundaries of LEAs that were in existence or 
    administrative responsibility for providing services to children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 21 are changed, adjustments to the base 
    payments of the affected LEAs also should be made. For example, a 
    change in administrative responsibility might encompass a change in the 
    age range for which an LEA is responsible for providing services such 
    as where responsibility for serving high school students is transferred 
    from one LEA to another.
        These adjustments will ensure that affected LEAs equitably share in 
    their base payments. The base amounts for new and previously existing 
    LEAs, once recalculated, should become the new base payments for the 
    LEAs. These base payments would not change unless the payments 
    subsequently need to be recalculated pursuant to Sec. 300.712.
        Adjustments to base payments would be based on the current numbers 
    of children with disabilities served as determined by the SEA. In 
    making a determination, the SEA may exercise substantial flexibility. 
    For example the SEA may choose to revise base payments based on the 
    current location of children with disabilities included in a previous 
    child count or a new count of children served by affected LEAs.
        Changes: Section 300.712 has been revised to clarify that, if LEAs 
    are created, combined, or otherwise reconfigured subsequent to the base 
    year (i.e. the year prior to the year in which the appropriation under 
    section 611(j) of the Act exceeds $4,924,672,200), the State is 
    required to provide the LEAs involved with revised base allocations 
    calculated on the basis of the relative numbers of children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 21, or 6 through 21 depending on whether 
    the State serves all children with disabilities ages 3 through 5, 
    currently provided special education by each of the affected LEAs.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that notes be deleted 
    from the regulations implementing Part B of IDEA.
        Discussion: The note following this section in the NPRM indicates 
    that States should use the best data available to them in making 
    allocations based on school enrollment and children living in poverty. 
    The note also encourages LEAs to include data on children who are 
    enrolled in private schools and suggests alternative sources such as 
    aggregate data on children participating in the free or reduced-price 
    meals program under the National School Lunch Act and allocations under 
    title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act as bases for 
    determining poverty. These suggestions still reflect options for 
    allocating funds, but need not be specified in the regulations. The 
    requirement for States to use the best data available to them should be 
    included in the regulations.
        Changes: The note has been removed and Sec. 300.712 has been 
    expanded to state that for the purpose of making grants under this 
    section, States must apply, on a uniform basis across all LEAs, the 
    best data that are available to them on the numbers of children 
    enrolled in public and private elementary and secondary schools and the 
    numbers of children living in poverty.
    
    Former Chapter 1 State Agencies (Sec. 300.713)
    
        Comment: Commenters indicated that Sec. 300.713, which mirrors the 
    statutory language regarding payments to former Chapter 1 State 
    agencies, should be clarified to indicate that these agencies must 
    receive the current amount of their Part B allocation, rather than an 
    amount that would not exceed the fiscal year 1994 per child amount. 
    Otherwise, the result would be a reduction of allocations to these 
    agencies. The commenters recommended adding a new paragraph (c) to 
    Sec. 300.713 to provide that, in years where the per child amount under 
    Part B exceeds the per child amount for fiscal year 1994, each State 
    agency shall receive the per child amount under Part B for each child 
    to whom the agency is providing special education and related services 
    in accordance with an IEP.
        Other commenters indicated the need to clarify that payments to 
    former Chapter 1 State agencies are targeted for direct service costs 
    as in the past. Several commenters believe that payments to former 
    Chapter 1 State agencies must follow the child, and recommended 
    inserting the phrase ``including State-operated and State-supported 
    school programs'' after 1994 at the conclusion of Sec. 300.713(a) to 
    ensure that the children who are counted actually receive the funds for 
    which they are eligible.
        Some commenters stated that the merger of the former Chapter 1 
    Handicapped program with Part B had a negative effect at the State 
    level on
    
    [[Page 12649]]
    
    private special education schools, because funds intended for children 
    are now being used by many States for both State and municipal 
    administrative costs. Other commenters recommended, consistent with the 
    intent of the merger of the former Chapter 1 Handicapped program with 
    Part B, that these schools should be treated as LEAs for funding 
    purposes, regardless of whether they meet the Part B definition of LEA.
        One commenter took issue with the fact that the Act specifies a 
    reporting date of December 1 of the fiscal year, while the proposed 
    regulation allows a State, at its discretion, to report on December 1 
    or on the last Friday of October. Since the Act sets a specific date, 
    this commenter requests that only the statutory date be used in the 
    regulation.
        Discussion: Funds provided to former Chapter 1 State agencies that 
    exceed fiscal year 1994 levels are provided either because the amounts 
    to which former Chapter 1 State agencies are entitled as LEAs, without 
    regard to their status as former Chapter 1 agencies, exceed the minimum 
    allocations for former Chapter 1 agencies, or at the discretion of the 
    States from funds available to be set aside for State level activities.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 maintain, in section 611(f), as 
    reflected in Sec. 300.370(a), the flexibility of States to provide 
    additional support to State agencies beyond the formula entitlement of 
    LEAs under Sec. 300.712. It would be inappropriate, as well as 
    inconsistent with the Act, to compel States that have voluntarily 
    passed through higher levels of funding to State agencies in the past 
    to maintain those levels of funding as a requirement.
        There has been confusion in some States regarding the entitlement 
    of former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies to funds distributed by 
    formula to LEAs that would be above the amounts these State agencies 
    received per child for 1994 under the Chapter 1 Handicapped program. 
    Under the IDEA, both before and after enactment of the IDEA Amendments 
    of 1997, the amounts to which these State agencies are entitled are 
    minimum amounts. Former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies are 
    entitled to formula allocations in the same amounts as other LEAs. They 
    may also be eligible for additional payments to bring their funding 
    levels per child up to the levels they received under the Chapter 1 
    Handicapped program for fiscal year 1994.
        Under the initial allocation of fiscal year 1998 funds, which 
    became available on July 1, 1998, the minimum per child allocations 
    that former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies are entitled to as 
    LEAs exceeds the amount per child that these agencies received for 
    fiscal year 1994 under the Chapter 1 Handicapped program in 40 States. 
    SEAs in these States must provide former Chapter 1 Handicapped State 
    agencies at least the minimum amount per child that they are entitled 
    to as LEAs, not the lesser amounts that they received per child under 
    the Chapter 1 Handicapped program for 1994.
        For 10 States and the District of Columbia, the minimum per child 
    amounts to which former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies are 
    entitled as LEAs are still slightly smaller than the amounts that these 
    agencies received per child for 1994 under the Chapter 1 Handicapped 
    program. In these States, SEAs must provide the former Chapter 1 
    Handicapped State agencies with the amounts per child that these 
    agencies are entitled to as LEAs. SEAs must then provide additional 
    funds to the former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies from the 
    amounts that the SEAs set aside for State level activities. The amount 
    of these additional funds is equal to the difference between the amount 
    per child that the former Chapter 1 State agencies received under the 
    Chapter 1 Handicapped program for 1994 and the amount per child they 
    receive as LEAs, multiplied by the lesser of the number of children 
    ages 6 through 21 currently served by the former Chapter 1 Handicapped 
    State agencies or the number of children ages 3 through 21 served by 
    these agencies for 1994 under the Chapter 1 Handicapped program.
        It is expected that for the Federal fiscal year 1999 appropriation, 
    which will become available on July 1, 1999, the minimum per child 
    amounts that will be provided to all LEAs, including former Chapter 1 
    Handicapped State agencies, will exceed the per child allocations under 
    the Chapter 1 Handicapped program in all States.
        Former Chapter 1 agencies are subject to the same requirements as 
    other LEAs, and are not limited to using Part B funds only for direct 
    service costs.
        Adding the phrase ``including State-operated and State-supported 
    school programs'' after ``1994'' at the conclusion of Sec. 300.713(a) 
    would not ensure that the children who are counted actually receive 
    funds. Moreover, the last paragraph in Sec. 300.713(a) deals with the 
    optional use of funds available for State level activities to increase 
    funding for LEAs that formerly served children who had at one time been 
    in State-operated or State-supported programs, not to increase funding 
    for State-operated and State-supported programs themselves. However, 
    States, at their discretion, may use funds available for State level 
    activities to provide support for State-operated or State-supported 
    programs under Sec. 300.370.
        It should also be noted that, under the Act, States are required to 
    ensure that all children with disabilities have access to a free 
    appropriate public education regardless of the sources of funds that 
    are used to provide that education. Ensuring that specific amounts of 
    Federal funds are used for each of the 6 million children with 
    disabilities who receive special education services would be 
    administratively unwieldy and would not necessarily help to ensure that 
    States meet this requirement.
        The Chapter 1 Handicapped program was merged with the IDEA Part B 
    Assistance to States for the Education of Children with Disabilities 
    program in 1995. The merger was not affected by the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997, and its impact cannot be addressed by these regulations.
        Section 602(15) of the Act defines LEA as including educational 
    service agencies. Educational service agencies are defined in section 
    602(4) of the Act and Sec. 300.10 as including public institutions or 
    agencies having administrative control and direction over a public 
    elementary or secondary school. State agencies formerly provided 
    funding under the Chapter 1 Handicapped program and which continue to 
    provide special education and related services to children with 
    disabilities fall within this definition. Individual schools that 
    received funding through State agencies under the Chapter 1 Handicapped 
    program are not LEAs under the Part B Assistance to States for the 
    Education of Children with Disabilities program.
        Section 611(d)(2) of the Act specifies that, for the purpose of 
    allocating funds among States, States may report children either as of 
    December 1 or the last Friday in October of the fiscal year for which 
    funds are appropriated. Using the same dates for establishing minimum 
    funding levels for former Chapter 1 Handicapped State agencies will 
    reduce burden on States that count children in October by eliminating 
    the need for a separate count of children served by State agencies in 
    December.
        Changes: Language has been revised in paragraph (a)(1) to clarify 
    that the amount that each former Chapter 1 State agency must receive is 
    a minimum amount.
    
    [[Page 12650]]
    
    Reallocation of LEA Funds (Sec. 300.714)
    
        Comment: One commenter recommended that this section be eliminated 
    because it causes a disincentive for LEAs to provide ``adequate'' or 
    even more than ``adequate'' FAPE.
        Another commenter stated that the regulation must provide the State 
    agency with a basis for determining that an LEA is adequately providing 
    FAPE to all children with disabilities residing in the area served by 
    that agency with State and local funds, and indicated that there is a 
    need for guidance on criteria for determining when any portion of the 
    funds allocated under this part may be removed. Criteria suggested by 
    the commenter for this purpose include: (1) IEP related measures such 
    as appropriateness of measurable IEP goals and a high percentage of 
    annual goals successfully completed; (2) educational inputs such as 
    student staff ratios including related services staff; and (3) a 
    relatively large amount of unexpended IDEA funds.
        Discussion: The authority of SEAs to reallocate funds among LEAs if 
    they determine that an LEA is adequately providing FAPE to all children 
    with disabilities residing in the area served by the LEA and that the 
    LEA does not need those funds to provide FAPE, is included in section 
    611(g)(4) of the Act. This authority cannot be removed through 
    regulations. However, it is expected that SEAs would use this authority 
    only in unusual circumstances (e.g., when there is a radical reduction 
    in the number of children served by a LEA).
        Moreover, the instances in which an SEA would reallocate the funds 
    of an LEA because the LEA is providing adequate services and does not 
    need the funds should be relatively rare, and the circumstances causing 
    such a determination also should be unusual.
        It would be very difficult to establish criteria that could be 
    appropriately and fairly applied in all cases. For this reason, the 
    criteria for determining these instances should be left at the 
    discretion of the States.
        Changes: None.
    
    Payments to the Secretary of the Interior for the Education of Indian 
    Children (Sec. 300.715)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The reference to ``this section'' in paragraph (a) 
    should also include a reference to Sec. 300.716 because the earmarked 
    funds include Indian children covered under both sections.
        Changes: The term ``this section'' in Sec. 300.715(a) has been 
    revised to read ``this section and Sec. 300.716.''
    
    Limitation for Freely Associated States (Sec. 300.719)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The references to ``this part'' in paragraph (c) of 
    this section should be changed to ``Part B of the Act.''
        Changes: Section 300.719 (c)has been amended, consistent with the 
    above discussion.
    
    Annual Report of Children Served--Report Requirement (Sec. 300.750)
    
        Comment: Several commenters objected to the note following 
    Sec. 300.750 of the NPRM, stating that it reflects only the 
    requirements of prior law, and not all requirements in the current 
    section 611 of the Act. The commenters recommended that, if the note is 
    retained, it needs to be revised to conform more closely to the current 
    language used in the Act. For example, the references in the note to 
    section 611(a)(5) of the Act should be deleted, since that section no 
    longer exists. Also, the population that a State may count for 
    allocation purposes no longer differs from the population of children 
    to whom the State must make FAPE available, and this needs to be 
    explained in the note.
        Another commenter recommended that the regulations on annual SEA 
    reports to the Department be amended to include the requirements of 
    section 618(a)(1)(A) of the Act.
        Discussion: The note following this section in the NPRM indicates 
    that the number of children who are counted for the purpose of 
    distributing funds may be different from the children for whom the 
    States must make FAPE available. In order to receive full funding under 
    Part B of the IDEA, States must provide services to all children with 
    disabilities ages 3 through 17, and to children 18 through 21 when not 
    inconsistent with State law or practice, or the order of any court. 
    These statements in the note reflect the requirements of IDEA. However, 
    consistent with the decision to not include notes in the final 
    regulations, the note should be deleted.
        It should be noted that until the appropriation for the Assistance 
    to States for the Education of Children with Disabilities program 
    exceeds $4,924,672,200, the interim formula requires that funds be 
    distributed based on the number of children served, and the limitations 
    in section 611(a)(5) of IDEA prior to the IDEA Amendments of 1997, 
    which prohibit the Secretary from counting more than 12 percent of 
    children with disabilities in certain cases, will be in effect until 
    that time.
        The content of the report is addressed in Sec. 300.751. The 
    reporting requirements in section 618 of the Act are complex. The 
    Secretary believes that it would be better to address the data 
    reporting requirements of the new section 618 as part of the clearance 
    process for data collection rather than through these regulations.
        Changes: The note has been removed.
    
    Annual Report (Sec. 300.751)
    
        Comment: Commenters stated that while Sec. 300.751(a) specifies the 
    information that must be included in the report for any year before the 
    total appropriation for section 611 of the Act first exceeds 
    $4,924,672,200, it is unclear what information should be included in 
    the report after that date. The commenters indicated a need for this 
    clarification in the regulation.
        Other commenters recommended that the regulation clarify that if a 
    child is deaf-blind, that child must be reported under that category, 
    and if the child has more than one disability (other than deaf-
    blindness), that child must be reported under multiple disabilities. 
    These commenters also requested that the regulations explain that the 
    responsibility for the annual census count of deaf-blind children 
    should be with the single and multi-State deaf-blind projects.
        Discussion: Before the total appropriation for section 611 of the 
    Act first exceeds $4,924,672,200, a count of children ages 3 through 21 
    will be used for distributing funds. After this level is reached, data 
    on the number of children served will continue to be necessary due to 
    the requirement in section 611(a)(2) of the Act that no State be 
    allocated an amount per disabled child served greater than 40 percent 
    of the average per-pupil expenditure in public elementary and secondary 
    schools in the United States. The language in Sec. 300.751 should 
    reflect this requirement. In addition, data included in the report does 
    not necessarily reflect the flexibility potentially available to the 
    States to use sampling to collect data or new data reporting 
    requirements for children ages 3 through 9.
        The NPRM provided that a child with deaf-blindness must be reported 
    under the category ``deaf-blindness'' and that a child who has more 
    than one disability, other than deaf-blindness, must be reported under 
    the category ``multiple disabilities''.
        The single and multi-State deaf-blind projects, which are funded 
    under discretionary awards under Part D of the Act, are not responsible 
    for conducting a census count of deaf-blind children. Those projects 
    were required to report on the number of children with deaf-blindness 
    that they serve. These Part
    
    [[Page 12651]]
    
    300 regulations set out the requirements for participation of States 
    under Part B of the Act.
        Changes: This section has been reworded to reflect in paragraph (a) 
    data required for the distribution of funds, including data on the 
    numbers of children with disabilities that are provided special 
    education and related services in the age groupings 3 through 5, 6 
    through 17, and 18 through 21. The remainder of the section has been 
    revised to reflect the Secretary's ability to permit sampling to 
    collect data, new data collection requirements in the Act, and to 
    clarify that children who are not classified as developmentally delayed 
    and who have two disabilities consisting of deafness and blindness 
    should be reported under the category of ``deaf-blind''.
    
    Annual Report of Children Served--Certification (Sec. 300.752)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: The certification of an accurate and unduplicated count 
    of children with disabilities receiving special education and related 
    services on the dates in question is critical only with regard to 
    obtaining information needed for the allocation of funds.
        Changes: The certification of an accurate and unduplicated count 
    has been limited to the data required under Sec. 300.751(a), which, as 
    revised, is limited to information required to make funding allocations 
    to States.
    
    Annual Report of Children Served--Criteria for Counting Children 
    (Sec. 300.753)
    
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Children with disabilities who are enrolled by their 
    parents in private schools should be able to be counted by LEAs if 
    those children receive special education or related services, or both, 
    that are provided in accordance with a services plan and meet the 
    requirements of Secs. 300.452-300.462. The language in the NPRM could 
    have been read to require that children with disabilities enrolled by 
    their parents in private schools be provided all of the related 
    services they need to assist them in benefitting from special education 
    in order for the LEAs to count these children.
        Changes: Section 300.753 has been revised to permit LEAs to count 
    private school children with disabilities who are receiving special 
    education or related services, or both, that meet standards and are 
    provided in accordance with Secs. 300.452-300.462.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that notes be deleted 
    from the regulations implementing Part B of IDEA.
        Discussion: Note 1 following this section in the NPRM indicated 
    that States may count children with disabilities in a Head Start or 
    other preschool program operated or supported by a public agency if 
    those children are provided special education that meets State 
    standards. All children who are counted must be enrolled in a school or 
    program providing special education or related services that is 
    operated or supported by a public agency. However, a child with a 
    disability may also be enrolled in a private school. All children who 
    are counted must be provided with services that meet State standards 
    regardless of whether they are also enrolled in a private school.
        Note 2 to this section in the NPRM indicated that where a child 
    receives special education from a public source at no cost, but whose 
    parents pay for the basic or regular education, the child may be 
    counted. The revised Sec. 300.753 more clearly reflects the fact that 
    children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in private schools 
    are eligible to be counted. This is true whether the curriculum of the 
    school consists of basic or regular education, or special education.
        Note 2 also indicated that the Department expects that there would 
    only be limited situations in which special education would be clearly 
    separated from regular education--generally, if speech services are the 
    only special education required by the child. This expectation is not 
    consistent with the flexibility that LEAs have in providing services to 
    children in private schools.
        As Note 2 indicated, a State may not count Indian children on or 
    near reservations and children on military facilities if it provides 
    them no special education. If an SEA or LEA is responsible for serving 
    these children, and does provide them special education and related 
    services, they may be counted.
        If a public agency places or refers a child with disabilities to a 
    public or private school for educational purposes, parents may not be 
    charged for any part of the child's education.
        Changes: The notes have been removed, and language has been added 
    to Sec. 300.753 to clarify that, in order for a State to count 
    children, the children must be enrolled in a school or program that is 
    operated or supported by a public agency, and that they may not count 
    children who are served solely through Federal programs, including 
    programs of the Departments of Interior, Defense, and Education except 
    as covered under Sec. 300.184(c)(2).
    
    Annual Report of Children Served--Other Responsibilities of the State 
    Education Agency (Sec. 300.754)
    
        Comment: One commenter recommended that the SEA should be required 
    to sanction LEAs for providing intentionally misleading or false 
    information about the number of children with disabilities receiving 
    special education and related services within the LEA's jurisdiction.
        Discussion: The IDEA Part B Assistance to States for the Education 
    of Children with Disabilities program is administered primarily through 
    SEAs. It is in the individual State's interest as well as the national 
    interest to ensure that counts of children are accurate; requiring 
    sanctions for LEAs that provide intentionally misleading or false 
    information would be unnecessary and overly prescriptive. The IDEA 
    allows States to impose sanctions subject to the requirements of the 
    Act.
        Changes: None.
        Comment: None.
        Discussion: Section 300.754(d) refers to ``reports'' under 
    Secs. 300.750-300.753. These sections refer to only one report.
        Changes: The word ``reports'' has been changed to ``report''.
        Comment: A number of commenters requested that notes be deleted 
    from the regulations implementing Part B of IDEA.
        Discussion: The note following this section in the NPRM indicates 
    that data required in the annual report of children served are not to 
    be transmitted to the Secretary in personally identifiable form, and 
    that States are encouraged to collect these data in non-personally 
    identifiable form. The formats used by the Secretary for collecting 
    data do not provide for individual identification of children. The 
    formats for data collection by States are a matter of State discretion.
        Changes: The note has been removed.
    
    Disproportionality (Sec. 300.755)
    
        Comment: Commenters recommended that the regulation define what 
    constitutes a significant disproportionality based on race in the 
    identification, labeling, and placement of children with disabilities, 
    thus triggering the obligation to review and revise, as appropriate, 
    identification and placement policies, practices and procedures. 
    Another commenter recommended additional language requiring 
    consultation with parent training and information centers, parent and 
    civil rights advocacy groups, and others, during this process. Other 
    commenters suggested that data be
    
    [[Page 12652]]
    
    collected annually when the child count is submitted, and that a 
    requirement should be added that data be analyzed. If 
    disproportionality is found, a corrective action plan must be developed 
    by the SEA, and such a plan should be reported to the Secretary and to 
    the public annually.
        Another commenter was supportive of the requirement in Sec. 300.755 
    but noted that, because many BIA schools are serving American Indian 
    children from wide catchment areas, an increasing number of children 
    with disabilities are enrolling in these schools for what may be valid 
    reasons. The commenter recommended a requirement for review and 
    revision of policies by representatives of the Department of the 
    Interior who have experience in the unique political, cultural, and 
    geographical issues affecting the identification of these children as 
    disabled and in need of special education and related services.
        Discussion: The Act provides that the States and the Secretary of 
    the Interior must collect data, determine if disproportionality exists, 
    and take corrective action. In order for States and the Department of 
    the Interior to determine if disproportionality exist they must 
    establish criteria for determining what constitutes significant 
    disproportionality. It is expected that the determination of 
    disproportionality will involve consideration of a wide range of 
    variables peculiar to each State including income, education, health, 
    cultural, and other demographic characteristics in addition to race. 
    Prescribing how the States should determine disproportionality and take 
    corrective action would not reflect the varied circumstances existing 
    in each State and is not consistent with discretion afforded to States 
    under the statute.
        It should also be noted that the Department's Office for Civil 
    Rights also looks at disproportionality in its review of State and 
    local activities, and that the Office of Special Education Programs 
    will monitor to ensure compliance with this requirement.
        The determination of disproportionality is separate from a 
    determination as to whether any corrective action is appropriate. The 
    Secretary of the Interior is expected to utilize knowledgeable 
    individuals to determine if corrective action is called for in a 
    particular instance.
        Changes: None.
    
    Part C
    
        The following is an analysis of the significant issues raised by 
    the public comments received on the NPRM published on October 22, 1997 
    (62 FR 55026) for the Early Intervention Program for Infants and 
    Toddlers with Disabilities. The Department solicited comments on 
    proposed changes to six regulatory provisions in the Early Intervention 
    Program for Infants and Toddlers with Disabilities, formerly known as 
    Part H of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). 
    Effective July 1, 1998, Part H of IDEA (Part H) was relocated to Part C 
    of IDEA (Part C). The proposed changes were made to conform Part C to 
    proposed changes in Part B of IDEA. On April 14, 1998, the Department 
    published technical changes to the Part C regulations to incorporate 
    statutory changes to Part C made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997 (63 FR 
    18290). A notice requesting advice and recommendations on Part C 
    regulatory issues was also published on April 14, 1998 (63 FR 18297). 
    Although the deadline for comments on Part C regulatory issues was July 
    31, 1998, the Department reopened the comment period by publishing 
    another notice on August 14, 1998 (63 FR 43865-43866).
        In response to the Department's invitation in the NPRM published on 
    October 22, 1997, several parties submitted comments on the proposed 
    regulations. An analysis of the comments and of the resulting changes 
    in the regulations follow. Substantive issues are discussed under the 
    section of the regulations to which they pertain. Technical and other 
    minor changes--'' and suggested changes the Department is not legally 
    authorized to make under the applicable statutory authority ``--are not 
    addressed. All Part C provisions amended by these regulations that were 
    not the subject of the NPRM are amended only to conform provisions to 
    statutory changes to Part C made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997, or to 
    conform technical provisions to changes made to the Part B regulations.
    
    Goals 2000: Educate America Act
    
        Comment: One commenter asked how the Goals 2000: Educate America 
    Act (Goals 2000) would be implemented for infants and toddlers with 
    disabilities, in particular how the first goal of all children in 
    America starting school ready to learn would be realized for infants 
    and toddlers with disabilities. The commenter asked if there would be 
    definitions or criteria promulgated pursuant to Goals 2000 regarding an 
    infant's or toddler's readiness to learn.
        Discussion: The National Education Goals are goals, not 
    requirements; no definitions or criteria are necessary to specify how 
    States should make progress towards goal one, ``All children in America 
    will start school ready to learn.'' Children with developmental delays 
    are likely to experience poor educational results because of a 
    disability without appropriate early intervention. By addressing the 
    effects of a disability or complications that could arise if services 
    are not provided, these children will have a greater likelihood of 
    better results, and require less intensive or possibly no special 
    services, when they are ready to enter school. The Part C Early 
    Intervention Program helps States to address the needs of infants and 
    toddlers with disabilities and their families by promoting child find 
    activities, implementing family-focused service systems, coordinating 
    early intervention services on a statewide basis, and providing 
    critical services that otherwise would not be available. As such, the 
    program plays a major role in improving the school readiness of these 
    young children and meeting the National Education Goal of ensuring that 
    every child enters school ready to learn.
        Changes: None.
    
    General Comments
    
        Comment: Several of the commenters requested that the Department 
    issue a full notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) for the Part C 
    program. Commenters questioned why the particular regulatory provisions 
    in the October 22, 1997 NPRM were singled out for revision. Many 
    requested generally that the Department clarify the statutory 
    amendments to Part C, such as the provisions regarding natural 
    environments.
        Discussion: The six provisions related to Part C in these 
    regulations have been revised in order to achieve consistency with 
    parallel Part B regulations. Regarding the remainder of the Part C 
    regulations, the Department solicited comments regarding all of the 
    Part C regulations on April 14, 1998, and extended the comment period 
    on August 14, 1988. Comments received in response to the October 22, 
    1997 NPRM regarding Part C regulations that were not the subject of 
    that NPRM will be retained and considered with the comments received 
    pursuant to the April 14 and August 14, 1998, solicitations. However, 
    additional submissions from those same commenters are welcome.
        These final regulations contain several technical changes that were 
    not included in the April 14, 1998 regulatory changes. All of these 
    changes will be included in the next version of Part C regulations 
    published in the Code
    
    [[Page 12653]]
    
    of Federal Regulations (CFR), which is revised each year.
        As with the final Part B regulations published in this issue of the 
    Federal Register, these final Part C regulations will not contain 
    notes. The critical substantive portions of the notes will be 
    incorporated into the corresponding regulatory provision or the 
    applicable discussion section in this preamble. Other information from 
    the notes will be deleted.
        Changes: None.
    
    Definition of Parent (Sec. 303.18)
    
        Comment: There were a few comments regarding the revisions to the 
    definition of parent at Sec. 303.18. Some commenters liked the changes 
    and some objected to the changes. Commenters who objected did so 
    primarily because the proposed changes were perceived to conflict with 
    prior OSEP opinions and ultimately result in fewer children having 
    ``parent'' representation at meetings. Commenters also asked what 
    constitutes a ``long-term parent relationship'' for an infant or 
    toddler.
        Discussion: The changes to the definition of parent under Part C 
    are to clarify that the definition is an inclusive one and to conform 
    Part C to Part B for consistency and continuity purposes. The changes 
    should result in more, rather than fewer, children having parental 
    representation, as the regulation clarifies that foster parents may, in 
    appropriate circumstances, unless prohibited by State law, serve as 
    parents. Under these regulations, the term ``parent'' is defined to 
    include persons acting in the place of a parent, such as a grandparent 
    or stepparent with whom the child lives, as well as persons who are 
    legally responsible for a child's welfare, and, at the discretion of 
    the State, a foster parent who meets the requirements in paragraph (b) 
    of this section.
        With respect to the meaning of ``long-term parental relationship,'' 
    this term was included to ensure that when a child is in foster care, 
    decisions regarding services are made by the foster parents only if 
    they have had, or will have, a parental relationship that is on-going 
    rather than temporary. The goal is that decisions regarding services 
    will be made only by those who have or will have a substantive 
    understanding of the child's needs. Thus, for example, a parental 
    relationship would be considered ``long-term'' if (1) at the time the 
    relationship is created, it is intended to be a long-term arrangement, 
    or (2) the relationship has existed for a relatively long period of 
    time. For older children, States could require a more lengthy time 
    period than would be appropriate for infants and toddlers.
        Several changes to this provision are in response to comments 
    regarding the corresponding provision in the Part B regulations 
    (Sec. 300.20). The general definition of ``parent'' is amended to make 
    clear that adoptive parents have the same status as natural parents. In 
    addition, to avoid conflict with State statutes, a provision is added 
    permitting the use of foster parents under these regulations unless 
    State law prohibits foster parents from acting as parents for these 
    purposes. For further explanation of the changes, see the discussion 
    regarding 34 CFR 300.20 in the preamble to the final Part B 
    regulations.
        Changes: Section 303.18 has been amended to specifically include 
    adoptive parents, and to permit States in certain circumstances to use 
    foster parents as parents under the Act without amending relevant State 
    statutes on the definition of ``parent''. The substance of the note has 
    been incorporated into the regulations, and the note has been deleted.
    
    Prior Notice (Sec. 303.403)
    
        Discussion: No comments were received regarding proposed 
    Sec. 303.403(b)(4), and it is included in these final regulations. 
    However, given the comments regarding the parallel section under Part 
    B, and the fact that Part C does not have a separate procedural 
    safeguards notice, Sec. 303.403(b)(3) is changed to make clear that the 
    notice given under this section must contain all procedural safeguards 
    under Part C, including the new mediation procedures in Sec. 303.419.
        Changes: Section 303.403(b)(3) is amended to clarify that the 
    notice must inform parents about all procedural safeguards available 
    under Secs. 303.401-303.460.
    
    Adopting Complaint Procedures (Sec. 303.510)
    
        Comment: One commenter requested that the Department clarify how 
    frequently States are required to disseminate their State complaint 
    procedures in proposed Sec. 303.510(b); the commenter also asked that 
    the requirement include provisions for limited-English speakers and 
    non-readers.
        Discussion: It is unnecessary to specify a frequency for 
    dissemination of State complaint procedures; States have the 
    responsibility to ensure that their publicly-disseminated State 
    complaint materials are distributed to parents, as well as to the other 
    required entities, and to ensure that the materials are kept up to 
    date. In addition, the lead agency is now required to provide an 
    explanation of the State complaint procedures to parents at the various 
    times specified in Sec. 303.403(b)(4), as part of the ``prior notice'' 
    requirement. The requirements of Sec. 303.403 regarding prior notice 
    include communicating the notice in the parents' native language or 
    other mode of communication; therefore, it is unnecessary to add those 
    provisions to Sec. 303.510.
        Because a new paragraph (b) is added to this section (see 
    discussion below), the language in proposed (b) from the NPRM is moved 
    to paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
        Changes: A portion of the existing note is incorporated into 
    Sec. 303.510(a) and the note is removed. Proposed Note 2 is 
    incorporated into the regulation as new Sec. 303.510(b); the language 
    in proposed Sec. 303.510(b) is moved to new Sec. 303.510(a)(2). In 
    addition, the language in the proposed note following Sec. 303.511 
    regarding complaints from out of State is incorporated into 
    Sec. 303.510(a)(1).
        Comment: Several commenters requested clarification of the 
    provision regarding compensatory services in Note 2 to proposed 
    Sec. 303.510. Compensatory services are also referenced in proposed 
    Sec. 303.511(c). One commenter stated that compensatory services are 
    not appropriate for infants and toddlers receiving services under Part 
    C; services are already year-round, and because the frequency and 
    intensity of services are individually tailored to the child's needs in 
    the IFSP, supplementing those services would not be appropriate. This 
    commenter noted, however, that families who procure services at their 
    own expense because an IFSP was not implemented in a timely manner 
    should be able to receive reimbursement. Another commenter stated that 
    additional public discussion is needed before finalizing this provision 
    regarding compensatory services. The commenter raised questions 
    concerning how compensatory services would be funded and provided by a 
    lead agency before a child turns three years old, how such services 
    would be funded and provided after the child turns three, and how such 
    post-Part C services would be integrated with the child's special 
    education services. Another commenter requested the Department's 
    ``vision'' for the proposed application of this regulation.
        Discussion: The note reflected what has always been the case ``--
    that lead agencies have the authority to order remedies in appropriate 
    circumstances for a violation of Part C in resolving complaints under 
    the procedures in Secs. 303.510-303.512. However,
    
    [[Page 12654]]
    
    consistent with the decision to remove notes from the Part B 
    regulations, and to emphasize the importance of lead agency action to 
    resolve complaints in a way that provides individual relief when 
    appropriate and addresses systemically the provision of appropriate 
    services, a provision is added to this section. The provision clarifies 
    that if the lead agency has found a failure to provide appropriate 
    services to an infant or toddler with a disability through a complaint, 
    the resolution must address both how to remediate the denial of 
    services, and how to provide appropriate services for all infants and 
    toddlers with disabilities in the State and in the future. While 
    recognizing that compensatory services, in the sense used under Part B, 
    may be inappropriate for an infant or toddler in many instances, it 
    should not be precluded where it is an appropriate corrective action as 
    determined by the lead agency based on the individual circumstances. 
    Lead agencies retain the authority, responsibility, and flexibility to 
    construct appropriate remedies in individual cases in order to obtain 
    the results needed for the child and family. Possible remedies may 
    include reimbursement of sums spent by a parent, services--compensatory 
    or otherwise, or other appropriate corrective action.
        Regarding the issue of a complaint filed after a child turns three 
    and is no longer eligible for Part C services, if parents have a 
    complaint about the services received or not received by their child 
    while an infant or toddler, those parents would properly file the 
    complaint with the lead agency that had responsibility for the child 
    during that time period, even if the child has ``aged out'' of the Part 
    C program at age three. That lead agency has the responsibility to 
    resolve and, as appropriate, investigate the complaint, and award 
    appropriate corrective action, which may need to be designed by working 
    with the SEA if the child is Part B-eligible, or by working with other 
    appropriate service providers if the child is not Part B-eligible. 
    These regulations do not prevent parents from filing a complaint with 
    the lead agency after the child leaves the Part C program. In addition, 
    if the alleged violation is systemic, corrective action would be 
    required in order to ensure that a violation does not continue for 
    other infants and toddlers. However, to prevent undue burden on lead 
    agencies from very old cases, Sec. 303.511(b) contains time limitations 
    on complaints.
        Changes: A new paragraph (b) has been added to Sec. 303.510 to 
    address how a lead agency remedies a denial of appropriate services, in 
    place of proposed Note 2. Proposed paragraph (b) has been moved to new 
    Sec. 303.510(a)(2).
    
    Filing a Complaint (Sec. 303.511)
    
        Comment: Two commenters objected to the one-year time limit for 
    filing a complaint in proposed Sec. 303.511(c). They stated that 
    parents are often not knowledgeable about their rights at their first 
    entrance into a complex system, and that violations may not be apparent 
    until after the child exits the system. The commenters stated that the 
    one-year limit may also conflict with existing State laws governing 
    administrative proceedings. These commenters also questioned when it 
    would be appropriate for an organization to file a complaint, and asked 
    why the proposed note states that lead agencies must resolve complaints 
    filed by entities from another State.
        Discussion: The time limits in proposed Sec. 303.511(c) were added 
    in recognition that at some point the issues in a complaint are no 
    longer reasonably susceptible to resolution. However, such a time limit 
    should include an exception for continuing violations; this would 
    include a violation for a specific child, e.g., one that began when an 
    infant was 4 months old and still continues at age two, as well as 
    violations that continue on a systemic basis and affect other children. 
    The regulation also includes a three-year time limit for cases in which 
    a parent requests reimbursement or corrective action. As evidenced by 
    the comments on the issue of compensatory services under Part C (see 
    discussion regarding Sec. 303.510 above), compensatory services may not 
    be an appropriate remedy in some cases. Therefore, the language 
    regarding the three-year limit in these regulations should be changed 
    to describe more accurately the remedies that may be requested, such as 
    a parent's request for reimbursement for amounts spent to provide 
    services in the IFSP that were not provided by the lead agency.
        As noted above in the response to comments on Sec. 303.510, these 
    regulations do not prohibit individuals from filing a complaint with 
    the lead agency after the child has left the Part C system, and 
    require, within the timeframes noted, that the State resolve the 
    complaint. In addition, States are free to accept and resolve 
    complaints regarding alleged violations that occurred outside these 
    timelines, just as they are free to add additional protections in other 
    areas that are not inconsistent with the requirements of the Act and 
    its implementing regulations. If a State law provided a more generous 
    timeline for filing complaints, the State could certainly use that 
    timeline; it could, in the alternative, amend its State law to be as 
    restrictive, but not more restrictive, than these Federal regulations.
        Regarding the issue of when it is appropriate for an organization, 
    rather than an individual, to file a complaint, the State complaint 
    procedures broadly permit any organization to file a complaint alleging 
    that the State is violating IDEA, in order to permit entities, as well 
    as individuals, that become aware of violations to raise them. With 
    regard to the statement in the note that the lead agency must resolve 
    complaints even if received from an individual or organization outside 
    of the State, the lead agency is responsible for ensuring compliance 
    with Part C. A complaint about implementation of the Act filed by an 
    organization or individual outside of the State is an additional means 
    of bringing compliance issues to the State's attention. To be 
    consistent with the decision to remove all notes from the Part B 
    regulations, and to make clear that complaints from out-of-State 
    organizations or individuals must also be resolved, that concept is 
    integrated into Sec. 303.510(a)(1).
        Changes: The language in proposed Sec. 303.511(c) has been moved to 
    paragraph (b) and changed to describe more accurately the remedies that 
    could be requested under the three-year limitation for State 
    complaints. The note following Sec. 303.511 regarding complaints filed 
    by organizations or individuals from another State has been deleted, 
    and the substance of the note has been moved to Sec. 303.510(a)(1).
    
    Minimum State Complaint Procedures; Timelines (Sec. 303.512)
    
        Comment: One commenter asked whether eliminating the right to 
    request Secretarial review would eliminate all potential appeals of a 
    State's decision. The commenter requested that a note be added to 
    reference other procedures still available if the complainant is not 
    satisfied with a State's decision.
        Discussion: If a complainant who wishes to contest a lead agency's 
    decision on a State complaint is a parent, he or she may request a due 
    process hearing under Sec. 303.420 concerning a child's identification, 
    evaluation, or placement, or the provision of appropriate early 
    intervention services to the child and the child's family. In addition, 
    States must make mediation under Sec. 303.419 available, at a minimum, 
    when a parent requests a due process hearing. States
    
    [[Page 12655]]
    
    may provide for mediation at an earlier stage, thereby allowing for 
    informal dispute resolution before or after the State complaint 
    process, preventing the need for a due process hearing. However, 
    mediation may not be used to deny or delay the parents' right to due 
    process. The previous existence of the option to request Secretarial 
    review was not a substitute for these other procedural rights for 
    parents. It is not necessary to add a note describing these other 
    procedural safeguards in Sec. 303.512, as they are adequately described 
    elsewhere in these regulations.
        The substance of the notes following this section is incorporated 
    into Sec. 303.512. The language of proposed Note 1 references a 
    complaint that is also the subject of a due process hearing, but does 
    not discuss the situation of a complaint that also becomes the subject 
    of a mediation proceeding. Although the IDEA Amendments of 1997 
    encourage the use of mediation as a dispute resolution tool, a party's 
    mediation request should not serve as an excuse for a State to delay 
    the State complaint resolution timelines. Therefore, a mediation 
    proceeding should not in and of itself be considered an ``exceptional 
    circumstance'' under Sec. 303.512(b) so as to extend the 60-day time 
    limit for resolution of complaints, unless the parties agree to such an 
    extension.
        Changes: Paragraphs (b) and (c) have been combined into a new 
    paragraph (b). A new paragraph (c) has been added to clarify that if an 
    issue in a complaint is the subject of a due process hearing, that 
    issue (but not those outside of the due process proceeding) would be 
    set aside until the conclusion of the due process hearing, and that the 
    hearing decision regarding an issue in a due process hearing would be 
    binding in a State complaint resolution; however, a public agency's 
    failure to implement a due process decision would have to be resolved 
    by the lead agency. The notes following this section have been removed, 
    and their substance incorporated into Sec. 303.512.
    
    Policies Related to Payment for Services (Sec. 303.520)
    
        Comment: There were many comments regarding the use of private and 
    public insurance under Part C. A few commenters supported proposed 
    Sec. 303.520(d) and (e), as well as corresponding notes. Supporting the 
    provision in proposed Sec. 303.520(d) on requiring families to use 
    private insurance only if there are no costs, parents of children with 
    disabilities described the financial costs and resulting hardship to 
    them when required to use private insurance to pay for services.
        Many commenters opposed the proposed changes. Regarding the use of 
    private insurance, many stated that the policies in proposed 
    Sec. 303.520(d) and Notes 1 and 2 contradict the ``payor of last 
    resort'' concept underlying Part C. Many commenters referred to the 
    policy in Sec. 303.527 that Part C Federal funds are to supplement 
    existing sources of funds, not provide full support, for early 
    intervention. Commenters stated that prior to Part C, private insurance 
    would have been the payor of first resort for many early intervention 
    services, and Medicaid the secondary source of payment.
        Commenters also stressed that, because FAPE does not apply to Part 
    C, basing Sec. 303.520(d) on the Notice of Interpretation published in 
    1980 regarding Part B, six years prior to the passage of Part C, is 
    invalid. Further, in emphasizing the differences in Part B and Part C 
    policy, commenters noted that under Part B, services are to be provided 
    at no cost to the parents, whereas under Part C parents may be required 
    to pay fees for services. Commenters stated that it is contradictory to 
    allow systems of payment, but prohibit the use of private insurance if 
    there is a financial cost to families. A few commenters also stated 
    they believed the Department did not adequately determine whether or 
    not there is a cost to parents in requiring the use of private 
    insurance, and that a cost-benefit analysis was not done.
        Commenters were also very concerned about the impact to Part C 
    programs nationwide if private insurance is more difficult to access; 
    some stated that proposed Sec. 303.520(d) could cause States to 
    eliminate their infant and toddler programs entirely. Commenters stated 
    that because Federal programs like Medicaid and Title V require that 
    private insurance must be billed first for services covered in whole or 
    in part by such insurance, if private insurance is not accessible, 
    Medicaid or Title V will not be accessible. Some commenters suggested 
    that the use of private insurance under Part C be treated in the same 
    manner as it is under Title V and Medicaid and in this way remain in 
    compliance with the mandate of Sec. 303.527.
        In addition, some commenters stated that a policy that allows 
    parents to deny access to private insurance, thereby requiring the 
    expenditure of State and Federal funds, has caused private insurance 
    companies to deny payment for services if Part C potentially covers the 
    service. Insurance policies also often state that they will not cover 
    services if deductibles and co-payments are paid for the family instead 
    of by the family. Commenters also stated that some State statutes 
    require that private insurance is utilized prior to State funds and the 
    proposed Sec. 303.520 undermines these statutes.
        Regarding public insurance, commenters stated that parental consent 
    should not be required for access to public insurance, e.g., Medicaid, 
    if the child is eligible for the public insurance. The commenters also 
    argued that States should be given the flexibility to require 
    application for public health insurance as a condition for receiving 
    early intervention services, not only to enable Part C access to other 
    sources of funding, but also to ensure that children have access to 
    health and medical care.
        Those commenting against proposed Sec. 303.520(e) and Note 3, 
    regarding proceeds from insurance, stated that such a rule potentially 
    precludes putting dollars back into an already under funded program. 
    Commenters stated that under 34 CFR 80.25, States should be required to 
    return income received from public and private insurance payments to 
    the Part C program. Further, if the Department does not require such 
    reinvestment, commenters requested that it at least remain silent on 
    the issue rather than risk giving States encouragement for using 
    insurance reimbursements without any restrictions.
        Discussion: As the foregoing comments note, there are many 
    ramifications to a proposed regulation regarding the use of private and 
    public insurance under Part C. Therefore, the policy in proposed 
    Sec. 303.520(d) will not be finalized until more thorough examination 
    of the issues can be done through the process initiated by the April 14 
    and August 14, 1998 solicitations for comments, and in light of the 
    specific Part C statutory language and framework.
        However, with respect to the issue of reimbursements in proposed 
    Sec. 303.520(e) and Note 3, the reasons underlying the changes made to 
    the corresponding Sec. 300.142(f) in Part B provide support for the 
    same changes in Part C. This section clarifies that if a public agency 
    receives funds from public or private insurance for services under 
    these regulations, the public agency is not required to return those 
    funds to the Department or to dedicate those funds for use in the Part 
    C program, which is how program income must be used, although a public 
    agency retains the option of using those funds in this program if it 
    chooses to do so. Reimbursements are similar to refunds,
    
    [[Page 12656]]
    
    credits, and discounts that are specifically excluded from program 
    income in 34 CFR 80.25(a). The expenditure that is reimbursed is 
    considered to be an expenditure of funds from the source that provides 
    the reimbursement. Nothing in IDEA, however, prohibits States from 
    reinvesting insurance reimbursements back into the Part C program, and 
    this regulatory provision should not be viewed as discouraging such 
    practice. Reinvestment of insurance reimbursements in the Part C 
    program is undeniably a valuable method of helping fund the program; 
    however, to avoid confusion, it is necessary to clarify by regulation 
    that no current Federal law requires such reinvestment.
        In addition, proposed paragraph (e) has been revised to clarify 
    that funds expended by a public agency from reimbursements of Federal 
    funds will not be considered State or local funds for purposes of 
    Sec. 303.124. If Federal reimbursements were considered State and local 
    funds for purposes of the supplanting prohibition in Sec. 303.124 of 
    these regulations, States would experience an artificial increase in 
    their base year amounts and would then be required to maintain a 
    higher, overstated level of fiscal effort in the succeeding fiscal 
    year.
        Changes: Proposed Sec. 303.520(d), and Notes 1 and 2, are removed; 
    proposed Sec. 303.520(e) is redesignated as Sec. 303.520(d) with 
    changes to conform to Sec. 300.142(f); and Note 3 is incorporated into 
    the text of Sec. 303.520(d).
    
    (Note: This attachment will not be codified in the Code of Federal 
    Regulations)
    
    Attachment 2--Executive Order 12866
    
        These regulations have been reviewed in accordance with 
    Executive Order 12866. Under the terms of the order the Secretary 
    has assessed the potential costs and benefits of this regulatory 
    action.
    
    Summary of Public Comments
    
        Many commenters expressed concern about the costs and burden of 
    complying with requirements incorporated into the Assistance to 
    States for the Education of Children with Disabilities, Notice of 
    Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM). Commenters complained about the cost of 
    implementing various statutory requirements incorporated into the 
    NPRM and identified a variety of requirements in the NPRM not 
    required by the statute that would increase administrative costs for 
    school districts. Some commenters talked about the need to employ 
    additional staff to comply with new requirements and others talked 
    about the additional paperwork required. Some commenters expressed 
    concern about the effect of the requirements on the ability of 
    schools to provide instruction to nondisabled children and the 
    difficulty teachers and administrators would have in implementing 
    the proposed regulations. Very few commenters specifically addressed 
    the Department's analysis of the benefits and costs of the statutory 
    and non-statutory changes incorporated into the proposed 
    regulations.
        One commenter stated that the analysis of the impact was 
    inadequate and that the cost to school systems did not appear to be 
    taken seriously. However, this commenter did not provide comments on 
    the cost assumptions or analysis of specific items in the NPRM.
        One commenter questioned the discussion in the NPRM that 
    indicated a possible reduction of personnel needed to conduct 
    evaluations by 25 to 75 percent, and suggested that additional 
    meetings would probably be required for 18 to 24 months until the 
    appropriate assessments can be conducted at annual reviews and that 
    additional personnel would be needed. Another commenter agreed that 
    the changes related to the conduct of the triennial reevaluation may 
    reduce some paperwork, but noted that savings would not be realized 
    immediately for individual children because of the need for baseline 
    data. One commenter stated that it has taken the evaluation team one 
    hour just to decide whether there is a need to gather additional 
    information.
        A few commenters provided specific information about the cost 
    and time involved to comply with some of the requirements that were 
    analyzed in the NPRM. For example, one commenter pointed out that it 
    would cost his district $18,000 to provide for substitute teachers 
    so regular education teachers could attend 900 IEP meetings lasting 
    one to two hours--or $20 per meeting. Another commenter stated that 
    the cost of providing substitute teachers would be an enormous 
    burden for school districts, noting that the average IEP meeting 
    takes 1.5 to 2 hours.
        The Department also received a few comments on the cost of 
    providing education to children who have been suspended or expelled. 
    One commenter said that the projections do not take into account the 
    expense of providing homebound services, alternative placements or 
    access to the general curriculum. Another commenter agreed that the 
    estimates of $29-$70 were too low and pointed out that an out-of-
    district day placement in Vermont runs about $20,000-$25,000 per 
    school year.
        All of these comments were considered in conducting the analysis 
    of the benefits and costs of the final regulations. All of the 
    Department's estimates and the assumptions on which they are based 
    are described below.
    
    Summary of Potential Benefits and Costs
    
    Benefits and Costs of Statutory Changes
    
        For the information of readers, the following is an analysis of 
    the costs and benefits of the most significant statutory changes 
    made by IDEA Amendments of 1997 that are incorporated into the 
    Assistance to States for the Education of Children with Disabilities 
    regulations. In conducting this analysis, the Department examined 
    the extent to which changes made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997 
    added to or reduced the costs for school districts and others in 
    relation to the costs of implementing the IDEA prior to the 
    enactment of the IDEA Amendments of 1997. Based on this analysis, 
    the Secretary has concluded that the statutory changes included in 
    this regulation will not, on net, impose significant costs in any 
    one year, and may result in savings to State and local educational 
    agencies. An analysis of specific provisions follows:
    
    Participation in Assessments
    
        Section 300.138 incorporates statutory requirements relating to 
    the inclusion of children with disabilities in general State and 
    district-wide assessments and the conduct of alternate assessments 
    for children who cannot be appropriately included in general 
    assessments.
        Although children with disabilities have not been routinely 
    included in State and district-wide assessments, the requirement to 
    include children with disabilities in assessment programs in which 
    they can be appropriately included, with or without accommodations, 
    does not constitute a change in Federal law. Because this statutory 
    change is a clarification of, not a change in, the law, no cost 
    impact is assigned to this requirement, which is incorporated in 
    Sec. 300.138(a) requiring the participation of children with 
    disabilities in general assessments.
        However, States were not previously required to conduct 
    alternate assessments for children who could not participate in the 
    general assessments. The statutory requirement to develop and 
    conduct alternate assessments beginning July 1, 2000, therefore, 
    imposes a new cost for States and districts.
        The impact of this change will depend on the extent to which 
    States and districts administer general assessments, the number of 
    children who cannot appropriately participate in those assessments, 
    the cost of developing and administering alternate assessments, and 
    the extent to which children with disabilities are already 
    participating in alternate assessments.
        The analysis of the impact of this requirement assumes that 
    alternate tests would be administered to children with disabilities 
    on roughly the same schedule as general assessments. This schedule 
    will vary considerably from State to State and within States, 
    depending on their assessment policy. In most States, this kind of 
    testing does not begin before the third grade. In many States and 
    districts, general assessments are not administered to children in 
    all grades, but rather at key transition points (for example, in 
    grades 4, 8, and 11).
        The extent to which States and districts will need to provide 
    for alternate assessments will also vary depending on how the 
    general assessments are structured. Based on the experience of 
    States that have implemented alternate assessments for children with 
    disabilities, it is estimated that about one to two percent of the 
    children in any age cohort will be taking alternate assessments.
        Based on this information, it is estimated that about 18 to 36 
    million of the children who are expected to be enrolled in public 
    schools in school year 2000-2001 will be candidates for general 
    assessments. Of these, about 200,000 to 700,000 will be children
    
    [[Page 12657]]
    
    with disabilities who may require alternate assessments.
        The costs of developing and administering these assessments are 
    also difficult to gauge. In its report Educating One and All, the 
    National Research Council states that the estimated costs of 
    performance-based assessments programs range from less than $2 per 
    child to over $100 per student tested. The State of Maryland has 
    reported start-up costs of $191 per child for testing a child with a 
    disability and $31 per child for the ongoing costs of administering 
    an alternate assessment.
        The cost impact of requiring alternate assessments will be 
    reduced to the extent that children with disabilities are already 
    participating in alternate assessments. Many children with 
    disabilities are already being assessed outside the regular 
    assessment program in order to determine their progress in meeting 
    the objectives in their IEPs. In many cases, these assessments might 
    be adequate to meet the new statutory requirement.
        Based on all of this information, the cost impact of this 
    statutory change is not likely to be significant, and will be 
    justified by the benefits of including all children in 
    accountability systems.
    
    Incidental Benefits
    
        The change made by section 613(a)(4) of the Individuals with 
    Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), incorporated in Sec. 300.235, 
    generates savings by reducing the time that would have been spent by 
    special education personnel on maintaining records on how their time 
    is allocated in regular classrooms among children with and without 
    disabilities.
        To calculate the impact of this change, one needs to estimate 
    the number of special education personnel who will be providing 
    services to children with and without disabilities in regular 
    classrooms and the amount and value of time that would have been 
    required to document their allocation of time between disabled and 
    nondisabled children.
        Based on State-reported data on placement, it appears that about 
    4.4 million children will spend part of their day in a regular 
    classroom this school year. States reported employing about 404,000 
    teachers and related services personnel in total for school year 
    1995-96. The statutory change will eliminate unnecessary paperwork 
    for those special education personnel who have been working in the 
    regular classroom and documenting their allocation of time, and will 
    encourage the provision of special education services in the regular 
    classroom--a change that will benefit children with disabilities.
    
    Individualized Education Programs
    
        The final regulations incorporate a number of statutory changes 
    in section 614(d) that relate to the IEP process and the content of 
    the IEP. With the exception of one requirement (the requirement to 
    include a regular education teacher on the IEP team), it has been 
    determined that, on balance, these changes will not increase the 
    cost of developing IEPs. Moreover, all the changes will produce 
    significant benefits for children and families. Key changes include:
        Clarifying that the team must consider a number of special 
    factors to the extent they are applicable to the individual child. 
    The statutory changes that are incorporated in Sec. 300.346 do not 
    impose a new burden on school districts because the factors that are 
    listed should have been considered, as appropriate, under the IDEA 
    before the enactment of IDEA Amendments of 1997. These include: 
    behavioral interventions for a child whose behavior impedes 
    learning, language needs for a child with limited English 
    proficiency, Braille for a blind or visually impaired child, the 
    communication needs of the child, and the child's need for assistive 
    technology.
        Strengthening the focus of the IEP on access to the general 
    curriculum in statements about the child's levels of performance and 
    services to be provided. The statutory changes that are incorporated 
    in Sec. 300.347 relating to the general curriculum should not be 
    burdensome because the changes merely refocus the content of 
    statements that were already required to be included in the IEP on 
    enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general 
    curriculum.
        Requiring an explanation of the extent to which a child will not 
    be participating with nondisabled children. This statutory 
    requirement, which is incorporated in Sec. 300.347(a)(4), does not 
    impose a burden because it replaces the requirement for a statement 
    of the extent to which the child will be able to participate in 
    regular educational programs.
        Requiring the IEP to include a statement of any needed 
    modifications to enable a child to participate in an assessment, 
    and, in cases in which a child will not be participating in a State 
    or district-wide assessment, to include a statement regarding why 
    the assessment is not appropriate and how the child will be 
    assessed. This statutory requirement, which is incorporated in 
    Sec. 300.347(a)(5), will require some additional information to be 
    included in the IEPs for some children, but will not impose a 
    significant burden on schools. Each year an estimated 1.6 to 3.2 
    million children with disabilities are in grades in which schools 
    are administering State or district-wide assessments. Prior to the 
    enactment of the IDEA Amendments of 1997, Federal law required the 
    participation of children with disabilities in general assessments 
    with accommodations, as needed. Data indicate that about 50 percent 
    of children with disabilities have been participating in State and 
    local assessments. Many of these children are receiving needed 
    modifications and their IEPs currently include information about 
    those modifications. The requirement for statements in the IEP about 
    how children will be assessed will affect IEPs for children who 
    cannot participate in the general assessments and who are entitled 
    to participate in alternate assessments (estimated to be 200,000 to 
    700,000 children, beginning in school year 2000-2001).
        Allowing the IEP team to establish benchmarks rather than short-
    term objectives in each child's IEP. There is considerable variation 
    across States, districts, schools, and children in the amount of 
    time spent on developing and describing short-term objectives in 
    each child's IEP. While it would be difficult to estimate the impact 
    of this statutory change, contained in Sec. 300.347(a)(2), it 
    clearly affords schools greater flexibility and an opportunity to 
    reduce paperwork in those cases in which the team has previously 
    included unnecessarily detailed curriculum objectives in the IEP 
    document. This change potentially reduces the burden in preparing 
    IEPs for 6 million children each year.
        Prior to the enactment of the IDEA Amendments of 1997, IDEA 
    required the participation of the ``child's teacher,'' typically 
    read as the child's special education teacher, but it did not 
    explicitly require a regular education teacher. The IDEA Amendments 
    of 1997, incorporated in Sec. 300.344 (a)(2) and (a)(3) and 
    Sec. 300.346(d) of the final regulations, require the participation 
    of the child's special education teacher and a regular education 
    teacher if the child is or may be participating in the regular 
    education classroom, while acknowledging that a regular education 
    teacher participates in developing, reviewing, and revising the 
    child's IEP ``to the extent appropriate.''
        The impact of this change will be determined by the number of 
    children with disabilities who are or who may be participating in 
    the regular classroom in a given year, the number and length of IEP 
    meetings, the extent of the regular education teacher's 
    participation in them, the opportunity cost of the regular education 
    teacher's participation, and the extent to which regular education 
    teachers are already attending IEP meetings.
        State-reported data for school year 1994-1995 indicates that 
    about 3.9 million children with disabilities aged 3 through 21 spend 
    at least 40 percent of their day in a regular classroom (children 
    reported as placed in regular classes and resource rooms). The 
    participation of the regular education teacher would be required for 
    all of these children since these children are spending at least 
    part of their day in the regular classroom.
        State data also show that an additional 1.2 million children 
    were served in separate classrooms. A regular education teacher's 
    participation will clearly be required for those children in 
    separate classes who are spending part of their school day in 
    regular classes (less than 40 percent of their day). Other children 
    may be participating with nondisabled children in some activities in 
    the same building. While a child's individual needs and prospects 
    will determine whether a regular education teacher would need to 
    attend a child's IEP meeting in those cases, some proportion of 
    these children are children for whom participation in regular 
    classrooms is a possibility, therefore requiring the participation 
    of a regular education teacher.
        Although the prior statute did not require the participation of 
    a regular education teacher, it is not uncommon for States or school 
    districts to require a child's regular education teacher to attend 
    IEP meetings.
        Based on all of this information, it is estimated that the 
    participation of a regular education teacher may be required in an
    
    [[Page 12658]]
    
    additional 3.9 to 5.3 million IEP meetings in the next school year.
        While the opportunity costs of including a regular education 
    teacher in these meetings will be significant because of the number 
    of meetings involved, these costs will be more than justified by the 
    benefits to be realized by teachers, schools, children, and 
    families. Involving the regular education teacher in the development 
    of the IEP will not only provide the regular education teacher with 
    needed information about the child's disability, performance, and 
    educational needs, but will help ensure that a child receives the 
    supports the child needs in the regular classroom, including 
    services and modifications that will enable the child to progress in 
    the general curriculum.
    
    Parentally-Placed Students in Private Schools
    
        This statutory change, which is incorporated in Sec. 300.453, 
    would require school districts to spend a proportionate amount of 
    the funds received under Part B of IDEA on services to children with 
    disabilities who are enrolled by their parents in private elementary 
    and secondary schools.
        The change does not have an impact on most States because the 
    statute does not represent a change in the Department's 
    interpretation of the law as it was in effect prior to the enactment 
    of the IDEA Amendments of 1997. However, in four Federal circuits, 
    the courts have concluded that, without the statutory change, school 
    districts generally were responsible for paying for the total costs 
    of special education and related services needed by students with 
    disabilities who have been parentally-placed in private schools. 
    Therefore, this change does produce potential savings for school 
    districts in those 19 States affected by these court decisions. The 
    States are: Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa, Kansas, 
    Louisiana, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Nebraska, 
    New York, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, 
    Vermont, and Wyoming.
        To determine the impact of the change, one needs to estimate the 
    number of parentally-placed children with disabilities that LEAs in 
    these States would have been required to serve, but for this change. 
    Using private school enrollment data for school year 1995-1996 and 
    projected growth rates, it is estimated that approximately 1.5 
    million students will be enrolled in private schools in these 19 
    States in this school year.
        There is no reliable data on the number of children with 
    disabilities who are parentally-placed in private schools. However, 
    if one assumes that children with disabilities are found in private 
    schools in the same proportion as they are found in public schools 
    in these States, or at least in the same proportion that children 
    with speech impairments and learning disabilities are found in 
    public schools, one would estimate that there are between 80,000 and 
    120,000 children with disabilities who are parentally-placed in 
    private schools.
        If one assumes that, on average, the cost of providing a free 
    appropriate education to these students would be approximately equal 
    to the average excess costs for educating students with 
    disabilities--$7,184 per child for school year 1998-1999--the costs 
    of providing FAPE to these children would be significant.
        Under the statutory change, LEAs schools would still be required 
    to use a portion of the Federal funds provided under Part B of IDEA 
    to provide services to parentally-placed children--an amount 
    proportionate to the percentage of the total population of children 
    with disabilities who are parentally-placed--and to carry out 
    required child find and evaluation activities. Therefore, in 
    estimating the impact of this statutory change, one needs to 
    subtract the cost of these public school obligations from the total 
    projected savings. One would also need to take into account the fact 
    that some of the costs that would have been covered by the school 
    districts will simply shift to other sources such as the private 
    schools or the families of the children. However, even if one 
    discounts the amount of projected savings to the public sector by 50 
    percent to take into possible cost-shifting, the total net savings 
    attributable to the change in the law for these 19 States is 
    expected to be very significant.
    
    Mediation
    
        Section 300.506 reflects the new statutory provisions in section 
    615(e) of IDEA, which require States to establish and implement 
    mediation procedures that would make mediation available to the 
    parties whenever a due process hearing is requested. IDEA specifies 
    how mediation is to be conducted.
        The impact of this change will depend on the following factors: 
    the number of due process hearings that will be requested, the 
    extent to which the parties to those hearings will agree to 
    participate in mediation, the cost of mediation, the extent to which 
    mediation would have been used in the absence of this requirement to 
    resolve complaints, and the extent to which mediation obviates the 
    need for a due process hearing.
        Data for previous years suggests one can expect about one 
    complaint for every 1000 children served or about 6,000 requests for 
    due process hearings during this school year. This projection 
    probably overstates the number of complaints because it does not 
    take into account the effect of the IDEA Amendments of 1997, which, 
    on balance, can be expected to result in better implementation of 
    the law and higher parental satisfaction with the quality of 
    services and compliance with IDEA.
        Many of these complaints would have been resolved through 
    mediation even without the statutory change. Over 39 States had 
    mediation systems in place prior to the enactment of the IDEA 
    Amendments of 1997. Data for 1992 indicate that, on average, States 
    with mediation systems held mediations in about 60 percent of the 
    cases in which hearings were requested. Nevertheless, the number of 
    mediations is expected to increase even in States that already have 
    mediation systems. Although most States report using mediation as a 
    method of resolving disputes, there have been considerable 
    differences in its implementation and use. In general, the extent to 
    which mediation has been used in States probably depends on the 
    extent to which parents and others were informed of its availability 
    and possible benefits in resolving their complaints and the extent 
    to which the mediator was perceived as a neutral third-party. The 
    changes made by the IDEA Amendments of 1997 are expected to 
    eliminate some of the differences in State mediation systems that 
    have accounted for its variable use and effectiveness.
        The benefits of making mediation more widely available are 
    expected to be substantial, especially in relation to the costs. 
    States with well-established mediation systems conduct considerably 
    fewer due process hearings. For example, in California, hearings 
    were held in only 5 and 7 percent of the cases in which they were 
    requested in 1994 and 1995, respectively. The average mediation 
    appears to cost between $350 and $1000, while a due process hearing 
    can cost tens of thousands of dollars. Based on the experience that 
    many different States have had with mediation, it is estimated that 
    hundreds of additional complaints will be resolved through 
    mediation. The benefits to school districts and benefits to families 
    are expected to be substantial.
    
    Discipline
    
        The final regulations (Secs. 300.121, 300.122, 300.520, and 
    300.521) incorporate a number of significant changes to IDEA that 
    relate to the procedures for disciplining children with 
    disabilities.
        Some of the key changes contained in section 615(k) afford 
    school districts additional tools for responding to serious 
    behavioral problems, and in that regard, do not impose any burdens 
    on schools or districts.
        The statutory change reflected in Sec. 300.520(a)(2) would give 
    school officials the authority to remove children who engaged in 
    misconduct involving weapons or illegal drugs. Under prior law, 
    school officials had the authority to remove children who brought 
    guns, but could not remove children who engaged in misconduct 
    involving other weapons or illegal drugs over the objection of their 
    parents unless they prevailed in a due process proceeding or 
    obtained a temporary restraining order from a court. The statutory 
    change reflected in Sec. 300.521 would give school officials the 
    option of seeking relief from a hearing officer rather than a court 
    in the case of a child the school is seeking to remove because the 
    child poses a risk of injury to the child or others. In both cases, 
    the child would continue to receive services in an alternative 
    educational setting that is required to meet certain standards. It 
    is difficult to assess the impact of either of these statutory 
    changes on schools because there is virtually no information 
    available on the extent to which parents disagree with districts 
    that propose to remove these children. This new authority would only 
    be used in those cases. Nevertheless, the benefits of this authority 
    appear to be substantial insofar as the changes help schools provide 
    for a safe environment for all children, while ensuring that any 
    children with disabilities who are moved to an alternative setting 
    continue to receive the services they need.
        The statutory change reflected in Sec. 300.520(b) will require 
    school officials to
    
    [[Page 12659]]
    
    convene the IEP team in certain cases in which removal is 
    contemplated to develop an assessment plan and behavioral 
    interventions (or that the IEP team members review the child's 
    behavioral intervention plan if there is one). The impact of this 
    requirement is discussed below as part of the discussion of non-
    statutory changes.
        The requirement in section 612(a)(1)(A), incorporated in 
    Sec. 300.121, that all children aged 3 through 21 must have made 
    available to them a free appropriate public education, including 
    children who have been suspended or expelled from school, does not 
    represent a change in the law as the law was interpreted by the 
    Department prior to the enactment of the IDEA Amendments of 1997. It 
    clarifies the Department's long-standing position that the IDEA 
    requires the continuation of special education and related services 
    even to children who have been expelled from school for conduct that 
    has been determined not to be a manifestation of their disability.
        However, this statutory change does represent a change in the 
    law in two circuits in which Federal Circuit courts disagreed with 
    the Department's interpretation of the law--the 4th and 7th 
    Circuits. The affected States are: Virginia, Maryland, North 
    Carolina, South Carolina, West Virginia, Illinois, Indiana, and 
    Wisconsin.
        To assess the impact of this change, one needs to estimate the 
    extent to which students would have been excluded from education, 
    but for this change in the statute, and the cost of providing the 
    required services to these students during the period they are 
    expected to be excluded from their regular school due to a long-term 
    suspension or expulsion.
        There is a paucity of data available on disciplinary actions, 
    and very little for the States in the 4th and 7th Circuits. Using 
    data collected by the Office for Civil Rights for school year 1994, 
    it is estimated that approximately 60,000 students with disabilities 
    aged 6 through 21 will be suspended during this school year in the 
    affected States. But to determine the impact of the prohibition on 
    ceasing services in these States, one needs to know the number of 
    suspensions each student received and their duration--information 
    that is not provided by OCR data. However, more detailed data 
    compiled by a few States would suggest that a relatively small 
    percentage of students with disabilities who are suspended (no more 
    than about 15 percent) receive suspensions of greater than 10 days 
    at a time and a much smaller number of students are expelled.
        Little information is available on the cost of providing 
    services in an alternative setting for a student who has been 
    suspended temporarily or expelled from school. However, it is 
    reasonable to assume that the average cost per day of providing 
    services in an alternative setting probably would be no less than 
    the average daily total costs of serving children with disabilities, 
    which is about $75 per day. Although costs will vary considerably 
    depending on the needs of the individual student and the type of 
    alternative setting, costs are likely to be higher on average 
    because districts are unlikely to be able to achieve the same 
    economies of scale in providing services to small numbers of 
    children in alternative settings as they do in serving children 
    generally.
        While this statutory change will have a cost impact on the 
    States in the 4th and 7th Circuits, the costs for these States will 
    be justified by the benefits of continuing educational services for 
    children who are the least likely to succeed without the help they 
    need.
        The statutory change reflected in Sec. 300.122 could generate 
    potential savings for all States by removing the obligation to 
    provide educational services to individuals 18 years old or older 
    who were incarcerated in adult prisons and who were not previously 
    identified as disabled. No information is available on the number of 
    prisoners with disabilities who were not previously identified.
    
    Triennial Evaluation
    
        The previously existing regulations required a school district 
    to conduct an evaluation of each child served under IDEA every three 
    years to determine, among other things, whether the child is still 
    eligible for special education. The IDEA Amendments of 1997 change 
    this requirement to reduce unnecessary testing and therefore reduce 
    costs. Specifically, section 614(c) of IDEA, incorporated in 
    Sec. 300.533, allows the evaluation team to dispense with additional 
    tests to determine the child's continued eligibility if the team 
    concludes this information is not needed. However, these tests must 
    be conducted if the parents so request.
        The savings resulting from this change will depend on the 
    following factors: the number of children for whom an evaluation is 
    conducted each year to comply with the requirement for a triennial 
    evaluation, the cost of the evaluation, and an estimate of the 
    extent to which testing will be reduced because it is determined by 
    the IEP team to be unnecessary and is not requested by the parents.
        Based on an analysis of State-reported data, it is estimated 
    that approximately 1.5 million children will be eligible for 
    triennial evaluations in school year 1998-1999 or roughly 25 percent 
    of the children to be served.
        The IDEA Amendments of 1997 make it clear that districts no 
    longer need to conduct testing to determine whether a child still 
    has a disability, if the evaluation team determines this information 
    is not needed and the parent agrees. However, while the regulation 
    permits the team to dispense with unneeded testing to determine 
    whether the child still has a disability, the team still has an 
    obligation to meet to review any existing evaluation data and to 
    identify what additional data are needed to determine whether the 
    child is still eligible for special education and related services, 
    the present levels of performance of the child, and whether any 
    modifications in the services are needed. In view of these 
    requirements, it is assumed that there will be some cost associated 
    with conducting the triennial evaluation even in those cases in 
    which both the team and the parents agree to dispense with testing. 
    It is estimated that the elimination of unnecessary testing could 
    reduce the opportunity costs for the personnel involved in 
    conducting the triennial evaluation by as much as 25 to 75 percent. 
    While there is no national data on the average cost of conducting a 
    triennial evaluation under the current regulations, it is assumed 
    that a triennial evaluation would require the participation of 
    several professionals for several hours and cost as much as $1000.
        These savings would be somewhat mitigated by the increased costs 
    associated with the new statutory requirement to obtain parental 
    consent before conducting a reevaluation. Under the final 
    regulations, parental consent would be required if a test is 
    conducted as part of a reevaluation, for example, or when any 
    assessment instrument is administered as part of a reevaluation.
        If one assumes, for purposes of this analysis, that savings are 
    achievable in roughly half of the triennial evaluations that will be 
    conducted and that elimination of unnecessary testing could reduce 
    personnel costs by at least 25 percent, one would project 
    substantial savings for LEAs that are attributable to this change.
    
    Benefits and Costs of Proposed Non-statutory Regulatory Provisions
    
        The following is an analysis of the benefits and costs of the 
    nonstatutory final regulatory provisions that includes consideration 
    of the special effects these changes may have for small entities.
        The final regulations primarily affect State and local 
    educational agencies, which are responsible for carrying out the 
    requirements of Part B of IDEA as a condition of receiving Federal 
    financial assistance under IDEA. Some of the proposed changes also 
    affect children attending private schools and consequently 
    indirectly affect private schools.
        For purposes of this analysis as it relates to small entities, 
    the Secretary has focused on local educational agencies because 
    these regulations most directly affect local school districts. The 
    analysis uses a definition of small school district developed by the 
    National Center for Education Statistics for purposes of its recent 
    publication, ``Characteristics of Small and Rural School 
    Districts.'' In that publication, NCES defines a small district as 
    ``one having fewer students in membership than the sum of (a) 25 
    students per grade in the elementary grades it offers (usually K-8) 
    and (b) 100 students per grade in the secondary grades it offers 
    (usually 9-12)''. Using this definition, approximately 34 percent of 
    the Nation's school districts would be considered small and serve 
    about 2.5 percent of the Nation's students. NCES reports that 
    approximately 12 percent of these students have IEPs.
        Both small and large districts will experience economic impacts 
    from this rule. Little data are available that would permit a 
    separate analysis of how the changes affect small districts in 
    particular.
        This analysis assumes that the effect of the final regulations 
    on small entities would be roughly proportional to the number of 
    children with disabilities served by those districts.
    
    [[Page 12660]]
    
        For school year 1998-1999, we estimate that approximately 47 
    million children will be enrolled in public elementary and secondary 
    schools. Using the NCES definition and assuming all districts grew 
    at the same rate between school year 1993-1994 and 1998-1999, the 
    Secretary estimates that approximately 1.18 million children are 
    enrolled in small districts. Applying the NCES estimate of 12 
    percent, we estimate that these districts serve approximately 
    140,000 children with disabilities of the 6 million children with 
    disabilities served nationwide.
        There are many provisions in the final regulations that are 
    expected to result in economic impacts--both positive and negative. 
    This analysis estimates the impact of those non-statutory provisions 
    that were not required by changes that were made in the statute by 
    the IDEA Amendments of 1997. In conducting this analysis, the 
    Department estimated the additional costs or savings for school 
    district attributable to these provisions in relation to the costs 
    of implementing the statute, as amended by the IDEA Amendments of 
    1997.
        The following is a summary of the estimated economic and non-
    economic impact of the key changes in this final regulation:
        Section 300.2--Applicability to public agencies--The regulations 
    add charter schools to the list of entities to which the regulations 
    apply. Language is also added in paragraph (b)(2) regarding the 
    applicability of the regulations to each public agency that has 
    direct or delegated authority to provide special education and 
    related services in a State receiving Part B funds, regardless of 
    that agency's receipt of Part B funds. Neither change imposes any 
    additional burden; both were included for clarity.
        Section 300.7--Child with a disability--The final regulations 
    add a new paragraph (a)(2) to clarify that if a child has one of the 
    disabilities listed in paragraph (a), but only needs a related 
    service and not special education, the child is not a ``child with a 
    disability'' under Part B, unless the service is considered special 
    education under State standards. This change is not likely to affect 
    the number of children eligible for services under this part 
    substantially because this clarification reflects a longstanding 
    interpretation of the Department.
        Section 300.7(c)(1)--Autism--The final regulations amend the 
    definition of ``autism'' to clarify that if a child manifests 
    characteristics of this disability category after age 3, the child 
    could be diagnosed as having ``autism'' if the other criteria are 
    satisfied. This clarification does not impose any additional burden 
    on LEAs.
        Section 300.7(c)(9)--Attention deficit disorder--The final 
    regulations amend the definition of ``other health impairment'' to 
    add ADD/ADHD to the list of conditions that could render a child 
    eligible for services under this part. The language relating to 
    other health impairments is also modified to clarify that limited 
    strength, vitality or alertness includes a child's heightened 
    alertness to environmental stimuli that results in limited alertness 
    with respect to the educational environment. This change will not 
    increase costs for LEAs because it reflects the Department's 
    longstanding policy interpretation regarding the eligibility of 
    children with ADD/ADHD.
        Section 300.8--Definition of day--The final regulations add 
    definitions of ``day,'' ``business day,'' and ``school day,'' terms 
    that are used in the statute. Including these definitions will 
    reduce confusion about the meaning of these terms and will not 
    impose costs. The definition of ``day'' represents the Department's 
    longstanding interpretation of that term. In defining ``business 
    day,'' the Department used a commonly understood measure of time so 
    that both parents and school officials could easily understand 
    timelines established in the regulations.
        Section 300.10--Definition of educational service agency--The 
    final regulations clarify that the term ``educational service 
    agency'' includes agencies that meet the definition of 
    ``intermediate educational units'' under prior law. This change does 
    not impose any costs on States.
        Section 300.18--Charter schools as LEAs--The final regulations 
    amend the definition of an ``LEA'' to include public charter schools 
    established as LEAs under State law. This change, which adds 
    clarity, does not impose any costs.
        Section 300.19--Native language--The final regulations expand 
    the definition of ``native language'' to clarify that in all direct 
    contact with the child, communication must be in the language 
    normally used by the child and not the parents if there is a 
    difference between the two, and that for individuals with deafness 
    or blindness, or for individuals with no written language, the mode 
    of communication would be that normally used by the individual. This 
    clarification does not impose any additional costs for LEAs beyond 
    what Federal law would already require.
        Section 300.20--Foster parents--The final regulations clarify 
    that foster parents may act as parents unless State law prohibits 
    such practice. This provision does not impose any costs. The 
    definition is intended to promote the appropriate involvement of 
    foster parents consistent with the best interests of the child by 
    ensuring that those who best know the child are involved in 
    decisions about the child's education. To the extent there is any 
    economic impact, it should reduce costs on States and local agencies 
    that they would otherwise incur for training and appointing 
    surrogate parents for children whose educational interests could 
    appropriately be represented by their foster parents.
        Section 300.22--Definition of public agency--The final 
    regulations add public charter schools to the list of public 
    agencies. This change does not impose any additional costs on States 
    as Federal law already requires States to be ultimately responsible 
    for ensuring FAPE for all children with disabilities in public 
    schools in the State.
        Section 300.24--Related services--The final regulations modify 
    the definition of occupational therapy to make clear that it 
    encompasses services provided by a qualified occupational 
    therapist--a clarification that does not impose any additional 
    costs. The final regulations revise the definition of parent 
    counseling and training to include helping parents to acquire the 
    necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation 
    of their child's IEP or IFSP.
        Section 300.26(b)(3)--Definition of ``specially-designed 
    instruction''--Paragraph (b)(3) defines ``specially-designed 
    instruction'' in order to give more definition to the term ``special 
    education,'' which is defined in this section as ``specially-
    designed instruction.'' The definition is intended to clarify that 
    the purpose of adapting the content, methodology, or delivery of 
    instruction is to address the child's unique needs and to ensure 
    access to the general curriculum. This provision increases the 
    potential of children with disabilities to participate more 
    effectively in the general curriculum.
        Section 300.26--Travel training--The final regulations amend the 
    definition of ``special education'' to include a reference to travel 
    training in paragraph (a)(2) and a definition of travel training in 
    paragraph (b)(4)--clarifications that do not impose any additional 
    costs.
        Section 300.121--Free appropriate public education--The final 
    regulations add language to clarify that the responsibility to 
    provide FAPE beginning no later than a child's third birthday means 
    that an IEP or IFSP must be in effect by that date, and that a child 
    turning three during the summer must receive services if the IEP 
    team determines that the child needs extended school year services. 
    This language, which represents the Department's longstanding 
    interpretation of the statute, does not impose any additional burden 
    on LEAs. The final regulations also include language in paragraph 
    (e) to clarify that the group determining a child's eligibility must 
    make an individualized determination as to whether a child who is 
    progressing from grade to grade needs special education and related 
    services--another clarification that does not impose any additional 
    costs for LEAs.
        Section 300.121--FAPE for Children suspended or expelled from 
    school--Section 300.121 incorporates the statutory provision that 
    the right to a free appropriate public education extends to children 
    with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school. 
    Paragraph (d)(1) clarifies that a public agency need not provide 
    services to a child who has been suspended for fewer than 10 days in 
    a school year if services are not provided to nondisabled children. 
    Paragraph (d)(2) describes when and to what extent services must be 
    provided to children who have been removed from their current 
    educational placement for more than 10 school days in a given school 
    year. Paragraph (d)(2) provides that the public agency must provide 
    services to the extent necessary to enable the child to 
    appropriately progress in the general curriculum and advance toward 
    achieving the goals in the child's IEP if the suspension is for 10 
    school days or less or is for behavior that is not a manifestation 
    of the child's disability. In the case of suspensions of 10 days or 
    fewer, school personnel, in consultation with the special education 
    teacher, determine if, and to what extent services must be provided 
    to a child who has been suspended for more than 10 days in a
    
    [[Page 12661]]
    
    given school year. In the case of suspensions of more than 10 days, 
    this determination would be made by the IEP team. Paragraph (d)(2) 
    also refers to the statutory standard for services for children 
    removed for misconduct involving weapons, drugs, and substantial 
    likelihood of injury.
        In determining whether and how to regulate on this issue, the 
    Department considered the impact of various alternatives on small 
    and large school districts and children with disabilities and their 
    families, especially the adverse educational impact on a child who 
    has been suspended for more than a few days and on more than one 
    occasion. The final regulations strike an appropriate balance 
    between the educational needs of students and the burden on schools. 
    Schools will be relieved of the potential obligation to provide 
    services for a significant population of children who are briefly 
    suspended a few times during the course of the school year, but 
    required to consider the educational impact of suspensions on 
    children with chronic or more serious behavioral problems who are 
    repeatedly excluded from school.
        The cost of this regulation depends on how the statutory 
    requirement to provide services to children who have been suspended 
    or expelled is interpreted. If the statute is read to require 
    schools to provide services to all children who are suspended for 
    one or more school days, this regulation would result in substantial 
    savings for school districts. If the statute is read to give schools 
    the flexibility not to provide services to children suspended for 
    fewer than 10 school days at a time, regardless of the cumulative 
    effect, as long as there is no pattern of exclusion that warrants 
    treating an accumulation that exceeds 10 school days as a change in 
    placement, this regulation would impose some additional costs.
        Based on data collected by the Office for Civil Rights for school 
    year 1992 and data on the number of children who are currently being 
    served under IDEA, it is estimated that approximately 300,000 children 
    with disabilities will be suspended for at least one school day during 
    this school year. Many of these children will be suspended on more than 
    one occasion for one or more days. Because of the differences among the 
    children who are expected to be suspended and the range of their 
    service needs, the costs of and the burden associated with providing 
    individualized services in an alternative setting to every child who is 
    suspended for one or more school days would be substantial. Limiting 
    the requirement to children who have been suspended for more than 10 
    days in the school year would reduce costs substantially. Based on data 
    from a few selected States, it appears that no more than about 45,000 
    of these 300,000 children with disabilities will be suspended for more 
    than 10 days in a school year. Of these, an estimated 15,000 are 
    expected to be suspended at least once for more than 10 consecutive 
    days.
        Section 300.122(a)(3)--Exception to right to FAPE (Graduation)--
    Paragraph (a)(3) provides that a student's right to FAPE ends when 
    the student has graduated with a regular high school diploma, but 
    not if the student graduates with some other certificate, such as a 
    certificate of attendance, or a certificate of completion. The final 
    regulations further clarify that graduation constitutes a change in 
    placement, requiring written prior notice. Given the importance of a 
    regular high school diploma for a student's post-school experiences, 
    including work and further education, making it clear that the 
    expectation for children with disabilities is the same as for 
    nondisabled children provides a significant benefit to children with 
    disabilities. The impact of this change, however, is difficult to 
    assess. Many States, including most of those that report a high 
    number of children with disabilities leaving school with a 
    certificate of completion or some other certificate that is not a 
    regular high school diploma, indicate that students with 
    disabilities have the right to continue to work to earn a regular 
    high school diploma after receiving that certificate. Little 
    information is available to evaluate how many students who now can 
    return to school after receiving some other certificate of 
    completion do so, or how many would return to school if States are 
    required to adopt a policy that clearly indicates that students who 
    exited with a certificate have the right to continued services. 
    Several State directors of special education indicated that 
    relatively few students who now can return, do so. The cost of 
    serving even 10,000 of the 25,000 students who exit each year with 
    certificates would be substantial.
        Section 300.125--Child find--The final regulations clarify the 
    link between child find under Parts B and C. The final regulations 
    also add language clarifying that the State's child find 
    responsibilities extend to highly mobile children such as the 
    homeless and migrant children and children progressing from grade to 
    grade if they are suspected of having disabilities and in need of 
    special education. None of these changes impose any requirements 
    beyond what the statute has been interpreted to require.
        Section 300.132(c)--LEA participation in transition planning 
    conference--The regulations require an LEA representative to 
    participate in planning conferences arranged by the lead agency for 
    children who are receiving services under Part C and may be eligible 
    for preschool services under Part B. This requirement does not 
    result in significant costs for school districts. Only about 100,000 
    children age out of early intervention services each year and in 
    many cases, LEA representatives have been participating in the 
    transition planning conferences for these children, although they 
    have not been required to do so.
        Section 300.136--Personnel standards--The final regulations add 
    new paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) to clarify that a State is not 
    required to establish any particular academic degree requirement for 
    entry-level employment of personnel in a particular profession or 
    discipline and that a State may modify its standard if it has only 
    one entry-level academic degree requirement. This language clarifies 
    the extent of flexibility afforded to States in meeting IDEA's 
    personnel standards requirement and therefore may reduce costs for 
    States and LEAs. The final regulations also add language in a new 
    paragraph (g)(2) that explains that the State option relating to 
    allowing LEAs to use the most qualified personnel available can be 
    invoked even if a State has reached its established date for a 
    specific profession--another clarification regarding the flexibility 
    that is available to States. Language is added in a new paragraph 
    (g)(3) that clarifies that a State that continues to experience 
    shortages must address them in its CSPD.
        Section 300.139--Reporting on assessments--The final regulations 
    require SEA reports on wide-scale assessments to include children 
    with disabilities in aggregated results for all children to better 
    ensure accountability for results for all children. This regulation 
    is expected to have a minimal impact on the cost of reporting 
    assessment results. It could increase the number of data elements 
    reported depending on whether States continue to report trend data 
    for a student population that does not include children with 
    disabilities to the extent required by Sec. 300.138. There will be 
    no impact on school districts since this requirement applies to 
    reports that are prepared by the State educational agency.
        Section 300.142--Medicaid reimbursement--The final regulations 
    add language to paragraph (b)(1) specifying that a noneducational 
    public agency may not disqualify an eligible service for Medicaid 
    reimbursement because that service is provided in a school context. 
    A new paragraph (b)(3) has been added regarding the responsibility 
    of State agencies and LEAs to provide all services described in a 
    child's IEP in a timely manner regardless of which agency pays for 
    the services. These clarifications of statutory requirements 
    relating to interagency coordination between educational and 
    noneducational agencies do not impose any additional costs.
        Section 300.142(e)--Use of public insurance--Paragraph (e) 
    describes the circumstances under which a public agency may access a 
    parent's Medicaid or other public insurance to pay for required 
    services. Paragraph (e)(2) provides that a public agency may not 
    require parents to sign up for public insurance in order for their 
    child to receive FAPE. Paragraph (e)(2) further clarifies that a 
    public agency may not require parents to assume an out-of-pocket 
    expense and may not use a child's benefits if that use would 
    decrease available coverage, require the parents to pay for services 
    that would otherwise be covered by public insurance, increase 
    premiums or lead to discontinuation of insurance, or risk loss of 
    eligibility for home and community-based waivers. Under the statute, 
    public agencies are required to provide children with disabilities 
    with a free, appropriate public education. It has been the 
    Department's longstanding interpretation under IDEA and section 504 
    of the Rehabilitation Act that this means a public agency may not 
    require parents of children with disabilities to use private 
    insurance
    
    [[Page 12662]]
    
    proceeds to pay for services their children are entitled to receive 
    if the parents would incur a financial cost as a result. A financial 
    cost would include an out-of-pocket expense, a decrease in coverage, 
    or an increase in premiums. This interpretation is equally 
    applicable to the use of public insurance. Although these changes 
    appear to limit an LEA's access to public insurance to cover the 
    costs of FAPE, all of these changes are based on the statutory 
    requirement to provide FAPE and, therefore, do not impose additional 
    costs on LEAs beyond what the law would require. Moreover, these 
    clarifications would not affect the use of public insurance programs 
    such as Early Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Testing that do not 
    impose any limits on coverage or require any co-payments.
        Section 300.142(f) and (g)--Use of private insurance-- Paragraph 
    (f)(1) clarifies that public agencies may only access parents' 
    private insurance to pay for required services if the parents 
    consent to its use. As noted above, it has been the Department's 
    longstanding interpretation that a public agency may not require 
    parents to use private insurance proceeds to pay for services the 
    child is entitled to receive if the parents would incur a financial 
    cost as a result. Because it is reasonable to assume that use of 
    private insurance will result in a financial cost in almost all 
    cases, this provision, which would allow for the use of private 
    insurance with parental consent, would increase options available to 
    LEAs for accessing insurance--that is, in cases in which the parents 
    consent, whether or not a financial cost is incurred.
        However, to ensure that use of parents' insurance proceeds is 
    voluntary and that parents do not experience unanticipated financial 
    consequences, the final regulations require that parents provide 
    informed consent. This consent must be obtained each time a public 
    agency attempts to access private insurance. This clarification 
    could have the effect of limiting access to the use of private 
    insurance but is consistent with the Department's longstanding 
    interpretation that such use must be voluntary.
        A new paragraph (g) is added that clarifies that Part B funds 
    may be used for services covered by a parent's public or private 
    insurance and to cover the costs of accessing a parent's insurance 
    such as paying deductible or co-pay amounts. This clarification does 
    not impose any additional costs on LEAs.
        Section 300.142(h)--Program income--This paragraph clarifies 
    that a public agency that receives proceeds from insurance for 
    services is not required to return those funds to the Department or 
    dedicate those funds to this program and that funds expended by a 
    public agency from reimbursement of Federal funds will not be 
    considered reimbursement for purposes of Secs. 300.154 and 300.231 
    of these regulations. This change increases flexibility for State 
    and local agencies in using the proceeds from insurance.
        Section 300.142(i)--Construction--This paragraph makes it clear 
    that the IDEA regulations should not be read to alter the 
    requirements imposed by other laws on a State Medicaid agency or any 
    other agency administering a public insurance program. This 
    clarification does not impose any additional costs.
        Section 300.148--Public participation--The final regulations add 
    language to clarify that if a policy or procedure has been through a 
    State-required public participation process that is comparable to 
    and consistent with the Federal requirements, the State would not 
    have to subject the policy or procedure to public comment again. 
    This should result in savings to States and would not increase 
    burden.
        Section 300.152--Commingling--Language has been added to clarify 
    that the required assurance regarding commingling may be satisfied 
    by the use of a separate accounting system that includes an audit 
    trail of the expenditure of Part B funds and that separate bank 
    accounts are not required. This guidance merely incorporates the 
    Department's prior interpretation and does not add any burden for 
    States.
        Section 300.156(b)--Annual description of Part B set-aside 
    funds--Paragraph (b) provides that if a State's plans for the use of 
    its State level or State agency funds do not differ from those for 
    the prior year the State may submit a letter to that effect instead 
    of submitting a description of how the funds would be used. The 
    effect of this regulation is inconsequential because it implements 
    the Department's long-standing interpretation that a letter is 
    sufficient in this case.
        Section 300.197--Compliance--Paragraph (c) requires SEAs to 
    consider adverse complaint decisions under the State complaint 
    procedures in meeting their responsibilities under Sec. 300.197 to 
    determine whether any LEA or State agency is failing to comply. 
    Consideration of these decisions is expected to impose minimal 
    burden on States that are appropriately meeting their 
    responsibilities under this section.
        Section 300.231--Maintenance of effort (MOE)--The final 
    regulations make it clear that an LEA meets the maintenance of 
    effort requirement by spending at least the same total or average 
    per capita amount of State and local school funds for the education 
    of children with disabilities as in the prior year. This change 
    reduces the burden on LEAs of maintaining spending on special 
    education in those cases in which the State is willing to assume 
    increased responsibility for funding.
        Section 300.232--Exception to maintenance of effort-- Paragraph 
    (a) makes it clear that an LEA may only reduce expenditures 
    associated with departing personnel if those personnel are replaced 
    by qualified, lower-salaried personnel. Allowing LEAs to reduce 
    their expenditures by not replacing departing personnel would 
    violate congressional intent, as expressed in the House and Senate 
    Committee reports, and diminish special education services in those 
    districts. The final regulations also clarify that in those cases in 
    which an LEA is invoking the exception to the MOE requirement and 
    replacing personnel who have departed with lower salaried personnel, 
    that this must be done consistent with school board policies, 
    applicable collective bargaining agreements, and State law. This 
    clarification of the relationship does not impose any additional 
    burden beyond what local policies and law would otherwise impose.
        Section 300.234--Schoolwide programs--The final regulations add 
    language clarifying that children with disabilities in schoolwide 
    projects must receive services in accordance with an IEP and must be 
    afforded all of the rights and services guaranteed to such children 
    under the IDEA. This clarification does not impose any additional 
    burden on LEAs.
        Section 300.280--Notice for public participation--The final 
    regulations clarify what constitutes ``adequate'' notice in 
    paragraphs (b) and (c) and do not impose any additional burden.
        Section 300.281--Public participation--Paragraph (a) further 
    clarifies the ``reasonableness'' standard implied in the statutory 
    requirement, while paragraph (b) reflects a statutory requirement in 
    the General Education Provisions Act. These changes do not impose 
    any additional costs.
        Section 300.300--Child find--The final regulations clarify that 
    the State must ensure child find is fully implemented throughout the 
    State. This clarification does not impose any additional costs. The 
    final regulations also add language to clarify that the services and 
    placement needed by each child with a disability must be based on 
    the child's unique needs and not on the child's disability. This 
    clarification does not impose any costs on school districts.
        Section 300.301(c)--Implementation of IEP--The final regulations 
    add language in a new paragraph (d) making it clear that there can 
    be no delay in implementing a child's IEP in any case in which the 
    payment source is being reconciled. This clarification does not 
    impose any additional costs.
        Section 300.308--Assistive technology--The final regulations add 
    a provision that clarifies that a public agency must permit a child 
    to have access to a school-purchased assistive technology device at 
    home or in another setting if necessary to ensure FAPE. This change 
    does not impose any additional costs on school districts because it 
    implements a longstanding policy of the Department.
        Section 300.309--Extended school year services--The final 
    regulations specify that States may not limit eligibility for 
    extended school year services based on disability and may not limit 
    types and amounts of services; and clarify that States may establish 
    standards such as likelihood of regression for determining 
    eligibility for ESY and that every child is not entitled to receive 
    ESY. These changes in the regulations impose no burden beyond what 
    is required by the statute because they reflect the Department's 
    longstanding policy interpretation of what is required to provide 
    FAPE.
        Section 300.312--Charter schools--The final regulations add a 
    new provision that makes clear that children with disabilities who 
    attend charter schools and their parents retain all rights under 
    these regulations. The regulations further explain which entity in 
    the State is responsible for ensuring that the requirements of the 
    regulations are met. These clarifications do not impose any 
    additional burdens on States, schools
    
    [[Page 12663]]
    
    districts, or charter schools beyond what the statute would 
    otherwise require.
        Section 300.313--Developmental delay (DD)--The final regulations 
    add a new provision describing the use of the developmental delay 
    designation. This section sets out the requirements for use of the 
    DD designation. It clarifies that States and LEAs may use the DD 
    designation for any child who has an identifiable disability, 
    provided all the child's identified needs are addressed, and 
    clarifies that States may adopt, if they wish, a common definition 
    of DD for Parts B and C. These changes clarify the flexibility the 
    statute affords States in using the DD designation and, therefore, 
    impose no costs.
        Section 300.341--State standards--The final regulations clarify 
    that a child placed by a public agency must receive an education 
    that meets SEA and LEA standards. The cost impact of this change 
    depends largely on the extent to which non-special education 
    personnel in schools in which a public agency is placing children do 
    not meet SEA and LEA standards. Approximately four percent of the 
    six million children expected to be served under IDEA in school year 
    1998-1999 are expected to be placed in private schools. Because 
    these schools are typically schools for exceptional children, 
    virtually all of the professionals employed by these schools are 
    special education teachers and related services personnel, who must 
    meet SEA and LEA under the prior law, as implemented by the 
    regulations. Paragraph (b) clarifies that each public educational 
    agency is responsible for developing and implementing an IEP for 
    each child it serves or places or refers. This clarification imposes 
    no additional cost on public agencies since it represents a 
    longstanding interpretation of the statute.
        Section 300.342(b)--Implementation of IEPs--The final 
    regulations add language requiring that each child's IEP be 
    accessible to the child's teachers and service providers and that 
    each teacher and provider be informed of specific responsibilities 
    related to implementing the IEP and of needed accommodations, 
    modifications, and supports for the child. This regulation is not 
    expected to impose any undue burden on schools. The regulations 
    clarify what is minimally required to promote effective 
    implementation of the IEP requirements and allow schools flexibility 
    in determining how to comply.
        Section 300.342(c)--Use of IFSP--Paragraph (c) requires school 
    districts to obtain written informed consent from parents before 
    using an IFSP instead of an IEP, which is based on an explanation of 
    the differences between the two documents. The regulation would 
    impose a cost burden on districts in those States that elect to 
    allow parents to opt for the use of an IFSP instead of an IEP. 
    However, once a form is developed that explains the differences 
    between an IFSP and an IEP, the costs of providing this form to 
    parents and obtaining written consent are most likely minimal, and 
    are justified by the benefits of ensuring that parents understand 
    the role of the IEP in providing access to the general education 
    curriculum.
        Section 300.342(d)--Effective date for IEPs--Paragraph (d) 
    provides that all IEPs developed, reviewed, or revised on or after 
    July 1, 1998 must meet the requirements of IDEA, as implemented. 
    This language clarifies the statute and eliminates the burden that 
    would be associated with redoing all IEPs to conform with the new 
    requirements before July 1. The one-time cost of reconvening 
    millions of IEP teams before July 1 would have been substantial.
        Section 300.344(c) and (d)--Participants in IEP meetings--The 
    final regulations add a new paragraph (c) clarifying that 
    determinations about the knowledge and expertise of other 
    individuals invited to be on the IEP team are made by the parent or 
    the public agency that invited them. This clarification reduces 
    potential burden by minimizing opportunities for disputes with 
    respect to whether the parent or public agency may invite another 
    individual to participate on the team. A new paragraph (d) has been 
    added to clarify that a public agency may designate another IEP team 
    member as the public agency representative of the IEP team. 
    Permitting an individual to perform dual functions will reduce the 
    cost of conducting IEP meetings for school districts.
        Section 300.344(b)--Including the child in the IEP meeting--
    Paragraph (b) requires the school to invite students to participate 
    in IEP meetings if the meeting will include consideration of 
    transition services needs or transition services. The effect of this 
    provision is to give 14- and 15-year-olds, and in some cases, 
    younger students the opportunity to participate. The existing 
    regulations have required schools to invite students to meetings in 
    which transition services were to be discussed. These would include 
    all students aged 16 years and older, and in some cases, younger 
    students. The law has also given other children, if appropriate, the 
    opportunity to participate in the IEP meeting. Therefore, in some 
    cases, 14- and 15-year-olds may be already participating. The costs 
    of notifying students about a meeting or trying to ensure that the 
    students' interests and preferences are accommodated are more than 
    justified by the benefits of including students in a discussion of 
    their own transition needs, including their planned course of study 
    in secondary school.
        Section 300.345(b)--Participants in IEP meeting--The final 
    regulations clarify that the public agency must inform parents of 
    their right and that of the public agency to invite someone to the 
    IEP meeting who has knowledge or special expertise. This additional 
    requirement will impose minimal burden on schools because this 
    information could be included in other notices the schools are 
    already required to provide to parents.
        Section 300.345(f)--Copy of the IEP--The final regulations 
    require the public agency to provide parents a copy of the IEP. The 
    cost of this change will depend on the extent to which parents are 
    currently receiving copies. Under current regulations, schools are 
    required to provide a copy to parents who request one. It is 
    reasonable to assume that schools routinely provide a copy to 
    parents who attend the IEP meeting. The cost of providing copies to 
    those parents who would not otherwise receive copies is not likely 
    to be substantial.
        Section 300.346(a)(1)--Performance on assessments--The final 
    regulations require the IEP team to consider the child's performance 
    on general State and district-wide assessments, in considering the 
    child's initial or most recent evaluation. This clarification is not 
    likely to impose an additional costs because one can reasonably 
    assume that most IEP teams would consider this information as a 
    matter of course in determining the child's present levels of 
    performance.
        Section 300.347--Transition services--The final regulations 
    delete the requirement from the existing regulations that requires a 
    justification for not providing particular transition services. This 
    change eliminates unnecessary paperwork.
        Section 300.349--Private school placements--The final 
    regulations incorporate the previous regulatory requirement 
    regarding inviting a representative of the private school to a 
    child's IEP meeting. This requirement does not impose a significant 
    burden, while helping to ensure appropriate implementation of IEPs 
    for children placed in private schools.
        Section 300.350--Accountability--The final regulations include a 
    statement regarding the responsibilities of public agencies and 
    teachers to make good faith efforts to ensure that a child achieves 
    the growth projected in the IEP, even though the IEP should not be 
    regarded as a performance contract. This clarification does not 
    impose any additional costs on agencies and is intended to promote 
    proper implementation of the IEP requirements.
        Section 300.401--Children placed in private schools--The final 
    regulations specify that a child placed in a private school by a 
    public agency as a means of providing FAPE must receive an education 
    that meets the standards that apply to the SEA and LEA. For example, 
    all personnel who provide educational services must meet the 
    personnel standards that apply to SEA and LEA personnel providing 
    similar services. This change could increase the costs of these 
    placements to the extent this change required private schools to 
    increase their salaries in order to recruit regular education 
    personnel who meet SEA and LEA standards. However, the costs imposed 
    by this change are expected to be minimal. Less than two percent of 
    the six million children served under Part B are placed by public 
    agencies in private schools. These schools are typically special 
    schools in which most of the education personnel are providing 
    special education and related services. These personnel have been 
    required to meet SEA and LEA standards under prior law.
        Section 300.403--Reimbursement for private placements--The final 
    regulations include language in paragraph (c) that makes it clear 
    that a private placement must be appropriate to be eligible for 
    reimbursement, but does not need to meet State standards. This 
    clarification, which is based on Supreme Court decisions regarding 
    the basic standard for reimbursement, does not impose any additional 
    costs on State or local agencies.
        Section 300.451--Consultation on child find--The final 
    regulations add a new
    
    [[Page 12664]]
    
    paragraph (b) to require public agencies to consult with 
    representatives of parentally-placed private school students on how 
    to conduct child find. Paragraph (a) clarifies that the child find 
    activities for parentally-placed children must be comparable to 
    child find activities for children with disabilities in public 
    schools. The consultation requirement may impose an additional 
    burden but is expected to better enable school districts to carry 
    out this mandatory function. The requirement for comparability does 
    not impose any additional burden, but clarifies the intent of the 
    statute, which does not distinguish between child find activities 
    for children enrolled in public schools and those conducted for 
    children in private schools.
        Section 300.452--Services plan--A paragraph has been added that 
    clarifies that a services plan must be implemented for each 
    parentally-placed private child who is receiving services under Part 
    B. This clarification does not impose any additional burden.
        Section 300.453--Expenditures on child find in private schools--
    A new paragraph (b) requires States to conduct a child count of 
    private school children with disabilities and consult with 
    representatives of private school children in deciding how to 
    conduct that count. This count is necessary to enable States to 
    determine how much they are required to spend on providing special 
    education and related services to this population. A new paragraph 
    (c) clarifies that the costs of child find for private school 
    children may not be considered in determining whether the LEA met 
    the requirement for proportionate expenditures on parentally-placed 
    children. This provision does not impose any additional cost on 
    school districts because it has been the Department's longstanding 
    interpretation that child find includes the identification of 
    children in private schools and that the cost of child find for 
    private school children may not be considered in determining whether 
    the LEA has met the requirements to serve children in private 
    schools. Paragraph (d), which clarifies that States and LEAs are not 
    prohibited from spending additional funds on providing special 
    education and related services to parentally-placed children beyond 
    what would be required, does not impose any additional costs. 
    Paragraph (b) requires the LEA to conduct a child count of children 
    with disabilities in private schools on the same day in which the 
    overall count is conducted, to consult with private school 
    representatives on conducting that annual count, and to use that 
    count to determine required expenditures. Although the requirement 
    to conduct the child count on a date certain limits LEA flexibility 
    and the required consultation imposes a burden, both requirements 
    help ensure that the child count accurately reflects the size of the 
    private school population.
        Section 300.454--Services to children in private schools--The 
    final regulations clarify that no private school child has an 
    individual right to receive any of the services the child would 
    receive if enrolled in a public school. This section further 
    provides that each LEA shall consult with representatives of private 
    school children in determining which children will receive services, 
    what services will be provided, how and where services would be 
    provided, and how they would be evaluated. The regulations make it 
    clear that the representatives must have a genuine opportunity to 
    express their views and that the consultation must be before the LEA 
    makes its final decisions. The regulations also require the LEA to 
    conduct meetings to develop a services plan for each private school 
    child and to ensure the participation of a representative of the 
    child's private school at the meeting. These regulations help ensure 
    effective implementation of the provisions relating to serving 
    parentally-placed children and impose minimal burden on school 
    districts.
        Section 300.455--Services to children in private schools--The 
    final regulations clarify that services provided private school 
    children must be provided by personnel meeting SEA standards; that 
    children in private schools may receive different amounts of 
    services than children in public schools; and that there is no 
    individual entitlement to services; each child to be provided 
    services must have a services plan. These changes do not impose any 
    additional costs on school districts; indeed they reflect the 
    Department's longstanding interpretation of the provisions relating 
    to serving parentally-placed children.
        Section 300.456--Treatment of transportation--Consistent with 
    the Department's longstanding interpretation, the final regulations 
    state that transportation must be provided to private school 
    children if necessary to enable them to benefit from the services 
    that are offered. The regulations also clarify that the cost of 
    providing the transportation may be included in calculating whether 
    the LEA has met its financial obligations. The final regulations 
    further clarify that the LEA is not required to provide 
    transportation between the child's home and the private school. 
    These clarifications could reduce the potential cost for school 
    districts of complying with the requirement for proportionate 
    expenditures.
        Section 300.457--Complaints of parentally-placed children--The 
    final regulations make it clear that due process procedures do not 
    apply to parentally-placed children. This clarification will reduce 
    costs to the extent that LEAs have allowed parents to use the due 
    process procedures to bring complaints relating to parentally-placed 
    children. This section also clarifies that due process procedures do 
    apply to child find. This change will increase costs to the extent 
    that parents were unaware of their ability to bring complaints about 
    child find and now do so.
        Section 300.500(b)(1)(iii)--Parental consent--The final 
    regulations add language to clarify that a revocation of consent 
    does not have retroactive effect if the action consented to has 
    already occurred. This change protects LEAs from complaints 
    regarding services provided in reliance on parental consent that was 
    subsequently revoked. It does not impose any costs on LEAs.
        Section 300.501(b)--Parental access to meetings--Paragraph (b) 
    of Sec. 300.501 defines when and how to provide notice to parents of 
    meetings in which they are entitled to participate. It further 
    limits what is meant by the term ``meeting.'' These regulations 
    impose the minimal requirements necessary to implement the statute. 
    The language in paragraph (b)(1) helps to clarify what is required 
    to provide parents with a meaningful opportunity to attend meetings 
    while the language in paragraph (b)(2) is designed to reduce 
    unnecessary burden by clarifying what constitutes a ``meeting.''
        Section 300.501(c)--Placement meetings--Paragraph (c) of 
    Sec. 300.501 specifies that the procedures to be used to meet the 
    new statutory requirement of parental involvement in placement 
    decisions. It provides that the procedures used for parental 
    involvement in IEP meetings also be used for placement meetings. 
    These include specific requirements relating to notice, methods for 
    involving parents in the meeting, and recordkeeping of attempts to 
    ensure their participation. Because in many cases placement 
    decisions will be made as part of IEP meetings, as is already the 
    case in most jurisdictions, the impact of this regulation will be 
    minimal. In those cases in which placement meetings are conducted 
    separately from the IEP meetings, the benefits of making substantial 
    efforts to secure the involvement of parents and provide for their 
    meaningful participation in any meeting to discuss their child's 
    placement more than justify the costs.
        Section 300.502--Independent educational evaluation--Paragraph 
    (a) provides that on request for an independent education evaluation 
    (IEE) parents are provided with information about where an IEE may 
    be obtained and the agency criteria applicable to IEEs, criteria 
    that must be consistent with the definition of an IEE. Paragraph (b) 
    makes it clear that if a parent requests an IEE, the agency must 
    either initiate a due process hearing to show that its evaluation is 
    appropriate or provide for an IEE at public expense. The final 
    regulations also provide that a public agency may request an 
    explanation from the parents regarding their concerns when a parent 
    requests an IEE at public expense, but such an explanation may not 
    be required and the public agency may not delay providing the IEE, 
    or initiating a due process hearing. These provisions requiring the 
    agency to provide information to the parents and take action do not 
    result in significant additional costs because if the agency did not 
    take action, parents would be free to request due process to compel 
    action. It is important for parents to be informed about the 
    relevant agency criteria for an IEE since the parent has a right to 
    an IEE at public expense and the IEE must meet agency criteria to be 
    considered by the public agency in determining eligibility.
        Paragraph (e) provides that a public agency may not impose 
    conditions or timelines related to obtaining an independent 
    evaluation. This requirement, which arguably limits the flexibility 
    of school districts, is critical to ensuring that school districts 
    do not find ways to circumvent the right provided by the IDEA to 
    parents to obtain an independent evaluation.
        Sections 300.504(b)(14)--Notice to parents regarding complaint 
    procedures--The final regulations require that the required
    
    [[Page 12665]]
    
    procedural safeguards notice to parents include information about 
    how to file a complaint under State complaint procedures. Because 
    districts are already required to provide this notice to parents, 
    the additional cost of adding this information will be one-time and 
    minimal. The burden on small districts could be minimized if each 
    SEA were to provide its LEAs with appropriate language describing 
    the State procedures for inclusion in the parental notices. Making 
    parents aware of a low cost and less adversarial mechanism that they 
    can use to resolve disputes with school districts should result in 
    cost savings and more cooperative relationships between parents and 
    districts.
        Section 300.505(a)(3)--Parental consent for reevaluation--
    Paragraph (a)(3) clarifies that the new statutory right of parents 
    to consent to a reevaluation of their child does not require 
    parental consent prior to the review of existing data or 
    administering a test or other evaluation procedure that is given to 
    all children (unless all parents must consent). As a matter of good 
    practice, school personnel should be engaged in reviewing 
    information about the child's performance on an on-going basis. 
    Requiring parental consent for this activity would have imposed a 
    significant burden on school districts with little discernable 
    benefit to the children served under these regulations.
        Paragraph (c)(2) uses the procedures that were in the prior 
    regulations dealing with inviting parents to IEP meetings as a basis 
    for defining what it means to undertake ``reasonable measures'' in 
    obtaining parental consent. The intent of the change is to 
    meaningfully operationalize the statutory right of parents to 
    consent to a reevaluation of their child. Given the importance of 
    parental involvement in all parts of the process, any burden imposed 
    by the proposed recordkeeping requirements is justified by the 
    benefits of securing parental consent to the reevaluation.
        Section 300.506--Impartial mediation--Paragraph (b)(2) specifies 
    that if the mediator is not selected from the list of mediators on a 
    random basis, such as rotation, both parties must be involved in 
    selecting the mediator and agree with the selection of the mediator. 
    Paragraph (c) interprets the statutory requirement that mediation be 
    conducted by an impartial mediator to mean that a mediator may not 
    be an employee of any LEA or a State agency that is providing direct 
    services to the child and must not have a personal or professional 
    conflict of interest. However, a person will not be considered an 
    employee merely for being paid to serve as a mediator. Since 
    participation in mediation is voluntary, it must be viewed as an 
    attractive alternative to both public agencies and parents. Both 
    parties must trust the process and the first test of that is the 
    selection of the mediator. It is unlikely that parents would regard 
    an employee of the other party to the dispute to be impartial or a 
    person who has a personal or professional conflict of interest. 
    Providing for impartiality should help promote the use of mediation 
    and improve its overall effectiveness in resolving disagreements. 
    The impact of disallowing these individuals from serving as 
    mediators is not likely to have a significant impact on States, 
    given current practices. Many States contract with private 
    organizations to conduct their mediations. Others use employees of 
    the State educational agency, which, in most cases, is not the 
    agency providing direct services. Given the significant benefits to 
    children, families, and school districts of expeditiously resolving 
    disagreements without resort to litigation, the benefits of this 
    change easily justify any cost or inconvenience to States.
        Section 300.506(d)(2)--Failure to participate in meeting--
    Paragraph (d)(2) would specify that a parent's failure to 
    participate in a meeting at which a disinterested person explains 
    the benefits of and encourages the use of mediation could not be 
    used as a reason to deny or delay the parent's right to a due 
    process hearing. This change is not likely to limit the benefits to 
    school districts of mediation as it is unlikely that parents who are 
    unwilling to participate in such a meeting with a disinterested 
    person would be willing to engage in the voluntary mediation 
    provided for in the statute.
        Section 300.507(c)(4)--Failure to provide notice--Paragraph 
    (c)(4) makes it clear that failure by parents to provide the notice 
    required by the statute cannot be used by a school district to delay 
    or deny the parents' right to due process. This regulation would 
    eliminate the possibility that public agencies will delay a due 
    process hearing pending receipt of a notice that they deem to be 
    acceptable. This regulation does not impose any cost on school 
    districts and would help ensure that parents are afforded 
    appropriate and timely access to due process.
        Section 300.510(b)(2)(vi)--Access to findings and decisions--The 
    final regulations give parents the option of selecting an electronic 
    or written copy of the findings and decisions in the administrative 
    appeal of a due process decision. This is consistent with the 
    statutory right of the parents to a written or electronic copy of 
    the decision and findings in the due process hearing. It is 
    important to ensure that parents are provided the decisions and 
    findings in a way that is most useful to them. The cost of 
    implementing this requirement is expected to be negligible.
        Section 300.513(b)--Attorneys' fees--Paragraph (b) provides that 
    funds provided under Part B of IDEA could not be used to pay 
    attorneys' fees or costs of a party related to an action or 
    proceeding under section 615 of IDEA. This regulation does not 
    increase the burden on school districts or otherwise substantially 
    affect the ability of school districts to pay attorneys' fees that 
    are awarded under IDEA or to pay for their own attorneys. It merely 
    establishes that attorneys' fees must be paid by a source of funding 
    other than Part B based on the Department's position that limited 
    Federal resources not be used for these costs. This regulation is 
    not expected to have a cost impact on small (or large) districts 
    because all districts have non-Federal sources of funding that are 
    significantly greater than the funding provided under IDEA. 
    Currently, funds provided to States under the IDEA represent about 
    ten percent of special education expenditures.
        Section 300.514(c)--Hearing officer decisions--The final 
    regulations clarify that if a State hearing officer in a due process 
    hearing or a review official in a State level review agrees with the 
    parents that a change in placement is appropriate, the child's 
    placement must be treated in accordance with that agreement. This 
    regulation is not expected to have a significant cost impact because 
    it is based on the Supreme Court's language in Burlington School 
    Committee v. Department of Education, and the decisions of appellate 
    courts in such circuits as the 3rd and 9th. If paragraph (c) were 
    not included in the regulation, in many cases, parents would be 
    expected to be able to successfully argue, as they have in the past, 
    that the hearing officer's decision to change the placement of a 
    child be implemented. The cost impact of this regulation in other 
    circuits and cases in which the placement change would not have 
    occurred is indeterminate because in some cases implementation of 
    the hearing officer's decision will result in moving children to 
    more costly placements and, in other cases, to less costly 
    placements. In either case, the benefits to the child of securing an 
    appropriate placement justify any potential increase in costs or 
    other burdens to the school district.
        Section 300.519--Change in placement--The final regulations 
    define a change in placement in the context of disciplinary removals 
    as a removal for more than 10 consecutive school days or a series of 
    removals that constitute a pattern because they cumulate to more 
    than 10 school days in a school year and, because of such factors as 
    the length of each removal, the total amount of time the child is 
    removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another. This 
    change does not impose any additional costs. It is consistent with 
    longstanding interpretations of the law.
        Section 300.520(a)--Authority of School Personnel--Paragraph (a) 
    clarifies that school personnel may remove a child with a disability 
    for school code violations for up to 10 days at a time more than 
    once during a school year, as long as such removals do not 
    constitute a change in placement. This clarification does not result 
    in any additional costs or savings for school districts because it 
    is consistent with the Department's longstanding interpretation of 
    the law and the statute, as amended.
        Section 300.520(b) and (c)--Behavioral interventions--Paragraph 
    (b) of this section makes it clear that if a child is removed from 
    his or her current placement for 10 schools days or fewer in a given 
    year, the school is not required to convene the IEP team to develop 
    an assessment plan for the child. Paragraph (b) further provides 
    that a school would be required to do so if the child were suspended 
    for more than 10 days in a given school year. Paragraph (b) 
    specifies that the IEP team meeting to consider behavioral 
    interventions occur within 10 business days of the behavior that 
    leads to discipline rather than 10 calendar days, and clarifies 
    that, if the child does not have a behavior intervention plan, the 
    purpose of the meeting is to develop an assessment plan. After 
    completing the assessments specified in the plan, the team must meet 
    to develop appropriate behavioral interventions to address that 
    behavior. Because the statute
    
    [[Page 12666]]
    
    could be read to require that the IEP team be convened for this 
    purpose the first time a child is suspended in a given year, the 
    requirement in the final regulations would significantly reduce the 
    burden on school districts.
        The business day alternative would further minimize the burden 
    on school districts and would not have a significant impact on 
    children with disabilities, in light of other protections for 
    children.
        In determining whether to regulate on this issue, the Secretary 
    considered the potential benefits of providing behavioral 
    interventions to children who need them and the impact on school 
    districts of convening the IEP team to develop behavioral 
    interventions if children are suspended.
        Based on consideration of the costs and benefits to children and 
    schools, the IEP team should not be required to meet and develop or 
    review behavioral interventions for a child unless the child was 
    engaged in repeated or significant misconduct. The costs and burden 
    of convening the team the first time a child is suspended outweigh 
    any potential benefits to the child if the child is receiving a 
    short-term suspension for an infraction. At the same time, the 
    benefits of requiring a plan for a child who has already been 
    suspended for more than 10 days justify the costs given the benefits 
    of early intervention to both students and schools.
        The final regulations further provide that in the case of a 
    subsequent suspension of less than 10 days that does not constitute 
    a change in placement for a child who has a behavioral intervention 
    plan, a meeting would not be required to review the behavioral 
    intervention plan unless one or more team members believe that the 
    child's IEP or its implementation need modification. Since the 
    statute could be read to require that the IEP team meet to review 
    the child's plan each time the child is suspended, this language 
    further reduces the cost to school districts.
        Section 300.521--Due process hearing for removal--The final 
    regulations specify that a hearing officer is to make the 
    determination authorized by section 615(k)(2) of IDEA (regarding 
    whether a child's current educational placement is substantially 
    likely to result in injury to self or others) in a due process 
    hearing.
        A hearing that meets the requirement for a due process hearing 
    is the most appropriate forum for expeditiously and fairly 
    determining whether the district has demonstrated by substantial 
    evidence (defined by statute as ``beyond a preponderance of the 
    evidence'') that maintaining the current placement is substantially 
    likely to result in injury and to consider the appropriateness of 
    the child's current placement and the efforts of the district to 
    minimize the risk of harm.
        The cost impact of this regulation on school districts will be 
    limited because in cases in which school districts and parents agree 
    about the proposed removal of a dangerous child, no hearing is 
    necessary. In those few cases in which there is disagreement, the 
    benefits of conducting a due process hearing justify the costs.
        Section 300.523--Manifestation determination--Paragraph (a) 
    makes it clear that a school is required to conduct a manifestation 
    review only when the removal constitutes a change in placement.
        As was the case in considering section 300.520(c), the 
    Department considered the potential benefits to the child and impact 
    on districts of convening the IEP team.
        The conclusion was that the IEP team should not be required to 
    meet and determine whether the child's behavior was a manifestation 
    of the disability unless the district is proposing a suspension of 
    more than 10 days at a time or a suspension that constitutes a 
    pattern of exclusion. The cost of convening the team to conduct a 
    manifestation review outweigh the potential benefits to a child 
    being suspended for a few days, particularly because the statute 
    clearly allows the school a period of ten days after the misconduct 
    occurs to convene the team for purposes of conducting the 
    manifestation determination. In the case of short term suspensions, 
    the team would often be meeting after the child had already returned 
    to school.
        The primary purpose of this review is to ensure that a child 
    will not be punished for behavior that is related to his or her 
    disability. The team is required to consider, for example, whether 
    the child's disability has impaired his or her ability to understand 
    the impact and consequences of his or her behavior and whether the 
    child's disability has impaired the child's ability to control the 
    behavior subject to discipline. Conducting this review is of little 
    use after the child has returned to school. A review would have 
    limited applicability to future actions. Even in those cases in 
    which the child engaged in identical misconduct, one's assessment of 
    the relationship between the child's behavior and disability could 
    change. Moreover, the statute clearly contemplates an individualized 
    assessment of the conduct at issue. Once a child has been suspended 
    for more than 10 days in a given year, the team will already be 
    considering the need for changes in the child's behavior 
    intervention plan, if the child has one, or will be meeting to 
    develop one, if the child does not. Requiring an additional meeting 
    to examine the relationship between the child's behavior and 
    disability is unlikely to produce additional information that would 
    inform the development of appropriate behavioral strategies. 
    Requiring the behavioral assessment to be conducted once a child has 
    been suspended for 10 days in a school day will help ensure that the 
    district responds appropriately to the child's behavior.
        This regulation would significantly reduce costs for school 
    districts if the statute is read to require a manifestation review 
    every time a child is suspended.
        Section 300.523(f)--Manifestation determination--The final 
    regulations clarify that if the team identifies deficiencies in the 
    child's IEP, its implementation, or placement, the agency must take 
    immediate steps to remedy the deficiencies. This clarification does 
    not impose any costs beyond what the statute would require.
        Section 300.526--Placement in alternative setting--Language is 
    added to paragraph (c) to make clear that a school district may 
    request a hearing officer to extend a 45-day placement on the 
    grounds that returning a child to his or her regular placement would 
    be dangerous. This change, which increases the options available to 
    school districts for dealing with a child engaged in dangerous 
    behavior, does not impose any costs on school districts.
        Section 300.527--Basis of knowledge--The final regulations make 
    a number of clarifying changes: Language is added to paragraph 
    (b)(2) to clarify that the behavior or performance must be in 
    relation to one of the disability categories. Paragraph (b)(4) has 
    been revised to require that expressions of concern about the child 
    be made to personnel who have responsibility for child find or 
    special education referrals. A new paragraph has been added to 
    clarify that if an agency acts and determines that the child is not 
    eligible, and provides proper notice to the parents, and there are 
    no additional bases of knowledge that were not considered, the 
    agency would not be held to have a basis of knowledge. These changes 
    reduce costs for LEAs by further specifying what is required for 
    determining that an LEA has a basis for knowledge that a child is a 
    child with a disability. By specifying, for example, that 
    expressions of concern be made to personnel responsible for child 
    find or special education referral eliminates the possible 
    interpretation that a school must provide services and other 
    protections to children who were the subject of conversation between 
    any two people in the school. Without these clarifications, 
    commenters have suggested that potentially all children could avail 
    themselves of IDEA protections.
        Roughly three million nondisabled children are expected to be 
    the subject of disciplinary actions during this school year. Parents 
    are likely to raise this issue in the case of long-term suspensions 
    and expulsions in which identification as a child with a disability 
    ensures the non-cessation of educational services, among other 
    protections. An estimated 300,000 nondisabled children receive long-
    term suspensions or expulsions in a given school year. Based on the 
    public comments on this section of the regulations, it would appear 
    that a basis for knowledge claim could be sustained in a significant 
    percentage of these cases. Assuming for purposes of this analysis 
    that it could be sustained in about 10 percent of cases, the costs 
    of providing services, for example, to those children during the 
    period in which they are excluded from school would be considerable 
    because only a minority of States currently provide services to 
    children without disabilities who have been disciplined. Therefore, 
    the savings resulting from these clarifications are considerable.
        Section 300.528--Expedited due process hearings--The final 
    regulations specify that States establish a timeline for expedited 
    due process hearings that meets certain standards. These include: 
    ensuring written decisions are mailed to the parties in less than 45 
    days, with no extensions that result in a decision more than 45 days 
    from the request for the hearing, and providing for the same 
    timeline whether the hearing is requested by a public agency or 
    parent. Paragraph (b) further clarifies that the State
    
    [[Page 12667]]
    
    may alter other State-imposed procedural rules from those it uses 
    for other hearings. These clarifications provide States with maximum 
    flexibility in conducting these hearings while ensuring equitable 
    treatment for parents and public agencies. Requiring such hearings 
    within 45 days imposes minimal burden on States since 45 days 
    provides ample time--more time than proposed by many of the 
    commenters--and the requests for such hearings are not expected to 
    be great. Requests for expedited hearings will only be made in those 
    cases involving serious misconduct in which there is a disagreement 
    between the parents and public agency regarding action proposed by 
    the public agency.
        Section 300.529--Transmittal of education records--The final 
    regulations clarify that a child's special education and 
    disciplinary records may only be transmitted to the extent that such 
    transmission is permitted under the Family Educational Rights and 
    Privacy Act (FERPA). This clarification, which restricts the extent 
    to which such records may be transmitted to certain agencies, 
    consistent with the requirements of FERPA, does not impose any 
    burden on school districts.
        Section 300.532--Evaluation procedures--The final regulations 
    require that assessments of children with limited English 
    proficiency must be selected and administered to ensure that they 
    measure the extent to which a child has a disability and needs 
    special education, and do not instead measure the child's English 
    language skills. This change, which clarifies requirements under 
    both IDEA and Title VI, does not impose any additional burden. The 
    final regulations also add language requiring that if an assessment 
    is not conducted under standard conditions, information about the 
    extent to which the assessment varied from standard conditions, such 
    as the qualifications of the person administering the test or the 
    method of test administration, must be included in the evaluation 
    report. This change will impose a burden on school districts only to 
    the extent that the evaluation team does not currently include 
    information in its report on the extent to which an assessment 
    varied from standard conditions. Information about the 
    qualifications of the person administering the test and the method 
    of test administration is needed so that the team of qualified 
    professionals can evaluate the effects of variances in such areas on 
    the validity and reliability of the reported information. The final 
    regulations clarify that in evaluating a child all needs of the 
    child must be identified, including any commonly linked to a 
    disability other than the child's. This change does not impose any 
    additional burden on districts, but clarifies what is intended by 
    the term ``comprehensive'.
        Section 300.533(b)--Review of existing data--The final 
    regulations make it clear that the group that is responsible for 
    reviewing existing data on the child as part of an initial 
    evaluation or a reevaluation need not meet to conduct this review. 
    This clarification reduces costs for school districts by eliminating 
    unnecessary meetings of this group.
        Section 300.534(b)--Eligibility determination--Paragraph (b) 
    clarifies that children are not eligible if they need specialized 
    instruction because of limited English proficiency or lack of 
    instruction in reading or math, but do not need specialized 
    instruction because of a disability. This clarification does not 
    impose any costs on school districts, but reflects the statutory 
    intent.
        Section 300.534(c)--Termination of eligibility--Paragraph (c) 
    clarifies that an evaluation is not required before the termination 
    of a student's eligibility under Part B due to graduation with a 
    regular high school diploma or aging out under State law. This 
    clarification reduces the costs for school districts by eliminating 
    the need to conduct evaluations for the 146,000 students who are 
    expected to exit high school in school year 1998-1999 by graduating 
    or aging out.
        Section 300.535(a)(1)--Eligibility determination procedures--The 
    final regulations add parents to the variety of sources from which 
    the public agency will draw in interpreting evaluation data for the 
    purpose of determining if the child is a child with a disability. 
    This change imposes minimal burden while providing for meaningful 
    parental involvement, consistent with the requirements for including 
    parents in the team that determines eligibility.
        Section 300.552(e)--Placement in regular classroom--The final 
    regulations provide that a child may not be denied placement in an 
    age-appropriate regular classroom solely because the child's 
    education requires modification to the general curriculum. This 
    change clarifies the requirement in the law that a child may only be 
    removed from the regular educational environment if education in the 
    regular class cannot be achieved satisfactorily with the use of 
    supplementary aids and services. Although this clarification may 
    result in an increase in the number of children served in regular 
    classes, it does not impose costs on school districts beyond what 
    the statute itself would require because of the longstanding 
    requirement to serve children in the least restrictive environment.
        Section 300.562--Access to records--The final regulations make 
    clear that agencies must comply with requests for access to records 
    by parents prior to any meetings, but no more than 45 days after 
    request, consistent with FERPA. This provision minimizes burden on 
    LEAs by not imposing a shorter deadline than provided by FERPA, 
    except as necessary to provide access before an IEP meeting or 
    hearing. This provision helps ensure that parents have the ability 
    to adequately prepare for and participate in IEP meetings and due 
    process hearings, which are crucial to ensuring each child's right 
    to a free appropriate public education.
        Section 300.571--Consent for disclosure of information--The 
    final regulations provide for an exception to the requirement for 
    parental consent for disclosure of education records, consistent 
    with the language in Sec. 300.529. This does not impose any costs on 
    school districts and resolves an apparent contradiction in the 
    regulations with respect to disclosure of education records to law 
    enforcement and juvenile justice agencies.
        Section 300.574--Children's rights relating to records--The 
    final regulations clarify that the parents' rights under FERPA 
    transfer to the student at age 18. The regulations further provide 
    that if the rights of parents under Part B of IDEA are transferred 
    to the student at the age of majority, then the rights of parents 
    regarding education records also transfer. This clarification does 
    not impose any additional costs on school districts.
        Section 300.581-300.587--Procedures for enforcement--The final 
    regulations clarify the types of notice and hearing that the 
    Department would provide before taking an enforcement action under 
    Part B of IDEA. Providing clarity about the applicable procedures 
    for the various types of enforcement actions will benefit potential 
    subjects of enforcement actions and the Department by ensuring that 
    time and resources are not spent on unnecessary disputes about 
    procedures or needless process.
        Section 300.589--Waiver procedures--The final regulations 
    describe the procedures to be used by the Secretary in considering a 
    request from an SEA of a waiver of the supplement, not supplant and 
    maintenance of effort requirements in the IDEA Amendments of 1997. 
    This regulation does not impose any cost on local school districts. 
    The procedures will only affect a State requesting a waiver under 
    Part B.
        Section 300.624--Capacity-building subgrants--The final 
    regulations make it clear that States can establish priorities in 
    awarding these subgrants. The language provides permissive authority 
    to be used at the discretion of each State, clarifying the intent of 
    the statutory change and imposing no burden on State agencies. 
    Allowing States to use these funds to foster State-specific 
    improvements should lead to improving educational results for 
    children with disabilities.
        Section 300.652--Advisory panel functions--The final regulations 
    add language stating that the panel's responsibilities include 
    advising on the education of students with disabilities who have 
    been incarcerated in adult prisons. This additional burden will not 
    impose significant costs.
        Section 300.653--Advisory panel procedures--The final 
    regulations include language in paragraph (d) to require panel 
    meetings to be announced long enough in advance to afford people a 
    reasonable opportunity to attend and require that agenda items be 
    announced in advance and that meetings be open. These changes impose 
    minimal burden while facilitating meaningful participation in the 
    meetings.
        Sections 300.660(a) and 303.510(a)--Information about State 
    complaint procedures--The final regulations require States to widely 
    disseminate their complaint procedures. While this proposed 
    requirement would increase costs for those State educational 
    agencies that have not established procedures for widely 
    disseminating this information, the Secretary could have prescribed 
    specific mechanisms for this dissemination but chooses not to, in 
    order to give SEAs flexibility in determining how to accomplish 
    this. The requirement would not have any direct impact on small 
    districts and would benefit parents who believe that a public agency 
    is violating a
    
    [[Page 12668]]
    
    requirement of these regulations, by providing them the information 
    they would need to get an official resolution of their issue without 
    having to resort to a more formal, and generally more costly, 
    dispute resolution mechanism.
        Section 300.660(b) and 303.510(b)--Remedies--The final 
    regulations require States in resolving complaints to address how to 
    remedy the failure to provide appropriate services, including 
    awarding of compensatory relief and corrective action. This 
    clarification does not impose any additional costs beyond those that 
    would be otherwise required by the statute.
        Section 300.661(c) and 303.512(c)--Requirements for complaint 
    procedures--The final regulations add language that clarifies how 
    the State complaint process interacts with the due process hearing 
    process. The language clarifies that a State may set aside any part 
    of a complaint being addressed in a due process hearing; that the 
    due process hearing decision is binding; and that failure to 
    implement a due process decision must be addressed by the SEA. This 
    clarification is expected to reduce costs by reducing unnecessary 
    disputes about the relationship between the two processes.
        Sections 300.661 and 303.512--Secretarial review--The final 
    regulations delete the provision providing for Secretarial review of 
    complaints filed under State complaint procedures. The effect of 
    this change on small (and large) districts would be inconsequential 
    because of the small number of requests for these reviews. This was 
    done in recognition of the report of the Department's Inspector 
    General of August 1997, that noted that this procedure provides very 
    limited benefits to children with disabilities or to IDEA programs 
    and involves a considerable expenditure of the resources of the 
    Office of Special Education Programs and other offices of the 
    Department. The Inspector General's report concluded that greater 
    benefit to the programs and individuals covered by IDEA would be 
    achieved if the Department eliminated the Secretarial review process 
    and focused on improving State procedures for resolving complaints 
    and implementing IDEA programs. This change, and the changes in 
    Secs. 300.660(b), 300.503(b)(8), 303.510(b), and 303.403(b)(4) that 
    require greater public notice about the State complaint procedures, 
    would implement those recommendations.
        Sections 300.662 and 303.511--State reviews--This change 
    relieves States of the requirement to review complaints about 
    violations that occurred more than three years before the complaint. 
    This limitation on the age of the complaints is expected to reduce 
    the cost to SEAs of investigating and reviewing complaints. There is 
    no reason to believe this change would adversely affect small 
    districts. There is also no reason to expect that this proposal 
    would have a significant negative impact on individuals or entities 
    submitting complaints under these procedures as it is unlikely that 
    complaints alleging a violation that occurred more than three years 
    in the past and that do not allege a continuing violation or request 
    compensatory services would result in an outcome that puts the 
    protected individuals under these regulations in a better position 
    than they would have been in if no complaint had been filed. On the 
    other hand, allowing States to focus their complaint resolution 
    procedures on issues that are relevant to the current operation of 
    the State's special education program may serve to improve services 
    for these children.
        Section 300.712--Allocations to LEAs--The final regulations 
    clarify how to calculate the base payments to LEAs under the 
    permanent formula in a case in which LEAs have been created, 
    combined, or otherwise reconfigured. Although recalculation itself 
    imposes some burden on the SEA, the regulations provide the SEA with 
    considerable flexibility in doing that recalculation. For example, 
    the SEA determines which LEAs have been affected by the creation, 
    combination, or reconfiguration and what child count data to use in 
    allocating the funds among the affected LEAs.
        Language has also been added to the regulations that in 
    implementing the permanent formula States must apply, on a uniform 
    basis, the best data available to them. This clarification does not 
    impose any additional burden on States in allocating funds.
        Section 300.753--Annual child count--The final regulations 
    clarify that the SEA may count parentally-placed private school 
    children if a public agency is providing special education or 
    related services that meet State standards to these children. This 
    clarification does not impose any burden on SEAs or LEAs while 
    helping to ensure a more equitable distribution of IDEA funds.
    
       Attachment 3.--Disposition of NPRM Notes in Final Part 300 and 303
                                 Regulations \1\
         [Note: Attachment 3 will not be codified in the Code of Federal
                                  Regulations]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    II. Disposition of notes
         I. List of notes by section in NPRM          in final regulations
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart A
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.1--Purposes:
         Independent living..............   In discussion
                                                    under Sec.  300.1; and
                                                    in Appendix A (Re-
                                                    transition services).
    300.2--Applicability to State, local, and
     private agencies:
         Requirements are binding on each   Added to Reg as
         public agency regardless of whether it     Sec.  300.2(a)(2).
         receives B funds.
     
            Definitions Used in This Part
     
        1. List of terms defined in specific       1. Moved to Index under
         sections.                                  ``Definitions.''
        2. Abbreviations used....................  2. Terms identified in
                                                    Reg text.
    300.6--Assistive technology service:
         Definitions of assistive           Deleted.
         technology device and service are
         identical to Technology Act of 1988.
    300.7--Child with a disability:
        1. Autism characteristics after age 3 is   1. Added to Reg as Sec.
         still Autism.                              300.7(c)(1)(ii).
        2. Developmental Delay--Explanation......  2. Added to Reg at Sec.
                                                    300.7(b)(2).
        3. Dev. Delay--H.Rpt statement on          3. In discussion under
         importance of.                             Sec.  300.7(b).
        4. Emotional disturbance (ED)--H.Rpt       4. In discussion under
         statement.                                 Sec.  300.7(c).
        5. ADD/ADHD--Eligible under OHI or other   5. ``ADD/ADHD'' and
         disability category if meet criteria       ``limited alertness''
         under Sec.  300.7(a).                      added to Sec.
                                                    300.7(c)(9).
    300.12--General curriculum:
         Term relates to content and not    Added to Reg
         setting.                                   (IEP--Sec.  300.347(a)(1
                                                    )(i), (2)(i)). In
                                                    discussion of ``Gen.
                                                    Cur.''
    300.15--IEP Team:
         IEP team may also serve as         In discussion
         placement team.                            under Sec.  300.16.
    300.17--LEA:
         Charter school that meets def of   Added to Reg as
         ``LEA'' is eligible for B-$; & must        part of Sec.  300.312.
         comply w/B if it receives B-$.
    300.18--Native language:
         (1) Sections where term is used.   (1) Listed in
                                                    Index.
    
    [[Page 12669]]
    
     
          (2) Exceptions to definition...........    (2) Added to Reg at
                                                    Sec.  300.19.
                                                     In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.19.
    300.19--Parent:
         ``Parent'' includes a              Added to Reg at
         grandparent or stepparent, etc.            Sec.  300.20(a)(3).
    300.22--Related services:
        1. All related services may not be         1. In discussion under
         required.                                  Sec.  300.24.
        2. H. Rpt. on O/M services and travel      2. In discussion under
         training.                                  Sec.  300.24.
                                                   --Travel training added
                                                    as Sec.
                                                    300.26(a)(2)(ii) and
                                                    (b)(4).
        3. Use of paraprofessionals if consistent  3. In discussion under
         w/.136.                                    Secs.  300.24; 300.136.
        4. Transportation--same as nondisabled;    4. Added to Q-33 in
         accommodations.                            Appendix A.
    300.24--Special education:
         A child must need special          Added to Reg as
         education to be eligible under Part B of   Sec.  300.(7)(a)(2); In
         the Act.                                   discussion under Sec.
                                                    300.26.
    300.27--Transition services:
         May be special education or
         related services..
        List under Sec.  300.27(c) is not           Added to Reg as
         exhaustive.                                Sec.  300.29(b).
                                                   In discussion under Sec.
                                                    300.29.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart B
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.121--Free appropriate public education:
        1. FAPE obligation begins on 3rd birthday  1. Added to Reg as Sec.
                                                    300.121(c).
        2. Re-child progressing from grade to      2. Added to Reg as Secs.
         grade.                                     300.121(e),
                                                    300.125(a)(2)(ii), and
                                                    Sec.  300.300(d).
    300.122--Exception to FAPE for certain ages:
        1. FAPE and graduation...................  1. ``Prior notice'' added
                                                    to Reg as Sec.
                                                    300.122(a)(3)(iii).
                                                   --A new Sec.
                                                    300.534(c)(2) states
                                                    that evaluation is not
                                                    required for graduation
                                                    with a regular diploma.
        2. H.Rpt. Re-students with disabilities    2. Added as Sec.
         in adult prisons.                          300.122(a)(2)(ii).
    300.125--Child find:
        1. Collection of data subject to           1. Added to Reg as Sec.
         confidentiality.                           300.125(e).
        2. Services must be based on unique needs  2. Added to Reg as Sec.
                                                    300.300(a)(3).
        3. Child find under Parts B and C........  3. Added to Reg as Sec.
                                                    300.125(c).
        4. Extend child find to highly mobile      4. Added to Reg as Sec.
         children.                                  300.125(a)(2)(i).
    300.127--Confidentiality of * * *
     information:
         Reference to FERPA..............   Deleted.
                                                    (Already covered under
                                                    300.560-300.576.)
    300.130--Least restrictive environment:
         H. Rpt. statement Re-continuum..   Added to Reg at
                                                    Sec.  300.130(a).
    300.135--Comprehensive system of personnel
     development:
         H.Rpt--Disseminate information     In discussion
         on Ed research * * * States able to use    under Sec.  300.135.
         info--(a)(2) Re--SIP.
    300.136--Personnel standards:
        1. Regs require States to use own highest  1. Added to Reg as Sec.
         requirements. Defs not limited to          300.136(b)(2).
         traditional categories.
        2. State may require * * * good faith      Added to Reg as Sec.
         effort * * * shortages.                    300.136(g)(2).
        3. If State only 1 entry-level degree,     3. Added to Reg as Sec.
         modification of standard to ensure FAPE    300.136(b)(4).
         won't violate (b)/(c).
    300.138--Participation in assessments:
         Only small no. children need       In discussion
         alternate assmts.                          under Sec.  300.138.
    300.139--Reports relating to assessments:
         Re aggregate data ((b)), PA may    In discussion
         also Rpt data other ways (e.g.,..          under Sec.  300.139.
         trendline * * *).
    300.142--Methods of ensuring services:
        1. H.Rpt--Import. of ensuring services Re  1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         E/non-ed agencies* * *Medicaid.            300.142(b)(1)(ii).
        2. Intent of (e) = services @ no cost-     2. In discussion under
         parents.                                   Sec.  300.142.
        3. Pub Agency can pay certain pvt insur    3. Added to Reg at Sec.
         costs for parents.                         300.142(g).
        4. If PA receives $ from insurers to       4. Added to Reg at Sec.
         return the $.                              300.142(h)(2).
    300.152--Prohibition against commingling:
         Assurance is satisfied by sep      Added to Reg as
         accounting system..                        Sec.  300.152(b).
    300.185--Meeting the excess cost requirement:
         LEA must spend certain minimum     In discussion
         amount * * * Excess costs = costs of       under Sec.  300.185.
         special ed that exceed minimum.
    300.232--Exception to maintenance of effort:
         H.Rpt--Voluntary departure Re--    Added to Reg as
         personnel paid at/ near top--scale;        Sec.  300.232(a)(2).
         guidelines to invoke exception.
    300.234--Schoolwide programs:
         Although funds may be combined,    Added to Reg at
         disabled children must still receive       Sec.  300.234(c).
         services re-IEP.
    200.241--Treatment of charter schools:
    
    [[Page 12670]]
    
     
         B-Regs that apply to pub schools   In discussion
         also apply to charter schools; H.Rpt--     under Sec.  300.241.
         Expect full compliance.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart C
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.300--Provision of FAPE:
        1. FAPE Requirement applies to disabled    1. In discussion under
         children in school and those with less     Sec.  300.300.
         severe disabilities.
        2. State must ensure child find fully      2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         implemented.                               300.300(a)(2).
        3. Why age range--child find is greater    3. In discussion under
         than FAPE.                                 Sec.  300.300.
    300.302--Residential placement:
         Requirement applies to             In discussion
         placements in St. schools.                 under Sec.  300.302.
    300.303--Proper functioning of hearing aids:
         Statement from H. Rpt. on 1978     In discussion
         appropriation bill related to status of    under Sec.  300.303.
         hearing aids.
    300.304--Full educational opportunity goal:
         S.Rpt (1975) on arts--Brooklyn     In discussion
         Museum:.                                   under Sec.  300.304.
    300.305--Program options:
         List not exhaustive.............   In discussion
                                                    under Sec.  300.305.
    300.307--Physical education:
         H.Rpt (142)--Must assure PE        In discussion
         available to all HC.                       under Sec.  300.307.
    300.309--Extended school year services:
        1. LEA may not limit to particular         1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         categories or duration. All disabled       300.309(a)(3).
         children not entitled.
        2. States may establish standards * * *    2. In discussion under
         Factors may consider = likelihood of       Sec.  300.309.
         regression.
    300.341--SEA Responsibility (Re--IEPs):
         Section applies-all public         Added to Reg as
         agencies, including other State agencies.  Sec.  300.341(b).
    300.342--When IEPs must be in effect:
        1. It is expected that IEPs will be        1. In discussion under
         implemented immediately after the          Sec.  300.342.
         meeting (with exceptions).
        2. Requirements--incarcerated youth apply  2. Deleted.
         6-4-97.
        3. IEP vs IFSP--written informed consent.  3. In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.342(c).
    300.343--IEP meetings:
         Offer of services within 60        In discussion
         days--consent.                             under Sec.  300.343.
    300.344--IEP Team:
         Reg Ed teacher at IEP meeting =    In discussion
         one who works with the child; if more      under Sec.  300.344
         than one--designate.
    300.345--Parent participation:
         Parent notice Re--bring            Added to Reg as
         others..procedure used = agency            Sec.  300.345(b).
         discretion * * * But keep record of
         efforts.
    300.346--Development; review, & revision of
     IEP:
        1. Importance Re--Consideration of         1. In discussion under
         special factors.                           Sec.  300.346.
        2. Re--``Deaf Students Educational         2. In discussion under
         Services'' (1992).                         Sec.  300.346.
        3. IEP team and LEP students.............  3. In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.346.
    300.347--Content of IEP:
        1. Import of transition services for       1. In discussion under
         students below 16.                         Sec.  300.347.
        2. H.Rpt Re--import of general curriculum  2. In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.347.
        3. H.Rpt--Gen Curriculum--length of IEP    3. In discussion under
         vs adjustments.                            Sec.  300.347.
        4. H.Rpt--Teaching methods not in IEP....  4. In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.347.
        5. Reports to parents on Annual Goals vs   5. In discussion under
         Reg. Reports.                              Sec.  300.347.
        6. H.Rpt--transition service needs vs      6. In discussion under
         services.                                  Sec.  300.347.
        7. OK for transition-needs/services below  7. In discussion under
         14 and 16.                                 Sec.  300.347.
    300.350--IEP--accountability:
         Public agency must make good       Added to Reg as
         faith effort; parents have right to        Sec.  300.350(b).
         complain.
    300.360--Use of LEA allocation for direct
     services:
         If LEA doesn't apply for Pt. B     Added to Reg at
         funds, SEA must use in LEA.                Sec.  300.360(b).
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart D
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.453--Expenditures:
         LEAs may provide services beyond   Added to Reg at
         those required.                            Sec.  300.453(d).
    300.456--Location of services:
        1. Zobrest--Re on-site services..........  1. In discussion under
                                                    Sec.  300.456.
        2. Transportation to from site * * * not   2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         from home.                                 300.456(b)(1).
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart E
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.500--Gen. Resp. of public agencies;
     definitions:
         Parent consent, if revoked is      Added to Reg at
         not retroactive.                           Sec.  300.500(b)(1)(iii)
                                                    .
    300.502--Independent educational evaluation:
        1. Parent not required to specify areas    1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         of disagreement.                           300.501(b).
        2. Pub agencies--should make info on IEEs  2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         widely available; may not require parent-  300.502(a)(2).
         evals meet all criteria.
    
    [[Page 12671]]
    
     
    300.505--Parental consent:
        1. Pub. agency may use due process to      1. In discussion under
         override refusal, unless doing so--        Sec.  300.503.
         inconsistent w/St law.
        2. PA must provide servs in any area not   2. In discussion under
         in dispute; if nec--FAPE--use override;    Sec.  300.503.
         may recons proposal.
        3. If parents refuse-reeval needed for     3. In discussion under
         servs, & St law prevnts override-reeval,   Sec.  300.503.
         PA may cease servs.
    300.506 Mediation:
        1. H. Rep--If mediator not selected        1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         randomly Pub. agency and parents both      300.506(b)(2)(ii).
         must select.
        2. H. Rep--Preserve parental access Rts--  2. In discussion under
         FERPA; confidentiality pledge.             Sec.  300.506.
    300.507--Impartial due process hearing;
     parent notice; disclosure:
        1. Determination of whether hearing        1. In discussion under
         request is based on new info must be       Sec.  300.507.
         made by HO.
        2. H. Rep. Re--Attorneys' fees; and the    2. In discussion under
         value of the parent notice requirement.    Sec.  300.507.
    300.510--Finality of decision; appeal;
     impartial review:
        1. SEA may conduct review directly or      1. In discussion under
         thru another agency; but remains           Sec.  300.510.
         response for final decision.
        2. All parties have right to counsel; if   2. In discussion under
         Rev Officer holds a hearing, other         Sec.  300.510.
         rights in 300.509 apply.
    300.513--Attorneys' fees:
         A State may enact a law            In discussion
         permitting HOs to award fees.              under Sec.  300.513.
    300.514--Child's status during proceedings:
         Public agency may use normal       In discussion
         procedures for dealing with children who   under Sec.  300.514.
         are endangering themselves or others.
    300.520--Authority of School personnel:
        1. Removal for 10 days or less--not a chg  1. In discussion under
         in placmt; a series of removals that       Sec.  300.520.
         total +10 days may be.
        2. PA need not conduct review in (b), but  2. In discussion under
         encouraged Ck if--serves in accord w/      Sec.  300.520.
         IEP..or addressed.
    300.523--Manifestation determination review:
        1. H.Rpt--Ex of manifestation vs not * *   1. In discussion under
         * But not intended-- base finding on       Sec.  300.523.
         tech violation-IEP.
        2. If manifestation--LEA must correct any  2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         deficiencies found.                        300.523(f).
    300.524--Determination that behavior not a
     manifestation of disability:
         During pendency--child remains     In discussion
         in current placmt or placmt under          under Sec.  300.524.
         300.526, whichever applies.
    300.526--Placement during appeals:
         An LEA may seek subsequent         Added to Reg as
         expedited hearings if child still          Sec.  300.526(c)(4).
         dangerous & issue not resolved.
    300.532--Evaluation procedures:
        1. Re LEP--accurate assmt of child's lang  1. In discussion under
         proficency.                                Sec.  300.532.
        2. If no one at sch Re-LEP, contact LEAs,  2. In discussion under
         IHEs.                                      Sec.  300.532.
        3. If assmt not done under standard        3. Added to Reg as Sec.
         conditions, include in eval Rpt. Info      300.532(a)(2).
         needed by team.
    300.533--Determination of needed evaluation
     data:
         Purpose of review by a group;      In discussion
         composition of team will vary depending    under Sec.  300.533.
         on nature or disability.
    300.535--Procedures for determining
     eligibility and placement:
         All eval sources not required      In discussion
         for each child.                            under Sec.  300.535.
    300.551--Continuum of alternative placements:
         Home instruction usually only      In discussion
         for limited No. children (medically        under Sec.  300.551.
         fragile).
    300.552--Placements:
        1. Group in (a)(1) could also be IEP       1. In discussion under
         team--if .344.                             Sec.  300.552.
        2. Main rule in LRE = indiv decisions +    2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         alternate placmts; applicability to        300.552.
         preschool children.
        3. If IEP team considers-provides for      3. In discussion under
         behavioral interventions * * * many        Sec.  300.552.
         disruptive children-Reg cl.
    300.553--Nonacademic settings:
         Section taken from 504 Regs.....   In discussion
                                                    under Sec.  300.553.
    300.554--Children in public or private
     institutions:
         LRE provisions apply to Children   In discussion
         in public and private institutions.        under Sec.  300.554.
    300.573--Destruction of information:
         Info may be kept forever unless    In discussion
         parents reject; (Why records are           under Sec.  300.573.
         important * * *).
    300.574--Children's rights:
        1. Under FERPA Regs, Rts transfer at age   1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         18.                                        300.574(b).
        2. If Rts transfer re-.517, Rts re Ed-     2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         records also transfer; but public agency   300.574(c).
         must give 615 notice to parents and
         student.
    300.587--Enforcement:
         Other enforcement actions          In discussion
         include cease and desist order * * * and   under Sec.  300.587.
         a compliance agreement.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 12672]]
    
     
                                    Subpart F
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.600--Responsibility for all educational
     programs:
         Provision = Congressional          In discussion
         desire--central point of contact. S.Rpt    under Sec.  300.600.
         (1975) * * * Options.
    300.623--Amount required for subgrants to
     LEAs':
         Amt. required for subgrants will   In discussion
         vary--yr-to-yr. $ for subgrants 1 yr       under Sec.  300.623.
         become flow-thru in next.
    300.624--State discretion in awarding
     subgrants:
         Purpose of subgrants to LEAs--to   In discussion
         provide $ SEA can direct Re needs--can't   under Sec.  300.624.
         address Re-formula-$.
    300.650--Establishment of Advisory panels:
         Panel must advise on students in   Added to Reg at
         Adult prisons.                             Sec.  300.652(b).
    300.660--Adoption of State complaint
     procedures:
         SEA may award compensory damages   Added to Reg at
         Re-denial of FAPE.                         Sec.  300.660(b).
    300.661--Minimum State complaint procedures:
        1. If complaint also subject of a          1. Added to Reg at Sec.
         hearing, must set aside any part           300.661(c)(1).
         addressed-hearing; but resolve the rest.
        2. If issue in complaint already decided   2. Added to Reg at Sec.
         in a hearing (same parties), H-decision    300.661(c)(2).
         = binding.
    300.662--Filing a complaint:
         SEA must resolve complaint, even   Added to Reg at
         if it is filed by indiv-organization in    Sec.  300.662(a).
         another State.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Subpart G
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    300.712--Allocations to LEAs:
         Re-85%--use best data available;   Added to Reg at
         new data not needed-pvt schs. Re-15%--     Sec.  300.712.
         use best (Examples).
    300.750--Annual report of children served-
     report requirement:
         Report--solely for allocation      In discussion
         purposes; count may differ from children   under Sec.  300.750.
         who receive FAPE.
    300.753--Annual report of children served-
     criteria for counting children:
        1. State may count children in Head Start  1. Covered by reg. note
         if Sp Ed.                                  deleted.
        2. Criteria related to counting children   2. Covered by reg. note
         in private schools and certain Indian      deleted.
         children.
    300.754--Annual report of children served-
     other responsibilities of SEA:
         Data are not to go to Secretary    In discussion
         in personally identifiable form.           under Sec.  300.754.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Part 303
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    303.19--Parent:
         Definition: examples of            Added to Reg in
         grandparent, stepparent.                   Sec.  303.19(a)(3).
    303.510--Adopting Complaint Procedures:
        1. Complaints can be against any public    1. Public/private added
         agency or private provider; these          to Reg in Sec.
         procedures are in addition to other        303.510(a)(1); ``other
         rights.                                    rights'' in discussion
                                                    under Sec.  303.512.
        2. Compensatory services possible........  2. Added to Reg in Sec.
                                                    303.510(b).
    303.511--An organization or individual may
     file a complaint:
         Complaints from out-of-state OK.   Added to Reg in
                                                    Sec.  303.510(a)(1).
    303.512--Minimum State complaint procedures:
        1. Same issues in complaint and due        1. Added to Reg in Sec.
         process hearing.                           303.512(c)(1).
        2. Issues previously decided in due        2. Added to Reg in Sec.
         process hearing.                           303.512(c)(2).
    303.520--Policies related to payment for
     services:
        1. Use of private insurance must be        1. Deleted.
         voluntary.
        2. State can use Part C funds to pay       2. Deleted.
         insurance costs.
        3. Insurance reimbursements not treated    3. ``Program income''
         as program income; spending Federal        added to discussion
         reimbursements doesn't violate             under Sec.  303.512;
         nonsupplanting rule.                       ``nonsupplanting'' added
                                                    to Reg in Sec.
                                                    303.512(d)(2).
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ All notes have been removed as notes from the regulations. The
      substance of certain notes has been added to the text of the
      regulation, or included in the Notice of Interpretation on IEPs in
      ``Appendix A.'' A description of each of these notes (and most of the
      other notes in the NPRM) is included in the ``discussion'' under the
      Analysis of Comments (Attachment 1 to the final regulations). Column
      II, above, describes the primary action taken with each note (e.g.,
      (1) ``Added to Reg * * *'' (or to Appendix A); (2) ``In discussion
      under * * *;'' or ``Deleted.'')
    
    [FR Doc. 99-5754 Filed 3-11-99; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 4000-01-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Effective Date:
5/11/1999
Published:
03/12/1999
Department:
Education Department
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final regulations.
Document Number:
99-5754
Dates:
These regulations take effect on May 11, 1999. However, compliance with these regulations will not be required until the date the State receives FY 1999 funding (expected to be available for obligation to States on July 1, 1999) under the program or October 1, 1999, whichever is earlier. Affected parties do not have to comply with the information collection requirements contained in the regulations listed under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 section of this preamble until the Department ...
Pages:
12406-12672 (267 pages)
RINs:
1820-AB40: Assistance for Education of All Children With Disabilities
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/1820-AB40/assistance-for-education-of-all-children-with-disabilities
PDF File:
99-5754.pdf
CFR: (603)
34 CFR 300.344;)
34 CFR 300.342)
28 CFR 300.571)
34 CFR 300.533)
34 CFR 99.10)
More ...